List Manual

SINAMICS
SINAMICS G120C

Edition 09/2017 www.siemens.com/drives

s Fundamental safety
instructions 1

Parameters 2

SINAMICS Function diagrams 3

SINAMICS G120C Faults and alarms 4

Appendix A
List Manual
Index

Valid for
Drive Firmware version
SINAMICS G120C 4.7 SP9

09/2017
A5E33840768
Legal information
Warning concept
This Manual contains information which you must observe to ensure your own personal safety as well as to avoid
material damage. The notices referring to your personal safety are highlighted in the manual by a safety alert
symbol, notices referring only to equipment damage have no safety alert symbol. Depending on the hazard level,
warnings are indicated in a descending order as follows:

DANGER
indicates that death or serious injury will result if proper precautions are not taken.

WARNING
indicates that death or serious injury could result if proper precautions are not taken.

CAUTION
indicates that minor personal injury can result if proper precautions are not taken.

NOTICE
indicates that property damage can result if proper precautions are not taken.
If more than one level of danger is simultaneously applicable, the warning notice for the highest level is used. A
notice warning of injury to persons with a safety alert symbol may also include a warning relating to property
damage.
Qualified personnel
The product/system described in this documentation may only be operated by personnel qualified for the specific
task in accordance with the relevant documentation for the specific task, in particular its warning notices and safety
instructions. Qualified personnel are those who, based on their training and experience, are capable of identifying
risks and avoiding potential hazards when working with these products/systems.
Proper use of Siemens products
Note the following:

WARNING
Siemens products are only permitted to be used for the applications envisaged in the catalog and in the associated
technical documentation. If third-party products and components are to be used, they must be recommended or
approved by Siemens. These products can only function correctly and safely if they are transported, stored, set up,
mounted, installed, commissioned, operated and maintained correctly. The permissible ambient conditions must be
adhered to. Information in the associated documentation must be observed.

Trademarks
All names identified with ® are registered trademarks of Siemens AG. Any other names used in this publication may
be trademarks whose use by third parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of the owner.
Disclaimer of liability
We have verified that the contents of this document correspond to the hardware and software described. Since
variance cannot be precluded entirely, we cannot guarantee full consistency. The information given in this document
is reviewed at regular intervals and any corrections that might be necessary are made in the subsequent editions.

Siemens AG Article number: A5E33840768 Copyright © Siemens AG 2014 - 2017.

Division Digital Factory 09/2017 Subject to change without prior notice All rights reserved
Postfach 48 48
90026 NUREMBERG
GERMANY
Table of contents

1 Fundamental safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

1.1 General safety instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1.2 Warranty and liability for application examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1.3 Industrial security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.1 Overview of parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.1.1 Explanation of the parameter list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.1.2 Number ranges of parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
2.2 List of parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
2.3 Parameters for data sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
2.3.1 Command Data Sets (CDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
2.3.2 Drive Data Sets (DDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
2.3.3 Motor data sets (MDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
2.3.4 Power unit Data Sets (PDS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
2.3.5 Encoder Data Sets (EDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
2.4.1 Binector inputs (BI). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
2.4.2 Connector inputs (CI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
2.4.3 Binector outputs (BO). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
2.4.4 Connector outputs (CO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
2.4.5 Connector/binector outputs (CO/BO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
2.5 Parameters for write protection and know-how protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
2.5.1 Parameters with "WRITE_NO_LOCK". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
2.5.2 Parameters with "KHP_WRITE_NO_LOCK" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
2.5.3 Parameters with "KHP_ACTIVE_READ" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
2.6 Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
3 Function diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
3.1 Table of contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
3.2 Explanations on the function diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
3.3 Input/output terminals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
3.4 PROFIenergy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
3.5 Communication PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
3.6 CANopen communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
3.7 Communication fieldbus interface (USS, Modbus) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
3.8 Internal control/status words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
3.9 Brake control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
3.10 Safety Integrated Basic functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 5
Table of contents

3.11 Safety Integrated PROFIsafe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519

3.12 Setpoint channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
3.13 Vector control / U/f control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
3.14 U/f control, Standard Drive Control (p0096 = 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556
3.15 Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control (p0096 = 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562
3.16 Technology functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579
3.17 Free function blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582
3.18 Technology controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
3.19 Signals and monitoring functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
3.20 Diagnostics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620
3.21 Data sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626
4 Faults and alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 629
4.1 Overview of faults and alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 630
4.1.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 630
4.1.2 Explanation of the list of faults and alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634
4.1.3 Number ranges of faults and alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 639
4.2 List of faults and alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 641
A Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 731
A.1 ASCII table (characters that can be displayed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 732
A.2 List of abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 735
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 745

SINAMICS G120C
6 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
Fundamental safety instructions 1
Content

1.1 General safety instructions 8

1.2 Warranty and liability for application examples 8

1.3 Industrial security 9

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 7
1 Fundamental safety instructions
1.1 General safety instructions

1.1 General safety instructions

WARNING
Danger to life if the safety instructions and residual risks are not observed
If the safety instructions and residual risks in the associated hardware documentation are not
observed, accidents involving severe injuries or death can occur.
• Observe the safety instructions given in the hardware documentation.
• Consider the residual risks for the risk evaluation.

WARNING
Malfunctions of the machine as a result of incorrect or changed parameter settings
As a result of incorrect or changed parameterization, machines can malfunction, which in turn
can lead to injuries or death.
• Protect the parameterization (parameter assignments) against unauthorized access.
• Handle possible malfunctions by taking suitable measures, e.g. emergency stop or
emergency off.

1.2 Warranty and liability for application examples

The application examples are not binding and do not claim to be complete regarding
configuration, equipment or any eventuality which may arise. The application examples do not
represent specific customer solutions, but are only intended to provide support for typical
tasks. You are responsible for the proper operation of the described products. These
application examples do not relieve you of your responsibility for safe handling when using,
installing, operating and maintaining the equipment.

SINAMICS G120C
8 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 1 Fundamental safety instructions
1.3 Industrial security

1.3 Industrial security

Note
Industrial security
Siemens provides products and solutions with industrial security functions that support the
secure operation of plants, systems, machines and networks.
In order to protect plants, systems, machines and networks against cyber threats, it is
necessary to implement – and continuously maintain – a holistic, state-of-the-art industrial
security concept. Siemens products and solutions only represent one component of such a
concept.
The customer is responsible for preventing unauthorized access to its plants, systems,
machines and networks. Systems, machines and components should only be connected to the
enterprise network or the internet if and to the extent necessary and with appropriate security
measures (e.g. use of firewalls and network segmentation) in place.
Additionally, Siemens’ guidance on appropriate security measures should be taken into
account. For more information about industrial security, please visit:
Industrial security (http://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity).
Siemens’ products and solutions undergo continuous development to make them more
secure. Siemens strongly recommends to apply product updates as soon as available and to
always use the latest product versions. Use of product versions that are no longer supported,
and failure to apply latest updates may increase customer’s exposure to cyber threats.
To stay informed about product updates, subscribe to the Siemens Industrial Security
RSS Feed at:
Industrial security (http://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity).

WARNING
Unsafe operating states resulting from software manipulation
Software manipulations (e.g. viruses, trojans, malware or worms) can cause unsafe
operating states in your system that may lead to death, serious injury, and property damage.
• Keep the software up to date.
• Incorporate the automation and drive components into a holistic, state-of-the-art industrial
security concept for the installation or machine.
• Make sure that you include all installed products into the holistic industrial security
concept.
• Protect files stored on exchangeable storage media from malicious software by with
suitable protection measures, e.g. virus scanners.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 9
1 Fundamental safety instructions
1.3 Industrial security

SINAMICS G120C
10 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
Parameters 2
Content

2.1 Overview of parameters 12

2.2 List of parameters 25

2.3 Parameters for data sets 419

2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) 428

2.5 Parameters for write protection and know-how protection 437

2.6 Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) 439

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 11
2 Parameters
2.1 Overview of parameters

2.1 Overview of parameters

2.1.1 Explanation of the parameter list

Basic structure of the parameter descriptions

The data in the following example have been chosen at random. The table below contains all
the information that can be included in a parameter description. Some of the information is
optional.
The "List of parameters (Page 25)" has the following structure:

- - - - - - - - - - - - Start of example - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

pxxxx[0...n] BICO: Full parameter name / abbreviated name

CU/PM variants Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(x), U, T Scaling: p2002 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Function diagram: 8070
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [Nm] 10.00 [Nm] 0.00 [Nm]
Description: Text
Values: 0: Name and meaning of value 0
1: Name and meaning of value 1
2: Name and meaning of value 2
etc.
Recommendation: Text
Index: [0] = Name and meaning of index 0
[1] = Name and meaning of index 1
[2] = Name and meaning of index 2
etc.
Bit array: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Name and meaning of bit 0 Yes No 8060
01 Name and meaning of bit 1 Yes No -
02 Name and meaning of bit 2 Yes No 8052
etc.
Dependency: Text
See also: pxxxx, rxxxx
See also: Fxxxxx, Axxxxx
Danger: Warning: Caution: Safety notices with a warning triangle

Notice: Safety notice without a warning triangle

Note: Information that might be useful.

- - - - - - - - - - - - End of example - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

The individual pieces of information are described in detail below.

SINAMICS G120C
12 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.1 Overview of parameters

pxxxx[0...n] Parameter number

The parameter number is made up of a "p" or "r", followed by the parameter number and the
index or bit field (optional).
Examples of the representation in the parameter list:
• p... Adjustable parameters (read and write)
• r... Display parameters (read only)
• p0918 Adjustable parameter 918
• p2051[0...13] Adjustable parameter 2051, indices 0 to 13
• p1001[0...n] Adjustable parameter 1001, indices 0 to n (n = configurable)
• r0944 Display parameter 944
• r2129.0...15 Display parameter 2129 with bit field from bit 0 (smallest bit) to bit 15
(largest bit)
Other examples of notation in the documentation:
• p1070[1] Adjustable parameter 1070, index 1
• p2098[1].3 Adjustable parameter 2098, index 1 bit 3
• p0795.4 Adjustable parameter 795, bit 4
The following applies to adjustable parameters:
The parameter value as delivered is specified under "Factory setting" with the relevant unit in
square brackets. The value can be adjusted within the range defined by "Min" and "Max".
The term "linked parameterization" is used in cases where changes to adjustable parameters
affect the settings of other parameters.
Linked parameterization can occur, for example, as a result of the following actions and
parameters:
• Setting the PROFIBUS telegram (BICO interconnection)
p0922
• Setting component lists
p0230, p0300, p0301, p0400
• Automatically calculating and pre-assigning
p0340, p3900
• Restoring the factory settings
p0970
The following applies to display parameters:
The fields "Min", "Max" and "Factory setting" are specified with a dash "-" and the relevant unit
in square parentheses.

Note
The parameter list can contain parameters that are not visible in the expert lists of the particular
commissioning software (e.g. parameters for trace functions).

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 13
2 Parameters
2.1 Overview of parameters

BICO: Full parameter name/Abbreviated name

The following abbreviations can appear in front of the BICO parameter name:
• BI: Binector Input
This parameter is used for selecting the source of a digital signal.
• BO: Binector Output
This parameter is available as a digital signal for interconnection with other
parameters.
• CI: Connector Input
This parameter is used for selecting the source of an "analog" signal.
• CO: Connector Output
This parameter is available as an "analog" signal for interconnection with other
parameters.
• CO/BO: Connector/Binector Output
This parameter is available as an "analog" and digital signal for interconnection
with other parameters.

Note
A BICO input (BI/CI) cannot be interconnected with just any BICO output (BO/CO, signal
source).
When interconnecting a BICO input using the commissioning software, only the corresponding
possible signal sources are listed.
Function diagrams 1020 ... 1030 explain the symbols for BICO parameters and how to deal
with BICO technology.

G120C variants
Specifies for which G120C variants (communication) the parameter is valid is. If no G120C
variant is listed, then the parameter is valid for all variants.
The following information relating to "G120C variants" can be displayed under theparameter
number:

Table 2-1 Information in the "CU/PM variants" field

CU/PM variants Meaning

All G120C variants have this parameter.

G120C_CAN G120C with CAN interface
G120C_DP G120C with PROFIBUS interface
G120C_PN G120C with PROFINET interface
G120C_USS G120C with USS interface

SINAMICS G120C
14 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.1 Overview of parameters

Access level
Specifies the minimum access level required to be able to display and change the relevant
parameter. The required access level can be set using p0003.
The system uses the following access levels:
• 1: Standard (not adjustable, included in p0003 = 3)
• 2: Extended (not adjustable, included in p0003 = 3)
• 3: Expert
• 4: Service
Parameters with this access level are password protected.

Note
Parameter p0003 is CU-specific (belongs to the Control Unit).
A higher access level will also include the functions of the lower levels.

Calculated
Specifies whether the parameter is influenced by automatic calculations.
p0340 determines which calculations are to be performed:
• p0340 = 1 includes the calculations from p0340 = 2, 3, 4, 5.
• p0340 = 2 calculates the motor parameters (p0350 ... p0360, p0625).
• p0340 = 3 includes the calculations from p0340 = 4, 5.
• p0340 = 4 only calculates the controller parameters.
• p0340 = 5 only calculates the controller limits.

Note
For p3900 > 0, p0340 = 1 is also called automatically.
After p1900 = 1, 2, p0340 = 3 is also called automatically.

Parameters with a reference to p0340 after "Calculated" depend on the Power Module being
used and the motor. In this case, the values at "Factory setting" do not correspond to the actual
values because these values are calculated during the commissioning. This also applies to the
motor parameters.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 15
2 Parameters
2.1 Overview of parameters

Data type
The information on the data type can consist of the following two items (separated by a slash):
• First item
Data type of the parameter
• Second item (for binector or connector input only)
Data type of the signal source to be interconnected (binector-/connector output).
Parameters can have the following data types:
• Integer8 I8 8-bit integer number
• Integer16 I16 16-bit integer number
• Integer32 I32 32-bit integer number
• Unsigned8 U8 8 bits without sign
• Unsigned16 U16 16 bits without sign
• Unsigned32 U32 32 bits without sign
• FloatingPoint32 Float 32-bit floating point number
Depending on the data type of the BICO input parameter (signal sink) and BICO-output
parameter (signal source), the following combinations are possible when creating
BICO-interconnections:

Table 2-2 Possible combinations of BICO interconnections

BICO input parameter

CI parameter BI parameter

BICO output parameter Unsigned32 / Unsigned32 / Unsigned32 / Unsigned32 /

Integer16 Integer32 FloatingPoint32 Binary

CO: Unsigned8 x x – –
CO: Unsigned16 x x – –
CO: Unsigned32 x x – –
CO: Integer16 x x r2050 –
CO: Integer32 x x r2060 –
CO: FloatingPoint32 x x x –
BO: Unsigned8 – – – x
BO: Unsigned16 – – – x
BO: Unsigned32 – – – x
BO: Integer16 – – – x
BO: Integer32 – – – x
BO: FloatingPoint32 – – – –
Legend: x: x: BICO interconnection permitted
–: –: BICO interconnection not permitted
rxxxx: BICO interconnection is only permitted for the specified CO parameters

SINAMICS G120C
16 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.1 Overview of parameters

Can be changed
The "-" sign indicates that the parameter can be changed in any object state and that the
change will be effective immediately.
The information "C(x), T, U" ((x): optional) means that the parameter can be changed only in
the specified drive unit state and that the change will not take effect until the unit switches to
another state. One or more states are possible.
The following states are available:
• C(x) Commissioning C: Commissioning
Drive commissioning is in progress (p0010 > 0).
Pulses cannot be enabled.
The parameter can only be changed in the following drive commissioning settings
(p0010 > 0):
• C: Can be changed for all settings p0010 > 0.
• C(x): Can only be changed for the settings p0010 = x.
A modified parameter value does not take effect until drive commissioning mode is
exited with p0010 = 0.
• U Operation U: Run
Pulses are enabled.
• T Ready T: Ready to run
The pulses are not enabled and the status "C(x)" is not active.

Normalization
Specification of the reference variable with which a signal value is automatically converted for
a BICO interconnection.
The following reference variables are available:
• p2000 … p2007: Reference speed, reference voltage, etc.
• PERCENT: 1.0 = 100 %
• 4000H: 4000 hex = 100 % (wort) or 4000 0000 hex = 100 % (double word)
• p0514: specific normalization
Refer to the description for p0514[0…9] and p0515[0…19] to p0524[0…19]

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 17
2 Parameters
2.1 Overview of parameters

Dyn. index (dynamic index)

For parameters with a dynamic index [0...n], the following information is specified here:
• Data set (if available).
• Parameter for the number of indices (n = number - 1).
The following information can be contained in this field:
• "CDS, p0170" (Command Data Set, CDS count)
Example:
p1070[0]  main setpoint [command data set 0]
p1070[1]  main setpoint [command data set 1], etc.
• "DDS, p0180" (Drive Data Set, DDS count)
• "EDS, p0140" (Encoder Data Set, EDS count)
• "MDS, p0130" (Motor Data Set, MDS count)
• "PDS, p0120" (Power unit Data Set, PDS count)
Data sets can only be created and deleted when p0010 = 15.

Note
Information on the data sets can be taken from the following references:
Operating Instructions SINAMICS G120 Frequency Converter G120C.

Unit group and unit selection

The standard unit of a parameter is specified in square parentheses after the values for "Min",
"Max", and "Factory setting".
For parameters where the unit can be switched over, the specifications for "Unit group" and
"Unit selection" determine the group to which this parameter belongs and with which parameter
the unit can be switched over.
Example:
Unit group: 7_1, unit selection: p0505
The parameter belongs to unit group 7_1 and the unit can be switched over using p0505.
All the potential unit groups and possible unit selections are listed below.

Table 2-3 Unit group (p0100)

Unit group Unit Choice for p0100 = Reference variable for %

0 1 2

7_4 Nm lbf ft Nm -
14_6 kW hp kW -
2
25_1 kg m lb ft2 kg m2 -
27_1 kg lb kg -
28_1 Nm/A lbf ft/A Nm/A -

SINAMICS G120C
18 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.1 Overview of parameters

Table 2-4 Unit group (p0505)

Unit group Unit Choice for p0505 = Reference variable for %

1 2 3 4

2_1 Hz % Hz % p2000
3_1 1 rpm % 1 rpm % p2000
5_1 Vrms % Vrms % p2001
5_2 V % V % p2001
5_3 V % V % p2001
6_2 Arms % Arms % p2002
6_5 A % A % p2002
7_1 Nm % lbf ft % p2003
7_2 Nm Nm lbf ft lbf ft -
14_5 kW % hp % r2004
14_10 kW kW hp hp -
21_1 °C °C °F °F -
21_2 K K °F °F -
39_1 1/s2 % 1/s2 % p2007

Table 2-5 Unit group (p0595)

Unit group Unit Choice for p0595 = Reference variable for %

Value Unit

9_1 The values that can be set and the technological units are shown in p0595.

Function diagram
The parameter is included in this function diagram. The structure of the parameter function and
its relationship with other parameters is shown in the specified function diagram.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 19
2 Parameters
2.1 Overview of parameters

Parameter values
Min Minimum value of the parameter [unit]
Max Maximum value of the parameter [unit]
Factory setting Value when delivered [unit]
In the case of a binector/connector input, the signal source of the
default BICO interconnection is specified. A non-indexed connector
output is assigned the index [0].
A different value may be displayed for certain parameters (e.g. p1800)
at the initial commissioning stage or when establishing the factory
settings.
Reason:
The setting of these parameters is determined by the operating
environment of the Control Unit (e.g. depending on converter type,
power unit).

Description
Explanation of the function of a parameter

Values
Lists the possible values of a parameter.

Recommendation
Information about recommended settings.

Index
The name and meaning of each individual index is specified for indexed parameters.
The following applies to the values (Min, Max, Factory setting) of indexed adjustable
parameters:
• Min, Max:
The adjustment range and unit apply to all indices.
• Factory setting:
When all indices have the same factory setting, index 0 is specified with the unit to
represent all indices.
When the indices have different factory settings, they are all listed individually with the unit.

SINAMICS G120C
20 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.1 Overview of parameters

Bit field
For parameters with bit fields, the following information is provided about each bit:
• Bit number and signal name
• Meaning for signal states 0 and 1
• Function diagram (FP) (optional).
The signal is shown on this function diagram.

Dependency
Conditions that must be fulfilled in conjunction with this parameter. Also includes special effects
that can occur between this parameter and others.
Where necessary, "Refer to:" indicates the following information:
• List of other relevant parameters to be considered.
• List of faults and alarms to be considered.

Safety guidelines
Important information that must be observed to avoid the risk of physical injury or material
damage.
Information that must be observed to avoid any problems.
Information that the user may find useful.

Danger The description of this safety notice can be found at the beginning of this
manual (see "Legal information (Page 4)").

Warning The description of this safety notice can be found at the beginning of this
manual (see "Legal information (Page 4)").

Caution The description of this safety notice can be found at the beginning of this
manual (see "Legal information (Page 4)").

Notice The description of this safety notice can be found at the beginning of this
manual (see "Legal information (Page 4)").

Note Information that the user may find useful.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 21
2 Parameters
2.1 Overview of parameters

2.1.2 Number ranges of parameters

Note
The following number ranges represent an overview for all the parameters available for the
SINAMICS drive family.
The parameters for the product described in this List Manual are described in detail in "List of
parameters (Page 25)".

Parameters are grouped into the following number ranges:

Table 2-6 Number ranges for SINAMICS

Range Description

From To

0000 0099 Display and operation

0100 0199 Commissioning
0200 0299 Power section
0300 0399 Motor
0400 0499 Encoder
0500 0599 Technology and units, motor-specific data, probes
0600 0699 Thermal monitoring, maximum current, operating hours, motor data,
central probe
0700 0799 Control Unit terminals, measuring sockets
0800 0839 CDS, DDS data sets, motor changeover
0840 0879 Sequence control (e.g. signal source for ON/OFF1)
0880 0899 ESR, parking, control and status words
0900 0999 PROFIBUS/PROFIdrive
1000 1199 Setpoint channel (e.g. ramp-function generator)
1200 1299 Functions (e.g. motor holding brake)
1300 1399 U/f control
1400 1799 Closed-loop control
1800 1899 Gating unit
1900 1999 Power unit and motor identification
2000 2009 Reference values
2010 2099 Communication (fieldbus)
2100 2139 Faults and alarms
2140 2199 Signals and monitoring
2200 2359 Technology controller
2360 2399 Staging, hibernation
2500 2699 Position control (LR) and basic positioning (EPOS)
2700 2719 Reference values, display

SINAMICS G120C
22 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.1 Overview of parameters

Table 2-6 Number ranges for SINAMICS, continued

Range Description

From To

2720 2729 Load gearbox

2800 2819 Logic operations
2900 2930 Fixed values (e. g. percentage, torque)
3000 3099 Motor identification results
3100 3109 Real-time clock (RTC)
3110 3199 Faults and alarms
3200 3299 Signals and monitoring
3400 3659 Infeed closed-loop control
3660 3699 Voltage Sensing Module (VSM), Braking Module internal
3700 3779 Advanced Positioning Control (APC)
3780 3819 Synchronization
3820 3849 Friction characteristic
3850 3899 Functions (e. g. long stator)
3900 3999 Management
4000 4599 Terminal Board, Terminal Module (e. g. TB30, TM31)
4600 4699 Sensor Module
4700 4799 Trace
4800 4849 Function generator
4950 4999 OA application
5000 5169 Spindle diagnostics
5200 5230 Current setpoint filter 5 ... 10 (r0108.21)
5400 5499 System droop control (e. g. shaft generator)
5500 5599 Dynamic grid support (solar)
5600 5614 PROFIenergy
5900 6999 SINAMICS GM/SM/GL/SL
7000 7499 Parallel connection of power units
7500 7599 SINAMICS SM120
7700 7729 External messages
7770 7789 NVRAM, system parameters
7800 7839 EEPROM read/write parameters
7840 8399 Internal system parameters
8400 8449 Real-time clock (RTC)
8500 8599 Data and macro management
8600 8799 CAN bus
8800 8899 Communication Board Ethernet (CBE), PROFIdrive

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 23
2 Parameters
2.1 Overview of parameters

Table 2-6 Number ranges for SINAMICS, continued

Range Description

From To

8900 8999 Industrial Ethernet, PROFINET, CBE20

9000 9299 topology
9300 9399 Safety Integrated
9400 9499 Parameter consistency and storage
9500 9899 Safety Integrated
9900 9949 topology
9950 9999 Diagnostics, internal
10000 10199 Safety Integrated
11000 11299 Free technology controller 0, 1, 2
20000 20999 Free function blocks (FBLOCKS)
21000 25999 Drive Control Chart (DCC)
50000 53999 SINAMICS DC MASTER (closed-loop DC current control)
61000 61001 PROFINET

SINAMICS G120C
24 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

2.2 List of parameters

Product: SINAMICS G120C, Version: 4710100, Language: eng
Objects: G120C_USS, G120C_DP, G120C_CAN, G120C_PN

r0002 Drive operating display / Drv op_display

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 200 -
Description: Operating display for the drive.
Value: 0: Operation - everything enabled
10: Operation - set "enable setpoint" = "1"
12: Operation - RFG frozen, set "RFG start" = "1"
13: Operation - set "enable RFG" = "1"
14: Operation - MotID, excitation running
15: Operation - open brake (p1215)
16: Operation - withdraw braking with OFF1 using "ON/OFF1" = "1"
17: Operation - braking with OFF3 can only be interrupted with OFF2
18: Operation - brake on fault, remove fault, acknowledge
19: Operation - DC braking active (p1230, p1231)
21: Ready for operation - set "Enable operation" = "1" (p0852)
22: Ready for operation - de-magnetizing running (p0347)
31: Ready for switching on - set "ON/OFF1" = "0/1" (p0840)
35: Switching-on inhibited - carry out first commissioning (p0010)
41: Switching-on inhibited - set "ON/OFF1" = "0" (p0840)
42: Switching-on inhibited - set "OC/OFF2" = "1" (p0844, p0845)
43: Switching-on inhibited - set "OC/OFF3" = "1" (p0848, p0849)
44: Switching-on inhibited - supply STO terminal w/ 24 V (hardware)
45: Switching-on inhibited - rectify fault, acknowledge fault, STO
46: Switching-on inhibited - exit commissioning mode (p0010)
70: Initialization
200: Wait for booting/partial booting
Dependency: Refer to: r0046
Notice: For several missing enable signals, the corresponding value with the highest number is displayed.
Note: OC: Operating condition
RFG: Ramp-function generator
COMM: Commissioning
MotID: Motor data identification

p0003 Access level / Acc_level

Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: C, U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
3 4 3
Description: Sets the access level to read and write parameters.
Value: 3: Expert
4: Service
Note: A higher set access level also includes the lower one.
Access level 3 (experts):
Expert know-how is required for these parameters (e.g. BICO parameterization).
Access level 4 (service):
For these parameters, it is necessary that authorized service personnel enter the appropriate password (p3950).

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 25
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0010 Drive commissioning parameter filter / Drv comm. par_filt

Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2800, 2818
Min Max Factory setting
0 95 1
Description: Sets the parameter filter to commission a drive.
Setting this parameter filters out the parameters that can be written into in the various commissioning steps.
Value: 0: Ready
1: Quick commissioning
2: Power unit commissioning
3: Motor commissioning
5: Technological application/units
15: Data sets
29: Only Siemens internal
30: Parameter reset
39: Only Siemens internal
49: Only Siemens internal
95: Safety Integrated commissioning
Dependency: Refer to: r3996
Notice: When the parameter is reset to a value of 0, short-term communication interruptions may occur.
Note: The drive can only be switched on outside the drive commissioning (inverter enable). To realize this, this parameter
must be set to 0.
By setting p3900 to a value other than 0, the quick commissioning is completed, and this parameter is automatically
reset to 0.
Procedure for "Reset parameter": Set p0010 to 30 and p0970 to 1.
Once the Control Unit has been booted up for the first time, the motor parameters suitable for the power unit have
been defined, and the control parameters have been calculated accordingly, p0010 is automatically reset to 0.
p0010 = 3 is used for the subsequent commissioning of additional drive data sets (creating data sets: see p0010 =
15).
p0010 = 29, 39, 49: Only for internal Siemens use!

p0015 Macro drive unit / Macro drv unit

G120C_DP Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
G120C_PN Can be changed: C, C(1) Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 999999 7
Description: Runs the corresponding macro files.
Notice: After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996.
Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0.
When executing a specific macro, the corresponding programmed settings are made and become active.
Note: Macros available as standard are described in the technical documentation of the particular product.

p0015 Macro drive unit / Macro drv unit

G120C_USS Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
G120C_CAN Can be changed: C, C(1) Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 999999 12
Description: Runs the corresponding macro files.
Notice: After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996.
Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0.
When executing a specific macro, the corresponding programmed settings are made and become active.
Note: Macros available as standard are described in the technical documentation of the particular product.

SINAMICS G120C
26 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0018 Control Unit firmware version / Firmware version

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 4294967295 -
Description: Displays the firmware version of the Control Unit.
Dependency: Refer to: r0197, r0198
Note: Example:
The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01.01.01.00.

r0020 Speed setpoint smoothed / Speed setpoint

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 5020, 6799
Min Max Factory setting
- [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm]
Description: Displays the currently smoothed speed setpoint at the input of the speed controller or U/f characteristic (after the
interpolator).
Dependency: Refer to: r0060
Note: Smoothing time constant = 100 ms
The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity.
The speed setpoint is available smoothed (r0020) and unsmoothed (r0060).

r0021 CO: Actual speed smoothed / Actual speed

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6799
Min Max Factory setting
- [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm]
Description: Displays the calculated and smoothed rotor speed.
Frequency components from the slip compensation (for induction motors) are not included.
Dependency: Refer to: r0022, r0063
Note: Smoothing time constant = 100 ms
The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity.
The speed actual value is available smoothed (r0021, r0022) and unsmoothed (r0063).

r0022 Actual speed rpm smoothed / Actual speed

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6799
Min Max Factory setting
- [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm]
Description: Displays the calculated and smoothed rotor speed.
Frequency components from the slip compensation (for induction motors) are not included.
r0022 is identical to r0021, however, it always has units of rpm and contrary to r0021 cannot be changed over.
Dependency: Refer to: r0021, r0063
Note: Smoothing time constant = 100 ms
The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity.
The speed actual value is available smoothed (r0021, r0022) and unsmoothed (r0063).

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 27
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0024 Output frequency smoothed / Output frequency

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6300, 6799
Min Max Factory setting
- [Hz] - [Hz] - [Hz]
Description: Displays the smoothed output frequency.
Frequency components from the slip compensation (for induction motors) are included.
Dependency: Refer to: r0066
Note: Smoothing time constant = 100 ms
The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity.
The output frequency is available smoothed (r0024) and unsmoothed (r0066).

r0025 CO: Output voltage smoothed / U_outp smooth

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 5730, 6300, 6799
Min Max Factory setting
- [Vrms] - [Vrms] - [Vrms]
Description: Displays the smoothed output voltage of the power unit.
Dependency: Refer to: r0072
Note: Smoothing time constant = 100 ms
The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity.
The output voltage is available smoothed (r0025) and unsmoothed (r0072).

r0026 CO: DC link voltage smoothed / Vdc smooth

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6799
Min Max Factory setting
- [V] - [V] - [V]
Description: Displays the smoothed actual value of the DC link voltage.
Dependency: Refer to: r0070
Notice: When measuring a DC link voltage < 200 V, for the Power Module a valid measured value is not supplied. In this
case, when an external 24 V power supply is connected, a value of approx. 24 V is displayed in the display
parameter.
Note: Smoothing time constant = 100 ms
The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity.
The DC link voltage is available smoothed (r0026) and unsmoothed (r0070).
r0026 sets itself to the lower value of the pulsating DC link voltage.

r0027 CO: Absolute actual current smoothed / Motor current

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2002 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 5730, 6799, 8850,
8950
Min Max Factory setting
- [Arms] - [Arms] - [Arms]
Description: Displays the smoothed absolute actual current value.
Dependency: Refer to: r0068
Notice: This smoothed signal is not suitable for diagnostics or evaluation of dynamic operations. In this case, the
unsmoothed value should be used.

SINAMICS G120C
28 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: Smoothing time constant = 300 ms

The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity.
The absolute current actual value is available smoothed (r0027) and unsmoothed (r0068).

r0028 Modulation depth smoothed / Mod_depth smth

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2002 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 5730, 6799, 8950
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the smoothed actual value of the modulation depth.
Dependency: Refer to: r0074
Note: Smoothing time constant = 100 ms
The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity.
The modulation depth is available smoothed (r0028) and unsmoothed (r0074).

r0029 Current actual value field-generating smoothed / Id_act smooth

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2002 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6799
Min Max Factory setting
- [Arms] - [Arms] - [Arms]
Description: Displays the smoothed field-generating actual current.
Dependency: Refer to: r0076
Note: Smoothing time constant = 300 ms
The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity.
The field-generating current actual value is available smoothed (r0029) and unsmoothed (r0076).

r0030 Current actual value torque-generating smoothed / Iq_act smooth

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2002 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6799
Min Max Factory setting
- [Arms] - [Arms] - [Arms]
Description: Displays the smoothed torque-generating actual current.
Dependency: Refer to: r0078
Note: Smoothing time constant = 300 ms
The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity.
The torque-generating current actual value is available smoothed (r0030) and unsmoothed (r0078).

r0031 Actual torque smoothed / Actual torque

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2003 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 5730, 6799
Min Max Factory setting
- [Nm] - [Nm] - [Nm]
Description: Displays the smoothed torque actual value.
Dependency: Refer to: r0080
Note: Smoothing time constant = 100 ms
The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity.
The torque actual value is available smoothed (r0031) and unsmoothed (r0080).

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 29
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0032 CO: Active power actual value smoothed / Power

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: r2004 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 14_10 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 5730, 6799, 8750,
8850, 8950
Min Max Factory setting
- [kW] - [kW] - [kW]
Description: Displays the smoothed actual value of the active power.
Dependency: Refer to: r0082
Notice: This smoothed signal is not suitable for diagnostics or evaluation of dynamic operations. In this case, the
unsmoothed value should be used.
Note: Power delivered at the motor shaft.
The active power is available smoothed (r0032 with 100 ms) and unsmoothed (r0082).

r0033 Torque utilization smoothed / M_util smooth

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8012
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the smoothed torque utilization as a percentage.
Dependency: This parameter is only available for vector control. For U/f control r0033 = 0 %.
Note: Smoothing time constant = 100 ms
The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity.
The torque utilization is available smoothed (r0033) and unsmoothed (r0081).
For M_set total (r0079) > 0, the following applies:
- Required torque = M_set total
- Actual torque limit = M_max upper effective (r1538)
For M_set total (r0079) <= 0, the following applies:
- Required torque = - M_set total
- Actual torque limit = - M_max lower effective (r1539)
For the actual torque limit = 0, the following applies: r0033 = 100 %
For the actual torque limit < 0, the following applies: r0033 = 0 %

r0034 CO: Motor utilization thermal / Mot_util therm

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8017
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the motor utilization from motor temperature model 1 (I2t).
For firmware version < 4.7 SP6 or p0612.12 = 0:
- r0034 = (motor model temperature - 40 K) / (p0605 - 40 K) * 100 %
From firmware version 4.7 SP6 and p0612.12 = 1:
- r0034 = (motor model temperature - p0613) / (p0605 - p0613) * 100 %
Dependency: The thermal motor utilization is only determined when the motor temperature model 1 (I2t) is activated.
The following conditions are a prerequisite for additional information.
- a temperature sensor has not been parameterized (p0600, p0601).
- the current corresponds to the stall current (p0318).
- speed n > 1 [rpm].
For firmware version < 4.7 SP6 or p0612.12 = 0, the following applies:
- the temperature model operates with an ambient temperature of 20 °C.

SINAMICS G120C
30 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

A motor utilization of 100% is displayed (r0034 = 100 %) when the following conditions are permanently fulfilled:
- the ambient temperature is 40 °C (model 1: p0625 = 40 °C, model 3: p0613 = 40 °C).
From firmware version 4.7 SP6 and p0612.12 = 1, the following applies:
- the ambient temperature can be adapted to the conditions using p0613.
Refer to: p0605, p0611, p0612, p0613, p0627, r0632
Refer to: F07011, A07012
Notice: After the drive is switched on, the system starts to determine the motor temperature with an assumed model value.
This means that the value for the motor utilization is only valid after a stabilization time.
Note: Smoothing time constant = 100 ms
The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity.
For r0034 = -200.0 %, the following applies:
The value is invalid (e.g. the motor temperature model is not activated or has been incorrectly parameterized).

r0035 CO: Motor temperature / Mot temp

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2006 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8016, 8017
Min Max Factory setting
- [°C] - [°C] - [°C]
Description: Display and connector output for the actual temperature in the motor.
Note: For r0035 not equal to -200.0 °C, the following applies:
- this temperature display is valid.
- a KTY/PT1000 temperature sensor is connected.
- the thermal model for the induction motor is activated (p0612 bit 1 = 1 and temperature sensor deactivated: p0600
= 0 or p0601 = 0).
For r0035 equal to -200.0 °C, the following applies:
- this temperature display is not valid (temperature sensor error).
- a PTC sensor or bimetallic NC contact is connected.
- the temperature sensor of the synchronous motor is deactivated (p0600 = 0 or p0601 = 0).

r0036 CO: Power unit overload I2t / PM overload I2t

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8021
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the power unit overload determined using the I2t calculation.
A current reference value is defined for the I2t monitoring of the power unit. It represents the current that can be
conducted by the power unit without any influence of the switching losses (e.g. the continuously permissible current
of the capacitors, inductances, busbars, etc.).
If the I2t reference current of the power unit is not exceeded, then an overload (0 %) is not displayed.
In the other case, the degree of thermal overload is calculated, whereby 100% results in a trip.
Dependency: Refer to: p0290
Refer to: F30005

r0037[0...19] CO: Power unit temperatures / PM temperatures

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2006 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8021
Min Max Factory setting
- [°C] - [°C] - [°C]
Description: Display and connector output for the temperature in the power unit.
Index: [0] = Inverter maximum value
[1] = Depletion layer maximum value
[2] = Rectifier maximum value

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 31
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[3] = Air intake

[4] = Interior of power unit
[5] = Inverter 1
[6] = Inverter 2
[7...10] = Reserved
[11] = Rectifier 1
[12] = Reserved
[13] = Depletion layer 1
[14] = Depletion layer 2
[15] = Depletion layer 3
[16] = Depletion layer 4
[17] = Depletion layer 5
[18] = Depletion layer 6
[19] = Reserved
Notice: Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Note: The value of -200 indicates that there is no measuring signal.
r0037[0]: Maximum value of the inverter temperatures (r0037[5...10]).
r0037[1]: Maximum value of the depletion layer temperatures (r0037[13...18]).
r0037[2]: Maximum value of the rectifier temperatures (r0037[11...12]).
The maximum value is the temperature of the hottest inverter, depletion layer, or rectifier.
r0037[2, 3, 6, 11, 14...18] is only relevant for chassis power units.
In the case of a fault, the particular shutdown threshold depends on the power unit, and cannot be read out.

r0038 Power factor smoothed / Cos phi smooth

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6799, 8850, 8950
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the smoothed actual power factor. This refers to the electrical power of the basic fundamental signals at the
converter output terminals.
Notice: For infeed units, the following applies:
For active powers < 25 % of the rated power, this does not provide any useful information.
Note: Smoothing time constant = 300 ms
The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity.

r0039[0...2] CO: Energy display / Energy display

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [kWh] - [kWh] - [kWh]
Description: Displays the energy values at the output terminals of the power unit.
Recommendation: r0042 should be used as process energy display. R0039 supplies as Bico source floating point values in Ws.
Index: [0] = Energy balance (sum)
[1] = Energy drawn
[2] = Energy fed back
Dependency: Refer to: p0040
Note: For index 0:
Difference between the energy drawn and energy that is fed back.

SINAMICS G120C
32 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0040 Reset energy consumption display / Energy usage reset

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to reset the display in r0039 and r0041.
Procedure:
Set p0040 = 0 --> 1
The displays are reset and the parameter is automatically set to zero.
Dependency: Refer to: r0039
Note: When this display is reset (p0040), then the process energy display (r0042) is also reset.

r0041 Energy consumption saved / Energy cons saved

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [kWh] - [kWh] - [kWh]
Description: Displays the saved energy referred to 100 operating hours.
Dependency: Refer to: p0040
Note: This display is used for a fluid-flow machine.
The flow characteristic is entered into p3320 ... p3329.
For an operating time of below 100 hours, the display is interpolated up to 100 hours.

r0042[0...2] CO: Process energy display / Proc energy disp

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [Wh] - [Wh] - [Wh]
Description: Display and connector output for the energy values at the output terminals of the power unit.
Index: [0] = Energy balance (sum)
[1] = Energy drawn
[2] = Energy fed back
Dependency: Refer to: p0043
Note: The signal can be displayed as process variable (scaling: 1 = 1 Wh).
This is enabled in p0043.
The display is also reset with p0040 = 1.
If an enable is present in r0043 when the Control Unit powers up, then the value from r0039 is transferred into r0042.
As r0039 serves as a reference signal for r0042, due to format reasons, the process energy display can only process
values of r0039 up to 2147483 kWh. r0039 should also be reset using this value.

p0043 BI: Enable energy usage display / Enab energy usage

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to enable/reset the process energy display in r0042.
BI: p0043 = 1 signal:
The process energy display is enabled in r0042.
Dependency: Refer to: r0042

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 33
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0045 Display values smoothing time constant / Disp_val T_smooth

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6714, 8012
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [ms] 10000.00 [ms] 4.00 [ms]
Description: Sets the smoothing time constant for the following display values:
r0063[1], r0068[1], r0080[1], r0082[1].

r0046.0...31 CO/BO: Missing enable signal / Missing enable sig

Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2634
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for missing enable signals that are preventing the closed-loop drive control from being
commissioned.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 OFF1 enable missing Yes No 7954
01 OFF2 enable missing Yes No -
02 OFF3 enable missing Yes No -
03 Operation enable missing Yes No -
04 DC braking enable missing Yes No -
08 Safety enable missing Yes No -
10 Ramp-function generator enable missing Yes No -
11 Ramp-function generator start missing Yes No -
12 Setpoint enable missing Yes No -
16 OFF1 enable internal missing Yes No -
17 OFF2 enable internal missing Yes No -
18 OFF3 enable internal missing Yes No -
19 Pulse enable internal missing Yes No -
20 DC braking internal enable missing Yes No -
21 Power unit enable missing Yes No -
26 Drive inactive or not operational Yes No -
27 De-magnetizing not completed Yes No -
28 Brake open missing Yes No -
30 Speed controller inhibited Yes No -
31 Jog setpoint active Yes No -
Dependency: Refer to: r0002
Note: The value r0046 = 0 indicates that all enable signals for this drive are present.
Bit 00 = 1 (enable signal missing), if:
- the signal source in p0840 is a 0 signal.
- there is a "switching-on inhibited".
Bit 01 = 1 (enable signal missing), if:
- the signal source in p0844 or p0845 is a 0 signal.
Bit 02 = 1 (enable signal missing), if:
- the signal source in p0848 or p0849 is a 0 signal.
Bit 03 = 1 (enable signal missing), if:
- the signal source in p0852 is a 0 signal.
Bit 04 =1 (DC brake active) when:
- the signal source in p1230 has a 1 signal.
Bit 08 = 1 (enable signal missing), if:
- safety functions have been enabled and STO is active.
- STO is selected via onboard terminals or PROFIsafe.
- a safety-relevant signal is present with STOP A response.
- the "STO via terminals at the Power Module" function is selected.

SINAMICS G120C
34 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Bit 10 = 1 (enable signal missing), if:

- the signal source in p1140 is a 0 signal.
Bit 11 = 1 (enable signal missing) if the speed setpoint is frozen, because:
- the signal source in p1141 is a 0 signal.
- the speed setpoint is entered from jogging and the two signal sources for jogging, bit 0 (p1055) and bit 1 (p1056)
have a 1 signal.
Bit 12 = 1 (enable signal missing), if:
- the signal source in p1142 is a 0 signal.
Bit 16 = 1 (enable signal missing), if:
- there is an OFF1 fault response. The system is only enabled if the fault is removed and was acknowledged and the
"switching-on inhibited" withdrawn with OFF1 = 0.
Bit 17 = 1 (enable signal missing), if:
- commissioning mode is selected (p0010 > 0).
- there is an OFF2 fault response.
- the drive is not operational.
Bit 18 = 1 (enable signal missing), if:
- OFF3 has still not been completed or an OFF3 fault response is present.
Bit 19 = 1 (internal pulse enable missing), if:
- sequence control does not have a finished message.
Bit 20 = 1 (internal DC brake active), if:
- the drive is not in the state "Operation" or in "OFF1/3".
- the internal pulse enable is missing (r0046.19 = 0).
Bit 21 = 1 (enable signal missing), if:
- the power unit does not issue an enable signal (e.g. because DC link voltage is too low).
- the holding brake opening time (p1216) has still not expired.
- the hibernation mode is active.
Bit 26 = 1 (enable signal missing), if:
- the drive is not operational.
Bit 27 = 1 (enable signal missing), if:
- de-magnetization not completed.
Bit 28 = 1 (enable signal missing), if:
- the holding brake is closed or has still not been opened.
Bit 30 = 1 (speed controller inhibited), if one of the following reasons is present:
- the pole position identification is active.
- motor data identification is active (only certain steps).
Bit 31 = 1 (enable signal missing), if:
- the speed setpoint from jog 1 or 2 is entered.

r0047 Motor data identification and speed controller optimization / MotID and n_opt
Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 300 -
Description: Displays the actual status for the motor data identification (stationary measurement) and the speed controller
optimization (rotating measurement).
Value: 0: No measurement
115: Measurement q leakage inductance (part 2)
120: Speed controller optimization (vibration test)
140: Calculate speed controller setting
150: Measurement moment of inertia
170: Measurement magnetizing current and saturation characteristic
195: Measurement q leakage inductance (part 1)
200: Rotating measurement selected
220: identification leakage inductance
230: Identification rotor time constant
240: Identification stator inductance

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 35
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

250: Identification stator inductance LQLD

260: Identification circuit
270: Identification stator resistance
290: Identification valve lockout time
300: Stationary measurement selected

r0050.0...1 CO/BO: Command Data Set CDS effective / CDS effective

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8560
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the effective Command Data Set (CDS).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 CDS effective bit 0 ON OFF -
01 CDS effective bit 1 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: p0810, r0836
Note: The Command Data Set selected using a binector input (e.g. p0810) is displayed using r0836.

r0051.0 CO/BO: Drive Data Set DDS effective / DDS effective

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8565
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the effective Drive Data Set (DDS).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DDS effective bit 0 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: p0820, r0837
Note: When selecting the motor data identification routine and the rotating measurement, the drive data set changeover is
suppressed.

r0052.0...15 CO/BO: Status word 1 / ZSW 1

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output for status word 1.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Ready for switching on Yes No -
01 Ready Yes No -
02 Operation enabled Yes No -
03 Fault present Yes No -
04 Coast down active (OFF2) No Yes -
05 Quick Stop active (OFF3) No Yes -
06 Switching-on inhibited active Yes No -
07 Alarm present Yes No -
08 Deviation setpoint/actual speed No Yes -
09 Control request Yes No -
10 Maximum speed reached Yes No -
11 I, M, P limit reached No Yes -
12 Motor holding brake open Yes No -
13 Alarm motor overtemperature No Yes -
14 Motor rotates forwards Yes No -
15 Alarm drive converter overload No Yes -

SINAMICS G120C
36 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: For bit 03:

This signal is inverted if it is interconnected to a digital output.
For r0052:
The status bits have the following sources:
Bit 00: r0899 Bit 0
Bit 01: r0899 Bit 1
Bit 02: r0899 Bit 2
Bit 03: r2139 Bit 3 (or r1214.10 for p1210 > 0)
Bit 04: r0899 Bit 4
Bit 05: r0899 Bit 5
Bit 06: r0899 Bit 6
Bit 07: r2139 Bit 7
Bit 08: r2197 Bit 7
Bit 09: r0899 Bit 7
Bit 10: r2197 Bit 6
Bit 11: r0056 Bit 13 (negated)
Bit 12: r0899 Bit 12
Bit 13: r2135 Bit 12 (negated)
Bit 14: r2197 Bit 3
Bit 15: r2135 Bit 15 (negated)

r0053.0...11 CO/BO: Status word 2 / ZSW 2

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for status word 2.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DC braking active Yes No -
01 |n_act| > p1226 (n_standstill) Yes No -
02 |n_act| > p1080 (n_min) Yes No -
03 I_act >= p2170 Yes No -
04 |n_act| > p2155 Yes No -
05 |n_act| <= p2155 Yes No -
06 |n_act| >= r1119 (n_set) Yes No -
07 Vdc <= p2172 Yes No -
08 Vdc > p2172 Yes No -
09 Reserved Yes No -
10 Technology controller output at the lower Yes No -
limit
11 Technology controller output at the upper Yes No -
limit
Notice: p2081 is used to define the signal sources of the PROFIdrive status word interconnection.
Note: The following status bits are displayed in r0053:
Bit 00: r1239 Bit 8
Bit 02: r2197 Bit 0 (negated)
Bit 06: r2197 Bit 4
Bit 10: r2349 bit 10
Bit 11: r2349 Bit 11

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 37
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0054.0...15 CO/BO: Control word 1 / STW 1

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays control word 1.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 ON/OFF1 Yes No -
01 OC / OFF2 No Yes -
02 OC / OFF3 No Yes -
03 Enable operation Yes No -
04 Enable ramp-function generator Yes No -
05 Continue ramp-function generator Yes No -
06 Enable speed setpoint Yes No -
07 Acknowledge fault Yes No -
08 Jog bit 0 Yes No 3030
09 Jog bit 1 Yes No 3030
10 Master control by PLC Yes No -
11 Direction reversal (setpoint) Yes No -
13 Motorized potentiometer raise Yes No -
14 Motorized potentiometer lower Yes No -
15 CDS bit 0 Yes No -
Note: The following control bits are displayed in r0054:
Bit 00: r0898 Bit 0
Bit 01: r0898 Bit 1
Bit 02: r0898 Bit 2
Bit 03: r0898 Bit 3
Bit 04: r0898 Bit 4
Bit 05: r0898 Bit 5
Bit 06: r0898 Bit 6
Bit 07: r2138 Bit 7
Bit 08: r0898 Bit 8
Bit 09: r0898 Bit 9
Bit 10: r0898 Bit 10
Bit 11: r1198 Bit 11
Bit 13: r1198 Bit 13
Bit 14: r1198 Bit 14
Bit 15: r0836 Bit 0

r0055.0...15 CO/BO: Supplementary control word / Suppl STW

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2513
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for supplementary control word.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Fixed setpoint bit 0 Yes No -
01 Fixed setpoint bit 1 Yes No -
02 Fixed setpoint bit 2 Yes No -
03 Fixed setpoint bit 3 Yes No -
04 DDS selection bit 0 Yes No -
05 Reserved Yes No -
08 Technology controller enable Yes No -

SINAMICS G120C
38 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

09 DC braking enable Yes No -

11 Reserved Yes No -
12 Reserved Yes No -
13 External fault 1 (F07860) No Yes -
15 CDS bit 1 Yes No -
Note: CDS: Command Data Set
DDS: Drive Data Set
The following control bits are displayed in r0055:
Bit 00: r1198.0
Bit 01: r1198.1
Bit 02: r1198.2
Bit 03: r1198.3
Bit 04: r0837.0
Bit 08: r2349.0 (negated)
Bit 09: r1239.11
Bit 13: r2138.13 (negated)
Bit 15: r0836.1

r0056.0...15 CO/BO: Status word, closed-loop control / ZSW cl-loop ctrl

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2526
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the status word of the closed-loop control.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Initialization completed Yes No -
01 De-magnetizing completed Yes No -
02 Pulse enable available Yes No -
03 Soft starting present Yes No -
04 Magnetizing completed Yes No -
05 Voltage boost when starting Active Inactive 6301
06 Acceleration voltage Active Inactive 6301
07 Frequency negative Yes No -
08 Field weakening active Yes No -
09 Voltage limit active Yes No 6714
10 Slip limit active Yes No 6310
11 Frequency limit active Yes No -
12 Current limiting controller voltage output Yes No -
active
13 Current/torque limiting Active Inactive 6060
14 Vdc_max controller active Yes No 6220,
6320
15 Vdc_min controller active Yes No 6220,
6320

r0060 CO: Speed setpoint before the setpoint filter / n_set before filt.
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 2701, 6030, 6799
Min Max Factory setting
- [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm]
Description: Displays the actual speed setpoint at the input of the speed controller or U/f characteristic (after the interpolator).
Dependency: Refer to: r0020
Note: The speed setpoint is available smoothed (r0020) and unsmoothed (r0060).

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 39
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0062 CO: Speed setpoint after the filter / n_set after filter
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6020, 6030, 6031
Min Max Factory setting
- [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm]
Description: Display and connector output for the speed setpoint after the setpoint filters.

r0063[0...2] CO: Actual speed / Actual speed

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6020, 6799
Min Max Factory setting
- [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm]
Description: Display and connector output for the speed actual value.
Frequency components from the slip compensation (for induction motors) are not included.
Index: [0] = Unsmoothed
[1] = Smoothed with p0045
[2] = Calculated from f_set - f_slip (unsmoothed)
Dependency: Refer to: r0021, r0022
Note: The speed actual value r0063[0] – smoothed with p0045 – is additionally displayed in r0063[1]. r0063[1] can be used
as process variable for the appropriate smoothing time constant p0045.
The speed (r0063[2]) calculated from the output frequency and slip can only be compared with the speed actual
value (r0063[0]) in the steady-state.
For U/f control, the mechanical speed calculated from the output frequency and the slip is shown in r0063[2] even if
slip compensation is deactivated.

r0064 CO: Speed controller system deviation / n_ctrl sys dev

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6040
Min Max Factory setting
- [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm]
Description: Displays the actual system deviation of the speed controller.

r0065 Slip frequency / f_Slip

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 2_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6310, 6700, 6727,
6730, 6732
Min Max Factory setting
- [Hz] - [Hz] - [Hz]
Description: Displays the slip frequency for induction motors (ASM).

r0066 CO: Output frequency / f_outp

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 2_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6300, 6700, 6730,
6731, 6799
Min Max Factory setting
- [Hz] - [Hz] - [Hz]
Description: Display and connector output for the unsmoothed output frequency of the power unit.
Frequency components from the slip compensation (induction motor) are included.

SINAMICS G120C
40 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: Refer to: r0024

Note: The output frequency is available smoothed (r0024) and unsmoothed (r0066).

r0067 CO: Output current maximum / Current max

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2002 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6300, 6640, 6724
Min Max Factory setting
- [Arms] - [Arms] - [Arms]
Description: Display and connector output for the maximum output current of the power unit.
Dependency: The maximum output current is determined by the parameterized current limit and the motor and converter thermal
protection.
Refer to: p0290, p0640

r0068[0...1] CO: Absolute current actual value / I_act abs val

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2002 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6300, 6714, 6799,
7017, 8017, 8021, 8022
Min Max Factory setting
- [Arms] - [Arms] - [Arms]
Description: Displays actual absolute current.
Index: [0] = Unsmoothed
[1] = Smoothed with p0045
Dependency: Refer to: r0027
Notice: The value is updated with the current controller sampling time.
Note: Absolute current value = sqrt(Iq^2 + Id^2)
The absolute value of the current actual value is available smoothed (r0027 with 300 ms, r0068[1] with p0045) and
unsmoothed (r0068[0]).

r0069[0...8] CO: Phase current actual value / I_phase act val

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2002 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 6_5 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6730, 6731
Min Max Factory setting
- [A] - [A] - [A]
Description: Display and connector output for the measured actual phase currents as peak value.
Index: [0] = Phase U
[1] = Phase V
[2] = Phase W
[3] = Phase U offset
[4] = Phase V offset
[5] = Phase W offset
[6] = Total U, V, W
[7] = Alpha component
[8] = Beta component
Note: In indices 3 ... 5, the offset currents of the 3 phases, which are added to correct the phase currents, are displayed.
The sum of the 3 corrected phase currents is displayed in index 6.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 41
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0070 CO: Actual DC link voltage / Vdc act val

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 5_2 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6723, 6724, 6730,
6731, 6799
Min Max Factory setting
- [V] - [V] - [V]
Description: Display and connector output for the measured actual value of the DC link voltage.
Dependency: Refer to: r0026
Notice: When measuring a DC link voltage < 200 V, for the Power Module a valid measured value is not supplied. In this
case, when an external 24 V power supply is connected, a value of approx. 24 V is displayed in the display
parameter.
Note: The DC link voltage is available smoothed (r0026) and unsmoothed (r0070).

r0071 Maximum output voltage / Voltage max

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 5_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6301, 6640, 6700,
6722, 6723, 6724, 6725, 6727
Min Max Factory setting
- [Vrms] - [Vrms] - [Vrms]
Description: Displays the maximum output voltage.
Dependency: The maximum output voltage depends on the actual DC link voltage (r0070) and the maximum modulation depth
(p1803).
Note: As the (driven) motor load increases, the maximum output voltage drops as a result of the reduction in DC link
voltage.

r0072 CO: Output voltage / U_output

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 5_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 5700, 6730, 6731,
6799
Min Max Factory setting
- [Vrms] - [Vrms] - [Vrms]
Description: Display and connector output for the actual output voltage of the power unit.
Dependency: Refer to: r0025
Note: The output voltage is available smoothed (r0025) and unsmoothed (r0072).

r0073 Maximum modulation depth / Modulat_depth max

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6723, 6724
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the maximum modulation depth.
Dependency: Refer to: p1803

SINAMICS G120C
42 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0074 CO: Modulat_depth / Mod_depth

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 5730, 6730, 6731,
6799, 8940, 8950
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the actual modulation depth.
Dependency: Refer to: r0028
Note: For space vector modulation, 100% corresponds to the maximum output voltage without overcontrol.
Values above 100 % indicate an overcontrol condition - values below 100% have no overcontrol.
The phase voltage (phase-to-phase, rms) is calculated as follows:(r0074 x r0070) / (sqrt(2) x 100 %).
The modulation depth is available smoothed (r0028) and unsmoothed (r0074).

r0075 CO: Current setpoint field-generating / Id_set

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2002 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6700, 6714, 6725
Min Max Factory setting
- [Arms] - [Arms] - [Arms]
Description: Display and connector output for the field-generating current setpoint (Id_set).
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Note: This value is irrelevant for the U/f control mode.

r0076 CO: Current actual value field-generating / Id_act

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2002 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 5700, 5714, 5730,
6700, 6714, 6799
Min Max Factory setting
- [Arms] - [Arms] - [Arms]
Description: Display and connector output for the field-generating current actual value (Id_act).
Dependency: Refer to: r0029
Note: This value is irrelevant for the U/f control mode.
The field-generating current actual value is available smoothed (r0029) and unsmoothed (r0076).

r0077 CO: Current setpoint torque-generating / Iq_set

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2002 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6700, 6710
Min Max Factory setting
- [Arms] - [Arms] - [Arms]
Description: Display and connector output for the torque-generating current setpoint.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Note: This value is irrelevant for the U/f control mode.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 43
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0078 CO: Current actual value torque-generating / Iq_act

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2002 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6310, 6700, 6714,
6799
Min Max Factory setting
- [Arms] - [Arms] - [Arms]
Description: Display and connector output for the torque-generating current actual value (Iq_act).
Dependency: Refer to: r0030
Note: This value is irrelevant for the U/f control mode.
The torque-generating current actual value is available smoothed (r0030 with 300 ms) and unsmoothed (r0078).

r0079 CO: Torque setpoint / M_set

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2003 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6020, 6060, 6710
Min Max Factory setting
- [Nm] - [Nm] - [Nm]
Description: Display and connector output for the torque setpoint at the output of the speed controller.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)

r0080[0...1] CO: Torque actual value / Actual torque

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2003 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6714, 6799
Min Max Factory setting
- [Nm] - [Nm] - [Nm]
Description: Display and connector output for actual torque value.
Index: [0] = Unsmoothed
[1] = Smoothed with p0045
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: r0031, p0045
Note: The value is available smoothed (r0031 with 100 ms, r0080[1] with p0045) and unsmoothed (r0080[0]).

r0081 CO: Torque utilization / M_Utilization

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8012
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the torque utilization as a percentage.
The torque utilization is obtained from the required smoothed torque referred to the torque limit.
Dependency: This parameter is only available for vector control. For U/f control r0081 = 0 %.
Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: r0033
Note: The torque utilization is available smoothed (r0033) and unsmoothed (r0081).
The torque utilization is obtained from the required torque referred to the torque limit as follows:
- Positive torque: r0081 = (r0079 / r1538) * 100 %
- Negative torque: r0081 = (-r0079 / -r1539) * 100 %

SINAMICS G120C
44 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0082[0...2] CO: Active power actual value / P_act

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: r2004 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 14_5 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6714, 6799
Min Max Factory setting
- [kW] - [kW] - [kW]
Description: Displays the instantaneous active power.
Index: [0] = Unsmoothed
[1] = Smoothed with p0045
[2] = Electric power
Dependency: Refer to: r0032
Note: The mechanical active power is available smoothed (r0032 with 100 ms, r0082[1] with p0045) and unsmoothed
(r0082[0]).

r0083 CO: Flux setpoint / Flex setp

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 5722
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the flux setpoint.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)

r0084[0...1] CO: Flux actual value / Flux act val

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6730, 6731
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the flux actual value.
Index: [0] = Unsmoothed
[1] = Smoothed

r0087 CO: Actual power factor / Cos phi act

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the actual active power factor.
This value refers to the electrical power of the basic fundamental signals at the output terminals of the converter.

r0089[0...2] Actual phase voltage / U_phase act val

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 5_3 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6730
Min Max Factory setting
- [V] - [V] - [V]
Description: Displays the actual phase voltage.
Index: [0] = Phase U
[1] = Phase V
[2] = Phase W
Note: The values are determined from the transistor switch-on duration.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 45
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0096 Application class / Appl_class

Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: C(1) Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6019
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 0
Description: Setting the commissioning and control view for various application classes.
Value: 0: Expert
1: Standard Drive Control (SDC)
2: Dynamic Drive Control (DDC)
Dependency: The parameter is preset when commissioning the system for the first time and for the factory setting, depending on
the power unit that is connected.
Depending on the setting, the ability to see control parameters is restricted depending on the particular application.
The following applies for p0096 > 0:
The motor data identification routine is preset (p1900 = 12). After the motor data identification, the system
immediately goes into operation.
The following applies for p0096 = 1:
A synchronous motor (p0300 = 2xx) is not possible.
Note: When changing p0096 to 1 or 2, when completing commissioning, fast parameterization should be executed (p3900
> 0).
Depending on the setting, after quick commissioning and/or automatic parameterization, the procedure for motor
data identification as well as the setting of the operating mode and parameterization of the closed-loop control must
be appropriately adapted.

p0100 IEC/NEMA mot stds / IEC/NEMA mot stds

Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: C(1) Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 0
Description: Defines whether the motor and drive converter power settings (e.g. rated motor power, p0307) are expressed in [kW]
or [hp].
Depending on the selection, the rated motor frequency (p0310) is either set to 50 Hz or 60 Hz.
For p0100 = 0, 2, the following applies: The power factor (p0308) should be parameterized.
For p0100 = 1, the following applies: The efficiency (p0309) should be parameterized.
Value: 0: IEC-Motor (50 Hz, SI units)
1: NEMA motor (60 Hz, US units)
2: NEMA motor (60 Hz, SI units)
Dependency: If p0100 is changed, all of the rated motor parameters are reset. Only then are possible unit changeovers made.
The units of all motor parameters are changed that are involved with the selection IEC or NEMA.
Refer to: r0206, p0210, p0300, p0304, p0305, p0307, p0308, p0309, p0310, p0311, p0314, p0320, p0322, p0323,
p0335, p1800
Note: The parameter value is not reset when the factory setting is restored (p0010 = 30, p0970).

p0124[0...n] CU detection via LED / CU detection LED

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: PDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Identification of the Control Unit using an LED.
Note: While p0124 = 1, the READY LED flashes green/orange or red/orange with 2 Hz at the appropriate Control Unit.

SINAMICS G120C
46 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0133[0...n] Motor configuration / Motor config

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 bin
Description: Configuration of the motor when commissioning the motor.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Motor connection type Delta Star -
01 Motor 87 Hz operation Yes No -
Dependency: For standard induction motors (p0301 > 10000), bit 0 is automatically pre-assigned the connection type of the
selected data set.
For p0100 > 0 (60 Hz rated motor frequency), it is not possible to select bit 1.
Refer to: p0304, p0305, p1082
Note: For bit 00:
When changing the bits, the rated motor voltage p0304 and the rated motor current p0305 are automatically
converted to the selected connection type (star/delta).
For bit 01:
87 Hz operation is only possible in the delta connection type. When selected, the maximum speed p1082 is
automatically pre-assigned for a maximum output frequency of 87 Hz.

p0170 Number of Command Data Sets (CDS) / CDS count

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: C(15) Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8560
Min Max Factory setting
2 2 2
Description: Sets the number of Command Data Sets (CDS).
Dependency: Refer to: p0010, r3996
Notice: When the data sets are created, short-term communication interruptions may occur.
Note: It is possible to toggle between command parameters (BICO parameters) using this data set changeover.

p0180 Number of Drive Data Sets (DDS) / DDS count

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: C(15) Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8565
Min Max Factory setting
1 2 1
Description: Sets the number of Drive Data Sets (DDS).
Dependency: Refer to: p0010, r3996
Notice: When the data sets are created, short-term communication interruptions may occur.

r0197[0...1] Bootloader version / Bootloader vers

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the bootloader version.
Index 0:
Displays the bootloader version.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 47
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Index 1:
Displays the bootloader version 3 (for CU320-2 and CU310-2)
Value 0 means that boot loader 3 is not available.
Dependency: Refer to: r0018, r0198
Note: Example:
The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01.01.01.00.

r0198[0...2] BIOS/EEPROM data version / BIOS/EEPROM vers

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the BIOS and EEPROM data version.
r0198[0]: BIOS version
r0198[1]: EEPROM data version EEPROM 0
r0198[2]: EEPROM data version EEPROM 1
Dependency: Refer to: r0018, r0197
Note: Example:
The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01.01.01.00.

p0201[0...n] Power unit code number / PU code no

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: C(2) Scaling: - Dyn. index: PDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Sets the actual code number from r0200 to acknowledge the power unit being used.
When commissioned for the first time, the code number is automatically transferred from r0200 into p0201.
Note: The parameter is used to identify when the drive is being commissioned for the first time.
The power unit commissioning can only be exited (p0201 = r0200), if the actual and acknowledged code numbers are
identical (p0010 = 2).
When the code number is changed, the connection voltage (p0210) is checked and, if necessary, adjusted.

r0204[0...n] Power unit hardware properties / PU HW property

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: PDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the properties supported by the power unit hardware.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
01 RFI filter available Yes No -
07 F3E regenerative feedback into the line Yes No -
supply
08 Internal Braking Module Yes No -
12 Safe Brake Control (SBC) supported No Yes -
13 Safety Integrated supported Yes No -
14 Internal LC output filter Yes No -
15 Line voltage 1-phase 3-phase -

SINAMICS G120C
48 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0205 Power unit application / PU application

Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: C(1, 2) Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 7 0
Description: The duty cycles can be overloaded provided that the drive converter is operated with its base load current before and
after the overload. This is based on a load duty cycle of 300 s.
Value: 0: Load duty cycle with high overload for vector drives
1: Load duty cycle with low overload for vector drives
6: S1 duty cycle (for internal use)
7: S6 duty cycle (for internal use)
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096
= 2)
Refer to: r3996
Notice: The parameter value is not reset when the factory setting is restored (see p0010 = 30, p0970).
When the power unit use is changed, short-term communication interruptions may occur.
Note: When the parameter is changed, all of the motor parameters (p0305 ... p0311), the technological application (p0500)
and the control mode (p1300) are pre-assigned according to the selected application. The parameter has no
influence when calculating the thermal overload.
p0205 can only be changed to the settings that are saved in the power unit EEPROM.

r0206[0...4] Rated power unit power / PU P_rated

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 14_6 Unit selection: p0100 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [kW] - [kW] - [kW]
Description: Displays the rated power unit power for various load duty cycles.
Index: [0] = Rated value
[1] = Load duty cycle with low overload
[2] = Load duty cycle with high overload
[3] = S1 cont duty cyc
[4] = S6 load duty cycle
Dependency: IECdrives (p0100 = 0): Units kW
NEMA drives (p0100 = 1): Units hp
Refer to: p0100, p0205

r0207[0...4] Rated power unit current / PU PI_rated

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8021
Min Max Factory setting
- [Arms] - [Arms] - [Arms]
Description: Displays the rated power unit power for various load duty cycles.
Index: [0] = Rated value
[1] = Load duty cycle with low overload
[2] = Load duty cycle with high overload
[3] = S1 cont duty cyc
[4] = S6 load duty cycle
Dependency: Refer to: p0205

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 49
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0208 Rated power unit line supply voltage / PU U_rated

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [Vrms] - [Vrms] - [Vrms]
Description: Displays the rated line supply voltage of the power unit.
r0208 = 400: 380 - 480 V +/-10 %
r0208 = 500: 500 - 600 V +/-10 %
r0208 = 690: 660 - 690 V +/-10 %

r0209[0...4] Power unit maximum current / PU I_max

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8750, 8850, 8950
Min Max Factory setting
- [Arms] - [Arms] - [Arms]
Description: Displays the maximum output current of the power unit.
Index: [0] = Catalog
[1] = Load duty cycle with low overload
[2] = Load duty cycle with high overload
[3] = S1 load duty cycle
[4] = S6 load duty cycle
Dependency: Refer to: p0205

p0210 Drive unit line supply voltage / U_connect

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: C(2), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
1 [V] 63000 [V] 400 [V]
Description: Sets the drive unit supply voltage (rms value of the phase-to-phase line supply voltage).
Dependency: Set p1254, p1294 (automatic detection of the Vdc switch-on levels) = 0.
The switch-in thresholds of the Vdc_max controller (r1242, r1282) are then directly determined using p0210.
Notice: If, in the switched-off state (pulse inhibit), the supply voltage is higher than the entered value, the Vdc controller may
be automatically deactivated in some cases to prevent the motor from accelerating the next time the system is
switched on. In this case, an appropriate alarm A07401 is output.
Note: Setting ranges for p0210 as a function of the rated power unit voltage:
U_rated = 230 V:
- p0210 = 200 ... 240 V
U_rated = 400 V:
- p0210 = 380 ... 480 V
U_rated = 690 V:
- p0210 = 500 ... 690 V

p0219 Braking resistor braking power / R_brake P_brake

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(1, 2), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 14_6 Unit selection: p0100 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [kW] 20000.00 [kW] 0.00 [kW]
Description: Sets the braking power of the connected braking resistor.
Dependency: Refer to: p1127, p1240, p1280, p1531

SINAMICS G120C
50 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: When setting a value for the braking power, the following calculations are made:
- p1240, p1280: Vdc_max control is deactivated.
- p1531 = - p0219: the power limit when generating is set (limited to - p1530).
- the minimum ramp-down time is calculated (p1127) as a function of p0341, p0342 and p1082 (not for vector control
with speed encoder).
If the parameter is reset again to zero, then the Vdc_max controller is reactivated and the power limit as well as the
ramp-down time are recalculated.

p0230 Drive filter type motor side / Drv filt type mot
Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: C(1, 2) Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 4 0
Description: Sets the type of the filter at the motor side.
Value: 0: No filter
1: Motor reactor
2: dv/dt filter
3: Sine-wave filter Siemens
4: Sine-wave filter third-party
Dependency: The following parameters are influenced using p0230:
p0230 = 1:
--> p0233 (power unit, motor reactor) = filter inductance
p0230 = 3:
--> p0233 (power unit, motor reactor) = filter inductance
--> p0234 (power unit sine-wave filter capacitance) = filter capacitance
--> p0290 (power unit overload response) = inhibit pulse frequency reduction
--> p1082 (maximum speed) = Fmax filter / pole pair number
--> p1800 (pulse frequency) >= nominal pulse frequency of the filter
--> p1802 (modulator modes) = space vector modulation without overcontrol
p0230 = 4:
--> p0290 (power unit overload response) = inhibit pulse frequency reduction
--> p1802 (modulator modes) = space vector modulation without overcontrol
The user must set the following parameters according to the data sheet of the sine-wave filter and also the user must
check whether they are permitted.
--> p0233 (power unit, motor reactor) = filter inductance
--> p0234 (power unit sine-wave filter capacitance) = filter capacitance
--> p1082 (maximum speed) = Fmax filter / pole pair number
--> p1800 (pulse frequency) >= nominal pulse frequency of the filter
Refer to: p0233, p0234, p0290, p1082, p1800, p1802
Note: The parameter cannot be changed if the power unit (e.g. PM260) is equipped with an internal sine-wave filter.
For sine-wave filters, the test pulse evaluation to detect short-circuits is always deactivated.
If a filter type cannot be selected, then this filter type is not permitted for the power unit.
p0230 = 1:
Power units with output reactor are limited to output frequencies of 150 Hz.
p0230 = 3:
Power units with sine-wave filter are limited to output frequencies of 200 Hz.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 51
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0233 Power unit motor reactor / PU mot reactor

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(1, 2), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [mH] 1000.000 [mH] 0.000 [mH]
Description: Enter the inductance of a filter connected at the power unit output.
Dependency: This parameter is automatically pre-set when you select a filter via p0230 if a SIEMENS filter is defined for the power
unit.
Refer to: p0230
Note: When exiting the quick commissioning using p3900 = 1, the parameter value is set to the value of the defined
SIEMENS filter or to zero. For this reason, the parameter value of a third-party filter only has to be entered outside
the commissioning phase (p0010 = 0) and then the controller calculation (p0340 = 3) is carried out.
The parameter cannot be changed if the power unit has an internal sine-wave filter.

p0234 Power unit sine-wave filter capacitance / PU sine filter C

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(1, 2), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [µF] 1000.000 [µF] 0.000 [µF]
Description: Enters the capacitance of a sine-wave filter connected at the power unit output.
Dependency: This parameter is automatically pre-set when you select a filter via p0230 if a SIEMENS filter is defined for the power
unit.
Refer to: p0230
Note: The parameter value includes the sum of all of the capacitances of a phase connected in series (phase - ground).
When exiting the quick commissioning using p3900 = 1, the parameter value is set to the value of the defined
SIEMENS filter or to zero. For this reason, the parameter value of a third-party filter only has to be entered outside
the commissioning phase (p0010 = 0).
The parameter cannot be changed if the power unit has an internal sine-wave filter.

p0235 Motor reactor in series number / L_mot in SeriesQty

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: C(1, 2) Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
1 3 1
Description: Sets the number of reactors connected in series at the power unit output.
Dependency: Refer to: p0230
Notice: The reactor inductances should be the same.
If the number of motor reactors connected in series does not correspond to this parameter value, then this can result
in an unfavorable control behavior.

r0238 Internal power unit resistance / PU R internal

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [ohm] - [ohm] - [ohm]
Description: Displays the internal resistance of the power unit (IGBT and line resistance).

SINAMICS G120C
52 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0287[0...1] Ground fault monitoring thresholds / Gnd flt threshold

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 100.0 [%] [0] 6.0 [%]
[1] 16.0 [%]
Description: Sets the shutdown thresholds for the ground fault monitoring.
The setting is made as a percentage of the maximum current of the power unit (r0209).
Index: [0] = Threshold at which precharging starts
[1] = Threshold at which precharging stops
Dependency: Refer to: p1901
Refer to: F30021
Note: This parameter is only relevant for chassis power units.

r0289 CO: Maximum power unit output current / PU I_outp max

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2002 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [Arms] - [Arms] - [Arms]
Description: Displays the actual maximum output current of the power unit taking into account derating factors.

p0290 Power unit overload response / PU overld response

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8021
Min Max Factory setting
0 13 2
Description: Sets the response to a thermal overload condition of the power unit.
The following quantities can result in a response to thermal overload:
- heat sink temperature (r0037.0).
- chip temperature (r0037.1).
- power unit overload I2t (r0036).
Possible measures to avoid thermal overload:
- reduce the output current limit r0289 and r0067 or the output frequency (for U/f control indirectly via the output
current limit and the intervention of the current limiting controller).
- reduce the pulse frequency.
A reduction, if parameterized, is always realized after an appropriate alarm is output.
Value: 0: Reduce output current or output frequency
1: No reduction shutdown when overload threshold is reached
2: Reduce I_output or f_output and f_pulse (not using I2t)
3: Reduce the pulse frequency (not using I2t)
12: I_output or f_output and automatic pulse frequency reduction
13: Automatic pulse frequency reduction
Dependency: If a sine-wave filter is parameterized as output filter (p0230 = 3, 4), then only responses can be selected without
pulse frequency reduction (p0290 = 0, 1).
For a thermal power unit overload, an appropriate alarm or fault is output, and r2135.15 or r2135.13 set.
Refer to: r0036, r0037, p0230, r2135
Refer to: A05000, A05001, A07805
Notice: If the thermal overload of the power unit is not sufficiently reduced by the actions taken, the drive is always shut
down. This means that the power unit is always protected irrespective of the setting of this parameter.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 53
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: The setting p0290 = 0, 2 is only practical if the load decreases with decreasing speed (e.g. for applications with
variable torque such as for pumps and fans).
Under overload conditions, if the current and torque limits are reduced, and therefore the motor is braked, then
forbidden speed ranges (e.g. minimum speed and suppression [skip] speeds) can also be passed through.
For p0290 = 2, 3, 12, 13, the I2t overload detection of the power unit does not influence the response "Reduce pulse
frequency".
When the motor data identification routine is selected, p0290 cannot be changed.
For short-circuit/ground fault detection, when the test pulse evaluation is active via p1901 "Test pulse evaluation
configuration", the pulse frequency at the instant of switch on is briefly reduced.

p0292[0...1] Power unit temperature alarm threshold / PU T_alrm thresh

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8021
Min Max Factory setting
0 [°C] 25 [°C] [0] 5 [°C]
[1] 15 [°C]
Description: Sets the alarm threshold for power unit overtemperatures. The value is set as a difference to the tripping (shutdown)
temperature.
Drive:
If this threshold is exceeded, an overload alarm is generated and the system responds as parameterized in p0290.
Infeed:
When the threshold value is exceeded, only an overload alarm is output.
Index: [0] = Overtemperature heat sink
[1] = Temperature rise power semiconductor (chip)
Dependency: Refer to: r0037, p0290
Refer to: A05000, A05001

p0295 Fan run-on time / Fan run-on time

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 [s] 600 [s] 0 [s]
Description: Sets the fan run-on time after the pulses for the power unit have been canceled.
Note: - Under certain circumstances, the fan can continue to run for longer than was set (e.g. as a result of the excessively
high heat sink temperature).
- For values less than 1 s, a 1 s run on time for the fan is active.
- for a PM230 power unit, sizes D - F the parameter is ineffective.

p0300[0...n] Motor type selection / Mot type sel

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6310
Min Max Factory setting
0 277 0
Description: Selecting the motor type.
The first digit of the parameter value always defines the general motor type and corresponds to the third-party motor
belonging to a motor list:
1 = induction motor
2 = synchronous motor
xx = motor without code number
xxx = motor with code number

SINAMICS G120C
54 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

The type information must be entered to filter motor-specific parameters and to optimize the operating characteristics
and behavior. For example, for synchronous motors, power factor (p0308) is neither used nor displayed (in the
BOP/IOP).
The following applies for values < 100:
Motor data must be manually entered.
The following applies for values >= 100:
Motor data are automatically loaded from an internal list.
Value: 0: No motor
1: Induction motor
2: Synchronous motor
10: 1LE1 induction motor (not a code number)
13: 1LG6 induction motor (not a code number)
17: 1LA7 induction motor (not a code number)
19: 1LA9 induction motor (not a code number)
100: 1LE1 induction motor
101: 1PC1 induction motor
105: 1LE5 induction motor
108: 1PH8 induction motor
271: 1FG1 synchronous geared motor without encoder
277: 1FK7 synchronous motor without encoder
Dependency: When the motor type is changed, the code number in p0301 may be reset to 0.
When selecting a motor type from the 1LA7 series, parameters of the thermal motor model are pre-assigned as a
function of p0307 and p0311.
For p0096 = 1 (Standard Drive Control) synchronous motor types cannot be selected.
Caution: If a motor is selected, which is not contained in the motor lists (p0300 < 100), then the motor code number must be
reset (p0301 = 0), if previously a motor was parameterized from the motor list.

Notice: If a catalog motor is selected (p0300 >= 100) and an associated motor code number (p0301), then the parameters
that are associated with this list cannot be changed (write protection). The write protection is canceled if the motor
type p0300 is set to a non-Siemens motor that matches p0301 (e.g. p0300 = 1 for p0301 = 1xxxx). Write protection is
automatically canceled when the results of motor data identification are copied to the motor parameters.
The motor type of a catalog motor corresponds to the upper three digits of the code number or the following
assignment (if the particular motor type is listed):
Type/code number ranges
100 / 100xx, 110xx, 120xx, 130xx, 140xx, 150xx
108 / 108xx, 118xx, 128xx, 138xx, 148xx, 158xx
271 / 271xx, 281xx
277 / 277xx, 287xx, 297xx
Note: Once the Control Unit has been switched on for the first time or if the factory settings have been defined accordingly,
the motor type is pre-configured to induction motor (p0300 = 1).
If a motor type has not been selected (p0300 = 0), then the drive commissioning routine cannot be exited.
A motor type with a value above p0300 >= 100 describes motors for which a motor parameter list exists.

p0301[0...n] Motor code number selection / Mot code No. sel

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: The parameter is used to select a motor from a motor parameter list.
When changing the code number (with the exception to the value 0), all of the motor parameters are pre-assigned
from the internally available parameter lists.
Dependency: Code numbers can only be selected for motor types that correspond to the motor type selected in p0300.
Refer to: p0300
Note: The motor code number can only be changed if the matching catalog motor was first selected in p0300.
When selecting a catalog motor (p0300 >= 100), drive commissioning can only be exited if a code number is
selected.
If a change is made to a non-catalog motor, then the motor code number should be reset (p0301 = 0).

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 55
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0304[0...n] Rated motor voltage / Mot U_rated

Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6301, 6724
Min Max Factory setting
0 [Vrms] 20000 [Vrms] 0 [Vrms]
Description: Sets the rated motor voltage (rating plate).
Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.
Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.
Note: When the parameter value is entered the connection type of the motor (star-delta) must be taken into account.
Once the Control Unit has booted for the first time or if the factory settings have been restored, the parameter is pre-
assigned to match the power unit.

p0305[0...n] Rated motor current / Mot I_rated

Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6301
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [Arms] 10000.00 [Arms] 0.00 [Arms]
Description: Sets the rated motor current (rating plate).
Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.
Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.
If p0305 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1), then the maximum current p0640 is pre-assigned
accordingly.
Note: When the parameter value is entered the connection type of the motor (star-delta) must be taken into account.
Once the Control Unit has booted for the first time or if the factory settings have been restored, the parameter is pre-
assigned to match the power unit.

p0306[0...n] Number of motors connected in parallel / Motor qty

Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
1 50 1
Description: Sets the number (count) of motors that can be operated in parallel using one motor data set.
Depending on the motor number entered, internally an equivalent motor is calculated.
The following should be observed in motors connected in parallel:
Rating plate data should only be entered for one motor: p0305, p0307
The following parameters are also only valid for one motor: p0320, p0341, p0344, p0350 ... p0361
All other motor parameters take into account the replacement/equivalent motor (e.g. r0331, r0333).
Recommendation: For motors connected in parallel, external thermal protection should be provided for each individual motor.
Dependency: Refer to: r0331, r0382
Caution: The motors to be connected in parallel must be of the same type and size (same order no. (MLFB)).
The mounting regulations when connecting motors in parallel must be carefully maintained!
The number of motors set must correspond to the number of motors that are actually connected in parallel.
After changing p0306, it is imperative that the control parameters are adapted (e.g. using automatic calculation with
p0340 = 1, p3900 > 0).
For induction motors that are connected in parallel, but which are not mechanically coupled with one another, then
the following applies:
- an individual motor must not be loaded beyond its stall point.
Notice: If p0306 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1), then the maximum current p0640 is appropriately pre-
assigned.
Note: Only operation with U/f characteristic makes sense if more than 10 identical motors are connected in parallel.

SINAMICS G120C
56 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0307[0...n] Rated motor power / Mot P_rated

Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: 14_6 Unit selection: p0100 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [kW] 100000.00 [kW] 0.00 [kW]
Description: Sets the rated motor power (rating plate).
Dependency: IECdrives (p0100 = 0): Units kW
NEMA drives (p0100 = 1): Units hp
NEMA drives (p0100 = 2): Unit kW
Refer to: p0100
Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.
Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.
Note: Once the Control Unit has booted for the first time or if the factory settings have been restored, the parameter is pre-
assigned to match the power unit.

p0308[0...n] Rated motor power factor / Mot cos phi rated

Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 1.000 0.000
Description: Sets the rated motor power factor (cos phi, rating plate).
For a parameter value of 0.000, the power factor is internally calculated.
Dependency: This parameter is only available for p0100 = 0, 2.
Refer to: p0100, p0309
Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.
Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.
Note: The parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx).
Once the Control Unit has booted for the first time or if the factory settings have been restored, the parameter is pre-
assigned to match the power unit.

p0309[0...n] Rated motor efficiency / Mot eta_rated

Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 99.9 [%] 0.0 [%]
Description: Sets the rated motor efficiency (rating plate).
For a parameter value of 0.0, the power factor is internally calculated.
Dependency: This parameter is only visible for NEMA motors (p0100 = 1, 2).
Refer to: p0100, p0308
Note: The parameter is not used for synchronous motors.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 57
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0310[0...n] Rated motor frequency / Mot f_rated

Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6301
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [Hz] 650.00 [Hz] 0.00 [Hz]
Description: Sets the rated motor frequency (rating plate).
Dependency: The number of pole pairs is automatically re-calculated when the parameter is changed (together with p0311), if
p0314 = 0.
The rated frequency is restricted to values between 1.00 Hz and 650.00 Hz.
Refer to: p0311, r0313, p0314
Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.
Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.
If p0310 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1), the maximum speed p1082, which is also associated
with quick commissioning, is pre-assigned accordingly. The pre-assignment has been completed if the status display
r3996 returns to zero.
Note: Once the Control Unit has been booted up for the first time or if the factory settings have been defined accordingly,
the parameter is defined in accordance with the power unit.

p0311[0...n] Rated motor speed / Mot n_rated

Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [rpm] 210000.0 [rpm] 0.0 [rpm]
Description: Sets the rated motor speed (rating plate).
For p0311 = 0, the rated motor slip of induction motors is internally calculated and displayed in r0330.
It is especially important to correctly enter the rated motor speed for vector control and slip compensation for U/f
control.
Dependency: If p0311 is changed and for p0314 = 0, the pole pair is re-calculated automatically.
Refer to: p0310, r0313, p0314
Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.
Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.
If p0311 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1), the maximum speed p1082, which is also associated
with quick commissioning, is pre-assigned accordingly. The pre-assignment has been completed if the status display
r3996 returns to zero.
Note: Once the Control Unit has been booted up for the first time or if the factory settings have been defined accordingly,
the parameter is defined in accordance with the power unit.

p0312[0...n] Rated motor torque / Mot M_rated

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [Nm] 1000000.00 [Nm] 0.00 [Nm]
Description: Sets the rated motor torque (rating plate).
Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.
Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.

SINAMICS G120C
58 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0313[0...n] Motor pole pair number, actual (or calculated) / Mot PolePairNo act
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 5300
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the number of motor pole pairs. The value is used for internal calculations.
r0313 = 1: 2-pole motor
r0313 = 2: 4-pole motor, etc.
Dependency: For p0314 > 0, the entered value is displayed in r0313.
For p0314 = 0, the pole pair number (r0313) is automatically calculated from the rated power (p0307), rated
frequency (p0310) and rated speed (p0311).
Refer to: p0307, p0310, p0311, p0314
Note: For the automatic calculation, the pole pair number is set to the value of 2 if the rated speed or the rated frequency is
zero.

p0314[0...n] Motor pole pair number / Mot pole pair No.

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 255 0
Description: Sets the motor pole pair number.
p0314 = 1: 2-pole motor
p0314 = 2: 4-pole motor, etc.
Dependency: For p0314 = 0, the pole pair number is automatically calculated from the rated frequency (p0310) and the rated
speed (p0311) and displayed in r0313.
Notice: If p0314 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1), the maximum speed p1082, which is also associated
with quick commissioning, is pre-assigned accordingly.
For induction motors, it is only necessary to enter the value if the rated motor slip is so high that the pole pair number
r0313, obtained when making the calculation based on the rated frequency and rated speed, is too low.

p0316[0...n] Motor torque constant / Mot kT

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(1, 3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: 28_1 Unit selection: p0100 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [Nm/A] 400.00 [Nm/A] 0.00 [Nm/A]
Description: Sets the torque constant of the synchronous motor.
p0316 = 0:
The torque constant is calculated from the motor data.
p0316 > 0:
The selected value is used as torque constant.
Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.
Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.
Note: This parameter is not used for induction motors (p0300 = 1xx).

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 59
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0318[0...n] Motor stall current / Mot I_standstill

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [Arms] 10000.00 [Arms] 0.00 [Arms]
Description: The parameter has no influence on the closed-loop control.
Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.
Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.

p0320[0...n] Motor rated magnetizing current/short-circuit current / Mot I_mag_rated

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [Arms] 5000.000 [Arms] 0.000 [Arms]
Description: Induction motors:
Sets the rated motor magnetizing current.
For p0320 = 0.000 the magnetizing current is internally calculated and displayed in r0331.
Synchronous motors:
Sets the rated motor short-circuit current.
Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.
Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.
Note: The magnetizing current p0320 for induction motors is reset when quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0.
If, for induction motors, the magnetizing current p0320 is changed outside the commissioning phase (p0010 > 0),
then the magnetizing inductance p0360 is changed so that the EMF remains constant.

p0322[0...n] Maximum motor speed / Mot n_max

Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [rpm] 210000.0 [rpm] 0.0 [rpm]
Description: Sets the maximum motor speed.
Dependency: Refer to: p1082
Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.
Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.
If p0322 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1), the maximum speed p1082, which is also associated
with quick commissioning, is pre-assigned accordingly.
Note: The parameter has no significance for a value of p0322 = 0.

p0323[0...n] Maximum motor current / Mot I_max

Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [Arms] 20000.00 [Arms] 0.00 [Arms]
Description: Sets the maximum permissible motor current (e.g. de-magnetizing current for synchronous motors).
Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.
Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.
If p0323 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1), then the maximum current p0640 is pre-assigned
accordingly.

SINAMICS G120C
60 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: The parameter has no effect for induction motors.

The parameter has not effect for synchronous motors if a value of 0.0 is entered. The user-selectable current limit is
entered into p0640.

p0325[0...n] Motor pole position identification current 1st phase / Mot PolID I 1st Ph
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [Arms] 10000.000 [Arms] 0.000 [Arms]
Description: Sets the current for the 1st phase of the two-stage technique for pole position identification routine.
The current of the 2nd phase is set in p0329.
The two-stage technique is selected with p1980 = 4.
Dependency: Refer to: p0329, p1980
Refer to: F07969
Notice: When the motor code (p0301) is changed, it is possible that p0325 is not pre-assigned.
p0325 can be pre-assigned using p0340 = 3.
Note: The value is automatically pre-assigned for the following events:
- For p0325 = 0 and automatic calculation of the closed-loop control parameters (p0340 = 1, 2, 3).
- for quick commissioning (p3900 = 1, 2, 3).

p0329[0...n] Motor pole position identification current / Mot PolID current

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.0000 [Arms] 10000.0000 [Arms] 0.0000 [Arms]
Description: Sets the current for the pole position identification routine (p1980 = 1).
For a two-stage technique (p1980 = 4), the current is set for the 2nd phase.
The current for the 1st phase is set in p0325.
Dependency: If a maximum current (p0323) was not parameterized, then p0329 is limited to the rated motor current.
If p0329 is too small in order to determine the pole position (for p1980 = 1), then p0323 must be first parameterized
and significantly greater than p0329.
Refer to: p0325, p1980
Refer to: F07969
Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.
Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.

r0330[0...n] Rated motor slip / Mot slip_rated

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [Hz] - [Hz] - [Hz]
Description: Displays the rated motor slip.
Dependency: The rated slip is calculated from the rated frequency, rated speed and number of pole pairs.
Refer to: p0310, p0311, r0313
Note: The parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx).

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 61
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0331[0...n] Actual motor magnetizing current/short-circuit current / Mot I_mag_rtd act

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6722, 6724
Min Max Factory setting
- [Arms] - [Arms] - [Arms]
Description: Induction motor:
Displays the rated magnetizing current from p0320.
For p0320 = 0, the internally calculated magnetizing current is displayed.
Synchronous motor:
Displays the rated short-circuit current from p0320.
Dependency: If p0320 was not entered, then the parameter is calculated from the rating plate parameters.

r0333[0...n] Rated motor torque / Mot M_rated

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: 7_4 Unit selection: p0100 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [Nm] - [Nm] - [Nm]
Description: Displays the rated motor torque.
Dependency: IEC drives (p0100 = 0): unit Nm
NEMA drives (p0100 = 1): unit lbf ft
Note: For induction motors, r0333 is calculated from p0307 and p0311.
For synchronous motors, r0333 is calculated from p0305, p0316, p0327 and p0328.

p0335[0...n] Motor cooling type / Mot cool type

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: C(1, 3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 128 0
Description: Sets the motor cooling system used.
Value: 0: Natural ventilation
1: Forced cooling
2: Liquid cooling
128: No fan
Dependency: For 1LA7 motors (p0300), the parameter is pre-set as a function of p0307 and p0311.
Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.
Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.
Note: The parameter influences the thermal 3-mass motor model.
1LA7 motors, frame size 56 are operated without fan.

p0340[0...n] Automatic calculation motor/control parameters / Calc auto par

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 5 0
Description: Setting to automatically calculate motor parameters and U/f open-loop and closed-loop control parameters from the
rating plate data.
Value: 0: No calculation
1: Complete calculation
2: Calculation of equivalent circuit diagram parameters
3: Calculation of closed-loop control parameters

SINAMICS G120C
62 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

4: Calculation of controller parameters

5: Calculation of technological limits and threshold values
Notice: After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996.
Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0.
The following parameters are influenced using p0340:
p0340 = 1:
--> All of the parameters influenced for p0340 = 2, 3, 4, 5
--> p0341, p0342, p0344, p0640, p1082, p1231, p1232, p1349, p1611, p1726, p1909, p1959, p2000, p2001, p2002,
p2003, p3927, p3928
p0340 = 2:
--> p0350, p0354 ... p0360
--> p0625 (matching p0350)
p0340 = 3:
--> All of the parameters influenced for p0340 = 4, 5
--> p0346, p0347, p0622, p1320 ... p1327, p1582, p1755
p0340 = 4:
--> p1290, p1292, p1338, p1340, p1341, p1345, p1346, p1470, p1472, p1764, p1767
p0340 = 5:
--> p1037, p1038, p1520, p1521, p1530, p1531, p1802, p1803, p2390, p2392, p2393
Note: p0340 = 1 contains the calculations of p0340 = 2, 3, 4, 5.
p0340 = 2 calculates the motor parameters (p0350 ... p0360).
p0340 = 3 contains the calculations of p0340 = 4, 5.
p0340 = 4 only calculates the controller parameters.
p0340 = 5 only calculates the controller limits.
When quick commissioning is exited using p3900 > 0, p0340 is automatically set to 1.
At the end of the calculations, p0340 is automatically set to 0.

p0341[0...n] Motor moment of inertia / Mot M_mom of inert

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: 25_1 Unit selection: p0100 Func. diagram: 6020, 6030, 6031
Min Max Factory setting
0.000000 [kgm²] 100000.000000 [kgm²] 0.000000 [kgm²]
Description: Sets the motor moment of inertia (without load).
Dependency: IEC drives (p0100 = 0): unit kg m^2
NEMA drives (p0100 = 1): unit lb ft^2
The parameter value is included, together with p0342, in the rated starting time of the motor.
Refer to: p0342, r0345
Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.
Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.
Note: The product of p0341 * p0342 is used when the speed controller (p0340 = 4) is calculated automatically.

p0342[0...n] Ratio between the total and motor moment of inertia / Mot MomInert Ratio
Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6020, 6030, 6031
Min Max Factory setting
1.000 10000.000 1.000
Description: Sets the ratio between the total moment of inertia/mass (load + motor) and the intrinsic motor moment of inertia/mass
(no load).
Dependency: This means that together with p0341, the rated starting (accelerating time) of the motor is calculated for a vector
drive.
Refer to: p0341, r0345, p1498
Note: The product of p0341 * p0342 is used when the speed controller (p0340 = 4) is calculated automatically.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 63
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0344[0...n] Motor weight (for the thermal motor model) / Mot weight th mod
Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: 27_1 Unit selection: p0100 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [kg] 50000.0 [kg] 0.0 [kg]
Description: Sets the motor weight.
Dependency: IEC drives (p0100 = 0): unit kg
NEMA drives (p0100 = 1): unit lb
Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.
Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.
Note: The parameter influences the thermal 3 mass model of the induction motor.
The parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx).

r0345[0...n] Nominal motor starting time / Mot t_start_rated

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [s] - [s] - [s]
Description: Displays the rated motor starting time.
This time corresponds to the time from standstill up to reaching the motor rated speed and the acceleration with
motor rated torque.
Dependency: Refer to: r0313, r0333, p0341, p0342

p0346[0...n] Motor excitation build-up time / Mot t_excitation

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 20.000 [s] 0.000 [s]
Description: Sets the excitation build-up time of the motor.
This involves the delay time between enabling the pulses and enabling the ramp-function generator. The induction
motor is magnetized during this time.
Caution: If there is insufficient magnetization under load or if the acceleration rate is too high, then an induction motor can stall
(refer to the note).

Note: The parameter is calculated using p0340 = 1, 3.

For induction motors, the result depends on the rotor time constant (r0384). If this time is excessively reduced, this
can result in an inadequate magnetizing of the induction motor. This is the case if the current limit is reached while
building up magnetizing. For induction motors, the parameter cannot be set to 0 s (internal limit: 0.1 * r0384).
For permanent-magnet synchronous motors and vector control, the value depends on the stator time constant
(r0386). Here, it defines the time to establish the current for encoderless operation immediately after the pulses have
been enabled.

p0347[0...n] Motor de-excitation time / Mot t_de-excitat

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 20.000 [s] 0.000 [s]
Description: Sets the de-magnetizing time (for induction motors) after the inverter pulses have been canceled.
The inverter pulses cannot be switched in (enabled) within this delay time.

SINAMICS G120C
64 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: The parameter is calculated using p0340 = 1, 3.

For induction motors, the result depends on the rotor time constant (r0384).
if this time is shortened too much, then this can result in an inadequate de-magnetizing of the induction motor and in
an overcurrent condition when the pulses are subsequently enabled (only when the flying restart function is activated
and the motor is rotating).

p0350[0...n] Motor stator resistance cold / Mot R_stator cold

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,2 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00000 [ohm] 2000.00000 [ohm] 0.00000 [ohm]
Description: Sets the stator resistance of the motor at ambient temperature p0625 (phase value).
Dependency: Refer to: p0625
Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.
Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.
Note: The motor identification routine determines the stator resistance from the total stator resistance minus the cable
resistance (p0352).

p0352[0...n] Cable resistance / R_cable

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00000 [ohm] 120.00000 [ohm] 0.00000 [ohm]
Description: Resistance of the power cable between the power unit and motor.
Caution: The cable resistance should be entered prior to motor data identification. If it is used subsequently, the difference by
which p0352 was changed must be subtracted from the stator resistance p0350 or motor data identification must be
repeated.
Note: The parameter influences the temperature adaptation of the stator resistance.
The motor identification sets the cable resistance to 20% of the measured total resistance if p0352 is zero at the time
that the measurement is made. If p0352 is not zero, then the value is subtracted from the measured total stator
resistance to calculate stator resistance p0350. In this case, p0350 is a minimum of 10% of the measured value.
The cable resistance is reset when quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0.

p0354[0...n] Motor rotor resistance cold / Mot R_r cold

Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,2 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6727
Min Max Factory setting
0.00000 [ohm] 300.00000 [ohm] 0.00000 [ohm]
Description: Sets the rotor/secondary section resistance of the motor at the ambient temperature p0625.
This parameter value is automatically calculated using the motor model (p0340 = 1, 2) or using the motor data
identification routine (p1910).
Dependency: Refer to: p0625
Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.
Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.
Note: The parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2).

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 65
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0356[0...n] Motor stator leakage inductance / Mot L_stator leak.

Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,2 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00000 [mH] 1000.00000 [mH] 0.00000 [mH]
Description: Induction machine: sets the stator leakage inductance of the motor.
Synchronous motor: Sets the stator quadrature axis inductance of the motor.
This parameter value is automatically calculated using the motor model (p0340 = 1, 2) or using the motor
identification routine (p1910).
Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.
Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.
Note: If the stator leakage inductance (p0356) for induction motors is changed outside the commissioning phase (p0010 >
0), the magnetizing inductance (p0360) is automatically adapted to the new EMF. You are then advised to repeat the
measurement for the saturation characteristic (p1960).
For permanent-magnet synchronous motors (p0300 = 2), this is the non-saturated value and is, therefore, ideal for a
low current.

p0357[0...n] Motor stator inductance d axis / Mot L_stator d

Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,2 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00000 [mH] 1000.00000 [mH] 0.00000 [mH]
Description: Sets the stator direct-axis inductance of the synchronous motor.
This parameter value is automatically calculated using the motor model (p0340 = 1, 2) or using the motor
identification routine (p1910).
Note: For permanent-magnet synchronous motors (p0300 = 2), this is the non-saturated value and is ideal for a low current.

p0358[0...n] Motor rotor leakage inductance / Mot L_rot leak

Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,2 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6727
Min Max Factory setting
0.00000 [mH] 1000.00000 [mH] 0.00000 [mH]
Description: Sets the rotor/secondary section leakage inductance of the motor.
The value is automatically calculated using the motor model (p0340 = 1, 2) or using the motor identification routine
(p1910).
Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.
Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.
Note: If the rotor leakage inductance (p0358) for induction motors is changed outside the commissioning phase (p0010 >
0), the magnetizing inductance (p0360) is automatically adapted to the new EMF. You are then advised to repeat the
measurement for the saturation characteristic (p1960).

p0360[0...n] Motor magnetizing inductance / Mot Lh

Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,2 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6727
Min Max Factory setting
0.00000 [mH] 10000.00000 [mH] 0.00000 [mH]
Description: Sets the magnetizing inductance of the motor.
This parameter value is automatically calculated using the motor model (p0340 = 1, 2) or using the motor
identification routine (p1910).

SINAMICS G120C
66 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.
Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.
Note: The parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2).

p0362[0...n] Motor saturation characteristic flux 1 / Mot saturat.flux 1

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6723
Min Max Factory setting
10.0 [%] 800.0 [%] 60.0 [%]
Description: The saturation characteristics (flux as a function of the magnetizing current) is defined using 4 points.
This parameter specifies the y coordinate (flux) for the 1st value pair of the characteristic.
Sets the first flux value of the saturation characteristic as a [%] referred to the rated motor flux (100 %).
Dependency: The following applies for the flux values:
p0362 < p0363 < p0364 < p0365
Refer to: p0366
Note: For induction motors, p0362 = 100 % corresponds to the rated motor flux.
When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0, then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been
selected (p0300).

p0363[0...n] Motor saturation characteristic flux 2 / Mot saturat.flux 2

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6723
Min Max Factory setting
10.0 [%] 800.0 [%] 85.0 [%]
Description: The saturation characteristics (flux as a function of the magnetizing current) is defined using 4 points.
This parameter specifies the y coordinate (flux) for the 2nd value pair of the characteristic.
Sets the second flux value of the saturation characteristic as a [%] referred to the rated motor flux (100 %).
Dependency: The following applies for the flux values:
p0362 < p0363 < p0364 < p0365
Refer to: p0367
Note: For induction motors, p0363 = 100 % corresponds to the rated motor flux.
When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0, then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been
selected (p0300).

p0364[0...n] Motor saturation characteristic flux 3 / Mot saturat.flux 3

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6723
Min Max Factory setting
10.0 [%] 800.0 [%] 115.0 [%]
Description: The saturation characteristics (flux as a function of the magnetizing current) is defined using 4 points.
This parameter specifies the y coordinate (flux) for the 3rd value pair of the characteristic.
Sets the third flux value of the saturation characteristic as a [%] referred to the rated motor flux (100 %).
Dependency: The following applies for the flux values:
p0362 < p0363 < p0364 < p0365
Refer to: p0368
Note: For induction motors, p0364 = 100 % corresponds to the rated motor flux.
When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0, then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been
selected (p0300).

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 67
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0365[0...n] Motor saturation characteristic flux 4 / Mot saturat.flux 4

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6723
Min Max Factory setting
10.0 [%] 800.0 [%] 125.0 [%]
Description: The saturation characteristics (flux as a function of the magnetizing current) is defined using 4 points.
This parameter specifies the y coordinate (flux) for the 4th value pair of the characteristic.
Sets the fourth flux value of the saturation characteristic as a [%] referred to the rated motor flux (100 %).
Dependency: The following applies for the flux values:
p0362 < p0363 < p0364 < p0365
Refer to: p0369
Note: For induction motors, p0365 = 100 % corresponds to the rated motor flux.
When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0, then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been
selected (p0300).

p0366[0...n] Motor saturation characteristic I_mag 1 / Mot sat. I_mag 1

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6723
Min Max Factory setting
5.0 [%] 800.0 [%] 50.0 [%]
Description: The saturation characteristics (flux as a function of the magnetizing current) is defined using 4 points.
This parameter specifies the x coordinate (magnetizing current) for the 1st value pair of the characteristic.
Sets the first magnetization current of the saturation characteristic in [%] with reference to the rated magnetization
current (r0331).
Dependency: The following applies for the magnetizing currents:
p0366 < p0367 < p0368 < p0369
Refer to: p0362
Note: When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0, then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been
selected (p0300).

p0367[0...n] Motor saturation characteristic I_mag 2 / Mot sat. I_mag 2

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6723
Min Max Factory setting
5.0 [%] 800.0 [%] 75.0 [%]
Description: The saturation characteristics (flux as a function of the magnetizing current) is defined using 4 points.
This parameter specifies the x coordinate (magnetizing current) for the 2nd value pair of the characteristic.
Sets the second magnetization current of the saturation characteristic in [%] with reference to the rated
magnetization current (r0331).
Dependency: The following applies for the magnetizing currents:
p0366 < p0367 < p0368 < p0369
Refer to: p0363
Note: When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0, then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been
selected (p0300).

SINAMICS G120C
68 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0368[0...n] Motor saturation characteristic I_mag 3 / Mot sat. I_mag 3

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6723
Min Max Factory setting
5.0 [%] 800.0 [%] 150.0 [%]
Description: The saturation characteristics (flux as a function of the magnetizing current) is defined using 4 points.
This parameter specifies the x coordinate (magnetizing current) for the 3rd value pair of the characteristic.
Sets the third magnetization current of the saturation characteristic in [%] with reference to the rated magnetization
current (r0331).
Dependency: The following applies for the magnetizing currents:
p0366 < p0367 < p0368 < p0369
Refer to: p0364
Note: When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0, then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been
selected (p0300).

p0369[0...n] Motor saturation characteristic I_mag 4 / Mot sat. I_mag 4

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6723
Min Max Factory setting
5.0 [%] 800.0 [%] 210.0 [%]
Description: The saturation characteristics (flux as a function of the magnetizing current) is defined using 4 points.
This parameter specifies the x coordinate (magnetizing current) for the 4th value pair of the characteristic.
Sets the fourth magnetization current of the saturation characteristic in [%] with reference to the rated magnetization
current (r0331).
Dependency: The following applies for the magnetizing currents:
p0366 < p0367 < p0368 < p0369
Refer to: p0365
Note: When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0, then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been
selected (p0300).

r0382[0...n] Motor magnetizing inductance transformed / Mot L_magn transf

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [mH] - [mH] - [mH]
Description: Displays the magnetizing inductance of the motor.
Note: The parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx).

r0384[0...n] Motor rotor time constant / damping time constant d axis / Mot T_rotor/T_Dd
Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6722
Min Max Factory setting
- [ms] - [ms] - [ms]
Description: Displays the rotor time constant.
Note: The parameter is not used for synchronous motors.
The value is calculated from the total of the inductances on the rotor side (p0358, p0360) divided by the rotor
resistance (p0354). The temperature adaptation of the rotor resistance for induction motors is not taken into account.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 69
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0386[0...n] Motor stator leakage time constant / Mot T_stator leak

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [ms] - [ms] - [ms]
Description: Displays the stator leakage time constant.
Note: The value is calculated from the total of all leakage inductances (p0233, p0356, p0358) divided by the total of all
motor resistances (p0350, p0352, p0354). The temperature adaptation of the resistances is not taken into account.

r0394[0...n] Rated motor power / Mot P_rated

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: 14_6 Unit selection: p0100 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [kW] - [kW] - [kW]
Description: Displays the rated motor power.
Note: The parameter displays p0307. For p0307 = 0, r0394 is calculated from p0304 and p0305 (only for induction motors).
Depending on the actual motor type, deviations can occur from the actual rated motor power.

r0395[0...n] Actual stator resistance / R_stator act

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [ohm] - [ohm] - [ohm]
Description: Displays the actual stator resistance (phase value).
The parameter value also contains the temperature-independent cable resistance.
Dependency: In the case of induction motors the parameter is also affected by the motor temperature model.
Refer to: p0350, p0352, p0620
Note: In each case, only the stator resistance of the active Motor Data Set is included with the stator temperature of the
thermal motor model.

r0396[0...n] Actual rotor resistance / R_rotor act

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [ohm] - [ohm] - [ohm]
Description: Displays the actual rotor resistance (phase value).
The parameter is affected by the motor temperature model.
Dependency: Refer to: p0354, p0620
Note: In each case, only the rotor resistance of the active Motor Data Set is included with the rotor temperature of the
thermal motor model.
This parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx).

SINAMICS G120C
70 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0422[0...n] Absolute encoder linear measuring step resolution / Enc abs meas step
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(4) Scaling: - Dyn. index: EDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 4704
Min Max Factory setting
0 [nm] 4294967295 [nm] 100 [nm]
Description: Sets the resolution of the absolute position for a linear absolute encoder.
Notice: This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400).
When selecting a catalog encoder, this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). Information in p0400 should
be carefully observed when removing write protection.
Note: The serial protocol of an absolute encoder provides the position with a certain resolution, e.g. 100 nm. This value
must be entered here.

p0500 Technology application / Tec application

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: C(1, 5), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 5 0
Description: Sets the technology application.
The parameter influences the calculation of open-loop and closed-loop control parameters that is e.g. initiated using
p0340 = 5.
Value: 0: Standard drive
1: Pumps and fans
2: Sensorless closed-loop control down to f = 0 (passive loads)
3: Pumps and fans, efficiency optimization
5: Starting with a high break loose torque
Dependency: For p0096 = 1, 2 (Standard, Dynamic Drive Control) p0500 cannot be changed.
Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096
= 2)
Notice: If the technological application is set to p0500 = 0 ... 3 during commissioning (p0010 = 1, 5, 30), the operating mode
(p1300) is pre-set accordingly.
Note: The calculation of parameters dependent on the technology application can be called up as follows:
- when exiting quick commissioning using p3900 > 0
- when writing p0340 = 1, 3, 5
For p0500 = 0 and when the calculation is initiated, the following parameters are set:
- p1802 = 0 (automatic changeover SVM/FLB)
- p1803 = 106 %
For p0500 = 1 and when the calculation is initiated, the following parameters are set:
- p1802 = 0 (automatic changeover SVM/FLB)
- p1803 = 106 %
For p0500 = 2 and when the calculation is initiated, the following parameters are set:
- p1802 = 0 (automatic changeover SVM/FLB)
- p1803 = 106 %
For p0500 = 3 and when the calculation is initiated, the following parameters are set:
- p1802 = 0 (automatic changeover SVM/FLB)
- p1803 = 106 %
For p1802/p1803:
p1802 and p1803 are only changed, in all cases, if a sine-wave output filter (p0230 = 3, 4) has not been selected.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 71
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0501 Technological application (Standard Drive Control) / Techn appl SDC

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: C(1, 5), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the technology application.
The parameter influences the calculation of open-loop and closed-loop control parameters that is e.g. initiated using
p0340 = 5.
Value: 0: Constant load (linear characteristic)
1: Speed-dependent load (parabolic characteristic)
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2)
Refer to: p1300
Notice: If the technological application is set to p0501 = 0, 1 during commissioning (p0010 = 1, 5, 30), the operating mode
(p1300) is pre-set accordingly.
Note: The calculation of parameters dependent on the technology application can be called up as follows:
- when exiting quick commissioning using p3900 > 0
- when writing p0340 = 1, 3, 5
For p0501 = 0, 1 and when the calculation is initiated, the following parameters are set:
- p1802 = 0
- p1803 = 106 %
- p3855.0 = 1 (DC quantity control on)
For p1802 / p1803:
These parameters are only changed, in all cases, if a sine-wave output filter (p0230 = 3, 4) has not been selected.

p0502 Technological application (Dynamic Drive Control) / Techn appl DDC

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: C(1, 5), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 5 0
Description: Sets the technology application for dynamic applications (p0096 = 2).
The parameter influences the calculation of open-loop and closed-loop control parameters that is e.g. initiated using
p0340 or p3900.
Value: 0: Standard drive (e.g. pumps, fans)
1: Dynamic starting or reversing
5: Heavy-duty starting (e.g. extruders, compressors)
Dependency: The calculation of parameters dependent on the technology application can be called up as follows:
- when exiting quick commissioning using p3900 > 0
- when writing p0340 = 1, 3 or 5
Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: p1610, p1750
Note: When entering p0502 and initiating the calculation, the following parameters are set:
p0502 = 0:
- p1750.0/1/7 = 1 (start and reverse in open-loop control with rugged switchover limits)
- p1610 = 50 %, p1611 = 30 % (low up to average starting torque)
p0502 = 1:
- p1750.0/1/7 = 0 (start and reverse in closed-loop speed control with shorter acceleration times)
- p1610 = 50 %, p1611 = 30 % (only effective, if the drive is switched-on with a speed setpoint of zero)
p0502 = 5:
- p1750.0/1/7 = 1 (start and reverse in open-loop control with rugged switchover limits)
- p1610 = 80 %, p1611 = 80 % (average up to higher starting torque)
p1750.6 = 1 is always set, p1574 (voltage reserve) is preassigned, depending on p0205 (power unit application).

SINAMICS G120C
72 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0505 Selecting the system of units / Unit sys select

Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: C(5) Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
1 4 1
Description: Sets the actual system of units.
Value: 1: SI system of units
2: System of units referred/SI
3: US system of units
4: System of units referred/US
Dependency: The parameter can only be changed in an offline project using the commissioning software.
Caution: If a per unit representation is selected and if the reference parameters (e.g. p2000) are subsequently changed, then
the physical significance of several control parameters is also adapted at the same time. The control behavior can
change as a consequence.
Note: Reference parameter for the unit system % are, for example, p2000 ... p2004. Depending on what has been
selected, these are displayed using either SI or US units.

p0514[0...9] Scaling-specific reference values / Scal spec ref val

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.000001 10000000.000000 1.000000
Description: Sets the reference values for the specific scaling of BICO parameters.
The specific scaling is active when interconnecting with other BICO parameters, and can be used in the following
cases:
1. Parameter with the marking "Scaling: p0514".
2. Changing the standard scaling for parameters with the marking "Scaling: p2000" ... "Scaling: p2007".
Relative values refer to the corresponding reference value. The reference value corresponds to 100% or 4000 hex
(word) or 4000 0000 hex (double word).
To specifically scale BICO parameters, proceed as follows:
- set the reference value (p0514[0...9]).
- set the numbers of the parameters, which should be active for the scaling, corresponding to the index of p0514
(p0515[0...19] ... p0524[0...19]).
For parameters with the marking "Scaling: p0514", which are not entered in p0515[0...19] to p0524[0...19], the
reference value 1.0 (factory setting) applies.
Index: [0] = Parameters in p0515[0...19]
[1] = Parameters in p0516[0...19]
[2] = Parameters in p0517[0...19]
[3] = Parameters in p0518[0...19]
[4] = Parameters in p0519[0...19]
[5] = Parameters in p0520[0...19]
[6] = Parameters in p0521[0...19]
[7] = Parameters in p0522[0...19]
[8] = Parameters in p0523[0...19]
[9] = Parameters in p0524[0...19]
Dependency: Refer to: p0515, p0516, p0517, p0518, p0519, p0520, p0521, p0522, p0523, p0524

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 73
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0515[0...19] Scaling specific parameters referred to p0514[0] / Scal spec p514[0]

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 4294967295 0
Description: Sets the parameters with reference value in p0514[0] for the specific scaling.
p0515[0]: parameter number
p0515[1]: parameter number
p0515[2]: parameter number
...
p0515[19]: parameter number
Dependency: Refer to: p0514

p0516[0...19] Scaling specific parameters referred to p0514[1] / Scal spec p514[1]

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 4294967295 0
Description: Sets the parameters with reference value in p0514[1] for the specific scaling.
p0516[0]: parameter number
p0516[1]: parameter number
p0516[2]: parameter number
...
p0516[19]: parameter number
Dependency: Refer to: p0514

p0517[0...19] Scaling specific parameters referred to p0514[2] / Scal spec p514[2]

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 4294967295 0
Description: Sets the parameters with reference value in p0514[2] for the specific scaling.
p0517[0]: parameter number
p0517[1]: parameter number
p0517[2]: parameter number
...
p0517[19]: parameter number
Dependency: Refer to: p0514

p0518[0...19] Scaling specific parameters referred to p0514[3] / Scal spec p514[3]

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 4294967295 0
Description: Sets the parameters with reference value in p0514[3] for the specific scaling.
p0518[0]: parameter number
p0518[1]: parameter number

SINAMICS G120C
74 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0518[2]: parameter number

...
p0518[19]: parameter number
Dependency: Refer to: p0514

p0519[0...19] Scaling specific parameters referred to p0514[4] / Scal spec p514[4]

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 4294967295 0
Description: Sets the parameters with reference value in p0514[4] for the specific scaling.
p0519[0]: parameter number
p0519[1]: parameter number
p0519[2]: parameter number
...
p0519[19]: parameter number
Dependency: Refer to: p0514

p0520[0...19] Scaling specific parameters referred to p0514[5] / Scal spec p514[5]

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 4294967295 0
Description: Sets the parameters with reference value in p0514[5] for the specific scaling.
p0520[0]: parameter number
p0520[1]: parameter number
p0520[2]: parameter number
...
p0520[19]: parameter number
Dependency: Refer to: p0514

p0521[0...19] Scaling specific parameters referred to p0514[6] / Scal spec p514[6]

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 4294967295 0
Description: Sets the parameters with reference value in p0514[6] for the specific scaling.
p0521[0]: parameter number
p0521[1]: parameter number
p0521[2]: parameter number
...
p0521[19]: parameter number
Dependency: Refer to: p0514

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 75
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0522[0...19] Scaling specific parameters referred to p0514[7] / Scal spec p514[7]

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 4294967295 0
Description: Sets the parameters with reference value in p0514[7] for the specific scaling.
p0522[0]: parameter number
p0522[1]: parameter number
p0522[2]: parameter number
...
p0522[19]: parameter number
Dependency: Refer to: p0514

p0523[0...19] Scaling specific parameters referred to p0514[8] / Scal spec p514[8]

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 4294967295 0
Description: Sets the parameters with reference value in p0514[8] for the specific scaling.
p0523[0]: parameter number
p0523[1]: parameter number
p0523[2]: parameter number
...
p0523[19]: parameter number
Dependency: Refer to: p0514

p0524[0...19] Scaling specific parameters referred to p0514[9] / Scal spec p514[9]

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 4294967295 0
Description: Sets the parameters with reference value in p0514[9] for the specific scaling.
p0524[0]: parameter number
p0524[1]: parameter number
p0524[2]: parameter number
...
p0524[19]: parameter number
Dependency: Refer to: p0514

p0530[0...n] Bearing version selection / Bearing vers sel

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 104 0
Description: Sets the bearing version.
Corresponding to the bearing version entered, its code number (p0531) is automatically set.
0 = No data
1 = Manual entry

SINAMICS G120C
76 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

101 = STANDARD
102 = PERFORMANCE
103 = HIGH PERFORMANCE
104 = ADVANCED LIFETIME
Dependency: Refer to: p0301, p0531, p0532, p1082
Notice: For p0530 = 101, 102, 103, 104, the maximum bearing speed (p0532) is write protected. Write protection is
withdrawn with p0530 = 1.
If p0530 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1), then the maximum speed p1082, which is also
associated with quick commissioning, is pre-assigned appropriately. This is not the case when commissioning the
motor (p0010 = 3). The maximum speed of the bearing is factored into the limit for the maximum speed p1082.
Note: For a motor with DRIVE-CLiQ, p0530 can only be set to 1.

p0531[0...n] Bearing code number selection / Bearing codeNo sel

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: C(3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Display and setting the code number of the bearing.
When setting p0301 and p0530 the code number is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. The
information in p0530 should be observed when removing write protection.
Dependency: Refer to: p0301, p0530, p0532, p1082
Notice: If p0531 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1), then the maximum speed p1082, which is also
associated with quick commissioning, is pre-assigned appropriately. This is not the case when commissioning the
motor (p0010 = 3). The maximum speed of the bearing is factored into the limit for the maximum speed p1082.
Note: p0531 cannot be changed on a motor with DRIVE-CLiQ.

p0532[0...n] Bearing maximum speed / Bearing n_max

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [rpm] 210000.0 [rpm] 0.0 [rpm]
Description: Sets the maximum speed of the bearing.
The following applies when calculating the maximum speed (p1082):
- for p0324 = 0 or p0532 = 0, p0322 is used.
- for p0324 > 0 and p0532 > 0, the minimum value from the two parameters is used.
Dependency: Refer to: p0301, p0322, p0530, p1082
Notice: This parameter is pre-assigned in the case of motors from the motor list (p0301) if a bearing version (p0530) is
selected.
When selecting a catalog motor, this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). The information in p0530
should be observed when removing write protection.
If p0532 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1), then the maximum speed p1082, which is also
associated with quick commissioning, is pre-assigned appropriately. This is not the case when commissioning the
motor (p0010 = 3).

p0541[0...n] Load gearbox code number / Load grbx CodeNo

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 4294967295 0
Description: Display and setting the code number of the load gearbox.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 77
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0542[0...n] Load gearbox maximum speed / Load grbx n_max

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 [rpm] 340.28235E36 [rpm] 0 [rpm]
Description: Maximum permissible input speed at the load gearbox.
The following applies when calculating the maximum speed (p1082):
- for p0324 = 0 or p0532 = 0 or p0542 = 0, p0322 is used.
- for p0324 > 0, p0532 > 0 and p0542 > 0, the minimum value from the parameters is used.

p0543[0...n] Load gearbox maximum torque / Load grbx M_max

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 [Nm] 340.28235E36 [Nm] 0 [Nm]
Description: Maximum permissible input torque at the load gearbox.

p0544[0...n] Load gearbox overall ratio (absolute value) numerator / Load grbx ratio N
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 2147483647 0
Description: Sets the numerator for the overall ratio of the load gearbox.

p0545[0...n] Load gearbox overall ratio (absolute value) denominator / Load grbx ratio D
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 2147483647 0
Description: Sets the denominator for the overall ratio of the load gearbox.

p0546[0...n] Load gearbox output direction of rotation inversion / Load grbx outp inv
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 2147483647 0
Description: Sets the inversion for the direction of rotation of the load gearbox.

p0550[0...n] Brake type / Brake type

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Sets the brake version.

SINAMICS G120C
78 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0551[0...n] Brake code number / Brake code no.

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Display and setting the code number of the brake.

p0552[0...n] Maximum brake speed / Brake n_max

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 [rpm] 340.28235E36 [rpm] 0 [rpm]
Description: Sets the maximum brake speed.

p0553[0...n] Brake holding torque / Brake M_hold

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 [Nm] 340.28235E36 [Nm] 0 [Nm]
Description: Sets the brake holding torque.

p0554[0...n] Brake moment of inertia / Brake J

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 [kgm²] 2147483647 [kgm²] 0 [kgm²]
Description: Sets the brake moment of inertia.

p0573 Inhibit automatic reference value calculation / Inhibit calc

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to inhibit the calculation of reference parameters (e.g. p2000) when automatically calculating the motor and
closed-loop control parameters (p0340, p3900).
Value: 0: No
1: Yes
Notice: The inhibit for the reference value calculation is canceled when new motor parameters (e.g. p0305) are entered and
only one drive data set exists (p0180 = 1). This is the case during initial commissioning.
Once the motor and control parameters have been calculated (p0340, p3900), the inhibit for the reference value
calculation is automatically re-activated.
Note: If value = 0:
The automatic calculation (p0340, p3900) overwrites the reference parameters.
If value = 1:
The automatic calculation (p0340, p3900) does not overwrite the reference parameters.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 79
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0595 Technological unit selection / Tech unit select

Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: C(5) Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
1 47 1
Description: Selects the units for the parameters of the technology controller.
For p0595 = 1, 2, the reference quantity set in p0596 is not active.
Value: 1: %
2: 1 referred no dimensions
3: bar
4: °C
5: Pa
6: ltr/s
7: m³/s
8: ltr/min
9: m³/min
10: ltr/h
11: m³/h
12: kg/s
13: kg/min
14: kg/h
15: t/min
16: t/h
17: N
18: kN
19: Nm
20: psi
21: °F
22: gallon/s
23: inch³/s
24: gallon/min
25: inch³/min
26: gallon/h
27: inch³/h
28: lb/s
29: lb/min
30: lb/h
31: lbf
32: lbf ft
33: K
34: rpm
35: parts/min
36: m/s
37: ft³/s
38: ft³/min
39: BTU/min
40: BTU/h
41: mbar
42: inch wg
43: ft wg
44: m wg
45: % r.h.
46: g/kg
47: ppm
Dependency: Only the unit of the technology controller parameters are switched over (unit group 9_1).
Refer to: p0596
Note: When switching over from % into another unit, the following sequence applies:
- set p0596
- set p0595 to the required unit

SINAMICS G120C
80 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0596 Technological unit reference quantity / Tech unit ref qty

Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.01 340.28235E36 1.00
Description: Sets the reference quantity for the technological units.
When changing over using changeover parameter p0595 to absolute units, all of the parameters involved refer to the
reference quantity.
Dependency: Refer to: p0595
Notice: When changing over from one technological unit into another, or when changing the reference parameter, a
changeover is not made.

p0601[0...n] Motor temperature sensor type / Mot_temp_sens type

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8016
Min Max Factory setting
0 6 0
Description: Sets the sensor type for the motor temperature monitoring.
Value: 0: No sensor
1: PTC alarm & timer
2: KTY84
4: Bimetallic NC contact alarm & timer
6: PT1000
Dependency: A thermal motor model is calculated corresponding to p0612.
Caution: For p0601 = 2, 6:
If the motor temperature sensor is not connected but another encoder, then the temperature adaptation of the motor
resistances must be switched out (p0620 = 0). Otherwise, in controlled-loop operation, torque errors will occur that
will mean that the motor will not be able to be stopped.
Note: For p0601 = 1:
Tripping resistance = 1650 Ohm. Wire breakage and short-circuit monitoring.

p0604[0...n] Mot_temp_mod 2/sensor alarm threshold / Mod 2/sens A_thr

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8016
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [°C] 240.0 [°C] 130.0 [°C]
Description: Sets the alarm threshold for monitoring the motor temperature for motor temperature model 2 or KTY/PT1000.
After the alarm threshold is exceeded, alarm A07910 is output and timer (p0606) is started.
If the delay time has expired and the alarm threshold has, in the meantime, not been fallen below, then fault F07011
is output.
Dependency: Refer to: p0606, p0612
Refer to: F07011, A07910
Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.
Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.
Note: The hysteresis is 2 K.
When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0, then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been
selected (p0300).

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 81
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0605[0...n] Mot_temp_mod 1/2/sensor threshold and temperature value / Mod1/2/sens T_thr

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8016, 8017
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [°C] 240.0 [°C] 145.0 [°C]
Description: Sets the threshold and temperature value to monitor the motor temperature.
Temperature model 1 (I2t, p0612.0 = 1):
The following applies for firmware version < 4.7 SP6 or p0612.8 = 0:
- sets the alarm threshold. If the model temperature (r0034) exceeds the alarm threshold, then alarm A07012 is
output.
- this value is simultaneously used as rated winding temperature.
The following applies from firmware version 4.7 SP6 and p0612.8 = 1:
- p5390: when commissioning a catalog motor for the first time, p0605 is copied to p5390.
- p5390: p5390 is of significance when evaluating the alarm threshold.
- p5390: the stator winding temperature (r0632) is used to initiate the signal.
- p0627: when a catalog motor is commissioned for the first time, p0605 -40 °C is copied to p0627.
- p0627: p0627 is of significance for the rated temperature.
Motor temperature model 2 (p0612.1 = 1) or measurement:
- sets the fault threshold. If the temperature (r0035) exceeds the fault threshold, then fault F07011 is output.
Dependency: Refer to: r0034, p0606, p0611, p0612
Refer to: F07011, A07012
Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.
Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.
Motor temperature model 1 (I2t):
The following applies for firmware version < 4.7 SP6 or p0612.8 = 0:
p0605 also defines the final temperature of the model for r0034 = 100 %. Therefore, p0605 has no influence on the
time up to alarm A07012 being issued. The time is only determined by time constant p0611, the actual current and
the reference value p0318. For p0318 = 0, the rated motor current is used as reference value.
Note: The hysteresis is 2 K.
When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0, then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been
selected (p0300).

p0606[0...n] Mot_temp_mod 2/sensor timer / Mod 2/sens timer

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8016
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 600.000 [s] 0.000 [s]
Description: Sets the timer for monitoring the motor temperature for motor temperature model 2 or KTY/PT1000.
This timer is started when the temperature alarm threshold (p0604) is exceeded.
If the timer has expired and the alarm threshold has, in the meantime, not been fallen below, then fault F07011 is
output.
If the temperature fault threshold (p0605) is prematurely exceeded before the timer has expired, then fault F07011 is
immediately output.
Dependency: Refer to: p0604, p0605
Refer to: F07011, A07910
Note: With p0606 = 0 s, the timer is deactivated and only the fault threshold is effective.
KTY/PT1000: When setting the minimum value, the timer is disabled and a fault is not output until p0605 is
exceeded.
PTC, bimetallic NC contact: The timer minimum value has no special significance.

SINAMICS G120C
82 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0607[0...n] Temperature sensor fault timer / Sensor fault time

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8016
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 600.000 [s] 0.100 [s]
Description: Sets the timer between the output of alarm and fault for a temperature sensor fault.
If there is a sensor fault, this timer is started.
If the sensor fault is still present after the timer has expired, a corresponding fault is output.
Notice: The parameterized time is internally rounded-off to an integer multiple of 48 ms.
Note: If the motor is an induction motor, the timer is switched off when setting the minimum value and no alarm is output.
Temperature monitoring is then based on the thermal model.

p0610[0...n] Motor overtemperature response / Mot temp response

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8016, 8017, 8018
Min Max Factory setting
0 12 12
Description: Sets the system response when the motor temperature reaches the alarm threshold.
Value: 0: No response only alarm no reduction of I_max
1: Messages, reduction of I_max
2: Messages, no reduction of I_max
12: Messages, no reduction of I_max, temperature storage
Dependency: Refer to: p0601, p0604, p0605, p0614, p0615
Refer to: F07011, A07012, A07910
Note: The I_max reduction is not executed for PTC (p0601 = 1) or bimetallic NC contact (p0601 = 4).
The I_max reduction results in a lower output frequency.
If value = 0:
An alarm is output and I_max is not reduced.
If value = 1:
An alarm is output and a timer is started. A fault is output if the alarm is still active after this timer has expired.
- for KTY/PT1000, the following applies: I_max. is reduced
- for PTC, the following is valid: I_max. is not reduced
If value = 2:
An alarm is output and a timer is started. A fault is output if the alarm is still active after this timer has expired.
If value = 12:
Behavior is always the same as for value 2.
For motor temperature monitoring without temperature sensor, when switching off, the model temperature is saved in
a non-volatile fashion. When switching on, the same value (reduced by p0614) is taken into account in the model
calculation. As a consequence, the UL508C specification is fulfilled.

p0611[0...n] I2t motor model thermal time constant / I2t mot_mod T

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(1, 3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8017
Min Max Factory setting
0 [s] 20000 [s] 0 [s]
Description: Sets the winding time constant.
The time constant specifies the warm-up time of the cold stator winding when loaded with the motor standstill current
(rated motor current, if the motor standstill current is not parameterized) up until a temperature rise of 63 % of the
continuously permissible winding temperature has been reached.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 83
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: This parameter is only used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx).
Refer to: r0034, p0612, p0615
Refer to: F07011, A07012, A07910
Notice: This parameter is automatically pre-set from the motor database for motors from the motor list (p0301).
When selecting a catalog motor, this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). Information in p0300 should be
carefully observed when removing write protection.
When exiting commissioning, p0612 is checked, and where relevant, is pre-assigned to a value that matches the
motor power, if a temperature sensor was not parameterized (see p0601).
Note: When parameter p0611 is reset to 0, then this switches out the thermal I2t motor model (refer to p0612).
If no temperature sensor is parameterized, then the ambient temperature for the thermal motor model is referred to
p0625.

p0612[0...n] Mot_temp_mod activation / Mot_temp_mod act

Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8017, 8018
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0010 0000 0010 bin
Description: Setting to activate the motor temperature model.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Activate mot_temp_mod 1 (I2t) Yes No -
01 Activate mot_temp_mod 2 Yes No -
02 Activate mot_temp_mod 3 Yes No -
08 Activate mot_temp_mod 1 (I2t) extensions Yes No -
09 Activate mot_temp_mod 2 extensions Yes No -
12 Mot_temp_mod 1 (I2t) ambient temperature Yes (via p0613) No (fixed 20 °C) -
can be adjusted
Dependency: For synchronous motors, when exiting commissioning, temperature model 1 is automatically activated if a time
constant has been entered in p0611.
Refer to: r0034, p0604, p0605, p0606, p0611, p0613, p0615, p0625, p0626, p0627, p0628, r0630, r0631, r0632,
r0633, p5350, r5389, p5390, p5391
Refer to: F07011, A07012, A07014, A07910
Notice: For bit 00:
This bit is only automatically activated for permanent-magnet 1FT7 synchronous motors. For other permanent-
magnet synchronous motors, the user himself must activate motor temperature model 1 (I2t).
It is only possible to activate this motor temperature model (I2t) for a time constant greater than zero (p0611 > 0).
Note: Mot_temp_mod: motor temperature model
For bit 00:
This bit is used to activate/deactivate the motor temperature model for permanent-magnet synchronous motors.
For bit 01 (see also bit 9):
This bit is used to activate/deactivate the motor temperature model for induction motors.
For bit 02:
This bit is used to activate/deactivate the motor temperature model for 1FK7 Basic and 1FL5 motors.
Motor temperature model 3 cannot be simultaneously activated with another motor temperature model.
For bit 08:
This bit is used to extend the motor temperature model 1 (I2t).
The following applies for firmware version < 4.7 SP6 (only bit 0):
- this bit has no function. Temperature model 1 operates in the standard mode.
Overtemperature at rated load: p0605 - 40 °C
Alarm threshold: p0605
Fault threshold: p0615
The following applies from firmware version 4.7 SP6 (bits 0 and 8):
- temperature model 1 operates in the extended mode.
Overtemperature at rated load: p0627
Alarm threshold: p5390
Fault threshold: p5391

SINAMICS G120C
84 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

For bit 09:

This bit is used to extend the motor temperature model 2.
For firmware version < 4.7 following applies (only bit 1):
- this bit has no function. Temperature model 2 operates in the standard mode.
From firmware version 4.7 the following applies (bits 1 and 9):
- this bit should be set. Temperature model 2 then operates in the extended mode and the result of the model is more
precise.
For bit 12 (only effective if a temperature sensor has not been parameterized):
This bit is used to set the ambient temperature for the motor temperature model 1 (I2t).
The following applies for firmware version < 4.7 SP6 (only bit 0):
- this bit has no function. Temperature model 1 operates with an ambient temperature of 20 °C.
The following applies from firmware version 4.7 SP6 (bits 0 and 12):
- the ambient temperature can be adapted to the conditions using p0613.

p0613[0...n] Mot_temp_mod 1/3 ambient temperature / Mod 1/3 amb_temp

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8017
Min Max Factory setting
-40 [°C] 100 [°C] 20 [°C]
Description: Sets the ambient temperature for motor temperature model 1 or 3.
- temperature model 1 (I2t, p0612.0 = 1):
For firmware version < 4.7 SP6 or p0612.12 = 0, the following applies:
The parameter is not relevant.
From firmware version 4.7 SP6 and p0612.12 = 1, the following applies:
The parameter defines the current ambient temperature.
- temperature model 3 (p0612.2 = 1):
The parameter defines the current ambient temperature.
Dependency: Refer to: p0612
Refer to: F07011, A07012

p0614[0...n] Thermal resistance adaptation reduction factor / Therm R_adapt red

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 [%] 100 [%] 30 [%]
Description: Sets the reduction factor for the overtemperature of the thermal adaptation of the stator/rotor resistance.
The value is a starting value when switching on. Internally, after switch-on, the reduction factor has no effect
corresponding to the thermal time constant.
Dependency: Refer to: p0610
Note: The reduction factor is only effective for p0610 = 12, and refers to the overtemperature.

p0615[0...n] Mot_temp_mod 1 (I2t) fault threshold / I2t F thresh

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8017
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [°C] 220.0 [°C] 180.0 [°C]
Description: Sets the fault threshold for monitoring the motor temperature for motor temperature model 1 (I2t).
The following applies for firmware version < 4.7 SP6:
- fault F07011 is output after the fault threshold is exceeded.
- fault threshold for r0034 = 100 % * (p0615 - 40) / (p0605 - 40).

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 85
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

The following applies from firmware version 4.7 SP6 and p0612.8 = 1:
- the fault threshold in p0615 is preset when commissioning.
- when a catalog motor with motor temperature model 1 (I2t) is being commissioned for the first time, the threshold
value is copied from p0615 to p5391.
- p5391 is of significance for evaluating the fault threshold.
Dependency: The parameter is only used for motor temperature model 1 (I2t).
Refer to: r0034, p0611, p0612
Refer to: F07011, A07012
Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.
Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.
Note: The hysteresis is 2 K.

p0620[0...n] Thermal adaptation, stator and rotor resistance / Mot therm_adapt R

Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 1
Description: Sets the thermal adaptation of the stator/primary section resistance and rotor/secondary section resistance according
to r0395 and r0396.
Value: 0: No thermal adaptation of stator and rotor resistances
1: Resistances adapted to the temperatures of the thermal model
2: Resistances adapted to the measured stator winding temperature
Note: For p0620 = 1, the following applies:
The stator resistance is adapted using the temperature in r0035 and the rotor resistance together with the model
temperature.
For p0620 = 2, the following applies:
The stator resistance is adapted using the temperature in r0035.

p0621[0...n] Identification stator resistance after restart / Rst_ident Restart

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS, p0130
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Selects the identification of the stator resistance of induction motors after the Control Unit runs-up (only for vector
control).
The identification is used to measure the actual stator resistance and from the ratio of the result of motor data
identification (p0350) to the matching ambient temperature (p0625) the actual mean temperature of the stator
winding is calculated. The result is used to initialize the thermal motor model.
p0621 = 1:
Identification of the stator resistance only when the drive is switched on for the first time (pulse enable) after booting
the Control Unit.
p0621 = 2:
Identification of the stator resistance every time the drive is switched on (pulse enable).

p0621 = 3: only for synchronous motors

One-time identification of the cable resistance p0352 without any change in the thermal motor model.
Value: 0: No Rs identification
1: Rs identification after switching-on again
2: Rs identification after switching-on each time
3: Rcable identification once only (only PMSM)
Dependency: p0621 = 1, 2: only for induction motors
- perform motor data identification (see p1910) with cold motor.
- enter ambient temperature at time of motor data identification in p0625.

SINAMICS G120C
86 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0621 = 3: only for synchronous motors

- enter the stator resistance in p0350.
- switch-on with the motor cold
Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: p0622, r0623
Notice: For p0621 = 1, 2:
The determined stator temperature of the induction motor can only be compared with the measured value of a
temperature sensor (KTY/PT1000) to a certain extent, as the sensor is usually the warmest point of the stator
winding, whereas the measured value of identification reflects the mean value of the stator winding.
Furthermore this is a short-time measurement with limited accuracy that is performed during the magnetizing phase
of the induction motor.
Note: For p0621 = 1, 2:
The measurement is carried out:
- For induction motors
- When vector control is active (see p1300)
- if a temperature sensor (KTY/PT1000) has not been connected
- When the motor is at a standstill when switched on
When a flying restart is performed on a rotating motor, the temperatures of the thermal motor model are set to a third
of the overtemperatures. This occurs only once, however, when the CU is booted (e.g. after a power failure).
If identification is activated, the magnetizing time is determined via p0622 and not via p0346. The speed is enabled
after completion of the measurement.
For p0621 = 3:
The measurement is carried out
- for synchronous motors (permanent magnet)
- When vector control is active (see p1300)
- When the motor is at a standstill when switched on
When identification is activated, the ramp-up time of the current setpoint is defined by p0622 (limited to p0346). The
speed is enabled after the measurement has been completed. After the measurement, p0621 is reset and the result
is saved in p0352.

p0622[0...n] Motor excitation time for Rs_ident after switching on again / t_excit Rs_id
Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS, p0130
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 20.000 [s] 0.000 [s]
Description: For p0621 = 1, 2:
Sets the excitation time of the motor for the stator resistance identification after switching on again (restart).
For p0621 = 3:
Ramp time of the current setpoint rise when measuring the cable resistance once only.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: p0621, r0623
Note: For p0621= 1, 2 and p0622 < p0346, the following applies:
If identification is activated, the magnetizing time is influenced by p0622. The speed is enabled after measurement is
complete, but not before the time in p0346 has elapsed (see r0056 bit 4). The time taken for measurement also
depends on the settling time of the measured current.
For p0621= 1, 2 and p0622 >= p0346, the following applies:
Parameter p0622 is internally limited to the magnetizing time p0346, so that p0346 represents the maximum possible
magnetizing time during identification. The entire measurement period (magnetizing plus measurement settling time
plus measuring time) will always be greater than p0346.
p0621= 3:
Parameter p0622 is internally limited to the magnetizing time p0346. The speed is enabled after measurement has
been completed, but not before the time in p0346 has elapsed.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 87
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0623 Rs identification stator resistance after switch on again / Rs-id Rs aft sw-on
Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [ohm] - [ohm] - [ohm]
Description: Displays the stator resistance determined using the Rs identification after switching on again.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: p0621, p0622

p0625[0...n] Motor ambient temperature during commissioning / Mot T_ambient

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,2 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8017, 8018
Min Max Factory setting
-40 [°C] 80 [°C] 20 [°C]
Description: Defines the ambient temperature of the motor for calculating the motor temperature model.
Dependency: Refer to: p0350, p0354
Note: The parameters for stator and rotor resistance (p0350, p0354) refer to this temperature.
If the thermal I2t motor model is activated for permanent-magnet synchronous motors (refer to p0611), p0625 is
included in the model calculation if a temperature sensor is not being used (see p0601).

p0626[0...n] Motor overtemperature, stator core / Mot T_over core

Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,2 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: 21_2 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8018
Min Max Factory setting
10 [K] 200 [K] 50 [K]
Description: Defines the rated overtemperature of the stator iron referred to ambient temperature in the motor temperature model
2 (p0612.1 = 1).
Dependency: For 1LA7 motors (p0300), the parameter is pre-set as a function of p0307 and p0311.
Refer to: p0625
Notice: When selecting a standard induction motor listed in the catalog (p0300 > 100, p0301 > 10000), this parameter is
automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing
write protection.
Note: When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0, then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been
selected (p0300).

p0627[0...n] Motor overtemperature, stator winding / Mot T_over stator

Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1,2 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: 21_2 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8017, 8018
Min Max Factory setting
15 [K] 200 [K] 80 [K]
Description: Defines the rated overtemperature of the stator winding referred to the ambient temperature.
- motor temperature model 1 (I2t, p0612.0 = 1):
The following applies for firmware version < 4.7 SP6 or p0612.8 = 0:
p0605 is of significance for the rated temperature.
The following applies from firmware version 4.7 SP6 and p0612.8 = 1:
Overtemperature at the rated operating point.
- motor temperature model 2 (p0612.1 = 1):
Overtemperature at the rated operating point.

SINAMICS G120C
88 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: For 1LA7 motors (p0300), the parameter is pre-set as a function of p0307 and p0311.
Refer to: p0625
Notice: When selecting a standard induction motor listed in the catalog (p0300 > 100, p0301 > 10000), this parameter is
automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing
write protection.
Note: When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0, then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been
selected (p0300).
The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity.

p0628[0...n] Motor overtemperature rotor / Mot T_over rotor

Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,2 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: 21_2 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8018
Min Max Factory setting
20 [K] 200 [K] 100 [K]
Description: Defines the rated overtemperature of the squirrel cage rotor referred to ambient temperature in the motor
temperature model 2 (p0612.1 = 1).
Dependency: For 1LA7 motors (p0300), the parameter is pre-set as a function of p0307 and p0311.
Refer to: p0625
Notice: When selecting a standard induction motor listed in the catalog (p0300 > 100, p0301 > 10000), this parameter is
automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing
write protection.
Note: When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0, then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been
selected (p0300).

r0630[0...n] Mot_temp_mod ambient temperature / Mod T_ambient

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2006 Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8018
Min Max Factory setting
- [°C] - [°C] - [°C]
Description: Displays the ambient temperature of the motor temperature model (models 2 and 3).

r0631[0...n] Mot_temp_mod stator iron temperature / Mod T_stator

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2006 Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8018
Min Max Factory setting
- [°C] - [°C] - [°C]
Description: Displays the stator iron temperature of the motor temperature model (models 2 and 3).
Note: For motor temperature model 1 (p0612.0 = 1), this parameter is not valid:

r0632[0...n] Mot_temp_mod stator winding temperature / Mod T_winding

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2006 Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8017, 8018
Min Max Factory setting
- [°C] - [°C] - [°C]
Description: Displays the stator winding temperature of the motor temperature model.
Dependency: Refer to: F07011, A07012, A07910

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 89
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0633[0...n] Mot_temp_mod rotor temperature / Mod rotor temp

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2006 Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8018
Min Max Factory setting
- [°C] - [°C] - [°C]
Description: Displays the rotor temperature of the motor temperature model (models 2 and 3).
Note: For motor temperature model 1 (p0612.0 = 1), this parameter is not valid:

p0637[0...n] Q flux flux gradient saturated / PSIQ Grad SAT

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [mH] 10000.00 [mH] 0.00 [mH]
Description: The non-linear and cross-coupled quadrature axis flux functions are defined using 4 coefficients.
This parameter describes the gradients of the saturated component over the quadrature axis current.

p0640[0...n] Current limit / Current limit

Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(1, 3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6640
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [Arms] 10000.00 [Arms] 0.00 [Arms]
Description: Sets the current limit.
Dependency: Refer to: r0209, p0323
Note: The parameter is part of the quick commissioning (p0010 = 1); this means that it is appropriately pre-assigned when
changing p0305. The current limit p0640 is limited to r0209.
The resulting current limit is displayed in r0067 and if required, r0067 is reduced by the thermal model of the power
unit.
The torque and power limits (p1520, p1521, p1530, p1531) matching the current limit are automatically calculated
when exiting the quick commissioning using p3900 > 0 or using the automatic parameterization with p0340 = 3, 5.
p0640 is limited to 4.0 x p0305.
p0640 is pre-assigned for the automatic self commissioning routine (e.g. to 1.5 x p0305, with p0305 = r0207[1]).
p0640 must be entered when commissioning the system. This is the reason that p0640 is not calculated by the
automatic parameterization when exiting the quick commissioning (p3900 > 0).

p0650[0...n] Actual motor operating hours / Oper hours motor

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 [h] 4294967295 [h] 0 [h]
Description: Displays the operating hours for the corresponding motor.
The motor operating time counter continues to run when the pulses are enabled. When the pulse enable is
withdrawn, the counter is held and the value saved.
Dependency: Refer to: p0651
Refer to: A01590
Note: For p0651 = 0, the operating hours counter is disabled.
The operating hours counter in p0650 can only be reset to 0.
The operating hours counter only runs with drive data set 0 and 1 (DDS).

SINAMICS G120C
90 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0651[0...n] Motor operating hours maintenance interval / Mot t_op maint

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 [h] 150000 [h] 0 [h]
Description: Sets the service/maintenance intervals in hours for the appropriate motor.
An appropriate message is output when the operating hours set here are reached.
Dependency: Refer to: p0650
Refer to: A01590
Note: For p0651 = 0, the operating hours counter is disabled.
When setting p0651 to 0, then p0650 is automatically set to 0.
The operating hours counter only runs with drive data set 0 and 1 (DDS).
If there is no temperature monitor, then interconnect to a fixed value.
For index 3:
When the binector input is interconnected, precharging is switched-on independent of the magnitude of the
precharging threshold.

r0720[0...4] CU number of inputs and outputs / CU I/O count

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2119
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the number of inputs and outputs.
Index: [0] = Number of digital inputs
[1] = Number of digital outputs
[2] = Number of digital input/outputs bidirectional
[3] = Number of analog inputs
[4] = Number of analog outputs

r0722.0...11 CO/BO: CU digital inputs status / CU DI status

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2201, 2221, 2255,
2810
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the status of the digital inputs.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI 0 (T. 5) High Low -
01 DI 1 (T. 6) High Low -
02 DI 2 (T. 7) High Low -
03 DI 3 (T. 8) High Low -
04 DI 4 (T. 16) High Low -
05 DI 5 (T. 17) High Low -
11 DI 11 (T. 3, 4) AI 0 High Low -
Dependency: Refer to: r0723
Note: AI: Analog Input
DI: Digital Input
T: Terminal

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 91
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0723.0...11 CO/BO: CU digital inputs status inverted / CU DI status inv

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2201, 2221, 2255
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the inverted status of the digital inputs.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI 0 (T. 5) High Low -
01 DI 1 (T. 6) High Low -
02 DI 2 (T. 7) High Low -
03 DI 3 (T. 8) High Low -
04 DI 4 (T. 16) High Low -
05 DI 5 (T. 17) High Low -
11 DI 11 (T. 3, 4) AI 0 High Low -
Dependency: Refer to: r0722
Note: AI: Analog Input
DI: Digital Input
T: Terminal

p0724 CU digital inputs debounce time / CU DI t_debounce

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [ms] 20.000 [ms] 4.000 [ms]
Description: Sets the debounce time for digital inputs.
Note: The digital inputs are read in cyclically every 2 ms (DI 11, DI 12 every 4 ms).
To debounce the signals, the set debounce time is converted into integer multiple debounce clock cycles Tp (Tp =
p0724 / 2 ms).
DI: Digital Input

p0730 BI: CU signal source for terminal DO 0 / CU S_src DO 0

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2119, 2030, 2130
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52.3
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DO 0 (NO: T. 19 / NC: T. 18).
Recommendation: r0052.0 Ready for switching on
r0052.1 Ready for operation
r0052.2 Operation enabled
r0052.3 Fault present
r0052.4 Coast down active (OFF2)
r0052.5 Quick stop active (OFF3)
r0052.6 Switching-on inhibited active
r0052.7 Alarm present
r0052.9 Control request
r0052.14 Motor rotates forwards
r0053.0 DC braking active
r0053.1 n_act > p2167 (n_off)
r0053.2 n_act <= p1080 (n_min)
r0053.3 I_act > p2170
r0053.4 n_act > p2155

SINAMICS G120C
92 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0053.5 n_act <= p2155

r0053.6 n_act >= n_set
r0053.10 Technology controller output at the lower limit
r0053.11 Technology controller output at the upper limit
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
Note: DO: Digital Output
T: Terminal
Relay output: NO = normally open, NC = normally closed

p0731 BI: CU signal source for terminal DO 1 / CU S_src DO 1

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2119, 2030, 2130
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52.7
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DO 1 (NO: T. 21).
Recommendation: r0052.0 Ready for switching on
r0052.1 Ready for operation
r0052.2 Operation enabled
r0052.3 Fault present
r0052.4 Coast down active (OFF2)
r0052.5 Quick stop active (OFF3)
r0052.6 Switching-on inhibited active
r0052.7 Alarm present
r0052.9 Control request
r0052.14 Motor rotates forwards
r0053.0 DC braking active
r0053.1 n_act > p2167 (n_off)
r0053.2 n_act <= p1080 (n_min)
r0053.3 I_act > p2170
r0053.4 n_act > p2155
r0053.5 n_act <= p2155
r0053.6 n_act >= n_set
r0053.10 Technology controller output at the lower limit
r0053.11 Technology controller output at the upper limit
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
Note: DO: Digital Output
T: Terminal
Relay output: NO = normally open, NC = normally closed

r0747 CU digital outputs status / CU DO status

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2130, 2131, 2132,
2133
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the status of digital outputs.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DO 0 (NO: T. 19 / NC: T. 18) High Low -
01 DO 1 (NO: T. 21) High Low -

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 93
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: DO: Digital Output

T: Terminal
Relay output: NO = normally open, NC = normally closed
Inversion using p0748 has been taken into account.

p0748 CU invert digital outputs / CU DO inv

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2201, 2202, 2240,
2242
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 bin
Description: Setting to invert the signals at the digital outputs.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DO 0 (NO: T. 19 / NC: T. 18) Inverted Not inverted -
01 DO 1 (NO: T. 21) Inverted Not inverted -
Note: DO: Digital Output
T: Terminal
Relay output: NO = normally open, NC = normally closed

r0751.0...9 BO: CU analog inputs status word / CU AI status word

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2250, 2251
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and binector output for the status of the analog inputs.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Analog input AI0 wire breakage Yes No -
01 Analog input AI1 wire breakage Yes No -
08 Analog input AI0 no wire breakage Yes No -
09 Analog input AI1 no wire breakage Yes No -
Note: AI: Analog Input

r0752[0...1] CO: CU analog inputs input voltage/current actual / CU AI U/I_inp act

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p0514 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568, 9576
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the actual input voltage in V when set as voltage input.
Displays the actual input current in mA when set as current input and with the load resistor switched in.
Index: [0] = AI0 (T. 3/4)
[1] = AI1 (T. 10/11)
Dependency: The type of analog input AIx (voltage or current input) is set using p0756.
Refer to: p0756
Note: AI: Analog Input
T: Terminal

SINAMICS G120C
94 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0753[0...1] CU analog inputs smoothing time constant / CU AI T_smooth

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568, 9576
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [ms] 1000.0 [ms] 0.0 [ms]
Description: Sets the smoothing time constant of the 1st order lowpass filter for the analog inputs.
Index: [0] = AI0 (T. 3/4)
[1] = AI1 (T. 10/11)
Note: AI: Analog Input
T: Terminal

r0755[0...1] CO: CU analog inputs actual value in percent / CU AI value in %

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568, 9576
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the currently referred input value of the analog inputs.
When interconnected, the signals are referred to the reference quantities p200x and p205x.
Index: [0] = AI0 (T. 3/4)
[1] = AI1 (T. 10/11)
Note: AI: Analog Input
T: Terminal

p0756[0...1] CU analog inputs type / CU AI type

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568, 9576
Min Max Factory setting
0 8 [0] 4
[1] 4
Description: Sets the type of analog inputs.
p0756[0...1] = 0, 1, 4 corresponds to a voltage input (r0752, p0757, p0759 are displayed in V).
p0756[0...1] = 2, 3 corresponds to a current input (r0752, p0757, p0759 are displayed in mA).
In addition, the associated DIP switch must be set.
For the voltage input, DIP switch AI0/1 must be set to "U".
For the current input, DIP switch AI0/1 or AI2 must be set to "I".
Value: 0: Unipolar voltage input (0 V ... +10 V)
1: Unipolar voltage input monitored (+2 V ... +10 V)
2: Unipolar current input (0 mA ... +20 mA)
3: Unipolar current input monitored (+4 mA to +20 mA)
4: Bipolar voltage input (-10 V ... +10 V)
8: No sensor connected
Index: [0] = AI0 (T. 3/4)
[1] = AI1 (T. 10/11)
Warning: The maximum voltage difference between analog input terminals AI+, AI-, and the ground must not exceed 35 V.
If the system is operated when the load resistor is switched on (DIP switch set to "I"), the voltage between differential
inputs AI+ and AI- must not exceed 10 V or the injected 80 mA current otherwise the input will be damaged.
Note: When changing p0756, the parameters of the scaling characteristic (p0757, p0758, p0759, p0760) are overwritten
with the following default values:
For p0756 = 0, 4, p0757 is set to 0.0 V, p0758 = 0.0 %, p0759 = 10.0 V and p0760 = 100.0 %.
For p0756 = 1, p0757 is set to 2.0 V, p0758 = 0.0 %, p0759 = 10.0 V and p0760 = 100.0 %.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 95
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

For p0756 = 2, p0757 is set to 0.0 mA, p0758 = 0.0 %, p0759 = 20.0 mA and p0760 = 100.0 %.
For p0756 = 3, p0757 is set to 4.0 mA, p0758 = 0.0 %, p0759 = 20.0 mA and p0760 = 100.0 %.

p0757[0...1] CU analog inputs characteristic value x1 / CU AI char x1

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568, 9576
Min Max Factory setting
-50.000 160.000 0.000
Description: Sets the scaling characteristic for the analog inputs.
The scaling characteristic for the analog inputs is defined using 2 points.
This parameter specifies the x coordinate (V, mA) of the 1st value pair of the characteristic.
Index: [0] = AI0 (T. 3/4)
[1] = AI1 (T. 10/11)
Note: The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect.

p0758[0...1] CU analog inputs characteristic value y1 / CU AI char y1

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568, 9576
Min Max Factory setting
-1000.00 [%] 1000.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling characteristic for the analog inputs.
The scaling characteristic for the analog inputs is defined using 2 points.
This parameter specifies the y coordinate (percentage) of the 1st value pair of the characteristic.
Index: [0] = AI0 (T. 3/4)
[1] = AI1 (T. 10/11)
Note: The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect.

p0759[0...1] CU analog inputs characteristic value x2 / CU AI char x2

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568, 9576
Min Max Factory setting
-50.000 160.000 10.000
Description: Sets the scaling characteristic for the analog inputs.
The scaling characteristic for the analog inputs is defined using 2 points.
This parameter specifies the x coordinate (V, mA) of the 2nd value pair of the characteristic.
Index: [0] = AI0 (T. 3/4)
[1] = AI1 (T. 10/11)
Note: The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect.

p0760[0...1] CU analog inputs characteristic value y2 / CU AI char y2

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568, 9576
Min Max Factory setting
-1000.00 [%] 1000.00 [%] 100.00 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling characteristic for the analog inputs.
The scaling characteristic for the analog inputs is defined using 2 points.
This parameter specifies the y coordinate (percentage) of the 2nd value pair of the characteristic.
Index: [0] = AI0 (T. 3/4)
[1] = AI1 (T. 10/11)
Note: The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect.

SINAMICS G120C
96 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0761[0...1] CU analog inputs wire breakage monitoring response threshold / CU WireBrkThresh

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 20.00 2.00
Description: Sets the response threshold for the wire breakage monitoring of the analog inputs.
The unit for the parameter value depends on the set analog input type.
Index: [0] = AI0 (T. 3/4)
[1] = AI1 (T. 10/11)
Dependency: For the following analog input type, the wire breakage monitoring is active:
p0756[0...1] = 1 (unipolar voltage input monitored (+2 V ... +10 V)), unit [V]
p0756[0...1] = 3 (unipolar current input monitored (+4 mA ... +20 mA)), unit [mA]
Refer to: p0756
Note: AI: Analog Input
When p0761 = 0, wire breakage monitoring is not carried out.

p0762[0...1] CU analog inputs wire breakage monitoring delay time / CU wire brk t_del
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 1000 [ms] 100 [ms]
Description: Sets the delay time for the wire breakage monitoring of the analog inputs.
Index: [0] = AI0 (T. 3/4)
[1] = AI1 (T. 10/11)
Note: AI: Analog Input

p0764[0...1] CU analog inputs dead zone / CU AI dead zone

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2251
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 20.000 0.000
Description: Determines the width of the dead zone at the analog input.
Analog input type unipolar (e.g. 0 ... +10 V):
The dead zone starts with the characteristic value x1/y1 (p0757/p0758).
Analog input type bipolar (e.g. -10 V ... +10 V):
The dead zone is located at the symmetrical center between characteristic value x1/y1 (p0757/p0758) and x2/y2
(p0759/p0760). The set value doubles the dead zone.
Index: [0] = AI0 (T. 3/4)
[1] = AI1 (T. 10/11)
Note: AI: Analog Input
T: Terminal

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 97
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0771[0...1] CI: CU analog outputs signal source / CU AO S_src

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2261
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 21[0]
[1] 27[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the analog outputs.
Index: [0] = AO0 (T 12/13)
[1] = AO1 (T 26/27)
Note: AO: Analog Output
T: Terminal

r0772[0...1] CU analog outputs output value currently referred / CU AO outp act ref
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9572
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the actual referred output value of the analog outputs.
Index: [0] = AO0 (T 12/13)
[1] = AO1 (T 26/27)
Note: AO: Analog Output
T: Terminal

p0773[0...1] CU analog outputs smoothing time constant / CU AO T_smooth

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9572
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [ms] 1000.0 [ms] 0.0 [ms]
Description: Sets the smoothing time constant of the 1st order lowpass filter for the analog outputs.
Index: [0] = AO0 (T 12/13)
[1] = AO1 (T 26/27)
Note: AO: Analog Output
T: Terminal

r0774[0...1] CU analog outputs output voltage/current actual / CU AO U/I_outp

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9572
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the actual output voltage or output current at the analog outputs.
Index: [0] = AO0 (T 12/13)
[1] = AO1 (T 26/27)
Dependency: Refer to: p0776
Note: AO: Analog Output
T: Terminal

SINAMICS G120C
98 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0775[0...1] CU analog outputs activate absolute value generation / CU AO absVal act

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9572
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Activates the absolute value generation for the analog outputs.
Value: 0: No absolute value generation
1: Absolute value generation switched in
Index: [0] = AO0 (T 12/13)
[1] = AO1 (T 26/27)
Note: AO: Analog Output
T: Terminal

p0776[0...1] CU analog outputs type / CU AO type

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9572
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 0
Description: Sets the analog output type.
p0776[x] = 1 corresponds to a voltage output (p0774, p0778, p0780 are displayed in V).
p0776[x] = 0, 2 corresponds to a current output (p0774, p0778, p0780 are displayed in mA).
Value: 0: Current output (0 mA ... +20 mA)
1: Voltage output (0 V ... +10 V)
2: Current output (+4 mA ... +20 mA)
Index: [0] = AO0 (T 12/13)
[1] = AO1 (T 26/27)
Note: When changing p0776, the parameters of the scaling characteristic (p0777, p0778, p0779, p0780) are overwritten
with the following default values:
For p0776 = 0, p0777 is set to 0.0 %, p0778 = 0.0 mA, p0779 = 100.0 % and p0780 to 20.0 mA.
For p0776 = 1, p0777 is set to 0.0 %, p0778 = 0.0 V, p0779 = 100.0 % and p0780 to 10.0 V.
For p0776 = 2, p0777 is set to 0.0 %, p0778 = 4.0 mA, p0779 = 100.0 % and p0780 to 20.0 mA.

p0777[0...1] CU analog outputs characteristic value x1 / CU AO char x1

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9572
Min Max Factory setting
-1000.00 [%] 1000.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling characteristic for the analog outputs.
The scaling characteristic for the analog outputs is defined using 2 points.
This parameter specifies the x coordinate (percentage) of the 1st value pair of the characteristic.
Index: [0] = AO0 (T 12/13)
[1] = AO1 (T 26/27)
Dependency: Refer to: p0776
Notice: This parameter is automatically overwritten when changing p0776 (type of analog outputs).
Note: The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 99
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0778[0...1] CU analog outputs characteristic value y1 / CU AO char y1

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9572
Min Max Factory setting
-20.000 [V] 20.000 [V] 0.000 [V]
Description: Sets the scaling characteristic for the analog outputs.
The scaling characteristic for the analog outputs is defined using 2 points.
This parameter specifies the y coordinate (output voltage in V or output current in mA) of the 1st value pair of the
characteristic.
Index: [0] = AO0 (T 12/13)
[1] = AO1 (T 26/27)
Dependency: The unit of this parameter (V or mA) depends on the analog output type.
Refer to: p0776
Notice: This parameter is automatically overwritten when changing p0776 (type of analog outputs).
Note: The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect.

p0779[0...1] CU analog outputs characteristic value x2 / CU AO char x2

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9572
Min Max Factory setting
-1000.00 [%] 1000.00 [%] 100.00 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling characteristic for the analog outputs.
The scaling characteristic for the analog outputs is defined using 2 points.
This parameter specifies the x coordinate (percentage) of the 2nd value pair of the characteristic.
Index: [0] = AO0 (T 12/13)
[1] = AO1 (T 26/27)
Dependency: Refer to: p0776
Notice: This parameter is automatically overwritten when changing p0776 (type of analog outputs).
Note: The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect.

p0780[0...1] CU analog outputs characteristic value y2 / CU AO char y2

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9572
Min Max Factory setting
-20.000 [V] 20.000 [V] 20.000 [V]
Description: Sets the scaling characteristic for the analog outputs.
The scaling characteristic for the analog outputs is defined using 2 points.
This parameter specifies the y coordinate (output voltage in V or output current in mA) of the 2nd value pair of the
characteristic.
Index: [0] = AO0 (T 12/13)
[1] = AO1 (T 26/27)
Dependency: The unit of this parameter (V or mA) depends on the analog output type.
Refer to: p0776
Notice: This parameter is automatically overwritten when changing p0776 (type of analog outputs).
Note: The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect.

SINAMICS G120C
100 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0782[0...1] BI: CU analog outputs invert signal source / CU AO inv S_src

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9572
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to invert the analog output signals.
Index: [0] = AO0 (T 12/13)
[1] = AO1 (T 26/27)
Note: AO: Analog Output
T: Terminal

r0785.0...1 BO: CU analog outputs status word / CU AO ZSW

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9572
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the status of analog outputs.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 AO 0 negative Yes No -
01 AO 1 negative Yes No -
Note: AO: Analog Output

p0791[0...1] CO: Fieldbus analog outputs / Fieldbus AO

G120C_USS Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
-200.000 [%] 200.000 [%] 0.000 [%]
Description: Setting and connector output to control the analog outputs via fieldbus.
Index: [0] = AO0 (T 12/13)
[1] = AO1 (T 26/27)
Dependency: Refer to: p0771
Note: AO: Analog Output
The following interconnections must be established to control the analog outputs via fieldbus:
- AO 0: p0771[0] with p0791[0]
- AO 1: p0771[1] with p0791[1]

p0795 CU digital inputs simulation mode / CU DI simulation

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2201, 2202, 2220,
2221, 2255, 2256
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Sets the simulation mode for digital inputs.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI 0 (T. 5) Simulation Terminal eval -
01 DI 1 (T. 6) Simulation Terminal eval -
02 DI 2 (T. 7) Simulation Terminal eval -
03 DI 3 (T. 8) Simulation Terminal eval -

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 101
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

04 DI 4 (T. 16) Simulation Terminal eval -

05 DI 5 (T. 17) Simulation Terminal eval -
11 DI 11 (T. 3, 4) AI 0 Simulation Terminal eval -
12 DI 12 (T. 10, 11) AI 1 Simulation Terminal eval -
Dependency: The setpoint for the input signals is specified using p0796.
Refer to: p0796
Note: This parameter is not saved when data is backed up (p0971).
DI: Digital Input
T: Terminal

p0796 CU digital inputs simulation mode setpoint / CU DI simul setp

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2201, 2202, 2220,
2221, 2255, 2256
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Sets the setpoint for the input signals in the digital input simulation mode.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI 0 (T. 5) High Low -
01 DI 1 (T. 6) High Low -
02 DI 2 (T. 7) High Low -
03 DI 3 (T. 8) High Low -
04 DI 4 (T. 16) High Low -
05 DI 5 (T. 17) High Low -
11 DI 11 (T. 3, 4) AI 0 High Low -
12 DI 12 (T. 10, 11) AI 1 High Low -
Dependency: The simulation of a digital input is selected using p0795.
Refer to: p0795
Note: This parameter is not saved when data is backed up (p0971).
AI: Analog Input
DI: Digital Input
T: Terminal

p0797[0...1] CU analog inputs simulation mode / CU AI sim_mode

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the simulation mode for the analog inputs.
Value: 0: Terminal evaluation for analog input x
1: Simulation for analog input x
Index: [0] = AI0 (T. 3/4)
[1] = AI1 (T. 10/11)
Dependency: The setpoint for the input voltage is specified via p0798.
Refer to: p0798
Note: This parameter is not saved when data is backed up (p0971).
AI: Analog Input

SINAMICS G120C
102 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0798[0...1] CU analog inputs simulation mode setpoint / CU AI sim setp

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
-50.000 2000.000 0.000
Description: Sets the setpoint for the input value in the simulation mode of the analog inputs.
Index: [0] = AI0 (T. 3/4)
[1] = AI1 (T. 10/11)
Dependency: The simulation of an analog input is selected using p0797.
If AI x is parameterized as a voltage input (p0756), the setpoint is a voltage in V.
If AI x is parameterized as a current input (p0756), the setpoint is a current in mA.
Refer to: p0756, p0797
Note: This parameter is not saved when data is backed up (p0971).
AI: Analog Input

p0802 Data transfer: memory card as source/target / mem_card src/targ

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 100 0
Description: Sets the number for data transfer of a parameter backup from/to memory card.
Transfer from memory card to device memory (p0804 = 1):
- sets the source of parameter backup (e.g. p0802 = 48 --> PS048xxx.ACX is the source).
Transfer from non-volatile device memory to memory card (p0804 = 2):
- sets the target of parameter backup (e.g. p0802 = 23 --> PS023xxx.ACX is the target).
Dependency: Refer to: p0803, p0804
Note: The volatile device memory is not influenced by data transfer.

p0803 Data transfer: device memory as source/target / Dev_mem src/targ

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 30 0
Description: Sets the number for data transfer of a parameter backup from/to the non-volatile device memory.
Transfer from memory card to device memory (p0804 = 1):
- sets the target of the parameter backup (e.g. p0803 = 10 --> PS010xxx.ACX is the target).
Transfer from non-volatile device memory to memory card (p0804 = 2):
- sets the source of the parameter backup (e.g. p0803 = 11 --> PS011xxx.ACX is the source).
Value: 0: Source/target standard
10: Source/target with setting 10
11: Source/target with setting 11
12: Source/target with setting 12
30: Source/target with setting 30
Dependency: Refer to: p0802, p0804
Note: The volatile device memory is not influenced by data transfer.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 103
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0804 Data transfer start / Data transf start

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
G120C_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 1100 0
Description: Sets the transfer direction and start of data transfer between the memory card and non-volatile device memory.
Example 1:
The parameter backup is to be transferred from the non-volatile device memory to the memory card with setting 0.
The parameter backup is to be stored on the memory card with setting 22.
p0802 = 22 (parameter backup stored on memory card as target with setting 22)
p0803 = 0 (parameter backup stored in device memory as source with setting 0)
p0804 = 2 (start data transfer from device memory to memory card)
--> PS000xxx.ACX is transferred from device memory to memory card and stored as PS022xxx.ACX.
--> the parameter backup PS022xxx.ACX on the memory card can be used for data backup.
Example 2:
The parameter backup is to be transferred from the memory card to the non-volatile device memory with setting 22.
The parameter backup is to be stored in the device memory as setting 10.
p0802 = 22 (parameter backup stored on memory card as source with setting 22)
p0803 = 10 (define parameter backup with setting 10 as target in the device memory)
p0804 = 1 (start data transfer from memory card to device memory)
--> PS022xxx.ACX is transferred from memory card to device memory and stored as PS010xxx.ACX.
--> this parameter backup can be loaded to the volatile device memory using p0010 = 30 and p0970 = 10.
--> to permanently save in the device memory and also on the memory card, this parameter backup should be saved
using p0971 = 1.
Example 3 (only supported for PROFIBUS/PROFINET):
The PROFIBUS or PROFINET device master data (GSD) should be transferred from the device memory to the
memory card.
p0802 = (not relevant)
p0803 = (not relevant)
p0804 = 12 (start transferring the GSD files to the memory card)
--> The GSD files are transferred from the device memory to the memory card and stored in the
/SIEMENS/SINAMICS/DATA/CFG directory.
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Memory card to device memory
2: Device memory to memory card
12: Device memory (GSD files) to memory card
1001: File on memory card cannot be opened
1002: File in device memory cannot be opened
1003: Memory card not found
1100: File cannot be transferred
Recommendation: When switching off/switching on, a possibly valid parameter backup is loaded to the memory card with setting 0.
Therefore, we do not recommend parameter backup with setting 0 (p0803 = 0) in the non-volatile device memory.
Dependency: Refer to: p0802, p0803
Notice: The memory card must not be removed while data is being transferred.
Note: If a parameter backup with setting 0 is detected on the memory card when the Control Unit is switched on
(PS000xxx.ACX), this is transferred automatically to the device memory.
When the memory card is inserted, a parameter backup with setting 0 (PS000xxx.ACX) is automatically written to the
memory card when the parameters are saved in a non-volatile memory (e.g. by means of "Copy RAM to ROM").
Once the data has been successfully transferred, this parameter is automatically reset to 0. If an error occurs, the
parameter is set to a value > 1000. Possible fault causes:
p0804 = 1001:
The parameter backup set in p0802 as the source on the memory card does not exist or there is not sufficient
memory space available on the memory card.

SINAMICS G120C
104 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0804 = 1002:
The parameter backup set in p0803 as the source in the device memory does not exist or there is not sufficient
memory space available in the device memory.
p0804 = 1003:
No memory card has been inserted.

p0804 Data transfer start / Data transf start

G120C_USS Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
G120C_CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 1100 0
Description: Sets the transfer direction and start of data transfer between the memory card and non-volatile device memory.
Example 1:
The parameter backup is to be transferred from the non-volatile device memory to the memory card with setting 0.
The parameter backup is to be stored on the memory card with setting 22.
p0802 = 22 (parameter backup stored on memory card as target with setting 22)
p0803 = 0 (parameter backup stored in device memory as source with setting 0)
p0804 = 2 (start data transfer from device memory to memory card)
--> PS000xxx.ACX is transferred from device memory to memory card and stored as PS022xxx.ACX.
--> the parameter backup PS022xxx.ACX on the memory card can be used for data backup.
Example 2:
The parameter backup is to be transferred from the memory card to the non-volatile device memory with setting 22.
The parameter backup is to be stored in the device memory as setting 10.
p0802 = 22 (parameter backup stored on memory card as source with setting 22)
p0803 = 10 (define parameter backup with setting 10 as target in the device memory)
p0804 = 1 (start data transfer from memory card to device memory)
--> PS022xxx.ACX is transferred from memory card to device memory and stored as PS010xxx.ACX.
--> this parameter backup can be loaded to the volatile device memory using p0010 = 30 and p0970 = 10.
--> to permanently save in the device memory and also on the memory card, this parameter backup should be saved
using p0971 = 1.
Example 3 (only supported for PROFIBUS/PROFINET):
The PROFIBUS or PROFINET device master data (GSD) should be transferred from the device memory to the
memory card.
p0802 = (not relevant)
p0803 = (not relevant)
p0804 = 12 (start transferring the GSD files to the memory card)
--> The GSD files are transferred from the device memory to the memory card and stored in the
/SIEMENS/SINAMICS/DATA/CFG directory.
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Memory card to device memory
2: Device memory to memory card
1001: File on memory card cannot be opened
1002: File in device memory cannot be opened
1003: Memory card not found
1100: File cannot be transferred
Recommendation: When switching off/switching on, a possibly valid parameter backup is loaded to the memory card with setting 0.
Therefore, we do not recommend parameter backup with setting 0 (p0803 = 0) in the non-volatile device memory.
Dependency: Refer to: p0802, p0803
Notice: The memory card must not be removed while data is being transferred.
Note: If a parameter backup with setting 0 is detected on the memory card when the Control Unit is switched on
(PS000xxx.ACX), this is transferred automatically to the device memory.
When the memory card is inserted, a parameter backup with setting 0 (PS000xxx.ACX) is automatically written to the
memory card when the parameters are saved in a non-volatile memory (e.g. by means of "Copy RAM to ROM").

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 105
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Once the data has been successfully transferred, this parameter is automatically reset to 0. If an error occurs, the
parameter is set to a value > 1000. Possible fault causes:
p0804 = 1001:
The parameter backup set in p0802 as the source on the memory card does not exist or there is not sufficient
memory space available on the memory card.
p0804 = 1002:
The parameter backup set in p0803 as the source in the device memory does not exist or there is not sufficient
memory space available in the device memory.
p0804 = 1003:
No memory card has been inserted.

p0806 BI: Inhibit master control / PcCtrl inhibit

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to block the master control.
Dependency: Refer to: r0807
Note: The commissioning software (drive control panel) uses the master control, for example.

r0807.0 BO: Master control active / PcCtrl active

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays what has the master control.
The drive can be controlled via the BICO interconnection or from external (e.g. the commissioning software).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Master control active Yes No 3030,
6031
Dependency: Refer to: p0806
Notice: The master control only influences control word 1 and speed setpoint 1. Other control word/setpoints can be
transferred from another automation device.
Note: Bit 0 = 0: BICO interconnection active
Bit 0 = 1: Master control for PC/AOP
The commissioning software (drive control panel) uses the master control, for example.

p0809[0...2] Copy Command Data Set CDS / Copy CDS

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8560
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Copies one Command Data Set (CDS) into another.
Index: [0] = Source Command Data Set
[1] = Target Command Data Set
[2] = Start copying procedure
Dependency: Refer to: r3996
Notice: When the command data sets are copied, short-term communication interruptions may occur.

SINAMICS G120C
106 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: Procedure:
1. In Index 0, enter which command data set should be copied.
2. In index 1, enter the command data set that is to be copied into.
3. Start copying: set index 2 from 0 to 1.
p0809[2] is automatically set to 0 when copying is completed.

p0810 BI: Command data set selection CDS bit 0 / CDS select., bit 0
G120C_DP Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
G120C_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8560
Min Max Factory setting
- - 722.3
Description: Sets the signal source to select the Command Data Set bit 0 (CDS bit 0).
Dependency: Refer to: r0050, r0836
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
Note: The Command Data Set selected using the binector inputs is displayed in r0836.
The currently effective command data set is displayed in r0050.
A Command Data Set can be copied using p0809.

p0810 BI: Command data set selection CDS bit 0 / CDS select., bit 0
G120C_USS Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
G120C_CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8560
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to select the Command Data Set bit 0 (CDS bit 0).
Dependency: Refer to: r0050, r0836
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
Note: The Command Data Set selected using the binector inputs is displayed in r0836.
The currently effective command data set is displayed in r0050.
A Command Data Set can be copied using p0809.

p0819[0...2] Copy Drive Data Set DDS / Copy DDS

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: C(15) Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8565
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Copies one Drive Data Set (DDS) into another.
Index: [0] = Source Drive Data Set
[1] = Target Drive Data Set
[2] = Start copying procedure
Dependency: Refer to: r3996
Notice: When the drive data sets are copied, short-term communication interruptions may occur.
Note: Procedure:
1. In Index 0, enter which drive data set is to be copied.
2. In index 1, enter the drive data set data that is to be copied into.
3. Start copying: set index 2 from 0 to 1.
p0819[2] is automatically set to 0 when copying is completed.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 107
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0820[0...n] BI: Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 0 / DDS select., bit 0
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: C(15), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8565
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to select the Drive Data Set, bit 0 (DDS, bit 0).
Dependency: Refer to: r0051, p0826, r0837
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

p0826[0...n] Motor changeover motor number / Mot_chng mot No.

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the freely assignable motor number for the drive data set changeover.
If the same motor is driven by different drive data sets, the same motor number must also be entered in these data
sets.
If the motor is also switched with the drive data set, different motor numbers must be used. In this case, the data set
can only be switched when the pulse inhibit is set.
Note: If the motor numbers are identical, the same thermal motor model is used for calculation after data set changeover.
If different motor numbers are used, different models are also used for calculating (the inactive motor cools down in
each case).

r0835.2...8 CO/BO: Data set changeover status word / DDS_ZSW

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8575
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the status word for the drive data set changeover.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
02 Internal parameter calculation active Yes No -
04 Armature short circuit active Yes No -
05 Identification running Yes No -
06 Friction characteristic plot running Yes No -
07 Rotating measurement running Yes No -
08 Motor data identification running Yes No -
Note: For bit 02:
A data set changeover is delayed by the time required for the internal parameter calculation.
For bit 04:
A data set changeover is only carried out when the armature short circuit is not activated.
For bit 05:
A data set changeover is only carried out when pole position identification is not running.
For bit 07:
A data set changeover is only carried out when rotating measurement is not running.
For bit 08:
A data set changeover is only carried out when motor data identification is not running.

SINAMICS G120C
108 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0836.0...1 CO/BO: Command Data Set CDS selected / CDS selected

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8560
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the command data set (CDS) selected via the binector input.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 CDS selection bit 0 ON OFF -
01 CDS selection bit 1 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: r0050, p0810
Note: Command data sets are selected via binector input p0810 and following.
The currently effective command data set is displayed in r0050.

r0837.0 CO/BO: Drive Data Set DDS selected / DDS selected

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8565
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the drive data set (DDS) selected via the binector input.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DDS selection bit 0 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: r0051, p0820
Note: Drive data sets are selected via binector input p0820 and following.
The currently effective drive data set is displayed in r0051.
If there is only one data set, then a value of 0 is displayed in this parameter and not the selection via binector inputs.

p0840[0...n] BI: ON / OFF (OFF1) / ON / OFF (OFF1)

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
G120C_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501, 2512
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 2090.0
[1] 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the command "ON/OFF (OFF1)".
For the PROFIdrive profile, this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 0 (STW1.0).
Recommendation: When the setting for this binector input is changed, the motor can only be switched on by means of an appropriate
signal change of the source.
Dependency: Refer to: p1055, p1056
Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective.

Notice: For binector input p0840 = 0 signal, the motor can be moved, jogging using binector input p1055 or p1056.
The command "ON/OFF (OFF1)" can be issued using binector input p0840 or p1055/p1056.
For binector input p0840 = 0 signal, the switching-on inhibited is acknowledged.
Only the signal source that originally switched on can also switch off again.
The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
Note: For drives with closed-loop speed control (p1300 = 20), the following applies:
- BI: p0840 = 0 signal: OFF1 (braking with the ramp-function generator, then pulse suppression and switching-on
inhibited)
- BI: p0840 = 0/1 signal: ON (pulses can be enabled)

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 109
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0840[0...n] BI: ON / OFF (OFF1) / ON / OFF (OFF1)

G120C_USS Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
G120C_CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501, 2512
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 722.0
[1] 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the command "ON/OFF (OFF1)".
For the PROFIdrive profile, this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 0 (STW1.0).
Recommendation: When the setting for this binector input is changed, the motor can only be switched on by means of an appropriate
signal change of the source.
Dependency: Refer to: p1055, p1056
Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective.

Notice: For binector input p0840 = 0 signal, the motor can be moved, jogging using binector input p1055 or p1056.
The command "ON/OFF (OFF1)" can be issued using binector input p0840 or p1055/p1056.
For binector input p0840 = 0 signal, the switching-on inhibited is acknowledged.
Only the signal source that originally switched on can also switch off again.
The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
Note: For drives with closed-loop speed control (p1300 = 20), the following applies:
- BI: p0840 = 0 signal: OFF1 (braking with the ramp-function generator, then pulse suppression and switching-on
inhibited)
- BI: p0840 = 0/1 signal: ON (pulses can be enabled)

p0844[0...n] BI: No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) signal source 1 / OFF2 S_src 1

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
G120C_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501, 8720, 8820,
8920
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 2090.1
[1] 1
Description: Sets the first signal source for the command "No coast down/coast down (OFF2)".
The following signals are AND'ed:
- BI: p0844 "No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) signal source 1"
- BI: p0845 "No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) signal source 2"
For the PROFIdrive profile, the result of the AND logic operation corresponds to control word 1 bit 1 (STW1.1).
BI: p0844 = 0 signal or BI: p0845 = 0 signal
- OFF2 (immediate pulse suppression and switching-on inhibited)
BI: p0844 = 1 signal and BI: p0845 = 1 signal
- no OFF2 (enable is possible)
Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective.

Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

SINAMICS G120C
110 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0844[0...n] BI: No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) signal source 1 / OFF2 S_src 1

G120C_USS Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
G120C_CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501, 8720, 8820,
8920
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the first signal source for the command "No coast down/coast down (OFF2)".
The following signals are AND'ed:
- BI: p0844 "No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) signal source 1"
- BI: p0845 "No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) signal source 2"
For the PROFIdrive profile, the result of the AND logic operation corresponds to control word 1 bit 1 (STW1.1).
BI: p0844 = 0 signal or BI: p0845 = 0 signal
- OFF2 (immediate pulse suppression and switching-on inhibited)
BI: p0844 = 1 signal and BI: p0845 = 1 signal
- no OFF2 (enable is possible)
Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective.

Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

p0845[0...n] BI: No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) signal source 2 / OFF2 S_src 2

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501, 8720, 8820,
8920
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the second signal source for the command "No coast down/coast down (OFF2)".
The following signals are AND'ed:
- BI: p0844 "No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) signal source 1"
- BI: p0845 "No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) signal source 2"
For the PROFIdrive profile, the result of the AND logic operation corresponds to control word 1 bit 1 (STW1.1).
BI: p0844 = 0 signal or BI: p0845 = 0 signal
- OFF2 (immediate pulse suppression and switching-on inhibited)
BI: p0844 = 1 signal and BI: p0845 = 1 signal
- no OFF2 (enable is possible)
Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is effective.

p0848[0...n] BI: No Quick Stop / Quick Stop (OFF3) signal source 1 / OFF3 S_src 1
G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
G120C_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 2090.2
[1] 1
Description: Sets the first signal source for the command "No quick stop/quick stop (OFF3)".
The following signals are AND'ed:
- BI: p0848 "No quick stop / quick stop (OFF3) signal source 1"
- BI: p0849 "No quick stop / quick stop (OFF3) signal source 2"
For the PROFIdrive profile, the result of the AND logic operation corresponds to control word 1 bit 2 (STW1.2).

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 111
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

BI: p0848 = 0 signal or BI: p0849 = 0 signal

- OFF3 (braking along the OFF3 ramp (p1135), then pulse suppression and switching-on inhibited)
BI: p0848 = 1 signal and BI: p0849 = 1 signal
- no OFF3 (enable is possible)
Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective.

Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
Note: For drives with closed-loop torque control (activated using p1501), the following applies:
BI: p0848 = 0 signal:
- no dedicated braking response, but pulse suppression when standstill is detected (p1226, p1227).

p0848[0...n] BI: No Quick Stop / Quick Stop (OFF3) signal source 1 / OFF3 S_src 1
G120C_USS Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
G120C_CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the first signal source for the command "No quick stop/quick stop (OFF3)".
The following signals are AND'ed:
- BI: p0848 "No quick stop / quick stop (OFF3) signal source 1"
- BI: p0849 "No quick stop / quick stop (OFF3) signal source 2"
For the PROFIdrive profile, the result of the AND logic operation corresponds to control word 1 bit 2 (STW1.2).
BI: p0848 = 0 signal or BI: p0849 = 0 signal
- OFF3 (braking along the OFF3 ramp (p1135), then pulse suppression and switching-on inhibited)
BI: p0848 = 1 signal and BI: p0849 = 1 signal
- no OFF3 (enable is possible)
Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective.

Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
Note: For drives with closed-loop torque control (activated using p1501), the following applies:
BI: p0848 = 0 signal:
- no dedicated braking response, but pulse suppression when standstill is detected (p1226, p1227).

p0849[0...n] BI: No Quick Stop / Quick Stop (OFF3) signal source 2 / OFF3 S_src 2
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the second signal source for the command "No quick stop/quick stop (OFF3)".
The following signals are AND'ed:
- BI: p0848 "No quick stop / quick stop (OFF3) signal source 1"
- BI: p0849 "No quick stop / quick stop (OFF3) signal source 2"
For the PROFIdrive profile, the result of the AND logic operation corresponds to control word 1 bit 2 (STW1.2).
BI: p0848 = 0 signal or BI: p0849 = 0 signal
- OFF3 (braking along the OFF3 ramp (p1135), then pulse suppression and switching-on inhibited)
BI: p0848 = 1 signal and BI: p0849 = 1 signal
- no OFF3 (enable is possible)
Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is effective.

Note: For drives with closed-loop torque control (activated using p1501), the following applies:
BI: p0849 = 0 signal:
- no dedicated braking response, but pulse suppression when standstill is detected (p1226, p1227).

SINAMICS G120C
112 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0852[0...n] BI: Enable operation/inhibit operation / Enable operation

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
G120C_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 2090.3
[1] 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the command "enable operation/inhibit operation".
For the PROFIdrive profile, this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 3 (STW1.3).
BI: p0852 = 0 signal
Inhibit operation (suppress pulses).
BI: p0852 = 1 signal
Enable operation (pulses can be enabled).
Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective.

Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

p0852[0...n] BI: Enable operation/inhibit operation / Enable operation

G120C_USS Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
G120C_CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the command "enable operation/inhibit operation".
For the PROFIdrive profile, this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 3 (STW1.3).
BI: p0852 = 0 signal
Inhibit operation (suppress pulses).
BI: p0852 = 1 signal
Enable operation (pulses can be enabled).
Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective.

Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

p0854[0...n] BI: Control by PLC/no control by PLC / Master ctrl by PLC

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
G120C_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 2090.10
[1] 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the command "control by PLC/no control by PLC".
For the PROFIdrive profile, this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 10 (STW1.10).
BI: p0854 = 0 signal
No control by PLC
BI: p0854 = 1 signal
Master control by PLC.
Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective.

Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 113
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: This bit is used to initiate a response for the drives when the control fails (F07220). If there is no control available,
then binector input p0854 should be set to 1.
If a control is available, then STW1.10 must be set to 1 (PZD1) so that the received data is updated. This applies
regardless of the setting in p0854 and even in the case of free telegram configuration (p0922 = 999).

p0854[0...n] BI: Control by PLC/no control by PLC / Master ctrl by PLC

G120C_USS Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
G120C_CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the command "control by PLC/no control by PLC".
For the PROFIdrive profile, this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 10 (STW1.10).
BI: p0854 = 0 signal
No control by PLC
BI: p0854 = 1 signal
Master control by PLC.
Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective.

Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
Note: This bit is used to initiate a response for the drives when the control fails (F07220). If there is no control available,
then binector input p0854 should be set to 1.
If a control is available, then STW1.10 must be set to 1 (PZD1) so that the received data is updated. This applies
regardless of the setting in p0854 and even in the case of free telegram configuration (p0922 = 999).

p0855[0...n] BI: Unconditionally release holding brake / Uncond open brake

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501, 2701
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the command "unconditionally open holding brake".
Dependency: Refer to: p0858
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
Note: The signal via BI: p0858 (unconditionally close holding brake) has a higher priority than via BI: p0855 (unconditionally
open holding brake).

p0856[0...n] BI: Enable speed controller / n_ctrl enable

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501, 2701
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the command "enable speed controller" (r0898.12).
0 signal: Set the I component and speed controller output to zero.
1 signal: Enable speed controller.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: r0898
Note: If "enable speed controller" is withdrawn, then an existing brake will be closed.
If "enable speed controller" is withdrawn, the pulses are not suppressed.

SINAMICS G120C
114 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0857 Power unit monitoring time / PU t_monit

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8760, 8864, 8964
Min Max Factory setting
100.0 [ms] 60000.0 [ms] 10000.0 [ms]
Description: Sets the monitoring time for the power unit.
The monitoring time is started after an 0/1 edge of the ON/OFF1 command. If the power unit does not return a
READY signal within the monitoring time, fault F07802 is output.
Dependency: Refer to: F07802, F30027
Notice: The maximum time to precharge the DC link is monitored in the power unit and cannot be changed. The maximum
precharging duration depends on the power unit.
The monitoring time for the precharging is started after the ON command (BI: p0840 = 0/1 signal). Fault F30027 is
output when the maximum precharging duration is exceeded.
Note: The factory setting for p0857 depends on the power unit.
The monitoring time for the ready signal of the power unit includes the time to precharge the DC link and, if relevant,
the de-bounce time of the contactors.
If an excessively low value is entered into p0857, then after enable, this results in the corresponding fault.

p0858[0...n] BI: Unconditionally close holding brake / Uncond close brake

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501, 2701
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the command "unconditionally close holding brake".
Dependency: Refer to: p0855
Note: The signal via BI: p0858 (unconditionally close holding brake) has a higher priority than via BI: p0855 (unconditionally
open holding brake).
For a 1 signal via BI: p0858, the command "unconditionally close the holding brake" is executed and internally a zero
setpoint is entered.

p0860 BI: Line contactor feedback signal / Line contact feedb

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2634
Min Max Factory setting
- - 863.1
Description: Sets the signal source for the feedback signal from the line contactor.
Recommendation: When the monitoring is activated (BI: p0860 not equal to r0863.1), then to control the line contactor, signal BO:
r0863.1 of its own drive object should be used.
Dependency: Refer to: p0861, r0863
Notice: The line contactor monitoring is deactivated if the control signal of the particular drive object is set as the signal
source for the feedback signal of the line contactor (BI: p0860 = r0863.1).
Note: The state of the line contactor is monitored depending on signal BO: r0863.1.
When the monitoring is activated (BI: p0860 not equal to r0863.1), fault F07300 is then also output if the contactor is
closed before it is controlled using r0863.1.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 115
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0861 Line contactor monitoring time / LineContact t_mon

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2634
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 5000 [ms] 100 [ms]
Description: Sets the monitoring time of the line contactor.
This time starts each time that the line contactor switches (r0863.1). If a feedback signal is not received from the line
contactor within the time, a message is output.
Dependency: Refer to: p0860, r0863
Note: The monitoring function is disabled for the factory setting of p0860.

r0863.0...1 CO/BO: Drive coupling status word/control word / CoupleZSW/STW

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the status word and control word of the drive coupling.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Closed-loop control operation Yes No -
01 Energize contactor Yes No 2634
Note: For bit 01:
Bit 1 is used to control an external line contactor.

p0867 Power unit main contactor holding time after OFF1 / PU t_MC after OFF1
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [ms] 500.0 [ms] 50.0 [ms]
Description: Sets the main contactor holding time after OFF1
Dependency: Refer to: p0869
Note: After withdrawing the OFF1 enable (source of p0840), the main contactor is opened after the main contactor holding
time has elapsed.
For p0869 = 1 (keep main contactor closed for STO), after withdrawing STO, the switching on inhibited must be
acknowledged via the source of p0840 = 0 (OFF1) – and before the main contactor holding time expires, should go
back to 1, otherwise the main contactor will open.
When operating a drive connected to SINUMERIK, which only closes the main contactor with the OFF1 command
(blocksize, chassis), p0867 should be set as a minimum to 50 ms.

p0869 Sequence control configuration / Seq_ctrl config

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 bin
Description: Sets the configuration for the sequence control.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Keep main contactor closed for STO Yes No -
Dependency: Refer to: p0867

SINAMICS G120C
116 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: For bit 00:

After withdrawing the OFF1 enable (source of p0840), the main contactor is opened after the main contactor holding
time has elapsed.
For p0869.0 = 1, after withdrawing STO, the switching on inhibited must be acknowledged via the source of p0840 =
0 (OFF1) – and before the main contactor holding time expires (p0867), should go back to 1, otherwise the main
contactor will open.

p0870 BI: Close main contactor / Close main cont

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to close the main contactor.
Note: The main contactor is also closed when the converter is switched on after issuing the necessary enable signals. A
binector input p0870 = 1 signal prevents the main contactor from being opened when enable signals are withdrawn.

r0898.0...14 CO/BO: Control word sequence control / STW seq_ctrl

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output for the control word of the sequence control.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 ON/OFF1 Yes No -
01 OC / OFF2 Yes No -
02 OC / OFF3 Yes No -
03 Enable operation Yes No -
04 Enable ramp-function generator Yes No -
05 Continue ramp-function generator Yes No -
06 Enable speed setpoint Yes No -
07 Command open brake Yes No -
08 Jog 1 Yes No 3001
09 Jog 2 Yes No 3001
10 Master control by PLC Yes No -
12 Speed controller enable Yes No -
14 Command close brake Yes No -
Note: OC: Operating condition

r0899.0...13 CO/BO: Status word sequence control / ZSW seq_ctrl

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2503
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the status word of the sequence control.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Ready for switching on Yes No -
01 Ready Yes No -
02 Operation enabled Yes No -
03 Jog active Yes No -
04 No coasting active OFF2 inactive OFF2 active -
05 No Quick Stop active OFF3 inactive OFF3 active -
06 Switching-on inhibited active Yes No -
07 Drive ready Yes No -

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 117
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

08 Controller enable Yes No -

09 Control request Yes No -
11 Pulses enabled Yes No -
12 Open holding brake Yes No -
13 Command close holding brake Yes No -
Note: For bits 00, 01, 02, 04, 05, 06, 09:
For PROFIdrive, these signals are used for status word 1.

p0918 PROFIBUS address / PB address

G120C_DP Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2401, 2410
Min Max Factory setting
1 126 126
Description: Displays or sets the PROFIBUS address for PROFIBUS interface on the Control Unit.
The address can be set as follows:
1) Using the DIP switch on the Control Unit.
--> p0918 can then only be read and displays the selected address.
--> A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON.
2) Using p0918
--> Only if all of the DIP switches are set to ON or OFF.
--> The address is saved in a non-volatile fashion using the function "copy from RAM to ROM".
--> A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON.
Note: Permissible PROFIBUS addresses: 1 ... 126
Address 126 is used for commissioning.
Every PROFIBUS address change only becomes effective after a POWER ON.

p0922 PROFIdrive PZD telegram selection / PZD telegr_sel

G120C_DP Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
G120C_PN Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2401, 2420
Min Max Factory setting
1 999 1
Description: Sets the send and receive telegram.
Value: 1: Standard telegram 1, PZD-2/2
20: Standard telegram 20, PZD-2/6
350: SIEMENS telegram 350, PZD-4/4
352: SIEMENS telegram 352, PZD-6/6
353: SIEMENS telegram 353, PZD-2/2, PKW-4/4
354: SIEMENS telegram 354, PZD-6/6, PKW-4/4
999: Free telegram configuration with BICO
Dependency: Refer to: p2038
Refer to: F01505
Note: For p0922 = 100 ... 199, p2038 is automatically set to 1 and p2038 can no longer be changed. This means that for
these telegrams, the "SIMODRIVE 611 universal" interface mode is set and cannot be changed.
If a value is not equal to 999, a telegram is set and the automatically set interconnections in the telegram are
inhibited.
The inhibited interconnections can only be changed again after setting value 999.

SINAMICS G120C
118 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0944 CO: Counter for fault buffer changes / Fault buff change
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8060
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output for the counter for changes of the fault buffer.
This counter is incremented every time the fault buffer changes.
Recommendation: Used to check whether the fault buffer has been read out consistently.
Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109

r0945[0...63] Fault code / Fault code

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8060
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the numbers of faults that have occurred.
Dependency: Refer to: r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136, r3120, r3122
Notice: The properties of the fault buffer should be taken from the corresponding product documentation.
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
Fault buffer structure (general principle):
r0945[0], r0949[0], r0948[0], r2109[0] --> actual fault case, fault 1
...
r0945[7], r0949[7], r0948[7], r2109[7] --> actual fault case, fault 8
r0945[8], r0949[8], r0948[8], r2109[8] --> 1st acknowledged fault case, fault 1
...
r0945[15], r0949[15], r0948[15], r2109[15] --> 1st acknowledged fault case, fault 8
...
r0945[56], r0949[56], r0948[56], r2109[56] --> 7th acknowledged fault case, fault 1
...
r0945[63], r0949[63], r0948[63], r2109[63] --> 7th acknowledged fault case, fault 8

r0946[0...65534] Fault code list / Fault code list

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8060
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Lists the fault codes stored in the drive unit.
The indices can only be accessed with a valid fault code.
Dependency: The parameter assigned to the fault code is entered in r0951 under the same index.

r0947[0...63] Fault number / Fault number

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8060
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: This parameter is identical to r0945.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 119
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0948[0...63] Fault time received in milliseconds / t_fault recv ms

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8060
Min Max Factory setting
- [ms] - [ms] - [ms]
Description: Displays the system runtime in milliseconds when the fault occurred.
Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0949, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136
Notice: The time comprises r2130 (days) and r0948 (milliseconds).
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the fault buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r0945.
When the parameter is read via PROFIdrive, the TimeDifference data type applies.

r0949[0...63] Fault value / Fault value

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8060
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays additional information about the fault that occurred (as integer number).
Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136, r3120, r3122
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the fault buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r0945.

p0952 Fault cases counter / Fault cases qty

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6700, 8060
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Number of fault situations that have occurred since the last reset.
Dependency: The fault buffer is deleted (cleared) by setting p0952 to 0.
Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136

r0963 PROFIBUS baud rate / PB baud rate

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 255 -
Description: Displays the corresponding value for the PROFIBUS baud rate.
Value: 0: 9.6 kbit/s
1: 19.2 kbit/s
2: 93.75 kbit/s
3: 187.5 kbit/s
4: 500 kbit/s
6: 1.5 Mbit/s
7: 3 Mbit/s
8: 6 Mbit/s
9: 12 Mbit/s
10: 31.25 kbit/s
11: 45.45 kbit/s
255: Unknown

SINAMICS G120C
120 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0964[0...6] Device identification / Device ident

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the device identification.
Index: [0] = Company (Siemens = 42)
[1] = Device type
[2] = Firmware version
[3] = Firmware date (year)
[4] = Firmware date (day/month)
[5] = Number of drive objects
[6] = Firmware patch/hot fix
Note: Example:
r0964[0] = 42 --> SIEMENS
r0964[1] = device type, see below
r0964[2] = 403 --> first part of the firmware version V04.03 (for second part, refer to index 6)
r0964[3] = 2010 --> year 2010
r0964[4] = 1705 --> 17th of May
r0964[5] = 2 --> 2 drive objects
r0964[6] = 200 --> second part, firmware version (complete version: V04.03.02.00)
Device type:
r0964[1] = 6510 --> SINAMICS G120C_DP
r0964[1] = 6511 --> SINAMICS G120C_PN
r0964[1] = 6512 --> SINAMICS G120C_CAN
r0964[1] = 6513 --> SINAMICS G120C_USS/MB

r0965 PROFIdrive profile number / PD profile number

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
G120C_PN Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PROFIdrive profile number and profile version.
Constant value = 0329 hex.
Byte 1: Profile number = 03 hex = PROFIdrive profile
Byte 2: Profile version = 29 hex = Version 4.1
Note: When the parameter is read via PROFIdrive, the Octet String 2 data type applies.

p0969 System runtime relative / t_System relative

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8060
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 4294967295 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Displays the system runtime in ms since the last POWER ON.
Note: The value in p0969 can only be reset to 0.
The value overflows after approx. 49 days.
When the parameter is read via PROFIdrive, the TimeDifference data type applies.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 121
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0970 Reset drive parameters / Drive par reset

Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: C(1, 30) Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 300 0
Description: The parameter is used to initiate the reset of the drive parameters.
Parameters p0100, p0205 are not reset.
The following motor parameters are defined in accordance with the power unit: p0300 ... p0311.
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Start a parameter reset
3: Start download of volatile parameters from RAM
5: Starts a safety parameter reset
10: Start loading the parameters saved with p0971=10
11: Start loading the parameters saved with p0971=11
12: Start loading the parameters saved with p0971=12
30: Start loading the delivery state saved with p0971=30
100: Start a BICO interconnection reset
300: Only Siemens internal
Dependency: Refer to: F01659
Notice: After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996.
Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0.
Peculiarities of communication via PROFIBUS DP:
- communication with Class 1 masters (e.g. S7 controllers) is interrupted.
- Communication with Class 2 masters (e.g. STARTER) is retained.
Note: A factory setting run can only be started if p0010 was first set to 30 (parameter reset).
At the end of the calculations, p0970 is automatically set to 0.
Parameter reset is completed with p0970 = 0 and r3996[0] = 0.
For p0970 = 1 the following applies:
If a Safety Integrated function is parameterized (p9601), then the safety parameters are not reset. In this case, an
error message (F01659) is output with fault value 2.
The following generally applies:
One index of parameters p2100, p2101, p2126, p2127 is not reset, if a parameterized message is precisely active in
this index.

p0971 Save parameters / Save par

Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 30 0
Description: Setting to save parameters in the non-volatile memory.
When saving, only the adjustable parameters intended to be saved are taken into account.
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Save drive object
10: Save in non-volatile memory as setting 10
11: Save in non-volatile memory as setting 11
12: Save in non-volatile memory as setting 12
30: State when delivered, save in non-volatile memory as setting 30
Dependency: Refer to: p0970, p1960, p3845, r3996
Caution: If a memory card (optional) is inserted – and the USB interface is not used, the following applies:
The parameters are also saved on the card and therefore overwrite any existing data!

SINAMICS G120C
122 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Notice: The Control Unit power supply may only be switched off after data has been saved (i.e. after data save has been
started, wait until the parameter again has the value 0).
Writing to parameters is inhibited while saving.
The progress while saving is displayed in r3996.
For p0971 = 30:
The original state when delivered is overwritten when executing this memory function.
Note: Parameters saved with p0971 = 10, 11, 12 can be loaded again with p0970 = 10, 11 or 12.
Identification and maintenance data (I&M data, p8806 and following) are only saved for p0971 = 1.

p0972 Drive unit reset / Drv_unit reset

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Sets the required procedure to execute a hardware reset for the drive unit.
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Hardware-Reset immediate
2: Hardware reset preparation
3: Hardware reset after cyclic communication has failed
Danger: It must be absolutely ensured that the system is in a safe condition.
The memory card/device memory of the Control Unit must not be accessed.

Note: If value = 1:
Reset is immediately executed and communications interrupted.
After communications have been established, check the reset operation (refer below).
If value = 2:
Help to check the reset operation.
Firstly, set p0972 = 2 and then read back. Secondly, set p0972 = 1 (it is possible that this request is possibly no
longer acknowledged). The communication is then interrupted.
After communications have been established, check the reset operation (refer below).
If value = 3:
The reset is executed after interrupting cyclic communication. This setting is used to implement a synchronized reset
by a control for several drive units.
If cyclic communication is not active, then the reset is immediately executed.
After communications have been established, check the reset operation (refer below).
To check the reset operation:
After the drive unit has been restarted and communications have been established, read p0972 and check the
following:
p0972 = 0? --> the reset was successfully executed.
p0972 = 0? --> the reset was not executed.

r0980[0...299] List of existing parameters 1 / List avail par 1

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the parameters that exist for this drive.
Dependency: Refer to: r0981, r0989
Note: Modified parameters are displayed in indices 0 to 298. If an index contains the value 0, then the list ends here. In a
long list, index 299 contains the parameter number at which position the list continues.
This list consists solely of the following parameters:
r0980[0...299], r0981[0...299] ... r0989[0...299]
The parameters in this list are not displayed in the expert list of the commissioning software. However, they can be
read from a higher-level control system (e.g. PROFIBUS master).

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 123
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0981[0...299] List of existing parameters 2 / List avail par 2

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the parameters that exist for this drive.
Dependency: Refer to: r0980, r0989
Note: Modified parameters are displayed in indices 0 to 298. If an index contains the value 0, then the list ends here. In a
long list, index 299 contains the parameter number at which position the list continues.
This list consists solely of the following parameters:
r0980[0...299], r0981[0...299] ... r0989[0...299]
The parameters in this list are not displayed in the expert list of the commissioning software. However, they can be
read from a higher-level control system (e.g. PROFIBUS master).

r0989[0...299] List of existing parameters 10 / List avail par 10

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the parameters that exist for this drive.
Dependency: Refer to: r0980, r0981
Note: Modified parameters are displayed in indices 0 to 298. If an index contains the value 0, then the list ends here.
This list consists solely of the following parameters:
r0980[0...299], r0981[0...299] ... r0989[0...299]
The parameters in this list are not displayed in the expert list of the commissioning software. However, they can be
read from a higher-level control system (e.g. PROFIBUS master).

r0990[0...99] List of modified parameters 1 / List chang par 1

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays those parameters with a value other than the factory setting for this drive.
Dependency: Refer to: r0991, r0999
Note: Modified parameters are displayed in indices 0 to 98. If an index contains the value 0, then the list ends here. In a
long list, index 99 contains the parameter number at which position the list continues.
This list consists solely of the following parameters:
r0990[0...99], r0991[0...99] ... r0999[0...99]
The parameters in this list are not displayed in the expert list of the commissioning software. However, they can be
read from a higher-level control system (e.g. PROFIBUS master).

r0991[0...99] List of modified parameters 2 / List chang par 2

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays those parameters with a value other than the factory setting for this drive.
Dependency: Refer to: r0990, r0999

SINAMICS G120C
124 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: Modified parameters are displayed in indices 0 to 98. If an index contains the value 0, then the list ends here. In a
long list, index 99 contains the parameter number at which position the list continues.
This list consists solely of the following parameters:
r0990[0...99], r0991[0...99] ... r0999[0...99]
The parameters in this list are not displayed in the expert list of the commissioning software. However, they can be
read from a higher-level control system (e.g. PROFIBUS master).

r0999[0...99] List of modified parameters 10 / List chang par 10

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays those parameters with a value other than the factory setting for this drive.
Dependency: Refer to: r0990, r0991
Note: Modified parameters are displayed in indices 0 to 98. If an index contains the value 0, then the list ends here.
This list consists solely of the following parameters:
r0990[0...99], r0991[0...99] ... r0999[0...99]
The parameters in this list are not displayed in the expert list of the commissioning software. However, they can be
read from a higher-level control system (e.g. PROFIBUS master).

p1000[0...n] Speed setpoint selection / n_set sel

G120C_DP Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
G120C_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 200 6
Description: Sets the source for the speed setpoint.
For single-digit values, the following applies:
The value specifies the main setpoint.
For double-digit values, the following applies:
The left-hand digit specifies the supplementary setpoint, the right-hand digit the main setpoint.
Example:
Value = 26
--> The analog setpoint (2) supplies the supplementary setpoint.
--> The fieldbus (6) supplies the main setpoint.
Value: 0: No main setpoint
1: Motorized potentiometer
2: Analog setpoint
3: Fixed speed setpoint
6: Fieldbus
10: Motor potentiometer + no main setpoint
11: Motor potentiometer + motor potentiometer
12: Motor potentiometer + analog setpoint
13: Motor potentiometer + fixed speed setpoint
16: Motor potentiometer + fieldbus
20: Analog setpoint + no main setpoint
21: Analog setpoint + motor potentiometer
22: Analog setpoint + analog setpoint
23: Analog setpoint + fixed speed setpoint
26: Analog setpoint + fieldbus
30: Fixed speed setpoint + no main setpoint
31: Fixed speed setpoint + motor potentiometer
32: Fixed speed setpoint + analog setpoint
33: Fixed speed setpoint + fixed speed setpoint
36: Fixed speed setpoint + fieldbus
60: Fieldbus + no main setpoint
61: Fieldbus + motor potentiometer

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 125
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

62: Fieldbus + analog setpoint

63: Fieldbus + fixed speed setpoint
66: Fieldbus+fieldbus
200: Analog output connection
Dependency: When changing this parameter, the following settings are influenced:
Refer to: p1070, p1071, p1075, p1076
Caution: If p1000 is selected as the main setpoint of the fieldbus, the following BICO interconnection is set automatically:
p2051[1] = r0063

Notice: The parameter is possibly protected as a result of p0922.

For PROFIBUS/PROFINET Control Units, the following applies: The parameter can be freely set by setting p0922 =
999.
When executing a specific macro, the corresponding programmed settings are made and become active.

p1000[0...n] Speed setpoint selection / n_set sel

G120C_USS Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
G120C_CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 200 2
Description: Sets the source for the speed setpoint.
For single-digit values, the following applies:
The value specifies the main setpoint.
For double-digit values, the following applies:
The left-hand digit specifies the supplementary setpoint, the right-hand digit the main setpoint.
Example:
Value = 26
--> The analog setpoint (2) supplies the supplementary setpoint.
--> The fieldbus (6) supplies the main setpoint.
Value: 0: No main setpoint
1: Motorized potentiometer
2: Analog setpoint
3: Fixed speed setpoint
6: Fieldbus
10: Motor potentiometer + no main setpoint
11: Motor potentiometer + motor potentiometer
12: Motor potentiometer + analog setpoint
13: Motor potentiometer + fixed speed setpoint
16: Motor potentiometer + fieldbus
20: Analog setpoint + no main setpoint
21: Analog setpoint + motor potentiometer
22: Analog setpoint + analog setpoint
23: Analog setpoint + fixed speed setpoint
26: Analog setpoint + fieldbus
30: Fixed speed setpoint + no main setpoint
31: Fixed speed setpoint + motor potentiometer
32: Fixed speed setpoint + analog setpoint
33: Fixed speed setpoint + fixed speed setpoint
36: Fixed speed setpoint + fieldbus
60: Fieldbus + no main setpoint
61: Fieldbus + motor potentiometer
62: Fieldbus + analog setpoint
63: Fieldbus + fixed speed setpoint
66: Fieldbus+fieldbus
200: Analog output connection
Dependency: When changing this parameter, the following settings are influenced:
Refer to: p1070, p1071, p1075, p1076
Caution: If p1000 is selected as the main setpoint of the fieldbus, the following BICO interconnection is set automatically:
p2051[1] = r0063

SINAMICS G120C
126 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Notice: The parameter is possibly protected as a result of p0922.

For PROFIBUS/PROFINET Control Units, the following applies: The parameter can be freely set by setting p0922 =
999.
When executing a specific macro, the corresponding programmed settings are made and become active.

p1001[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 1 / n_set_fixed 1

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3010
Min Max Factory setting
-210000.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 0.000 [rpm]
Description: Setting and connector output for fixed speed setpoint 1.
Dependency: Refer to: p1020, p1021, p1022, p1023, r1024
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.

p1002[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 2 / n_set_fixed 2

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3010
Min Max Factory setting
-210000.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 0.000 [rpm]
Description: Setting and connector output for fixed speed setpoint 2.
Dependency: Refer to: p1020, p1021, p1022, p1023, r1024
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.

p1003[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 3 / n_set_fixed 3

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3010
Min Max Factory setting
-210000.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 0.000 [rpm]
Description: Setting and connector output for fixed speed setpoint 3.
Dependency: Refer to: p1020, p1021, p1022, p1023, r1024
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.

p1004[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 4 / n_set_fixed 4

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3010
Min Max Factory setting
-210000.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 0.000 [rpm]
Description: Setting and connector output for fixed speed setpoint 4.
Dependency: Refer to: p1020, p1021, p1022, p1023, r1024
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.

p1005[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 5 / n_set_fixed 5

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3010
Min Max Factory setting
-210000.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 0.000 [rpm]
Description: Setting and connector output for fixed speed setpoint 5.
Dependency: Refer to: p1020, p1021, p1022, p1023, r1024

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 127
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.

p1006[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 6 / n_set_fixed 6

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3010
Min Max Factory setting
-210000.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 0.000 [rpm]
Description: Setting and connector output for fixed speed setpoint 6.
Dependency: Refer to: p1020, p1021, p1022, p1023, r1024
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.

p1007[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 7 / n_set_fixed 7

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3010
Min Max Factory setting
-210000.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 0.000 [rpm]
Description: Setting and connector output for fixed speed setpoint 7.
Dependency: Refer to: p1020, p1021, p1022, p1023, r1024
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.

p1008[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 8 / n_set_fixed 8

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3010
Min Max Factory setting
-210000.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 0.000 [rpm]
Description: Setting and connector output for fixed speed setpoint 8.
Dependency: Refer to: p1020, p1021, p1022, p1023, r1024
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.

p1009[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 9 / n_set_fixed 9

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3010
Min Max Factory setting
-210000.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 0.000 [rpm]
Description: Setting and connector output for fixed speed setpoint 9.
Dependency: Refer to: p1020, p1021, p1022, p1023, r1024
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.

p1010[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 10 / n_set_fixed 10

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3010
Min Max Factory setting
-210000.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 0.000 [rpm]
Description: Setting and connector output for fixed speed setpoint 10.
Dependency: Refer to: p1020, p1021, p1022, p1023, r1024
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.

SINAMICS G120C
128 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1011[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 11 / n_set_fixed 11

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3010
Min Max Factory setting
-210000.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 0.000 [rpm]
Description: Setting and connector output for fixed speed setpoint 11.
Dependency: Refer to: p1020, p1021, p1022, p1023, r1024
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.

p1012[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 12 / n_set_fixed 12

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3010
Min Max Factory setting
-210000.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 0.000 [rpm]
Description: Setting and connector output for fixed speed setpoint 12.
Dependency: Refer to: p1020, p1021, p1022, p1023, r1024
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.

p1013[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 13 / n_set_fixed 13

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3010
Min Max Factory setting
-210000.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 0.000 [rpm]
Description: Setting and connector output for fixed speed setpoint 13.
Dependency: Refer to: p1020, p1021, p1022, p1023, r1024
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.

p1014[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 14 / n_set_fixed 14

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3010
Min Max Factory setting
-210000.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 0.000 [rpm]
Description: Setting and connector output for fixed speed setpoint 14.
Dependency: Refer to: p1020, p1021, p1022, p1023, r1024
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.

p1015[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 15 / n_set_fixed 15

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3010
Min Max Factory setting
-210000.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 0.000 [rpm]
Description: Setting and connector output for fixed speed setpoint 15.
Dependency: Refer to: p1020, p1021, p1022, p1023, r1024
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 129
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1016 Fixed speed setpoint select mode / n_set_fix select

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3010, 3011
Min Max Factory setting
1 2 1
Description: Sets the mode to select the fixed speed setpoint.
Value: 1: Direct
2: Binary
Note: For p1016 = 1:
In this mode, the setpoint is entered via the fixed speed setpoints p1001 ... p1004.
Up to 16 different setpoints are obtained by adding the individual fixed speed setpoints.
For p1016 = 2:
In this mode, the setpoint is entered via the fixed speed setpoints p1001 ... p1015.

p1020[0...n] BI: Fixed speed setpoint selection Bit 0 / n_set_fixed Bit 0

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2505, 3010, 3011
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for selecting the fixed speed setpoint.
Dependency: Selects the required fixed speed setpoint using p1020 ... p1023.
Sets the values for the fixed speed setpoints 1 ... 15 using p1001 ... p1015.
Refer to: p1021, p1022, p1023
Note: If a fixed speed setpoint has not been selected (p1020 ... p1023 = 0), then r1024 = 0 (setpoint = 0).

p1021[0...n] BI: Fixed speed setpoint selection Bit 1 / n_set_fixed Bit 1

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2505, 3010, 3011
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for selecting the fixed speed setpoint.
Dependency: Selects the required fixed speed setpoint using p1020 ... p1023.
Sets the values for the fixed speed setpoints 1 ... 15 using p1001 ... p1015.
Refer to: p1020, p1022, p1023
Note: If a fixed speed setpoint has not been selected (p1020 ... p1023 = 0), then r1024 = 0 (setpoint = 0).

p1022[0...n] BI: Fixed speed setpoint selection Bit 2 / n_set_fixed Bit 2

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2505, 3010, 3011
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for selecting the fixed speed setpoint.
Dependency: Selects the required fixed speed setpoint using p1020 ... p1023.
Sets the values for the fixed speed setpoints 1 ... 15 using p1001 ... p1015.
Refer to: p1020, p1021, p1023
Note: If a fixed speed setpoint has not been selected (p1020 ... p1023 = 0), then r1024 = 0 (setpoint = 0).

SINAMICS G120C
130 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1023[0...n] BI: Fixed speed setpoint selection Bit 3 / n_set_fixed Bit 3

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2505, 3010, 3011
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for selecting the fixed speed setpoint.
Dependency: Selects the required fixed speed setpoint using p1020 ... p1023.
Sets the values for the fixed speed setpoints 1 ... 15 using p1001 ... p1015.
Refer to: p1020, p1021, p1022
Note: If a fixed speed setpoint has not been selected (p1020 ... p1023 = 0), then r1024 = 0 (setpoint = 0).

r1024 CO: Fixed speed setpoint effective / Speed fixed setp

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3001, 3010, 3011
Min Max Factory setting
- [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm]
Description: Display and connector output for the selected and active fixed speed setpoint.
This setpoint is the output value for the fixed speed setpoints and must be appropriately interconnected (e.g. with the
main setpoint).
Recommendation: Interconnect the signal with the main setpoint (CI: p1070 = r1024).
Dependency: Selects the required fixed speed setpoint using p1020 ... p1023.
Sets the values for the fixed speed setpoints 1 ... 15 using p1001 ... p1015.
Refer to: p1070
Note: If a fixed speed setpoint has not been selected (p1020 ... p1023 = 0), then r1024 = 0 (setpoint = 0).

r1025.0 BO: Fixed speed setpoint status / n_setp_fix status

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and binector output for the status when selecting the fixed speed setpoints.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Fixed speed setpoint selected Yes No 3011
Dependency: Refer to: p1016
Note: For bit 00:
When the fixed speed setpoints are directly selected (p1016 = 1), this bit is set if at least 1 fixed speed setpoint is
selected.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 131
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1030[0...n] Motorized potentiometer configuration / Mop configuration

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3020
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0110 bin
Description: Sets the configuration for the motorized potentiometer.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Data save active Yes No -
01 Automatic mode ramp-function generator Yes No -
active
02 Initial rounding-off active Yes No -
03 Save in NVRAM active Yes No -
04 Ramp-function generator always active Yes No -
Notice: The following prerequisites must be fulfilled in order to be able to save the setpoint (Bit 03 = 1) in a non-volatile
fashion:
- Firmware with V2.3 or higher.
- Control Unit 320 (CU320) with hardware version C or higher (module with NVRAM).
Note: For bit 00:
0: The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is not saved and after ON is entered using p1040.
1: The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is saved after OFF and after ON set to the saved value. In order to
save in a non-volatile fashion, bit 03 should be set to 1.
For bit 01:
0: Without ramp-function generator in the automatic mode (ramp-up/ramp-down time = 0).
1: With ramp-function generator in the automatic mode.
For manual operation, the ramp-function generator is always active.
For bit 02:
0: Without initial rounding-off
1: With initial rounding-off. The selected ramp-up/down time is correspondingly exceeded. The initial rounding-off is a
sensitive way of specifying small changes (progressive reaction when keys are pressed).
The jerk for the initial rounding-off is independent of the ramp-up time and only depends on the selected maximum
speed (p1082). It is calculated as follows:
r = 0.01 % * p1082 [1/s] / 0.13^2 [s^2]
The jerk acts up until the maximum acceleration is reached (a_max = p1082 [1/s] / p1047 [s]), and then the drive
continues to run linearly with a constant rate of acceleration. The higher the maximum acceleration (the lower that
p1047 is), the longer the ramp-up time increases with respect to the set ramp-up time.
For bit 03:
0: Non-volatile data save deactivated.
1: The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is saved in a non-volatile fashion (for bit 00 = 1).
For bit 04:
When the bit is set, the ramp-function generator is computed independent of the pulse enable. The actual output
value of the motorized potentiometer is always in r1050.

p1035[0...n] BI: Motorized potentiometer setpoint raise / Mop raise

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
G120C_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2505, 3020
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 2090.13
[1] 0
Description: Sets the signal source to continually increase the setpoint for the motorized potentiometer.
The setpoint change (CO: r1050) depends on the set ramp-up time (p1047) and the duration of the signal that is
present (BI: p1035).
Dependency: Refer to: p1036
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

SINAMICS G120C
132 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1035[0...n] BI: Motorized potentiometer setpoint raise / Mop raise

G120C_USS Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
G120C_CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2505, 3020
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to continually increase the setpoint for the motorized potentiometer.
The setpoint change (CO: r1050) depends on the set ramp-up time (p1047) and the duration of the signal that is
present (BI: p1035).
Dependency: Refer to: p1036
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

p1036[0...n] BI: Motorized potentiometer lower setpoint / Mop lower

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
G120C_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2505, 3020
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 2090.14
[1] 0
Description: Sets the signal source to continuously lower the setpoint for the motorized potentiometer.
The setpoint change (CO: r1050) depends on the set ramp-down time (p1048) and the duration of the signal that is
present (BI: p1036).
Dependency: Refer to: p1035
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

p1036[0...n] BI: Motorized potentiometer lower setpoint / Mop lower

G120C_USS Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
G120C_CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2505, 3020
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to continuously lower the setpoint for the motorized potentiometer.
The setpoint change (CO: r1050) depends on the set ramp-down time (p1048) and the duration of the signal that is
present (BI: p1036).
Dependency: Refer to: p1035
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

p1037[0...n] Motorized potentiometer maximum speed / MotP n_max

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3020
Min Max Factory setting
-210000.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 0.000 [rpm]
Description: Sets the maximum speed/velocity for the motorized potentiometer.
Note: This parameter is automatically pre-assigned in the commissioning phase.
The setpoint output from the motorized potentiometer is limited to this value (see function diagram 3020).

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 133
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1038[0...n] Motorized potentiometer minimum speed / MotP n_min

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3020
Min Max Factory setting
-210000.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 0.000 [rpm]
Description: Sets the minimum speed/velocity for the motorized potentiometer.
Note: This parameter is automatically pre-assigned in the commissioning phase.
The setpoint output from the motorized potentiometer is limited to this value (see function diagram 3020).

p1040[0...n] Motorized potentiometer starting value / Mop start value

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3020
Min Max Factory setting
-210000.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 0.000 [rpm]
Description: Sets the starting value for the motorized potentiometer. This starting value becomes effective after the drive has been
switched off.
Dependency: Only effective if p1030.0 = 0.
Refer to: p1030

p1043[0...n] BI: Motorized potentiometer accept setting value / MotP acc set val
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3020
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to accept the setting value for the motorized potentiometer.
Dependency: Refer to: p1044
Note: The setting value (CI: p1044) becomes effective for a 0/1 edge of the setting command (BI: p1043).

p1044[0...n] CI: Motorized potentiometer setting value / Mop set val

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3020
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the setting value for the motorized potentiometer.
Dependency: Refer to: p1043
Note: The setting value (CI: p1044) becomes effective for a 0/1 edge of the setting command (BI: p1043).

r1045 CO: Mot. potentiometer speed setp. in front of ramp-fct. gen. / Mop n_set bef RFG
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3020
Min Max Factory setting
- [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm]
Description: Sets the effective setpoint in front of the internal motorized potentiometer ramp-function generator.

SINAMICS G120C
134 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1047[0...n] Motorized potentiometer ramp-up time / Mop ramp-up time

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3020
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 1000.000 [s] 10.000 [s]
Description: Sets the ramp-up time for the internal ramp-function generator for the motorized potentiometer.
The setpoint is changed from zero up to the speed/velocity limit (p1082) within this time (if no initial rounding-off has
been activated).
Dependency: Refer to: p1030, p1048, p1082
Note: When the initial rounding-off is activated (p1030.2) the ramp-up time is correspondingly extended.

p1048[0...n] Motorized potentiometer ramp-down time / Mop ramp-down time

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3020
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 1000.000 [s] 10.000 [s]
Description: Sets the ramp-down time for the internal ramp-function generator for the motorized potentiometer.
The setpoint is changed from the speed/velocity limit (p1082) to zero within this time (if no initial rounding-off has
been activated).
Dependency: Refer to: p1030, p1047, p1082
Note: The deceleration time is extended corresponding to the activated initial rounding-off (p1030.2).

r1050 CO: Motorized potentiometer setpoint after ramp-function generator /

Mot poti setpoint
Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3001, 3020
Min Max Factory setting
- [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm]
Description: Sets the effective setpoint after the internal motorized potentiometer ramp-function generator.
This setpoint is the output value of the motorized potentiometer and must be appropriately interconnected onwards
(e.g. with the main setpoint).
Recommendation: Interconnect the signal with main setpoint (p1070).
Dependency: Refer to: p1070
Note: For "With ramp-function generator", after an OFF1, OFF2, OFF3 or for a 0 signal via BI: p0852 (inhibit operation,
suppress pulses) the ramp-function generator output (r1050) is set to the starting value (configuration via p1030.0).

p1055[0...n] BI: Jog bit 0 / Jog bit 0

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
G120C_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501, 3030
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 0
[1] 722.0
Description: Sets the signal source for jog 1.
Recommendation: When the setting for this binector input is changed, the motor can only be switched on by means of an appropriate
signal change of the source.
Dependency: Refer to: p0840, p1058
Notice: The drive is enabled for jogging using BI: p1055 or BI: p1056.
The command "ON/OFF1" can be issued using BI: p0840 or using BI: p1055/p1056.
Only the signal source that was used to switch on can also be used to switch off again.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 135
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1055[0...n] BI: Jog bit 0 / Jog bit 0

G120C_USS Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
G120C_CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501, 3030
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for jog 1.
Recommendation: When the setting for this binector input is changed, the motor can only be switched on by means of an appropriate
signal change of the source.
Dependency: Refer to: p0840, p1058
Notice: The drive is enabled for jogging using BI: p1055 or BI: p1056.
The command "ON/OFF1" can be issued using BI: p0840 or using BI: p1055/p1056.
Only the signal source that was used to switch on can also be used to switch off again.

p1056[0...n] BI: Jog bit 1 / Jog bit 1

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
G120C_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501, 3030
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 0
[1] 722.1
Description: Sets the signal source for jog 2.
Recommendation: When the setting for this binector input is changed, the motor can only be switched on by means of an appropriate
signal change of the source.
Dependency: Refer to: p0840, p1059
Notice: The drive is enabled for jogging using BI: p1055 or BI: p1056.
The command "ON/OFF1" can be issued using BI: p0840 or using BI: p1055/p1056.
Only the signal source that was used to switch on can also be used to switch off again.

p1056[0...n] BI: Jog bit 1 / Jog bit 1

G120C_USS Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
G120C_CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501, 3030
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for jog 2.
Recommendation: When the setting for this binector input is changed, the motor can only be switched on by means of an appropriate
signal change of the source.
Dependency: Refer to: p0840, p1059
Notice: The drive is enabled for jogging using BI: p1055 or BI: p1056.
The command "ON/OFF1" can be issued using BI: p0840 or using BI: p1055/p1056.
Only the signal source that was used to switch on can also be used to switch off again.

p1058[0...n] Jog 1 speed setpoint / Jog 1 n_set

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3001, 3030
Min Max Factory setting
-210000.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 150.000 [rpm]
Description: Sets the speed for jog 1.
Jogging (JOG) is level-triggered, and allows the motor to be incrementally traversed.
Dependency: Refer to: p1055, p1056

SINAMICS G120C
136 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1059[0...n] Jog 2 speed setpoint / Jog 2 n_set

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3001, 3030
Min Max Factory setting
-210000.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] -150.000 [rpm]
Description: Sets the speed for jog 2.
Jogging (JOG) is level-triggered, and allows the motor to be incrementally traversed.
Dependency: Refer to: p1055, p1056

p1070[0...n] CI: Main setpoint / Main setpoint

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
G120C_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3001, 3030
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 2050[1]
[1] 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the main setpoint.
Examples:
r1024: Fixed speed setpoint effective
r1050: Motor. potentiometer setpoint after the ramp-function generator
Dependency: Refer to: p1071, r1073, r1078
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

p1070[0...n] CI: Main setpoint / Main setpoint

G120C_USS Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
G120C_CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3001, 3030
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 755[0]
[1] 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the main setpoint.
Examples:
r1024: Fixed speed setpoint effective
r1050: Motor. potentiometer setpoint after the ramp-function generator
Dependency: Refer to: p1071, r1073, r1078
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

p1071[0...n] CI: Main setpoint scaling / Main setp scal

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3001, 3030
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for scaling the main setpoint.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 137
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r1073 CO: Main setpoint effective / Main setpoint eff

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3030
Min Max Factory setting
- [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm]
Description: Displays the effective main setpoint.
The value shown is the main setpoint after scaling.

p1075[0...n] CI: Supplementary setp / Suppl setp

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3001, 3030
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the supplementary setpoint.
Dependency: Refer to: p1076, r1077, r1078

p1076[0...n] CI: Supplementary setpoint scaling / Suppl setp scal

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3001, 3030
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for scaling the supplementary setpoint.

r1077 CO: Supplementary setpoint effective / Suppl setpoint eff

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3030
Min Max Factory setting
- [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm]
Description: Displays the effective supplementary setpoint. The value shown is the additional setpoint after scaling.

r1078 CO: Total setpoint effective / Total setpoint eff

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3030
Min Max Factory setting
- [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm]
Description: Displays the total effective setpoint.
The value indicates the sum of the effective main setpoint and supplementary setpoint.

p1079 Interpolator clock cycle for speed setpoints / Interp_cyc n_set

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32
G120C_CAN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
G120C_PN Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [ms] 127.00 [ms] 0.00 [ms]
Description: Sets the time with which new speed setpoints are interpolated.
With interpolation, the higher-level control adapts the speed setpoint steps to the time grid of the setpoint channel.

SINAMICS G120C
138 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Recommendation: For non-synchronous operation, a setting to the maximum time difference between two setpoints is recommended.
For sensorless vector control, interpolation should always be activated if the ramp-up and ramp-down times of the
ramp-function generator are very short. The drive must be able to follow the external speed setpoint (the drive does
not ramp up at the torque limit).
Note: For acceleration precontrol of the speed controller, interpolation prevents torque peaks from occurring if the ramp-up
or ramp-down times in the setpoint channel are zero.
When exiting commissioning, the parameter is preset using the automatic calculation if, as setpoint source for the
main or supplementary setpoint, a PZD receive word is already set and the ramp-up time is zero.
Interpolation is limited to 127 cycles of the setpoint channel.
p1079 = 0 ms: interpolation is deactivated.
p1079 = 0.01 ms: the interpolation is automatically determined the first time that the speed setpoint is changed. After
this, no other changes are made if the send times of the external control increase. Writing to p1079 again initiates the
automatic adaptation of the interpolation time.
p1079 > 0.01 ms: interpolation is performed corresponding to the ratio to the computation clock cycle.

p1080[0...n] Minimum speed / n_min

Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3050, 8022
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [rpm] 19500.000 [rpm] 0.000 [rpm]
Description: Sets the lowest possible motor speed.
This value is not undershot in operation.
Dependency: Refer to: p1106
Notice: The effective minimum speed is formed from p1080 and p1106.
Note: The parameter value applies for both motor directions.
In exceptional cases, the motor can operate below this value (e.g. when reversing).

p1081 Maximum speed scaling / n_max scal

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3050, 3095
Min Max Factory setting
100.00 [%] 105.00 [%] 100.00 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling for the maximum speed (p1082).
For a higher-level speed control, this scaling allows the maximum speed to be briefly exceeded.
Dependency: Refer to: p1082
Notice: Continuous operation above a scaling of 100 % is not permitted.

p1082[0...n] Maximum speed / n_max

Access level: 1 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3020, 3050, 3070
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 1500.000 [rpm]
Description: Sets the highest possible speed.
Example:
Induction motor p0310 = 50 / 60 Hz without output filter and Blocksize power unit
p1082 <= 60 x 240 Hz / r0313 (vector control)
p1082 <= 60 x 550 Hz / r0313 (U/f control)

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 139
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: For vector control, the maximum speed is restricted to 60.0 / (8.333 x 500 µs x r0313). This can be identified by a
reduction in r1084. p1082 is not changed in this process due to the fact that the operating mode p1300 can be
changed over.
If a sine-wave filter (p0230 = 3) is parameterized as output filter, then the maximum speed is limited corresponding to
the maximum permissible filter output frequency (refer to the filter data sheet). When using sine-wave filters (p0230 =
3, 4), the maximum speed r1084 is limited to 70% of the resonant frequency of the filter capacitance and the motor
leakage inductance.
For reactors and dU/dt filters, it is limited to 120 Hz / r0313.
Refer to: p0230, r0313, p0322
Notice: After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996.
Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0.
Note: The parameter applies for both motor directions.
The parameter has a limiting effect and is the reference quantity for all ramp-up and ramp-down times (e.g. down
ramps, ramp-function generator, motor potentiometer).
The parameter is part of the quick commissioning (p0010 = 1); this means that it is appropriately pre-assigned when
changing p0310, p0311 and p0322.
The following limits are always effective for p1082:
p1082 <= 60 x minimum (15 x r0310, 550 Hz) / pole pair number
p1082 <= 60 x maximum power unit pulse frequency / (k x pole pair number), with k = 12 (vector control), k = 6.5 (U/f
control)
If a sine-wave filter (p0230 = 3) is parameterized as output filter, then the maximum speed is limited corresponding to
the maximum permissible filter output frequency (refer to the filter data sheet). For reactors and dU/dt filters, it is
limited to 120 Hz / pole pair number.
During automatic calculation (p0340 = 1, p3900 > 0), the parameter value is assigned the maximum motor speed
(p0322). For p0322 = 0 the rated motor speed (p0311) is used as default (pre-assignment) value. For induction
motors, the synchronous no-load speed is used as the default value (p0310 x 60 / pole pair number).
For synchronous motors, the following additionally applies:
During automatic calculation (p0340, p3900), p1082 is limited to speeds where the EMF does not exceed the DC link
voltage.
p1082 is also available in the quick commissioning (p0010 = 1); this means that when exiting via p3900 > 0, the value
is not changed.
For vector control, the maximum speed is restricted to 60.0 / (8.333 x 500 µs x pole pair number). This can be
identified by a reduction in r1084. p1082 is not changed in this process due to the fact that the operating mode p1300
can be changed over.
When using sine-wave filters (p0230 = 3, 4), the maximum speed r1084 is limited to 70% of the resonant frequency of
the filter capacitance and the motor leakage inductance.

p1083[0...n] CO: Speed limit in positive direction of rotation / n_limit pos

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3050
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm]
Description: Sets the maximum speed for the positive direction.
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.

r1084 CO: Speed limit positive effective / n_limit pos eff

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3050, 7958
Min Max Factory setting
- [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm]
Description: Display and connector output for the active positive speed limit.
Dependency: Refer to: p1082, p1083
Note: Vector control: r1084 <= 60 x 240 Hz / r0313

SINAMICS G120C
140 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1086[0...n] CO: Speed limit in negative direction of rotation / n_limit neg

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3050
Min Max Factory setting
-210000.000 [rpm] 0.000 [rpm] -210000.000 [rpm]
Description: Sets the speed limit for the negative direction.
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.

r1087 CO: Speed limit negative effective / n_limit neg eff

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3050, 7958
Min Max Factory setting
- [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm]
Description: Display and connector output for the active negative speed limit.
Dependency: Refer to: p1082, p1086
Note: Vector control: r1087 >= -60 x 240 Hz / r0313

p1091[0...n] Skip speed 1 / n_skip 1

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3050
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 0.000 [rpm]
Description: Sets skip speed 1.
Dependency: Refer to: p1092, p1101
Notice: Skip bandwidths can also become ineffective as a result of the downstream limits in the setpoint channel.
Note: The skip (suppression) speeds can be used to prevent the effects of mechanical resonance.

p1092[0...n] Skip speed 2 / n_skip 2

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3050
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 0.000 [rpm]
Description: Sets skip speed 2.
Dependency: Refer to: p1091, p1101
Notice: Skip bandwidths can also become ineffective as a result of the downstream limits in the setpoint channel.

p1101[0...n] Skip speed bandwidth / n_skip bandwidth

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3050
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 0.000 [rpm]
Description: Sets the bandwidth for the skip speeds/velocities 1 to 4.
Dependency: Refer to: p1091, p1092
Note: The setpoint (reference) speeds are skipped (suppressed) in the range of the skip speed +/-p1101.
Steady-state operation is not possible in the skipped (suppressed) speed range. The skip (suppression) range is
skipped.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 141
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Example:
p1091 = 600 and p1101 = 20
--> setpoint speeds between 580 and 620 [rpm] are skipped.
For the skip bandwidths, the following hysteresis behavior applies:
For a setpoint speed coming from below, the following applies:
r1170 < 580 [rpm] and 580 [rpm] <= r1114 <= 620 [rpm] --> r1119 = 580 [rpm]
For a setpoint speed coming from above, the following applies:
r1170 > 620 [rpm] and 580 [rpm] <= r1114 <= 620 [rpm] --> r1119 = 620 [rpm]

p1106[0...n] CI: Minimum speed signal source / n_min s_src

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3050
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for lowest possible motor speed.
Dependency: Refer to: p1080
Notice: The effective minimum speed is formed from p1080 and p1106.

p1110[0...n] BI: Inhibit negative direction / Inhib neg dir

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2505, 3040
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to disable the negative direction.
Dependency: Refer to: p1111

p1111[0...n] BI: Inhibit positive direction / Inhib pos dir

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2505, 3040
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to disable the positive direction.
Dependency: Refer to: p1110

r1112 CO: Speed setpoint after minimum limiting / n_set aft min_lim
Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3050
Min Max Factory setting
- [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm]
Description: Displays the speed setpoint after the minimum limiting.
Dependency: Refer to: p1091, p1092, p1101

SINAMICS G120C
142 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1113[0...n] BI: Setpoint inversion / Setp inv

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
G120C_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2441, 2442, 2505,
3040
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 2090.11
[1] 0
Description: Sets the signal source to invert the setpoint.
Dependency: Refer to: r1198
Caution: If the technology controller is being used as the speed main setpoint (p2251 = 0), do not invert the setpoint using
p1113 when the technology controller is enabled because this can cause the speed to change suddenly and lead to
positive couplings in the control loop.
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

p1113[0...n] BI: Setpoint inversion / Setp inv

G120C_USS Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
G120C_CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2441, 2442, 2505,
3040
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 722.1
[1] 0
Description: Sets the signal source to invert the setpoint.
Dependency: Refer to: r1198
Caution: If the technology controller is being used as the speed main setpoint (p2251 = 0), do not invert the setpoint using
p1113 when the technology controller is enabled because this can cause the speed to change suddenly and lead to
positive couplings in the control loop.
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

r1114 CO: Setpoint after the direction limiting / Setp after limit
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3001, 3040, 3050
Min Max Factory setting
- [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm]
Description: Displays the speed/velocity setpoint after the changeover and limiting the direction.

r1119 CO: Ramp-function generator setpoint at the input / RFG setp at inp
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3050, 3070, 6300,
8022
Min Max Factory setting
- [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm]
Description: Displays the setpoint at the input of the ramp-function generator.
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
Note: The setpoint is influenced by other functions, e.g. skip (suppressed) speeds, minimum and maximum limits.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 143
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1120[0...n] Ramp-function generator ramp-up time / RFG ramp-up time

Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(1), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3070
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 999999.000 [s] 10.000 [s]
Description: The ramp-function generator ramps-up the speed setpoint from standstill (setpoint = 0) up to the maximum speed
(p1082) in this time.
Dependency: Refer to: p1082, p1123
Note: The ramp-up time can be scaled via connector input p1138.
The parameter is adapted during the rotating measurement (p1960 > 0). This is the reason that during the rotating
measurement, the motor can accelerate faster than was originally parameterized.
For U/f control and sensorless vector control (see p1300), a ramp-up time of 0 s does not make sense. The setting
should be based on the startup times (r0345) of the motor.

p1121[0...n] Ramp-function generator ramp-down time / RFG ramp-down time

Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(1), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3060, 3070
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 999999.000 [s] 10.000 [s]
Description: Sets the ramp-down time for the ramp-function generator.
The ramp-function generator ramps-down the speed setpoint from the maximum speed (p1082) down to standstill
(setpoint = 0) in this time.
Further, the ramp-down time is always effective for OFF1.
Dependency: Refer to: p1082, p1123
Note: For U/f control and sensorless vector control (see p1300), a ramp-down time of 0 s does not make sense. The setting
should be based on the startup times (r0345) of the motor.

p1123[0...n] Ramp-function generator minimum ramp-up time / RFG t_RU min

Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 999999.000 [s] 0.000 [s]
Description: Sets the minimum ramp-up time.
The ramp-up time (p1120) is limited internally to this minimum value.
Dependency: Refer to: p1082
Note: The setting should be based on the startup times (r0345) of the motor.
If the maximum speed p1082 changes, p1123 is re-calculated.

p1127[0...n] Ramp-function generator minimum ramp-down time / RFG t_RD min

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 999999.000 [s] 0.000 [s]
Description: Sets the minimum ramp-down time.
The ramp-down time (p1121) is limited internally to this minimum value.
The parameter cannot be set shorter than the minimum ramp-up time (p1123).
Dependency: Refer to: p1082

SINAMICS G120C
144 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: For U/f control and sensorless vector control (see p1300), a ramp-down time of 0 s does not make sense. The setting
should be based on the startup times (r0345) of the motor.
If the maximum speed p1082 changes, p1127 is re-calculated.
If a braking resistor is connected to the DC link (p0219 > 0), then the minimum ramp-down time is automatically
adapted using p1127.

p1130[0...n] Ramp-function generator initial rounding-off time / RFG t_start_round

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3070
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 30.000 [s] 0.000 [s]
Description: Sets the initial rounding-off time for the extended ramp generator. The value applies to ramp-up and ramp-down.
Note: Rounding-off times avoid an abrupt response and prevent damage to the mechanical system.
Rounding off is not active if the technology controller is used as main speed setpoint (p2251 = 0).

p1131[0...n] Ramp-function generator final rounding-off time / RFG t_end_delay

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3070
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 30.000 [s] 0.000 [s]
Description: Sets the final rounding-off time for the extended ramp generator.
The value applies to ramp-up and ramp-down.
Note: Rounding-off times avoid an abrupt response and prevent damage to the mechanical system.
Rounding off is not active if the technology controller is used as main speed setpoint (p2251 = 0).

p1134[0...n] Ramp-function generator rounding-off type / RFG round-off type

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3070
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the smoothed response to the OFF1 command or the reduced setpoint for the extended ramp-function
generator.
Value: 0: Continuous smoothing
1: Discontinuous smoothing
Dependency: No effect up to initial rounding-off time (p1130) > 0 s.
Note: p1134 = 0 (continuous smoothing)
If the setpoint is reduced while ramping-up, initially a final rounding-off is carried out and then the ramp-up
completed. During the final rounding-off, the output of the ramp-function generator continues to go in the direction of
the previous setpoint (overshoot). After the final rounding-off has been completed, the output goes toward the new
setpoint.
p1134 = 1 (discontinuous smoothing)
If the setpoint is reduced while ramping-up, then the output goes immediately in the direction of the new setpoint. For
the setpoint change there is no rounding-off.

p1135[0...n] OFF3 ramp-down time / OFF3 t_RD

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(1), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3060, 3070
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 5400.000 [s] 0.000 [s]
Description: Sets the ramp-down time from the maximum speed down to zero speed for the OFF3 command.
Note: This time can be exceeded if the DC link voltage reaches its maximum value.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 145
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1136[0...n] OFF3 initial rounding-off time / RFGOFF3 t_strt_rnd

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3070
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 30.000 [s] 0.000 [s]
Description: Sets the initial rounding-off time for OFF3 for the extended ramp generator.

p1137[0...n] OFF3 final rounding-off time / RFG OFF3 t_end_del

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3070
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 30.000 [s] 0.000 [s]
Description: Sets the final rounding-off time for OFF3 for the extended ramp generator.

p1138[0...n] CI: Ramp-function generator ramp-up time scaling / RFG t_RU scal
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3070
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for scaling the ramp-up time of the ramp-function generator.
Dependency: Refer to: p1120
Note: The ramp-up time is set in p1120.

p1139[0...n] CI: Ramp-function generator ramp-down time scaling / RFG t_RD scal
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3070
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for scaling the ramp-down time of the ramp-function generator.
Dependency: Refer to: p1121
Note: The ramp-down time is set in p1121.

p1140[0...n] BI: Enable ramp-function generator/inhibit ramp-function generator / Enable RFG

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
G120C_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 2090.4
[1] 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the command "enable ramp-function generator/inhibit ramp-function generator".
For the PROFIdrive profile, this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 4 (STW1.4).
BI: p1140 = 0 signal:
Inhibits the ramp-function generator (the ramp-function generator output is set to zero).
BI: p1140 = 1 signal:
Enable ramp-function generator.
Dependency: Refer to: r0054, p1141, p1142

SINAMICS G120C
146 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective.

Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

p1140[0...n] BI: Enable ramp-function generator/inhibit ramp-function generator / Enable RFG

G120C_USS Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
G120C_CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the command "enable ramp-function generator/inhibit ramp-function generator".
For the PROFIdrive profile, this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 4 (STW1.4).
BI: p1140 = 0 signal:
Inhibits the ramp-function generator (the ramp-function generator output is set to zero).
BI: p1140 = 1 signal:
Enable ramp-function generator.
Dependency: Refer to: r0054, p1141, p1142
Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective.

Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

p1141[0...n] BI: Continue ramp-function generator/freeze ramp-function generator / Continue RFG

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
G120C_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 2090.5
[1] 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the command "continue ramp-function generator/freeze ramp-function generator".
For the PROFIdrive profile, this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 5 (STW1.5).
BI: p1141 = 0 signal:
Freezes the ramp-function generator.
BI: p1141 = 1 signal:
Continue ramp-function generator.
Dependency: Refer to: r0054, p1140, p1142
Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective.

Notice: The ramp-function generator is, independent of the state of the signal source, active in the following cases:
- OFF1/OFF3.
- ramp-function generator output within the suppression bandwidth.
- ramp-function generator output below the minimum speed.

p1141[0...n] BI: Continue ramp-function generator/freeze ramp-function generator / Continue RFG

G120C_USS Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
G120C_CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the command "continue ramp-function generator/freeze ramp-function generator".
For the PROFIdrive profile, this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 5 (STW1.5).
BI: p1141 = 0 signal:
Freezes the ramp-function generator.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 147
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

BI: p1141 = 1 signal:

Continue ramp-function generator.
Dependency: Refer to: r0054, p1140, p1142
Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective.

Notice: The ramp-function generator is, independent of the state of the signal source, active in the following cases:
- OFF1/OFF3.
- ramp-function generator output within the suppression bandwidth.
- ramp-function generator output below the minimum speed.

p1142[0...n] BI: Enable setpoint/inhibit setpoint / Setpoint enable

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
G120C_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 2090.6
[1] 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the command "enable setpoint/inhibit setpoint".
For the PROFIdrive profile, this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 6 (STW1.6).
BI: p1142 = 0 signal
Inhibits the setpoint (the ramp-function generator input is set to zero).
BI: p1142 = 1 signal
Setpoint enable.
Dependency: Refer to: p1140, p1141
Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective.

Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
Note: When the function module "position control" (r0108.3 = 1) is activated, this binector input is interconnected as follows
as standard:
BI: p1142 = 0 signal

p1142[0...n] BI: Enable setpoint/inhibit setpoint / Setpoint enable

G120C_USS Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
G120C_CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the command "enable setpoint/inhibit setpoint".
For the PROFIdrive profile, this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 6 (STW1.6).
BI: p1142 = 0 signal
Inhibits the setpoint (the ramp-function generator input is set to zero).
BI: p1142 = 1 signal
Setpoint enable.
Dependency: Refer to: p1140, p1141
Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective.

Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
Note: When the function module "position control" (r0108.3 = 1) is activated, this binector input is interconnected as follows
as standard:
BI: p1142 = 0 signal

SINAMICS G120C
148 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r1149 CO: Ramp-function generator acceleration / RFG acceleration

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2007 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 39_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3070
Min Max Factory setting
- [rev/s²] - [rev/s²] - [rev/s²]
Description: Displays the acceleration of the ramp-function generator.

r1150 CO: Ramp-function generator speed setpoint at the output / RFG n_set at outp
Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm]
Description: Displays the setpoint at the output of the ramp-function generator.

r1170 CO: Speed controller setpoint sum / Speed setpoint sum

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3001, 3070, 6300
Min Max Factory setting
- [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm]
Description: Display and connector output for the speed setpoint.
Dependency: Refer to: r1150

r1198.0...15 CO/BO: Control word setpoint channel / STW setpoint chan

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2505
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the control word of the setpoint channel.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Fixed setpoint bit 0 Yes No 3010
01 Fixed setpoint bit 1 Yes No 3010
02 Fixed setpoint bit 2 Yes No 3010
03 Fixed setpoint bit 3 Yes No 3010
05 Inhibit negative direction Yes No 3040
06 Inhibit positive direction Yes No 3040
11 Setpoint inversion Yes No 3040
13 Motorized potentiometer raise Yes No 3020
14 Motorized potentiometer lower Yes No 3020
15 Bypass ramp-function generator Yes No 3070

p1200[0...n] Flying restart operating mode / FlyRest op_mode

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6300
Min Max Factory setting
0 4 0
Description: Sets the operating mode for flying restart.
The flying restart allows the drive converter to be switched on while the motor is still rotating. In so doing, the drive
converter output frequency is changed until the actual motor speed/velocity is found. The motor then accelerates up
to the setpoint at the ramp-function generator setting.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 149
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Value: 0: Flying restart inactive

1: Flying restart always active (start in setpoint direction)
4: Flying restart always active (start only in setpoint direction)
Dependency: For synchronous motors, flying restart cannot be activated.
Refer to: p1201
Refer to: F07330, F07331
Notice: The "flying restart" function must be used in cases where the motor may still be running (e.g. after a brief line supply
interruption) or is being driven by the load. The system might otherwise shut down as a result of overcurrent.
Note: For p1200 = 1, 4, the following applies:
Flying restart is active after faults, OFF1, OFF2, OFF3.
For p1200 = 1, the following applies:
The search is made in both directions.
For p1200 = 4, the following applies:
The search is only made in the setpoint direction.
For U/f control (p1300 < 20), the following applies:
The speed can only be sensed for values above approx. 5 % of the rated motor speed. For lower speeds, it is
assumed that the motor is at a standstill.
If p1200 is changed during commissioning (p0010 > 0), then it is possible that the old value will no longer be able to
be set. The reason for this is that the dynamic limits of p1200 have been changed by a parameter that was set when
the drive was commissioned (e.g. p0300).

p1201[0...n] BI: Flying restart enable signal source / Fly_res enab S_src
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source to enable the "flying restart" function.
Dependency: Refer to: p1200
Note: Withdrawing the enable signal has the same effect as setting p1200 = 0.

p1202[0...n] Flying restart search current / FlyRest I_srch

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
10 [%] 400 [%] 100 [%]
Description: Sets the search current for the "flying restart" function.
The value is referred to the motor magnetizing current.
Dependency: Refer to: r0331
Caution: An unfavorable parameter value can result in the motor behaving in an uncontrollable fashion.

Note: In U/f control mode, the parameter serves as a threshold value for establishing the current at the beginning of the
flying restart function. When the threshold value is reached, the actual search current is set as a function of the
frequency based on the voltage setpoints.
Reducing the search current can also improve flying restart performance (if the system moment of inertia is not very
high, for example).

SINAMICS G120C
150 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1203[0...n] Flying restart search rate factor / FlyRst v_Srch Fact

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
10 [%] 4000 [%] 100 [%]
Description: Sets the factor for the search speed for flying restart.
The value influences the rate at which the output frequency is changed during a flying restart . A higher value results
in a longer search time.
Recommendation: For sensorless vector control and motor cables longer than 200 m, set the factor p1203 >= 300 %.
Caution: An unfavorable parameter value can result in the motor behaving in an uncontrollable fashion.
For vector control, a value that is too low or too high can cause flying restart to become unstable.

Note: The parameter factory setting is selected so that standard induction motors that are rotating can be found and
restarted as quickly as possible (fast flying restart).
With this pre-setting, if the motor is not found (e.g. for motors that are accelerated as a result of active loads or with
U/f control and low speeds), we recommend that the search rate is reduced (by increasing p1203).

p1206[0...9] Automatic restart faults not active / AR fault not act

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Sets faults for which automatic restart should not be effective.
Dependency: The setting is only effective for p1210 = 6, 16, 26.
Refer to: p1210

p1210 Automatic restart mode / AR mode

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 26 0
Description: Sets the automatic restart mode (AR).
The parameters must be saved in the non-volatile memory p0971 = 1 in order that the setting becomes effective.
Value: 0: Inhibit automatic restart
1: Acknowledge all faults without restarting
4: Restart after line supply failure w/o additional start attempts
6: Restart after fault with additional start attempts
14: Restart after line supply failure following man. acknowledgment
16: Restart after fault following manual acknowledgment
26: Acknowledging all faults and reclosing for an ON command
Recommendation: For brief line supply failures, the motor shaft may still be rotating when restarting. The "flying restart" function (p1200)
might need to be activated to restart while the motor shaft is still rotating.
Dependency: The automatic restart requires an active ON command (e.g., via a digital input). If, for p1210 > 1, there is no active
ON command, then the automatic restart is interrupted.
When using an Operator Panel in the LOCAL mode, then there is no automatic start.
For p1210 = 14, 16, a manual acknowledgment is required for an automatic restart.
Refer to: p0840, p0857
Refer to: F30003
Danger: If the automatic restart is activated (p1210 > 1) if there is an ON command (refer to p0840), the drive is switched on
as soon as any fault messages that are present can be acknowledged. This also occurs after the line supply returns
or the Control Unit boots if the DC link voltage is present again. This automatic switching-on operation can only be
interrupted by withdrawing the ON command.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 151
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Notice: A change is only accepted and made in the state "initialization" and "wait for alarm". When faults are present,
therefore, the parameter cannot be changed.
For p1210 > 1, the motor is automatically started.
Note: For p1210 = 1:
Faults that are present are automatically acknowledged. If new faults occur after a successful fault acknowledgment,
then these are also automatically acknowledged again. p1211 has no influence on the number of acknowledgment
attempts.
For p1210 = 4:
An automatic restart is only performed if fault F30003 has occurred on the power unit. If additional faults are present,
then these faults are also acknowledged and when successful, starting continues. If, for external 24 V power supplies
of the Control Unit, additional faults subsequently occur, these are no longer interpreted as line faults and are
therefore also not acknowledged.
For p1210 = 6:
An automatic restart is carried out if any fault has occurred.
For p1210 = 14:
as for p1210 = 4. However, active faults must be manually acknowledged.
For p1210 = 16:
as for p1210 = 6. However, active faults must be manually acknowledged.
For p1210 = 26:
as for p1210 = 6. For this mode, the switch-on command can be entered with a delay. The restart is interrupted with
either OFF2 or OFF3. Alarm A07321 is only displayed if the cause of the fault has been removed and the drive is
restarted by setting the switch-on command.

p1211 Automatic restart start attempts / AR start attempts

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 10 3
Description: Sets the start attempts of the automatic restart function for p1210 = 4, 6, 14, 16, 26.
Dependency: A change is only accepted and made in the state "initialization" and "wait for alarm".
Refer to: p1210
Refer to: F07320
Notice: After fault F07320 occurs, the switch-on command must be withdrawn and all of the faults acknowledged so that the
automatic restart function is re-activated.
After a complete power failure (blackout) the start counter always starts with the counter value that applied before the
power failure, and decrements this start attempt by 1. If a further attempt to acknowledge is started by the automatic
restart function prior to power failure, e.g. when the CU remains active on power failure longer than the time p1212 /
2, the fault counter will already have been decremented once. In this case, the start counter is thus decreased by the
value 2.
Note: A start attempt starts immediately when a fault occurs. The start attempt is considered to been completed if the motor
was magnetized (r0056.4 = 1) and an additional delay time of 1 s has expired.
As long as a fault is present, an acknowledge command is generated in the time intervals of p1212 / 2. When
successfully acknowledged, the start counter is decremented. If, after this, a fault re-occurs before a restart has been
completed, then acknowledgment starts again from the beginning.
Fault F07320 is output if, after several faults occur, the number of parameterized start attempts has been reached.
After a successful start attempt, i.e. a fault/error has no longer occurred up to the end of the magnetizing phase, the
start counter is again reset to the parameter value after 1 s. If a fault re-occurs - the parameterized number of start
attempts is again available.
At least one start attempt is always carried out.
After a line supply failure, acknowledgment is immediate and when the line supply returns, the system is switched on.
If, between successfully acknowledging the line fault and the line supply returning, another fault occurs, then its
acknowledgment also causes the start counter to be decremented.
For p1210 = 26:
The start counter is decremented if after a successful fault acknowledgment, the on command is present.

SINAMICS G120C
152 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1212 Automatic restart delay time start attempts / AR t_wait start

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.1 [s] 1000.0 [s] 1.0 [s]
Description: Sets the delay time up to restart.
Dependency: This parameter setting is active for p1210 = 4, 6, 26.
For p1210 = 1, the following applies:
Faults are only automatically acknowledged in half of the waiting time, no restart.
Refer to: p1210
Notice: A change is only accepted and made in the state "initialization" and "wait for alarm".
Note: The faults are automatically acknowledged after half of the delay time has expired and the full delay time.
If the cause of a fault is not removed in the first half of the delay time, then it is no longer possible to acknowledge in
the delay time.

p1213[0...1] Automatic restart monitoring time / AR t_monit

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [s] 10000.0 [s] [0] 60.0 [s]
[1] 0.0 [s]
Description: Sets the monitoring time of the automatic restart (AR).
Index: [0] = Restart
[1] = Reset start counter
Dependency: Refer to: p1210
Notice: A change is only accepted and made in the state "initialization" and "wait for alarm".
After fault F07320 occurs, the power-on command must be withdrawn and all of the faults acknowledged so that the
automatic restart function is re-activated.
Note: For index 0:
The monitoring time starts when the faults are detected. If the automatic acknowledgments are not successful, the
monitoring time runs again. If, after the monitoring time has expired, the drive has still not successfully started again
(flying restart and magnetizing of the motor must have been completed: r0056.4 = 1), then fault F07320 is output.
The monitoring is deactivated with p1213 = 0. If p1213 is set lower than the sum of p1212, the magnetizing time
p0346 and the additional delay time due to the flying restart, then fault F07320 is generated at each restart. If, for
p1210 = 1, the time in p1213 is set lower than in p1212, then fault F07320 is also generated at each restart.
The monitoring time must be extended if the faults that occur cannot be immediately and successfully acknowledged
(e.g. for faults that are permanently present).
In the case of p1210 = 14, 16, the faults which are present must be acknowledged manually within the time in
p1213[0]. Otherwise, fault F07320 is generated after the set time.
For index 1:
The start counter is only reset to the starting value p1211 if, after successful restart, the time in p1213[1]. The delay
time is not effective for fault acknowledgment without automatic restart (p1210 = 1). After a power failure (blackout)
the delay time only starts after the line supply returns and the Control Unit boots. The start counter is set to p1211, if
F07320 occurred, the switch-on command is withdrawn and the fault is acknowledged.
The start counter is immediately updated if the starting value p1211 or the mode p1210 is changed.
For p1210 = 26, the fault must have been successfully acknowledged and the switch-on command issued within the
time in p1213[0]. Otherwise, fault F07320 is generated after the set time.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 153
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1215 Motor holding brake configuration / Brake config

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2701
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Sets the holding brake configuration.
Value: 0: No motor holding brake available
3: Motor holding brake like sequence control connection via BICO
Dependency: Refer to: p1216, p1217, p1226, p1227, p1228
Caution: For the setting p1215 = 0, if a brake is used, it remains closed. If the motor moves, this will destroy the brake.

Notice: If p1215 was set to 1 or if p1215 was set to 3, then when the pulses are suppressed, the brake is closed even if the
motor is still rotating. Pulse suppression can either be caused by a 0 signal at p0844, p0845 or p0852 or as a result
of a fault with OFF2 response. If this is not desirable (e.g. for a flying restart), then the brake can be kept open using
a 1 signal at p0855.
Note: If a holding brake integrated in the motor is used, then it is not permissible that p1215 is set to 3.
if an external motor holding brake is being used, then p1215 should be set to 3 and r0899.12 should be
interconnected as control signal.
The parameter can only be set to zero when the pulses are inhibited.

p1216 Motor holding brake opening time / Brake t_open

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(1), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2701
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 100 [ms]
Description: Sets the time to open the motor holding brake.
After the holding brake has been controlled (opened), the speed setpoint remains at zero for this time. The speed
setpoint is then enabled.
Recommendation: This time should be set longer than the actual opening time of the brake. This ensures that the drive cannot
accelerate when the brake is applied.
Dependency: Refer to: p1215, p1217
Note: For a motor with DRIVE-CLiQ and integrated brake, for p0300 = 10000, this time is pre-assigned the value saved in
the motor.

p1217 Motor holding brake closing time / Brake t_close

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(1), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2701
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 100 [ms]
Description: Sets the time to apply the motor holding brake.
After OFF1 or OFF3 and the controlling (closing) of the holding brake, the drive remains stationary under closed-loop
control for this time with a speed setpoint of zero. The pulses are suppressed when the time expires.
Recommendation: This time should be set longer than the actual closing time of the brake. This ensures that the pulses are only
suppressed after the brake has closed.
Dependency: Refer to: p1215, p1216
Notice: If the selected closing time is too short with respect to the actual closing time of the brake, then the load can sag.
If the closing time is selected to be too long with respect to the actual closing time of the brake, the control works
against the brake and therefore reduces its lifetime.
Note: For a motor with DRIVE-CLiQ and integrated brake, for p0300 = 10000, this time is pre-assigned the value saved in
the motor.

SINAMICS G120C
154 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1226[0...n] Threshold for zero speed detection / n_standst n_thresh

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 2701, 8022
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm] 20.00 [rpm]
Description: Sets the speed threshold for the standstill identification.
Acts on the actual value and setpoint monitoring.
When braking with OFF1 or OFF3, when the threshold is undershot, standstill is identified.
Dependency: Refer to: p1227
Caution: For closed-loop speed and torque control without encoder, the following applies:
If p1226 is set to values under approx. 1 % of the rated motor speed, then the model switchover limits of the vector
control must be increased in order to guarantee reliable shutdown (see p1755).
Note: Standstill is identified in the following cases:
- the speed actual value falls below the speed threshold in p1226 and the time started after this in p1228 has expired.
- the speed setpoint falls below the speed threshold in p1226 and the time started after this in p1227 has expired.
The actual value sensing is subject to measuring noise. For this reason, standstill cannot be detected if the speed
threshold is too low.

p1227 Zero speed detection monitoring time / n_standst t_monit

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2701
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 300.000 [s] 300.000 [s]
Description: Sets the monitoring time for the standstill identification.
When braking with OFF1 or OFF3, standstill is identified after this time has expired, after the setpoint speed has
fallen below p1226 (also refer to p1145).
Dependency: The parameter is pre-assigned depending on the size of the power unit.
Refer to: p1226
Notice: For p1145 > 0.0 (RFG tracking) the setpoint is not equal to zero dependent on the selected value. This can therefore
cause the monitoring time in p1227 to be exceeded. In this case, for a driven motor, the pulses are not suppressed.
Note: Standstill is identified in the following cases:
- the speed actual value falls below the speed threshold in p1226 and the time started after this in p1228 has expired.
- the speed setpoint falls below the speed threshold in p1226 and the time started after this in p1227 has expired.
For p1227 = 300.000 s the following applies:
Monitoring is deactivated.
For p1227 = 0.000 s, the following applies:
With OFF1 or OFF3 and a ramp-down time = 0, the pulses are immediately suppressed and the motor "coasts" down.
Once the Control Unit has been booted up for the first time or if the factory settings have been defined accordingly,
the parameter is defined in accordance with the power unit.

p1228 Pulse suppression delay time / Pulse suppr t_del

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2701, 8022
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 299.000 [s] 0.010 [s]
Description: Sets the delay time for pulse suppression.
After OFF1 or OFF3, the pulses are canceled, if at least one of the following conditions is fulfilled:
- the speed actual value falls below the threshold in p1226 and the time started after this in p1228 has expired.
- the speed setpoint falls below the threshold in p1226 and the time started after this in p1227 has expired.
Dependency: Refer to: p1226, p1227

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 155
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Notice: When the motor holding brake is activated, pulse cancellation is additionally delayed by the brake closing time
(p1217).

p1230[0...n] BI: DC braking activation / DC brake act

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7017
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to activate DC braking.
Dependency: Refer to: p1231, p1232, p1233, p1234, r1239
Note: 1 signal: DC braking activated.
0 signal: DC braking deactivated.

p1231[0...n] DC braking configuration / DCBRK config

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS, p0130
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7014, 7016, 7017
Min Max Factory setting
0 14 0
Description: Setting to activate DC braking.
Value: 0: No function
4: DC braking
5: DC braking for OFF1/OFF3
14: DC braking below starting speed
Dependency: Refer to: p0300, p1232, p1233, p1234, r1239
Note: The function can only be used for induction motors (p0300 = 1).
For p1231 = 4:
The function is activated as soon as the activation criterion is fulfilled.
- the function can be superseded by an OFF2 response.
Activation criterion (one of the following criteria is fulfilled):
- binector input p1230 = 1 signal (DC braking activation, depending on the operating mode).
- the drive is not in the state "S4: Operation" or in "S5x".
- the internal pulse enable is missing (r0046.19 = 0).
DC braking can only be withdrawn (p1231 = 0) if it is not being used as a fault response in p2101.
In order that DC braking is active as fault response, the corresponding fault number must be entered in p2100 and
fault response p2101 set = 6.
For p1231 = 5:
DC braking is activated if the OFF1 or OFF3 command is present. Binector input p1230 is ineffective. If the drive
speed still lies above the speed threshold p1234, then initially, the drive is ramped-down to this threshold,
demagnetized (see p0347) and is then switched into DC braking for the time set in p1233. After this, the drive is
switched-off. If, at OFF1, the drive speed is below p1234, then it is immediately demagnetized and switched into DC
braking. A change is made into normal operation if the OFF1 command is withdrawn prematurely (the system waits
for demagnetization). Flying restart must be activated if the motor is still rotating.
DC braking by means of fault response continues to be possible.
For p1231 = 14:
In addition to the function for p1231 = 5, binector input p1230 is evaluated.
DC braking is only automatically activated when the speed threshold p1234 is fallen below if binector input p1230 = 1
signal. This is also the case, if no OFF command is present.
After demagnetization and after the time in p1233 has expired, the drive changes back into normal operation or is
switched-off (for OFF1/OFF3).
If a 0 signal is applied to binector input p1230, for OFF1 and OFF3 no DC braking is executed.
Note:
DCBRK: DC Braking

SINAMICS G120C
156 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1232[0...n] DC braking braking current / DCBRK I_brake

Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS, p0130
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7017
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [Arms] 10000.00 [Arms] 0.00 [Arms]
Description: Sets the braking current for DC braking.
Dependency: Refer to: p1230, p1231, p1233, p1234, r1239, p1345, p1346
Note: A change to the braking current becomes effective the next time that DC braking is switched on.
The value for p1232 is specified as an rms value in the 3-phase system. The magnitude of the braking current is the
same as that of an identical output current at frequency zero (see r0067, r0068, p0640). The braking current is
internally limited to r0067.
For the current controller, the settings of parameters p1345 and p1346 (I_max limiting controller) are used.

p1233[0...n] DC braking time / DCBRK time

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS, p0130
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7017
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [s] 3600.0 [s] 1.0 [s]
Description: Sets the DC braking time (as fault response).
Dependency: Refer to: p1230, p1231, p1232, p1234, r1239

p1234[0...n] Speed at the start of DC braking / DCBRK n_start

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS, p0130
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7017
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm]
Description: Sets the starting speed for DC braking.
If the actual speed falls below this threshold, then DC braking is activated.
Dependency: Refer to: p1230, p1231, p1232, p1233, r1239

r1239.8...13 CO/BO: DC braking status word / DCBRK ZSW

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Status word of the DC braking.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
08 DC braking active Yes No 7017
10 DC braking ready Yes No 7017
11 DC braking selected Yes No -
12 DC braking selection internally inhibited Yes No -
13 DC braking for OFF1/OFF3 Yes No -
Dependency: Refer to: p1231, p1232, p1233, p1234
Note: For bit 12, 13:
Only effective for p1231 = 14.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 157
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1240[0...n] Vdc controller configuration (vector control) / Vdc ctr config vec
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6220
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 1
Description: Sets the controller configuration of the DC link voltage (Vdc controller) in the closed-loop control mode.
For U/f control: see p1280.
Value: 0: Inhibit Vdc ctrl
1: Enable Vdc_max controller
2: Enable Vdc_min controller (kinetic buffering)
3: Enable Vdc_min controller and Vdc_max controller
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: p1245
Refer to: A07400, A07401, A07402, F07405, F07406
Notice: An excessively high value in p1245 can possibly negatively influence the normal operation of the drive.
Note: If a braking resistor is connected to the DC link (p0219 > 0), then the Vdc_max control is automatically deactivated.
p1240 = 1, 3:
When the DC link voltage limit specified for the power unit is reached the following applies:
- the Vdc_max controller limits the regenerative energy in order that the DC link voltage is kept below the maximum
DC link voltage when braking.
- the ramp-down times are automatically increased.
p1240 = 2, 3:
When the switch-in threshold of the Vdc_min controller is reached (p1245), the following applies:
- the Vdc_min controller limits the energy taken from the DC link in order to keep the DC link voltage above the
minimum DC link voltage when accelerating.
- the motor is braked in order to use its kinetic energy to buffer the DC link.

r1242 Vdc_max controller switch-in level / Vdc_max on_level

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6220
Min Max Factory setting
- [V] - [V] - [V]
Description: Displays the switch-in level for the Vdc_max controller.
If p1254 = 0 (automatic sensing of the switch-in level = off), then the following applies:
r1242 = 1.15 * sqrt(2) * V_mains = 1.15 * sqrt(2) * p0210 (supply voltage)
If p1254 = 1 (automatic sensing of the switch-in level = on), then the following applies:
r1242 = Vdc_max - 50.0 V (Vdc_max: Overvoltage threshold of the power unit)
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Notice: If the activation level of the Vdc_max controller is already exceeded in the deactivated state (pulse inhibit) by the DC
link voltage, then the controller can be automatically deactivated (see F07401), so that the drive is not accelerated
the next time that it is activated.
Note: The Vdc_max controller is not switched back off until the DC link voltage falls below the threshold 0.95 * r1242 and
the controller output is zero.

SINAMICS G120C
158 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1243[0...n] Vdc_max controller dynamic factor / Vdc_max dyn_factor

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6220
Min Max Factory setting
1 [%] 10000 [%] 100 [%]
Description: Sets the dynamic factor for the DC link voltage controller (Vdc_max controller).
100% means that p1250, p1251, and p1252 (gain, integral time, and rate time) are used corresponding to their basic
settings and based on a theoretical controller optimization.
If subsequent optimization is required, this can be carried out using the dynamic factor. In this case p1250, p1251,
p1252 are weighted with the dynamic factor p1243.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)

p1245[0...n] Vdc_min controller switch-in level (kinetic buffering) / Vdc_min on_level

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
65 [%] 150 [%] 76 [%]
Description: Sets the switch-in level for the Vdc-min controller (kinetic buffering).
The value is obtained as follows:
r1246[V] = p1245[%] * sqrt(2) * p0210
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: p0210
Warning: An excessively high value possibly negatively influences normal drive operation, and can mean that after the line
supply returns, the Vdc minimum control can no longer be exited.

r1246 Vdc_min controller switch-in level (kinetic buffering) / Vdc_min on_level

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6220
Min Max Factory setting
- [V] - [V] - [V]
Description: Displays the switch-in level for the Vdc_min controller (kinetic buffering).
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Note: The Vdc_min controller is not switched back off until the DC link voltage rises above the threshold 1.05 * p1246 and
the controller output is zero.

p1247[0...n] Vdc_min controller dynamic factor (kinetic buffering) / Vdc_min dyn_factor

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6220
Min Max Factory setting
1 [%] 10000 [%] 300 [%]
Description: Sets the dynamic factor for the Vdc_min controller (kinetic buffering).
100% means that p1250, p1251, and p1252 (gain, integral time, and rate time) are used corresponding to their basic
settings and based on a theoretical controller optimization.
If subsequent optimization is required, this can be carried out using the dynamic factor. In this case p1250, p1251,
p1252 are weighted with the dynamic factor p1247.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 159
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1249[0...n] Vdc_max controller speed threshold / Vdc_max n_thresh

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm] 10.00 [rpm]
Description: Sets the lower speed threshold for the Vdc_max controller.
When this speed threshold is undershot, the Vdc_max control is switched out and the speed is controlled using the
ramp-function generator.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Note: For fast braking where the ramp-function generator tracking was active, it is possible to prevent the drive rotating in
the opposite direction by increasing the speed threshold and setting a final rounding-off time in the ramp-function
generator (p1131). This is supported using a dynamic setting of the speed controller.

p1250[0...n] Vdc controller proportional gain / Vdc_ctrl Kp

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 100.00 1.00
Description: Sets the proportional gain for the DC link voltage controller (Vdc_min controller, Vdc_max controller).
Dependency: The effective proportional gain is obtained taking into account p1243 (Vdc_max controller dynamic factor) and the
DC link capacitance of the power unit.
Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)

p1251[0...n] Vdc controller integral time / Vdc_ctrl Tn

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6220
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the integral time for the DC link voltage controller (Vdc_min controller, Vdc_max controller).
Dependency: The effective integral time is obtained taking into account p1243 (Vdc_max controller dynamic factor).
Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Note: p1251 = 0: The integral component is deactivated.

p1252[0...n] Vdc controller rate time / Vdc_ctrl t_rate

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6220
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 1000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the rate time constant for the DC link voltage controller (Vdc_min controller, Vdc_max controller).
Dependency: The effective rate time is obtained taking into account p1243 (Vdc_max controller dynamic factor).
Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)

SINAMICS G120C
160 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1254 Vdc_max controller automatic ON level detection / Vdc_max SenseOnLev

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 1
Description: Activates/deactivates the automatic sensing of the switch-in level for the Vdc_max controller.
Value: 0: Automatic detection inhibited
1: Automatic detection enabled
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)

p1255[0...n] Vdc_min controller time threshold / Vdc_min t_thresh

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 1800.000 [s] 0.000 [s]
Description: Sets the time threshold for the Vdc_min controller (kinetic buffering).
If this value is exceeded a fault is output; the required response can be parameterized.
Prerequisite: p1256 = 1
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: F07406
Notice: If a time threshold has been parameterized, the Vdc_max controller should also be activated (p1240 = 3) so that the
drive does not shut down with overvoltage when Vdc_min control is exited (due to the time violation) and in the event
of fault response OFF3. It is also possible to increase the OFF3 ramp-down time p1135.

p1256[0...n] Vdc_min controller response (kinetic buffering) / Vdc_min response

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the response for the Vdc_min controller (kinetic buffering).
Value: 0: Buffer Vdc until undervoltage, n<p1257 -> F07405
1: Buff. Vdc until undervolt., n<p1257 -> F07405, t>p1255 -> F07406
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: F07405, F07406

p1257[0...n] Vdc_min controller speed threshold / Vdc_min n_thresh

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm] 50.00 [rpm]
Description: Sets the speed threshold for the Vdc-min controller (kinetic buffering).
If this value is exceeded a fault is output; the required response can be parameterized .
Kinetic buffering is not started below the speed threshold.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Note: Exiting the Vdc_min control before reaching motor standstill prevents the regenerative braking current from
increasing significantly at low speeds, and after a pulse inhibit, means that the motor coasts down.
However, the maximum braking torque can be set via the appropriate torque limiting.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 161
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r1258 CO: Vdc controller output / Vdc_ctrl output

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2002 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6220
Min Max Factory setting
- [Arms] - [Arms] - [Arms]
Description: Displays the actual output of the Vdc controller (DC link voltage controller)
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Note: The regenerative power limit p1531 is used for vector control to precontrol the Vdc_max controller. The lower the
power limit is set, the lower the correction signals of the controller when the voltage limit is reached.

p1271[0...n] Flying restart maximum frequency for the inhibited direction / FlyRes f_max dir
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 [Hz] 650 [Hz] 0 [Hz]
Description: Sets the maximum search frequency for a flying restart in an inhibited setpoint direction (p1110, p1111).
Note: The parameter has no effect for an operating mode, which only searches in the setpoint direction (p1200 > 3).

p1280[0...n] Vdc controller configuration (U/f) / Vdc_ctr config U/f

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6300, 6320
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 1
Description: Sets the configuration of the controller for the DC link voltage (Vdc controller) in the U/f operating mode.
Value: 0: Inhibit Vdc ctrl
1: Enable Vdc_max controller
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2)
Note: For high input voltages (p0210), the following settings can improve the degree of ruggedness of the Vdc_max
controller:
- set the input voltage as low as possible, and in so doing, avoid A07401 (p0210).
- set the rounding times (p1130, p1136).
- increase the ramp-down times (p1121).
- reduce the integral time of the controller (p1291), factor 0.5.
- reduce the rate time of the controller (p1292, factor 0.5).
In this case, we generally recommend to use vector control (p1300 = 20) (Vdc controller, see p1240).
If a braking resistor is connected to the DC link (p0219 > 0), then the Vdc_max control is automatically deactivated.

p1281[0...n] Vdc controller configuration / Vdc ctrl config

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 bin
Description: Sets the configuration for the DC link voltage controller.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Vdc min control (U/f) without up ramp Yes No -
02 Vdc min shorter wait time when the line Yes No -
returns
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2)

SINAMICS G120C
162 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: For bit 00:

De-activate the ramp-up for Vdc_min control.
For drives with a mechanical system that can oscillate and high moment of inertia, the speed can be more quickly
tracked.
For bit 02:
When the line supply returns, normal operation is resumed earlier, and the system does not wait until the Vdc min
controller reaches the setpoint speed.

r1282 Vdc_max controller switch-in level (U/f) / Vdc_max on_level

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6320
Min Max Factory setting
- [V] - [V] - [V]
Description: Displays the switch-in level for the Vdc_max controller.
If p1294 = 0 (automatic sensing of the switch-in level = off), then the following applies:
r1282 = 1.15 * sqrt(2) * p0210 (supply voltage)
If p1294 = 1 (automatic sensing of the switch-in level = on), then the following applies:
r1282 = Vdc_max - 50.0 V (Vdc_max: Overvoltage threshold of the power unit)
r1282 = Vdc_max - 25.0 V (for 230 V power units)
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2)
Notice: If the activation level of the Vdc_max controller is already exceeded in the deactivated state (pulse inhibit) by the DC
link voltage, then the controller can be automatically deactivated (see F07401), so that the drive is not accelerated
the next time that it is activated.
Note: The Vdc_max controller is not switched back off until the DC link voltage falls below the threshold 0.95 * r1282 and
the controller output is zero.

p1283[0...n] Vdc_max controller dynamic factor (U/f) / Vdc_max dyn_factor

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6320
Min Max Factory setting
1 [%] 10000 [%] 100 [%]
Description: Sets the dynamic factor for the DC link voltage controller (Vdc_max controller).
100% means that p1290, p1291, and p1292 (gain, integral time, and rate time) are used in accordance with their
basic settings and on the basis of a theoretical controller optimization.
If subsequent optimization is required, this can be carried out using the dynamic factor. In this case, p1290, p1291,
and p1292 are weighted with the dynamic factor p1283.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2)

p1284[0...n] Vdc_max controller time threshold (U/f) / Vdc_max t_thresh

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 300.000 [s] 4.000 [s]
Description: Sets the monitoring time for the Vdc_max controller.
If the down ramp of the speed setpoint is held for longer than the time set in p1284, then fault F07404 is output.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2)

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 163
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1288[0...n] Vdc_max controller feedback coupling factor ramp-fct. gen. (U/f) /

Vdc_max factor RFG
Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 100.000 0.500
Description: Sets the feedback factor for the ramp-function generator.
Its ramp times are decelerated relative to the output signal of the Vdc_max controller.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2)
Note: For values p1288 = 0.0 to 0.5, the controller dynamics are automatically adapted internally.

p1290[0...n] Vdc controller proportional gain (U/f) / Vdc_ctrl Kp

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6320
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 100.00 1.00
Description: Sets the proportional gain for the Vdc controller (DC link voltage controller).
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2)
Note: The gain factor is proportional to the capacitance of the DC link.
The parameter is pre-set to a value that is optimally adapted to the capacitance of the power unit.

p1291[0...n] Vdc controller integral time (U/f) / Vdc_ctrl Tn

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6320
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 40 [ms]
Description: Sets the integral time for the Vdc controller (DC link voltage controller).
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2)

p1292[0...n] Vdc controller rate time (U/f) / Vdc_ctrl t_rate

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6320
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 1000 [ms] 10 [ms]
Description: Sets the rate time constant for the Vdc controller (DC link voltage controller).
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2)

p1293[0...n] Vdc min controller output limit (U/f) / Vdc_min outp_lim

Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6320
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [Hz] 600.00 [Hz] 600.00 [Hz]
Description: Sets the output limit for the Vdc min controller (DC link undervoltage controller).
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096
= 2)

SINAMICS G120C
164 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1294 Vdc_max controller automatic detection ON signal level (U/f) / Vdc_max SenseOnLev
Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Activates/deactivates the automatic sensing of the switch-in level for the Vdc_max controller. When the sensing
function is deactivated, the activation threshold r1282 for the Vdc_max controller is determined from the
parameterized connection voltage p0210.
Value: 0: Automatic detection inhibited
1: Automatic detection enabled
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2)

p1295[0...n] Vdc_min controller time threshold (U/f) / Vdc_min t_thresh

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 10000.000 [s] 0.000 [s]
Description: Sets the time threshold for the Vdc_min controller (kinetic buffering).
If this value is exceeded a fault is output; the required response can be parameterized.
Prerequisite: p1296 = 1
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2)
Notice: If a time threshold has been parameterized, the Vdc_max controller should also be activated (p1280 = 3) so that the
drive does not shut down with overvoltage when Vdc_min control is exited (due to the time violation) and in the event
of fault response OFF3. It is also possible to increase the OFF3 ramp-down time p1135.

p1297[0...n] Vdc_min controller speed threshold (U/f) / Vdc_min n_thresh

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm] 50.00 [rpm]
Description: Sets the speed threshold for the Vdc-min controller (kinetic buffering).
If this value is exceeded a fault is output; the required response can be parameterized .
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2)
Note: Exiting the Vdc_min control before reaching motor standstill prevents the regenerative braking current from
increasing significantly at low speeds, and after a pulse inhibit, means that the motor coasts down.

r1298 CO: Vdc controller output (U/f) / Vdc_ctrl output

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6320
Min Max Factory setting
- [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm]
Description: Displays the actual output of the Vdc controller (DC link voltage controller)
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2)

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 165
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1300[0...n] Open-loop/closed-loop control operating mode / Op/cl-lp ctrl_mode

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6300, 6301, 8012
Min Max Factory setting
0 20 0
Description: Sets the open and closed-loop control mode of a drive.
Value: 0: U/f control with linear characteristic
1: U/f control with linear characteristic and FCC
2: U/f control with parabolic characteristic
3: U/f control with parameterizable characteristic
4: U/f control with linear characteristic and ECO
5: U/f control for drives requiring a precise freq. (e.g. textiles)
6: U/f control for drives requiring a precise frequency and FCC
7: U/f control for a parabolic characteristic and ECO
19: U/f control with independent voltage setpoint
20: Speed control (encoderless)
Dependency: For Standard Drive Control (p0096 = 1), settings p1300 = 0, 2 are possible, for Dynamic Drive Control (p0096 = 2)
only p1300 = 20 can be set.
Only operation with U/f characteristic is possible if the rated motor speed is not entered (p0311).
Refer to: p0300, p0311, p0500
Notice: Active slip compensation is required in the U/f control types with Eco mode (p1300 = 4, 7). The scaling of the slip
compensation (p1335) should be set so that the slip is completely compensated (generally 100%).
The Eco mode is only effective in steady-state operation and when the ramp-function generator is not bypassed.
Note: For the open-loop control modes p1300 = 5 and 6 (textile sector), slip compensation p1335, resonance damping
p1338, and the Imax frequency controller are switched off internally so that the output frequency can be set precisely.
The Imax voltage controller remains active.
During operation (pulses enabled) the open-loop/closed-loop control mode cannot be changed by changing over
drive data sets.

p1302[0...n] U/f control configuration / U/f config

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Sets the configuration for the U/f control.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
03 Motor holding brake with constant stop Yes No -
frequency
04 Field orientation Yes No -
05 Starting current when accelerating without Yes No -
flux boost
07 Inhibit Iq,max controller I component Yes No -
08 Saturation characteristic for the starting Yes No -
current
09 Current boost for fast magnetization Yes No -
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2)
Notice: p1302 bit 5 = 1: (only for field orientation p1302 bit 4 = 1)
This setting is only selected for very fast acceleration.
Note: For bit 03:
When the bit is set, when the drive stops, the starting frequency of the motor holding brake is also not fallen below
when the actual slip frequency is less than the starting frequency.
For bit 04:
Field orientation for the closed-loop control of application class Standard Drive Control (p0096 = 1). The field
orientation is activated with the automatic calculation if p0096 is set = 1.

SINAMICS G120C
166 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

For bit 05 (only effective for p1302.4 = 1):

The starting current when accelerating (p1311) generally results in an increase in the absolute current and flux. With
p1302.5 = 1 the current is only increased in the direction of the load. p1302.5 - in conjunction with p1310 and p1311
- are decisive when it comes to defining the quality of the starting response.
For bit 07:
For field orientation (bit04 = 1), an Iq,max controller supports the current limiting controller (see p1341). Inhibiting the
integral component can prevent the drive from stalling under overload conditions.
For bit 08:
Taking into account the saturation characteristic can be activated to improve faster starting operations for high-rating
motors.
For bit 09:
For field orientation (bit04 = 1), while the induction motor is being magnetized, the current is automatically increased
if the magnetization time p0346 is shortened.

p1310[0...n] Starting current (voltage boost) permanent / I_start (Ua) perm

Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6300, 6301, 6851
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 250.0 [%] 50.0 [%]
Description: Defines the voltage boost as a [%] referred to the rated motor current (p0305).
The magnitude of the permanent voltage boost is reduced with increasing frequency so that at the rated motor
frequency, the rated motor voltage is present.
The magnitude of the boost in Volt at a frequency of zero is defined as follows:
Voltage boost [V] = 1.732 x p0305 (rated motor current [A]) x r0395 (stator/primary section resistance [ohm]) x p1310
(permanent voltage boost [%]) / 100 %
At low output frequencies, there is only a low output voltage in order to maintain the motor flux. However, the output
voltage can be too low in order to achieve the following:
- magnetize the induction motor.
- hold the load.
- compensate for losses in the system.
This is the reason that the output voltage can be increased using p1310.
The voltage boost can be used for both linear as well as square-law U/f characteristics.
For field orientation (p1302.4 = 1, default setting for Standard Drive Control p0096 = 1), in the vicinity of low output
frequencies, a minimum current is impressed with the magnitude of the rated magnetizing current. In this case, for
p1310 = 0%, a current setpoint is calculated that corresponds to the no-load case. For p1610 = 100 %, a current
setpoint is calculated that corresponds to the rated motor current.
Dependency: The starting current (voltage boost) is limited by the current limit p0640.
Only for p1302.4 = 0 (no field orientation):
The accuracy of the starting current depends on the setting of the stator and feeder cable resistance (p0350, p0352).
For vector control, the starting current is realized using p1610.
Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2)
Refer to: p1300, p1311, p1312, r1315
Notice: The starting current (voltage boost) increases the motor temperature (particularly at zero speed).
Note: The starting current as a result of the voltage boost is only effective for U/f control (p1300).
The boost values are combined with one another if the permanent voltage boost (p1310) is used in conjunction with
other boost parameters (acceleration boost (p1311), voltage boost for starting (p1312)).
However, these parameters are assigned the following priorities: p1310 > p1311, p1312
For field orientation (p1302 bit 4 = 1, not PM230, PM250, PM260), then p1310 together with p1311 and p1302.5 are
mainly responsible for the quality of the drive response.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 167
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1311[0...n] Starting current (voltage boost) when accelerating / I_start accel

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6300, 6301, 6851
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 250.0 [%] 0.0 [%]
Description: p1311 only results in a voltage boost when accelerating and generates a supplementary torque to accelerate the
load.
The voltage boost becomes effective for a positive setpoint increase and disappears as soon as the setpoint has
been reached. The build-up and withdrawal of the voltage boost are smoothed.
The magnitude of the boost in Volt at a frequency of zero is defined as follows (not for field orientation):
Voltage boost [V] = 1.732 * p0305 (rated motor current [A]) x r0395 (stator/primary section resistance [ohm]) x p1311
(voltage boost when accelerating [%]) / 100 %
Dependency: The current limit p0640 limits the boost.
For field orientation (p1302 bit 4 = 1, not PM230, PM250, PM260), p1311 is pre-assigned by the automatic
calculation.
For vector control, the starting current is realized using p1611.
Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2)
Refer to: p1300, p1310, p1312, r1315
Notice: The voltage boost results in a higher motor temperature increase.
Note: The voltage boost when accelerating can improve the response to small, positive setpoint changes.
Assigning priorities for the voltage boosts: refer to p1310
For field orientation (p1302 bit 4 = 1, not PM230, PM250, PM260), then p1311 together with p1310 and p1302.5 are
mainly responsible for the quality of the drive response.

p1312[0...n] Starting current (voltage boost) when starting / I_start start

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6300, 6301, 6851
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 250.0 [%] 0.0 [%]
Description: Setting for an additional voltage boost when powering-up, however, only for the first acceleration phase.
The voltage boost becomes effective for a positive setpoint increase and disappears as soon as the setpoint has
been reached. The build-up and withdrawal of the voltage boost are smoothed.
Dependency: The current limit p0640 limits the boost.
Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2)
Refer to: p1300, p1310, p1311, r1315
Notice: The voltage boost results in a higher motor temperature increase.
Note: The voltage boost when accelerating can improve the response to small, positive setpoint changes.
Assigning priorities for the voltage boosts: refer to p1310
For field orientation (p1302.4 = 1, not PM230, PM250, PM260), p1312 of the voltage boost is also added in the
direction of the load current (non-linear).

r1315 Voltage boost total / U_boost total

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6301, 6851
Min Max Factory setting
- [Vrms] - [Vrms] - [Vrms]
Description: Displays the total resulting voltage boost in volt.
For field orientation (p1302.4 = 1, not for PM230, PM250, PM260), at low speeds, as a minimum the magnetizing
current is set, so that the voltage depends on r0331.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2)
Refer to: p1310, p1311, p1312

SINAMICS G120C
168 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1320[0...n] U/f control programmable characteristic frequency 1 / Uf char f1

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6301
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [Hz] 3000.00 [Hz] 0.00 [Hz]
Description: The programmable characteristic for the U/f control is defined using 4 points and 0 Hz/p1310.
This parameter specifies the voltage of the first point along the characteristic.
Dependency: Selects the freely programmable characteristic using p1300 = 3.
The following applies to the frequency values: p1320 <= p1322 <= p1324 <= p1326. Otherwise, a standard
characteristic is used that contains the rated motor operating point.
Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096
= 2)
Refer to: p1300, p1310, p1311, p1321, p1322, p1323, p1324, p1325, p1326, p1327
Note: Linear interpolation is carried out between the points 0 Hz/p1310, p1320/p1321 ... p1326/p1327.
The voltage boost when accelerating (p1311) is also applied to the freely programmable U/f characteristic.

p1321[0...n] U/f control programmable characteristic voltage 1 / Uf char U1

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6301
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [Vrms] 10000.0 [Vrms] 0.0 [Vrms]
Description: The programmable characteristic for the U/f control is defined using 4 points and 0 Hz/p1310.
This parameter specifies the voltage of the first point along the characteristic.
Dependency: Selects the freely programmable characteristic using p1300 = 3.
Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096
= 2)
Refer to: p1310, p1311, p1320, p1322, p1323, p1324, p1325, p1326, p1327
Note: Linear interpolation is carried out between the points 0 Hz/p1310, p1320/p1321 ... p1326/p1327.
The voltage boost when accelerating (p1311) is also applied to the freely programmable U/f characteristic.

p1322[0...n] U/f control programmable characteristic frequency 2 / Uf char f2

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6301
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [Hz] 3000.00 [Hz] 0.00 [Hz]
Description: The programmable characteristic for the U/f control is defined using 4 points and 0 Hz/p1310.
This parameter specifies the voltage of the second point along the characteristic.
Dependency: The following applies to the frequency values: p1320 <= p1322 <= p1324 <= p1326. Otherwise, a standard
characteristic is used that contains the rated motor operating point.
Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096
= 2)
Refer to: p1310, p1311, p1320, p1321, p1323, p1324, p1325, p1326, p1327

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 169
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1323[0...n] U/f control programmable characteristic voltage 2 / Uf char U2

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6301
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [Vrms] 10000.0 [Vrms] 0.0 [Vrms]
Description: The programmable characteristic for the U/f control is defined using 4 points and 0 Hz/p1310.
This parameter specifies the voltage of the second point along the characteristic.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096
= 2)
Refer to: p1310, p1311, p1320, p1321, p1322, p1324, p1325, p1326, p1327

p1324[0...n] U/f control programmable characteristic frequency 3 / Uf char f3

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6301
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [Hz] 3000.00 [Hz] 0.00 [Hz]
Description: The programmable characteristic for the U/f control is defined using 4 points and 0 Hz/p1310.
This parameter specifies the voltage of the third point along the characteristic.
Dependency: The following applies to the frequency values: p1320 <= p1322 <= p1324 <= p1326. Otherwise, a standard
characteristic is used that contains the rated motor operating point.
Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096
= 2)
Refer to: p1310, p1311, p1320, p1321, p1322, p1323, p1325, p1326, p1327

p1325[0...n] U/f control programmable characteristic voltage 3 / Uf char U3

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6301
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [Vrms] 10000.0 [Vrms] 0.0 [Vrms]
Description: The programmable characteristic for the U/f control is defined using 4 points and 0 Hz/p1310.
This parameter specifies the voltage of the third point along the characteristic.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096
= 2)
Refer to: p1310, p1311, p1320, p1321, p1322, p1323, p1324, p1326, p1327

p1326[0...n] U/f control programmable characteristic frequency 4 / Uf char f4

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6301
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [Hz] 10000.00 [Hz] 0.00 [Hz]
Description: The programmable characteristic for the U/f control is defined using 4 points and 0 Hz/p1310.
This parameter specifies the frequency of the fourth point along the characteristic.
Dependency: Selects the freely programmable characteristic using p1300 = 3.
The following applies for the frequency values:
p1320 <= p1322 <= p1324 <= p1326
Otherwise, a standard characteristic is used that contains the rated motor operating point.
Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096
= 2)
Refer to: p1310, p1311, p1320, p1321, p1322, p1323, p1324, p1325, p1327

SINAMICS G120C
170 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: Linear interpolation is carried out between the points 0 Hz/p1310, p1320/p1321 ... p1326/p1327. For output
frequencies above p1326, the characteristic is extrapolated with the gradient between the characteristic points
p1324/p1325 and p1326/p1327.
The voltage boost when accelerating (p1311) is also applied to the freely programmable U/f characteristic.

p1327[0...n] U/f control programmable characteristic voltage 4 / Uf char U4

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6301
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [Vrms] 10000.0 [Vrms] 0.0 [Vrms]
Description: The programmable characteristic for the U/f control is defined using 4 points and 0 Hz/p1310.
This parameter specifies the voltage of the fourth point along the characteristic.
Dependency: Selects the freely programmable characteristic using p1300 = 3.
Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096
= 2)
Refer to: p1310, p1311, p1320, p1321, p1322, p1323, p1324, p1325, p1326
Note: Linear interpolation is carried out between the points 0 Hz/p1310, p1320/p1321 ... p1326/p1327.
The voltage boost when accelerating (p1311) is also applied to the freely programmable U/f characteristic.

p1330[0...n] CI: U/f control independent voltage setpoint / Uf U_set independ.

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6301
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the voltage setpoint for U/f control with an independent voltage setpoint (p1300 = 19).
Dependency: Selects the U/f control with independent voltage setpoint via p1300 = 19.
Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096
= 2)
Refer to: p1300

p1331[0...n] Voltage limiting / U_lim

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 5_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6300
Min Max Factory setting
50.00 [Vrms] 2000.00 [Vrms] 1000.00 [Vrms]
Description: Limiting the voltage setpoint.
This means that the output voltage can be reduced with respect to the calculated maximum voltage r0071 and the
start of field weakening.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2)
Note: The output voltage is only limited if, as a result of p1331, the maximum output voltage (r0071) is fallen below.

p1333[0...n] U/f control FCC starting frequency / U/f FCC f_start

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6301
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [Hz] 3000.00 [Hz] 0.00 [Hz]
Description: Sets the starting frequency at which FCC (Flux Current Control) is activated.
Dependency: The correct operating mode must be set (p1300 = 1, 6).
Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2)

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 171
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Warning: An excessively low value can result in instability.

Note: For p1333 = 0 Hz, the FCC starting frequency is automatically set to 6 % of the rated motor frequency.

p1334[0...n] U/f control slip compensation starting frequency / Slip comp start
Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6310
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [Hz] 3000.00 [Hz] 0.00 [Hz]
Description: Sets the starting frequency of the slip compensation.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2)
Note: For p1334 = 0, the starting frequency of the slip compensation is automatically set to 6 % of the rated motor
frequency.

p1335[0...n] Slip compensation scaling / Slip comp scal

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6300, 6310
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 600.0 [%] 0.0 [%]
Description: Sets the setpoint for slip compensation in [%] referred to r0330 (motor rated slip).
p1335 = 0.0 %: Slip compensation deactivated.
p1335 = 100.0 %: The slip is completely compensated.
Dependency: Prerequisite for a precise slip compensation for p1335 = 100 % are the precise motor parameters (p0350 ... p0360).
If the parameters are not precisely known, a precise compensation can be achieved by varying p1335.
For U/f control types with Eco optimization (4 and 7), the slip compensation must be activated in order to guarantee
correct operation.
For p0096 = 1 (Standard Drive Control), the scaling of the slip compensation is set as default to 100%.
Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2)
Note: The purpose of slip compensation is to maintain a constant motor speed regardless of the applied load. The fact that
the motor speed decreases with increasing load is a typical characteristic of induction motors.
For synchronous motors, this effect does not occur and the parameter has no effect in this case.
For the open-loop control modes p1300 = 5 and 6 (textile sector), the slip compensation is internally disabled in order
to be able to precisely set the output frequency.
If p1335 is changed during commissioning (p0010 > 0), then it is possible that the old value will no longer be able to
be set. The reason for this is that the dynamic limits of p1335 have been changed by a parameter that was set when
the drive was commissioned (e.g. p0300).

p1336[0...n] Slip compensation limit value / Slip comp lim val

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6310
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 600.00 [%] 250.00 [%]
Description: Sets the limit value for slip compensation in [%] referred to r0330 (motor rated slip).
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2)

SINAMICS G120C
172 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r1337 CO: Actual slip compensation / Slip comp act val

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6310
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the actual compensated slip [%] referred to r0330 (rated motor slip).
Dependency: p1335 > 0 %: Slip compensation active.
Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2)
Refer to: p1335

p1338[0...n] U/f mode resonance damping gain / Uf Res_damp gain

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6300, 6310
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 100.00 0.00
Description: Sets the gain for resonance damping for U/f control.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2)
Refer to: p1300, p1349
Note: The resonance damping function dampens active current oscillations that frequency occur under no-load conditions.
The resonance damping is active in a range from approximately 6 % of the rated motor frequency (p0310). The
shutoff frequency is determined by p1349.
For the open-loop control modes p1300 = 5 and 6 (textile sectors), the resonance damping is internally disabled in
order that the output frequency can be precisely set.

p1340[0...n] I_max frequency controller proportional gain / I_max_ctrl Kp

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6300
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 0.500 0.000
Description: Sets the proportional gain of the I_max frequency controller.
The I_max controller reduces the drive converter output current if the maximum current (r0067) is exceeded.
In the U/f operating modes (p1300) for the I_max control, one controller is used that acts on the output frequency and
one controller that acts on the output voltage. The frequency controller reduces the current by decreasing the
converter output frequency. The frequency is reduced down to a minimum value (equaling twice rated slip). If the
overcurrent condition cannot be successfully resolved using this measure, then the drive converter output voltage is
reduced using the I_max voltage controller. Once the overcurrent condition has been resolved, the drive is
accelerated along the ramp set in p1120 (ramp-up time).
Dependency: In the U/f modes (p1300) for textile applications and for external voltage setpoints, only the I_max voltage controller
is used.
Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2)
Notice: When deactivating the I_max controller, the following must be carefully observed:
When the maximum current (r0067) is exceeded, the output current is no longer reduced. The drive is switched off
when the overcurrent limits are exceeded.
Note: p1341 = 0:
I_max frequency controller deactivated and I_max voltage controller activated over the complete speed range.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 173
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1341[0...n] I_max frequency controller integral time / I_max_ctrl Tn

Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6300
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 50.000 [s] 0.300 [s]
Description: Sets the integral time for the I_max frequency controller.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2)
Refer to: p1340
Note: When p1341 = 0, the current limiting controller influencing the frequency is deactivated and only the current limiting
controller influencing the output voltage remains active (p1345, p1346).
This current limiting function is de-activated with p1340 = p1341 = 0.

r1343 CO: I_max controller frequency output / I_max_ctrl f_outp

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6300
Min Max Factory setting
- [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm]
Description: Displays the effective frequency limit.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2)
Refer to: p1340

r1344 I_max controller voltage output / I_max_ctrl U_outp

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 5_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6300
Min Max Factory setting
- [Vrms] - [Vrms] - [Vrms]
Description: Displays the amount by which the converter output voltage is reduced.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2)
Refer to: p1340

p1345[0...n] I_max voltage controller proportional gain / I_max_U_ctrl Kp

Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6300
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 100000.000 0.000
Description: Sets the proportional gain for the I_max voltage controller.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2)
Refer to: p1340
Note: The controller settings are also used in the current controller of the DC braking (refer to p1232).

SINAMICS G120C
174 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1346[0...n] I_max voltage controller integral time / I_max_U_ctrl Tn

Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6300
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 50.000 [s] 0.030 [s]
Description: Sets the integral time for the I_max voltage controller.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2)
Refer to: p1340
Note: The controller settings are also used in the current controller of the DC braking (refer to p1232).
For p1346 = 0, the following applies:
The integral time of the I_max voltage controller is deactivated.

r1348 CO: U/f control Eco factor actual value / U/f Eco fac act v
Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6300, 6301
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the economic factor determined for optimizing motor consumption.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096
= 2)
Refer to: p1335
Note: The value is only determined for operating modes with Economic (p1300 = 4, 7).

p1349[0...n] U/f mode resonance damping maximum frequency / Uf res_damp f_max

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6310
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [Hz] 3000.00 [Hz] 0.00 [Hz]
Description: Sets the maximum output frequency for resonance damping for U/f control.
Resonance damping is inactive above this output frequency.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2)
Refer to: p1338
Note: For p1349 = 0, the changeover limit is automatically set to 95 % of the rated motor frequency - however, to a max. of
45 Hz.

p1351[0...n] CO: Motor holding brake starting frequency / Brake f_start

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6310
Min Max Factory setting
-300.00 [%] 300.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the frequency setting value at the slip compensation output for starting up with motor holding brake.
Dependency: When setting p1351 > 0, then slip compensation is automatically activated (p1335 = 100 %).
Refer to: p1302, p1352
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.
Note: Connected with p1352 a value of 100% corresponds to the motor rated slip (r0330).

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 175
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1352[0...n] CI: Motor holding brake starting frequency signal source / Brake f_start
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6310
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1351[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the frequency setting value at the slip compensation output for starting up with motor
holding brake.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2)
Refer to: p1216
Note: A value of 100% corresponds to the motor rated slip (r0330).
The setting of the starting frequency begins after magnetizing (see p0346, r0056.4) and ends once the brake opening
time (p1216) has elapsed and the starting frequency (p1334) has been reached.
A setting value of zero means that no setting procedure will take place.

p1382[0...n] Saturation limit for flux setpoint / Max FluxSaturation

Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
100 [%] 130 [%] 100 [%]
Description: Maximum flux setpoint (saturation limit) for calculating the EMF in the range of the impressed starting current.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2)

p1400[0...n] Speed control configuration / n_ctrl config

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6490
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 1000 0000 0010
0001 bin
Description: Sets the configuration for the closed-loop speed control.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Automatic Kp/Tn adaptation active Yes No 6040
01 Sensorless vector control freeze I comp Yes No 6040
05 Kp/Tn adaptation active Yes No 6040
06 Free Tn adaptation active Yes No 6050
14 Torque precontrol Always active For n_ctrl enab 6060
15 Sensorless vector control speed precontrol Yes No 6030
16 I component for limiting Enable Hold 6030
18 Moment of inertia estimator active Yes No 6030
20 Acceleration model ON OFF 6031
22 Obtain moment of inertia estimator value for Yes No 6030
pulse inhibit
24 Moment of inertia estimator fast estimation Yes No 6030
active
25 Acceleration torque instantaneous in the I/f Yes No -
mode
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Note: For bit 01:
When the bit is set, the I component of the speed controller is kept when changing into the open-loop controlled
mode.

SINAMICS G120C
176 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

For bit 20:

The acceleration model for the speed setpoint is only active if p1496 is not zero.
For bit 25:
When the bit is set, for high dynamic starting in the I/f mode, the acceleration precontrol torque smoothing only has a
short minimum time (4 ms).

p1401[0...n] Flux control configuration / Flux ctrl config

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6491
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0110 bin
Description: Sets the configuration for flux setpoint control
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
01 Flux setpoint differentiation active Yes No 6723
02 Flux build-up control active Yes No 6722,
6723
14 Efficiency optimization 2 active Yes No 6722,
6837
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Note: For induction motors only:
For bit 01:
Initially, the flux is only established with a low rate of rise when magnetizing the induction motor. The flux setpoint
p1570 is reached again at the end of the magnetizing time p0346.
The flux differentiation can be switched out if a significant ripple occurs in the field-generating current setpoint (r0075)
when entering the field weakening range. However, this is not suitable for fast acceleration operations because then,
the flux decays more slowly and the voltage limiting responds.
For bit 02:
The flux build-up control operates during the magnetizing phase p0346 of the induction motor. If it is switched out, a
constant current setpoint is injected and the flux is built up corresponding to the rotor time constant. When quick
magnetizing (p1401.6 = 1) is selected and when flux build-up control is de-energized alarm A07416 is displayed.
For bit 14:
When the function is activated, the following applies:
- the optimum flux is calculated and the power loss is entered for optimization purposes
- the efficiency optimization (p1580) is not active.
It only makes sense to activate this function if the dynamic response requirements of the speed controller are low.
In order to avoid oscillations, if required, the speed controller parameters should be adapted (increase Tn, reduce
Kp). Further, the smoothing time of the flux setpoint filter (p1582) should be increased.

r1406.4...15 CO/BO: Control word speed controller / STW n_ctrl

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the control word of the speed controller.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
04 Hold speed controller I component Yes No 6040
05 Set speed controller I component Yes No 6040
11 Reserved - - -
15 Set speed adaptation controller I Yes No -
component
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096
= 2)

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 177
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r1407.0...27 CO/BO: Status word speed controller / ZSW n_ctrl

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2522
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the status word of the speed controller.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 U/f control active Yes No -
01 Encoderless operation active Yes No -
02 Torque control active Yes No 6030,
6060,
8011
03 Speed control active Yes No 6040
05 Speed controller I component frozen Yes No 6040
06 Speed controller I component set Yes No 6040
07 Torque limit reached Yes No 6060
08 Upper torque limit active Yes No 6060
09 Lower torque limit active Yes No 6060
10 Reserved - - -
11 Speed setpoint limited Yes No 6030
12 Ramp-function generator set Yes No -
13 Encoderless operation due to a fault Yes No -
14 I/f control active Yes No -
15 Torque limit reached (without precontrol) Yes No 6060
17 Speed limiting control active Yes No 6640
23 Acceleration model activated Yes No -
24 Moment of inertia estimator active Yes No -
25 Load estimate active Yes No -
26 Moment of inertia estimator stabilized Yes No -
27 Moment of inertia estimator fast estimation Yes No -
active
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)

r1408.0...14 CO/BO: Status word current controller / ZSW I_ctrl

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2530
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the status word of the current controller.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Current controller active Active Not active -
01 Id control I component limiting Active Not active 6714
03 Voltage limiting Active Not active 6714
10 Speed adaptation limiting Active Not active -
12 Motor stalled Yes No -
13 Separately excited synchronous motor is Yes No -
excited
14 Current model SESM magnetizing excit. Yes No -
current limited to zero
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)

SINAMICS G120C
178 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r1438 CO: Speed controller speed setpoint / n_ctrl n_set

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3001, 6020, 6031
Min Max Factory setting
- [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm]
Description: Display and connector output of the speed setpoint after setpoint limiting for the P component of the speed controller.
For U/f operation, the value that is displayed is of no relevance.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)

r1445 CO: Actual speed smoothed / n_act smooth

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6040
Min Max Factory setting
- [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm]
Description: Display and connector output for the actual smoothed speed actual value of the speed control.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)

p1452[0...n] Speed controller speed actual value smoothing time (sensorless) / n_C n_act T_s SL
Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6020, 6040
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [ms] 32000.00 [ms] 10.00 [ms]
Description: Sets the smoothing time for the actual speed of the speed controller for encoderless closed-loop speed control.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Note: The smoothing must be increased if there is gear backlash. For longer smoothing times, the integral time of the
speed controller must also be increased (e.g. using p0340 = 4).

p1470[0...n] Speed controller encoderless operation P-gain / n_ctrl SL Kp

Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6040, 6050
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 999999.000 0.300
Description: Sets the P gain for encoderless operation for the speed controller.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Note: The product p0341 x p0342 is taken into account when automatically calculating the speed controller (p0340 = 1, 3,
4).

p1472[0...n] Speed controller encoderless operation integral time / n_ctrl SL Tn

Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6040, 6050
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [ms] 100000.0 [ms] 20.0 [ms]
Description: Set the integral time for encoderless operation for the speed controller.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Note: The integral component is stopped if the complete controller output or the sum of controller output and torque
precontrol reach the torque limit.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 179
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1475[0...n] CI: Speed controller torque setting value for motor holding brake / n_ctrl M_sv MHB
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: p2003 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6040
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the torque setting value when starting up with motor holding brake.
Dependency: .
Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Note: The setting of the integral output of the speed controller begins after magnetizing (see p0346, r0056 bit 4) and ends
at the end of the brake control opening time p1216. A setting value of zero means that no setting procedure will take
place.
If p1351 is used as a signal source for the torque setting value, the percentage value is interpreted in relation to the
rated torque (p2003).

r1482 CO: Speed controller I torque output / n_ctrl I-M_outp

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2003 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 5040, 5042, 5210,
6030, 6040
Min Max Factory setting
- [Nm] - [Nm] - [Nm]
Description: Display and connector output for the torque setpoint at the output of the I speed controller.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)

r1493 CO: Moment of inertia total, scaled / M_inert tot scal

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 25_1 Unit selection: p0100 Func. diagram: 6031
Min Max Factory setting
- [kgm²] - [kgm²] - [kgm²]
Description: Display and connector output for the parameterized total moment of inertia.
The value is calculated as follows: (p0341 * p0342) + p1496
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)

p1496[0...n] Acceleration precontrol scaling / a_prectrl scal

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6020, 6031
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 10000.0 [%] 0.0 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling for the acceleration precontrol of the speed/velocity controller.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: p0341, p0342
Warning: The acceleration precontrol is kept at the old value if the ramp-function generator tracking (r1199.5) is active or the
ramp-function generator output is set (r1199.3). This is used to avoid torque peaks. Depending on the application, it
may therefore be necessary to disable the ramp-function generator tracking (p1145 = 0) or the acceleration
precontrol (p1496 = 0).
The acceleration precontrol is set to zero, if the Vdc control is active (r0056.14/15).
Note: The parameter is set to 100% by the rotating measurement (refer to p1960).
The acceleration precontrol may not be used if the speed setpoint manifests significant ripple (e.g. analog setpoint)
and the rounding-off in the speed ramp-function generator is disabled.
We also recommend that the precontrol mode is not used if there is gearbox backlash.

SINAMICS G120C
180 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1498[0...n] Load moment of inertia / Load M_inertia

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 25_1 Unit selection: p0100 Func. diagram: 6031
Min Max Factory setting
0.00000 [kgm²] 100000.00000 [kgm²] 0.00000 [kgm²]
Description: Sets the load moment of inertia.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Note: (p0341 * p0342) + p1498 influence the speed/torque pre-control in encoderless operation.

p1502[0...n] BI: Freeze moment of inertia estimator / J_estim freeze

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to freeze the estimated moment of inertia.
0 signal:
Moment of inertia estimator active
1 signal:
Determined moment of inertia frozen.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: p1300
Note: Only active when the "moment of inertia estimator" function module is active (r0108.10 = 1) and p1400.18 =1.

r1508 CO: Torque setpoint before supplementary torque / M_set bef. M_suppl
Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2003 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6030, 6060, 6722
Min Max Factory setting
- [Nm] - [Nm] - [Nm]
Description: Displays the torque setpoint before entering the supplementary torque.
For closed-loop speed control, r1508 corresponds to the speed controller output.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)

p1511[0...n] CI: Supplementary torque 1 / M_suppl 1

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: p2003 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6020, 6060
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for supplementary torque 1.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)

p1512[0...n] CI: Supplementary torque 1 scaling / M_suppl 1 scal

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 5060, 6060
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for scaling the supplementary torque 1.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 181
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r1515 Supplementary torque total / M_suppl total

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2003 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6020, 6060
Min Max Factory setting
- [Nm] - [Nm] - [Nm]
Description: Displays the total supplementary torque.
The displayed value is the total of supplementary torque values 1 and 2.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)

r1516 CO: Supplementary torque and acceleration torque / M_suppl + M_accel

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2003 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6060
Min Max Factory setting
- [Nm] - [Nm] - [Nm]
Description: Displays the total supplementary torque and the accelerating torque.
The displayed value is the total of the smoothed supplementary torque and the accelerating torque.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)

p1517[0...n] Accelerating torque smoothing time constant / M_accel T_smooth

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6060
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [ms] 100.00 [ms] 4.00 [ms]
Description: Sets the smoothing time constant of the accelerating torque.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Note: The acceleration precontrol is inhibited if the smoothing is set to the maximum value.

p1520[0...n] CO: Torque limit upper / M_max upper

Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2003 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6020, 6630
Min Max Factory setting
-1000000.00 [Nm] 20000000.00 [Nm] 0.00 [Nm]
Description: Sets the fixed, upper torque limit.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: p1521, p1522, p1523, r1538, r1539
Danger: Negative values when setting the upper torque limit (p1520 < 0) can result in the motor accelerating in an
uncontrollable fashion.

Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.
Note: The torque limit is limited to 400% of the rated motor torque. When automatically calculating the motor/closed-loop
control parameters (p0340), the torque limit is set to match the current limit (p0640).

SINAMICS G120C
182 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1521[0...n] CO: Torque limit lower / M_max lower

Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2003 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6020, 6630
Min Max Factory setting
-20000000.00 [Nm] 1000000.00 [Nm] 0.00 [Nm]
Description: Sets the fixed, lower torque limit.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: p1520, p1522, p1523
Danger: Positive values when setting the lower torque limit (p1521 > 0) can result in the motor accelerating in an
uncontrollable fashion.

Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.
Note: The torque limit is limited to 400% of the rated motor torque. When automatically calculating the motor/closed-loop
control parameters (p0340), the torque limit is set to match the current limit (p0640).

p1522[0...n] CI: Torque limit upper / M_max upper

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: p2003 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6630
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1520[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the upper torque limit.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: p1520, p1521, p1523
Danger: Negative values resulting from the signal source and scaling can cause the motor to accelerate in an uncontrolled
manner.

p1523[0...n] CI: Torque limit lower / M_max lower

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: p2003 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6020, 6630
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1521[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the lower torque limit.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: p1520, p1521, p1522
Danger: Positive values resulting from the signal source and scaling can cause the motor to accelerate in an uncontrolled
manner.

p1524[0...n] CO: Torque limit upper scaling / M_max upper scal

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6630
Min Max Factory setting
-2000.0 [%] 2000.0 [%] 100.0 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling for the upper torque limit.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.
Note: This parameter can be freely interconnected.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 183
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1525[0...n] CO: Torque limit lower scaling / M_max lower scal

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6630
Min Max Factory setting
-2000.0 [%] 2000.0 [%] 100.0 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling for the lower torque limit.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.
Note: This parameter can be freely interconnected.

r1526 CO: Torque limit upper without offset / M_max up w/o offs
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2003 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6060, 6630, 6640
Min Max Factory setting
- [Nm] - [Nm] - [Nm]
Description: Display and connector output for the upper torque limit of all torque limits without offset.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: p1520, p1521, p1522, p1523

r1527 CO: Torque limit lower without offset / M_max low w/o offs
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2003 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6060, 6630, 6640
Min Max Factory setting
- [Nm] - [Nm] - [Nm]
Description: Display and connector output for the lower torque limit of all torque limits without offset.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: p1520, p1521, p1522, p1523

p1530[0...n] Power limit motoring / P_max mot

Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 14_5 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6640
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [kW] 100000.00 [kW] 0.00 [kW]
Description: Sets the power limit when motoring.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: p0500, p1531
Note: The power limit is limited to 300% of the rated motor power.

p1531[0...n] Power limit regenerative / P_max gen

Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 14_5 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6640
Min Max Factory setting
-100000.00 [kW] -0.01 [kW] -0.01 [kW]
Description: Sets the regenerative power limit.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: r0206, p0500, p1530

SINAMICS G120C
184 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: The power limit is limited to 300% of the rated motor power.
For power units without energy recovery capability, the regenerative power limit is preset to 30 % of the power
r0206[0]. For a braking resistor connected to the DC link (p0219 > 0), the power limit when generating is
automatically adapted.
For power units with energy recovery, the parameter is limited to the negative value of r0206[2].

r1533 Current limit torque-generating total / Iq_max total

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2002 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6640
Min Max Factory setting
- [Arms] - [Arms] - [Arms]
Description: Displays the maximum torque/force generating current as a result if all current limits.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)

r1538 CO: Upper effective torque limit / M_max upper eff

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2003 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6020, 6640
Min Max Factory setting
- [Nm] - [Nm] - [Nm]
Description: Display and connector output for the actual effective upper torque limit.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Note: The effective upper torque limit is reduced with respect to the selected upper torque limit p1520, if the current limit
p0640 is reduced or the rated magnetizing current of the induction motor p0320 is increased.
This may be the case for rotating measurements (see p1960).
The torque limit p1520 can be re-calculated using p0340 = 1, 3 or 5.

r1539 CO: Lower effective torque limit / M_max lower eff

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2003 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6020, 6640
Min Max Factory setting
- [Nm] - [Nm] - [Nm]
Description: Display and connector output for the actual effective lower torque limit.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Note: The effective lower torque limit is reduced with respect to the selected lower torque limit p1521, if the current limit
p0640 is reduced or the rated magnetizing current of the induction motor p0320 is increased.
This may be the case for rotating measurements (see p1960).
The torque limit p1520 can be re-calculated using p0340 = 1, 3 or 5.

r1547[0...1] CO: Torque limit for speed controller output / M_max outp n_ctrl
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2003 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6060
Min Max Factory setting
- [Nm] - [Nm] - [Nm]
Description: Displays the torque limit to limit the speed controller output.
Index: [0] = Upper limit
[1] = Lower limit
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 185
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1552[0...n] CI: Torque limit upper scaling without offset / M_max up w/o offs
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6060
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the scaling of the upper torque limiting to limit the speed controller output without taking
into account the current and power limits.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)

p1553[0...n] Stall limit scaling / Stall limit scal

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
80.0 [%] 130.0 [%] 100.0 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling of the stall limit for the start of field weakening.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096
= 2)
Danger: If the stall current limit is increased, then the q current setpoint can exceed the stall limit; as a consequence, a
hysteresis effect can occur when loading and unloading.

p1554[0...n] CI: Torque limit lower scaling without offset / M_max low w/o offs
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6060
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the scaling of the lower torque limiting to limit the speed controller output without taking into
account the current and power limits.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)

p1560[0...n] Moment of inertia estimator accelerating torque threshold value / J_est M thresh
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.10 [%] 100.00 [%] 10.00 [%]
Description: Sets the threshold for the accelerating torque for the moment of inertia estimator.
The moment of inertia estimator is active above this threshold.
The value is referred to the rated torque (r0333).
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: p1400, p1561, p1562
Note: The moment of inertia estimation is inaccurate at very low accelerating torques. As a consequence, below this
threshold, the estimator does not provide any new values.

SINAMICS G120C
186 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1561[0...n] Moment of inertia estimator change time moment of inertia / J_est t J

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
10.00 [ms] 5000.00 [ms] 500.00 [ms]
Description: Sets the change time for the moment of inertia for the moment of inertia estimator.
Lower values mean that faster changes are possible.
For a higher value, this estimated value is smoothed more significantly.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: p1400, p1560, p1562

p1562[0...n] Moment of inertia estimator change time load / J_est t load

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
5.00 [ms] 5000.00 [ms] 10.00 [ms]
Description: Sets the change time for the load torque for the moment of inertia estimator.
Lower values mean that faster changes are possible.
For a higher value, this estimated value is smoothed more significantly.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: p1400, p1560, p1561

p1563[0...n] CO: Mom. of inertia estimator load torque direction of rotation pos. / J_est M pos
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2003 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
-340.28235E36 [Nm] 340.28235E36 [Nm] 0.00 [Nm]
Description: Display and connector output for the monitored load torque in the positive direction of rotation.
The moment of inertia estimator estimates the load torque drawn while the speed is constant.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: p1400, p1560, p1561

p1564[0...n] CO: Mom. of inertia estimator load torque direction of rotation neg. / J_est M neg
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2003 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
-340.28235E36 [Nm] 340.28235E36 [Nm] 0.00 [Nm]
Description: Display and connector output for the monitored load torque in the negative direction of rotation.
The moment of inertia estimator estimates the load torque drawn while the speed is constant.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: p1400, p1560, p1561

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 187
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1570[0...n] CO: Flux setpoint / Flex setp

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6722
Min Max Factory setting
50.0 [%] 200.0 [%] 100.0 [%]
Description: Sets the flux setpoint referred to rated motor flux.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.
Note: For p1570 > 100%, the flux setpoint increases as a function of the load from 100% (no-load operation) to the setting
in p1570 (above rated motor torque), if p1580 > 0% has been set.

p1575[0...n] Voltage target value limit / U_tgt val lim

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6725
Min Max Factory setting
50.00 [%] 300.00 [%] 200.00 [%]
Description: Sets the limit of the voltage target value.
In steady-state field weakening operation this corresponds to the required output voltage.
The value of 100% refers to p0304.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Note: The output voltage is only limited if the maximum output voltage (r0071) minus the voltage reserve (p1574)
corresponds to a value higher than p1575.
Limiting via p1575 allows the influence of the voltage ripple of the line supply voltage to be eliminated at the operating
point.

p1580[0...n] Efficiency optimization / Efficiency opt.

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6722
Min Max Factory setting
0 [%] 100 [%] 0 [%]
Description: Sets the efficiency optimization.
When optimizing the efficiency, the flux setpoint of the closed-loop control is adapted as a function of the load.
For p1580 = 100 %, under no-load operating conditions, the flux setpoint is reduced to 50 % of the rated motor flux.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Note: It only makes sense to activate this function if the dynamic response requirements of the speed controller are low.
In order to avoid oscillations, if required, the speed controller parameters should be adapted (increase Tn, reduce
Kp).
Further, the smoothing time of the flux setpoint filter (p1582) should be increased.

p1582[0...n] Flux setpoint smoothing time / Flux setp T_smth

Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6722, 6724
Min Max Factory setting
4 [ms] 5000 [ms] 15 [ms]
Description: Sets the smoothing time for the flux setpoint.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)

SINAMICS G120C
188 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1586[0...n] Field weakening characteristic scaling / Field weak scal

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
80.0 [%] 120.0 [%] 100.0 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling of the precontrol characteristic for the start of field weakening.
For values above 100 % and for partial load situations, the field weakening starts at higher speeds.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096
= 2)
Note: If the start of field weakening is shifted to lower speeds, then the voltage reserve is increased for partial load
situations.
If the start of field weakening is shifted to higher speeds, the voltage reserve is appropriately reduced so that for fast
load changes, it can be expected that this will have a negative impact on the dynamic performance.

p1590[0...n] Flux controller P gain / Flux controller Kp

Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6723
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 999999.0 10.0
Description: Sets the proportional gain for the flux controller.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096
= 2)
Note: The value is automatically pre-assigned dependent on the motor when the drive system is first commissioned.
When calculating controller parameters (p0340 = 4), this value is re-calculated.

r1598 CO: Total flux setpoint / Flux setp total

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6714, 6723, 6724,
6725, 6726
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the effective flux setpoint.
The value is referred to the rated motor flux.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)

p1601[0...n] Current injection ramp time / I_inject t_ramp

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6790
Min Max Factory setting
1 [ms] 10000 [ms] 20 [ms]
Description: Synchronous motor:
Sets the ramp-down time of the current setpoint (see p1610, p1611) when switching over from open-loop controlled
to closed-loop controlled operation.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 189
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1610[0...n] Torque setpoint static (sensorless) / M_set static

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6700, 6721, 6722,
6726
Min Max Factory setting
-200.0 [%] 200.0 [%] 50.0 [%]
Description: Sets the static torque setpoint for sensorless vector control (SLVC).
This parameter is entered as a percentage referred to the rated motor torque.
For sensorless vector control, when the motor model is shut down, an absolute current is impressed. p1610
represents the maximum load that occurs at a constant setpoint speed.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Notice: p1610 should always be set to at least 10 % higher than the maximum steady-state load that can occur.
Note: For p1610 = 0%, a current setpoint is calculated that corresponds to the no-load case (ASM: rated magnetizing
current).
For p1610 = 100 %, a current setpoint is calculated that corresponds to the rated motor torque.
Negative values are converted into positive setpoints in the case of induction and permanent-magnet synchronous
motors.

p1611[0...n] Additional acceleration torque (sensorless) / M_suppl_accel

Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6700, 6721, 6722,
6726
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 200.0 [%] 30.0 [%]
Description: Enters the dynamic torque setpoint for the low-speed range for sensorless vector control (SLVC).
This parameter is entered as a percentage referred to the rated motor torque.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Note: When accelerating and braking p1611 is added to p1610 and the resulting total torque is converted into an
appropriate current setpoint and controlled.
For pure accelerating torques, it is always favorable to use the torque precontrol of the speed controller (p1496).

r1614 EMF maximum / EMF max

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 5_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6725
Min Max Factory setting
- [Vrms] - [Vrms] - [Vrms]
Description: Displays the actual maximum possible electromotive force (EMF) of the separately excited synchronous motor.
Dependency: The value is the basis for the flux setpoint.
The maximum possible EMF depends on the following factors:
- Actual DC link voltage (r0070).
- Maximum modulation depth (p1803).
- Field-generating and torque-generating current setpoint.
Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096
= 2)

SINAMICS G120C
190 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1616[0...n] Current setpoint smoothing time / I_set T_smooth

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6721, 6722
Min Max Factory setting
4 [ms] 10000 [ms] 40 [ms]
Description: Sets the smoothing time for the current setpoint.
The current setpoint is generated from p1610 and p1611.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Note: This parameter is only effective in the range where current is injected for sensorless vector control.

r1624 Field-generating current setpoint total / Id_setp total

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2002 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6640, 6721, 6723,
6727
Min Max Factory setting
- [Arms] - [Arms] - [Arms]
Description: Displays the limited field-generating current setpoint (Id_set).
This value comprises the steady-state field-generating current setpoint and a dynamic component that is only set
when changes are made to the flux setpoint.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)

p1715[0...n] Current controller P gain / I_ctrl Kp

Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6714
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 100000.000 0.000
Description: Sets the proportional gain of the current controller.
This value is automatically pre-set using p3900 or p0340 when commissioning has been completed.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)

p1717[0...n] Current controller integral-action time / I_ctrl Tn

Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 5714, 6700, 6714,
7017
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [ms] 1000.00 [ms] 2.00 [ms]
Description: Sets the integral-action time of the current controller.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: p1715

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 191
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1720[0...n] Current controller d axis p gain / Id_ctrl Kp

Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 100000.000 0.000
Description: Sets the proportional gain of the d-current controller for the lower adaptation current range.
This value is automatically pre-set using p3900 or p0340 when commissioning has been completed.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)

p1722[0...n] Current controller d axis integral time / I_ctrl d-axis Tn

Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [ms] 1000.00 [ms] 2.00 [ms]
Description: Sets the integral time of the d-current controller.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)

p1730[0...n] Isd controller integral component shutdown threshold / Isd ctrl Tn shutd
Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
30 [%] 150 [%] 30 [%]
Description: Sets the speed activation threshold (referred to the synchronous speed) for pure quadrature branch operation of the
closed-loop current control.
The d current controller is only effective as P controller for speeds greater than the threshold value.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096
= 2)
Warning: For settings above 80%, the d current controller is active up to the field weakening limit. When operated at the
voltage limit, this can result in an unstable behavior.

Note: The parameter value is referred to the synchronous rated motor speed.

r1732[0...1] CO: Direct-axis voltage setpoint / Direct U set

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 5_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 5700, 5714, 6714,
5718
Min Max Factory setting
- [Vrms] - [Vrms] - [Vrms]
Description: Display and connector output for the direct axis voltage setpoint Ud.
Index: [0] = Unsmoothed
[1] = Smoothed with p0045
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)

SINAMICS G120C
192 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r1733[0...1] CO: Quadrature-axis voltage setpoint / Quad U set

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 5_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6714, 6731
Min Max Factory setting
- [Vrms] - [Vrms] - [Vrms]
Description: Display and connector output for the quadrature axis voltage setpoint Uq.
Index: [0] = Unsmoothed
[1] = Smoothed with p0045
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)

p1740[0...n] Gain resonance damping for encoderless closed-loop control / Gain res_damp
Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 10.000 0.025
Description: Defines the gain of the controller for resonance damping for operation with sensorless vector control in the range that
current is injected.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)

p1745[0...n] Motor model error threshold stall detection / MotMod ThreshStall

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 1000.0 [%] 5.0 [%]
Description: Sets the fault threshold in order to detect a motor that has stalled.
If the error signal (r1746) exceeds the parameterized error threshold, then status signal r1408.12 is set to 1.
Dependency: If a stalled drive is detected (r1408.12 = 1), fault F07902 is output after the delay time.
Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Note: Monitoring is only effective in the low speed range.

r1746 Motor model error signal stall detection / MotMod sig stall
Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Signal to initiate stall detection
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Note: The signal is not calculated while magnetizing and only calculated in the low speed range.

p1749[0...n] Motor model increase changeover speed encoderless operation / Incr n_chng no enc
Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 99.0 [%] 50.0 [%]
Description: Minimum operating frequency for rugged operation.
If the minimum value is greater than the lower changeover limit parameterized with p1755 * (1 - 2 * p1756), then the
difference is displayed using p1749 * p1755. The parameter value cannot be changed.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 193
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: p1755, p1756

p1750[0...n] Motor model configuration / MotMod config

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Sets the configuration for the motor model.
Bit 0 = 1: Forces open-loop speed-controlled starting (ASM).
Bit 1 = 1: Forces the system to pass through frequency zero, open-loop-controlled (ASM).
Bit 2 = 1: Drive remains in full closed-loop control mode, even at zero frequency (ASM).
Bit 3 = 1: Motor model evaluates the saturation characteristic (ASM).
Bit 6 = 1: If the motor is blocked, sensorless vector control remains speed-controlled (ASM).
Bit 7 = 1: Use rugged switchover limits to switchover the model (open-loop/closed-loop controlled) for regenerative
operation (ASM).
Bit 8 = 1: Open-loop speed controlled operation independent of the speed setpoint (except for OFF3) (ASM).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Controlled start Yes No -
01 Controlled through 0 Hz Yes No -
02 Closed-loop ctrl oper. down to zero freq. for Yes No -
passive loads
03 Motor model Lh_pre = f(PsiEst) Yes No -
06 Closed-loop/open-loop controlled (PMSM) Yes No -
for a blocked motor
07 Use rugged changeover limits Yes No -
08 Closed-loop controlled until wait time p1758 Yes No -
has expired
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: p0500
Caution: Do not use bit 6 = 1 if the motor can be slowly reversed by the load at the torque limit. Long delay times due to
blocking (p2177 > p1758) can cause the motor to stall. In this case you should deactivate the function or use closed-
loop control throughout the speed range (note the information re bit 2 = 1).
Note: Bits 0 ... 2 only have an influence for sensorless vector control, bit 2 is pre-assigned depending on p0500.
For bit 2 = 1:
The sensorless vector control is effective down to zero frequency. A change is not made into the open-loop speed
controlled mode.
This operating mode is possible for passive loads. These include applications where the load itself does not generate
any active torque and therefore only acts reactively to the drive torque of the induction motor.
If bit 2 = 1, then bit 3 is automatically set to 1. Manual de-selection is possible and may be sensible if the saturation
characteristic (p1960) was not measured for third-party motors. Generally, for standard SIEMENS motors, the
already pre-assigned (default value) saturation characteristic is adequate.
When the bit is set, the selection of bits 0 and 1 is ignored.
For bit 2 = 0:
Bit 3 is also automatically deactivated.
For bit 6 = 1:
The following applies for sensorless vector control of induction motors:
For a blocked motor (see p2175, p2177) the time condition in p1758 is bypassed and a change is not made into
open-loop controlled operation.
The following applies for sensorless vector control of synchronous motors:
For a blocked motor (see p2175, p2177), the speed ramp-function generator is held in open-loop speed controlled
operation, and a switchover is not made into closed-loop controlled operation.
For bit 7 = 1:
The following applies for sensorless vector control of induction motors:
If the changeover limits are parameterized too low (p1755, p1756), then they are automatically increased to rugged
values by the absolute amount p1749 * p1755.

SINAMICS G120C
194 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

The effective time condition for changing over into open-controlled operation is obtained from the minimum value of
p1758 and 0.5 * r0384.
Is recommended that bit 7 is activated for applications that demand a high torque at low frequencies, and at the same
time require low speed gradients.
Adequate parameterization of the current setpoint must be ensured (p1610, p1611).
For bit 8 = 1: no influence on the functionality of bits 0, 1, 2
The following applies for sensorless vector control of induction motors:
Changeover into open-loop speed controlled operation is no longer dependent on the speed setpoint (except for
OFF3), but instead is essentially dependent on time condition p1758. As a consequence, a drive can be started or
reversed in closed-loop speed controlled operation with setpoints from an external control system, if these briefly lie
in the open-loop speed control range.

p1755[0...n] Motor model changeover speed encoderless operation / MotMod n_chgSnsorl

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm]
Description: Sets the speed to change over the motor model to encoderless operation.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: p1749, p1756
Notice: The changeover speed represents the steady-state minimum speed up to which the motor model can be used in
sensorless steady-state operation.
If the stability is not adequate close to the changeover speed, it may make sense to increase the parameter value.
On the other hand, very low changeover speeds can negatively impact the stability.
Note: The changeover speed applies for the changeover between open-loop and closed-loop control mode.

p1756 Motor model changeover speed hysteresis encoderless operation /

MotMod n_chgov hys
Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6730, 6731
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 95.0 [%] 50.0 [%]
Description: Sets the hysteresis for the changeover speed of the motor model for encoderless operation.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: p1755
Note: The parameter value refers to p1755.
Extremely small hystereses can have a negative impact on the stability in the changeover speed range, and very
high hystereses in the standstill range.

p1764[0...n] Motor model without encoder speed adaptation Kp / MotMod woE n_adaKp
Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6730
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 100000.000 1000.000
Description: Sets the proportional gain of the controller for speed adaptation without encoder.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 195
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1767[0...n] Motor model without encoder speed adaptation Tn / MotMod woE n_adaTn
Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6730
Min Max Factory setting
1 [ms] 200 [ms] 4 [ms]
Description: Sets the integral time of the controller for speed adaptation without encoder
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)

p1769[0...n] Motor model changeover delay time closed-loop control / MotMod t cl_ctrl
Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the wait time for a transition from open-loop controlled to closed-loop controlled operation after twice the lower
changeover speed p1755 * (1 - p1756 / 100 %) has been exceeded - and below the upper switchover speed p1755.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: p1755, p1756
Note: With p1759 = 0 ms and above p1755, the delay time becomes ineffective and the model changeover is determined
by the output frequency only (changeover for p1755).

p1780[0...n] Motor model adaptation configuration / MotMod adapt conf

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0101 1100 bin
Description: Sets the configuration for the adaptation circuit of the motor model.
Induction motor (ASM): Rs, Lh, and offset compensation.
Permanent-magnet synchronous motor (PMSM): kT
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
01 Select motor model ASM Rs adaptation Yes No -
02 Select motor model ASM Lh adaptation Yes No -
03 Select motor model PMSM kT adaptation Yes No -
04 Select motor model offset adaptation Yes No -
06 Select pole position identification PMSM Yes No -
encoderless
07 Select T(valve) with Rs adaptation Yes No -
10 Filter time combination current like current Yes No -
ctrl integral time
12 Start PMSM sensorless with last angle Yes No -
13 Fast pulsed pole position identification Yes No -
14 Delay of the precontrol speed to the motor Yes No -
model
15 Reserved - - -
Dependency: In U/f characteristic operating mode only bit 7 is relevant.
For active motor model feedback (see p1784), the Lh adaptation is internally deactivated automatically.
Note: ASM: Induction motor
PMSM: permanent-magnet synchronous motor
When selecting the compensation of the valve interlocking via Rs (bit 7), the compensation in the gating unit is de-
activated and is instead taken into account in the motor model.
In order that the correction values of the Rs, Lh and kT adaptation (selected using Bit 0 ... Bit 2) are correctly
accepted when changing over the drive data set, a dedicated motor number must be entered into p0826 for each
different motor.

SINAMICS G120C
196 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

For bit 12 (only for synchronous motors and bit 6 = 1):

The pole position identification is only carried out after power on and after the motor has coasted down. The switch-
off speed p1226 should be as low as possible. If the power unit is switched off when the motor is stationary, then the
next time that the power unit is switched on, the old angle is used as starting value. The precondition applies that
while the power unit is switched off the motor does not rotate.
The duration of the pole position identification is shortened using bit 13. As a consequence, the pole wheel angle
error can be slightly greater.

p1784[0...n] Motor model feedback scaling / MotMod fdbk scal

Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 1000.0 [%] 0.0 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling for model fault feedback.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096
= 2)
Note: Feeding back the measured model fault to the model states increases the control stability and makes the motor
model rugged against parameter errors.
When feedback is selected (p1784 > 0), Lh adaptation is not effective.

r1787[0...n] Motor model Lh adaptation corrective value / MotMod Lh corr

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [mH] - [mH] - [mH]
Description: Displays the corrective value for the Lh adaptation of the motor model for an induction motor (ASM).
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096
= 2)
Refer to: p0826, p1780
Note: The adaptation result is reset if the magnetizing inductance of the induction motor is changed (p0360, r0382).

p1800[0...n] Pulse frequency setpoint / Pulse freq setp

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8021
Min Max Factory setting
2.000 [kHz] 16.000 [kHz] 4.000 [kHz]
Description: Sets the pulse frequency for the converter.
This parameter is pre-set to the rated converter value when the drive is first commissioned.
Dependency: Refer to: p0230
Note: The maximum and minimum possible pulse frequency is also determined by the power unit being used (minimum
pulse frequency: 2 kHz or 4 kHz).
When the pulse frequency is increased, depending on the particular power unit, the maximum output current can be
reduced (derating, refer to r0067).
If a sine-wave filter is parameterized as output filter (p0230 = 3), then the pulse frequency cannot be set below the
minimum value required for the filter.
For operation with output reactors, the pulse frequency is limited to 4 kHz (see p0230).
If p1800 is changed during commissioning (p0010 > 0), then it is possible that the old value will no longer be able to
be set. The reason for this is that the dynamic limits of p1800 have been changed by a parameter that was set when
the drive was commissioned (e.g. p1082).

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 197
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r1801[0...1] CO: Pulse frequency / Pulse frequency

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [kHz] - [kHz] - [kHz]
Description: Display and connector output for the actual converter switching frequency.
Index: [0] = Actual
[1] = Modulator minimum value
Note: The selected pulse frequency (p1800) may be reduced if the drive converter has an overload condition (p0290).

p1802[0...n] Modulator mode / Modulator mode

Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 10 0
Description: Sets the modulator mode.
Value: 0: Automatic changeover SVM/FLB
2: Space vector modulation (SVM)
3: SVM without overcontrol
4: SVM/FLB without overcontrol
10: SVM/FLB with modulation depth reduction
Dependency: If a sine-wave filter is parameterized as output filter (p0230 = 3, 4), then only space vector modulation without
overcontrol can be selected as modulation type (p1802 = 3).
Refer to: p0230, p0500
Note: When modulation modes are enabled that could lead to overmodulation (p1802 = 0, 2, 10), the modulation depth
must be limited using p1803 (default, p1803 < 100 %). The higher the overmodulation, the greater the current ripple
and torque ripple.
When changing p1802[x], the values for all of the other existing indices are also changed.

p1803[0...n] Maximum modulation depth / Modulat depth max

Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6723
Min Max Factory setting
20.0 [%] 150.0 [%] 106.0 [%]
Description: Defines the maximum modulation depth.
Dependency: Refer to: p0500
Note: p1803 = 100% is the overcontrol limit for space vector modulation (for an ideal drive converter without any switching
delay).

p1806[0...n] Filter time constant Vdc correction / T_filt Vdc_corr

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [ms] 10000.0 [ms] 0.0 [ms]
Description: Sets the filter time constant for the DC link voltage.
This time constant is used to calculate the modulation depth.

SINAMICS G120C
198 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1810 Modulator configuration / Modulator config

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 bin
Description: Sets the configuration for the modulator.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Avg value filter for V_lim (only for Yes No -
Vdc_comp in modulator)
01 DC link voltage compensation in the current Yes No -
control
Notice: Bit 1 = 1 can only be set under a pulse inhibit and for r0192.14 = 1.
Note: For bit 00 = 0:
Voltage limitation from the minimum of the DC link voltage (lower ripple in the output current, reduced output
voltage).
For bit 00 = 1:
Voltage limitation from averaged DC link voltage (higher output voltage with increased ripple in the output current).
The selection is only valid if the DC link compensation is not performed in the Control Unit (bit 1 = 0).
For bit 01 = 0:
DC link voltage compensation in the modulator.
For bit 01 = 1:
DC link voltage compensation in the current control.

p1820[0...n] Reverse the output phase sequence / Outp_ph_seq rev

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: C(2), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the phase sequence reversal for the motor without setpoint change.
If the motor does not rotate in the required direction, then the output phase sequence can be reversed using this
parameter. This means that the direction of the motor is reversed without the setpoint being changed.
Value: 0: OFF
1: ON
Note: This setting can only be changed when the pulses are inhibited.

p1822 Power unit line phases monitoring tolerance time / PU ph monit t_tol
Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
500 [ms] 540000 [ms] 1000 [ms]
Description: Sets the tolerance time for line phase monitoring for blocksize power units.
If a line phase fault is present for longer than this tolerance time, then a corresponding fault is output.
Dependency: Refer to: F30011
Notice: When operating with a failed line phase, depending on the active power, values higher than the default value can
either immediately damage the power unit or damage it over the long term.
Note: For the setting p1822 = maximum value, line phase monitoring is deactivated.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 199
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r1838.0...15 CO/BO: Gating unit status word 1 / Gating unit ZSW1

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for status word 1 of the power unit.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Fault time-critical ON OFF -
01 Gating unit mode bit 0 ON OFF -
02 Pulse enable ON OFF -
03 Switch-off signal path STO_B Inactive Active -
04 Switch-off signal path STO_A Inactive Active -
05 Gating unit mode bit 1 ON OFF -
06 Gating unit mode bit 2 ON OFF -
07 Brake state ON OFF -
08 Brake diagnostics ON OFF -
09 Armature short-circuit braking Active Not active -
10 Gating unit state bit 0 ON OFF -
11 Gating unit state bit 1 ON OFF -
12 Gating unit state bit 2 ON OFF -
13 Alarm status bit 0 ON OFF -
14 Alarm status bit 1 ON OFF -
15 Diagnostics 24 V ON OFF -

p1900 Motor data identification and rotating measurement / MotID and rot meas
Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 12 0
Description: Sets the motor data identification and speed controller optimization.
The motor identification should first be performed with the motor stationary (p1900 = 1, 2; also refer to p1910). Based
on this, additional motor and control parameters can be determined using the motor data identification with the motor
rotating (p1900 = 1, 3; also refer to p1960; not for p1300 < 20).
p1900 = 0:
Function inhibited.
p1900 = 1:
Sets p1910 = 1 and p1960 = 0, 1 depending on p1300
When the drive enable signals are present, a motor data identification routine is carried out at standstill with the next
switch-on command. Current flows through the motor which means that it can align itself by up to a quarter of a
revolution.
With the following switch-on command, a rotating motor data identification routine is carried out - and in addition, a
speed controller optimization by making measurements at different motor speeds.
p1900 = 2:
Sets p1910 = 1 and p1960 = 0
When the drive enable signals are present, a motor data identification routine is carried out at standstill with the next
switch-on command. Current flows through the motor which means that it can align itself by up to a quarter of a
revolution.
p1900 = 3:
Sets p1960 = 0, 1 depending on p1300
This setting should only be selected if the motor data identification was already carried out at standstill.
When the drive enable signals are present, with the next switch-on command, a rotating motor data identification
routine is carried out - and in addition, speed controller optimization by taking measurements at different motor
speeds.

SINAMICS G120C
200 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1900 = 11, 12:

The same as p1900 = 1, 2 with the difference, that after the measurement, the system immediately goes into
operation. For this purpose, p1909.18 is set = p1959.13 is set = 1 .
Value: 0: Inhibited
1: Identifying motor data and optimizing the speed controller
2: Identifying motor data (at standstill)
3: Optimizing the speed controller (in rotating operation)
11: Motor data ident. and speed controller opt., switch to operation
12: Motor data identification (at standstill), switch to operation
Dependency: Refer to: p1300, p1910, p1960
Refer to: A07980, A07981, F07983, F07984, F07985, F07986, F07988, F07990, A07991
Notice: p1900 = 3:
This setting should only be selected if the motor data identification was already carried out at standstill.
If there is a motor holding brake, it must be open (p1215 = 2).
To permanently accept the determined settings they must be saved in a non-volatile fashion (p0971).
During the rotating measurement it is not possible to save the parameter (p0971).
Note: The motor and control parameters of the vector control are only optimally set when both measurements are carried
out (initially at standstill, and then with the motor rotating). The measurement with rotating motor is not performed for
p1300 < 20 (U/f controls).
An appropriate alarm is output when the parameter is set.
The switch-on command must remain set during a measurement and after the measurement has been completed,
the drive automatically resets it.
The duration of the measurements can lie between 0.3 s and several minutes. This time is, for example, influenced
by the motor size and the mechanical conditions.
p1900 is automatically set to 0 after the motor data identification routine has been completed.
If a reluctance motor has been parameterized, a pole position identification is carried out during the stationary
measurement. As a consequence, faults that occur can also be assigned to the pole position identification.
For U/f control (p1300), identification with speed controller optimization does not make sense (e.g. P1900 = 1).

p1901 Test pulse evaluation configuration / Test puls config

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 bin
Description: Sets the configuration for the test pulse evaluation.
Bit 00: Check for conductor-to-conductor short circuit once/always when the pulses are enabled.
Bit 01: Check for ground fault once/always when the pulses are enabled.
Bit 02: Activation of the tests selected using bit 00 and/or bit 01 each time the pulses are enabled
Recommendation: If the ground fault test is incorrectly initiated because the motor is not at a complete standstill, then the pulse
cancellation delay time (p1228) should be increased.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Phase short-circuit test pulse active Yes No -
01 Ground fault detection test pulse active Yes No -
02 Test pulse at each pulse enable Yes No -
Dependency: The ground fault test is only possible when the motor is stationary, and is therefore only realized when flying restart is
deactivated (p1200 = 0).
Refer to: p0287
Note: If a conductor-to-conductor short-circuit is detected during the test, this is displayed in r1902.1.
If a ground fault is detected during the test, this is displayed in r1902.2.
For bit 02 = 0:
If the test was successful once after POWER ON (see r1902.0), then it is not repeated.
For bit 02 = 1:
The test is not only performed after POWER ON, but also each time the pulses are enabled.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 201
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1909[0...n] Motor data identification control word / MotID STW

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 bin
Description: Sets the configuration for the motor data identification.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Stator inductance estimate no Yes No -
measurement
02 Rotor time constant estimate no Yes No -
measurement
03 Leakage inductance estimate no Yes No -
measurement
05 Determine Tr and Lsig evaluation in the time Yes No -
range
06 Activate vibration damping Yes No -
07 Deactivate vibration detection Yes No -
11 Deactivate pulse measurement Lq Ld Yes No -
12 Deactivate rotor resistance Rr Yes No -
measurement
14 Deactivate valve interlocking time Yes No -
measurement
15 Determine only stator resistance, valve Yes No -
voltage fault, dead time
16 Short motor identification (lower quality) Yes No -
17 Measurement without control parameter Yes No -
calculation
18 After motID direct transition into operation Yes No -
19 After MotID automatically save results Yes No -
20 Estimate cable resistance Yes No -
Note: The following applies to permanent-magnet synchronous motors:
Without de-selection in bit 11, in the closed-loop control mode, the direct inductance LD and the quadrature
inductance Lq are measured at a low current.
When de-selecting with bit 11 or in the U/f mode, the stator inductance is measured at half the rated motor current.
If the stator is inductance is not measured but is to be estimated, then bit 0 should be set and bit 11 should be de-
selected.
Bit 19 = 1:
All parameters are automatically saved after a successful motor data identification.
If a speed controller optimization run is then selected, the parameters are only saved after this measurement has
been completed.

p1910 Motor data identification selection / MotID selection

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 28 0
Description: Sets the motor data identification routine.
The motor data identification routine is carried out after the next switch-on command.
p1910 = 1:
All motor data and the drive converter characteristics are identified and then transferred to the following parameters:
p0350, p0354, p0356, p0357, p0358, p0360.
After this, the control parameter p0340 = 3 is automatically calculated.
p1910 = 20:
Only for internal SIEMENS use.

SINAMICS G120C
202 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Value: 0: Inhibited
1: Complete identification (ID) and acceptance of motor data
2: Complete identification (ID) of motor data without acceptance
20: Voltage vector input
21: Voltage vector input without filter
22: Rectangular voltage vector input without filter
23: Triangular voltage vector input without filter
24: Rectangular voltage vector input with filter
25: Triangular voltage vector input with filter
26: Enter voltage vector with DTC correction
27: Enter voltage vector with AVC
28: Enter voltage vector with DTC + AVC correction
Dependency: "Quick commissioning" must be carried out (p0010 = 1, p3900 > 0) before executing the motor data identification
routine!
When selecting the motor data identification routine, the drive data set changeover is suppressed.
Refer to: p1900
Refer to: F07990, A07991
Notice: After the motor data identification (p1910 > 0) has been selected, alarm A07991 is output and a motor data
identification routine is carried out as follows at the next switch-on command:
- current flows through the motor and a voltage is present at the drive converter output terminals.
- during the identification routine, the motor shaft can rotate through a maximum of half a revolution.
- however, no torque torque is generated.
Note: If there is a motor holding brake, it must be open (p1215 = 2).
To permanently accept the determined settings they must be saved in a non-volatile fashion (p0971).
When setting p1910, the following should be observed:
1. "With acceptance" means:
The parameters specified in the description are overwritten with the identified values and therefore have an influence
on the controller setting.
2. "Without acceptance" means:
The identified parameters are only displayed in the range r1912 ... r1926 (service parameters). The controller
settings remain unchanged.
3. For settings 27 and 28, the AVC configuration set using p1840 is active.
The switch-on command must remain set during a measurement and after the measurement has been completed,
the drive automatically resets it. The duration of the measurements can lie between 0.3 s and several minutes. This
time is mainly influenced by the motor size. At the end of the motor data identification, p1910 is automatically set to 0,
if only the stationary measurement is selected, then p1900 is also reset to 0, otherwise, the rotating measurement is
activated.

p1959[0...n] Rotating measurement configuration / Rot meas config

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0001 1110 bin
Description: Sets the configuration of the rotating measurement.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
01 Saturation characteristic identification Yes No -
02 Moment of inertia identification Yes No -
03 Re-calculates the speed controller Yes No -
parameters
04 Speed controller optimization (vibration test) Yes No -
11 Do not change the controller parameters Yes No -
during the measurement
12 Measurement shortened Yes No -
13 After measurement direct transition into Yes No -
operation
Dependency: Refer to: F07988

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 203
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: The following parameters are influenced for the individual optimization steps:
Bit 01: p0320, p0360, p0362 ... p0369
Bit 02: p0341, p0342
Bit 03: p1470, p1472, p1496
Bit 04: Dependent on p1960
p1960 = 1, 3: p1400, p1470, p1472, p1496

For bit 12 = 1:
The selection only has an effect on the measurement p1960 = 1, 2. For the shortened measurement, the magnetizing
current and moment of inertia are determined with a somewhat lower accuracy.
For bit 13 = 1:
After the measurement has been completed, the system immediately goes into closed-loop speed controlled
operation.

p1960 Rotating measurement selection / Rot meas sel

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Sets the rotating measurement.
The rotating measurement is carried out after the next switch-on command.
The setting possibilities of the parameter depend on the open-loop/closed-loop control mode (p1300).
p1300 < 20 (U/f open-loop control):
It is not possible to select rotating measurement or speed controller optimization.
p1300 = 20, 22 (encoderless operation):
Only rotating measurement or speed controller optimization can be selected in the encoderless mode.
Value: 0: Inhibited
1: Rotating measurement in encoderless operation
3: Speed controller optimization in encoderless operation
Dependency: Before the rotating measurement is carried out, the motor data identification routine (p1900, p1910, r3925) should
have already been done.
When selecting the rotating measurement, the drive data set changeover is suppressed.
Refer to: p1300, p1900, p1959, p1967, r1968
Danger: For drives with a mechanical system that limits the distance moved, it must be ensured that this is not reached during
the rotating measurement. If this is not the case, then it is not permissible that the measurement is carried out.

Notice: If there is a motor holding brake, it must be open (p1215 = 2).

To permanently accept the determined settings they must be saved in a non-volatile fashion (p0971).
During the rotating measurement it is not possible to save the parameter (p0971).
Note: When the rotating measurement is activated, it is not possible to save the parameters (p0971).
Parameter changes are automatically made for the rotating measurement (e.g. p1120); this is the reason that up to
the end of the measurement, and if no faults are present, no manual changes should be made.
The ramp-up and ramp-down times (p1120, p1121) are limited, for the rotating measurement, to 900 s.

p1961 Saturation characteristic speed to determine / Sat_char n determ

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
26 [%] 75 [%] 40 [%]
Description: Sets the speed to determine the saturation characteristic.
The percentage value is referred to p0310 (rated motor frequency).
Dependency: Refer to: p0310, p1959
Refer to: F07983
Note: The saturation characteristics should be determined at an operating point with the lowest possible load.

SINAMICS G120C
204 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1965 Speed_ctrl_opt speed / n_opt speed

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
10 [%] 75 [%] 40 [%]
Description: Sets the speed for the identification of the moment of inertia and the vibration test.
Induction motor:
The percentage value is referred to p0310 (rated motor frequency).
Synchronous motor:
The percentage value is referred to the minimum from p0310 (rated motor frequency) and p1082 (maximum speed).
Dependency: Refer to: p0310, p1959
Refer to: F07984, F07985
Note: In order to calculate the inertia, sudden speed changes are carried out - the specified value corresponds to the lower
speed setpoint. This value is increased by 20 % for the upper speed value.
The q leakage inductance (refer to p1959.5) is determined at zero speed and at 50 % of p1965 - however, with a
maximum output frequency of 15 Hz and at a minimum of 10% of the rated motor speed.

p1967 Speed_ctrl_opt dynamic factor / n_opt dyn_factor

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
1 [%] 400 [%] 100 [%]
Description: Sets the dynamic response factor for speed controller optimization.
After optimization, the dynamic response achieved is displayed in r1968.
Dependency: Refer to: p1959, r1968
Refer to: F07985
Note: For a rotating measurement, this parameter can be used to optimize the speed controller.
p1967 = 100 % --> speed controller optimization according to a symmetric optimum.
p1967 > 100 % --> optimization with a higher dynamic response (Kp higher, Tn lower).
If the actual dynamic response (see r1968) is significantly reduced with respect to the required dynamic response
(p1967), then this can be as a result of mechanical load oscillations. If, in spite of this load behavior, a higher dynamic
response is required, then the oscillation test (p1959.4 = 0) should be deactivated and the measurement repeated.

r1968 Speed_ctrl_opt dynamic factor actual / n_opt dyn_fact act

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the dynamic factor which is actually achieved for the vibration test
Dependency: Refer to: p1959, p1967
Refer to: F07985
Note: This dynamic factor only refers to the control mode of the speed controller set in p1960.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 205
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1980[0...n] PolID technique / PolID technique

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
1 10 4
Description: Sets the pole position identification technique.
p1980 = 1, 8: The current magnitude is set using p0329.
p1980 = 4, 6: The current magnitude of the first measurement section is set using p0325, the second using p0329.
p1980 = 10: The rated motor current is impressed to align.
The current magnitudes are limited to the rated power unit values.
Value: 1: Voltage pulsing 1st harmonics
4: Voltage pulsing 2-stage
6: Voltage pulsing 2-stage inverse
8: Voltage pulsing 2nd harmonic, inverse
10: DC current injection
Dependency: When commissioning a catalog motor, the technique is automatically selected depending on the motor type being
used.
Refer to: p0325, p0329, p1780
Refer to: F07969
Note: Voltage pulse technique (p1980 = 1, 4) cannot be applied to operation with sine-wave output filters (p0230).

r1992.0...15 CO/BO: PolID diagnostics / PolID diag

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the diagnostics information of the pole position identification (polID)
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Critical encoder fault occurred Yes No -
02 Encoder parking active Yes No -
05 Encoder fault Class 1 Yes No -
06 Encoder fault Class 2 Yes No -
07 Pole position identification for encoder Yes No -
carried out
08 Fine synchronization carried out Yes No -
09 Coarse synchronization carried out Yes No -
10 Commutation information available Yes No -
11 Speed information available Yes No -
12 Position information available Yes No -
15 Zero mark passed Yes No -
Dependency: Refer to: p0325, p0329, p1980
Note: The data of p1992 are updated in a 4 ms cycle.
Fast changes of the encoder status word bits can be better investigated using p7830 and following.
PolID: Pole position identification

SINAMICS G120C
206 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2000 Reference speed reference frequency / n_ref f_ref

Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
6.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm] 1500.00 [rpm]
Description: Sets the reference quantity for speed and frequency.
All speeds or frequencies specified as relative value are referred to this reference quantity.
The reference quantity corresponds to 100% or 4000 hex (word) or 4000 0000 hex (double word).
The following applies: Reference frequency (in Hz) = reference speed (in ((rpm) / 60) x pole pair number)
Dependency: This parameter is only updated during the automatic calculation (p0340 = 1, p3900 > 0) if motor commissioning was
carried out beforehand for drive data set zero. This means that the parameter is not locked against overwriting using
p0573 = 1.
Refer to: p2001, p2002, p2003, r2004, r3996
Notice: When the reference speed / reference frequency is changed, short-term communication interruptions may occur.
Note: If a BICO interconnection is established between different physical quantities, then the particular reference quantities
are used as internal conversion factor.
Example 1:
The signal of an analog input (e.g. r0755[0]) is connected to a speed setpoint (e.g. p1070[0]). The actual percentage
input value is cyclically converted into the absolute speed setpoint using the reference speed (p2000).
Example 2:
The setpoint from PROFIBUS (r2050[1]) is connected to a speed setpoint (e.g. p1070[0]). The actual input value is
cyclically converted into a percentage value via the pre-specified scaling 4000 hex. This percentage value is
converted to the absolute speed setpoint via reference speed (p2000).

p2001 Reference voltage / Reference voltage

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
10 [Vrms] 100000 [Vrms] 1000 [Vrms]
Description: Sets the reference quantity for voltages.
All voltages specified as relative value are referred to this reference quantity. This also applies for direct voltage
values (= rms value) like the DC link voltage.
The reference quantity corresponds to 100% or 4000 hex (word) or 4000 0000 hex (double word).
Note:
This reference quantity also applies to direct voltage values. It is not interpreted as rms value, but as DC voltage
value.
Dependency: p2001 is only updated during automatic calculation (p0340 = 1, p3900 > 0) if motor commissioning has been carried
out first for drive data set zero and as a result overwriting of the parameter has not been blocked by setting p0573 =
1.
Refer to: r3996
Notice: When the reference voltage is changed, short-term communication interruptions may occur.
Note: If a BICO interconnection is established between different physical quantities, then the particular reference quantities
are used as internal conversion factor.
For infeed units, the parameterized device supply voltage (p0210) is pre-assigned as the reference quantity.
Example:
The actual value of the DC link voltage (r0070) is connected to a test socket (e.g. p0771[0]). The actual voltage value
is cyclically converted into a percentage of the reference voltage (p2001) and output according to the parameterized
scaling.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 207
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2002 Reference current / I_ref

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.10 [Arms] 100000.00 [Arms] 100.00 [Arms]
Description: Sets the reference quantity for currents.
All currents specified as relative value are referred to this reference quantity.
The reference quantity corresponds to 100% or 4000 hex (word) or 4000 0000 hex (double word).
Dependency: This parameter is only updated during the automatic calculation (p0340 = 1, p3900 > 0) if motor commissioning was
carried out beforehand for drive data set zero. This means that the parameter is not locked against overwriting using
p0573 = 1.
Refer to: r3996
Notice: If various DDS are used with different motor data, then the reference quantities remain the same as these are not
changed over with the DDS. The resulting conversion factor must be taken into account.
Example:
p2002 = 100 A
Reference quantity 100 A corresponds to 100 %
p0305[0] = 100 A
Rated motor current 100 A for MDS0 in DDS0 --> 100 % corresponds to 100 % of the rated motor current
p0305[1] = 50 A
Rated motor current 50 A for MDS1 in DDS1 --> 100 % corresponds to 200 % of the rated motor current
When the reference current is changed, short-term communication interruptions may occur.
Note: Pre-assigned value is p0640.
If a BICO interconnection is established between different physical quantities, then the particular reference quantities
are used as internal conversion factor.
For infeed units, the rated line current, which is obtained from the rated power and parameterized rated line supply
voltage (p2002 = r0206 / p0210 / 1.73) is pre-assigned as the reference quantity.
Example:
The actual value of a phase current (r0069[0]) is connected to a test socket (e.g. p0771[0]). The actual current value
is cyclically converted into a percentage of the reference current (p2002) and output according to the parameterized
scaling.

p2003 Reference torque / M_ref

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 7_2 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.01 [Nm] 20000000.00 [Nm] 1.00 [Nm]
Description: Sets the reference quantity for torque.
All torques specified as relative value are referred to this reference quantity.
The reference quantity corresponds to 100% or 4000 hex (word) or 4000 0000 hex (double word).
Dependency: This parameter is only updated during the automatic calculation (p0340 = 1, p3900 > 0) if motor commissioning was
carried out beforehand for drive data set zero. This means that the parameter is not locked against overwriting using
p0573 = 1.
Refer to: r3996
Notice: When the reference torque is changed, short-term communication interruptions may occur.
Note: Preassigned value is 2 * p0333.
If a BICO interconnection is established between different physical quantities, then the particular reference quantities
are used as internal conversion factor.
Example:
The actual value of the total torque (r0079) is connected to a test socket (e.g. p0771[0]). The actual torque is
cyclically converted into a percentage of the reference torque (p2003) and output according to the parameterized
scaling.

SINAMICS G120C
208 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2004 Reference power / P_ref

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 14_10 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [kW] - [kW] - [kW]
Description: Displays the reference quantity for power.
All power ratings specified as relative value are referred to this reference quantity.
The reference quantity corresponds to 100% or 4000 hex (word) or 4000 0000 hex (double word).
Dependency: This value is calculated as follows:
Infeed: Calculated from voltage times current.
Closed-loop control: Calculated from torque times speed.
Refer to: p2000, p2001, p2002, p2003
Note: If a BICO interconnection is established between different physical quantities, then the particular reference quantities
are used as internal conversion factor.
The reference power is calculated as follows:
- 2 * Pi * reference speed / 60 * reference torque (motor)
- reference voltage * reference current * root(3) (infeed)

p2006 Reference temperature / Ref temp

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
50.00 [°C] 300.00 [°C] 100.00 [°C]
Description: Sets the reference quantity for temperature.
All temperatures specified as relative value are referred to this reference quantity.
The reference quantity corresponds to 100% or 4000 hex (word) or 4000 0000 hex (double word).

p2010 Comm IF baud rate / Comm baud

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
6 12 12
Description: Sets the baud rate for the commissioning interface (USS, RS232).
Value: 6: 9600 baud
7: 19200 baud
8: 38400 baud
9: 57600 baud
10: 76800 baud
11: 93750 baud
12: 115200 baud
Note: COMM-IF: Commissioning interface
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 209
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2011 Comm IF address / Comm add

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 31 2
Description: Sets the address for the commissioning interface (USS, RS232).
Note: The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

p2016[0...3] CI: Comm IF USS PZD send word / Comm USS send word
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Integer16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: 4000H Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects the PZD (actual values) to be sent via the commissioning interface USS.
The actual values are displayed on an intelligent operator panel (IOP).
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4

p2020 Field bus interface baud rate / Field bus baud

G120C_USS Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9310
Min Max Factory setting
4 13 8
Description: Sets the baud rate for the field bus interface (RS485).
Value: 4: 2400 baud
5: 4800 baud
6: 9600 baud
7: 19200 baud
8: 38400 baud
9: 57600 baud
10: 76800 baud
11: 93750 baud
12: 115200 baud
13: 187500 baud
Note: Fieldbus IF: Fieldbus interface
Changes only become effective after POWER ON.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.
The parameter is set to the factory setting when the protocol is reselected.
When p2030 = 1 (USS), the following applies:
Min./max./factory setting: 4/13/8
When p2030 = 2 (Modbus), the following applies:
Min./max./factory setting: 5/13/7

SINAMICS G120C
210 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2021 Field bus interface address / Field bus address

G120C_USS Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9310
Min Max Factory setting
0 247 0
Description: Displays or sets the address for the fieldbus interface (RS485).
The address can be set as follows:
1) Using the address switch on the Control Unit.
--> p2021 displays the address setting.
--> A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON.
2) Using p2021
--> Only if an address of 0 or an address that is invalid for the fieldbus selected in p2030 has been set using the
address switch.
--> The address is saved in a non-volatile fashion using the function "copy from RAM to ROM".
--> A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON.
Dependency: Refer to: p2030
Note: Changes only become effective after POWER ON.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.
The parameter is set to the factory setting when the protocol is reselected.
When p2030 = 1 (USS), the following applies:
Min./max./factory setting: 0/30/0
When p2030 = 2 (Modbus), the following applies:
Min./max./factory setting: 1/247/1

p2022 Field bus int USS PZD no. / Field bus USS PZD
G120C_USS Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9310
Min Max Factory setting
0 8 2
Description: Sets the number of 16-bit words in the PZD part of the USS telegram for the field bus interface.
Dependency: Refer to: p2030
Note: The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

p2023 Field bus interface USS PKW count / Field bus USS PKW
G120C_USS Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9310
Min Max Factory setting
0 127 127
Description: Sets the number of 16-bit words in the PKW part of the USS telegram for the field bus interface.
Value: 0: PKW 0 words
3: PKW 3 words
4: PKW 4 words
127: PKW variable
Dependency: Refer to: p2030
Note: The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 211
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2024[0...2] Fieldbus interface times / Fieldbus times

G120C_USS Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9310
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] [0] 1000 [ms]
[1] 0 [ms]
[2] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the time values for the fieldbus interface.
For Modbus the following applies:
p2024[0, 1]: Not relevant.
p2024[2]: Telegram pause time (pause time between two telegrams).
Index: [0] = Max. processing time
[1] = Character delay time
[2] = Telegram pause time
Dependency: Refer to: p2020, p2030
Note: For p2024[2] (Modbus):
If the field bus baud rate is changed (p2020), the default time setting is restored.
The default setting corresponds to a time of 3.5 characters (dependent on the baud rate that has been set).

r2029[0...7] Field bus interface error statistics / Field bus error

G120C_USS Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9310
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the receive errors on the field bus interface (RS485).
Index: [0] = Number of error-free telegrams
[1] = Number of rejected telegrams
[2] = Number of framing errors
[3] = Number of overrun errors
[4] = Number of parity errors
[5] = Number of starting character errors
[6] = Number of checksum errors
[7] = Number of length errors

p2030 Field bus interface protocol selection / Field bus protocol

G120C_CAN Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9310
Min Max Factory setting
0 4 4
Description: Sets the communication protocol for the field bus interface.
Value: 0: No protocol
4: CAN
Note: Changes only become effective after POWER ON.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

SINAMICS G120C
212 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2030 Field bus interface protocol selection / Field bus protocol

G120C_DP Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9310
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 3
Description: Sets the communication protocol for the field bus interface.
Value: 0: No protocol
3: PROFIBUS
Note: Changes only become effective after POWER ON.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

p2030 Field bus interface protocol selection / Field bus protocol

G120C_PN Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9310
Min Max Factory setting
0 10 7
Description: Sets the communication protocol for the field bus interface.
Value: 0: No protocol
7: PROFINET
10: EtherNet/IP
Note: Changes only become effective after POWER ON.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

p2030 Field bus interface protocol selection / Field bus protocol

G120C_USS Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9310
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 0
Description: Sets the communication protocol for the field bus interface.
Value: 0: No protocol
1: USS
2: Modbus RTU
Note: Changes only become effective after POWER ON.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

p2031 Fieldbus interface MODBUS parity / Modbus parity

G120C_USS Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9310
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 2
Description: Sets the parity for the Modbus protocol (p2030 = 2).
Value: 0: No parity
1: Odd parity
2: Even parity
Note: Fieldbus IF: Fieldbus interface
Changes only become effective after POWER ON.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.
The parameter is set to the factory setting when the protocol is reselected (p2030 = 2).

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 213
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2032 Master control control word effective / PcCtrl STW eff

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the effective control word 1 (STW1) of the drive for the master control.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 ON/OFF1 Yes No -
01 OC / OFF2 Yes No -
02 OC / OFF3 Yes No -
03 Enable operation Yes No -
04 Enable ramp-function generator Yes No -
05 Start ramp-function generator Yes No -
06 Enable speed setpoint Yes No -
07 Acknowledge fault Yes No -
08 Jog bit 0 Yes No 3030
09 Jog bit 1 Yes No 3030
10 Master control by PLC Yes No -
Notice: The master control only influences control word 1 and speed setpoint 1. Other control word/setpoints can be
transferred from another automation device.
Note: OC: Operating condition

p2037 PROFIdrive STW1.10 = 0 mode / PD STW1.10=0

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
G120C_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 0
Description: Sets the processing mode for PROFIdrive STW1.10 "master control by PLC".
Generally, control world 1 is received with the first receive word (PZD1) (this is in conformance to the PROFIdrive
profile). The behavior of STW1.10 = 0 corresponds to that of the PROFIdrive profile. For other applications that
deviate from this, the behavior can be adapted using this particular parameter.
Value: 0: Freeze setpoints and continue to process sign-of-life
1: Freeze setpoints and sign-of-life
2: Do not freeze setpoints
Recommendation: Do not change the setting p2037 = 0.
Note: If the STW1 is not transferred according to the PROFIdrive with PZD1 (with bit 10 "master control by PLC"), then
p2037 should be set to 2.

p2038 PROFIdrive STW/ZSW interface mode / PD STW/ZSW IF mode

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
G120C_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 0
Description: Sets the interface mode of the PROFIdrive control words and status words.
When selecting a telegram via p0922 (p2079), this parameter influences the device-specific assignment of the bits in
the control and status words.
Value: 0: SINAMICS
2: VIK-NAMUR
Dependency: Refer to: p0922, p2079
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
Note: - For p0922 (p2079) = 1, 350 ... 999, p2038 is automatically set to 0.
- For p0922 (p2079) = 20, p2038 is automatically set to 2.
It is not then possible to change p2038.

SINAMICS G120C
214 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2039 Select debug monitor interface / Debug monit select

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: The serial interface for the debug monitor is COM1 (commissioning interface, RS232) or COM2 (fieldbus interface,
RS485).
Value = 0: Deactivated
Value = 1: COM1, commissioning protocol is deactivated
Value = 2: COM2, field bus is deactivated
Value = 3: Reserved
Note: Value = 2 is only possible for Control Units with RS485 as a field bus interface.

p2040 Fieldbus interface monitoring time / Fieldbus t_monit

G120C_USS Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
G120C_CAN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9310
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 1999999 [ms] 100 [ms]
Description: Sets the monitoring time to monitor the process data received via the fieldbus interface.
If no process data is received within this time, then an appropriate message is output.
Dependency: Refer to: F01910
Note: p2040 = 0:
Monitoring is deactivated.

p2042 PROFIBUS Ident Number / PB ident No.

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the PROFIBUS ident number (PNO-ID).
SINAMICS can be operated with various identities on PROFIBUS. This allows the use of a PROFIBUS GSD that is
independent of the device (e.g. PROFIdrive VIK-NAMUR with ident number 3AA0 hex).
Value: 0: SINAMICS
1: VIK-NAMUR
Note: Every change only becomes effective after a POWER ON.

r2043.0...2 BO: PROFIdrive PZD state / PD PZD state

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
G120C_PN Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2410
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PROFIdrive PZD state.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Setpoint failure Yes No -
02 Fieldbus operation Yes No -
Dependency: Refer to: p2044
Note: When using the "setpoint failure" signal, the bus can be monitored and an application-specific response triggered
when the setpoint fails.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 215
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2044 PROFIdrive fault delay / PD fault delay

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
G120C_PN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2410
Min Max Factory setting
0 [s] 100 [s] 0 [s]
Description: Sets the delay time to initiate fault F01910 after a setpoint failure.
The time until the fault is initiated can be used by the application. This means that is is possible to respond to the
failure while the drive is still operational (e.g. emergency retraction).
Dependency: Refer to: r2043
Refer to: F01910

p2047 PROFIBUS additional monitoring time / PB suppl t_monit

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2410
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 20000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the additional monitoring time to monitor the process data received via PROFIBUS.
Enables short bus faults to be compensated.
If no process data is received within this time, then an appropriate message is output.
Dependency: Refer to: F01910
Note: For controller STOP, the additional monitoring time is not effective.

r2050[0...11] CO: PROFIBUS PZD receive word / PZD recv word

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: - Scaling: 4000H Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2440, 2468, 9360
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Connector output to interconnect PZD (setpoints) with word format received from the fieldbus controller.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
Notice: Where there is a multiple interconnection of a connector output, all the connector inputs must either have Integer or
FloatingPoint data types. A BICO interconnection for a single PZD can only take place either on r2050 or r2060.

SINAMICS G120C
216 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2051[0...16] CI: PROFIdrive PZD send word / PZD send word

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Integer16
G120C_PN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: 4000H Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2450, 2470, 9370
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 2089[0]
[1] 63[0]
[2...16] 0
Description: Selects the PZD (actual values) with word format to be sent to the fieldbus controller.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

p2051[0...16] CI: PROFIdrive PZD send word / PZD send word

G120C_USS Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Integer16
G120C_CAN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: 4000H Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2450, 2470, 9370
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects the PZD (actual values) with word format to be sent to the fieldbus controller.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 217
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2053[0...16] PROFIdrive diagnostics send PZD word / Diag send word

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2450, 2470, 9370
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PZD (actual values) with word format sent to the fieldbus controller.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -

r2054 PROFIBUS status / PB status

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2410
Min Max Factory setting
0 4 -
Description: Status display for the PROFIBUS interface.
Value: 0: OFF
1: No connection (search for baud rate)
2: Connection OK (baud rate found)
3: Cyclic connection with master (data exchange)
4: Cyclic data OK

SINAMICS G120C
218 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2055[0...2] PROFIBUS diagnostics standard / PB diag standard

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2410
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Diagnostics display for the PROFIBUS interface.
Index: [0] = Master bus address
[1] = Master input total length bytes
[2] = Master output total length bytes

r2057 PROFIBUS address switch diagnostics / PB addr_sw diag

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2410
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the setting of the PROFIBUS address switch "DP ADDRESS" on the Control Unit.
Dependency: Refer to: p0918
Notice: The display is updated after switching on, and not cyclically.

r2060[0...10] CO: PROFIdrive PZD receive double word / PZD recv DW

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer32
Can be changed: - Scaling: 4000H Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2440, 2468
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Connector output to interconnect PZD (setpoints) with double word format received from the fieldbus controller.
Index: [0] = PZD 1 + 2
[1] = PZD 2 + 3
[2] = PZD 3 + 4
[3] = PZD 4 + 5
[4] = PZD 5 + 6
[5] = PZD 6 + 7
[6] = PZD 7 + 8
[7] = PZD 8 + 9
[8] = PZD 9 + 10
[9] = PZD 10 + 11
[10] = PZD 11 + 12
Dependency: Refer to: r2050
Notice: Where there is a multiple interconnection of a connector output, all the connector inputs must either have Integer or
FloatingPoint data types.
A BICO interconnection for a single PZD can only take place either on r2050 or r2060.

p2061[0...15] CI: PROFIBUS PZD send double word / PZD send DW

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Integer32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: 4000H Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2470
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects the PZD (actual values) with double word format to be sent to the fieldbus controller.
Index: [0] = PZD 1 + 2
[1] = PZD 2 + 3
[2] = PZD 3 + 4
[3] = PZD 4 + 5

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 219
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[4] = PZD 5 + 6
[5] = PZD 6 + 7
[6] = PZD 7 + 8
[7] = PZD 8 + 9
[8] = PZD 9 + 10
[9] = PZD 10 + 11
[10] = PZD 11 + 12
[11] = PZD 12 + 13
[12] = PZD 13 + 14
[13] = PZD 14 + 15
[14] = PZD 15 + 16
[15] = PZD 16 + 17
Dependency: Refer to: p2051
Notice: A BICO interconnection for a single PZD can only take place either on p2051 or p2061.
The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

r2063[0...15] PROFIdrive diagnostics PZD send double word / Diag send DW

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2470
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PZD (actual values) with double word format sent to the fieldbus controller.
Index: [0] = PZD 1 + 2
[1] = PZD 2 + 3
[2] = PZD 3 + 4
[3] = PZD 4 + 5
[4] = PZD 5 + 6
[5] = PZD 6 + 7
[6] = PZD 7 + 8
[7] = PZD 8 + 9
[8] = PZD 9 + 10
[9] = PZD 10 + 11
[10] = PZD 11 + 12
[11] = PZD 12 + 13
[12] = PZD 13 + 14
[13] = PZD 14 + 15
[14] = PZD 15 + 16
[15] = PZD 16 + 17
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
16 Bit 16 ON OFF -
17 Bit 17 ON OFF -
18 Bit 18 ON OFF -
19 Bit 19 ON OFF -
20 Bit 20 ON OFF -
21 Bit 21 ON OFF -

SINAMICS G120C
220 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

22 Bit 22 ON OFF -
23 Bit 23 ON OFF -
24 Bit 24 ON OFF -
25 Bit 25 ON OFF -
26 Bit 26 ON OFF -
27 Bit 27 ON OFF -
28 Bit 28 ON OFF -
29 Bit 29 ON OFF -
30 Bit 30 ON OFF -
31 Bit 31 ON OFF -
Notice: A maximum of 4 indices of the "trace" function can be used.

r2067[0...1] PZD maximum interconnected / PZDmaxIntercon

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display for the maximum interconnected PZD in the receive/send direction
Index 0: receive (r2050, r2060)
Index 1: send (p2051, p2061)

p2072 Response receive value after PZD failure / Resp aft PZD fail
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 bin
Description: Sets the response for the receive value (r2090) after PZD failure.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Unconditionally open holding brake (p0855) Freeze value Zero the value -

r2074[0...11] PROFIdrive diagnostics bus address PZD receive / Diag addr recv
G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PROFIBUS address of the sender from which the process data (PZD) is received.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
Note: Value range:
0 - 125: Bus address of the sender
65535: Not assigned

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 221
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2075[0...11] PROFIdrive diagnostics telegram offset PZD receive / Diag offs recv
G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2410
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PZD byte offset in the PROFIdrive receive telegram (controller output).
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
Note: Value range:
0 - 242: Byte offset
65535: Not assigned

r2076[0...16] PROFIdrive diagnostics telegram offset PZD send / Diag offs send
G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2410
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PZD byte offset in the PROFIdrive send telegram (controller input).
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
Note: Value range:
0 - 242: Byte offset
65535: Not assigned

SINAMICS G120C
222 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2077[0...15] PROFIBUS diagnostics peer-to-peer data transfer addresses / PB diag peer addr
G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
G120C_PN Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the addresses of the slaves (peers) where peer-to-peer data transfer has been configured via PROFIBUS.

p2079 PROFIdrive PZD telegram selection extended / PZD telegr ext

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
G120C_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
1 999 1
Description: Sets the send and receive telegram.
Contrary to p0922, a telegram can be selected using p2079 and subsequently expanded.
Value: 1: Standard telegram 1, PZD-2/2
20: Standard telegram 20, PZD-2/6
350: SIEMENS telegram 350, PZD-4/4
352: SIEMENS telegram 352, PZD-6/6
353: SIEMENS telegram 353, PZD-2/2, PKW-4/4
354: SIEMENS telegram 354, PZD-6/6, PKW-4/4
999: Free telegram configuration with BICO
Dependency: Refer to: p0922
Note: For p0922 < 999 the following applies:
p2079 has the same value and is inhibited. All of the interconnections and extensions contained in the telegram are
inhibited.
For p0922 = 999 the following applies:
p2079 can be freely set. If p2079 is also set to 999, then all of the interconnections can be set.
For p0922 = 999 and p2079 < 999 the following applies:
The interconnections contained in the telegram are inhibited. However, the telegram can be extended.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 223
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2080[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 1 / Bin/con ZSW1

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
G120C_PN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2472
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 899.0
[1] 899.1
[2] 899.2
[3] 2139.3
[4] 899.4
[5] 899.5
[6] 899.6
[7] 2139.7
[8] 2197.7
[9] 899.9
[10] 2199.1
[11] 1407.7
[12] 899.12
[13] 2135.14
[14] 2197.3
[15] 2135.15
Description: Selects bits to be sent to the PROFIdrive controller.
The individual bits are combined to form status word 1.
Index: [0] = Bit 0
[1] = Bit 1
[2] = Bit 2
[3] = Bit 3
[4] = Bit 4
[5] = Bit 5
[6] = Bit 6
[7] = Bit 7
[8] = Bit 8
[9] = Bit 9
[10] = Bit 10
[11] = Bit 11
[12] = Bit 12
[13] = Bit 13
[14] = Bit 14
[15] = Bit 15
Dependency: Refer to: p2088, r2089
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

p2080[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 1 / Bin/con ZSW1

G120C_USS Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
G120C_CAN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2472
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects bits to be sent to the PROFIdrive controller.
The individual bits are combined to form status word 1.
Index: [0] = Bit 0
[1] = Bit 1
[2] = Bit 2
[3] = Bit 3
[4] = Bit 4
[5] = Bit 5
[6] = Bit 6

SINAMICS G120C
224 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[7] = Bit 7
[8] = Bit 8
[9] = Bit 9
[10] = Bit 10
[11] = Bit 11
[12] = Bit 12
[13] = Bit 13
[14] = Bit 14
[15] = Bit 15
Dependency: Refer to: p2088, r2089
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

p2088[0...4] Invert binector-connector converter status word / Bin/con ZSW inv

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
G120C_PN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2472
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 1010 1000 0000 0000 bin
[1...4] 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Setting to invert the individual binector inputs of the binector-connector converter.
Index: [0] = Status word 1
[1...4] = Reserved
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 Inverted Not inverted -
01 Bit 1 Inverted Not inverted -
02 Bit 2 Inverted Not inverted -
03 Bit 3 Inverted Not inverted -
04 Bit 4 Inverted Not inverted -
05 Bit 5 Inverted Not inverted -
06 Bit 6 Inverted Not inverted -
07 Bit 7 Inverted Not inverted -
08 Bit 8 Inverted Not inverted -
09 Bit 9 Inverted Not inverted -
10 Bit 10 Inverted Not inverted -
11 Bit 11 Inverted Not inverted -
12 Bit 12 Inverted Not inverted -
13 Bit 13 Inverted Not inverted -
14 Bit 14 Inverted Not inverted -
15 Bit 15 Inverted Not inverted -
Dependency: Refer to: p2080, r2089

p2088[0...4] Invert binector-connector converter status word / Bin/con ZSW inv

G120C_USS Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
G120C_CAN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2472
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Setting to invert the individual binector inputs of the binector-connector converter.
Index: [0] = Status word 1
[1...4] = Reserved
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 Inverted Not inverted -
01 Bit 1 Inverted Not inverted -
02 Bit 2 Inverted Not inverted -
03 Bit 3 Inverted Not inverted -
04 Bit 4 Inverted Not inverted -
05 Bit 5 Inverted Not inverted -
06 Bit 6 Inverted Not inverted -
07 Bit 7 Inverted Not inverted -

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 225
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

08 Bit 8 Inverted Not inverted -

09 Bit 9 Inverted Not inverted -
10 Bit 10 Inverted Not inverted -
11 Bit 11 Inverted Not inverted -
12 Bit 12 Inverted Not inverted -
13 Bit 13 Inverted Not inverted -
14 Bit 14 Inverted Not inverted -
15 Bit 15 Inverted Not inverted -
Dependency: Refer to: p2080, r2089

r2089[0...4] CO: Send binector-connector converter status word / Bin/con ZSW send
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2472
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Connector output to interconnect the status words to a PZD send word.
Index: [0] = Status word 1
[1...4] = Reserved
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: p2051, p2080

r2090.0...15 BO: PROFIdrive PZD1 receive bit-serial / PZD1 recv bitw

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2468, 9204, 9206,
9360
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD1 (normally control word 1) received from the PROFIdrive
controller.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -

SINAMICS G120C
226 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -

r2091.0...15 BO: PROFIdrive PZD2 receive bit-serial / PZD2 recv bitw

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2468, 9204, 9206
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD2 received from the PROFIdrive controller.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -

r2091.0...15 BO: PROFIdrive PZD2 receive bit-serial / PZD2 recv bitw

G120C_USS Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
G120C_DP Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
G120C_PN Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2468
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD2 received from the PROFIdrive controller.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 227
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2092.0...15 BO: PROFIdrive PZD3 receive bit-serial / PZD3 recv bitw

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2468, 9204, 9206
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD3 received from the PROFIdrive controller.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -

r2092.0...15 BO: PROFIdrive PZD3 receive bit-serial / PZD3 recv bitw

G120C_USS Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
G120C_DP Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
G120C_PN Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2468
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD3 received from the PROFIdrive controller.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -

SINAMICS G120C
228 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2093.0...15 BO: PROFIdrive PZD4 receive bit-serial / PZD4 recv bitw

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2468, 9204, 9206
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD4 (normally control word 2) received from the PROFIdrive
controller.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -

r2093.0...15 BO: PROFIdrive PZD4 receive bit-serial / PZD4 recv bitw

G120C_USS Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
G120C_DP Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
G120C_PN Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2468
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD4 (normally control word 2) received from the PROFIdrive
controller.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 229
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2094.0...15 BO: Connector-binector converter binector output / Con/bin outp

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2468, 9360
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial onward interconnection of a PZD word received from the PROFIdrive controller.
The PZD is selected via p2099[0].
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: p2099

r2095.0...15 BO: Connector-binector converter binector output / Con/bin outp

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2468, 9360
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of a PZD word received from the PROFIdrive controller.
The PZD is selected via p2099[1].
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: p2099

SINAMICS G120C
230 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2098[0...1] Inverter connector-binector converter binector output / Con/bin outp inv

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2468, 9360
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Setting to invert the individual binector outputs of the connector-binector converter.
Using p2098[0], the signals of connector input p2099[0] are influenced.
Using p2098[1], the signals of connector input p2099[1] are influenced.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 Inverted Not inverted -
01 Bit 1 Inverted Not inverted -
02 Bit 2 Inverted Not inverted -
03 Bit 3 Inverted Not inverted -
04 Bit 4 Inverted Not inverted -
05 Bit 5 Inverted Not inverted -
06 Bit 6 Inverted Not inverted -
07 Bit 7 Inverted Not inverted -
08 Bit 8 Inverted Not inverted -
09 Bit 9 Inverted Not inverted -
10 Bit 10 Inverted Not inverted -
11 Bit 11 Inverted Not inverted -
12 Bit 12 Inverted Not inverted -
13 Bit 13 Inverted Not inverted -
14 Bit 14 Inverted Not inverted -
15 Bit 15 Inverted Not inverted -
Dependency: Refer to: r2094, r2095, p2099

p2099[0...1] CI: Connector-binector converter signal source / Con/bin S_src

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Integer16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2468, 9360
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the connector-binector converter.
A PZD receive word can be selected as signal source. The signals are available to be serially passed-on
(interconnection).
Dependency: Refer to: r2094, r2095
Note: From the signal source set via the connector input, the corresponding lower 16 bits are converted.
p2099[0...1] together with r2094.0...15 and r2095.0...15 forms two connector-binector converters:
Connector input p2099[0] to binector output in r2094.0...15
Connector input p2099[1] to binector output in r2095.0...15

p2100[0...19] Change fault response fault number / Chng resp F_no

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8075
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Selects the faults for which the fault response should be changed
Dependency: The fault is selected and the required response is set under the same index.
Refer to: p2101
Note: Re-parameterization is also possible if a fault is present. The change only becomes effective after the fault has been
resolved.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 231
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2101[0...19] Change fault response response / Chng resp resp

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8075
Min Max Factory setting
0 6 0
Description: Sets the fault response for the selected fault.
Value: 0: NONE
1: OFF1
2: OFF2
3: OFF3
5: STOP2
6: Internal armature short-circuit / DC braking
Dependency: The fault is selected and the required response is set under the same index.
Refer to: p2100
Notice: For the following cases, it is not possible to re-parameterize the fault response to a fault:
- fault number does not exist (exception value = 0).
- Message type is not "fault" (F).
- fault response is not permissible for the set fault number.
Note: Re-parameterization is also possible if a fault is present. The change only becomes effective after the fault has been
resolved.
The fault response can only be changed for faults with the appropriate identification.
Example:
F12345 and fault response = NONE (OFF1, OFF2)
--> The fault response NONE can be changed to OFF1 or OFF2.
For value = 1 (OFF1):
Braking along the ramp-function generator down ramp followed by a pulse inhibit.
For value = 2 (OFF2):
Internal/external pulse inhibit.
For value = 3 (OFF3):
Braking along the OFF3 down ramp followed by a pulse inhibit.
For value = 5 (STOP2):
n_set = 0
For value = 6 (armature short-circuit, internal/DC braking):
This value can only be set for all drive data sets when p1231 = 4.
a) DC braking is not possible for synchronous motors.
b) DC braking is possible for induction motors.

p2103[0...n] BI: 1st acknowledge faults / 1st acknowledge

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
G120C_PN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2441, 2442, 2443,
2447, 2475, 2546, 9220, 9677, 9678
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 2090.7
[1] 722.2
Description: Sets the first signal source to acknowledge faults.
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
Note: A fault acknowledgment is triggered with a 0/1 signal.

SINAMICS G120C
232 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2103[0...n] BI: 1st acknowledge faults / 1st acknowledge

G120C_USS Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
G120C_CAN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2441, 2442, 2443,
2447, 2475, 2546, 9220, 9677, 9678
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 722.2
[1] 0
Description: Sets the first signal source to acknowledge faults.
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
Note: A fault acknowledgment is triggered with a 0/1 signal.

p2104[0...n] BI: 2nd acknowledge faults / 2nd acknowledge

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
G120C_PN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2546, 8060
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 722.2
[1] 0
Description: Sets the second signal source to acknowledge faults.
Note: A fault acknowledgment is triggered with a 0/1 signal.

p2104[0...n] BI: 2nd acknowledge faults / 2nd acknowledge

G120C_USS Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
G120C_CAN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2546, 8060
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the second signal source to acknowledge faults.
Note: A fault acknowledgment is triggered with a 0/1 signal.

p2106[0...n] BI: External fault 1 / External fault 1

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2546
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for external fault 1.
Dependency: Refer to: F07860
Note: An external fault is triggered with a 1/0 signal.

r2109[0...63] Fault time removed in milliseconds / t_flt resolved ms

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8060
Min Max Factory setting
- [ms] - [ms] - [ms]
Description: Displays the system runtime in milliseconds when the fault was removed.
Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2130, r2133, r2136
Notice: The time comprises r2136 (days) and r2109 (milliseconds).
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the fault buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r0945.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 233
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2110[0...63] Alarm number / Alarm number

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8065
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: This parameter is identical to r2122.

p2111 Alarm counter / Alarm counter

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8065
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Number of alarms that have occurred after the last reset.
Dependency: When p2111 is set to 0, the following is initiated:
- all of the alarms of the alarm buffer that have gone [0...7] are transferred into the alarm history [8...63].
- the alarm buffer [0...7] is deleted.
Refer to: r2110, r2122, r2123, r2124, r2125
Note: The parameter is reset to 0 at POWER ON.

p2112[0...n] BI: External alarm 1 / External alarm 1

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2546
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for external alarm 1.
Dependency: Refer to: A07850
Note: An external alarm is triggered with a 1/0 signal.

p2118[0...19] Change message type message number / Chng type msg_no

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8075
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Selects faults or alarms for which the message type should be changed.
Dependency: Selects the fault or alarm selection and sets the required type of message realized under the same index.
Refer to: p2119
Note: Re-parameterization is also possible if a message is present. The change only becomes effective after the message
has gone.

SINAMICS G120C
234 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2119[0...19] Change message type type / Change type type

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8075
Min Max Factory setting
1 3 1
Description: Sets the message type for the selected fault or alarm.
Value: 1: Fault (F)
2: Alarm (A)
3: No message (N)
Dependency: Selects the fault or alarm selection and sets the required type of message realized under the same index.
Refer to: p2118
Note: Re-parameterization is also possible if a message is present. The change only becomes effective after the message
has gone.
The message type can only be changed for messages with the appropriate identification (exception, value = 0).
Example:
F12345(A) --> Fault F12345 can be changed to alarm A12345.
In this case, the message number that may be possibly entered in p2100[0...19] and p2126[0...19] is automatically
removed.

r2120 CO: Sum of fault and alarm buffer changes / Sum buffer changed
Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8065
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the sum of all of the fault and alarm buffer changes in the drive unit.
Dependency: Refer to: r0944

r2122[0...63] Alarm code / Alarm code

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8065
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the number of alarms that have occurred.
Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2123, r2124, r2125, r2134, r3121, r3123
Notice: The properties of the alarm buffer should be taken from the corresponding product documentation.
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
Alarm buffer structure (general principle):
r2122[0], r2124[0], r2123[0], r2125[0] --> alarm 1 (the oldest)
...
r2122[7], r2124[7], r2123[7], r2125[7] --> Alarm 8 (the latest)
When the alarm buffer is full, the alarms that have gone are entered into the alarm history:
r2122[8], r2124[8], r2123[8], r2125[8] --> Alarm 1 (the latest)
...
r2122[63], r2124[63], r2123[63], r2125[63] --> alarm 56 (the oldest)

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 235
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2123[0...63] Alarm time received in milliseconds / t_alarm recv ms

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8065
Min Max Factory setting
- [ms] - [ms] - [ms]
Description: Displays the system runtime in milliseconds when the alarm occurred.
Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2122, r2124, r2125, r2134
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the alarm buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r2122.

r2124[0...63] Alarm value / Alarm value

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8065
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays additional information about the active alarm (as integer number).
Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2122, r2123, r2125, r2134, r3121, r3123
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the alarm buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r2122.

r2125[0...63] Alarm time removed in milliseconds / t_alarm res ms

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8065
Min Max Factory setting
- [ms] - [ms] - [ms]
Description: Displays the system runtime in milliseconds when the alarm was cleared.
Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2122, r2123, r2124, r2134
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the alarm buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r2122.

p2126[0...19] Change acknowledge mode fault number / Chng ackn F_no

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8075
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Selects the faults for which the acknowledge mode is to be changed
Dependency: Selects the faults and sets the required acknowledge mode realized under the same index
Refer to: p2127
Note: Re-parameterization is also possible if a fault is present. The change only becomes effective after the fault has been
resolved.

SINAMICS G120C
236 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2127[0...19] Change acknowledge mode mode / Chng ackn mode

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8075
Min Max Factory setting
1 2 1
Description: Sets the acknowledge mode for selected fault.
Value: 1: Acknowledgment only using POWER ON
2: Ack IMMEDIATELY after the fault cause has been removed
Dependency: Selects the faults and sets the required acknowledge mode realized under the same index
Refer to: p2126
Notice: It is not possible to re-parameterize the acknowledge mode for a fault in the following cases:
- fault number does not exist (exception value = 0).
- Message type is not "fault" (F).
- Acknowledge mode is not permissible for the set fault number.
Note: Re-parameterization is also possible if a fault is present. The change only becomes effective after the fault has been
resolved.
The acknowledge mode can only be changed for faults with the appropriate identification.
Example:
F12345 and acknowledge mode = IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
--> The acknowledge mode can be changed from IMMEDIATELY to POWER ON.

p2128[0...15] Faults/alarms trigger selection / F/A trigger sel

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8070
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Sets the faults/alarms for which a trigger signal should be generated in r2129.0...15.
Dependency: If the fault/alarm set in p2128[0...15] occurs, then the particular binector output r2129.0...15 is set.
Refer to: r2129

r2129.0...15 CO/BO: Faults/alarms trigger word / F/A trigger word

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8070
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the trigger signals of the faults/alarms set in p2128[0...15].
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Trigger signal p2128[0] ON OFF -
01 Trigger signal p2128[1] ON OFF -
02 Trigger signal p2128[2] ON OFF -
03 Trigger signal p2128[3] ON OFF -
04 Trigger signal p2128[4] ON OFF -
05 Trigger signal p2128[5] ON OFF -
06 Trigger signal p2128[6] ON OFF -
07 Trigger signal p2128[7] ON OFF -
08 Trigger signal p2128[8] ON OFF -
09 Trigger signal p2128[9] ON OFF -
10 Trigger signal p2128[10] ON OFF -

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 237
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

11 Trigger signal p2128[11] ON OFF -

12 Trigger signal p2128[12] ON OFF -
13 Trigger signal p2128[13] ON OFF -
14 Trigger signal p2128[14] ON OFF -
15 Trigger signal p2128[15] ON OFF -
Dependency: If the fault/alarm set in p2128[0...15] occurs, then the particular binector output r2129.0...15 is set.
Refer to: p2128
Note: CO: r2129 = 0 --> None of the selected messages has occurred.
CO: r2129 > 0 --> At least one of the selected messages has occurred.

r2130[0...63] Fault time received in days / t_fault recv days

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8060
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the system runtime in days when the fault occurred.
Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2133, r2136
Notice: The time comprises r2130 (days) and r0948 (milliseconds).
The value displayed in r2130 refers to January 1, 1970
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).

r2131 CO: Actual fault code / Act fault code

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8060
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the code of the oldest active fault.
Note: 0: No fault present.

r2132 CO: Actual alarm code / Actual alarm code

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8065
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the code of the last alarm that occurred.
Note: 0: No alarm present.

r2133[0...63] Fault value for float values / Fault val float

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8060
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays additional information about the fault that occurred for float values.
Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2130, r2136
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).

SINAMICS G120C
238 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2134[0...63] Alarm value for float values / Alarm value float

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8065
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays additional information about the active alarm for float values.
Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2122, r2123, r2124, r2125, r3121, r3123
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).

r2135.12...15 CO/BO: Status word faults/alarms 2 / ZSW fault/alarm 2

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2548
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the second status word of faults and alarms.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
12 Fault motor overtemperature Yes No 8016
13 Fault power unit thermal overload Yes No 8021
14 Alarm motor overtemperature Yes No 8016
15 Alarm power unit thermal overload Yes No 8021

r2136[0...63] Fault time removed in days / t_flt resolv days

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8060
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the system runtime in days when the fault was removed.
Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2130, r2133
Notice: The time comprises r2136 (days) and r2109 (milliseconds).
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).

r2138.7...15 CO/BO: Control word faults/alarms / STW fault/alarm

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2546
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the control word of faults and alarms.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
07 Acknowledge fault Yes No 8060
10 External alarm 1 (A07850) effective Yes No 8065
11 External alarm 2 (A07851) effective Yes No 8065
12 External alarm 3 (A07852) effective Yes No 8065
13 External fault 1 (F07860) effective Yes No 8060
14 External fault 2 (F07861) effective Yes No 8060
15 External fault 3 (F07862) effective Yes No 8060
Dependency: Refer to: p2103, p2104, p2106, p2112

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 239
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2139.0...15 CO/BO: Status word faults/alarms 1 / ZSW fault/alarm 1

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2548
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for status word 1 of faults and alarms.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Being acknowledged Yes No -
01 Acknowledgment required Yes No -
03 Fault present Yes No 8060
06 Internal message 1 present Yes No -
07 Alarm present Yes No 8065
08 Internal message 2 present Yes No -
11 Alarm class bit 0 High Low -
12 Alarm class bit 1 High Low -
13 Maintenance required Yes No -
14 Maintenance urgently required Yes No -
15 Fault gone/can be acknowledged Yes No -
Note: For bit 03, 07:
These bits are set if at least one fault/alarm occurs. Data is entered into the fault/alarm buffer with delay. This is the
reason that the fault/alarm buffer should only be read if, after "fault present" or "alarm present" has occurred, a
change in the buffer was also detected (r0944, r9744, r2121).
For bit 06, 08:
These status bits are used for internal diagnostic purposes only.
For bits 11, 12:
These status bits are used for the classification of internal alarm classes and are intended for diagnostic purposes
only on certain automation systems with integrated SINAMICS functionality.

p2141[0...n] Speed threshold 1 / n_thresh val 1

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8010
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm] 5.00 [rpm]
Description: Sets the speed threshold value for the signal "f or n comparison value reached or exceeded" (BO: r2199.1).
Dependency: Refer to: r2199

p2153[0...n] Speed actual value filter time constant / n_act_filt T

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8010
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 1000000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the time constant of the PT1 element to smooth the speed / velocity actual value.
The smoothed actual speed/velocity is compared with the threshold values and is only used for messages and
signals.
Dependency: Refer to: r2169

SINAMICS G120C
240 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2155[0...n] Speed threshold 2 / n_thresh val 2

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8010
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm] 900.00 [rpm]
Description: Sets the speed threshold value for the following messages:
"|n_act| < = speed threshold value 2" (BO: r2197.1)
"|n_act| > speed threshold value 2" (BO: r2197.2)
Dependency: Refer to: r2197

p2156[0...n] On delay comparison value reached / t_on cmpr val rchd

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8010
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [ms] 10000.0 [ms] 0.0 [ms]
Description: Sets the switch-in delay time for the signal "comparison value reached" (BO: r2199.1).
Dependency: Refer to: p2141, r2199

p2165[0...n] Load monitoring stall monitoring upper threshold / Stall_mon up thr

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8013
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm] 0.00 [rpm]
Description: Sets the upper speed threshold of the stall monitoring of the pump or fan.
The lower limit is formed by the speed threshold 1 of the load monitoring (p2182).
The stall monitoring is active between p2182 and p2165.
Dependency: The following applies: p2182 < p2165
Refer to: A07891, F07894
Note: For p2165 = 0 or p2165 < p2182, the following applies:
There is no special stall monitoring for the pump/fan, but only the remaining load monitoring functions (e.g. leakage
monitoring for a pump) for the pump or fan are active.

p2168[0...n] Load monitoring stall monitoring torque threshold / Stall_mon M_thresh

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8013
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [Nm] 20000000.00 [Nm] 10000000.00 [Nm]
Description: Sets the torque threshold of the stall monitoring of the pump or fan.
If, in the monitored speed range from p2182 to p2165, the torque exceeds this threshold, then this is evaluated as
either the motor having stalled or heavy-duty starting.
Dependency: For pumps, the following applies (p2193 = 4):
- the leakage characteristic must lie below the torque threshold for the stall monitoring
- the torque threshold for dry running operation must lie below the torque threshold for stall monitoring
For fans, the following applies (p2193 = 5):
- the torque threshold for the stall monitoring must lie above the torque threshold to identify belt breakage (p2191).
Refer to: p2165, p2191
Refer to: A07891, F07894

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 241
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: The following applies for p2168 = 0:

The special stall monitoring for pump/fan is deactivated.
Then, only the remaining load monitoring functions (e.g. the leakage monitoring for a pump) for pump or fan are
realized.

r2169 CO: Actual speed smoothed signals / n_act smth message

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8010
Min Max Factory setting
- [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm]
Description: Display and connector output of the smoothed speed actual value for messages.
Dependency: Refer to: p2153

p2170[0...n] Current threshold value / I_thres

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2002 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8022
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [Arms] 10000.00 [Arms] 0.00 [Arms]
Description: Sets the absolute current threshold for the messages.
"I_act >= I_threshold p2170" (BO: r2197.8)
"I_act < I_threshold p2170" (BO: r2198.8)
Dependency: Refer to: p2171

p2171[0...n] Current threshold value reached delay time / I_thresh rch t_del
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8022
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 10 [ms]
Description: Sets the delay time for the comparison of the current actual value (r0068) with the current threshold value (p2170).
Dependency: Refer to: p2170

p2172[0...n] DC link voltage threshold value / Vdc thresh val

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 5_2 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 [V] 2000 [V] 800 [V]
Description: Sets the DC link voltage threshold value for the following messages:
"Vdc_act <= Vdc_threshold p2172" (BO: r2197.9)
"Vdc_act > Vdc_threshold p2172" (BO: r2197.10)

SINAMICS G120C
242 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2174[0...n] Torque threshold value 1 / M_thresh val 1

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8012
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [Nm] 20000000.00 [Nm] 5.13 [Nm]
Description: Sets the torque threshold value for the messages:
"Torque setpoint < torque threshold value 1 and n_set reached" (BO: r2198.9)
"Torque setpoint < torque threshold value 1" (BO: r2198.10)
"Torque setpoint > torque threshold value 1" (BO: r2198.13)
Dependency: Refer to: p2195, r2198

p2191[0...n] Load monitoring torque threshold no load / M_thresh no load

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8013
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [Nm] 20000000.00 [Nm] 0.00 [Nm]
Description: Setting of the torque threshold to identify dry running operation for pumps or belt breakage for fans.
Dependency: The following applies: p2191< p2168 if p2168 <> 0
Refer to: A07892, F07895
Note: For the setting p2191 = 0, the monitoring for dry running operation or belt breakage is deactivated.
Pre-assignment: p2191 = 5 % of the rated motor torque (p0333).

p2194[0...n] Torque threshold value 2 / M_thresh val 2

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8012
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 100.00 [%] 90.00 [%]
Description: Sets the torque threshold value for the message "Torque utilization < torque threshold value 2" (BO: r2199.11).
The message "torque setpoint < p2174" (BO: r2198.10) and "torque utilization < p2194" (BO: r2199.11) are only
evaluated after the run-up and the delay time has expired.
Dependency: Refer to: r0033, p2195, r2199

p2195[0...n] Torque utilization switch-off delay / M_util t_off

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8012
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [ms] 1000.0 [ms] 800.0 [ms]
Description: Sets the switch-off delay time for the negated signal "run-up completed".
The message "torque setpoint < p2174" (BO: r2198.10) and "torque utilization < p2194" (BO: r2199.11) are only
evaluated after the run-up and the delay time has expired.
Dependency: Refer to: p2174, p2194

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 243
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2197.0...13 CO/BO: Status word monitoring 1 / ZSW monitor 1

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2534
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the first status word of the monitoring functions.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 |n_act| <= n_min p1080 Yes No 8022
01 |n_act| <= speed threshold value 2 p2155 Yes No 8010
02 |n_act| > speed threshold value 2 p2155 Yes No 8010
03 n_act >= 0 Yes No 8011
04 |n_act| >= n_set Yes No 8022
05 |n_act| <= n_standstill p1226 Yes No 8022
06 |n_act| > n_max Yes No 8010
07 Speed setpoint - actual value deviation in Yes No 8011
tolerance t_off
08 I_act >= I_threshold value p2170 Yes No 8022
09 Vdc_act <= Vdc_threshold value p2172 Yes No 8022
10 Vdc_act > Vdc_threshold value p2172 Yes No 8022
11 Output load is not present Yes No 8022
12 |n_act| > n_max (delayed) Yes No 8023
13 |n_act| > n_max (F07901) Yes No -
Notice: For bit 06:
When the overspeed is reached, this bit is set and F07901 output immediately following this. The bit is canceled
again as soon as the next pulse inhibit is present.
Note: For bit 00:
The threshold value is set in p1080 and the hysteresis in p2150.
For bit 01, 02:
The threshold value is set in p2155 and the hysteresis in p2140.
For bit 03:
1 signal direction of rotation positive.
0 signal: direction of rotation negative.
The hysteresis is set in p2150.
For bit 04:
The threshold value is set in r1119 and the hysteresis in p2150.
For bit 05:
The threshold value is set in p1226 and the delay time in p1228.
For bit 06:
The hysteresis is set in p2162.
For bit 07:
The threshold value is set in p2163 and the hysteresis is set in p2164.
For bit 08:
The threshold value is set in p2170 and the delay time in p2171.
For bit 09, 10:
The threshold value is set in p2172 and the delay time in p2173.
For bit 11:
The threshold value is set in p2179 and the delay time in p2180.
For bit 12:
The threshold value is set in p2182, the hysteresis in p2162, and the delay time (for canceling the signal) in p2152.
For bit 13:
Only for internal Siemens use.

SINAMICS G120C
244 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2198.0...13 CO/BO: Status word monitoring 2 / ZSW monitor 2

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2536
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the second status word of the monitoring functions.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 |n_act| <= speed threshold value 5 Yes No 8023
01 |n_act| > speed threshold value 5 Yes No 8023
02 |n_act| <= speed threshold value 6 Yes No 8023
03 |n_act| > speed threshold value 6 Yes No 8023
04 |n_set| < p2161 Yes No 8011
05 n_set > 0 Yes No 8011
06 Motor blocked Yes No 8012
07 Motor stalled Yes No 8012
08 |I_act| < I_threshold value p2170 Yes No 8022
09 |M_act| > torque threshold value 1 and Yes No 8023
n_set reached
10 |M_set| < torque threshold value 1 Yes No 8012
11 Load in the alarm range Yes No 8013
12 Load in the fault range Yes No 8013
13 |M_act| > torque threshold value 1 Yes No 8023
Note: For bit 10:
The torque threshold value 1 is set in p2174.
For bit 12:
This bit is reset after the fault cause disappears, even if the fault itself is still present.

r2199.0...11 CO/BO: Status word monitoring 3 / ZSW monitor 3

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2537
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the third status word of the monitoring functions.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 |n_act| < speed threshold value 3 Yes No 8010
01 f or n comparison value reached or Yes No 8010
exceeded
04 Speed setpoint - actual value deviation in Yes No 8011
tolerance t_on
05 Ramp-up/ramp-down completed Yes No 8011
11 Torque utilization < torque threshold value 2 Yes No 8012
Note: For bit 00:
The speed threshold value 3 is set in p2161.
For bit 01:
The comparison value is set in p2141. We recommend setting the hysteresis (p2142) for canceling the bit to a value
lower than that in p2141. Otherwise, the bit is not reset.
For bit 11:
The torque threshold value 2 is set in p2194.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 245
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2200[0...n] BI: Technology controller enable / Tec_ctrl enable

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to switch in/switch out the technology controller.
The technology controller is switched in with a 1 signal.

p2201[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 1 / Tec_ctrl fix val1

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7950, 7951
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 10.00 [%]
Description: Sets the value for fixed value 1 of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2220, p2221, p2222, p2223, r2224, r2229
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.

p2202[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 2 / Tec_ctr fix val 2

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7950, 7951
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 20.00 [%]
Description: Sets the value for fixed value 2 of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2220, p2221, p2222, p2223, r2224, r2229
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.

p2203[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 3 / Tec_ctr fix val 3

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7950, 7951
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 30.00 [%]
Description: Sets the value for fixed value 3 of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2220, p2221, p2222, p2223, r2224, r2229
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.

p2204[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 4 / Tec_ctr fix val 4

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7950, 7951
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 40.00 [%]
Description: Sets the value for fixed value 4 of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2220, p2221, p2222, p2223, r2224, r2229
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.

SINAMICS G120C
246 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2205[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 5 / Tec_ctr fix val 5

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7950
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 50.00 [%]
Description: Sets the value for fixed value 5 of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2220, p2221, p2222, p2223, r2224, r2229
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.

p2206[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 6 / Tec_ctr fix val 6

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7950
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 60.00 [%]
Description: Sets the value for fixed value 6 of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2220, p2221, p2222, p2223, r2224, r2229
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.

p2207[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 7 / Tec_ctr fix val 7

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7950
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 70.00 [%]
Description: Sets the value for fixed value 7 of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2220, p2221, p2222, p2223, r2224, r2229
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.

p2208[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 8 / Tec_ctr fix val 8

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7950
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 80.00 [%]
Description: Sets the value for fixed value 8 of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2220, p2221, p2222, p2223, r2224, r2229
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.

p2209[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 9 / Tec_ctr fix val 9

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7950
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 90.00 [%]
Description: Sets the value for fixed value 9 of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2220, p2221, p2222, p2223, r2224, r2229
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 247
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2210[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 10 / Tec_ctr fix val 10

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7950
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 100.00 [%]
Description: Sets the value for fixed value 10 of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2220, p2221, p2222, p2223, r2224, r2229
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.

p2211[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 11 / Tec_ctr fix val 11

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7950
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 110.00 [%]
Description: Sets the value for fixed value 11 of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2220, p2221, p2222, p2223, r2224, r2229
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.

p2212[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 12 / Tec_ctr fix val 12

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7950
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 120.00 [%]
Description: Sets the value for fixed value 12 of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2220, p2221, p2222, p2223, r2224, r2229
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.

p2213[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 13 / Tec_ctr fix val 13

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7950
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 130.00 [%]
Description: Sets the value for fixed value 13 of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2220, p2221, p2222, p2223, r2224, r2229
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.

p2214[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 14 / Tec_ctr fix val 14

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7950
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 140.00 [%]
Description: Sets the value for fixed value 14 of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2220, p2221, p2222, p2223, r2224, r2229
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.

SINAMICS G120C
248 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2215[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 15 / Tec_ctr fix val 15

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7950
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 150.00 [%]
Description: Sets the value for fixed value 15 of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2220, p2221, p2222, p2223, r2224, r2229
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.

p2216[0...n] Technology controller fixed value selection method / Tec_ctr FixVal sel
Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7950, 7951
Min Max Factory setting
1 2 1
Description: Sets the method to select the fixed setpoints.
Value: 1: Direct selection
2: Binary selection

p2220[0...n] BI: Technology controller fixed value selection bit 0 / Tec_ctrl sel bit 0
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7950, 7951
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to select a fixed value of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2221, p2222, p2223

p2221[0...n] BI: Technology controller fixed value selection bit 1 / Tec_ctrl sel bit 1
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7950, 7951
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to select a fixed value of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2220, p2222, p2223

p2222[0...n] BI: Technology controller fixed value selection bit 2 / Tec_ctrl sel bit 2
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7950, 7951
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to select a fixed value of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2220, p2221, p2223

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 249
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2223[0...n] BI: Technology controller fixed value selection bit 3 / Tec_ctrl sel bit 3
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7950, 7951
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to select a fixed value of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2220, p2221, p2222

r2224 CO: Technology controller fixed value effective / Tec_ctr FixVal eff
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7950, 7951
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the selected and active fixed value of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: r2229

r2225.0 CO/BO: Technology controller fixed value selection status word / Tec_ctr FixVal ZSW
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the status word of the fixed value selection of the technology controller.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Technology controller fixed value selected Yes No 7950,
7951

r2229 Technology controller number actual / Tec_ctrl No. act

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7950
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the number of the selected fixed setpoint of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: r2224

p2230[0...n] Technology controller motorized potentiometer configuration / Tec_ctr mop config

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7954
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0100 bin
Description: Sets the configuration for the motorized potentiometer of the technology controller.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Data save active Yes No -
02 Initial rounding-off active Yes No -
03 Non-volatile data save active for p2230.0 = Yes No -
1
04 Ramp-function generator always active Yes No -
Dependency: Refer to: r2231, p2240

SINAMICS G120C
250 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Notice: The following prerequisites must be fulfilled in order to be able to save the setpoint in a non-volatile fashion:
- Firmware with V2.3 or higher.
- Control Unit 320 (CU320) with hardware version C or higher (module with NVRAM).
Note: For bit 00:
0: The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is not saved and after ON is entered using p2240.
1: The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is saved and after ON is entered using r2231. In order to save in a
non-volatile fashion, bit 03 should be set to 1.
For bit 02:
0: Without initial rounding-off
1: With initial rounding-off.
The selected ramp-up/down time is correspondingly exceeded. The initial rounding-off is a sensitive way of
specifying small changes (progressive reaction when keys are pressed). The jerk for initial rounding is independent
of the ramp-up time and only depends on the selected maximum value (p2237).
It is calculated as follows:
r = 0.0001 x max(p2237, |p2238|) [%] / 0.13^2 [s^2]
The jerk is effective until the maximum acceleration is reached (a_max = p2237 [%] / p2247 [s] or a_max = p2238 [%]
/ p2248 [s]), after which the drive continues to run linearly with constant acceleration.
The higher the maximum acceleration (the lower that p2247 is), the longer the ramp-up time increases with respect to
the set ramp-up time.
For bit 03:
0: Non-volatile data save deactivated.
1. The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is saved in a non-volatile fashion (for p2230.0 = 1).
For bit 04:
When the bit is set, the ramp-function generator is computed independent of the pulse enable. The actual output
value of the motorized potentiometer is always in r2250.

r2231 Technology controller motorized potentiometer setpoint memory / Tec_ctrl mop mem
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7954
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the setpoint memory for the motorized potentiometer of the technology controller.
For p2230.0 = 1, the last setpoint that was saved is entered after ON.
Dependency: Refer to: p2230

p2235[0...n] BI: Technology controller motorized potentiometer raise setpoint / Tec_ctrl mop raise
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7954
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to continually increase the setpoint for the motorized potentiometer of the technology
controller.
The setpoint change (CO: r2250) depends on the set ramp-up time (p2247) and the duration of the signal that is
present (BI: p2235).
Dependency: Refer to: p2236

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 251
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2236[0...n] BI: Technology controller motorized potentiometer lower setpoint /

Tec_ctrl mop lower
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7954
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to continually reduce the setpoint for the motorized potentiometer of the technology controller.
The setpoint change (CO: r2250) depends on the set ramp-down time (p2248) and the duration of the signal that is
present (BI: p2236).
Dependency: Refer to: p2235

p2237[0...n] Technology controller motorized potentiometer maximum value / Tec_ctrl mop max
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7954
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 100.00 [%]
Description: Sets the maximum value for the motorized potentiometer of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2238

p2238[0...n] Technology controller motorized potentiometer minimum value / Tec_ctrl mop min
Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7954
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] -100.00 [%]
Description: Sets the minimum value for the motorized potentiometer of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2237

p2240[0...n] Technology controller motorized potentiometer starting value / Tec_ctrl mop start
Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7954
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the starting value for the motorized potentiometer of the technology controller.
For p2230.0 = 0, this setpoint is entered after ON.
Dependency: Refer to: p2230

r2245 CO: Technology controller mot. potentiometer setpoint before RFG /

Tec_ctr mop befRFG
Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7954
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Sets the effective setpoint in front of the internal motorized potentiometer ramp-function generator of the technology
controller.
Dependency: Refer to: r2250

SINAMICS G120C
252 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2247[0...n] Technology controller motorized potentiometer ramp-up time / Tec_ctr mop t_r-up
Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7954
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [s] 1000.0 [s] 10.0 [s]
Description: Sets the ramp-up time for the internal ramp-function generator for the motorized potentiometer of the technology
controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2248
Note: The time is referred to 100 %.
When the initial rounding-off is activated (p2230.2 = 1) the ramp-up is correspondingly extended.

p2248[0...n] Technology controller motorized potentiometer ramp-down time /

Tec_ctrMop t_rdown
Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7954
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [s] 1000.0 [s] 10.0 [s]
Description: Sets the ramp-down time for the internal ramp-function generator for the motorized potentiometer of the technology
controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2247
Note: The time is referred to 100 %.
When the initial rounding-off is activated (p2230.2 = 1) the ramp-down is correspondingly extended.

r2250 CO: Technology controller motorized potentiometer setpoint after RFG /

Tec_ctr mop aftRFG
Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7954
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the effective setpoint after the internal ramp-function generator for the motorized potentiometer of the
technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: r2245

p2251 Technology controller mode / Tec_ctrl mode

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3070, 7958
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the mode for using the technology controller output.
Value: 0: Technology controller as main speed setpoint
1: Technology controller as supplementary speed setpoint
Dependency: p2251 = 0, 1 is only effective if the enable signal of the technology controller is interconnected (p2200 > 0).

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 253
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2252 Technology controller configuration / Tec_ctrl config

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 bin
Description: Sets the configuration of the technology controller.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
04 Ramp-up/ramp-down function generator Deactivated Activated -
bypass
05 Integrator active for skip speeds Yes No -
06 Internal controller limit not displayed Yes No -
Dependency: For bit 04 = 0:
The setting is only effective when the PID controller is deactivated.
Refer to: p2280, p2285
Caution: For bit 04 = 1 (p2251 = 0):
The PID controller can oscillate if the ramp-up and ramp-down times of the speed setpoint channel are not taken into
account when setting controller parameters p2280 and p2285.
Note: For bit 04 = 0 (only for p2251 = 0):
The ramp-function generator in the speed setpoint channel is bypassed when the technology controller is
operational.
As a consequence, ramp times p1120, p1121 are not taken into consideration when configuring the controller.
For bit 04 = 1 (only for p2251 = 0):
The ramp-function generator in the speed setpoint channel is not bypassed when the technology controller is
operational.
As a consequence, the ramp-up and ramp-down times (p1120, p1121) remain effective, and must be taken into
account as controlled system variables when setting the PID controller parameters (p2280, p2285).
The enable ramps of the PID controller are ensured in this setting by p1120, p1121 as well as rounding functions
p1130 and p1131. The ramp-up/ramp-down time of the PID controller limiting p2293 must be set appropriately
shorter, as otherwise this has an impact on the speed setpoint channel.
For bit 05 = 0:
The integral component of the PID controller is held if a skip band or the minimum speed range is passed through in
the speed set point channel.
This prevents the speed from oscillating between the edges of the skip band.
For bit 05 = 1:
The setting is only effective if a skip band is no longer active.
The integral component of the PID controller is not held in the range of the skip speeds.
The skip band is passed through even for small system deviations and low controller gain factors. In so doing, the
controller integral time must be selected large enough so that no undesirable speed oscillations occur between the
skip band edges.
The influence of a minimum speed p1080 on the integration behavior can be reduced by raising the lower PID
controller limit to p1080 / p2000 * 100%.
For bit 06 = 1:
In r2349, bit 10 and bit 11 are not displayed when reaching internal limits (e.g. for OFF1/3).

p2253[0...n] CI: Technology controller setpoint 1 / Tec_ctrl setp 1

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the setpoint 1 of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2254, p2255

SINAMICS G120C
254 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2254[0...n] CI: Technology controller setpoint 2 / Tec_ctrl setp 2

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the setpoint 2 of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2253, p2256

p2255 Technology controller setpoint 1 scaling / Tec_ctrl set1 scal

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 100.00 [%] 100.00 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling for the setpoint 1 of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2253

p2256 Technology controller setpoint 2 scaling / Tec_ctrl set2 scal

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 100.00 [%] 100.00 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling for the setpoint 2 of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2254

p2257 Technology controller ramp-up time / Tec_ctrl t_ramp-up

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [s] 650.00 [s] 1.00 [s]
Description: Sets the ramp-up time of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2258
Note: The ramp-up time is referred to 100 %.

p2258 Technology controller ramp-down time / Tec_ctrl t_ramp-dn

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [s] 650.00 [s] 1.00 [s]
Description: Sets the ramp-down time of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2257
Note: The ramp-down time is referred to 100 %.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 255
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2260 CO: Technology controller setpoint after ramp-function generator / Tec_ctr set aftRFG
Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Sets the setpoint after the ramp-function generator of the technology controller.

p2261 Technology controller setpoint filter time constant / Tec_ctrl set T

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 60.000 [s] 0.000 [s]
Description: Sets the time constant for the setpoint filter (PT1) of the technology controller.

r2262 CO: Technology controller setpoint after filter / Tec_ctr set aftFlt
Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the smoothed setpoint after the setpoint filter (PT1) of the technology controller.

p2263 Technology controller type / Tec_ctrl type

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the type of technology controller.
Value: 0: D component in the actual value signal
1: D component in system deviation

p2264[0...n] CI: Technology controller actual value / Tec_ctrl act val

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the actual value of the technology controller.

p2265 Technology controller actual value filter time constant / Tec_ctrl act T
Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 60.000 [s] 0.000 [s]
Description: Sets the time constant for the actual value filter (PT1) of the technology controller.

SINAMICS G120C
256 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2266 CO: Technology controller actual value after filter / Tec_ctr act aftFlt
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the smoothed actual value after the filter (PT1) of the technology controller.

p2267 Technology controller upper limit actual value / Tec_ctrl u_lim act
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 100.00 [%]
Description: Sets the upper limit for the actual value signal of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2264, p2265, p2271
Refer to: F07426
Notice: If the actual value exceeds this upper limit, this results in fault F07426.

p2268 Technology controller lower limit actual value / Tec_ctrl l_lim act
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] -100.00 [%]
Description: Sets the lower limit for the actual value signal of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2264, p2265, p2271
Refer to: F07426
Notice: If the actual value falls below this lower limit, this results in fault F07426.

p2269 Technology controller gain actual value / Tech_ctrl gain act

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 500.00 [%] 100.00 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling factor for the actual value of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2264, p2265, p2267, p2268, p2271
Note: For 100%, the actual value is not changed.

p2270 Technology controller actual value function / Tec_ctr ActVal fct

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Setting to use an arithmetic function for the actual value signal of the technology controller.
Value: 0: Output (y) = input (x)
1: Root function (root from x)
2: Square function (x * x)
3: Cube function (x * x * x)
Dependency: Refer to: p2264, p2265, p2267, p2268, p2269, p2271

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 257
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2271 Technology controller actual value inversion (sensor type) / Tech_ctrl act inv
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to invert the actual value signal of the technology controller.
The inversion depends on the sensor type for the actual value signal.
Value: 0: No inversion
1: Inversion actual value signal
Caution: If the actual value inversion is incorrectly selected, then the closed-loop control with the technology controller can
become unstable and can oscillate!

Note: The correct setting can be determined as follows:

- inhibit the technology controller (p2200 = 0).
- increase the motor speed and in so doing, measure the actual value signal of the technology controller.
--> If the actual value increases as the motor speed increases, then p2271 should be set to 0 (no inversion).
--> If the actual value decreases as the motor speed increases, then p2271 should be set to 1 (the actual value signal
is inverted).

r2272 CO: Technology controller actual value scaled / Tech_ctrl act scal
Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the scaled actual value signal of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2264, p2265, r2266, p2267, p2268, p2269, p2270, p2271

r2273 CO: Technology controller system deviation / Tec_ctrl sys_dev

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the system deviation between the setpoint and actual value of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2263

p2274 Technology controller differentiation time constant / Tec_ctrl D comp T

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 60.000 [s] 0.000 [s]
Description: Sets the time constant for the differentiation (D component) of the technology controller.
Note: p2274 = 0: Differentiation is disabled.

SINAMICS G120C
258 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2280 Technology controller proportional gain / Tec_ctrl Kp

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 1000.000 1.000
Description: Sets the proportional gain (P component) of the technology controller.
Note: p2280 = 0: The proportional gain is disabled.

p2285 Technology controller integral time / Tec_ctrl Tn

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 10000.000 [s] 30.000 [s]
Description: Sets the integral time (I component, integrating time constant) of the technology controller.
Notice: The following applies for p2251 = 0:
If the output of the technology controller lies within the range of a suppression (skip) bandwidth (p1091 ... p1092,
p1101) or below the minimum speed (p1080), the integral component of the controller is held so that the controller
temporarily works as a P controller. This is necessary in order to prevent the controller from behaving in an unstable
manner, as the ramp-function generator switches to the parameterized up and down ramps (p1120, p1121) at the
same time in order to avoid setpoint steps. This state can be exited or avoided by changing the controller setpoint or
by using the start speed (= minimum speed).
Note: When the controller output reaches the limit, the I component of the controller is held.
p2285 = 0:
The integral time is disabled and the I component of the controller is reset.

p2286[0...n] BI: Hold technology controller integrator / Tec_ctr integ hold

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
- - 56.13
Description: Sets the signal source to hold the integrator for the technology controller.

p2289[0...n] CI: Technology controller precontrol signal / Tec_ctr prectr_sig

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the precontrol signal of the technology controller.

p2290[0...n] BI: Technology controller limiting enable / Tec_ctrl lim enab

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source to enable the technology controller output.
The technology controller output is enabled with a 1 signal.
The technology controller output is held with a 0 signal.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 259
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2291 CO: Technology controller maximum limiting / Tec_ctrl max_lim

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 100.00 [%]
Description: Sets the maximum limit of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2292
Caution: The maximum limit must always be greater than the minimum limit (p2291 > p2292).

p2292 CO: Technology controller minimum limiting / Tec_ctrl min_lim

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the minimum limit of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2291
Caution: The maximum limit must always be greater than the minimum limit (p2291 > p2292).

p2293 Technology controller ramp-up/ramp-down time / Tec_ctr t_RU/RD

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [s] 100.00 [s] 1.00 [s]
Description: Sets the ramping time for the output signal of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2291, p2292
Note: The time refers to the set maximum and minimum limits (p2291, p2292).

r2294 CO: Technology controller output signal / Tec_ctrl outp_sig

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the output signal of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2295

p2295 CO: Technology controller output scaling / Tec_ctrl outp scal

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
-100.00 [%] 100.00 [%] 100.00 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling for the output signal of the technology controller.

SINAMICS G120C
260 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2296[0...n] CI: Technology controller output scaling / Tec_ctrl outp scal

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
- - 2295[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the scaling value of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2295

p2297[0...n] CI: Technology controller maximum limit signal source / Tec_ctrMaxLimS_src

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1084[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the maximum limiting of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2291
Note: In order that the output of the technology controller does not exceed the maximum speed limit, its upper limit p2297
should be connected to the actual maximum speed r1084.
In mode p2251 = 1, p2299 must also be connected to the output of the ramp-function generator r1150.

p2298[0...n] CI: Technology controller minimum limit signal source / Tec_ctrl min_l s_s
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1087[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the minimum limiting of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2292
Note: If the technology controller is rotated in a negative direction in mode p2251 = 0, its lower limit p2298 should be
connected to the actual minimum speed r1087.
In mode p2251 = 1, p2299 must also be connected to the output of the ramp-function generator r1150.

p2299[0...n] CI: Technology controller limit offset / Tech_ctrl lim offs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the offset of the output limiting of the technology controller.
Note: In mode p2251 = 1, p2299 must be connected to the output of ramp-function generator r1150 so that the technology
controller stops when the speed limits are reached (see also p2297, p2298).

p2302 Technology controller output signal starting value / Tec_ctr start val
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the start value for the output of the technology controller.
If the drive is switched on and the technology controller is already enabled (see p2200, r0056.3), then its output
signal r2294 first goes to the start value p2302, before the controller starts to operate.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 261
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: The starting value is only effective in the mode "technology controller as main speed setpoint" (p2251 = 0).
If the technology controller is first enabled when the drive is switched on, a start speed remains ineffective, and the
controller output starts with the actual setpoint speed of the ramp-function generator.
Note: If the technology controller operates on the speed/setpoint channel (p2251 = 0), then the starting value is interpreted
as the starting speed and when operation is enabled, is connected to the output of the technology controller (r2294).
If fault F07426 "technology controller actual value limited" occurs while ramping up to the starting value and if the
associated reaction has been set to "NONE" (see p2100, p2101), the starting value is kept as the speed setpoint
instead of a switch to closed-loop control operation.

p2306 Technology controller system deviation inversion / Tec_ctr SysDev inv

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to invert the system deviation of the technology controller.
The setting depends on the type of control loop.
Value: 0: No inversion
1: Inversion
Caution: If the actual value inversion is incorrectly selected, then the closed-loop control with the technology controller can
become unstable and can oscillate!

Note: The correct setting can be determined as follows:

- inhibit the technology controller (p2200 = 0).
- increase the motor speed and in so doing, measure the actual value signal (of the technology controller).
- if the actual value increases with increasing motor speed, then the inversion should be switched out.
- if the actual value decreases with increasing motor speed, then the inversion should be set.
If value = 0:
The drive reduces the output speed when the actual value rises (e.g. for heating fans, intake pump, compressor).
If value = 1:
The drive increases the output speed when the actual value increases (e.g. for cooling fans, discharge pumps).

p2339 Techn. controller threshold value f. I comp. hold for skip speed / Tec_ctrl thr_skip
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 2.00 [%]
Description: Sets the threshold value for the system deviation of the technology controller, which controls holding the controller
integral component in the range of the skip speeds of the ramp-function generator.
Recommendation: To avoid speed setpoint steps in the range of the skip speeds, we recommend setting p2252 bit 4 = 1 (ramp-function
generator bypass deactivated).
Dependency: The parameter has no effect for p2252 bit 5 = 1 (integrator hold deactivated).
Refer to: r2273
Note: Only p2251 = 0:
If the output signal of the technology controller reaches a skip band in the speed setpoint channel, then the integral
component of the controller is held, if at the same time, the system deviation is lower than the threshold value set
here. By holding the integral component, it can be avoided that the controller oscillates in the range of the skip bands.

SINAMICS G120C
262 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2344 CO: Technology controller last speed setpoint (smoothed) / Tec_ctrl n_setp_sm
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the smoothed speed setpoint of the technology controller prior to switching to operation with fault response
(see p2345).
Dependency: Refer to: p2345
Note: Smoothing time = 10 s

p2345 Technology controller fault response / Tech_ctrl flt resp

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 0
Description: Sets the response of the technology controller to the occurrence of fault F07426 (technology controller actual value
limited).
The fault response is executed if status bit 8 or 9 in the technology controller status word r2349 is set. If both status
bits are zero, a switch back to technology controller operation will follow.
Value: 0: Function inhibited
1: On fault: Changeover to r2344 (or p2302)
2: On fault: Changeover to p2215
Dependency: The parameterized fault response is only effective if the technology controller mode is set to p2251 = 0 (technology
controller as main setpoint).
Refer to: p2267, p2268, r2344
Refer to: F07426
Notice: Dependent upon the application, the changing over of the setpoint when fault F07426 occurs can lead to the fault
condition disappearing and the re-activation of the technology controller. This can repeat itself and cause limit
oscillations. In this case, a different fault response or a different fixed setpoint 15 for the fault response p2345 = 2
should be selected.
Note: The parameterized fault response can only be achieved if the default fault response of the technology controller fault
F07426 is set to "NONE" (see p2100, p2101). If a fault response other than "NONE" is entered in p2101 for F07426,
p2345 must be set to zero.
If the fault occurs during ramping up to the starting setpoint p2302, this starting setpoint is retained as the final value
(there is no changeover to the fault response setpoint).

r2349.0...13 CO/BO: Technology controller status word / Tec_ctrl status

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the status word of the technology controller.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Technology controller deactivated Yes No -
01 Technology controller limited Yes No -
02 Technology controller motorized Yes No -
potentiometer limited max
03 Technology controller motorized Yes No -
potentiometer limited min
04 Technology controller speed setpoint total in Yes No -
setpoint channel
05 Technology controller RFG bypassed in the Yes No -
setpoint channel

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 263
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

06 Technology controller starting value at the No Yes -

current limit
07 Technology controller output negative Yes No -
08 Technology controller actual value at the Yes No -
minimum
09 Technology controller actual value at the Yes No -
maximum
10 Technology controller output at the Yes No -
minimum
11 Technology controller output at the Yes No -
maximum
12 Fault response active Yes No -
13 Technology controller limiting enable Yes No -
Note: While the technology controller is enabled, the following applies:
When switching off with OFF1, OFF3 and for pulse inhibit, bits 10 and 11 are simultaneously set to 1 as the controller
output is defined by the internal limiting.

p2350 Enable PID autotuning / PID autotuning

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 4 0
Description: Activates the function to automatically tune the PID controller.
Value: 0: PID autotuning deactivated
1: PID autotuning with ZN technique
2: As 1 with low overshoot
3: As 2 + low or no overshoot
4: PID autotuning, only PI
Dependency: Active if the PID controller is enabled (see p2200).
Note: P2350 = 1
This is the Ziegler-Nichols standard tuning (ZN tuning). In this case, it should involve a response to a step.
p2350 = 2
For this tuning, a low overshoot is obtained (O/S). However, it should be faster than option 1.
p2350 = 3
For this tuning, a low or no overshoot is obtained. However, it is not as fast as option 2.
p2350 = 4
For this tuning, only values P and I are changed, and it should involve a dampened response.
Which option should be selected depends on the particular application. It can be generally stated that option 1
manifests a good response. However, if a faster response is required, then option 2 should be selected.
If no overshoot is desirable, then option 3 should be the preferred choice.
Option 4 should be selected for cases in which no D component is required.
The tuning technique is identical for all options.
Only the P, I and D values are calculated differently.
This parameter is set to zero after automatic tuning has been completed.

p2354 PID autotuning monitoring time / PID tuning t_monit

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
60 [s] 65000 [s] 240 [s]
Description: Sets the monitoring time for the PID autotuning
This time is started after activating PID autotuning (p2350). If, within this time, the control loop is not excited, then the
automatic setting is canceled and an appropriate fault is output.
Dependency: Refer to: p2350
Refer to: F07445

SINAMICS G120C
264 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2355 PID autotuning offset / PID autotun.offset

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 [%] 20 [%] 5 [%]
Description: This parameter is used to set the excitation type of the PID control loop to be used.

p2900[0...n] CO: Fixed value 1 [%] / Fixed value 1 [%]

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1021
Min Max Factory setting
-10000.00 [%] 10000.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Setting and connector output for a fixed percentage value.
Dependency: Refer to: p2901, r2902, p2930
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.
Note: The value can be used to interconnect a scaling function (e.g. scaling the main setpoint).

p2901[0...n] CO: Fixed value 2 [%] / Fixed value 2 [%]

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1021
Min Max Factory setting
-10000.00 [%] 10000.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Setting and connector output for a fixed percentage value.
Dependency: Refer to: p2900, p2930
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.
Note: The value can be used to interconnect a scaling function (e.g. scaling of the supplementary setpoint)

r2902[0...14] CO: Fixed values [%] / Fixed values [%]

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1021
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for frequently used percentage values.
Index: [0] = Fixed value +0 %
[1] = Fixed value +5 %
[2] = Fixed value +10 %
[3] = Fixed value +20 %
[4] = Fixed value +50 %
[5] = Fixed value +100 %
[6] = Fixed value +150 %
[7] = Fixed value +200 %
[8] = Fixed value -5 %
[9] = Fixed value -10 %
[10] = Fixed value -20 %
[11] = Fixed value -50 %
[12] = Fixed value -100 %
[13] = Fixed value -150 %
[14] = Fixed value -200 %
Dependency: Refer to: p2900, p2901, p2930
Note: The signal sources can, for example, be used to interconnect scalings.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 265
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2930[0...n] CO: Fixed value M [Nm] / Fixed value M [Nm]

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2003 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1021
Min Max Factory setting
-100000.00 [Nm] 100000.00 [Nm] 0.00 [Nm]
Description: Setting and connector output for a fixed torque value.
Dependency: Refer to: p2900, p2901, r2902
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.
Note: The value can, for example, be used to interconnect a supplementary torque.

r3113.0...15 CO/BO: NAMUR message bit bar / NAMUR bit bar

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the status of the NAMUR message bit bar.
The faults and alarms are assigned to the appropriate signaling/message classes and influence a specific message
bit.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Fault converter information Yes No -
electronics/software error
01 Network fault Yes No -
02 DC link overvoltage Yes No -
03 Fault drive converter power electronics Yes No -
04 Drive converter overtemperature Yes No -
05 Ground fault Yes No -
06 Motor overload Yes No -
07 Bus error Yes No -
08 External safety-relevant shutdown Yes No -
10 Error communication internal Yes No -
11 Fault infeed Yes No -
15 Other faults Yes No -
Note: For bit 00:
Hardware or software malfunction was identified. Carry out a POWER ON of the component involved. If it occurs
again, contact Technical Support.
For bit 01:
A line supply fault has occurred (phase failure, voltage level, ...). Check the line supply / fuses. Check the supply
voltage. Check the wiring.
For bit 02:
The DC link voltage has assumed an inadmissibly high value. Check the dimensioning of the system (line supply,
reactor, voltages). Check the infeed settings.
For bit 03:
An inadmissible operating state of the power electronics was identified (overcurrent, overtemperature, IGBT failure,
...). Check that the permissible load cycles are maintained. Check the ambient temperatures (fan).
For bit 04:
The temperature in the component has exceeded the highest permissible limit. Check the ambient temperature /
control cabinet cooling.
For bit 05:
A ground fault / inter-phase short-circuit was detected in the power cables or in the motor windings. Check the power
cables (connection). Check the motor.
For bit 06:
The motor was operated outside the permissible limits (temperature, current, torque, ...). Check the load cycles and
limits that have been set. Check the ambient temperature / motor cooling.

SINAMICS G120C
266 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

For bit 07:

The communication to the higher-level control system (internal coupling, PROFIBUS, PROFINET, ...) is faulted or
interrupted. Check the state of the higher-level control system. Check the communication connection/wiring. Check
the bus configuration / clock cycles.
For bit 08:
A safety operation monitoring function (Safety) has detected an error.
For bit 09:
When evaluating the encoder signals (track signals, zero marks, absolute values, ...) an illegal signal state was
detected. Check the encoder / state of the encoder signals. Observe the maximum frequencies.
For bit 10:
The internal communication between the SINAMICS components is faulted or interrupted. Check the DRIVE-CLiQ
wiring. Ensure an EMC-compliant design. Observe the maximum permissible quantity structure / clock cycles.
For bit 11:
The infeed is faulted or has failed. Check the infeed and the surroundings (line supply, filter, reactors, fuses, ...).
Check the closed-loop infeed control.
For bit 15:
Group fault. Determine the precise cause of the fault using the commissioning tool.

p3117 Change safety message type / Ch. SI mess type

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the re-parameterization of all safety messages for faults and alarms.
The relevant message type during changeover is selected by the firmware.
0: Safety messages are not re-parameterized
1: Safety messages are re-parameterized
Note: A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON.

r3120[0...63] Component fault / Comp fault

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8060
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 -
Description: Displays the component of the fault which has occurred.
Value: 0: No assignment
1: Control Unit
2: Power Module
3: Motor
Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136, r3122
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the fault buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r0945.

r3121[0...63] Component alarm / Comp alarm

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8065
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 -
Description: Displays the component of the alarm which has occurred.
Value: 0: No assignment
1: Control Unit
2: Power Module
3: Motor

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 267
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2122, r2123, r2124, r2125, r2134, r3123
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the alarm buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r2122.

r3122[0...63] Diagnostic attribute fault / Diag_attr fault

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8060
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the diagnostic attribute of the fault which has occurred.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Hardware replacement recommended Yes No -
15 Message has gone Yes No -
16 PROFIdrive fault class bit 0 High Low -
17 PROFIdrive fault class bit 1 High Low -
18 PROFIdrive fault class bit 2 High Low -
19 PROFIdrive fault class bit 3 High Low -
20 PROFIdrive fault class bit 4 High Low -
Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136, r3120
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the fault buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r0945.
For bits 20 ... 16:
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 0: not assigned
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 0, 0, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 1: hardware fault/software error
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 0, 1, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 2: line fault
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 0, 1, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 3: supply voltage fault
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 4: DC link fault
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 1, 0, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 5: power electronics faulted
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 1, 1, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 6: overtemperature electronic components
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 1, 1, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 7: ground fault/phase fault detected
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 0, 0, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 8: motor overload
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 0, 0, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 9: communication error to the higher-level control
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 0, 1, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 10: safe monitoring channel has identified an
error
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 0, 1, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 11: incorrect position actual value/speed actual
value or not available
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 1, 0, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 12: internal (DRIVE-CLiQ) communication error
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 1, 0, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 13: infeed unit faulted
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 1, 1, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 14: braking controller/Braking Module faulted
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 1, 1, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 15: line filter faulted
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 1, 0, 0, 0, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 16: external measured value/signal state outside
the permissible range
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 1, 0, 0, 0, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 17: application/technology function faulted
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 1, 0, 0, 1, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 18: error in the
parameterization/configuration/commissioning sequence
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 1, 0, 0, 1, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 19: general drive fault
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 1, 0, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 20: auxiliary unit faulted

SINAMICS G120C
268 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r3123[0...63] Diagnostic attribute alarm / Diag_attr alarm

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8065
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the diagnostic attribute of the alarm which has occurred.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Hardware replacement recommended Yes No -
11 Alarm class bit 0 High Low -
12 Alarm class bit 1 High Low -
13 Maintenance required Yes No -
14 Maintenance urgently required Yes No -
15 Message has gone Yes No -
16 PROFIdrive fault class bit 0 High Low -
17 PROFIdrive fault class bit 1 High Low -
18 PROFIdrive fault class bit 2 High Low -
19 PROFIdrive fault class bit 3 High Low -
20 PROFIdrive fault class bit 4 High Low -
Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2122, r2123, r2124, r2125, r2134, r3121
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the alarm buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r2122.
For bit 12, 11:
These status bits are used for the classification of internal alarm classes and are intended for diagnostic purposes
only on certain automation systems with integrated SINAMICS functionality.
For bits 20 ... 16:
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 0: not assigned
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 0, 0, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 1: hardware fault/software error
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 0, 1, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 2: line fault
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 0, 1, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 3: supply voltage fault
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 4: DC link fault
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 1, 0, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 5: power electronics faulted
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 1, 1, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 6: overtemperature electronic components
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 1, 1, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 7: ground fault/phase fault detected
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 0, 0, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 8: motor overload
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 0, 0, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 9: communication error to the higher-level control
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 0, 1, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 10: safe monitoring channel has identified an
error
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 0, 1, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 11: incorrect position actual value/speed actual
value or not available
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 1, 0, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 12: internal (DRIVE-CLiQ) communication error
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 1, 0, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 13: infeed unit faulted
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 1, 1, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 14: braking controller/Braking Module faulted
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 1, 1, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 15: line filter faulted
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 1, 0, 0, 0, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 16: external measured value/signal state outside
the permissible range
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 1, 0, 0, 0, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 17: application/technology function faulted
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 1, 0, 0, 1, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 18: error in the
parameterization/configuration/commissioning sequence
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 1, 0, 0, 1, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 19: general drive fault
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 1, 0, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 20: auxiliary unit faulted

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 269
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p3233[0...n] Torque actual value filter time constant / M_act_filt T

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8013
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 1000000 [ms] 100 [ms]
Description: Sets the time constant for the PT1 element to smooth the torque actual value.
The smoothed torque actual value is compared with the threshold values and is only used for messages and signals.

r3313 Efficiency optimization 2 optimum flux / Optimum flux

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: r2004 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6722, 6837
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the calculated, optimum flux.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: p1401, p3315, p3316
Note: The function is activated via p1401.14 = 1.

p3315[0...n] Efficiency optimization 2 minimum flux limit value / Min flux lim val
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6722, 6837
Min Max Factory setting
10.0 [%] 200.0 [%] 50.0 [%]
Description: Sets the minimal limit value for the calculated optimum flux.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: p1401, r3313, p3316
Note: The function is activated via p1401.14 = 1.

p3316[0...n] Efficiency optimization 2 maximum flux limit value / Max flux lim val
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6722, 6837
Min Max Factory setting
10.0 [%] 200.0 [%] 110.0 [%]
Description: Sets the maximum limit value for the calculated optimum flux.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: p1401, r3313, p3315
Note: The function is activated via p1401.14 = 1.

p3320[0...n] Fluid flow machine power point 1 / Fluid_mach P1

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 100.00 25.00
Description: For the energy-saving display of a fluid-flow machine, a typical flow characteristic P = f(n) with 5 points along the
characteristic is required.
This parameter specifies the power (P) of point 1 as a [%].

SINAMICS G120C
270 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

The characteristic comprises the following value pairs:

Power (P) / speed (n)
p3320 / p3321 --> point 1 (P1 / n1)
p3322 / p3323 --> point 2 (P2 / n2)
p3324 / p3325 --> point 3 (P3 / n3)
p3326 / p3327 --> point 4 (P4 / n4)
p3328 / p3329 --> point 5 (P5 / n5)
Dependency: Refer to: r0041, p3321, p3322, p3323, p3324, p3325, p3326, p3327, p3328, p3329
Note: The reference value for power and speed is the rated power/rated speed.
The energy saved is displayed in r0041.

p3321[0...n] Fluid flow machine speed point 1 / Fluid_mach n1

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 100.00 0.00
Description: For the energy-saving display of a fluid-flow machine, a typical flow characteristic P = f(n) with 5 points along the
characteristic is required.
This parameter specifies the speed (n) of point 1 as a [%].
The characteristic comprises the following value pairs:
Power (P) / speed (n)
p3320 / p3321 --> point 1 (P1 / n1)
p3322 / p3323 --> point 2 (P2 / n2)
p3324 / p3325 --> point 3 (P3 / n3)
p3326 / p3327 --> point 4 (P4 / n4)
p3328 / p3329 --> point 5 (P5 / n5)
Dependency: Refer to: r0041, p3320, p3322, p3323, p3324, p3325, p3326, p3327, p3328, p3329
Note: The reference value for power and speed is the rated power/rated speed.
The energy saved is displayed in r0041.

p3322[0...n] Fluid flow machine power point 2 / Fluid_mach P2

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 100.00 50.00
Description: For the energy-saving display of a fluid-flow machine, a typical flow characteristic P = f(n) with 5 points along the
characteristic is required.
This parameter specifies the power (P) of point 2 as a [%].
Dependency: Refer to: r0041, p3320, p3321, p3323, p3324, p3325, p3326, p3327, p3328, p3329
Note: The reference value for power and speed is the rated power/rated speed.
The energy saved is displayed in r0041.

p3323[0...n] Fluid flow machine speed point 2 / Fluid_mach n2

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 100.00 25.00
Description: For the energy-saving display of a fluid-flow machine, a typical flow characteristic P = f(n) with 5 points along the
characteristic is required.
This parameter specifies the speed (n) of point 2 as a [%].
Dependency: Refer to: r0041, p3320, p3321, p3322, p3324, p3325, p3326, p3327, p3328, p3329

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 271
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: The reference value for power and speed is the rated power/rated speed.
The energy saved is displayed in r0041.

p3324[0...n] Fluid flow machine power point 3 / Fluid_mach P3

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 100.00 77.00
Description: For the energy-saving display of a fluid-flow machine, a typical flow characteristic P = f(n) with 5 points along the
characteristic is required.
This parameter specifies the power (P) of point 3 as a [%].
Dependency: Refer to: r0041, p3320, p3321, p3322, p3323, p3325, p3326, p3327, p3328, p3329
Note: The reference value for power and speed is the rated power/rated speed.
The energy saved is displayed in r0041.

p3325[0...n] Fluid flow machine speed point 3 / Fluid_mach n3

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 100.00 50.00
Description: For the energy-saving display of a fluid-flow machine, a typical flow characteristic P = f(n) with 5 points along the
characteristic is required.
This parameter specifies the speed (n) of point 3 as a [%].
Dependency: Refer to: r0041, p3320, p3321, p3322, p3323, p3324, p3326, p3327, p3328, p3329
Note: The reference value for power and speed is the rated power/rated speed.
The energy saved is displayed in r0041.

p3326[0...n] Fluid flow machine power point 4 / Fluid_mach P4

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 100.00 92.00
Description: For the energy-saving display of a fluid-flow machine, a typical flow characteristic P = f(n) with 5 points along the
characteristic is required.
This parameter specifies the power (P) of point 4 as a [%].
Dependency: Refer to: r0041, p3320, p3321, p3322, p3323, p3324, p3325, p3327, p3328, p3329
Note: The reference value for power and speed is the rated power/rated speed.
The energy saved is displayed in r0041.

p3327[0...n] Fluid flow machine speed point 4 / Fluid_mach n4

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 100.00 75.00
Description: For the energy-saving display of a fluid-flow machine, a typical flow characteristic P = f(n) with 5 points along the
characteristic is required.
This parameter specifies the speed (n) of point 4 as a [%].
Dependency: Refer to: r0041, p3320, p3321, p3322, p3323, p3324, p3325, p3326, p3328, p3329
Note: The reference value for power and speed is the rated power/rated speed.
The energy saved is displayed in r0041.

SINAMICS G120C
272 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p3328[0...n] Fluid flow machine power point 5 / Fluid_mach P5

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 100.00 100.00
Description: For the energy-saving display of a fluid-flow machine, a typical flow characteristic P = f(n) with 5 points along the
characteristic is required.
This parameter specifies the power (P) of point 5 as a [%].
Dependency: Refer to: r0041, p3320, p3321, p3322, p3323, p3324, p3325, p3326, p3327, p3329
Note: The reference value for power and speed is the rated power/rated speed.
The energy saved is displayed in r0041.

p3329[0...n] Fluid flow machine speed point 5 / Fluid_mach n5

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 100.00 100.00
Description: For the energy-saving display of a fluid-flow machine, a typical flow characteristic P = f(n) with 5 points along the
characteristic is required.
This parameter specifies the speed (n) of point 5 as a [%].
Dependency: Refer to: r0041, p3320, p3321, p3322, p3323, p3324, p3325, p3326, p3327, p3328
Note: The reference value for power and speed is the rated power/rated speed.
The energy saved is displayed in r0041.

p3330[0...n] BI: 2/3 wire control command 1 / 2/3 wire cmd 1

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2272, 2273
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for command 1 for the two-wire control/three-wire control.
Dependency: Refer to: p0015, p3331, p3332, r3333, p3334
Note: The mode of operation of this binector input is dependent on the wire control set in p0015.

p3331[0...n] BI: 2/3 wire control command 2 / 2/3 wire cmd 2

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2272, 2273
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for command 2 for the two-wire control/three-wire control.
Dependency: Refer to: p0015, p3330, p3332, r3333, p3334
Note: The mode of operation of this binector input is dependent on the wire control set in p0015.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 273
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p3332[0...n] BI: 2/3 wire control command 3 / 2/3 wire cmd 3

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2273
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for command 3 for the two-wire control/three-wire control.
Dependency: Refer to: p0015, p3330, p3331, r3333, p3334
Note: The mode of operation of this binector input is dependent on the wire control set in p0015.

r3333.0...3 CO/BO: 2/3 wire control control word / 2/3 wire STW
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2272, 2273
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the control word for the two wire control/three wire control.
The control signals are dependent on the wire control set in p0015 and the signal states at the digital inputs.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 ON Yes No -
01 Reversing Yes No -
02 ON inverted Yes No -
03 Reversing inverted Yes No -
Dependency: Refer to: p0015, p3330, p3331, p3332, p3334

p3334 2/3 wire control selection / 2/3 wire select

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2272, 2273
Min Max Factory setting
0 4 0
Description: Sets the two wire control/three wire control.
Value: 0: No wire control
1: Two wire control clockwise/counterclockwise 1
2: Two wire control clockwise/counterclockwise 2
3: Three wire control enable clockwise/counterclockwise
4: Three wire control enable ON/reversing
Dependency: Refer to: p0015, p3330, p3331, p3332, r3333
Note: This value depends on the wire control set in p0015.

p3340[0...n] BI: Limit switch start / Lim switch start

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the start of motion dependent on the sign of the setpoint.
Dependency: Refer to: p3342, p3343, r3344
Refer to: A07352

SINAMICS G120C
274 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p3342[0...n] BI: Limit switch plus / Lim switch plus

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the limit switch plus.
BI: p3342 = 1-signal:
Limit switch is inactive.
BI: p3342 = 0 signal:
Limit switch is active.
Dependency: Refer to: p3340, p3343, r3344
Note: For p1113 = 0, the drive traverses with a positive speed setpoint towards the positive limit switch – or for p1113 = 1
with a negative speed setpoint.

p3343[0...n] BI: Limit switch minus / Lim switch minus

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the limit switch minus.
BI: p3343 = 1-signal:
Limit switch is inactive.
BI: p3343 = 0 signal:
Limit switch is active.
Dependency: Refer to: p3340, p3342, r3344
Note: For p1113 = 0, the drive traverses with a negative speed setpoint towards the minus limit switch – or for p1113 = 1
with a positive speed setpoint.

r3344.0...5 CO/BO: Limit switch status word / Lim sw ZSW

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the status word of the limit switch.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Limit switch ON/OFF1 Yes No -
01 Limit switch OFF3 No Yes -
02 Limit switch axis stationary (standstill) Yes No -
04 Plus limit switch reached Yes No -
05 Minus limit switch reached Yes No -
Dependency: Refer to: p3340, p3342, p3343
Note: For bit 00 = 1:
The limit switch enables motion.
For example, this bit can be used for interconnection with binector input p0840 (ON/OFF1).
For bit 01 = 0:
The drive cannot be moved as a result of the limit switch function (e.g. as a result of the switching-on inhibited).
For example, this bit can be used for interconnection with binector input p0848 (OFF3).
For bit 02 = 1:
The axis is at zero speed.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 275
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

For bit 04 = 1:
The plus limit switch reached.
For bit 05 = 1:
The minus limit switch reached.

p3820[0...n] Friction characteristic value n0 / Friction n0

Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 7010
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm] 15.00 [rpm]
Description: The friction characteristic is defined by 10 value pairs.
This parameter specifies the n coordinate of the 1st value pair of the friction characteristic.
Dependency: Refer to: p3830, p3845

p3821[0...n] Friction characteristic value n1 / Friction n1

Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 7010
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm] 30.00 [rpm]
Description: The friction characteristic is defined by 10 value pairs.
This parameter specifies the n coordinate of the 2nd value pair of the friction characteristic.
Dependency: Refer to: p3831, p3845

p3822[0...n] Friction characteristic value n2 / Friction n2

Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 7010
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm] 60.00 [rpm]
Description: The friction characteristic is defined by 10 value pairs.
This parameter specifies the n coordinate of the 3rd value pair of the friction characteristic.
Dependency: Refer to: p3832, p3845

p3823[0...n] Friction characteristic value n3 / Friction n3

Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 7010
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm] 120.00 [rpm]
Description: The friction characteristic is defined by 10 value pairs.
This parameter specifies the n coordinate of the 4th value pair of the friction characteristic.
Dependency: Refer to: p3833, p3845

p3824[0...n] Friction characteristic value n4 / Friction n4

Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 7010
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm] 150.00 [rpm]
Description: The friction characteristic is defined by 10 value pairs.
This parameter specifies the n coordinate of the 5th value pair of the friction characteristic.

SINAMICS G120C
276 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: Refer to: p3834, p3845

p3825[0...n] Friction characteristic value n5 / Friction n5

Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 7010
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm] 300.00 [rpm]
Description: The friction characteristic is defined by 10 value pairs.
This parameter specifies the n coordinate of the 6th value pair of the friction characteristic.
Dependency: Refer to: p3835, p3845

p3826[0...n] Friction characteristic value n6 / Friction n6

Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 7010
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm] 600.00 [rpm]
Description: The friction characteristic is defined by 10 value pairs.
This parameter specifies the n coordinate of the 7th value pair of the friction characteristic.
Dependency: Refer to: p3836, p3845

p3827[0...n] Friction characteristic value n7 / Friction n7

Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 7010
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm] 1200.00 [rpm]
Description: The friction characteristic is defined by 10 value pairs.
This parameter specifies the n coordinate of the 8th value pair of the friction characteristic.
Dependency: Refer to: p3837, p3845

p3828[0...n] Friction characteristic value n8 / Friction n8

Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 7010
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm] 1500.00 [rpm]
Description: The friction characteristic is defined by 10 value pairs.
This parameter specifies the n coordinate of the 9th value pair of the friction characteristic.
Dependency: Refer to: p3838, p3845

p3829[0...n] Friction characteristic value n9 / Friction n9

Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 7010
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm] 3000.00 [rpm]
Description: The friction characteristic is defined by 10 value pairs.
This parameter specifies the n coordinate of the 10th value pair of the friction characteristic.
Dependency: Refer to: p3839, p3845

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 277
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p3830[0...n] Friction characteristic value M0 / Friction M0

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 7010
Min Max Factory setting
-1000000.0000 [Nm] 1000000.0000 [Nm] 0.0000 [Nm]
Description: The friction characteristic is defined by 10 value pairs.
This parameter specifies the M coordinate of the 1st value pair of the friction characteristic.
Dependency: Refer to: p3820, p3845

p3831[0...n] Friction characteristic value M1 / Friction M1

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 7010
Min Max Factory setting
-1000000.0000 [Nm] 1000000.0000 [Nm] 0.0000 [Nm]
Description: The friction characteristic is defined by 10 value pairs.
This parameter specifies the M coordinate of the 2nd value pair of the friction characteristic.
Dependency: Refer to: p3821, p3845

p3832[0...n] Friction characteristic value M2 / Friction M2

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 7010
Min Max Factory setting
-1000000.0000 [Nm] 1000000.0000 [Nm] 0.0000 [Nm]
Description: The friction characteristic is defined by 10 value pairs.
This parameter specifies the M coordinate of the 3rd value pair of the friction characteristic.
Dependency: Refer to: p3822, p3845

p3833[0...n] Friction characteristic value M3 / Friction M3

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 7010
Min Max Factory setting
-1000000.0000 [Nm] 1000000.0000 [Nm] 0.0000 [Nm]
Description: The friction characteristic is defined by 10 value pairs.
This parameter specifies the M coordinate of the 4th value pair of the friction characteristic.
Dependency: Refer to: p3823, p3845

p3834[0...n] Friction characteristic value M4 / Friction M4

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 7010
Min Max Factory setting
-1000000.0000 [Nm] 1000000.0000 [Nm] 0.0000 [Nm]
Description: The friction characteristic is defined by 10 value pairs.
This parameter specifies the M coordinate of the 5th value pair of the friction characteristic.
Dependency: Refer to: p3824, p3845

SINAMICS G120C
278 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p3835[0...n] Friction characteristic value M5 / Friction M5

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 7010
Min Max Factory setting
-1000000.0000 [Nm] 1000000.0000 [Nm] 0.0000 [Nm]
Description: The friction characteristic is defined by 10 value pairs.
This parameter specifies the M coordinate of the 6th value pair of the friction characteristic.
Dependency: Refer to: p3825, p3845

p3836[0...n] Friction characteristic value M6 / Friction M6

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 7010
Min Max Factory setting
-1000000.0000 [Nm] 1000000.0000 [Nm] 0.0000 [Nm]
Description: The friction characteristic is defined by 10 value pairs.
This parameter specifies the M coordinate of the 7th value pair of the friction characteristic.
Dependency: Refer to: p3826, p3845

p3837[0...n] Friction characteristic value M7 / Friction M7

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 7010
Min Max Factory setting
-1000000.0000 [Nm] 1000000.0000 [Nm] 0.0000 [Nm]
Description: The friction characteristic is defined by 10 value pairs.
This parameter specifies the M coordinate of the 8th value pair of the friction characteristic.
Dependency: Refer to: p3827, p3845

p3838[0...n] Friction characteristic value M8 / Friction M8

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 7010
Min Max Factory setting
-1000000.0000 [Nm] 1000000.0000 [Nm] 0.0000 [Nm]
Description: The friction characteristic is defined by 10 value pairs.
This parameter specifies the M coordinate of the 9th value pair of the friction characteristic.
Dependency: Refer to: p3828, p3845

p3839[0...n] Friction characteristic value M9 / Friction M9

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 7010
Min Max Factory setting
-1000000.0000 [Nm] 1000000.0000 [Nm] 0.0000 [Nm]
Description: The friction characteristic is defined by 10 value pairs.
This parameter specifies the M coordinate of the 10th value pair of the friction characteristic.
Dependency: Refer to: p3829, p3845

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 279
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r3840.0...8 CO/BO: Friction characteristic status word / Friction ZSW

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7010
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the status word of the friction characteristic.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Friction characteristic OK Yes No -
01 Friction characteristic record activated Yes No -
02 Friction characteristic record completed Yes No -
03 Friction characteristic record aborted Yes No -
08 Friction characteristic positive direction Yes No -

r3841 CO: Friction characteristic output / Frict outp

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2003 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 7010
Min Max Factory setting
- [Nm] - [Nm] - [Nm]
Description: Display and connector output for the torque of the friction characteristic dependent on the speed.
Dependency: Refer to: p3842

p3842 Friction characteristic activation / Frict act

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7010
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to activate and deactivate the friction characteristic.
Value: 0: Friction characteristic deactivated
1: Friction characteristic activated
Dependency: Refer to: r3841, p3845

p3845 Friction characteristic record activation / Frict rec act

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7010
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Setting for the friction characteristic record.
After the next switch-on command, the friction characteristic is automatically recorded.
Value: 0: Friction characteristic record deactivated
1: Friction char record activated for all directions
2: Friction char record activated for positive direction
3: Friction char record activated for negative direction
Dependency: When selecting the friction characteristic measurement, the drive data set changeover is suppressed.
For linear drives (refer to r0108 bit 12) it is not permissible to carry out the friction characteristic measurement for
mechanical systems that limit travel.
Danger: For drives with a mechanical system that limit the distance moved, it must be ensured that during recording, the
friction characteristic is not reached. If this is not the case, then it is not permissible that the measurement is carried
out.
Notice: To permanently accept the determined settings they must be saved in a non-volatile fashion (p0971, p0977).

SINAMICS G120C
280 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: When the friction characteristic record is active, it is not possible to save the parameters (p0971, p0977).
When the friction characteristic record is active (p3845 > 0), it is not possible to change p3820 ... p3829, p3830 ...
p3839 and p3842.
When recording the friction characteristic, in addition to the friction, the motor losses are also determined (e.g. iron
losses, eddy current losses and re-magnetizing losses). A differentiation is not made between these individual loss
components. We recommend that a motor temperature sensor is used because torque deviations can also be
emulated/mapped on the characteristic due to the thermal influence.

p3846[0...n] Friction characteristic record ramp-up/ramp-down time / Frict rec t_RU/RD

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7010
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 999999.000 [s] 10.000 [s]
Description: Sets the ramp-up/ramp-down time of the ramp-up/ramp-down function generator to automatically record the friction
characteristic.
The drive is accelerated from standstill (setpoint = 0) up to the maximum speed/velocity (p1082) in this time.
Dependency: Refer to: p3845

p3847[0...n] Friction characteristic record warm-up time / Frict rec t_warm

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7010
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 3600.000 [s] 0.000 [s]
Description: Sets the warm-up time.
For an automatic trace (record) to start, the highest selected speed (p3829) is approached and this time is held. After
this, the measurement is started with the highest speed.
Dependency: Refer to: p3829, p3845

p3856[0...n] Compound braking current / Compound I_brake

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 250.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Compound braking current is used to define the amount of DC current that is produced on stopping the motor during
U/f operation to further increase the DC braking function.
Compound braking is a superimposition of the DC braking function with regenerative braking (net braking along the
ramp) after OFF1 or OFF3. This permits braking with controlled motor frequency and minimum power input into the
motor.
Effective braking without using additional hardware components is obtained by optimizing the ramp down time and
compound braking.
Dependency: The compound braking current is only activated if the DC link voltage exceeds the threshold value in r1282.
Compound braking does not operate in the following cases:
- DC braking activated (p1230, r1239).
- motor is still not magnetized (e.g. for flying restart).
- vector control parameterized (p1300 >= 20).
- synchronous motor used (p0300 = 2xx).
Notice: Generally, increasing the braking current improves the braking effect when stopping the motor. However, if the value
is set too high, then the drive can be tripped (shut down) as a result of overcurrent or ground fault.
Recommendation: p3856 < 100 % x (r0209 - r0331) / p0305 / 2
Compound braking generates a current in the motor with a ripple manifesting the rotational frequency. The higher the
braking current is set, the higher the resulting ripple, especially when the Vdc_max control is simultaneously active
(refer to p1280).

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 281
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: The parameter value is entered relative to the rated motor current (p0305).
Compound braking is deactivated with p3856 = 0%.

r3859.0 CO/BO: Compound braking/DC quantity control status word / Comp-br/DC_ctr ZSW
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6797
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output for the status word of the compound braking and DC quantity control.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Compound braking active Yes No -
Dependency: Refer to: p3856

p3900 Completion of quick commissioning / Compl quick_comm

Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: C(1) Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Exits quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) with automatic calculation of all parameters of all existing drive data sets that
depend on the entries made during quick commissioning.
p3900 = 1 initially includes a parameter reset (factory setting, the same as p0970 = 1) for all parameters of the drive
object; however, without overwriting the entries made during the quick commissioning.
The interconnections of PROFIBUS PZD telegram selection (p0922) and the interconnections via p15 and p1500 are
re-established and all of the dependent motor, open-loop and control-loop control parameters are calculated
(corresponding to p0340 = 1).
p3900 = 2 includes the restoration of the interconnections of PROFIBUS PZD telegram selection (p0922) and the
interconnections via p15 and p1500 and the calculations corresponding to p0340 = 1.
p3900 = 3 only includes the calculations associated with the motor, open-loop and closed-loop control parameters
corresponding to p0340 = 1.
Value: 0: No quick parameterization
1: Quick parameterization after parameter reset
2: Quick parameterization (only) for BICO and motor parameters
3: Quick parameterization for motor parameters (only)
Notice: After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996.
Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0.
Note: When the calculations have been completed, p3900 and p0010 are automatically reset to a value of zero.
When calculating motor, open-loop and closed-loop control parameters (such as for p0340 = 1) parameters
associated with a selected Siemens catalog motor are not overwritten.
If a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300), then the following parameters are reset with p3900 > 0 in order to
restore the situation that applied when commissioning the drive for the first time:
induction motor: p0320, p0352, p0362 ... p0369, p0604, p0605
synchronous motor: p0352, p0604, p0605

SINAMICS G120C
282 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r3925[0...n] Identification final display / Ident final_disp

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the commissioning steps that have been carried out.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Motor/control parameters calculated (p0340 Yes No -
= 1, p3900 > 0)
02 Motor data identification carried out at Yes No -
standstill (p1910 = 1)
03 Rotating measurement carried out (p1960 = Yes No -
1, 2)
08 Identified motor data are automatically Yes No -
backed up
11 Automatic parameterization as Standard Yes No -
Drive Control
12 Automatic parameterization as Dynamic Yes No -
Drive Control
14 First motor commissioning Yes No -
15 Equivalent circuit diagram parameters Yes No -
changed
16 Cable resistance measured Yes No -
18 Circle identification executed Yes No -
Note: The individual bits are only set if the appropriate action has been initiated and successfully completed.
The identification final display is reset when changing the type plate parameters.

r3926[0...n] Voltage generation alternating base voltage amplitude / U_gen altern base
Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [V] - [V] - [V]
Description: Displays the base voltage for the alternating voltage in the context of motor data identification.
0:
No alternating voltages. The function is deactivated.
<0:
Automatic determination of the base voltage and wobbulation / self-setting based on the converter and the connected
motor.
Otherwise:
Base voltage for alternating current generation in volts (wobbulation active).

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 283
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r3927[0...n] Motor data identification control word / MotID STW

Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Successfully completed component of the last motor data identification carried out.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Stator inductance estimate no Yes No -
measurement
02 Rotor time constant estimate no Yes No -
measurement
03 Leakage inductance estimate no Yes No -
measurement
05 Determine Tr and Lsig evaluation in the time Yes No -
range
06 Activate vibration damping Yes No -
07 Deactivate vibration detection Yes No -
11 Deactivate pulse measurement Lq Ld Yes No -
12 Deactivate rotor resistance Rr Yes No -
measurement
14 Deactivate valve interlocking time Yes No -
measurement
15 Determine only stator resistance, valve Yes No -
voltage fault, dead time
16 Short motor identification (lower quality) Yes No -
17 Measurement without control parameter Yes No -
calculation
18 After motID direct transition into operation Yes No -
19 After MotID automatically save results Yes No -
20 Estimate cable resistance Yes No -
21 Calibrating the output voltage measurement Yes No -
22 Only identify circle Yes No -
23 Deactivate circle identification Yes No -
24 Circle identification with 0 and 90 degrees Yes No -
Dependency: Refer to: r3925
Note: The parameter is a copy of p1909.

r3928[0...n] Rotating measurement configuration / Rot meas config

Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Successfully completed component of the last rotating measurement carried out.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
01 Saturation characteristic identification Yes No -
02 Moment of inertia identification Yes No -
03 Re-calculates the speed controller Yes No -
parameters
04 Speed controller optimization (vibration test) Yes No -
05 q leakage inductance ident. (for current Yes No -
controller adaptation)
11 Do not change the controller parameters Yes No -
during the measurement
12 Measurement shortened Yes No -

SINAMICS G120C
284 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

13 After measurement direct transition into Yes No -

operation
14 Calculate speed actual value smoothing Yes No -
time
Dependency: Refer to: r3925
Note: The parameter is a copy of p1959.

r3929[0...n] Motor data identification modulated voltage generation / MotID U_gen mod
Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Configuration of voltage generation for the various MotID sections in the case of the most recent successful MotID.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Wobble U_generate to determine dead-time Yes No -
correction
01 Wobble U_generate to determine stator Yes No -
resistance
02 Wobble U_generation to determine rotor Yes No -
time constant
03 Wobble U_generation to determine leakage Yes No -
inductance
04 Wobble U_generation to determine dynamic Yes No -
leakage inductance
05 Wobble U_generation to determine Yes No -
magnetizing inductance
08 Alternating U_generate to determine dead- Yes No -
time correction
09 Alternating U_generate to determine stator Yes No -
resistance
10 Alternating U_generate to determine rotor Yes No -
time constant
11 Alternating U_generate to determine Yes No -
leakage inductance
12 Alternating U_generate to determine dyn. Yes No -
leakage inductance
13 Alternating U_generate to determine Yes No -
magnetizing inductance

p3950 Service parameter / Serv par

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: C, U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: For service personnel only.

p3981 Acknowledge drive object faults / Ackn DO faults

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8060
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to acknowledge all active faults of a drive object.
Notice: Safety messages cannot be acknowledged using this parameter.
Note: Parameter should be set from 0 to 1 to acknowledge.
After acknowledgment, the parameter is automatically reset to 0.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 285
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p3985 Master control mode selection / PcCtrl mode select

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the mode to change over the master control / LOCAL mode.
Value: 0: Change master control for STW1.0 = 0
1: Change master control in operation
Danger: When changing the master control in operation, the drive can manifest undesirable behavior - e.g. it can accelerate
up to another setpoint.

r3996[0...1] Parameter write inhibit status / Par_write inhib st

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays whether writing to parameters is inhibited.
r3996[0] = 0:
Parameter write not inhibited.
0 < r3996[0] < 100:
Parameter write inhibited. The value shows how the calculations are progressing.
Index: [0] = Progress calculations
[1] = Cause
Note: For index 1:
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.

p5271[0...n] Online tuning configuration controller / Ot config ctrl

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 5045
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 bin
Description: Sets the configuration for the online tuning.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
02 Load adaptation Kp Yes No -
06 Do not change Kp Yes No -
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Note: For bit 00:
For significant differences between the motor and load moment of inertia, or for low dynamic performance of the
controller, then the P controller becomes a PD controller in the position control loop. As a consequence, the dynamic
performance of the position controller is increased.
This function should only be set when the speed precontrol (bit 3 = 1) or the torque precontrol (bit 4 = 1) is active.
For bit 01:
At low speeds, the controller gain factors are automatically reduced in order to avoid noise and oscillation at
standstill.
For bit 02:
The estimated load moment of inertia is taken into account for the speed controller gain (see p5273).
For bit 03:
Activates the speed precontrol for the basic positioner (EPOS).

SINAMICS G120C
286 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

For bit 04:

Activates the torque pre-control for the basic positioner (EPOS).
For bit 05:
The maximum setpoint acceleration for the basic positioner (EPOS) is determined based on the estimated moment of
inertia. This is realized by activating the bit once.
The prerequisite is that the drive pulses are inhibited, and the moment of inertia was previously determined.
For bit 06:
The speed controller gain set in p1460 is not changed when calculating the controller data.

p5310[0...n] Moment of inertia precontrol configuration / J_est config

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 bin
Description: Configuration of the moment of inertia precontrol when the moment of inertia estimator is active.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Activating calculations Yes No -
01 Activating the moment of inertia precontrol Yes No -
Dependency: The function module "Moment of inertia estimator" (r0108.10) must be activated for the "Moment of inertia precontrol"
function.
Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: r5311, p5312, p5313, p5314, p5315
Note: Possible bit combinations:
Bit 1, 0
= 0, 0 --> function not active
= 0, 1 --> cyclic calculation of the coefficients without moment of inertia precontrol (commissioning)
= 1, 0 --> moment of inertia precontrol activated (without cyclic calculation of the coefficients)
= 1, 1 --> moment of inertia precontrol activated (with cyclic calculation of the coefficients)
For bit 00:
Calculation for the constant and linear coefficients of the moment of inertia precontrol is activated. The results are
written to parameters (p5312, p5313, p5314, p5315).
For bit 01:
The moment of inertia precontrol is activated.
The moment of inertia is calculated from the currently measured load torque and the saved coefficients (p5312,
p5313, p5314, p5315).

r5311[0...n] Moment of inertia precontrol status word / J_prectrl ZSW

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the status word for the moment of inertia precontrol.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 New measuring points are available Yes No -
01 New parameters being calculated Yes No -
02 Moment of inertia precontrol active Yes No -
03 Calculation of positive coefficients Yes No -
completed
04 Calculation of negative coefficients Yes No -
completed
05 Results are being written to parameter Yes No -

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 287
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: The function module "Moment of inertia estimator" (r0108.10) must be activated for the "Moment of inertia precontrol"
function.
Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: p5310, p5312, p5313, p5314, p5315

p5312[0...n] Moment of inertia precontrol linear positive / J_est lin pos

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
-340.28235E36 [s²] 340.28235E36 [s²] 0.000000 [s²]
Description: Sets the linear coefficients for moment of inertia precontrol in the positive direction when the moment of inertia
estimator is active.
The estimated moment of inertia is obtained according to the following formula:
Moment of inertia (J) = linear coefficient (p5312) * load torque + constant coefficient (p5313)
Dependency: The function module "Moment of inertia estimator" (r0108.10) must be activated for the "Moment of inertia precontrol"
function.
Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: p5310, r5311, p5313, p5314, p5315

p5313[0...n] Moment of inertia precontrol constant positive / J_est const pos

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 25_1 Unit selection: p0100 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
-340.28235E36 [kgm²] 340.28235E36 [kgm²] 0.000000 [kgm²]
Description: Sets of the constant coefficients for moment of inertia precontrol in the positive direction when the moment of inertia
estimator is active.
The estimated moment of inertia is obtained according to the following formula:
Moment of inertia (J) = linear coefficient (p5312) * load torque + constant coefficient (p5313)
Dependency: The function module "Moment of inertia estimator" (r0108.10) must be activated for the "Moment of inertia precontrol"
function.
Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: p5310, r5311, p5312, p5314, p5315

p5314[0...n] Moment of inertia precontrol linear negative / J_est lin neg

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
-340.28235E36 [s²] 340.28235E36 [s²] 0.000000 [s²]
Description: Sets the linear coefficients for moment of inertia precontrol in the negative direction when the moment of inertia
estimator is active.
The estimated moment of inertia is obtained according to the following formula:
Moment of inertia (J) = linear coefficient (p5314) * load torque + constant coefficient (p5315)
Dependency: The function module "Moment of inertia estimator" (r0108.10) must be activated for the "Moment of inertia precontrol"
function.
Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: p5310, r5311, p5312, p5313, p5315

SINAMICS G120C
288 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p5315[0...n] Moment of inertia precontrol constant negative / J_est const neg

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: 25_1 Unit selection: p0100 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
-340.28235E36 [kgm²] 340.28235E36 [kgm²] 0.000000 [kgm²]
Description: Sets the constant coefficients for moment of inertia precontrol in the negative direction when the moment of inertia
estimator is active.
The estimated moment of inertia is obtained according to the following formula:
Moment of inertia (J) = linear coefficient (p5314) * load torque + constant coefficient (p5315)
Dependency: The function module "Moment of inertia estimator" (r0108.10) must be activated for the "Moment of inertia precontrol"
function.
Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: p5310, r5311, p5312, p5313, p5314

p5316[0...n] Moment of inertia precontrol change time moment of inertia / J_prectrl t J

Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
10.00 [ms] 5000.00 [ms] 500.00 [ms]
Description: Sets the change time for the moment of inertia for the moment of inertia precontrol.
Lower values mean that faster changes are possible.
For a higher value, this estimated value is smoothed more significantly.
Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1)
Refer to: p1400, p1560, p1562

p5350[0...n] Mot_temp_mod 1/3 boost factor at standstill / Standst boost_fact

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8017
Min Max Factory setting
1.0000 2.0000 2.0000
Description: Sets the boost factor for the copper losses at standstill for motor temperature models 1 and 3.
The entered factor is active for speed n = 0 [rpm].
This factor is linearly reduced down to 1 between speeds n = 0 ... 1 [rpm].
The following values are required to calculate the boost factor:
- stall current (I_0, p0318, catalog value)
- thermal stall current (I_th0, catalog value)
The boost factor is calculated as follows:
- p5350 = (I_0 / I_th0)^2
Dependency: Refer to: p0318, p0612, p5390, p5391
Refer to: F07011, A07012, A07014
Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.
Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.
Note: Temperature model 1 (I2t):
The following applies for firmware version < 4.7 SP6 or p0612.8 = 0:
- parameter p5350 is not active. Internally, a fixed boost factor of 1.333 is used as basis for the calculation.
The following applies from firmware version 4.7 SP6 and p0612.8 = 1:
- parameter p5350 becomes active as described above.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 289
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r5389.0...8 CO/BO: Mot_temp status word faults/alarms / Mot_temp ZSW F/A

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8016
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for faults and alarms of the motor temperature monitoring.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Motor temperature measurement fault Yes No -
active
01 Motor temperature model fault active Yes No -
02 Encoder temperature measurement fault Yes No -
active
04 Motor temperature measurement alarm Yes No -
active
05 Motor temperature measurement alarm Yes No -
active
08 Current reduction active Yes No -
Dependency: Refer to: r0034, p0612, r0632
Refer to: F07011, A07012, A07910
Note: For bit 00, 04:
The motor temperature is measured using a temperature sensor (p0600, p0601). When the bit is set, a high
temperature is identified, and a corresponding signal is additionally output.
For bit 01, 05:
The motor temperature is monitored based on a temperature model (p0612). When the bit is set, a high temperature
is identified, and a corresponding signal is additionally output.
For bit 02:
The encoder temperature is measured using a temperature sensor. When the bit is set, a high temperature is
identified, and a corresponding signal is additionally output.
For bit 08:
When reaching the motor temperature alarm threshold, reduction of the maximum current is set as response (p0610
= 1). When the bit is set, reduction of the maximum current is active.

p5390[0...n] Mot_temp_mod 1/3 alarm threshold / A thresh

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8017
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [°C] 200.0 [°C] 110.0 [°C]
Description: Sets the alarm threshold for monitoring the motor temperature for motor temperature models 1 and 3.
The stator winding temperature (r0632) is used to initiate the signal.
The following applies for temperature model 1 (I2t):
- only effective from firmware version 4.7 SP6 and p0612.8 = 1.
- Alarm A07012 is output after the alarm threshold is exceeded.
- when commissioning a catalog motor for the first time, the threshold value is copied from p0605 to p5390.
The following applies for temperature model 3:
- after the alarm threshold is exceeded, alarm A07012 is output and a calculated delay time (t = p5371/p5381) is
started.
- if the delay time has expired and the alarm threshold has, in the meantime, not been fallen below, then fault F07011
is output.
Dependency: Refer to: r0034, p0605, p0612, r0632, p5391
Refer to: F07011, A07012, A07014
Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.
Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.
Note: The hysteresis is 2 K.

SINAMICS G120C
290 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p5391[0...n] Mot_temp_mod 1/3 fault threshold / F thresh

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8017
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [°C] 200.0 [°C] 120.0 [°C]
Description: Sets the fault threshold for monitoring the motor temperature for motor temperature models 1 and 3.
Fault F07011 is output after the fault threshold is exceeded.
The stator winding temperature (r0632) is used to initiate the signal.
The following applies for temperature model 1 (I2t):
- only effective from firmware version 4.7 SP6 and p0612.8 = 1.
- when commissioning a catalog motor for the first time, the threshold value is copied from p0615 to p5391.
Dependency: Refer to: r0034, p0612, p0615, r0632, p5390
Refer to: F07011, A07014
Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.
Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.
Note: The hysteresis is 2 K.

r5397 Mot_temp_mod 3 ambient temperature image p0613 / AmbTmp image p0613

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8019
Min Max Factory setting
- [°C] - [°C] - [°C]
Description: Displays the ambient temperature for motor temperature models 1 and 3.
This value is used to calculate the utilization display (p0034).
The parameter value is an image of p0613.
Dependency: Refer to: r0034
Note: For firmware version < 4.7 SP6: parameter p0613 is not visible for users (this is a Siemens internal parameter).

r5398[0...n] Mot_temp_mod 3 alarm threshold image p5390 / A thr image p5390

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8019
Min Max Factory setting
- [°C] - [°C] - [°C]
Description: Displays the alarm threshold for monitoring the motor temperature for motor temperature models 1 and 3.
This value is used to calculate the utilization display (p0034).
The parameter value is an image of p5390.
Dependency: Refer to: p5390
Refer to: F07011, A07012, A07014
Note: For firmware version < 4.7 SP6: parameter p5390 is not visible for users (this is a Siemens internal parameter).

r5399[0...n] Mot_temp_mod 3 fault threshold image p5391 / F thr image p5391

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS
Unit group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8019
Min Max Factory setting
- [°C] - [°C] - [°C]
Description: Sets the fault threshold for monitoring the motor temperature for motor temperature models 1 and 3.
Fault F07011 is output after the fault threshold is exceeded.
The parameter value is an image of p5391.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 291
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: Refer to: p5391

Refer to: F07011, A07012, A07014
Note: For firmware version < 4.7 SP6: parameter p5391 is not visible for users (this is a Siemens internal parameter).

r5600 Pe energy-saving mode ID / Pe mode ID

G120C_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2381, 2382
Min Max Factory setting
0 255 -
Description: Displays the PROFIenergy mode ID of the effective energy-saving mode.
Value: 0: POWER OFF
2: Energy-saving mode 2
240: Operation
255: Ready
Note: Pe: PROFIenergy profiles

p5602[0...1] Pe energy-saving mode pause time minimal / Pe mod t_pause min

G120C_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2381
Min Max Factory setting
300000 [ms] 4294967295 [ms] [0] 300000 [ms]
[1] 480000 [ms]
Description: Sets the minimum possible pause time for the energy-saving mode.
The value is the sum of the following times:
- Energy-saving mode transition time
- Operating state transition time regular
- Energy-saving mode, time of minimum stay
Index: [0] = Reserved
[1] = Mode 2
Note: It is not permissible that the value is less than the sum of the "energy-saving mode transition time" and the "operating
state transition time" (system properties).
Pe: PROFIenergy profiles

p5606[0...1] Pe energy-saving mode time of maximum stay / Pe t_max_stay

G120C_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2381
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 4294967295 [ms] 4294967295 [ms]
Description: Sets the time of maximum stay for the energy-saving mode.
Index: [0] = Reserved
[1] = Mode 2
Note: Pe: PROFIenergy profiles

SINAMICS G120C
292 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p5611 Pe energy-saving properties general / Pe properties gen

G120C_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2381, 2382
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 bin
Description: Sets the general properties for energy-saving.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Inhibit PROFIenergy control commands Yes No -
01 Drive initiates OFF1 when transitioning to Yes No -
energy-saving mode
02 Trans to energy-saving mode from Yes No -
PROFIdrive state S3/4 poss
Note: Pe: PROFIenergy profiles
PROFIdrive state S4: operation

p5612[0...1] Pe energy-saving properties mode-dependent / Pe properties mod

G120C_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 0110 bin
[1] 0000 bin
Description: Sets the mode-dependent properties for energy-saving.
Index: [0] = Reserved
[1] = Mode 2
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Reserved Yes No -
Note: Pe: PROFIenergy profiles

r5613.0...1 CO/BO: Pe energy-saving active/inactive / Pe save act/inact

G120C_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2382
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and binector output for the state display PROFIenergy energy saving active or inactive.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Pe active Yes No -
01 Pe inactive Yes No -
Note: Bit 0 and bit 1 are inverse of one another.
Pe: PROFIenergy profiles

p5614 BI: Pe set switching-on inhibited signal source / Pe sw-on_inh s_src

G120C_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2382
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to set in the PROFIdrive state S1 "switching-on inhibited".
Dependency: Refer to: r5613
Note: Pe: PROFIenergy profiles

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 293
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r7758[0...19] KHP Control Unit serial number / KHP CU ser_no

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the actual serial number of the Control Unit.
The individual characters of the serial number are displayed in the ASCII code in the indices.
For the commissioning software, the ASCII characters are displayed uncoded.
Dependency: Refer to: p7765, p7766, p7767, p7768
Notice: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.
Note: KHP: Know-How Protection

p7759[0...19] KHP Control Unit reference serial number / KHP CU ref ser_no
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Sets the reference serial number for the Control Unit.
Using this parameter, if a Control Unit and/or a memory card is replaced at the end customer, the OEM can again
adapt the project to the modified hardware.
Dependency: Refer to: p7765, p7766, p7767, p7768
Note: KHP: Know-How Protection
- the OEM may only change this parameter for the use case "Sending encrypted SINAMICS data".
- SINAMICS only evaluates this parameter when powering up from the encrypted "Load into file system..." output or
when powering up from the encrypted PS files. The evaluation is only made when know-how protection and memory
card copy protection have been activated.

r7760.0...12 CO/BO: Write protection/know-how protection status / Wr_prot/KHP stat

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the status for the write protection and know-how protection.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Write protection active Yes No -
01 Know-how protection active Yes No -
02 Know-how protection temporarily withdrawn Yes No -
03 Know-how protection cannot be deactivated Yes No -
04 Extended copy protection is active Yes No -
05 Basic copy protection is active Yes No -
06 Trace and measuring functions for Yes No -
diagnostic purposes active
12 Reserved Siemens Yes No -
Dependency: Refer to: p7761, p7765, p7766, p7767, p7768
Note: KHP: Know-How Protection
For bit 00:
Write protection can be activated/deactivated via p7761 on the Control Unit.
For bit 01:
The know-how protection can be activated by entering a password (p7766 ... p7768).
For bit 02:
If it has already been activated, know-how protection can be temporarily deactivated by entering the valid password
in p7766. In this case, bit 1 = 0 and bit 2 = 1 offset.

SINAMICS G120C
294 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

For bit 03:

Know-how protection cannot be deactivated, as p7766 is not entered in the OEM exception list (only the factory
setting is possible). This bit is only set if know-how protection is active (bit 1 = 1) and p7766 has not been entered in
the OEM exception list.
For bit 04:
When know-how protection has been activated, the contents of the memory card (parameter and DCC data) can be
additionally protected against being used with other memory cards/Control Units. This bit is only set if know-how
protection is active and p7765 bit 00 is set.
For bit 05:
When know-how protection has been activated, the contents of the memory card (parameter and DCC data) can be
additionally protected against being used with other memory cards. This bit is only set if know-how protection is
active and in p7765 bit 01 is set and not bit 00.
For bit 06:
When know-how protection is activated, the drive data can be traced using the device trace function. This bit is only
set if know-how protection is active and in p7765.2 is set.

p7761 Write protection / Write protection

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting for activating/deactivating the write protection for adjustable parameters.
Value: 0: Deactivate write protection
1: Activate write protection
Dependency: Refer to: r7760
Note: Parameters with the "WRITE_NO_LOCK" attributes are excluded from the write protection.
A product-specific list of these parameters is also available in the corresponding List Manual.

p7762 Write protection multi-master fieldbus system access behavior / Fieldbus acc_behav
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the behavior for write protection when accessing via multi-master fieldbus systems (e.g. CAN, BACnet).
Value: 0: Write access independent of p7761
1: Write access dependent on p7761
Dependency: Refer to: r7760, p7761

p7763 KHP OEM exception list number of indices for p7764 / KHP OEM qty p7764
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
1 500 1
Description: Sets the number of parameters for the OEM exception list (p7764[0...n]).
p7764[0...n], with n = p7763 - 1
Dependency: Refer to: p7764
Note: KHP: Know-How Protection
Even if know-how protection is set, parameters in this list can be read and written to.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 295
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p7764[0...n] KHP OEM exception list / KHP OEM excep list

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: p7763
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 [0] 7766
[1...499] 0
Description: OEM exception list (p7764[0...n] for setting parameters that should be excluded from know-how protection.
p7764[0...n], with n = p7763 - 1
Dependency: The number of indices depends on p7763.
Refer to: p7763
Note: KHP: Know-How Protection
Even if know-how protection is set, parameters in this list can be read and written to.

p7765 KHP configuration / KHP config

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 bin
Description: Configuration settings for know-how protection.
For bit 00, 01:
When KHP is activated, this means that the OEM can define whether the parameters and DCC data encrypted on the
memory card should be protected before using on other memory cards/Control Units.
For bit 02:
This means that the OEM can define whether it is possible or not to trace the drive data using the device trace
function although KHP is activated.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Extended copy protection - linked to the Yes No -
memory card and CU
01 Basic copy protection - linked to the Yes No -
memory card
02 Permit trace and measuring functions for Yes No -
diagnostic purposes
Dependency: Refer to: p7766, p7767, p7768
Note: KHP: Know-How Protection
For copy protection, the serial numbers of the memory card and/or Control Unit are checked.
The memory card copy protection and preventing data to be traced are only effective when the know-how protection
has been activated.
For bit 00, 01:
If both bits are inadvertently set to 1 (e.g. at the BOP), then the setting of bit 0 applies.
There is no copy protection if both bits are set to 0.

p7766[0...29] KHP password input / KHP passw input

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Sets the password for know-how protection.
Example of a password:
123aBc = 49 50 51 97 66 99 dec (ASCII characters)
[0] = character 1 (e.g. 49 dec)

SINAMICS G120C
296 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[1] = character 2 (e.g. 50 dec)

...
[5] = character 6 (e.g. 99 dec)
[29] = 0 dec (completes the entry)
Dependency: Refer to: p7767, p7768
Notice: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.
When using the STARTER commissioning software, the password should be entered using the associated dialogs.
The following rules apply when entering the password:
- password entry must start with p7766[0].
- no gaps are permissible in the password.
- entering a password is completed when writing to p7766[29] (p7766[29] = 0 for passwords less than 30 characters).
Note: KHP: Know-How Protection
When reading, p7766[0...29] = 42 dec (ASCII character = "*") is displayed.
Parameters with the "KHP_WRITE_NO_LOCK" attribute are not involved in the know-how protection.
Parameters with the "KHP_ACTIVE_READ" attribute can be read even when know-how protection is activated.
A product-specific list of these parameters is also available in the corresponding List Manual.

p7767[0...29] KHP password new / KHP passw new

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Sets the new password for know-how protection.
Dependency: Refer to: p7766, p7768
Note: KHP: Know-How Protection
When reading, p7767[0...29] = 42 dec (ASCII character = "*") is displayed.

p7768[0...29] KHP password confirmation / KHP passw confirm

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Confirms the new password for know-how protection.
Dependency: Refer to: p7766, p7767
Note: KHP: Know-How Protection
When reading, p7768[0...29] = 42 dec (ASCII character = "*") is displayed.

p7769[0...20] KHP memory card reference serial number / KHP mem ref ser_no
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Sets the reference serial number for the memory card.
Using this parameter, if a Control Unit and/or a memory card is replaced at the end customer, the OEM can again
adapt the project to the modified hardware.
Dependency: Refer to: p7765, p7766, p7767, p7768
Note: KHP: Know-How Protection
- the OEM may only change this parameter for the use case "Sending encrypted SINAMICS data".
- SINAMICS only evaluates this parameter when powering up from the encrypted "Load into file system..." output or
when powering up from the encrypted PS files. The evaluation is only made when know-how protection and memory
card copy protection have been activated.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 297
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p7775 NVRAM data backup/import/delete / NVRAM backup

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: C, U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 17 0
Description: Setting to backup/import/delete NVRAM data.
NVRAM data are non-volatile data in the device (e.g. fault buffer).
For NVRAM data actions, the following data are excluded:
- crash diagnostics
- CU operating hours counter
- CU temperature
- safety logbook
Value: 0: Inactive
1: NVRAM data backup to memory card
2: Import NVRAM data from the memory card
3: Delete NVRAM data in the device
10: Error when clearing
11: Error when backing up, memory card not available
12: Error when backing up, insufficient memory space
13: Error when backing up
14: Error when importing, memory card not available
15: Error when importing, checksum error
16: Error when importing, no NVRAM data available
17: Error when importing
Notice: For value = 2, 3:
These actions are only possible when pulses are inhibited.
Note: After the action has been successfully completed, the parameter is automatically set to zero.
The actions importing and deleting NVRAM data immediately initiate a warm restart.
If the procedure was not successfully completed, then an appropriate fault value is displayed (p7775 >= 10).

r7843[0...20] Memory card serial number / Mem_card ser.no

Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the actual serial number of the memory card.
The individual characters of the serial number are displayed in the ASCII code in the indices.
Notice: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.
Note: Example: displaying the serial number for a memory card:
r7843[0] = 49 dec --> ASCII characters = "1" --> serial number, character 1
r7843[1] = 49 dec --> ASCII characters = "1" --> serial number, character 2
r7843[2] = 49 dec --> ASCII characters = "1" --> serial number, character 3
r7843[3] = 57 dec --> ASCII characters = "9" --> serial number, character 4
r7843[4] = 50 dec --> ASCII characters = "2" --> serial number, character 5
r7843[5] = 51 dec --> ASCII characters = "3" --> serial number, character 6
r7843[6] = 69 dec --> ASCII characters = "E" --> serial number, character 7
r7843[7] = 0 dec --> ASCII characters = " " --> serial number, character 8
...
r7843[19] = 0 dec --> ASCII characters = " " --> serial number, character 20
r7843[20] = 0 dec
Serial number = 111923E

SINAMICS G120C
298 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r8540.0...15 BO: STW1 from IOP in the manual mode / STW1 IOP
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: For the manual mode: the STW1 (control word 1) entered from the IOP is displayed.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 ON/OFF1 Yes No -
01 OC / OFF2 Yes No -
02 OC / OFF3 Yes No -
03 Reserved Yes No -
04 Reserved Yes No -
05 Reserved Yes No -
06 Reserved Yes No -
07 Acknowledge fault Yes No -
08 Jog bit 0 Yes No 3030
09 Jog bit 1 Yes No 3030
10 Reserved Yes No -
11 Direction reversal (setpoint) Yes No -
12 Reserved Yes No -
13 Reserved Yes No -
14 Reserved Yes No -
15 Reserved Yes No -

r8541 CO: Speed setpoint from the IOP in the manual mode / n_set IOP
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm]
Description: For the manual mode: the speed setpoint entered from the IOP is displayed.

p8542[0...15] BI: Active STW1 in the BOP/IOP manual mode / STW1 act OP
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 8540.0
[1] 8540.1
[2] 8540.2
[3] 8540.3
[4] 8540.4
[5] 8540.5
[6] 8540.6
[7] 8540.7
[8] 8540.8
[9] 8540.9
[10] 8540.10
[11] 8540.11
[12] 8540.12
[13] 8540.13
[14] 8540.14
[15] 8540.15
Description: For the manual mode: Setting of the signal sources for STW1 (control word 1).

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 299
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Index: [0] = ON/OFF1

[1] = OC / OFF2
[2] = OC / OFF3
[3] = Enable operation
[4] = Enable ramp-function generator
[5] = Continue ramp-function generator
[6] = Enable speed setpoint
[7] = Acknowledge fault
[8] = Jog bit 0
[9] = Jog bit 1
[10] = Master control by PLC
[11] = Direction reversal (setpoint)
[12] = Enable speed controller
[13] = Motorized potentiometer raise
[14] = Motorized potentiometer lower
[15] = CDS bit 0

p8543 CI: Active speed setpoint in the BOP/IOP manual mode / N_act act OP
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 8541[0]
Description: For the manual mode: Sets the signal source for the speed setpoint.

p8552 IOP speed unit / IOP speed unit

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
1 2 2
Description: Sets the unit for displaying and entering speeds.
Value: 1: Hz
2: rpm

p8558 BI: Select IOP manual mode / Sel IOP man mode
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0

r8570[0...39] Macro drive object / Macro DO

Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the macro file saved in the appropriate directory on the memory card/device memory.
Dependency: Refer to: p0015
Note: For a value = 9999999, the following applies: The read operation is still running.

SINAMICS G120C
300 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r8600 CAN device type / Device type

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays all of the devices connected to the CAN bus after run-up.
r8600
= 00000000 hex: No drive recognized.
= 02010192 hex: 1 vector drive.
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1000 hex.
For each detected drive, the device type is displayed in object 67FF hex.

r8601 CAN error register / Error register

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the error register for CANopen.
Bit 0: Generic error.
0 signal: No error present.
1 signal: Generic error present.
Bit 1 ... 3: Not supported (always a 0 signal).
Bit 4: Communications error.
0 signal: There is no message in the range 8700 ... 8799.
1 signal: There is at least one message (fault or alarm) in the range 8700 ... 8799.
Bit 5 ... 6: Not supported (always a 0 signal).
Bit 7: Fault outside the range 8700 ... 8799.
0 signal: There is no fault outside the range 8700 ... 8799.
1 signal: There is at least one fault outside the range 8700 ... 8799.
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1001 hex.

p8602 CAN SYNC object / SYNC object

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0080 hex
Description: Sets the SYNC object parameter for the following CANopen objects:
- 1005 hex: COB-ID
Note: SINAMICS operates as SYNC load.
COB-ID: CAN object identification

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 301
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p8603 CAN COB-ID Emergency Message / COB-ID EMCY Msg

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex
Description: Sets the COB-ID for the emergency message (error telegram).
It corresponds to the CANopen objects:
- 1014 hex: COB-ID
Note: If, when downloading, the pre-set value 0 is downloaded, then the CANopen pre-set value 80 hex + Node-ID is
automatically set.
Online, the value 0 is rejected as, according to the CANopen Standard, COB-ID 0 is not permitted here.
The changeover of the node ID using the hardware switch at the Control Unit or per software has no effect on the
COB-ID EMCY. The saved value remains effective.

p8604[0...1] CAN life guarding / Life guarding

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Sets the life guarding parameter for the following CANopen objects:
- 100C hex: Guard Time
- 100D hex: Life Time Factor
The life time is derived by multiplying guard time by the life time factor.
Index: [0] = Time interval [ms] for the life time
[1] = Factor for the lifetime
Dependency: Refer to: p8606
Refer to: F08700
Note: For p8604[0] = 0 and/or p8604[1] = 0, the life guarding event service (monitoring the node guarding, fault F08700
with fault value = 2) is deactivated.
The node guarding protocol is active without the life guarding event service, if the heartbeat protocol is deactivated
(p8606 = 0).

p8606 CAN Producer Heartbeat Time / Prod Heartb Time

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 65535 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the time [ms] to cyclically send heartbeat telegrams.
The smallest cycle is 100 ms.
For p8606 = 0, heartbeat telegrams are not sent.
Dependency: Refer to: p8604
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1017 hex.
Activating the heartbeat protocol automatically deactivates the node guarding.

SINAMICS G120C
302 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r8607[0...3] CAN Identity Object / Identity object

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: General device information display.
Index: [0] = Vendor ID
[1] = Product code
[2] = Revision number
[3] = Serial number
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1018 hex.
For index 3:
The SINAMICS serial number comprises 60 bits.
Of these bits, the following are displayed in this index:
Bits 0 ... 19: Consecutive number
Bit 20 ... 23: reserved
Bits 24 ... 27: Month of manufacture (0 means January, B means December)
Bits 28 ... 31: Year of manufacture (0 means 2002)

p8608[0...1] CAN Clear Bus Off Error / Clear bus off err
G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: As a result of a Bus Off error, the CAN controller is set into the initialization state.
Index 0:
The CAN controller is manually started after resolving the cause of the error with p8608[0] = 1.
Index 1:
The automatic CAN bus start function is activated using p8608[1] = 1.
At 2 second intervals, the CAN controller is automatically restarted until the cause of the error has been resolved and
a CAN connection has been established.
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Start CAN controller
Index: [0] = Manual controller start function
[1] = Activating the automatic controller start function
Note: For index 0:
This parameter is automatically reset to 0 after start.

p8609[0...1] CAN Error Behavior / Error behavior

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 1
Description: Sets the behavior of the CAN node referred to the communications error or equipment fault.
Value: 0: Pre-operational
1: No change
2: Stopped
Index: [0] = Behavior for communication errors
[1] = Behavior for device faults
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1029 hex.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 303
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r8610[0...1] CAN First Server SDO / First server SDO

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the identifier (client/server and server/client) of the SDO channel.
Index: [0] = COB-ID from the client to the server
[1] = COB-ID from the server to the client
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1200 hex.
SDO: Service Data Object

p8611[0...82] CAN Pre-defined Error Field / Pre_def err field

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFF 1000 hex 0000 hex
Description: Displays the Pre-defined Error Field of the CAN node.
It includes the number of all errors that have occurred, the number of errors that have occurred for each drive and the
errors according to their history.
The first 16 bits represent the CANopen error code and the second 16 bits the SINAMICS error code.
Index 1 has the same structure - however, the drive object ID is in the second 16 bits instead of the SINAMICS error
code.
CANopen error code:
0000 hex: No error present.
8110 hex: Alarm A08751 present.
8120 hex: Alarm A08752 present.
8130 hex: Alarm A08700(F) with alarm value = 2 present.
1000 hex: Generic error 1 present (there is at least one fault outside the range 8700 ... 8799)
1001 hex: Generic error 2 present (there is at least one alarm in the range 8700 ... 8799 with the exception of
A08751, A08752, A08700)
All drive objects are acknowledged by writing the value 0 to index 0. As soon as a fault has been acknowledged or an
alarm cleared, then it is also cleared from the fault list.
Index: [0] = Number of all faults in the drive unit
[1] = Most recent drive number / fault number
[2] = Number of faults drive 1
[3] = Fault 1/ drive 1
[4] = Fault 2/ drive 1
[5] = Fault 3/ drive 1
[6] = Fault 4/ drive 1
[7] = Fault 5/ drive 1
[8] = Fault 6/ drive 1
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1003 hex.

SINAMICS G120C
304 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p8620 CAN Node-ID / Node ID

G120C_CAN Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
1 127 126
Description: Display or setting of the CANopen Node ID.
The Node ID can be set as follows:
1) Using the address switch on the Control Unit.
--> p8620 can then only be read and displays the selected Node ID.
--> A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON.
--> CANopen Node ID and PROFIBUS address are identical.
2) Using p8620
--> Only if address 0 is set using the address switch.
--> the Node ID is set as standard to 126.
--> A change only becomes effective after save and POWER ON.
Dependency: Refer to: r8621
Note: Every node ID change only becomes effective after a POWER ON.
The active node ID is displayed in r8621.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.
It is only possible to independently set CANopen node ID and the PROFIBUS address using p0918 and p8620
(prerequisite: the address 0 is set for the address switch).

r8621 CAN Node-ID active / Node ID active

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the active CANopen Node ID.
Dependency: Refer to: p8620

p8622 CAN bit rate / Bit rate

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 7 6
Description: Setting the bit rate for the CAN bus.
The appropriate bit timings are selected that are defined in p8623 in the associated sub-index.
Example:
Bit rate = 20 kbit/s --> p8622 = 6 --> associated bit timing is in p8623[6].
Value: 0: 1 Mbit/s
1: 800 kbit/s
2: 500 kbit/s
3: 250 kbit/s
4: 125 kbit/s
5: 50 kbit/s
6: 20 kbit/s
7: 10 kbit/s
Dependency: Refer to: p8623
Note: The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 305
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p8623[0...7] CAN Bit Timing selection / Bit timing select

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex 000F 7FFF hex [0] 1405 hex
[1] 1605 hex
[2] 1C05 hex
[3] 1C0B hex
[4] 1C17 hex
[5] 1C3B hex
[6] 0002 1C15 hex
[7] 0004 1C2B hex
Description: Sets the bit timing for the C_CAN controller to the associated and selected bit rate (p8622).
Bits are distributed to the following parameters of the C_CAN controller in p8623[0...7]:
Bit 0 ... 5: BRP (Baud Rate Prescaler)
Bit 6 ... 7: SJW (Synchronization Jump Width)
Bit 8 ... 11: TSEG1 (Time Segment 1, before the sampling point)
Bit 12 ... 14: TSEG2 (Time Segment 2, after the sampling point)
Bit 15: Reserved
Bit 16 ... 19: BRPE (Baud Rate Prescaler Extension)
Bit 20 ... 31: Reserved
Example:
Bit rate = 20 kbit/s --> p8622 = 6 --> associated bit timing is in p8623[6] --> 0001 2FB6
Recommendation: Use the factory setting when setting the bit timing.
Index: [0] = 1 Mbit/s
[1] = 800 kbit/s
[2] = 500 kbit/s
[3] = 250 kbit/s
[4] = 125 kbit/s
[5] = 50 kbit/s
[6] = 20 kbit/s
[7] = 10 kbit/s
Dependency: Refer to: p8622
Note: The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

p8630[0...2] CAN virtual objects / Virtual objects

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Activating access to parameters via manufacturer-specific CANopen objects and setting for the subindex area (index
1) and the parameter area (index 2) when using virtual objects.
This means that it is possible to access all SINAMICS parameters via CAN.
Index 0:
0: Not possible to access virtual CANopen objects
1: Possible to access virtual CANopen objects
Index 1 (sub-index area):
0: 0 ... 255
1: 256 ... 511
2: 512 ... 767
3: 768 ... 1023

SINAMICS G120C
306 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Index 2 (parameter area):

0: 1 ... 9999
1: 10000 ... 19999
2: 20000 ... 29999
3: 30000 ... 39999
Index: [0] = Drive object number
[1] = Sub-index range
[2] = Parameter range

p8641 CAN Abort Connection Option Code / Abort con opt code
G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 3
Description: Sets the drive behavior if a CAN communication error occurs.
Value: 0: No response
1: OFF1
2: OFF2
3: OFF3
Dependency: Refer to: F08700

r8680[0...36] CAN Diagnosis Hardware / Diagnostics HW

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the register of the CAN controller C_CAN:
Register, Message Interface Register and Message Handler Register - referred to the CAN protocol.
Index: [0] = Control register
[1] = Status register
[2] = Error counter
[3] = Bit timing register
[4] = Interrupt register
[5] = Test register
[6] = Baud rate prescaler extension register
[7] = Interface 1 command request register
[8] = Interface 1 command mask register
Note: A description of the individual registers of the C_CAN controller can be taken from "C_CAN User's Manual".

p8684 CAN NMT state after booting / NMT state aft boot
G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
4 127 127
Description: Sets the CANopen NMT state that is effective after booting.
Value: 4: Stopped
5: Operational
127: Pre-operational
Dependency: Refer to: p8685
Note: Booting in the NMT state pre-operational corresponds to the CANopen standard

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 307
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p8685 CAN NMT states / NMT states

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 129 127
Description: Sets and displays the CANopen NMT state.
Value: 0: Initialization
4: Stopped
5: Operational
127: Pre-operational
128: Reset node
129: Reset Communication
Note: The value 0 (initialization) is only displayed and cannot be set.

p8699 CAN: RPDO monitoring time / RPDO t_monit

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 65535000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the monitoring time for the process data received via the CAN bus.
A value that is not a multiple integer of the CANopen sampling time is rounded-off.
If no process data is received within this time, then fault F08702 is output.
Dependency: Refer to: F08702
Note: Value = 0: Monitoring is deactivated.
p2048: CANopen sampling time

p8700[0...1] CAN Receive PDO 1 / Receive PDO 1

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9204, 9206
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex 8000 06DF hex [0] 8000 06DF hex
[1] 00FE hex
Description: Sets the communication parameters for CANopen Receive Process Data Object 1 (RPDO 1).
Index: [0] = PDO COB-ID
[1] = PDO transmission type
Dependency: A valid COB-ID can only be set for the available (existing) channel.
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1400 hex.
Transmission types 0, 1, FE and FF can be set.
PDO: Process Data Object

p8701[0...1] CAN Receive PDO 2 / Receive PDO 2

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9204, 9206
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex 8000 06DF hex [0] 8000 06DF hex
[1] 00FE hex
Description: Sets the communication parameters for CANopen Receive Process Data Object 2 (RPDO 2).
Index: [0] = PDO COB-ID
[1] = PDO transmission type

SINAMICS G120C
308 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: A valid COB-ID can only be set for the available (existing) channel.
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1401 hex.
Transmission types 0, 1, FE and FF can be set.
PDO: Process Data Object

p8702[0...1] CAN Receive PDO 3 / Receive PDO 3

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9204, 9206
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex 8000 06DF hex [0] 8000 06DF hex
[1] 00FE hex
Description: Sets the communication parameters for CANopen Receive Process Data Object 3 (RPDO 3).
Index: [0] = PDO COB-ID
[1] = PDO transmission type
Dependency: A valid COB-ID can only be set for the available (existing) channel.
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1402 hex.
Transmission types 0, 1, FE and FF can be set.
PDO: Process Data Object

p8703[0...1] CAN Receive PDO 4 / Receive PDO 4

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9204, 9206
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex 8000 06DF hex [0] 8000 06DF hex
[1] 00FE hex
Description: Sets the communication parameters for CANopen Receive Process Data Object 4 (RPDO 4).
Index: [0] = PDO COB-ID
[1] = PDO transmission type
Dependency: A valid COB-ID can only be set for the available (existing) channel.
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1403 hex.
Transmission types 0, 1, FE and FF can be set.
PDO: Process Data Object

p8704[0...1] CAN Receive PDO 5 / Receive PDO 5

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9204
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex 8000 06DF hex [0] 8000 06DF hex
[1] 00FE hex
Description: Sets the communication parameters for CANopen Receive Process Data Object 5 (RPDO 5).
Index: [0] = PDO COB-ID
[1] = PDO transmission type
Dependency: A valid COB-ID can only be set for the available (existing) channel.
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1404 hex.
Transmission types 0, 1, FE and FF can be set.
PDO: Process Data Object

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 309
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p8705[0...1] CAN Receive PDO 6 / Receive PDO 6

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9204
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex 8000 06DF hex [0] 8000 06DF hex
[1] 00FE hex
Description: Sets the communication parameters for CANopen Receive Process Data Object 6 (RPDO 6).
Index: [0] = PDO COB-ID
[1] = PDO transmission type
Dependency: A valid COB-ID can only be set for the available (existing) channel.
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1405 hex.
Transmission types 0, 1, FE and FF can be set.
PDO: Process Data Object

p8706[0...1] CAN Receive PDO 7 / Receive PDO 7

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9204
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex 8000 06DF hex [0] 8000 06DF hex
[1] 00FE hex
Description: Sets the communication parameters for CANopen Receive Process Data Object 7 (RPDO 7).
Index: [0] = PDO COB-ID
[1] = PDO transmission type
Dependency: A valid COB-ID can only be set for the available (existing) channel.
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1406 hex.
Transmission types 0, 1, FE and FF can be set.
PDO: Process Data Object

p8707[0...1] CAN Receive PDO 8 / Receive PDO 8

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9204
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex 8000 06DF hex [0] 8000 06DF hex
[1] 00FE hex
Description: Sets the communication parameters for CANopen Receive Process Data Object 8 (RPDO 8).
Index: [0] = PDO COB-ID
[1] = PDO transmission type
Dependency: A valid COB-ID can only be set for the available (existing) channel.
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1407 hex.
Transmission types 0, 1, FE and FF can be set.
PDO: Process Data Object

SINAMICS G120C
310 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p8710[0...3] CAN Receive Mapping for RPDO 1 / Mapping RPDO 1

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9204, 9206
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex
Description: Sets the mapping parameters for CANopen Receive Process Data Object 1 (RPDO 1).
Index: [0] = Mapped object 1
[1] = Mapped object 2
[2] = Mapped object 3
[3] = Mapped object 4
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1600 hex.
Dummy mapping not supported.
The parameter can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p870x is set as invalid.

p8711[0...3] CAN Receive Mapping for RPDO 2 / Mapping RPDO 2

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9204, 9206
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex
Description: Sets the mapping parameters for CANopen Receive Process Data Object 2 (RPDO 2).
Index: [0] = Mapped object 1
[1] = Mapped object 2
[2] = Mapped object 3
[3] = Mapped object 4
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1601 hex.
Dummy mapping not supported.
The parameter can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p870x is set as invalid.

p8712[0...3] CAN Receive Mapping for RPDO 3 / Mapping RPDO 3

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9204, 9206
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex
Description: Sets the mapping parameters for CANopen Receive Process Data Object 3 (RPDO 3).
Index: [0] = Mapped object 1
[1] = Mapped object 2
[2] = Mapped object 3
[3] = Mapped object 4
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1602 hex.
Dummy mapping not supported.
The parameter can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p870x is set as invalid.

p8713[0...3] CAN Receive Mapping for RPDO 4 / Mapping RPDO 4

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9204, 9206
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex
Description: Sets the mapping parameters for CANopen Receive Process Data Object 4 (RPDO 4).
Index: [0] = Mapped object 1
[1] = Mapped object 2

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 311
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[2] = Mapped object 3

[3] = Mapped object 4
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1603 hex.
Dummy mapping not supported.
The parameter can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p870x is set as invalid.

p8714[0...3] CAN Receive Mapping for RPDO 5 / Mapping RPDO 5

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9204
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex
Description: Sets the mapping parameters for CANopen Receive Process Data Object 5 (RPDO 5).
Index: [0] = Mapped object 1
[1] = Mapped object 2
[2] = Mapped object 3
[3] = Mapped object 4
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1604 hex.
Dummy mapping not supported.
The parameter can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p870x is set as invalid.

p8715[0...3] CAN Receive Mapping for RPDO 6 / Mapping RPDO 6

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9204
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex
Description: Sets the mapping parameters for CANopen Receive Process Data Object 6 (RPDO 6).
Index: [0] = Mapped object 1
[1] = Mapped object 2
[2] = Mapped object 3
[3] = Mapped object 4
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1605 hex.
Dummy mapping not supported.
The parameter can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p870x is set as invalid.

p8716[0...3] CAN Receive Mapping for RPDO 7 / Mapping RPDO 7

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9204
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex
Description: Sets the mapping parameters for CANopen Receive Process Data Object 7 (RPDO 7).
Index: [0] = Mapped object 1
[1] = Mapped object 2
[2] = Mapped object 3
[3] = Mapped object 4
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1606 hex.
Dummy mapping not supported.
The parameter can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p870x is set as invalid.

SINAMICS G120C
312 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p8717[0...3] CAN Receive Mapping for RPDO 8 / Mapping RPDO 8

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9204
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex
Description: Sets the mapping parameters for CANopen Receive Process Data Object 8 (RPDO 8).
Index: [0] = Mapped object 1
[1] = Mapped object 2
[2] = Mapped object 3
[3] = Mapped object 4
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1607 hex.
Dummy mapping not supported.
The parameter can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p870x is set as invalid.

p8720[0...4] CAN Transmit PDO 1 / Transmit PDO 1

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9208, 9210
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex C000 06DF hex [0] C000 06DF hex
[1] 00FE hex
[2] 0000 hex
[3] 0000 hex
[4] 0000 hex
Description: Sets the communication parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 1 (TPDO 1).
Index: [0] = PDO COB-ID
[1] = PDO transmission type
[2] = Inhibit time (in 100 µs)
[3] = Reserved
[4] = Event timer (in ms)
Dependency: A valid COB-ID can only be set for the available (existing) channel.
Notice: For inhibit time and event timer, the following apply:
A value that is not a multiple integer of the CANopen sampling time is rounded-off.
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1800 hex.
Transmission types 0, 1 ... F0, FE and FF can be set.
p2048: CANopen sampling time
PDO: Process Data Object

p8721[0...4] CAN Transmit PDO 2 / Transmit PDO 2

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9208, 9210
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex C000 06DF hex [0] C000 06DF hex
[1] 00FE hex
[2] 0000 hex
[3] 0000 hex
[4] 0000 hex
Description: Sets the communication parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 2 (TPDO 2).
Index: [0] = PDO COB-ID
[1] = PDO transmission type
[2] = Inhibit time (in 100 µs)
[3] = Reserved
[4] = Event timer (in ms)

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 313
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: A valid COB-ID can only be set for the available (existing) channel.
Notice: For inhibit time and event timer, the following apply:
A value that is not a multiple integer of the CANopen sampling time is rounded-off.
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1801 hex.
Transmission types 0, 1 ... F0, FE and FF can be set.
p2048: CANopen sampling time
PDO: Process Data Object

p8722[0...4] CAN Transmit PDO 3 / Transmit PDO 3

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9208, 9210
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex C000 06DF hex [0] C000 06DF hex
[1] 00FE hex
[2] 0000 hex
[3] 0000 hex
[4] 0000 hex
Description: Sets the communication parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 3 (TPDO 3).
Index: [0] = PDO COB-ID
[1] = PDO transmission type
[2] = Inhibit time (in 100 µs)
[3] = Reserved
[4] = Event timer (in ms)
Dependency: A valid COB-ID can only be set for the available (existing) channel.
Notice: For inhibit time and event timer, the following apply:
A value that is not a multiple integer of the CANopen sampling time is rounded-off.
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1802 hex.
Transmission types 0, 1 ... F0, FE and FF can be set.
p2048: CANopen sampling time
PDO: Process Data Object

p8723[0...4] CAN Transmit PDO 4 / Transmit PDO 4

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9208, 9210
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex C000 06DF hex [0] C000 06DF hex
[1] 00FE hex
[2] 0000 hex
[3] 0000 hex
[4] 0000 hex
Description: Sets the communication parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 4 (TPDO 4).
Index: [0] = PDO COB-ID
[1] = PDO transmission type
[2] = Inhibit time (in 100 µs)
[3] = Reserved
[4] = Event timer (in ms)
Dependency: A valid COB-ID can only be set for the available (existing) channel.
Notice: For inhibit time and event timer, the following apply:
A value that is not a multiple integer of the CANopen sampling time is rounded-off.
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1803 hex.
Transmission types 0, 1 ... F0, FE and FF can be set.
p2048: CANopen sampling time
PDO: Process Data Object

SINAMICS G120C
314 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p8724[0...4] CAN Transmit PDO 5 / Transmit PDO 5

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9208
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex C000 06DF hex [0] C000 06DF hex
[1] 00FE hex
[2] 0000 hex
[3] 0000 hex
[4] 0000 hex
Description: Sets the communication parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 5 (TPDO 5).
Index: [0] = PDO COB-ID
[1] = PDO transmission type
[2] = Inhibit time (in 100 µs)
[3] = Reserved
[4] = Event timer (in ms)
Dependency: A valid COB-ID can only be set for the available (existing) channel.
Notice: For inhibit time and event timer, the following apply:
A value that is not a multiple integer of the CANopen sampling time is rounded-off.
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1804 hex.
Transmission types 0, 1 ... F0, FE and FF can be set.
p2048: CANopen sampling time
PDO: Process Data Object

p8725[0...4] CAN Transmit PDO 6 / Transmit PDO 6

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9208
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex C000 06DF hex [0] C000 06DF hex
[1] 00FE hex
[2] 0000 hex
[3] 0000 hex
[4] 0000 hex
Description: Sets the communication parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 6 (TPDO 6).
Index: [0] = PDO COB-ID
[1] = PDO transmission type
[2] = Inhibit time (in 100 µs)
[3] = Reserved
[4] = Event timer (in ms)
Dependency: A valid COB-ID can only be set for the available (existing) channel.
Notice: For inhibit time and event timer, the following apply:
A value that is not a multiple integer of the CANopen sampling time is rounded-off.
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1805 hex + 40 hex * x (x: Drive number 0 ... 7).
Transmission types 0, 1 ... F0, FE and FF can be set.
p8848: CANopen sampling time
PDO: Process Data Object

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 315
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p8726[0...4] CAN Transmit PDO 7 / Transmit PDO 7

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9208
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex C000 06DF hex [0] C000 06DF hex
[1] 00FE hex
[2] 0000 hex
[3] 0000 hex
[4] 0000 hex
Description: Sets the communication parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 7 (TPDO 7).
Index: [0] = PDO COB-ID
[1] = PDO transmission type
[2] = Inhibit time (in 100 µs)
[3] = Reserved
[4] = Event timer (in ms)
Dependency: A valid COB-ID can only be set for the available (existing) channel.
Notice: For inhibit time and event timer, the following apply:
A value that is not a multiple integer of the CANopen sampling time is rounded-off.
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1806 hex + 40 hex * x (x: Drive number 0 ... 7).
Transmission types 0, 1 ... F0, FE and FF can be set.
p8848: CANopen sampling time
PDO: Process Data Object

p8727[0...4] CAN Transmit PDO 8 / Transmit PDO 8

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9208
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex C000 06DF hex [0] C000 06DF hex
[1] 00FE hex
[2] 0000 hex
[3] 0000 hex
[4] 0000 hex
Description: Sets the communication parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 8 (TPDO 8).
Index: [0] = PDO COB-ID
[1] = PDO transmission type
[2] = Inhibit time (in 100 µs)
[3] = Reserved
[4] = Event timer (in ms)
Dependency: A valid COB-ID can only be set for the available (existing) channel.
Notice: For inhibit time and event timer, the following apply:
A value that is not a multiple integer of the CANopen sampling time is rounded-off.
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1807 hex.
Transmission types 0, 1 ... F0, FE and FF can be set.
p2048: CANopen sampling time
PDO: Process Data Object

SINAMICS G120C
316 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p8730[0...3] CAN Transmit Mapping for TPDO 1 / Mapping TPDO 1

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9208, 9210
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex
Description: Sets the mapping parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 1 (TPDO 1).
Index: [0] = Mapped object 1
[1] = Mapped object 2
[2] = Mapped object 3
[3] = Mapped object 4
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1A00 hex.
The parameter can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p872x is set as invalid.

p8731[0...3] CAN Transmit Mapping for TPDO 2 / Mapping TPDO 2

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9208, 9210
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex
Description: Sets the mapping parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 2 (TPDO 2).
Index: [0] = Mapped object 1
[1] = Mapped object 2
[2] = Mapped object 3
[3] = Mapped object 4
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1A01 hex.
The parameter can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p872x is set as invalid.

p8732[0...3] CAN Transmit Mapping for TPDO 3 / Mapping TPDO 3

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9208, 9210
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex
Description: Sets the mapping parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 3 (TPDO 3).
Index: [0] = Mapped object 1
[1] = Mapped object 2
[2] = Mapped object 3
[3] = Mapped object 4
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1A02 hex.
The parameter can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p872x is set as invalid.

p8733[0...3] CAN Transmit Mapping for TPDO 4 / Mapping TPDO 4

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9208, 9210
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex
Description: Sets the mapping parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 4 (TPDO 4).
Index: [0] = Mapped object 1
[1] = Mapped object 2
[2] = Mapped object 3
[3] = Mapped object 4

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 317
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1A03 hex.

The parameter can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p872x is set as invalid.

p8734[0...3] CAN Transmit Mapping for TPDO 5 / Mapping TPDO 5

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9208
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex
Description: Sets the mapping parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 5 (TPDO 5).
Index: [0] = Mapped object 1
[1] = Mapped object 2
[2] = Mapped object 3
[3] = Mapped object 4
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1A04 hex.
The parameter can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p872x is set as invalid.

p8735[0...3] CAN Transmit Mapping for TPDO 6 / Mapping TPDO 6

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9208
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex
Description: Sets the mapping parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 6 (TPDO 6).
Index: [0] = Mapped object 1
[1] = Mapped object 2
[2] = Mapped object 3
[3] = Mapped object 4
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1A05 hex.
The parameter can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p872x is set as invalid.

p8736[0...3] CAN Transmit Mapping for TPDO 7 / Mapping TPDO 7

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9208
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex
Description: Sets the mapping parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 7 (TPDO 7).
Index: [0] = Mapped object 1
[1] = Mapped object 2
[2] = Mapped object 3
[3] = Mapped object 4
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1A06 hex.
The parameter can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p872x is set as invalid.

p8737[0...3] CAN Transmit Mapping for TPDO 8 / Mapping TPDO 8

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9208
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex
Description: Sets the mapping parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 8 (TPDO 8).
Index: [0] = Mapped object 1
[1] = Mapped object 2

SINAMICS G120C
318 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[2] = Mapped object 3

[3] = Mapped object 4
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1A07 hex.
The parameter can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p872x is set as invalid.

p8744 CAN PDO mapping configuration / PDO Mapping config

G120C_CAN Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: C, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9204, 9206, 9208,
9210
Min Max Factory setting
1 2 2
Description: Selector switch for the PDO mapping.
Value: 1: Predefined Connection Set
2: Free PDO Mapping

r8745[0...15] CO: CAN free PZD receive objects 16 bit / Free PZD recv 16
G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: - Scaling: 4000H Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Access to free PZD receive objects 16 bit using the SDO transfer.
An index can only be used, if the corresponding object has not been mapped in a PDO.
Index: [0] = PZD object 0
[1] = PZD object 1
[2] = PZD object 2
[3] = PZD object 3
[4] = PZD object 4
[5] = PZD object 5
[6] = PZD object 6
[7] = PZD object 7
[8] = PZD object 8
[9] = PZD object 9
[10] = PZD object 10
[11] = PZD object 11
[12] = PZD object 12
[13] = PZD object 13
[14] = PZD object 14
[15] = PZD object 15
Note: Index 0 corresponds to the CANopen object 5800 hex
Index 1 corresponds to the CANopen object 5801 hex
Index 2 corresponds to the CANopen object 5802 hex
Index 3 corresponds to the CANopen object 5803 hex
Index 4 corresponds to the CANopen object 5804 hex
Index 5 corresponds to the CANopen object 5805 hex
Index 6 corresponds to the CANopen object 5806 hex
Index 7 corresponds to the CANopen object 5807 hex
Index 8 corresponds to the CANopen object 5808 hex
Index 9 corresponds to the CANopen object 5809 hex
Index 10 corresponds to the CANopen object 580A hex
Index 11 corresponds to the CANopen object 580B hex
Index 12 corresponds to the CANopen object 580C hex
Index 13 corresponds to the CANopen object 580D hex
Index 14 corresponds to the CANopen object 580E hex
Index 15 corresponds to the CANopen object 580F hex

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 319
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p8746[0...15] CI: CAN free PZD send objects 16 bit / Free PZD send 16
G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Integer16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: 4000H Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for free PZD send objects 16 bit for SDO transfer.
An index can only be used, if the corresponding object has not been mapped in a PDO.
Index: [0] = PZD object 0
[1] = PZD object 1
[2] = PZD object 2
[3] = PZD object 3
[4] = PZD object 4
[5] = PZD object 5
[6] = PZD object 6
[7] = PZD object 7
[8] = PZD object 8
[9] = PZD object 9
[10] = PZD object 10
[11] = PZD object 11
[12] = PZD object 12
[13] = PZD object 13
[14] = PZD object 14
[15] = PZD object 15
Note: Index 0 corresponds to the CANopen object 5810 hex
Index 1 corresponds to the CANopen object 5811 hex
Index 2 corresponds to the CANopen object 5812 hex
Index 3 corresponds to the CANopen object 5813 hex
Index 4 corresponds to the CANopen object 5814 hex
Index 5 corresponds to the CANopen object 5815 hex
Index 6 corresponds to the CANopen object 5816 hex
Index 7 corresponds to the CANopen object 5817 hex
Index 8 corresponds to the CANopen object 5818 hex
Index 9 corresponds to the CANopen object 5819 hex
Index 10 corresponds to the CANopen object 581A hex
Index 11 corresponds to the CANopen object 581B hex
Index 12 corresponds to the CANopen object 581C hex
Index 13 corresponds to the CANopen object 581D hex
Index 14 corresponds to the CANopen object 581E hex
Index 15 corresponds to the CANopen object 581F hex

r8747[0...7] CO: CAN free PZD receive objects 32 bit / Free PZD recv 32
G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer32
Can be changed: - Scaling: 4000H Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Access to free PZD receive objects 32 bit using the SDO transfer.
An index can only be used, if the corresponding object has not been mapped in a PDO.
Index: [0] = PZD object 0
[1] = PZD object 1
[2] = PZD object 2
[3] = PZD object 3
[4] = PZD object 4
[5] = PZD object 5
[6] = PZD object 6
[7] = PZD object 7

SINAMICS G120C
320 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: Index 0 corresponds to the CANopen object 5820 hex

Index 1 corresponds to the CANopen object 5821 hex
Index 2 corresponds to the CANopen object 5822 hex
Index 3 corresponds to the CANopen object 5823 hex
Index 4 corresponds to the CANopen object 5824 hex
Index 5 corresponds to the CANopen object 5825 hex
Index 6 corresponds to the CANopen object 5826 hex
Index 7 corresponds to the CANopen object 5827 hex

p8748[0...7] CI: CAN free PZD send objects 32 bit / Free PZD send 32
G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Integer32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: 4000H Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for free PZD send objects 32 bit for SDO transfer.
An index can only be used, if the corresponding object has not been mapped in a PDO.
Index: [0] = PZD object 0
[1] = PZD object 1
[2] = PZD object 2
[3] = PZD object 3
[4] = PZD object 4
[5] = PZD object 5
[6] = PZD object 6
[7] = PZD object 7
Note: Index 0 corresponds to the CANopen object 5830 hex
Index 1 corresponds to the CANopen object 5831 hex
Index 2 corresponds to the CANopen object 5832 hex
Index 3 corresponds to the CANopen object 5833 hex
Index 4 corresponds to the CANopen object 5834 hex
Index 5 corresponds to the CANopen object 5835 hex
Index 6 corresponds to the CANopen object 5836 hex
Index 7 corresponds to the CANopen object 5837 hex

r8750[0...15] CAN mapped 16-bit receive objects / RPDO 16 mapped

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the mapped 16-bit receive CANopen objects in the process data buffer.
Example:
If, e.g. the control word is mapped in an RPDO, then r8750 indicates the position of the control word in the process
data buffer.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12...15] = Reserved

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 321
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r8751[0...15] CAN mapped 16-bit transmit objects / TPDO 16 mapped

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays mapped 16-bit transmit CANopen objects in the process data buffer.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12...15] = Reserved
Dependency: Refer to: r8750

r8760[0...14] CAN mapped 32-bit receive objects / RPDO 32 mapped

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the mapped 32-bit receive CANopen objects in the process data buffer.
Index: [0] = PZD 1 + 2
[1] = PZD 2 + 3
[2] = PZD 3 + 4
[3] = PZD 4 + 5
[4] = PZD 5 + 6
[5] = PZD 6 + 7
[6] = PZD 7 + 8
[7] = PZD 8 + 9
[8] = PZD 9 + 10
[9] = PZD 10 + 11
[10] = PZD 11 + 12
[11...14] = Reserved

r8761[0...14] CAN mapped 32-bit transmit objects / TPDO 32 mapped

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays mapped 32-bit transmit CANopen objects in the process data buffer.
Index: [0] = PZD 1 + 2
[1] = PZD 2 + 3
[2] = PZD 3 + 4
[3] = PZD 4 + 5
[4] = PZD 5 + 6
[5] = PZD 6 + 7
[6] = PZD 7 + 8
[7] = PZD 8 + 9
[8] = PZD 9 + 10

SINAMICS G120C
322 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[9] = PZD 10 + 11
[10] = PZD 11 + 12
[11...14] = Reserved

r8762 CO: CAN operating mode display / Op mode display

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the currently effective CANopen operating mode.
To send the CANopen object 0x6061 mapped in a TPDO, this parameter can be correspondingly interconnected in
the PZD interface.

r8784 CO: CAN status word / Status word

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9226
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output for the CANopen status word
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Ready for switching on Yes No -
01 Ready Yes No -
02 Operation enabled Yes No -
03 Fault present Yes No -
04 No coasting active Yes No -
05 No Quick Stop active Yes No -
06 Switching-on inhibited active Yes No -
07 Alarm present Yes No -
08 Can be freely interconnected (BI: p8785) Yes No -
09 Control request Yes No -
10 Target reached Yes No -
11 Torque limit reached Yes No -
12 Velocity equal to zero Yes No -
14 Can be freely interconnected (BI: p8786) Yes No -
15 Can be freely interconnected (BI: p8787) Yes No -
Note: Corresponds to CANopen object 6041 hex.
For bit 10:
When the ramp-function generator is activated, the interconnection from CI: p2151 = r1119 can be changed, so that
to evaluate bit 10, the setpoint can be retrieved (taken) from in front of the ramp-function generator.
For bit 10, 12:
When braking, the two bits must indicate the same state. This is the reason that the following parameters must be set
the same:
p2161 (speed threshold value 3, for r2199.0) = p2163 (speed threshold value 4, for r2197.7)
p2150 (hysteresis speed 3, for r2199.0) = p2164 (hysteresis speed 4, for r2197.7)

p8785 BI: CAN status word bit 8 / Status word bit 8

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9226
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for bit 8 of the CANopen status word.
Dependency: Refer to: r8784

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 323
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p8786 BI: CAN status word bit 14 / Status word bit 14

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9226
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for bit 14 of the CANopen status word.
Dependency: Refer to: r8784

p8787 BI: CAN status word bit 15 / Status word bit 15

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9226
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for bit 15 of the CANopen status word.
Dependency: Refer to: r8784

p8790 CAN control word - auto interconnection / STW interc auto

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the automatic BICO interconnection of the CANopen control word.
Value: 0: No interconnection
1: Interconnection
Dependency: Refer to: r2050, r2090, r2091, r2092, r2093, r8750, r8795
Note: The following BICO interconnections are automatically established if the CANopen control word is mapped at one of
the locations x = 0 ... 3 in the receive process data buffer.
BI: p0840.0 = r209x.0
BI: p0844.0 = r209x.1
BI: p0848.0 = r209x.2
BI: p0852.0 = r209x.3
BI: p2103.0 = r209x.7
The write access is rejected if a CANopen control word is not mapped at one of these locations.
This also causes the project download of the commissioning software to be canceled.

p8791 CAN stop option code / Stop opt_code

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
-1 3 -1
Description: Setting for the CANopen control word bit 8 "Stop" (CANopen STW.8).
Value: -1: No interconnection
1: Interconnection CANopen STW.8 with p1142
3: Interconnection CANopen STW.8 with p1140
Dependency: Refer to: r2050, r8750, r8795
Note: Corresponds to CANopen object 605D hex.
The BICO interconnection is established, if the CANopen control word is mapped at one of the locations x = 0 ... 3 in
the receive process data buffer.

SINAMICS G120C
324 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r8792[0] CO: CAN velocity mode I16 setpoint / Vel mod I16 set
G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: - Scaling: 4000H Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output to interconnect standardized I16 setpoint CANopen objects of the velocity mode for
SDO transfer.
An index can only be used, if the corresponding object has not been mapped in a PDO.
Index: [0] = VL Target Velocity
Note: For index 0:
Corresponds to the CANopen object 6042 hex.
The displayed parameter value is scaled via the reference speed p2000:
4000 hex corresponds to p2000

r8795.0...15 CO/BO: CAN control word / Control word

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Access to the CANopen control word using SDO transfer.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 ON/OFF1 Yes No -
01 Do not activate coast down Yes No -
02 Do not activate a Quick Stop Yes No -
03 Enable operation Yes No -
04 Enable ramp-function generator Yes No -
05 Continue ramp-function generator Yes No (freeze) -
06 Enable speed setpoint Yes No -
07 Acknowledge fault Yes No -
08 Stop Yes No -
11 Freely interconnectable Yes No -
12 Freely interconnectable Yes No -
13 Freely interconnectable Yes No -
14 Freely interconnectable Yes No -
15 Freely interconnectable Yes No -
Dependency: Refer to: p8790
Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 6040 hex.

r8796[0] CO: CAN profile velocity mode I32 setpoints / Pr vel mo I32 set
G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer32
Can be changed: - Scaling: 4000H Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output to interconnect standardized I32 setpoint CANopen objects of the profile velocity mode
for SDO transfer.
An index can only be used, if the corresponding object has not been mapped in a PDO.
Index: [0] = Target velocity
Note: For index 0:
Corresponds to the CANopen object 60FF hex.
The displayed parameter value is scaled via the reference speed p2000:
4000 0000 hex corresponds to p2000

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 325
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r8797[0] CO: CAN profile torque mode I16 setpoints / Pr Tq mod I16 set
G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: - Scaling: 4000H Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output to interconnect standardized I16 setpoint CANopen objects of the profile torque mode
for SDO transfer.
An index can only be used, if the corresponding object has not been mapped in a PDO.
Index: [0] = Target torque
Note: For index 0:
Corresponds to the CANopen object 6071 hex.
The displayed parameter value is scaled via the reference torque p2003:
4000 hex corresponds to p2003

p8798[0...1] CAN speed conversion factor / n_conv_factor

G120C_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
1 4294967295 1
Description: The factor converts the required velocity units into the internal velocity units (U/s).
With the factory setting, for CANopen, the velocity units are increments/second.
The parameter corresponds to the CANopen object 6094 hex.
The internal velocity is calculated as follows:
n_set_internal = object 6094.1 / object 6094.2 * 1/(p0408 * 2^p0418) * n_set_bus
Index: [0] = Numerator
[1] = Denominator

p8805 Identification and maintenance 4 configuration / I&M 4 config

G120C_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the configuration for the content of identification and maintenance 4 (I&M 4, p8809).
Value: 0: Standard value for I&M 4 (p8809)
1: User value for I&M 4 (p8809)
Dependency: For p8805 = 0, if the user writes at least one value in p8809[0...53], then p8805 is automatically set to = 1.
When p8805 is reset = 0, then the content of the factory setting is set in p8809.
Note: For p8805 = 0:
PROFINET I&M 4 (p8809) contains the information for the SI change tracking.
For p8805 = 1:
PROFINET I&M 4 (p8809) contains the values written by the user.

p8806[0...53] Identification and Maintenance 1 / I&M 1

G120C_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- -
Description: Parameters for the PROFINET data set "Identification and Maintenance 1" (I&M 1).
This information is known as "System identifier" and "Location identifier".

SINAMICS G120C
326 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: Refer to: p8807, p8808

Notice: Only characters belonging to the standard ASCII character set may be used (32 dec to 126 dec).
Note: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.
For p8806[0...31]:
System identifier.
For p8806[32...53]:
Location identifier.

p8807[0...15] Identification and Maintenance 2 / I&M 2

G120C_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- -
Description: Parameters for the PROFINET data set "Identification and Maintenance 2" (I&M 2).
This information is known as "Installation date".
Dependency: Refer to: p8806, p8808
Note: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.
For p8807[0...15]:
Dates of installation or first commissioning of the device with the following format options (ASCII):
YYYY-MM-DD
or
YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm
- YYYY: year
- MM: month 01 ... 12
- DD: day 01 ... 31
- hh: hours 00 ... 23
- mm: minutes 00 ... 59
Separators must be placed between the individual data, i.e. a hyphen '-', space ' ' and colon ':'.

p8808[0...53] Identification and Maintenance 3 / I&M 3

G120C_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- -
Description: Parameters for the PROFINET data set "Identification and Maintenance 3" (I&M 3).
This information is known as "Supplementary information".
Dependency: Refer to: p8806, p8807
Notice: Only characters belonging to the standard ASCII character set may be used (32 dec to 126 dec).
Note: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.
For p8808[0...53]:
Any supplementary information and comments (ASCII).

p8809[0...53] Identification and Maintenance 4 / I&M 4

G120C_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0000 bin 1111 1111 bin 0000 bin
Description: Parameters for the PROFINET data set "Identification and Maintenance 4" (I&M 4).
This information is known as "Signature".

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 327
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: This parameter is preassigned as standard (see note).

After writing information to p8809, p8805 is automatically set to = 1.
Refer to: p8805
Note: For p8805 = 0 (factory setting) the following applies:
Parameter p8809 contains the information described below.
For p8809[0...3]:
Contains the value from r9781[0] "SI change tracking checksum functional".
For p8809[4...7]:
Contains the value from r9782[0] "SI change tracking time stamp checksum functional".
For p8809[8...53]:
Reserved.

r8854 PROFINET state / PN state

G120C_PN Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 255 -
Description: State display for PROFINET.
Value: 0: No initialization
1: Fatal fault
2: Initialization
3: Send configuration
4: Receive configuration
5: Non-cyclic communication
6: Cyclic communications but no setpoints (stop/no clock cycle)
255: Cyclic communication

r8858[0...39] PROFINET read diagnostics channel / PN diag_chan read

G120C_PN Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PROFINET diagnostics data.
Note: Only for internal Siemens diagnostics.

r8859[0...7] PROFINET identification data / PN ident data

G120C_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PROFINET identification data
Index: [0] = Version interface structure
[1] = Version interface driver
[2] = Company (Siemens = 42)
[3] = CB type
[4] = Firmware version
[5] = Firmware date (year)
[6] = Firmware date (day/month)
[7] = Firmware patch/hot fix
Note: Example:
r8859[0] = 100 --> version of the interface structure V1.00
r8859[1] = 111 --> version of the interface driver V1.11
r8859[2] = 42 --> SIEMENS

SINAMICS G120C
328 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r8859[3] = 0
r8859[4] = 1300 --> first part, firmware version V13.00 (second part, see index 7)
r8859[5] = 2011 --> year 2011
r8859[6] = 2306 --> 23rd of June
r8859[7] = 1700 --> second part, firmware version (complete version: V13.00.17.00)

r8909 PN device ID / PN device ID

G120C_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PROFINET Device ID.
Every SINAMICS device type has its own PROFINET Device ID and its own PROFINET GSD.
Note: List of the SINAMICS Device IDs:
0501 hex: S120/S150
0504 hex: G130/G150
050A hex: DC MASTER
050C hex: MV
050F hex: G120P
0510 hex: G120C
0511 hex: G120 CU240E-2
0512 hex: G120D
0513 hex: G120 CU250S-2 Vector
0514 hex: G110M

p8920[0...239] PN Name of Station / PN Name Stat

G120C_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Sets the station name for the onboard PROFINET interface on the Control Unit.
The actual station name is displayed in r8930.
Dependency: Refer to: p8925, r8930
Note: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.
The interface configuration (p8920 and following) is activated with p8925.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.
PN: PROFINET

p8921[0...3] PN IP address / PN IP addr

G120C_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 255 0
Description: Sets the IP address for the onboard PROFINET interface on the Control Unit.
The actual IP address is displayed in r8931.
Dependency: Refer to: p8925, r8931
Note: The interface configuration (p8920 and following) is activated with p8925.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 329
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p8922[0...3] PN Default Gateway / PN Def Gateway

G120C_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 255 0
Description: Sets the default gateway for the onboard PROFINET interface on the Control Unit.
The actual standard gateway is displayed in r8932.
Dependency: Refer to: p8925, r8932
Note: The interface configuration (p8920 and following) is activated with p8925.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

p8923[0...3] PN Subnet Mask / PN Subnet Mask

G120C_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 255 0
Description: Sets the subnet mask for the onboard PROFINET interface on the Control Unit.
The actual subnet mask is displayed in r8933.
Dependency: Refer to: p8925, r8933
Note: The interface configuration (p8920 and following) is activated with p8925.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

p8924 PN DHCP Mode / PN DHCP mode

G120C_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Sets the DHCP mode for the onboard PROFINET interface on the Control Unit.
The actual DHCP mode is displayed in r8934.
Value: 0: DHCP off
2: DHCP on, identification using MAC address
3: DHCP on, identification via name of station
Dependency: Refer to: p8925, r8934
Notice: When the DHCP mode is active (p8924 not equal to 0), then PROFINET communication via this interface is no longer
possible! However, the interface can be used by the STARTER/SCOUT commissioning tool.
Note: The interface configuration (p8920 and following) is activated with p8925.
The active DHCP mode is displayed in parameter r8934.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

p8925 Activate PN interface configuration / PN IF config

G120C_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Setting to activate the interface configuration for the onboard PROFINET interface on the Control Unit.
p8925 is automatically set to 0 at the end of the operation.

SINAMICS G120C
330 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Value: 0: No function
1: Reserved
2: Activate and save configuration
3: Delete configuration
Dependency: Refer to: p8920, p8921, p8922, p8923, p8924
Notice: When the DHCP mode is active (p8924 > 0), then PROFINET communication via this interface is no longer possible!
However, the interface can be used by the STARTER/SCOUT commissioning tool.
Note: For p8925 = 2:
The interface configuration (p8920 and following) is saved and activated after the next POWER ON.
For p8925 = 3:
The factory setting of the interface configuration is loaded after the next POWER ON.

p8929 PN remote controller number / PN rem ctrl num

G120C_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: C Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
1 2 1
Description: Sets the number of remote controllers expected for PROFINET onboard.
The "Shared Device" functionality is activated with a value = 2.
The drive is being accessed by two PROFINET controllers simultaneously:
- automation controller (SIMOTION or SIMATIC A-CPU).
- safety controller (SIMATIC F-CPU).
Value: 1: Automation or Safety
2: Automation and Safety
Notice: The F CPU may only use PROFIsafe telegrams.
Note: Changes only become effective after POWER ON.

r8930[0...239] PN Name of Station actual / PN Name Stat act

G120C_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the actual station name for the onboard PROFINET interface on the Control Unit.

r8931[0...3] PN IP address actual / PN IP addr act

G120C_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 255 -
Description: Displays the actual IP address for the onboard PROFINET interface on the Control Unit.

r8932[0...3] PN Default Gateway actual / PN Def Gateway act

G120C_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 255 -
Description: Displays the actual default gateway for the onboard PROFINET interface on the Control Unit.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 331
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r8933[0...3] PN Subnet Mask actual / PN Subnet Mask act

G120C_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 255 -
Description: Displays the actual subnet mask for the onboard PROFINET interface on the Control Unit.

r8934 PN DHCP Mode actual / PN DHCP Mode act

G120C_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 -
Description: Displays the actual DHCP mode for the onboard PROFINET interface on the Control Unit.
Value: 0: DHCP off
2: DHCP on, identification using MAC address
3: DHCP on, identification via name of station
Notice: When the DHCP mode is active (parameter value not equal to 0), PROFINET communication via this interface is no
longer possible! However, the interface can be used for commissioning tool such as STARTER or SCOUT.

r8935[0...5] PN MAC address / PN MAC addr

G120C_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex 00FF hex -
Description: Displays the MAC address for the onboard PROFINET interface on the Control Unit.

r8939 PN DAP ID / PN DAP ID

G120C_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PROFINET Device Access Point ID (DAP ID) for the onboard PROFINET interface.
The combination of device ID (r8909) and DAP ID uniquely identifies a PROFINET access point.
Note: List of the SINAMICS DAP IDs:
20007 hex: CBE20 V4.5
20008 hex: CBE20 V4.6
20107 hex: CU310-2 PN V4.5
20108 hex: CU310-2 PN V4.6
20307 hex: CU320-2 PN V4.5
20308 hex: CU320-2 PN V4.6
20407 hex: CU230P-2 PN /CU240x-2 PN V4.5
20408 hex: CU230P-2 PN /CU240x-2 PN /CU250S-2 PN /G110M PN V4.6
20507 hex: CU250D-2 PN V4.5
20508 hex: CU250D-2 PN V4.6

SINAMICS G120C
332 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r8960[0...2] PN subslot controller assignment / PN subslot assign

G120C_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 8 -
Description: Displays the controller assignment of a PROFINET subslot on the actual drive object.
Index: [0] = Subslot 2 PROFIsafe
[1] = Subslot 3 PZD telegram
[2] = Subslot 4 PZD supplementary data
Dependency: Refer to: r8961, r8962
Note: Example:
If the parameter contains the value 2 in index [1], then this means that subslot 3 is assigned to controller 2.

r8961[0...3] PN IP Address Remote Controller 1 / IP Addr Rem Ctrl1

G120C_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 255 -
Description: Displays the IP address of the first PROFINET controller connected with the device via PN onboard.

r8962[0...3] PN IP Address Remote Controller 2 / IP Addr Rem Ctrl2

G120C_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 255 -
Description: Displays the IP address of the second PROFINET controller connected with the device via PN onboard.

p8980 Ethernet/IP profile / Eth/IP profile

G120C_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2473
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the profile for Ethernet/IP.
Value: 0: SINAMICS
1: ODVA AC/DC
Note: Changes only become effective after POWER ON.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.
ODVA: Open DeviceNet Vendor Association

p8981 Ethernet/IP ODVA STOP mode / Eth/IP ODVA STOP

G120C_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2473
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the STOP mode for the Ethernet/IP ODVA profile (p8980 = 1).
Value: 0: OFF1
1: OFF2
Dependency: Refer to: p8980

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 333
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: Changes only become effective after POWER ON.

The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

p8982 Ethernet/IP ODVA speed scaling / Eth/IP ODVA n scal

G120C_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
123 133 128
Description: Sets the scaling for the speed for Ethernet/IP ODVA profile (p8980 = 1).
Value: 123: 32
124: 16
125: 8
126: 4
127: 2
128: 1
129: 0.5
130: 0.25
131: 0.125
132: 0.0625
133: 0.03125
Dependency: Refer to: p8980
Note: Changes only become effective after POWER ON.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

p8983 Ethernet/IP ODVA torque scaling / Eth/IP ODVA M scal

G120C_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
123 133 128
Description: Sets the scaling for the torque for Ethernet/IP ODVA profile (p8980 = 1).
Value: 123: 32
124: 16
125: 8
126: 4
127: 2
128: 1
129: 0.5
130: 0.25
131: 0.125
132: 0.0625
133: 0.03125
Dependency: Refer to: p8980
Note: Changes only become effective after POWER ON.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

p8991 USB memory access / USB mem acc

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
1 2 1
Description: Selects the storage medium for access via the USB mass storage.
Value: 1: Memory card
2: Flash r/w internal

SINAMICS G120C
334 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON.

The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

p8999 USB functionality / USB Fct

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
1 3 3
Description: Setting the USB functionality.
Value: 1: USS commissioning via the virtual COM port
2: Only memory access
3: USB commissioning and memory access
Note: COMM: Commissioning.
A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

p9400 Safely remove memory card / Mem_card rem

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 100 0
Description: Setting and display when memory card is "removed safely".
Procedure:
Setting p9400 = 2 results in a value of 3
--> The memory card can be removed safely. After removal the value sets itself to 0 automatically.
Setting p9400 = 2 results in a value of 100
--> The memory card cannot be removed safely. Removal may destroy the file system on the memory card. It may be
necessary to set p9400 = 2 again.
Value: 0: No memory card inserted
1: Memory card inserted
2: Request "safe removal" of the memory card
3: "Safe removal" possible
100: "Safe removal" not possible due to access
Dependency: Refer to: r9401
Notice: Removing the memory card without a request (p9400 = 2) and confirmation (p9400 = 3) may destroy the file system
on the memory card. The memory card will then no longer work properly and must be replaced.
Note: The status when the memory card is being "removed safely" is shown in r9401.
For value = 0, 1, 3, 100:
These values can only be displayed, not set.

r9401.0...3 CO/BO: Safely remove memory card status / Mem_card rem stat
Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the status of the memory card.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Memory card inserted Yes No -
01 Memory card activated Yes No -
02 SIEMENS memory card Yes No -
03 Memory card as USB data storage medium Yes No -
from the PC used
Dependency: Refer to: p9400

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 335
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: For bit 01, 00:

Bit 1/0 = 0/0: No memory card inserted (corresponds to p9400 = 0).
Bit 1/0 = 0/1: "Safe removal" possible (corresponds to p9400 = 3).
Bit 1/0 = 1/0: Status not possible.
Bit 1/0 = 1/1: Memory card inserted (corresponds to p9400 = 1, 2, 100).
For bit 02, 00:
Bit 2/0 = 0/0: No memory card inserted.
Bit 2/0 = 0/1: Memory card inserted, but not a SIEMENS memory card.
Bit 2/0 = 1/0: Status not possible.
Bit 2/0 = 1/1: SIEMENS memory card inserted.

r9406[0...19] PS file parameter number parameter not transferred / PS par_no n transf

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the parameters that were not able to be transferred when reading the parameter back-up files (PS files)
from the non-volatile memory (e.g. memory card).
r9406[0] = 0
--> All of the parameter values were able to be transferred error-free.
r9406[0...x] > 0
--> indicates the parameter number in the following cases:
- parameter, whose value was not able to be completely accepted.
- indexed parameter, where at least 1 index was not able to be accepted. The first index that is not transferred is
displayed in r9407.
Dependency: Refer to: r9407, r9408
Note: All indices from r9406 to r9408 designate the same parameter.
r9406[x] parameter number, parameter not accepted
r9407[x] parameter index, parameter not accepted
r9408[x] fault code, parameter not accepted

r9407[0...19] PS file parameter index parameter not transferred / PS parameter index

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the first index of the parameters that could not be transferred when the parameter backup files (PS files)
were read from the non-volatile memory (e.g. memory card).
If, from an indexed parameter, at least one index was not able to be transferred, then the parameter number is
displayed in r9406[n] and the first index that was not transferred is displayed in r9407[n].
r9406[0] = 0
--> All of the parameter values were able to be transferred error-free.
r9406[n] > 0
--> Displays r9407[n] the first index of the parameter number r9406[n] that was not transferred.
Dependency: Refer to: r9406, r9408
Note: All indices from r9406 to r9408 designate the same parameter.
r9406[x] parameter number, parameter not accepted
r9407[x] parameter index, parameter not accepted
r9408[x] fault code, parameter not accepted

SINAMICS G120C
336 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r9408[0...19] PS file fault code parameter not transferred / PS fault code

Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Only for internal Siemens service purposes.
Dependency: Refer to: r9406, r9407
Note: All indices from r9406 to r9408 designate the same parameter.
r9406[x] parameter number, parameter not accepted
r9407[x] parameter index, parameter not accepted
r9408[x] fault code, parameter not accepted

r9463 Actual macro / Actual macro

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 999999 -
Description: Displays the set valid macro.
Note: A value of 0 is displayed if a parameter set by a macro is changed.

p9484 BICO interconnections search signal source / BICO S_src srch

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 4294967295 0
Description: Sets the signal source (BO/CO parameter, BICO coded) to search in the signal sinks.
The signal source to be searched for is set in p9484 (BICO-coded) and the search result is specified using the
number (r9485) and the first index (r9486).
Dependency: Refer to: r9485, r9486

r9485 BICO interconnections signal source search count / BICO S_src srchQty
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the number of BICO interconnections to the signal sink being searched for.
Dependency: Refer to: p9484, r9486
Note: The signal source to be searched is set in p9484 (BICO-coded).
The search result is contained in r9482 and r9483 and is specified by the count (r9485) and the first index (r9486).

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 337
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r9486 BICO interconnections signal source search first index / BICO S_src srchIdx
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the first index of the signal source being searched for.
The signal source to be searched for is set in p9484 (BICO-coded) and the search result is specified using the
number (r9485) and the first index (r9486).
Dependency: Refer to: p9484, r9485
Note: The signal source to be searched is set in p9484 (BICO-coded).
The search result is contained in r9482 and r9483 and is specified by the count (r9485) and the first index (r9486).

p9601 SI enable functions integrated in the drive (processor 1) / SI enable fct P1

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
G120C_PN Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 bin
Description: Sets the enable signals for the safety functions integrated in the drive and the type of selection on processor 1.
Not all of the settings listed below will be permissible, depending on the Control Unit and Power Module being used:
0000 hex:
Safety functions integrated in the drive inhibited (no safety function).
0001 hex:
Basic functions are enabled via onboard terminals (permissible for r9771.0 = 1).
0008 hex:
Basic functions are enabled via PROFIsafe (permissible for r9771.6 = 1).
0009 hex:
Basic functions are enabled via PROFIsafe onboard terminals (permissible for r9771.6 = 1).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Enable STO via terminals (processor 1) Enable Inhibit 2810
03 Enable PROFIsafe (processor 1) Enable Inhibit -
Dependency: Refer to: r9771, p9801
Note: A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON.
STO: Safe Torque Off

p9601 SI enable functions integrated in the drive (processor 1) / SI enable fct P1

G120C_USS Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
G120C_CAN Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 bin
Description: Sets the enable signals for the safety functions integrated in the drive and the type of selection on processor 1.
Not all of the settings listed below will be permissible, depending on the Control Unit and Power Module being used:
0000 hex:
Safety functions integrated in the drive inhibited (no safety function).
0001 hex:
Basic functions are enabled via onboard terminals (permissible for r9771.0 = 1).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Enable STO via terminals (processor 1) Enable Inhibit 2810
Dependency: Refer to: r9771, p9801
Note: A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON.
STO: Safe Torque Off

SINAMICS G120C
338 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p9610 SI PROFIsafe address (processor 1) / SI PROFIsafe P1

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
G120C_PN Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFE hex 0000 hex
Description: Sets the PROFIsafe address for processor 1.
Dependency: Refer to: p9810

p9650 SI F-DI changeover discrepancy time (processor 1) / SI F-DI chg t P1

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2810
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [ms] 2000.00 [ms] 500.00 [ms]
Description: Sets the discrepancy time for the changeover of the fail-safe digital input for STO on processor 1.
An F-DI changeover is not effective simultaneously due to the different runtimes in the two monitoring channels. After
an F-DI changeover, dynamic data is not subject to a data cross-check during this discrepancy time.
Dependency: Refer to: p9850
Note: For a data cross-check between p9650 and p9850, a difference of one Safety monitoring clock cycle is tolerated.
The set time is rounded internally to an integer multiple of the monitoring clock cycle.
F-DI: Fail-safe Digital Input

p9651 SI STO debounce time (processor 1) / SI STO t_debou P1

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [ms] 100.00 [ms] 1.00 [ms]
Description: Sets the debounce time for the fail-safe digital inputs used to control the "STO" function.
The debounce time is rounded to whole milliseconds.
Note: The debounce time is rounded to whole milliseconds. It specifies the maximum duration of a fault pulse at the fail-
safe digital inputs with no reaction/influence on the selection or deselection of the Safety Basic Functions.
Example:
Debounce time = 1 ms: Fault pulses of 1 ms are filtered; only pulses longer than 2 ms are processed.
Debounce time = 3 ms: Fault pulses of 3 ms are filtered; only pulses longer than 4 ms are processed.

p9659 SI forced checking procedure timer / SI FCP Timer

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2810
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [h] 9000.00 [h] 8.00 [h]
Description: Sets the time interval for carrying out the forced checking procedure and testing the Safety switch-off signal paths.
Within the parameterized time, STO must have been de-selected at least once. The monitoring time is reset each
time that STO is de-selected.
Dependency: Refer to: A01699
Note: STO: Safe Torque Off

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 339
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r9660 SI forced checking procedure remaining time / SI FCP remain

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [h] - [h] - [h]
Description: Displays the time remaining before dynamization and testing of the safety switch-off signal paths (forced checking
procedure).
Dependency: Refer to: A01699

p9670 SI module identification Control Unit / Module ID CU

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 4294967295 0
Description: CRC via Node Identifier of the Control Unit.
Note: CU: Control Unit

p9672 SI module identifier Power Module / Module ID PM

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(95), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 4294967295 0
Description: CRC via the Node Identifier of a Power Module.
Note: PM: Power Module

p9700 SI copy function / SI copy function

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: C(95), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex 00D0 hex 0000 hex
Description: Setting to start the required copy function.
After starting, the corresponding parameters are copied from processor 1 to processor 2.
Once copying is complete, the parameter is automatically reset to zero.
Value: 0: [00 hex] Copy function ended
29: [1D hex] Start copy function node identifier
87: [57 hex] Start copy function SI parameters
208: [D0 hex] Start copy function SI basic parameters
Dependency: Refer to: r3996
Notice: When the parameters are copied, short-term communication interruptions may occur.
Note: For value = 57 hex and D0 hex:
The value can only be set if the safety commissioning mode is set and the Safety Integrated password was entered.
For value = D0 hex:
The following parameters are copied after starting the copy function:
p9601 --> p9801, p9610 --> 9810, p9650 --> p9850, p9651 --> p9851

SINAMICS G120C
340 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p9701 Acknowledge SI data change / Ackn SI data

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: C(95), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex 00EC hex 0000 hex
Description: Setting to transfer the reference checksums from the associated actual checksums after changes (SI parameters,
hardware).
After transferring the reference checksums, parameters are automatically reset to zero.
Value: 0: [00 hex] Data unchanged
172: [AC hex] Acknowledge data change complete
220: [DC hex] Acknowledge SI basic parameter change
236: [EC hex] Acknowledge hardware CRC
Dependency: Refer to: r9798, p9799, r9898, p9899
Note: For value = AC and DC hex:
These values can only be set if the safety commissioning mode is set and the Safety Integrated password was
entered.

p9761 SI password input / SI password inp

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2800
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex
Description: Enters the Safety Integrated password.
Dependency: Refer to: F01659
Note: It is not possible to change Safety Integrated parameters until the Safety Integrated password has been entered.

p9762 SI password new / SI password new

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2800
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex
Description: Enters a new Safety Integrated password.
Dependency: A change made to the Safety Integrated password must be acknowledged in the following parameter:
Refer to: p9763

p9763 SI password acknowledgment / SI ackn password

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2800
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex
Description: Acknowledges the new Safety Integrated password.
Dependency: Refer to: p9762
Note: The new password entered into p9762 must be re-entered in order to acknowledge.
p9762 = p9763 = 0 is automatically set after the new Safety Integrated password has been successfully
acknowledged.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 341
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r9768[0...7] SI PROFIsafe receive control words (processor 1) / SI Ps PZD recv P1

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
G120C_PN Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the received PROFIsafe telegram on processor 1.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
Dependency: Refer to: r9769
Note: The PROFIsafe trailer at the end of the telegram is also displayed (2 words).

r9769[0...7] SI PROFIsafe send status words (processor 1) / SI Ps PZD send P1

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
G120C_PN Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PROFIsafe telegram to be sent on processor 1.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
Dependency: Refer to: r9768
Note: The PROFIsafe trailer at the end of the telegram is also displayed (2 words).

r9770[0...3] SI version drive-integrated safety function (processor 1) / SI version Drv P1

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2802
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the Safety Integrated version for the drive-integrated safety functions on processor 1.
Index: [0] = Safety Version (major release)
[1] = Safety Version (minor release)
[2] = Safety Version (baselevel or patch)
[3] = Safety Version (hotfix)
Note: Example:
r9770[0] = 2, r9770[1] = 60, r9770[2] = 1, r9770[3] = 0 --> Safety version V02.60.01.00

SINAMICS G120C
342 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r9771 SI common functions (processor 1) / SI general fct P1

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
G120C_PN Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2804
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the supported Safety Integrated monitoring functions.
Processor 1 determines this display.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 STO supported via terminals Yes No 2804
06 Basic Functions PROFIsafe supported Yes No -
Dependency: Refer to: r9871
Note: STO: Safe Torque Off

r9771 SI common functions (processor 1) / SI general fct P1

G120C_USS Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
G120C_CAN Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2804
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the supported Safety Integrated monitoring functions.
Processor 1 determines this display.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 STO supported via terminals Yes No 2804
Dependency: Refer to: r9871
Note: STO: Safe Torque Off

r9772.0...21 CO/BO: SI status (processor 1) / SI status P1

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2804
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the Safety Integrated status on processor 1.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 STO selected on processor 1 Yes No 2810
01 STO active on processor 1 Yes No 2810
07 STO terminal state on processor 1 (Basic High Low -
Functions)
09 STOP A cannot be acknowledged active Yes No 2802
10 STOP A active Yes No 2802
15 STOP F active Yes No 2802
16 STO cause: Safety comm. mode Yes No -
17 STO cause selection via terminal (Basic Yes No -
Functions)
18 STO cause: Selection via motion monitoring Yes No -
functions
19 STO cause actual value missing Yes No -
20 STO cause selection PROFIsafe (Basic Yes No -
Functions)
21 STO cause selection on the other Yes No -
monitoring channel
Dependency: Refer to: r9872

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 343
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: For bit 00:

When STO is selected, the cause is displayed in bits 16 ... 21.
For bit 18:
When the bit is set, STO is selected via PROFIsafe.
For bit 19:
For the drive-integrated motion monitoring functions, due to OFF2, no actual value sensing possible.

r9773.0...31 CO/BO: SI status (processor 1 + processor 2) / SI status P1+P2

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2804
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the Safety Integrated status on the drive (processor 1 + processor 2).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 STO selected in drive Yes No 2804
01 STO active in drive Yes No 2804
31 Test stop required for STO Yes No 2810
Note: This status is formed from the AND operation of the relevant status of the two monitoring channels.

r9776 SI diagnostics / SI diag

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: The parameter is used for diagnostics.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Safety parameter changed POWER ON Yes No -
required
01 Safety functions enabled Yes No -
02 Safety component replaced and data save Yes No -
required
Note: For bit 00 = 1:
At least one Safety parameter has been changed that will only take effect after a POWER ON.
For bit 01 = 1:
Safety functions (basic functions or extended functions) have been enabled and are active.
For bit 02 = 1:
A safety-relevant component has been replaced. Data save required (p0977 = 1 or p0971 = 1 or "copy RAM to
ROM").

r9780 SI monitoring clock cycle (processor 1) / SI mon_clk cyc P1

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2802
Min Max Factory setting
- [ms] - [ms] - [ms]
Description: Displays the clock cycle time for the Safety Integrated Basic Functions on processor 1.
Note: Information regarding the relationship between monitoring clock cycle and response times can be found in the
following references:
- SINAMICS G120 Function Manual Safety Integrated
- technical documentation for the particular product

SINAMICS G120C
344 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r9781[0...1] SI checksum to check changes (processor 1) / SI chg chksm P1

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the checksum for tracking changes for Safety Integrated.
These are additional checksums that are created to track changes (fingerprint for the "safety logbook" functionality) to
safety parameters (that are relevant for checksums).
Index: [0] = SI checksum to track functional changes
[1] = SI checksum to track hardware-specific changes
Dependency: Refer to: p9601, p9799

r9782[0...1] SI time stamp to check changes (processor 1) / SI chg t P1

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [h] - [h] - [h]
Description: Displays the time stamps for the checksums for tracking changes for Safety Integrated.
The time stamps for the checksums for tracking changes (fingerprint for the "safety logbook" functionality) made to
safety parameters are saved in parameters p9781[0] and p9781[1].
Index: [0] = SI time stamp for checksum to track functional changes
[1] = SI time stamp for checksum to track hardware-specific changes
Dependency: Refer to: p9601, p9799

r9794[0...19] SI cross-check list (processor 1) / SI KDV_list P1

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2802
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the numbers of the data items that are currently being cross-checked on processor 1.
The content of the list of cross-checked data is dependent upon the particular application.
Note: Example:
r9794[0] = 1 (monitoring clock cycle)
r9794[1] = 2 (enable safety functions)
r9794[2] = 3 (F-DI changeover, tolerance time)
...
A complete list of numbers for cross-checked data items appears in fault F01611.

r9795 SI diagnostics STOP F (processor 1) / SI diag STOP F P1

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2802
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the number of the cross-checked data item which caused STOP F on processor 1.
Dependency: Refer to: F01611
Note: A complete list of numbers for cross-checked data items appears in fault F01611.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 345
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r9798 SI actual checksum SI parameters (processor 1) / SI act chksm P1

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2800
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the checksum for the Safety Integrated parameters checked using checksums on processor 1 (actual
checksum).
Dependency: Refer to: p9799, r9898

p9799 SI reference checksum SI parameters (processor 1) / SI setp_chksm P1

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2800
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex
Description: Sets the checksum for the Safety Integrated parameters checked using checksums on processor 1 (reference
checksum).
Dependency: Refer to: r9798, p9899

p9801 SI enable functions integrated in the drive (processor 2) / SI enable fct P2

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
G120C_PN Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 bin
Description: Sets the enable signals for the safety functions integrated in the drive and the type of selection on processor 1.
Not all of the settings listed below will be permissible, depending on the Control Unit and Power Module being used:
0000 hex:
Safety functions integrated in the drive inhibited (no safety function).
0001 hex:
Basic functions are enabled via onboard terminals (permissible for r9771.0 = 1).
0008 hex:
Basic functions are enabled via PROFIsafe (permissible for r9771.6 = 1).
0009 hex:
Basic functions are enabled via PROFIsafe onboard terminals (permissible for r9771.6 = 1).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Enable STO via terminals (processor 2) Enable Inhibit 2810
03 Enable PROFIsafe (processor 2) Enable Inhibit -
Dependency: Refer to: p9601, r9871
Notice: This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive.
Note: A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON.
STO: Safe Torque Off

SINAMICS G120C
346 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p9801 SI enable functions integrated in the drive (processor 2) / SI enable fct P2

G120C_USS Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
G120C_CAN Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 bin
Description: Sets the enable signals for the safety functions integrated in the drive and the type of selection on processor 1.
Not all of the settings listed below will be permissible, depending on the Control Unit and Power Module being used:
0000 hex:
Safety functions integrated in the drive inhibited (no safety function).
0001 hex:
Basic functions are enabled via onboard terminals (permissible for r9771.0 = 1).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Enable STO via terminals (processor 2) Enable Inhibit 2810
Dependency: Refer to: p9601, r9871
Notice: This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive.
Note: A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON.
STO: Safe Torque Off

p9810 SI PROFIsafe address (processor 2) / SI PROFIsafe P2

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
G120C_PN Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFE hex 0000 hex
Description: Sets the PROFIsafe address on processor 2.
Notice: This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive.

p9850 SI F-DI changeover discrepancy time (processor 2) / SI F-DI chg t P2

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2810
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [µs] 2000000.00 [µs] 500000.00 [µs]
Description: Sets the discrepancy time for the changeover of the fail-safe digital input for STO on processor 2.
An F-DI changeover is not effective simultaneously due to the different runtimes in the two monitoring channels. After
an F-DI changeover, dynamic data is not subject to a data cross-check during this discrepancy time.
Dependency: Refer to: p9650
Notice: This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive.
Note: For a data cross-check between p9650 and p9850, a difference of one Safety monitoring clock cycle is tolerated.
The set time is rounded internally to an integer multiple of the monitoring clock cycle.
F-DI: Fail-safe Digital Input

p9851 SI STO debounce time (processor 2) / SI STO t_debou P2

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [µs] 100000.00 [µs] 0.00 [µs]
Description: Sets the debounce time for the fail-safe digital inputs used to control the "STO" function.
The debounce time is rounded to whole milliseconds.
Dependency: Refer to: p9651

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 347
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Notice: This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive.
Note: Rounding effects can occur in the last decimal place of the parameterized time.
The debounce time is rounded to whole milliseconds. It specifies the maximum duration of a fault pulse at the fail-
safe digital inputs with no reaction/influence on the selection or deselection of the Safety Basic Functions.
Example:
Debounce time = 1 ms: Fault pulses of 1 ms are filtered; only pulses longer than 2 ms are processed.
Debounce time = 3 ms: Fault pulses of 3 ms are filtered; only pulses longer than 4 ms are processed.

r9871 SI common functions (processor 2) / SI common fct P2

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
G120C_PN Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2804
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the supported Safety Integrated monitoring functions.
Processor 2 determines this display.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 STO supported via terminals Yes No 2804
06 Basic Functions PROFIsafe supported Yes No -
Dependency: Refer to: r9771
Note: STO: Safe Torque Off

r9871 SI common functions (processor 2) / SI common fct P2

G120C_USS Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
G120C_CAN Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2804
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the supported Safety Integrated monitoring functions.
Processor 2 determines this display.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 STO supported via terminals Yes No 2804
Dependency: Refer to: r9771
Note: STO: Safe Torque Off

r9872.0...21 CO/BO: SI status (processor 2) / SI Status P2

Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2804
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the Safety Integrated status on processor 2.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 STO selected on processor 2 Yes No 2810
01 STO active on processor 2 Yes No 2810
07 STO terminal state on processor 2 (Basic High Low -
Functions)
09 STOP A cannot be acknowledged active Yes No 2802
10 STOP A active Yes No 2802
15 STOP F active Yes No 2802
16 STO cause: Safety comm. mode Yes No -
17 STO cause selection via terminal (Basic Yes No -
Functions)

SINAMICS G120C
348 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

18 STO cause: Selection via motion monitoring Yes No -

functions
20 STO cause selection PROFIsafe (Basic Yes No -
Functions)
21 STO cause selection on the other Yes No -
monitoring channel
Dependency: Refer to: r9772
Note: For bit 00:
When STO is selected, the cause is displayed in bits 16 ... 21.
For bit 18:
When the bit is set, STO is selected via PROFIsafe.

r9898 SI actual checksum SI parameters (processor 2) / SI act_chksm P2

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2800
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the checksum for the Safety Integrated parameters checked using checksums on processor 2 (actual
checksum).
Dependency: Refer to: r9798, p9899

p9899 SI reference checksum SI parameters (processor 2) / SI setp_chksm P2

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2800
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex
Description: Sets the checksum for the Safety Integrated parameters checked using checksums on processor 2 (reference
checksum).
Dependency: Refer to: p9799, r9898

r9976[0...7] System utilization / Sys util

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the system utilization.
If the utilization is greater than 100%, fault F01054 is output.
Index: [0] = Reserved
[1] = Computing time utilization
[2] = Reserved
[3] = Reserved
[4] = Reserved
[5] = Largest total utilization
[6] = Reserved
[7] = Reserved
Dependency: Refer to: F01054, F01205
Note: For index 1:
The value shows the total computing time load of the system.
For index 5:
The total utilization is determined using all sampling times used. The largest total utilization is mapped here. The
sampling time with the largest total utilization is displayed in r9979.
Total utilization:
Computing time load of sampling time involved including load from higher-priority sampling times (interrupts).

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 349
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r20001[0...9] Run-time group sampling time / RTG sampling time

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [ms] - [ms] - [ms]
Description: Displays the current sampling time of the run-time group 0 to 9.
Index: [0] = Run-time group 0
[1] = Run-time group 1
[2] = Run-time group 2
[3] = Run-time group 3
[4] = Run-time group 4
[5] = Run-time group 5
[6] = Run-time group 6
[7] = Run-time group 7
[8] = Run-time group 8
[9] = Run-time group 9

p20030[0...3] BI: AND 0 inputs / AND 0 inputs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7210
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance AND 0 of the AND function block.
Index: [0] = Input I0
[1] = Input I1
[2] = Input I2
[3] = Input I3

r20031 BO: AND 0 output Q / AND 0 output Q

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7210
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for binary quantity Q = I0 & I1 & I2 & I3 of instance AND 0 of the AND function block.

p20032 AND 0 run-time group / AND 0 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7210
Min Max Factory setting
1 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance AND 0 of the AND function block is to be called.
Value: 1: Run-time group 1
2: Run-time group 2
3: Run-time group 3
4: Run-time group 4
5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

SINAMICS G120C
350 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20033 AND 0 run sequence / AND 0 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7210
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 10
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance AND 0 within the run-time group set in p20032.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20034[0...3] BI: AND 1 inputs / AND 1 inputs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7210
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance AND 1 of the AND function block.
Index: [0] = Input I0
[1] = Input I1
[2] = Input I2
[3] = Input I3

r20035 BO: AND 1 output Q / AND 1 output Q

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7210
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for binary quantity Q = I0 & I1 & I2 & I3 of instance AND 1 of the AND function block.

p20036 AND 1 run-time group / AND 1 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7210
Min Max Factory setting
1 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance AND 1 of the AND function block is to be called.
Value: 1: Run-time group 1
2: Run-time group 2
3: Run-time group 3
4: Run-time group 4
5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20037 AND 1 run sequence / AND 1 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7210
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 20
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance AND 1 within the run-time group set in p20036.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 351
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20038[0...3] BI: AND 2 inputs / AND 2 inputs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7210
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance AND 2 of the AND function block.
Index: [0] = Input I0
[1] = Input I1
[2] = Input I2
[3] = Input I3

r20039 BO: AND 2 output Q / AND 2 output Q

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7210
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for binary quantity Q = I0 & I1 & I2 & I3 of instance AND 2 of the AND function block.

p20040 AND 2 run-time group / AND 2 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7210
Min Max Factory setting
1 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance AND 2 of the AND function block is to be called.
Value: 1: Run-time group 1
2: Run-time group 2
3: Run-time group 3
4: Run-time group 4
5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20041 AND 2 run sequence / AND 2 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2710
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 30
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance AND 2 within the run-time group set in p20040.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20042[0...3] BI: AND 3 inputs / AND 3 inputs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7210
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance AND 3 of the AND function block.
Index: [0] = Input I0
[1] = Input I1

SINAMICS G120C
352 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[2] = Input I2
[3] = Input I3

r20043 BO: AND 3 output Q / AND 3 output Q

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7210
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for binary quantity Q = I0 & I1 & I2 & I3 of instance AND 3 of the AND function block.

p20044 AND 3 run-time group / AND 3 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7210
Min Max Factory setting
1 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance AND 3 of the AND function block is to be called.
Value: 1: Run-time group 1
2: Run-time group 2
3: Run-time group 3
4: Run-time group 4
5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20045 AND 3 run sequence / AND 3 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7210
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 40
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance AND 3 within the run-time group set in p20044.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20046[0...3] BI: OR 0 inputs / OR 0 inputs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7212
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance OR 0 of the OR function block.
Index: [0] = Input I0
[1] = Input I1
[2] = Input I2
[3] = Input I3

r20047 BO: OR 0 output Q / OR 0 output Q

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7212
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for binary quantity Q = I0 | I1 | I2 | I3 of instance OR 0 of the OR function block.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 353
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20048 OR 0 run-time group / OR 0 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7212
Min Max Factory setting
1 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance OR 0 of the OR function block is to be called.
Value: 1: Run-time group 1
2: Run-time group 2
3: Run-time group 3
4: Run-time group 4
5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20049 OR 0 run sequence / OR 0 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7212
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 60
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance OR 0 within the run-time group set in p20048.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20050[0...3] BI: OR 1 inputs / OR 1 inputs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7212
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance OR 1 of the OR function block.
Index: [0] = Input I0
[1] = Input I1
[2] = Input I2
[3] = Input I3

r20051 BO: OR 1 output Q / OR 1 output Q

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7212
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for binary quantity Q = I0 | I1 | I2 | I3 of instance OR 1 of the OR function block.

p20052 OR 1 run-time group / OR 1 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7212
Min Max Factory setting
1 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance OR 1 of the OR function block is to be called.
Value: 1: Run-time group 1
2: Run-time group 2

SINAMICS G120C
354 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

3: Run-time group 3
4: Run-time group 4
5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20053 OR 1 run sequence / OR 1 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7212
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 70
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance OR 1 within the run-time group set in p20052.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20054[0...3] BI: OR 2 inputs / OR 2 inputs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7212
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance OR 2 of the OR function block.
Index: [0] = Input I0
[1] = Input I1
[2] = Input I2
[3] = Input I3

r20055 BO: OR 2 output Q / OR 2 output Q

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7212
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for binary quantity Q = I0 | I1 | I2 | I3 of instance OR 2 of the OR function block.

p20056 OR 2 run-time group / OR 2 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7212
Min Max Factory setting
1 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance OR 2 of the OR function block is to be called.
Value: 1: Run-time group 1
2: Run-time group 2
3: Run-time group 3
4: Run-time group 4
5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 355
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20057 OR 2 run sequence / OR 2 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7212
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 80
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance OR 2 within the run-time group set in p20056.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20058[0...3] BI: OR 3 inputs / OR 3 inputs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7212
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance OR 3 of the OR function block.
Index: [0] = Input I0
[1] = Input I1
[2] = Input I2
[3] = Input I3

r20059 BO: OR 3 output Q / OR 3 output Q

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7212
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for binary quantity Q = I0 | I1 | I2 | I3 of instance OR 3 of the OR function block.

p20060 OR 3 run-time group / OR 3 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7212
Min Max Factory setting
1 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance OR 3 of the OR function block is to be called.
Value: 1: Run-time group 1
2: Run-time group 2
3: Run-time group 3
4: Run-time group 4
5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20061 OR 3 run sequence / OR 3 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7212
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 90
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance OR 3 within the run-time group set in p20060.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

SINAMICS G120C
356 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20062[0...3] BI: XOR 0 inputs / XOR 0 inputs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7214
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance XOR 0 of the XOR function block.
Index: [0] = Input I0
[1] = Input I1
[2] = Input I2
[3] = Input I3

r20063 BO: XOR 0 output Q / XOR 0 output Q

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7214
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for binary quantity Q of instance XOR 0 of the XOR function block.

p20064 XOR 0 run-time group / XOR 0 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7214
Min Max Factory setting
1 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance XOR 0 of the XOR function block is to be called.
Value: 1: Run-time group 1
2: Run-time group 2
3: Run-time group 3
4: Run-time group 4
5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20065 XOR 0 run sequence / XOR 0 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7214
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 110
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance XOR 0 within the run-time group set in p20064.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20066[0...3] BI: XOR 1 inputs / XOR 1 inputs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7214
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance XOR 1 of the XOR function block.
Index: [0] = Input I0
[1] = Input I1

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 357
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[2] = Input I2
[3] = Input I3

r20067 BO: XOR 1 output Q / XOR 1 output Q

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7214
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for binary quantity Q of instance XOR 1 of the XOR function block.

p20068 XOR 1 run-time group / XOR 1 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7214
Min Max Factory setting
1 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance XOR 1 of the XOR function block is to be called.
Value: 1: Run-time group 1
2: Run-time group 2
3: Run-time group 3
4: Run-time group 4
5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20069 XOR 1 run sequence / XOR 1 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7214
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 120
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance XOR 1 within the run-time group set in p20068.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20070[0...3] BI: XOR 2 inputs / XOR 2 inputs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7214
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance XOR 2 of the XOR function block.
Index: [0] = Input I0
[1] = Input I1
[2] = Input I2
[3] = Input I3

r20071 BO: XOR 2 output Q / XOR 2 output Q

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7214
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for binary quantity Q of instance XOR 2 of the XOR function block.

SINAMICS G120C
358 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20072 XOR 2 run-time group / XOR 2 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7214
Min Max Factory setting
1 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance XOR 2 of the XOR function block is to be called.
Value: 1: Run-time group 1
2: Run-time group 2
3: Run-time group 3
4: Run-time group 4
5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20073 XOR 2 run sequence / XOR 2 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7214
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 130
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance XOR 2 within the run-time group set in p20072.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20074[0...3] BI: XOR 3 inputs / XOR 3 inputs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7214
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance XOR 3 of the XOR function block.
Index: [0] = Input I0
[1] = Input I1
[2] = Input I2
[3] = Input I3

r20075 BO: XOR 3 output Q / XOR 3 output Q

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7214
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for binary quantity Q of instance XOR 3 of the XOR function block.

p20076 XOR 3 run-time group / XOR 3 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7214
Min Max Factory setting
1 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance XOR 3 of the XOR function block is to be called.
Value: 1: Run-time group 1
2: Run-time group 2

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 359
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

3: Run-time group 3
4: Run-time group 4
5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20077 XOR 3 run sequence / XOR 3 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7214
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 140
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance XOR 3 within the run-time group set in p20076.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20078 BI: NOT 0 input I / NOT 0 input I

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of input quantity I of instance NOT 0 of the inverter.

r20079 BO: NOT 0 inverted output / NOT 0 inv output

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for the inverted output of instance NOT 0 of the inverter.

p20080 NOT 0 run-time group / NOT 0 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216
Min Max Factory setting
1 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance NOT 0 of the inverter is to be called.
Value: 1: Run-time group 1
2: Run-time group 2
3: Run-time group 3
4: Run-time group 4
5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

SINAMICS G120C
360 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20081 NOT 0 run sequence / NOT 0 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 160
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance NOT 0 within the run-time group set in p20080.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20082 BI: NOT 1 input I / NOT 1 input I

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of input quantity I of instance NOT 1 of the inverter.

r20083 BO: NOT 1 inverted output / NOT 1 inv output

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for the inverted output of instance NOT 1 of the inverter.

p20084 NOT 1 run-time group / NOT 1 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216
Min Max Factory setting
1 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance NOT 1 of the inverter is to be called.
Value: 1: Run-time group 1
2: Run-time group 2
3: Run-time group 3
4: Run-time group 4
5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20085 NOT 1 run sequence / NOT 1 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 170
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance NOT 1 within the run-time group set in p20084.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 361
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20086 BI: NOT 2 input I / NOT 2 input I

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of input quantity I of instance NOT 2 of the inverter.

r20087 BO: NOT 2 inverted output / NOT 2 inv output

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for the inverted output of instance NOT 2 of the inverter.

p20088 NOT 2 run-time group / NOT 2 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216
Min Max Factory setting
1 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance NOT 2 of the inverter is to be called.
Value: 1: Run-time group 1
2: Run-time group 2
3: Run-time group 3
4: Run-time group 4
5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20089 NOT 2 run sequence / NOT 2 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 180
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance NOT 2 within the run-time group set in p20088.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20090 BI: NOT 3 input I / NOT 3 input I

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of input quantity I of instance NOT 3 of the inverter.

SINAMICS G120C
362 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r20091 BO: NOT 3 inverted output / NOT 3 inv output

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for the inverted output of instance NOT 3 of the inverter.

p20092 NOT 3 run-time group / NOT 3 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216
Min Max Factory setting
1 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance NOT 3 of the inverter is to be called.
Value: 1: Run-time group 1
2: Run-time group 2
3: Run-time group 3
4: Run-time group 4
5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20093 NOT 3 run sequence / NOT 3 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 190
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance NOT 3 within the run-time group set in p20092.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20094[0...3] CI: ADD 0 inputs / ADD 0 inputs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7220
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities X0, X1, X2, X3 of instance ADD 0 of the adder.
Index: [0] = Input X0
[1] = Input X1
[2] = Input X2
[3] = Input X3

r20095 CO: ADD 0 output Y / ADD 0 output Y

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7220
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for the output quantity Y = X0 + X1 + X2 + X3 of instance ADD 0 of the adder.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 363
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20096 ADD 0 run-time group / ADD 0 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7220
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance ADD 0 of the adder is to be called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20097 ADD 0 run sequence / ADD 0 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7220
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 210
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance ADD 0 within the run-time group set in p20096.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20098[0...3] CI: ADD 1 inputs / ADD 1 inputs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7220
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities X0, X1, X2, X3 of instance ADD 1 of the adder.
Index: [0] = Input X0
[1] = Input X1
[2] = Input X2
[3] = Input X3

r20099 CO: ADD 1 output Y / ADD 1 output Y

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7220
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for the output quantity Y = X0 + X1 + X2 + X3 of instance ADD 1 of the adder.

p20100 ADD 1 run-time group / ADD 1 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7220
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance ADD 1 of the adder is to be called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

SINAMICS G120C
364 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20101 ADD 1 run sequence / ADD 1 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7220
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 220
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance ADD 1 within the run-time group set in p20100.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20102[0...1] CI: SUB 0 inputs / SUB 0 inputs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7220
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of minuend X1 and subtrahend X2 of instance SUB 0 of the subtractor.
Index: [0] = Minuend X1
[1] = Subtrahend X2

r20103 CO: SUB 0 difference Y / SUB 0 difference Y

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7220
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for the difference Y = X1 - X2 of instance SUB 0 of the subtractor.

p20104 SUB 0 run-time group / SUB 0 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7220
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance SUB 0 of the subtractor is to be called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20105 SUB 0 run sequence / SUB 0 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7220
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 240
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance SUB 0 within the run-time group set in p20104.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 365
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20106[0...1] CI: SUB 1 inputs / SUB 1 inputs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7220
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of minuend X1 and subtrahend X2 of instance SUB 1 of the subtractor.
Index: [0] = Minuend X1
[1] = Subtrahend X2

r20107 CO: SUB 1 difference Y / SUB 1 difference Y

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7220
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for the difference Y = X1 - X2 of instance SUB 1 of the subtractor.

p20108 SUB 1 run-time group / SUB 1 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7220
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance SUB 1 of the subtractor is to be called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20109 SUB 1 run sequence / SUB 1 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7220
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 250
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance SUB 1 within the run-time group set in p20108.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20110[0...3] CI: MUL 0 inputs / MUL 0 inputs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7222
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of the factors X0, X1, X2, X3 of instance MUL 0 of the multiplier.
Index: [0] = Factor X0
[1] = Factor X1
[2] = Factor X2
[3] = Factor X3

SINAMICS G120C
366 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r20111 CO: MUL 0 product Y / MUL 0 product Y

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7222
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for the product Y = X0 * X1 * X2 * X3 of instance MUL 0 of the multiplier.

p20112 MUL 0 run-time group / MUL 0 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7222
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance MUL 0 of the multiplier is to be called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20113 MUL 0 run sequence / MUL 0 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7222
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 270
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance MUL 0 within the run-time group set in p20112.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20114[0...3] CI: MUL 1 inputs / MUL 1 inputs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7222
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of the factors X0, X1, X2, X3 of instance MUL 1 of the multiplier.
Index: [0] = Factor X0
[1] = Factor X1
[2] = Factor X2
[3] = Factor X3

r20115 CO: MUL 1 product Y / MUL 1 product Y

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7222
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for the product Y = X0 * X1 * X2 * X3 of instance MUL 1 of the multiplier.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 367
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20116 MUL 1 run-time group / MUL 1 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7222
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance MUL 1 of the multiplier is to be called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20117 MUL 1 run sequence / MUL 1 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7222
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 280
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance MUL 1 within the run-time group set in p20116.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20118[0...1] CI: DIV 0 inputs / DIV 0 inputs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7222
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of dividend X1 and divisor X2 of instance DIV 0 of the divider.
Index: [0] = Dividend X0
[1] = Divisor X1

r20119[0...2] CO: DIV 0 quotient / DIV 0 quotient

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7222
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for quotients Y = X1 / X2, integer number quotients YIN, and division remainder MOD = (Y - YIN)
x X2 of instance DIV 0 of the divider.
Index: [0] = Quotient Y
[1] = Integer number quotient YIN
[2] = Div remainder MOD

r20120 BO: DIV 0 divisor is zero QF / DIV 0 divisor=0 QF

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7222
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for the signal QF that the divisor X2 of instance DIV 0 of the divider is zero.
X2 = 0.0 => QF = 1

SINAMICS G120C
368 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20121 DIV 0 run-time group / DIV 0 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7222
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance DIV 0 of the divider is to be called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20122 DIV 0 run sequence / DIV 0 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7222
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 300
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance DIV 0 within the run-time group set in p20121.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20123[0...1] CI: DIV 1 inputs / DIV 1 inputs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7222
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of dividend X1 and divisor X2 of instance DIV 1 of the divider.
Index: [0] = Dividend X0
[1] = Divisor X1

r20124[0...2] CO: DIV 1 quotient / DIV 1 quotient

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7222
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for quotients Y = X1 / X2, the integer number quotients YIN, and division remainder MOD = (Y -
YIN) x X2 of instance DIV 1 of the divider.
Index: [0] = Quotient Y
[1] = Integer number quotient YIN
[2] = Div remainder MOD

r20125 BO: DIV 1 divisor is zero QF / DIV 1 divisor=0 QF

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7222
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for the signal QF that the divisor X2 of instance DIV 1 of the divider is zero.
X2 = 0.0 => QF = 1

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 369
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20126 DIV 1 run-time group / DIV 1 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7222
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance DIV 1 of the divider is to be called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20127 DIV 1 run sequence / DIV 1 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7222
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 310
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance DIV 1 within the run-time group set in p20126.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20128 CI: AVA 0 input X / AVA 0 input X

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7224
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of the input quantity X of instance AVA 0 of the absolute value generator with sign evaluation.

r20129 CO: AVA 0 output Y / AVA 0 output Y

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7224
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for output quantity Y of instance AVA 0 of the absolute value generator with sign evaluation.

r20130 BO: AVA 0 input negative SN / AVA 0 input neg SN

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7224
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for signal SN that the input quantity X of instance AVA 0 of the absolute value generator with sign
evaluation is negative.
X < 0.0 => SN = 1

SINAMICS G120C
370 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20131 AVA 0 run-time group / AVA 0 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7224
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance AVA 0 of the absolute value generator with sign
evaluation is to be called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20132 AVA 0 run sequence / AVA 0 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7224
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 340
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance AVA 0 within the run-time group set in p20131.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20133 CI: AVA 1 input X / AVA 1 input X

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7224
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of the input quantity X of instance AVA 1 of the absolute value generator with sign evaluation.

r20134 CO: AVA 1 output Y / AVA 1 output Y

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7224
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for output quantity Y of instance AVA 1 of the absolute value generator with sign evaluation.

r20135 BO: AVA 1 input negative SN / AVA 1 input neg SN

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7224
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for signal SN that the input quantity X of instance AVA 1 of the absolute value generator with sign
evaluation is negative.
X < 0.0 => SN = 1

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 371
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20136 AVA 1 run-time group / AVA 1 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7224
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance AVA 1 of the absolute value generator with sign
evaluation is to be called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20137 AVA 1 run sequence / AVA 1 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7224
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 350
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance AVA 1 within the run-time group set in p20136.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20138 BI: MFP 0 input pulse I / MFP 0 inp_pulse I

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the input pulse I of instance MFP 0 of the pulse generator.

p20139 MFP 0 pulse duration in ms / MFP 0 pulse_dur ms

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 5400000.00 0.00
Description: Setting parameter for pulse duration T in milliseconds of instance MFP 0 of the pulse generator.

r20140 BO: MFP 0 output Q / MFP 0 output Q

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for output pulse Q of instance MFP 0 of the pulse generator.

SINAMICS G120C
372 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20141 MFP 0 run-time group / MFP 0 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance MFP 0 of the pulse generator is to be called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20142 MFP 0 run sequence / MFP 0 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 370
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance MFP 0 within the run-time group set in p20141.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20143 BI: MFP 1 input pulse I / MFP 1 inp_pulse I

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the input pulse I of instance MFP 1 of the pulse generator.

p20144 MFP 1 pulse duration in ms / MFP 1 pulse_dur ms

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 5400000.00 0.00
Description: Setting parameter for pulse duration T in milliseconds of instance MFP 1 of the pulse generator.

r20145 BO: MFP 1 output Q / MFP 1 output Q

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for output pulse Q of instance MFP 1 of the pulse generator.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 373
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20146 MFP 1 run-time group / MFP 1 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance MFP 1 of the pulse generator is to be called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20147 MFP 1 run sequence / MFP 1 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 380
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance MFP 1 within the run-time group set in p20146.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20148 BI: PCL 0 input pulse I / PCL 0 inp_pulse I

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the input pulse I of instance PCL 0 of the pulse shortener.

p20149 PCL 0 pulse duration in ms / PCL 0 pulse_dur ms

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 5400000.00 0.00
Description: Setting parameter for pulse duration T in milliseconds of instance PCL 0 of the pulse shortener.

r20150 BO: PCL 0 output Q / PCL 0 output Q

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for output pulse Q of instance PCL 0 of the pulse shortener.

SINAMICS G120C
374 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20151 PCL 0 run-time group / PCL 0 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance PCL 0 of the pulse shortener is to be called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20152 PCL 0 run sequence / PCL 0 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 400
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PCL 0 within the run-time group set in p20151.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20153 BI: PCL 1 input pulse I / PCL 1 inp_pulse I

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the input pulse I of instance PCL 1 of the pulse shortener.

p20154 PCL 1 pulse duration in ms / PCL 1 pulse_dur ms

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 5400000.00 0.00
Description: Setting parameter for pulse duration T in milliseconds of instance PCL 1 of the pulse shortener.

r20155 BO: PCL 1 output Q / PCL 1 output Q

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for output pulse Q of instance PCL 1 of the pulse shortener.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 375
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20156 PCL 1 run-time group / PCL 1 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance PCL 1 of the pulse shortener is to be called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20157 PCL 1 run sequence / PCL 1 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 410
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PCL 1 within the run-time group set in p20156.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20158 BI: PDE 0 input pulse I / PDE 0 inp_pulse I

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the input pulse I of instance PDE 0 of the closing delay device.

p20159 PDE 0 pulse delay time in ms / PDE 0 t_del ms

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 5400000.00 0.00
Description: Setting parameter for pulse delay time T in milliseconds of instance PDE 0 of the closing delay device.

r20160 BO: PDE 0 output Q / PDE 0 output Q

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for output pulse Q of instance PDE 0 of the closing delay device.

SINAMICS G120C
376 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20161 PDE 0 run-time group / PDE 0 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance PDE 0 of the closing delay device is to be called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20162 PDE 0 run sequence / PDE 0 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 430
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PDE 0 within the run-time group set in p20161.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20163 BI: PDE 1 input pulse I / PDE 1 inp_pulse I

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the input pulse I of instance PDE 1 of the closing delay device.

p20164 PDE 1 pulse delay time in ms / PDE 1 t_del ms

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 5400000.00 0.00
Description: Setting parameter for pulse delay time T in milliseconds of instance PDE 1 of the closing delay device.

r20165 BO: PDE 1 output Q / PDE 1 output Q

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for output pulse Q of instance PDE 1 of the closing delay device.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 377
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20166 PDE 1 run-time group / PDE 1 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance PDE 1 of the closing delay device is to be called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20167 PDE 1 run sequence / PDE 1 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 440
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PDE 1 within the run-time group set in p20166.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20168 BI: PDF 0 input pulse I / PDF 0 inp_pulse I

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7233
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the input pulse I of instance PDF 0 of the breaking delay device.

p20169 PDF 0 pulse extension time in ms / PDF 0 t_ext ms

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7233
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 5400000.00 0.00
Description: Setting parameter for pulse extension time T in milliseconds of instance PDF 0 of the breaking delay device.

r20170 BO: PDF 0 output Q / PDF 0 output Q

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7233
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for output pulse Q of instance PDF 0 of the breaking delay device.

SINAMICS G120C
378 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20171 PDF 0 run-time group / PDF 0 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7233
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance PDF 0 of the breaking delay device is to be called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20172 PDF 0 run sequence / PDF 0 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7233
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 460
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PDF 0 within the run-time group set in p20171.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20173 BI: PDF 1 input pulse I / PDF 1 inp_pulse I

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7233
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the input pulse I of instance PDF 1 of the breaking delay device.

p20174 PDF 1 pulse extension time in ms / PDF 1 t_ext ms

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7233
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 5400000.00 0.00
Description: Setting parameter for pulse extension time T in milliseconds of instance PDF 1 of the breaking delay device.

r20175 BO: PDF 1 output Q / PDF 1 output Q

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7233
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for output pulse Q of instance PDF 1 of the breaking delay device.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 379
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20176 PDF 1 run-time group / PDF 1 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7233
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance PDF 1 of the breaking delay device is to be called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20177 PDF 1 run sequence / PDF 1 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7233
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 470
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PDF 1 within the run-time group set in p20176.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20178[0...1] BI: PST 0 inputs / PST 0 inputs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7234
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for input pulse I and the reset input R of instance PST 0 of the pulse extension element.
Index: [0] = Input pulse I
[1] = Reset input R

p20179 PST 0 pulse duration in ms / PST 0 pulse_dur ms

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7234
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 5400000.00 0.00
Description: Setting parameter for pulse duration T in milliseconds of instance PST 0 of the pulse extension element.

r20180 BO: PST 0 output Q / PST 0 output Q

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7234
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for output pulse Q of instance PST 0 of the pulse extension element.

SINAMICS G120C
380 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20181 PST 0 run-time group / PST 0 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7234
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance PST 0 of the pulse extension element is to be called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20182 PST 0 run sequence / PST 0 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7234
Min Max Factory setting
0 7999 490
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PST 0 within the run-time group set in p20181.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20183[0...1] BI: PST 1 inputs / PST 1 inputs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7234
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for input pulse I and the reset input R of instance PST 1 of the pulse extension element.
Index: [0] = Input pulse I
[1] = Reset input R

p20184 PST 1 pulse duration in ms / PST 1 pulse_dur ms

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7234
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 5400000.00 0.00
Description: Setting parameter for pulse duration T in milliseconds of instance PST 1 of the pulse extension element.

r20185 BO: PST 1 output Q / PST 1 output Q

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7234
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for output pulse Q of instance PST 1 of the pulse extension element.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 381
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20186 PST 1 run-time group / PST 1 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7234
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance PST 1 of the pulse extension element is to be called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20187 PST 1 run sequence / PST 1 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7234
Min Max Factory setting
0 7999 500
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PST 1 within the run-time group set in p20186.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20188[0...1] BI: RSR 0 inputs / RSR 0 inputs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for set input S and reset input R of instance RSR 0 of the RS flipflop.
Index: [0] = Set S
[1] = Reset R

r20189 BO: RSR 0 output Q / RSR 0 output Q

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for output Q of instance RSR 0 of the RS flipflop

r20190 BO: RSR 0 inverted output QN / RSR 0 inv outp QN

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for inverted output QN of instance RSR 0 of the RS flipflop.

SINAMICS G120C
382 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20191 RSR 0 run-time group / RSR 0 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240
Min Max Factory setting
1 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance RSR 0 of the RS flipflop is to be called.
Value: 1: Run-time group 1
2: Run-time group 2
3: Run-time group 3
4: Run-time group 4
5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20192 RSR 0 run sequence / RSR 0 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240
Min Max Factory setting
0 7999 520
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance RSR 0 within the run-time group set in p20191.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20193[0...1] BI: RSR 1 inputs / RSR 1 inputs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for set input S and reset input R of instance RSR 1 of the RS flipflop.
Index: [0] = Set S
[1] = Reset R

r20194 BO: RSR 1 output Q / RSR 1 output Q

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for output Q of instance RSR 1 of the RS flipflop

r20195 BO: RSR 1 inverted output QN / RSR 1 inv outp QN

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for inverted output QN of instance RSR 1 of the RS flipflop.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 383
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20196 RSR 1 run-time group / RSR 1 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240
Min Max Factory setting
1 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance RSR 1 of the RS flipflop is to be called.
Value: 1: Run-time group 1
2: Run-time group 2
3: Run-time group 3
4: Run-time group 4
5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20197 RSR 1 run sequence / RSR 1 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240
Min Max Factory setting
0 7999 530
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance RSR 1 within the run-time group set in p20196.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20198[0...3] BI: DFR 0 inputs / DFR 0 inputs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for trigger input I, D input D, set input S, and reset input R of instance DFR 0 of the D flipflop.
Index: [0] = Trigger input I
[1] = D input D
[2] = Set S
[3] = Reset R

r20199 BO: DFR 0 output Q / DFR 0 output Q

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for output Q of instance DFR 0 of the D flipflop.

r20200 BO: DFR 0 inverted output QN / DFR 0 inv outp QN

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for the inverted output QN of instance DFR 0 of the D flipflop.

SINAMICS G120C
384 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20201 DFR 0 run-time group / DFR 0 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240
Min Max Factory setting
1 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance DFR 0 of the D flipflop is to be called.
Value: 1: Run-time group 1
2: Run-time group 2
3: Run-time group 3
4: Run-time group 4
5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20202 DFR 0 run sequence / DFR 0 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 550
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance DFR 0 within the run-time group set in p20201.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20203[0...3] BI: DFR 1 inputs / DFR 1 inputs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for trigger input I, D input D, set input S, and reset input R of instance DFR 1 of the D flipflop.
Index: [0] = Trigger input I
[1] = D input D
[2] = Set S
[3] = Reset R

r20204 BO: DFR 1 output Q / DFR 1 output Q

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for output Q of instance DFR 1 of the D flipflop.

r20205 BO: DFR 1 inverted output QN / DFR 1 inv outp QN

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for the inverted output QN of instance DFR 1 of the D flipflop.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 385
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20206 DFR 1 run-time group / DFR 1 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240
Min Max Factory setting
1 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance DFR 1 of the D flipflop is to be called.
Value: 1: Run-time group 1
2: Run-time group 2
3: Run-time group 3
4: Run-time group 4
5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20207 DFR 1 run sequence / DFR 1 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 560
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group of instance DFR 1 within the run-time group set in p20206.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20208[0...1] BI: BSW 0 inputs / BSW 0 inputs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7250
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0 and I1 of instance BSW 0 of the binary changeover switch.
Index: [0] = Input I0
[1] = Input I1

p20209 BI: BSW 0 switch setting I / BSW 0 sw_setting

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7250
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of the switch setting I of instance BSW 0 of the binary changeover switch.

r20210 BO: BSW 0 output Q / BSW 0 output Q

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7250
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for output quantity Q of instance BSW 0 of the binary changeover switch.

SINAMICS G120C
386 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20211 BSW 0 run-time group / BSW 0 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7250
Min Max Factory setting
1 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance BSW 0 of the binary changeover switch is to be called.
Value: 1: Run-time group 1
2: Run-time group 2
3: Run-time group 3
4: Run-time group 4
5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20212 BSW 0 run sequence / BSW 0 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7250
Min Max Factory setting
0 7999 580
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance BSW 0 within the run-time group set in p20211.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20213[0...1] BI: BSW 1 inputs / BSW 1 inputs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7250
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0 and I1 of instance BSW 1 of the binary changeover switch.
Index: [0] = Input I0
[1] = Input I1

p20214 BI: BSW 1 switch setting I / BSW 1 sw_setting

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7250
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of the switch setting I of instance BSW 1 of the binary changeover switch.

r20215 BO: BSW 1 output Q / BSW 1 output Q

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7250
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for output quantity Q of instance BSW 1 of the binary changeover switch.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 387
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20216 BSW 1 run-time group / BSW 1 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7250
Min Max Factory setting
1 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance BSW 1 of the binary changeover switch is to be called.
Value: 1: Run-time group 1
2: Run-time group 2
3: Run-time group 3
4: Run-time group 4
5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20217 BSW 1 run sequence / BSW 1 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7250
Min Max Factory setting
0 7999 590
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance BSW 1 within the run-time group set in p20216.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20218[0...1] CI: NSW 0 inputs / NSW 0 inputs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7250
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities X0 and X1 of instance NSW 0 of the numeric changeover switch.
Index: [0] = Input X0
[1] = Input X1

p20219 BI: NSW 0 switch setting I / NSW 0 sw_setting

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7250
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of the switch setting I of instance NSW 0 of the numeric changeover switch.

r20220 CO: NSW 0 output Y / NSW 0 output Y

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7250
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for output quantity Y of instance NSW 0 of the numeric changeover switch.

SINAMICS G120C
388 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20221 NSW 0 run-time group / NSW 0 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7250
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance NSW 0 of the numeric changeover switch is to be
called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20222 NSW 0 run sequence / NSW 0 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7250
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 610
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance NSW 0 within the run-time group set in p20221.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20223[0...1] CI: NSW 1 inputs / NSW 1 inputs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7250
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities X0 and X1 of instance NSW 1 of the numeric changeover switch.
Index: [0] = Input X0
[1] = Input X1

p20224 BI: NSW 1 switch setting I / NSW 1 sw_setting

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7250
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of the switch setting I of instance NSW 1 of the numeric changeover switch.

r20225 CO: NSW 1 output Y / NSW 1 output Y

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7250
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for output quantity Y of instance NSW 1 of the numeric changeover switch.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 389
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20226 NSW 1 run-time group / NSW 1 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7250
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance NSW 1 of the numeric changeover switch is to be
called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20227 NSW 1 run sequence / NSW 1 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7250
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 620
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance NSW 1 within the run-time group set in p20226.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20228 CI: LIM 0 input X / LIM 0 input X

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7260
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of input quantity X of instance LIM 0 of the limiter.

p20229 LIM 0 upper limit value LU / LIM 0 upper lim LU

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7260
Min Max Factory setting
-340.28235E36 340.28235E36 0.0000
Description: Setting parameter for the upper limit value LU of instance LIM 0 of the limiter.

p20230 LIM 0 lower limit value LL / LIM 0 lower lim LL

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7260
Min Max Factory setting
-340.28235E36 340.28235E36 0.0000
Description: Setting parameter for the lower limit value LL of instance LIM 0 of the limiter.

SINAMICS G120C
390 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r20231 CO: LIM 0 output Y / LIM 0 output Y

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7260
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for the limited output quantity Y of instance LIM 0 of the limiter.

r20232 BO: LIM 0 input quantity at the upper limit QU / LIM 0 QU

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7260
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter of instance LIM 0 of limiter QU (upper limit reached), i.e. QU = 1 for X >= LU.

r20233 BO: LIM 0 input quantity at the lower limit QL / LIM 0 QL

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7260
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter of instance LIM 0 of limiter QL (lower limit reached), i.e. QL = 1 for X <= LL.

p20234 LIM 0 run-time group / LIM 0 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7260
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance LIM 0 of the limiter is to be called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20235 LIM 0 run sequence / LIM 0 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7260
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 640
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance LIM 0 within the run-time group set in p20234.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20236 CI: LIM 1 input X / LIM 1 input X

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7260
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of input quantity X of instance LIM 1 of the limiter.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 391
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20237 LIM 1 upper limit value LU / LIM 1 upper lim LU

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7260
Min Max Factory setting
-340.28235E36 340.28235E36 0.0000
Description: Setting parameter for the upper limit value LU of instance LIM 1 of the limiter.

p20238 LIM 1 lower limit value LL / LIM 1 lower lim LL

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7260
Min Max Factory setting
-340.28235E36 340.28235E36 0.0000
Description: Setting parameter for the lower limit value LL of instance LIM 1 of the limiter.

r20239 CO: LIM 1 output Y / LIM 1 output Y

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7260
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for the limited output quantity Y of instance LIM 1 of the limiter.

r20240 BO: LIM 1 input quantity at the upper limit QU / LIM 1 QU

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7260
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter of instance LIM 1 of limiter QU (upper limit reached), i.e. QU = 1 for X >= LU.

r20241 BO: LIM 1 input quantity at the lower limit QL / LIM 1 QL

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7260
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter of instance LIM 1 of limiter QL (lower limit reached), i.e. QL = 1 for X <= LL.

p20242 LIM 1 run-time group / LIM 1 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7260
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance LIM 1 of the limiter is to be called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

SINAMICS G120C
392 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20243 LIM 1 run sequence / LIM 1 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7260
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 650
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance LIM 1 within the run-time group set in p20242.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20244[0...1] CI: PT1 0 inputs / PT1 0 inputs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7262
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of input quantity X and of setting value SV of instance PT1 0 of the smoothing element.
Index: [0] = Input X
[1] = Setting value SV

p20245 BI: PT1 0 accept setting value S / PT1 0 acc set val
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7262
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the "accept setting value" signal of instant PT1 0 of the smoothing element.

p20246 PT1 0 smoothing time constant in ms / PT1 0 T_smooth ms

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7262
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 340.28235E36 0.00
Description: Sets the smoothing time constant T in milliseconds of instance PT1 0 of the smoothing element.

r20247 CO: PT1 0 output Y / PT1 0 output Y

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7262
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for the smoothed output quantity Y of instance PT1 0 of the smoothing element.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 393
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20248 PT1 0 run-time group / PT1 0 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7262
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance PT1 0 of the smoothing element is to be called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20249 PT1 0 run sequence / PT1 0 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7262
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 670
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PT1 0 within the run-time group set in p20248.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20250[0...1] CI: PT1 1 inputs / PT1 1 inputs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7262
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of input quantity X and of setting value SV of instance PT1 1 of the smoothing element.
Index: [0] = Input X
[1] = Setting value SV

p20251 BI: PT1 1 accept setting value S / PT1 1 acc set val
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7262
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the "accept setting value" signal of instant PT1 1 of the smoothing element.

p20252 PT1 1 smoothing time constant in ms / PT1 1 T_smooth ms

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7262
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 340.28235E36 0.00
Description: Sets the smoothing time constant T in milliseconds of instance PT1 1 of the smoothing element.

SINAMICS G120C
394 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r20253 CO: PT1 1 output Y / PT1 1 output Y

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7262
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for the smoothed output quantity Y of instance PT1 1 of the smoothing element.

p20254 PT1 1 run-time group / PT1 1 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7262
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance PT1 1 of the smoothing element is to be called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20255 PT1 1 run sequence / PT1 1 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7262
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 680
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PT1 1 within the run-time group set in p20254.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20256[0...1] CI: INT 0 inputs / INT 0 inputs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7264
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of input quantity X and of setting value SV of instance INT 0 of the integrator.
Index: [0] = Input X
[1] = Setting value SV

p20257 INT 0 upper limit value LU / INT 0 upper lim LU

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7264
Min Max Factory setting
-340.28235E36 340.28235E36 0.0000
Description: Sets the upper limit value LU of instance INT 0 of the integrator.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 395
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20258 INT 0 lower limit value LL / INT 0 lower lim LL

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7264
Min Max Factory setting
-340.28235E36 340.28235E36 0.0000
Description: Sets the lower limit value LL of instance INT 0 of the integrator.

p20259 INT 0 integrating time constant in ms / INT 0 T_Integr ms

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7264
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 340.28235E36 0.00
Description: Sets the integrating time constant Ti in milliseconds of instance INT 0 of the integrator.

p20260 BI: INT 0 accept setting value S / INT 0 acc set val
Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7264
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the "accept setting value" signal of instant INT 0 of the integrator.

r20261 CO: INT 0 output Y / INT 0 output Y

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7264
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for output quantity Y of instance INT 0 of the integrator.
If LL>= LU, then the output quantity Y = LU.

r20262 BO: INT 0 integrator at the upper limit QU / INT 0 QU

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7264
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for the signal QU that output quantity Y of instance INT 0 of the integrator has reached the upper
limit value LU.

r20263 BO: INT 0 integrator at the lower limit QL / INT 0 QL

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7264
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for the signal QL that output quantity Y of instance INT 0 of the integrator has reached the lower
limit value LL.

SINAMICS G120C
396 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20264 INT 0 run-time group / INT 0 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7264
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance INT 0 of the integrator is to be called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20265 INT 0 run sequence / INT 0 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7264
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 700
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance INT 0 within the run-time group set in p20264.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20266 CI: LVM 0 input X / LVM 0 input X

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7270
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of input quantity X of instance LVM 0 of the double-sided limiter.

p20267 LVM 0 interval average value M / LVM 0 avg value M

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7270
Min Max Factory setting
-340.28235E36 340.28235E36 0.0000
Description: Setting parameter for the interval average M of instance LVM 0 of the double-sided limiter.

p20268 LVM 0 interval limit L / LVM 0 limit L

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7270
Min Max Factory setting
-340.28235E36 340.28235E36 0.0000
Description: Setting parameter for the interval limit L of instance LVM 0 of the double-sided limiter.

p20269 LVM 0 hyst HY / LVM 0 hyst HY

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7270
Min Max Factory setting
-340.28235E36 340.28235E36 0.0000
Description: Setting parameter for hysteresis HY of instance LVM 0 of the double-sided limiter.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 397
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r20270 BO: LVM 0 input quantity above interval QU / LVM 0 X above QU

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7270
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter of instance LVM 0 of the double-sided limiter that input quantity X was at least once X > M + L and
X is >= M + L - HY.

r20271 BO: LVM 0 input quantity within interval QM / LVM 0 X within QM

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7270
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter of instance LVM 0 of the double-sided limiter that the input quantity X lies within the interval.

r20272 BO: LVM 0 input quantity below interval QL / LVM 0 X below QL

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7270
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter of instance LVM 0 of the double-sided limiter that input quantity X was at least once X < M - L and
X is <= M - L + HY.

p20273 LVM 0 run-time group / LVM 0 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7270
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance LVM 0 of the double-sided limiter is to be called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20274 LVM 0 run sequence / LVM 0 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7270
Min Max Factory setting
0 7999 720
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance LVM 0 within the run-time group set in p20273.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

SINAMICS G120C
398 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20275 CI: LVM 1 input X / LVM 1 input X

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7270
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of input quantity X of instance LVM 1 of the double-sided limiter.

p20276 LVM 1 interval average value M / LVM 1 avg value M

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7270
Min Max Factory setting
-340.28235E36 340.28235E36 0.0000
Description: Setting parameter for the interval average M of instance LVM 1 of the double-sided limiter.

p20277 LVM 1 interval limit L / LVM 1 limit L

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7270
Min Max Factory setting
-340.28235E36 340.28235E36 0.0000
Description: Setting parameter for the interval limit L of instance LVM 1 of the double-sided limiter.

p20278 LVM 1 hyst HY / LVM 1 hyst HY

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7270
Min Max Factory setting
-340.28235E36 340.28235E36 0.0000
Description: Setting parameter for hysteresis HY of instance LVM 1 of the double-sided limiter.

r20279 BO: LVM 1 input quantity above interval QU / LVM 1 X above QU

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7270
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter of instance LVM 1 of the double-sided limiter that input quantity X was at least once X > M + L and
X is >= M + L - HY.

r20280 BO: LVM 1 input quantity within interval QM / LVM 1 X within QM

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7270
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter of instance LVM 1 of the double-sided limiter that the input quantity X lies within the interval.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 399
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r20281 BO: LVM 1 input quantity below interval QL / LVM 1 X below QL

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7270
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter of instance LVM 1 of the double-sided limiter that input quantity X was at least once X < M - L and
X is <= M - L + HY.

p20282 LVM 1 run-time group / LVM 1 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7270
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance LVM 1 of the double-sided limiter is to be called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20283 LVM 1 run sequence / LVM 1 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7270
Min Max Factory setting
0 7999 730
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance LVM 1 within the run-time group set in p20282.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20284 CI: DIF 0 input X / DIF 0 input X

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7264
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of input quantity X of instance DIF 0 of the differentiating element.

p20285 DIF 0 differentiating time constant in ms / DIF 0 T_diff ms

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7264
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 340.28235E36 0.00
Description: Sets the differentiating time constant Td in milliseconds of instance DIF 0 of the differentiating element.

SINAMICS G120C
400 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r20286 CO: DIF 0 output Y / DIF 0 output Y

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7264
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for output quantity Y of instance DIF 0 of the differentiating element.

p20287 DIF 0 run-time group / DIF 0 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7264
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance DIF 0 of the differentiating element is to be called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20288 DIF 0 run sequence / DIF 0 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7264
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 750
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance DIF 0 within the run-time group set in p20287.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20300 BI: NOT 4 input I / NOT 4 input I

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of input quantity I of instance NOT 4 of the inverter.

r20301 BO: NOT 4 inverted output / NOT 4 inv output

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for the inverted output of instance NOT 4 of the inverter.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 401
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20302 NOT 4 run-time group / NOT 4 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216
Min Max Factory setting
1 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance NOT 4 of the inverter is to be called.
Value: 1: Run-time group 1
2: Run-time group 2
3: Run-time group 3
4: Run-time group 4
5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20303 NOT 4 run sequence / NOT 4 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 770
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance NOT 4 within the run-time group set in p20302.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20304 BI: NOT 5 input I / NOT 5 input I

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of input quantity I of instance NOT 5 of the inverter.

r20305 BO: NOT 5 inverted output / NOT 5 inv output

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for the inverted output of instance NOT 5 of the inverter.

p20306 NOT 5 run-time group / NOT 5 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216
Min Max Factory setting
1 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance NOT 5 of the inverter is to be called.
Value: 1: Run-time group 1
2: Run-time group 2
3: Run-time group 3
4: Run-time group 4

SINAMICS G120C
402 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20307 NOT 5 run sequence / NOT 5 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 780
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance NOT 5 within the run-time group set in p20306.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20308[0...3] CI: ADD 2 inputs / ADD 2 inputs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7220
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities X0, X1, X2, X3 of instance ADD 2 of the adder.
Index: [0] = Input X0
[1] = Input X1
[2] = Input X2
[3] = Input X3

r20309 CO: ADD 2 output Y / ADD 2 output Y

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7220
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for the output quantity Y = X0 + X1 + X2 + X3 of instance ADD 2 of the adder.

p20310 ADD 2 run-time group / ADD 2 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7220
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance ADD 2 of the adder is to be called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20311 ADD 2 run sequence / ADD 2 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7220
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 800
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance ADD 2 within the run-time group set in p20310.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 403
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20312[0...1] CI: NCM 0 inputs / NCM 0 inputs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7225
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities X0 and X1 of instance NCM 0 of the numeric comparator.
Index: [0] = Input X0
[1] = Input X1

r20313 BO: NCM 0 output QU / NCM 0 output QU

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7225
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for binary quantity QU of instance NCM 0 of the numeric comparator.
QU is only set if X0 > X1.

r20314 BO: NCM 0 output QE / NCM 0 output QE

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7225
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for binary quantity QE of instance NCM 0 of the numeric comparator.
QE is only set if X0 = X1.

r20315 BO: NCM 0 output QL / NCM 0 output QL

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7225
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for binary quantity QL of instance NCM 0 of the numeric comparator.
QL is only set if X0 < X1.

p20316 NCM 0 run-time group / NCM 0 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7225
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance NCM 0 of the numeric comparator is to be called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

SINAMICS G120C
404 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20317 NCM 0 run sequence / NCM 0 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7225
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 820
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance NCM 0 within the run-time group set in p20316.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20318[0...1] CI: NCM 1 inputs / NCM 1 inputs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7225
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities X0 and X1 of instance NCM 1 of the numeric comparator.
Index: [0] = Input X0
[1] = Input X1

r20319 BO: NCM 1 output QU / NCM 1 output QU

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7225
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for binary quantity QU of instance NCM 1 of the numeric comparator.
QU is only set if X0 > X1.

r20320 BO: NCM 1 output QE / NCM 1 output QE

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7225
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for binary quantity QE of instance NCM 1 of the numeric comparator.
QE is only set if X0 = X1.

r20321 BO: NCM 1 output QL / NCM 1 output QL

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7225
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for binary quantity QL of instance NCM 1 of the numeric comparator.
QL is only set if X0 < X1.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 405
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20322 NCM 1 run-time group / NCM 1 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7225
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance NCM 1 of the numeric comparator is to be called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20323 NCM 1 run sequence / NCM 1 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7225
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 830
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance NCM 1 within the run-time group set in p20322.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20324[0...1] BI: RSR 2 inputs / RSR 2 inputs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for set input S and reset input R of instance RSR 2 of the RS flipflop.
Index: [0] = Set S
[1] = Reset R

r20325 BO: RSR 2 output Q / RSR 2 output Q

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for output Q of instance RSR 2 of the RS flipflop

r20326 BO: RSR 2 inverted output QN / RSR 2 inv outp QN

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for inverted output QN of instance RSR 2 of the RS flipflop.

SINAMICS G120C
406 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20327 RSR 2 run-time group / RSR 2 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240
Min Max Factory setting
1 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance RSR 2 of the RS flipflop is to be called.
Value: 1: Run-time group 1
2: Run-time group 2
3: Run-time group 3
4: Run-time group 4
5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20328 RSR 2 run sequence / RSR 2 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240
Min Max Factory setting
0 7999 850
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance RSR 2 within the run-time group set in p20327.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20329[0...3] BI: DFR 2 inputs / DFR 2 inputs

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for trigger input I, D input D, set input S, and reset input R of instance DFR 2 of the D flipflop.
Index: [0] = Trigger input I
[1] = D input D
[2] = Set S
[3] = Reset R

r20330 BO: DFR 2 output Q / DFR 2 output Q

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for output Q of instance DFR 2 of the D flipflop.

r20331 BO: DFR 2 inverted output QN / DFR 2 inv outp QN

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for the inverted output QN of instance DFR 2 of the D flipflop.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 407
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20332 DFR 2 run-time group / DFR 2 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240
Min Max Factory setting
1 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance DFR 2 of the D flipflop is to be called.
Value: 1: Run-time group 1
2: Run-time group 2
3: Run-time group 3
4: Run-time group 4
5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20333 DFR 2 run sequence / DFR 2 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 870
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group of instance DFR 2 within the run-time group set in p20332.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20334 BI: PDE 2 input pulse I / PDE 2 inp_pulse I

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the input pulse I of instance PDE 2 of the closing delay device.

p20335 PDE 2 pulse delay time in ms / PDE 2 t_del ms

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 5400000.00 0.00
Description: Setting parameter for pulse delay time T in milliseconds of instance PDE 2 of the closing delay device.

r20336 BO: PDE 2 output Q / PDE 2 output Q

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for output pulse Q of instance PDE 2 of the closing delay device.

SINAMICS G120C
408 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20337 PDE 2 run-time group / PDE 2 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance PDE 2 of the closing delay device is to be called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20338 PDE 2 run sequence / PDE 2 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 890
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PDE 2 within the run-time group set in p20337.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20339 BI: PDE 3 input pulse I / PDE 3 inp_pulse I

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the input pulse I of instance PDE 3 of the closing delay device.

p20340 PDE 3 pulse delay time in ms / PDE 3 t_del ms

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 5400000.00 0.00
Description: Setting parameter for pulse delay time T in milliseconds of instance PDE 3 of the closing delay device.

r20341 BO: PDE 3 output Q / PDE 3 output Q

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for output pulse Q of instance PDE 3 of the closing delay device.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 409
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20342 PDE 3 run-time group / PDE 3 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance PDE 3 of the closing delay device is to be called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20343 PDE 3 run sequence / PDE 3 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 900
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PDE 3 within the run-time group set in p20342.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20344 BI: PDF 2 input pulse I / PDF 2 inp_pulse I

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7233
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the input pulse I of instance PDF 2 of the breaking delay device.

p20345 PDF 2 pulse extension time in ms / PDF 2 t_ext ms

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7233
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 5400000.00 0.00
Description: Setting parameter for pulse extension time T in milliseconds of instance PDF 2 of the breaking delay device.

r20346 BO: PDF 2 output Q / PDF 2 output Q

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7233
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for output pulse Q of instance PDF 2 of the breaking delay device.

SINAMICS G120C
410 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20347 PDF 2 run-time group / PDF 2 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7233
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance PDF 2 of the breaking delay device is to be called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20348 PDF 2 run sequence / PDF 2 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7233
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 920
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PDE 2 within the run-time group set in p20347.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20349 BI: PDF 3 input pulse I / PDF 3 inp_pulse I

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7233
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the input pulse I of instance PDF 3 of the breaking delay device.

p20350 PDF 3 pulse extension time in ms / PDF 3 t_ext ms

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7233
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 5400000.00 0.00
Description: Setting parameter for pulse extension time T in milliseconds of instance PDF 3 of the breaking delay device.

r20351 BO: PDF 3 output Q / PDF 3 output Q

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7233
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for output pulse Q of instance PDF 3 of the breaking delay device.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 411
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20352 PDF 3 run-time group / PDF 3 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7233
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance PDF 3 of the breaking delay device is to be called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20353 PDF 3 run sequence / PDF 3 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7233
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 930
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PDE 3 within the run-time group set in p20352.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20354 BI: MFP 2 input pulse I / MFP 2 inp_pulse I

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the input pulse I of instance MFP 2 of the pulse generator.

p20355 MFP 2 pulse duration in ms / MFP 2 pulse_dur ms

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 5400000.00 0.00
Description: Setting parameter for pulse duration T in milliseconds of instance MFP 2 of the pulse generator.

r20356 BO: MFP 2 output Q / MFP 2 output Q

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for output pulse Q of instance MFP 2 of the pulse generator.

SINAMICS G120C
412 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20357 MFP 2 run-time group / MFP 2 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance MFP 2 of the pulse generator is to be called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20358 MFP 2 run sequence / MFP 2 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 950
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance MFP 2 within the run-time group set in p20357.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20359 BI: MFP 3 input pulse I / MFP 3 inp_pulse I

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the input pulse I of instance MFP 3 of the pulse generator.

p20360 MFP 3 pulse duration in ms / MFP 3 pulse_dur ms

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 5400000.00 0.00
Description: Setting parameter for pulse duration T in milliseconds of instance MFP 3 of the pulse generator.

r20361 BO: MFP 3 output Q / MFP 3 output Q

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for output pulse Q of instance MFP 3 of the pulse generator.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 413
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20362 MFP 3 run-time group / MFP 3 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance MFP 3 of the pulse generator is to be called.
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20363 MFP 3 run sequence / MFP 3 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 960
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance MFP 3 within the run-time group set in p20362.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p20372 CI: PLI 0 input X / PLI 0 input X

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7226
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for input X of the polyline (20 breakpoints) of instance PLI 0.

r20373 CO: PLI 0 output Y / PLI 0 output Y

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7226
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for the output quantity Y of the polyline (20 breakpoints) of instance PLI 0

p20374[0...19] PLI 0 X-coordinate, A breakpoint / PLI 0 X-coordinate

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7226
Min Max Factory setting
-340.28235E36 340.28235E36 0.0000
Description: Sets the x-coordinates for the breakpoints (A0 ... A19) of the polyline (20 breakpoints) of instance PLI 0.
Index: [0] = Breakpoint 0
[1] = Breakpoint 1
[2] = Breakpoint 2
[3] = Breakpoint 3
[4] = Breakpoint 4
[5] = Breakpoint 5
[6] = Breakpoint 6
[7] = Breakpoint 7
[8] = Breakpoint 8
[9] = Breakpoint 9

SINAMICS G120C
414 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[10] = Breakpoint 10
[11] = Breakpoint 11
[12] = Breakpoint 12
[13] = Breakpoint 13
[14] = Breakpoint 14
[15] = Breakpoint 15
[16] = Breakpoint 16
[17] = Breakpoint 17
[18] = Breakpoint 18
[19] = Breakpoint 19

p20375[0...19] PLI 0 Y-coordinate, B breakpoint / PLI 0 Y-coordinate

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7226
Min Max Factory setting
-340.28235E36 340.28235E36 0.0000
Description: Sets the y-coordinates for the breakpoints (B0 ... B19) of the polyline (20 breakpoints) of instance PLI 0.
Index: [0] = Breakpoint 0
[1] = Breakpoint 1
[2] = Breakpoint 2
[3] = Breakpoint 3
[4] = Breakpoint 4
[5] = Breakpoint 5
[6] = Breakpoint 6
[7] = Breakpoint 7
[8] = Breakpoint 8
[9] = Breakpoint 9
[10] = Breakpoint 10
[11] = Breakpoint 11
[12] = Breakpoint 12
[13] = Breakpoint 13
[14] = Breakpoint 14
[15] = Breakpoint 15
[16] = Breakpoint 16
[17] = Breakpoint 17
[18] = Breakpoint 18
[19] = Breakpoint 19

p20376 PLI 0 run-time group / PLI 0 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7226
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance PLI 0 of the polyline is to be called
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20377 PLI 0 run sequence / PLI 0 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7226
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 980
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PLI 0 within the run-time group set in p20376.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 415
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p20378 CI: PLI 1 input X / PLI 1 input X

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7226
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for input X of the polyline (20 breakpoints) of instance PLI 1.

r20379 CO: PLI 1 output Y / PLI 1 output Y

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7226
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display parameter for the output quantity Y of the polyline (20 breakpoints) of instance PLI 1

p20380[0...19] PLI 1 X-coordinate, A breakpoint / PLI 1 X-coordinate

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7226
Min Max Factory setting
-340.28235E36 340.28235E36 0.0000
Description: Sets the x-coordinates for the breakpoints (A0 ... A19) of the polyline (20 breakpoints) of instance PLI 1.
Index: [0] = Breakpoint 0
[1] = Breakpoint 1
[2] = Breakpoint 2
[3] = Breakpoint 3
[4] = Breakpoint 4
[5] = Breakpoint 5
[6] = Breakpoint 6
[7] = Breakpoint 7
[8] = Breakpoint 8
[9] = Breakpoint 9
[10] = Breakpoint 10
[11] = Breakpoint 11
[12] = Breakpoint 12
[13] = Breakpoint 13
[14] = Breakpoint 14
[15] = Breakpoint 15
[16] = Breakpoint 16
[17] = Breakpoint 17
[18] = Breakpoint 18
[19] = Breakpoint 19

p20381[0...19] PLI 1 Y-coordinate, B breakpoint / PLI 1 Y-coordinate

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32
Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7226
Min Max Factory setting
-340.28235E36 340.28235E36 0.0000
Description: Sets the y-coordinates for the breakpoints (B0 ... B19) of the polyline (20 breakpoints) of instance PLI 1.
Index: [0] = Breakpoint 0
[1] = Breakpoint 1
[2] = Breakpoint 2
[3] = Breakpoint 3
[4] = Breakpoint 4

SINAMICS G120C
416 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[5] = Breakpoint 5
[6] = Breakpoint 6
[7] = Breakpoint 7
[8] = Breakpoint 8
[9] = Breakpoint 9
[10] = Breakpoint 10
[11] = Breakpoint 11
[12] = Breakpoint 12
[13] = Breakpoint 13
[14] = Breakpoint 14
[15] = Breakpoint 15
[16] = Breakpoint 16
[17] = Breakpoint 17
[18] = Breakpoint 18
[19] = Breakpoint 19

p20382 PLI 1 run-time group / PLI 1 RTG

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7226
Min Max Factory setting
5 9999 9999
Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance PLI 1 of the polyline is to be called
Value: 5: Run-time group 5
6: Run-time group 6
9999: Do not calculate

p20383 PLI 1 run sequence / PLI 1 RunSeq

Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7226
Min Max Factory setting
0 32000 990
Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PLI 1 within the run-time group set in p20382.
Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run
sequence value.

p60022 PROFIsafe telegram selection / Ps telegram_sel

G120C_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16
G120C_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 998 998
Description: Sets the telegram number for PROFIsafe.
Value: 0: No PROFIsafe telegram selected
30: PROFIsafe standard telegram 30, PZD-1/1
998: Compatibility mode (as for firmware version < 4.6)
Note: For p9601.3 = p9801.3 = 1 (PROFIsafe enabled), the following variants exist when parameterizing PROFIsafe
telegram 30:
- p9611 = p9811 = 998 and p60022 = 0
- p9611 = p9811 = 998 and p60022 = 30
- p9611 = p9811 = 30 and p60022 = 30

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 417
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r61000[0...239] PROFINET Name of Station / PN Name of Station

G120C_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2410
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays PROFINET Name of Station.
Notice: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.

r61001[0...3] PROFINET IP of Station / PN IP of Station

G120C_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8
Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -
Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2410
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays PROFINET IP of Station.

SINAMICS G120C
418 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.3 Parameters for data sets

2.3 Parameters for data sets

2.3.1 Command Data Sets (CDS)

Product: SINAMICS G120C, Version: 4710100, Language: eng, Type: CDS
p0820[0...n] BI: Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 0 / DDS select., bit 0
p0840[0...n] BI: ON / OFF (OFF1) / ON / OFF (OFF1)
p0844[0...n] BI: No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) signal source 1 / OFF2 S_src 1
p0845[0...n] BI: No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) signal source 2 / OFF2 S_src 2
p0848[0...n] BI: No Quick Stop / Quick Stop (OFF3) signal source 1 / OFF3 S_src 1
p0849[0...n] BI: No Quick Stop / Quick Stop (OFF3) signal source 2 / OFF3 S_src 2
p0852[0...n] BI: Enable operation/inhibit operation / Enable operation
p0854[0...n] BI: Control by PLC/no control by PLC / Master ctrl by PLC
p0855[0...n] BI: Unconditionally release holding brake / Uncond open brake
p0856[0...n] BI: Enable speed controller / n_ctrl enable
p0858[0...n] BI: Unconditionally close holding brake / Uncond close brake
p1000[0...n] Speed setpoint selection / n_set sel
p1020[0...n] BI: Fixed speed setpoint selection Bit 0 / n_set_fixed Bit 0
p1021[0...n] BI: Fixed speed setpoint selection Bit 1 / n_set_fixed Bit 1
p1022[0...n] BI: Fixed speed setpoint selection Bit 2 / n_set_fixed Bit 2
p1023[0...n] BI: Fixed speed setpoint selection Bit 3 / n_set_fixed Bit 3
p1035[0...n] BI: Motorized potentiometer setpoint raise / Mop raise
p1036[0...n] BI: Motorized potentiometer lower setpoint / Mop lower
p1043[0...n] BI: Motorized potentiometer accept setting value / MotP acc set val
p1044[0...n] CI: Motorized potentiometer setting value / Mop set val
p1055[0...n] BI: Jog bit 0 / Jog bit 0
p1056[0...n] BI: Jog bit 1 / Jog bit 1
p1070[0...n] CI: Main setpoint / Main setpoint
p1071[0...n] CI: Main setpoint scaling / Main setp scal
p1075[0...n] CI: Supplementary setp / Suppl setp
p1076[0...n] CI: Supplementary setpoint scaling / Suppl setp scal
p1106[0...n] CI: Minimum speed signal source / n_min s_src
p1110[0...n] BI: Inhibit negative direction / Inhib neg dir
p1111[0...n] BI: Inhibit positive direction / Inhib pos dir
p1113[0...n] BI: Setpoint inversion / Setp inv
p1138[0...n] CI: Ramp-function generator ramp-up time scaling / RFG t_RU scal
p1139[0...n] CI: Ramp-function generator ramp-down time scaling / RFG t_RD scal
p1140[0...n] BI: Enable ramp-function generator/inhibit ramp-function generator / Enable RFG
p1141[0...n] BI: Continue ramp-function generator/freeze ramp-function generator / Continue RFG
p1142[0...n] BI: Enable setpoint/inhibit setpoint / Setpoint enable
p1201[0...n] BI: Flying restart enable signal source / Fly_res enab S_src
p1230[0...n] BI: DC braking activation / DC brake act
p1330[0...n] CI: U/f control independent voltage setpoint / Uf U_set independ.
p1352[0...n] CI: Motor holding brake starting frequency signal source / Brake f_start
p1475[0...n] CI: Speed controller torque setting value for motor holding brake / n_ctrl M_sv MHB
p1502[0...n] BI: Freeze moment of inertia estimator / J_estim freeze
p1511[0...n] CI: Supplementary torque 1 / M_suppl 1
p1512[0...n] CI: Supplementary torque 1 scaling / M_suppl 1 scal
p1522[0...n] CI: Torque limit upper / M_max upper
p1523[0...n] CI: Torque limit lower / M_max lower
p1552[0...n] CI: Torque limit upper scaling without offset / M_max up w/o offs
p1554[0...n] CI: Torque limit lower scaling without offset / M_max low w/o offs
p2103[0...n] BI: 1st acknowledge faults / 1st acknowledge

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 419
2 Parameters
2.3 Parameters for data sets

p2104[0...n] BI: 2nd acknowledge faults / 2nd acknowledge

p2106[0...n] BI: External fault 1 / External fault 1
p2112[0...n] BI: External alarm 1 / External alarm 1
p2200[0...n] BI: Technology controller enable / Tec_ctrl enable
p2220[0...n] BI: Technology controller fixed value selection bit 0 / Tec_ctrl sel bit 0
p2221[0...n] BI: Technology controller fixed value selection bit 1 / Tec_ctrl sel bit 1
p2222[0...n] BI: Technology controller fixed value selection bit 2 / Tec_ctrl sel bit 2
p2223[0...n] BI: Technology controller fixed value selection bit 3 / Tec_ctrl sel bit 3
p2235[0...n] BI: Technology controller motorized potentiometer raise setpoint / Tec_ctrl mop raise
p2236[0...n] BI: Technology controller motorized potentiometer lower setpoint / Tec_ctrl mop lower
p2253[0...n] CI: Technology controller setpoint 1 / Tec_ctrl setp 1
p2254[0...n] CI: Technology controller setpoint 2 / Tec_ctrl setp 2
p2264[0...n] CI: Technology controller actual value / Tec_ctrl act val
p2286[0...n] BI: Hold technology controller integrator / Tec_ctr integ hold
p2289[0...n] CI: Technology controller precontrol signal / Tec_ctr prectr_sig
p2290[0...n] BI: Technology controller limiting enable / Tec_ctrl lim enab
p2296[0...n] CI: Technology controller output scaling / Tec_ctrl outp scal
p2297[0...n] CI: Technology controller maximum limit signal source / Tec_ctrMaxLimS_src
p2298[0...n] CI: Technology controller minimum limit signal source / Tec_ctrl min_l s_s
p2299[0...n] CI: Technology controller limit offset / Tech_ctrl lim offs
p3330[0...n] BI: 2/3 wire control command 1 / 2/3 wire cmd 1
p3331[0...n] BI: 2/3 wire control command 2 / 2/3 wire cmd 2
p3332[0...n] BI: 2/3 wire control command 3 / 2/3 wire cmd 3
p3340[0...n] BI: Limit switch start / Lim switch start
p3342[0...n] BI: Limit switch plus / Lim switch plus
p3343[0...n] BI: Limit switch minus / Lim switch minus

2.3.2 Drive Data Sets (DDS)

Product: SINAMICS G120C, Version: 4710100, Language: eng, Type: DDS
p0340[0...n] Automatic calculation motor/control parameters / Calc auto par
p0640[0...n] Current limit / Current limit
p1001[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 1 / n_set_fixed 1
p1002[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 2 / n_set_fixed 2
p1003[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 3 / n_set_fixed 3
p1004[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 4 / n_set_fixed 4
p1005[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 5 / n_set_fixed 5
p1006[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 6 / n_set_fixed 6
p1007[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 7 / n_set_fixed 7
p1008[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 8 / n_set_fixed 8
p1009[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 9 / n_set_fixed 9
p1010[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 10 / n_set_fixed 10
p1011[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 11 / n_set_fixed 11
p1012[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 12 / n_set_fixed 12
p1013[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 13 / n_set_fixed 13
p1014[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 14 / n_set_fixed 14
p1015[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 15 / n_set_fixed 15
p1030[0...n] Motorized potentiometer configuration / Mop configuration
p1037[0...n] Motorized potentiometer maximum speed / MotP n_max
p1038[0...n] Motorized potentiometer minimum speed / MotP n_min
p1040[0...n] Motorized potentiometer starting value / Mop start value
p1047[0...n] Motorized potentiometer ramp-up time / Mop ramp-up time
p1048[0...n] Motorized potentiometer ramp-down time / Mop ramp-down time
p1058[0...n] Jog 1 speed setpoint / Jog 1 n_set

SINAMICS G120C
420 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.3 Parameters for data sets

p1059[0...n] Jog 2 speed setpoint / Jog 2 n_set

p1080[0...n] Minimum speed / n_min
p1082[0...n] Maximum speed / n_max
p1083[0...n] CO: Speed limit in positive direction of rotation / n_limit pos
p1086[0...n] CO: Speed limit in negative direction of rotation / n_limit neg
p1091[0...n] Skip speed 1 / n_skip 1
p1092[0...n] Skip speed 2 / n_skip 2
p1101[0...n] Skip speed bandwidth / n_skip bandwidth
p1120[0...n] Ramp-function generator ramp-up time / RFG ramp-up time
p1121[0...n] Ramp-function generator ramp-down time / RFG ramp-down time
p1123[0...n] Ramp-function generator minimum ramp-up time / RFG t_RU min
p1127[0...n] Ramp-function generator minimum ramp-down time / RFG t_RD min
p1130[0...n] Ramp-function generator initial rounding-off time / RFG t_start_round
p1131[0...n] Ramp-function generator final rounding-off time / RFG t_end_delay
p1134[0...n] Ramp-function generator rounding-off type / RFG round-off type
p1135[0...n] OFF3 ramp-down time / OFF3 t_RD
p1136[0...n] OFF3 initial rounding-off time / RFGOFF3 t_strt_rnd
p1137[0...n] OFF3 final rounding-off time / RFG OFF3 t_end_del
p1200[0...n] Flying restart operating mode / FlyRest op_mode
p1202[0...n] Flying restart search current / FlyRest I_srch
p1203[0...n] Flying restart search rate factor / FlyRst v_Srch Fact
p1226[0...n] Threshold for zero speed detection / n_standst n_thresh
p1240[0...n] Vdc controller configuration (vector control) / Vdc ctr config vec
p1243[0...n] Vdc_max controller dynamic factor / Vdc_max dyn_factor
p1245[0...n] Vdc_min controller switch-in level (kinetic buffering) / Vdc_min on_level
p1247[0...n] Vdc_min controller dynamic factor (kinetic buffering) / Vdc_min dyn_factor
p1249[0...n] Vdc_max controller speed threshold / Vdc_max n_thresh
p1250[0...n] Vdc controller proportional gain / Vdc_ctrl Kp
p1251[0...n] Vdc controller integral time / Vdc_ctrl Tn
p1252[0...n] Vdc controller rate time / Vdc_ctrl t_rate
p1255[0...n] Vdc_min controller time threshold / Vdc_min t_thresh
p1256[0...n] Vdc_min controller response (kinetic buffering) / Vdc_min response
p1257[0...n] Vdc_min controller speed threshold / Vdc_min n_thresh
p1271[0...n] Flying restart maximum frequency for the inhibited direction / FlyRes f_max dir
p1280[0...n] Vdc controller configuration (U/f) / Vdc_ctr config U/f
p1281[0...n] Vdc controller configuration / Vdc ctrl config
p1283[0...n] Vdc_max controller dynamic factor (U/f) / Vdc_max dyn_factor
p1284[0...n] Vdc_max controller time threshold (U/f) / Vdc_max t_thresh
p1288[0...n] Vdc_max controller feedback coupling factor ramp-fct. gen. (U/f) / Vdc_max factor RFG
p1290[0...n] Vdc controller proportional gain (U/f) / Vdc_ctrl Kp
p1291[0...n] Vdc controller integral time (U/f) / Vdc_ctrl Tn
p1292[0...n] Vdc controller rate time (U/f) / Vdc_ctrl t_rate
p1293[0...n] Vdc min controller output limit (U/f) / Vdc_min outp_lim
p1295[0...n] Vdc_min controller time threshold (U/f) / Vdc_min t_thresh
p1297[0...n] Vdc_min controller speed threshold (U/f) / Vdc_min n_thresh
p1300[0...n] Open-loop/closed-loop control operating mode / Op/cl-lp ctrl_mode
p1302[0...n] U/f control configuration / U/f config
p1310[0...n] Starting current (voltage boost) permanent / I_start (Ua) perm
p1311[0...n] Starting current (voltage boost) when accelerating / I_start accel
p1312[0...n] Starting current (voltage boost) when starting / I_start start
p1320[0...n] U/f control programmable characteristic frequency 1 / Uf char f1
p1321[0...n] U/f control programmable characteristic voltage 1 / Uf char U1
p1322[0...n] U/f control programmable characteristic frequency 2 / Uf char f2
p1323[0...n] U/f control programmable characteristic voltage 2 / Uf char U2
p1324[0...n] U/f control programmable characteristic frequency 3 / Uf char f3

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 421
2 Parameters
2.3 Parameters for data sets

p1325[0...n] U/f control programmable characteristic voltage 3 / Uf char U3

p1326[0...n] U/f control programmable characteristic frequency 4 / Uf char f4
p1327[0...n] U/f control programmable characteristic voltage 4 / Uf char U4
p1331[0...n] Voltage limiting / U_lim
p1333[0...n] U/f control FCC starting frequency / U/f FCC f_start
p1334[0...n] U/f control slip compensation starting frequency / Slip comp start
p1335[0...n] Slip compensation scaling / Slip comp scal
p1336[0...n] Slip compensation limit value / Slip comp lim val
p1338[0...n] U/f mode resonance damping gain / Uf Res_damp gain
p1340[0...n] I_max frequency controller proportional gain / I_max_ctrl Kp
p1341[0...n] I_max frequency controller integral time / I_max_ctrl Tn
p1345[0...n] I_max voltage controller proportional gain / I_max_U_ctrl Kp
p1346[0...n] I_max voltage controller integral time / I_max_U_ctrl Tn
p1349[0...n] U/f mode resonance damping maximum frequency / Uf res_damp f_max
p1351[0...n] CO: Motor holding brake starting frequency / Brake f_start
p1382[0...n] Saturation limit for flux setpoint / Max FluxSaturation
p1400[0...n] Speed control configuration / n_ctrl config
p1401[0...n] Flux control configuration / Flux ctrl config
p1452[0...n] Speed controller speed actual value smoothing time (sensorless) / n_C n_act T_s SL
p1470[0...n] Speed controller encoderless operation P-gain / n_ctrl SL Kp
p1472[0...n] Speed controller encoderless operation integral time / n_ctrl SL Tn
p1496[0...n] Acceleration precontrol scaling / a_prectrl scal
p1498[0...n] Load moment of inertia / Load M_inertia
p1517[0...n] Accelerating torque smoothing time constant / M_accel T_smooth
p1520[0...n] CO: Torque limit upper / M_max upper
p1521[0...n] CO: Torque limit lower / M_max lower
p1524[0...n] CO: Torque limit upper scaling / M_max upper scal
p1525[0...n] CO: Torque limit lower scaling / M_max lower scal
p1530[0...n] Power limit motoring / P_max mot
p1531[0...n] Power limit regenerative / P_max gen
p1553[0...n] Stall limit scaling / Stall limit scal
p1560[0...n] Moment of inertia estimator accelerating torque threshold value / J_est M thresh
p1561[0...n] Moment of inertia estimator change time moment of inertia / J_est t J
p1562[0...n] Moment of inertia estimator change time load / J_est t load
p1563[0...n] CO: Mom. of inertia estimator load torque direction of rotation pos. / J_est M pos
p1564[0...n] CO: Mom. of inertia estimator load torque direction of rotation neg. / J_est M neg
p1570[0...n] CO: Flux setpoint / Flex setp
p1575[0...n] Voltage target value limit / U_tgt val lim
p1580[0...n] Efficiency optimization / Efficiency opt.
p1582[0...n] Flux setpoint smoothing time / Flux setp T_smth
p1586[0...n] Field weakening characteristic scaling / Field weak scal
p1590[0...n] Flux controller P gain / Flux controller Kp
p1601[0...n] Current injection ramp time / I_inject t_ramp
p1610[0...n] Torque setpoint static (sensorless) / M_set static
p1611[0...n] Additional acceleration torque (sensorless) / M_suppl_accel
p1616[0...n] Current setpoint smoothing time / I_set T_smooth
p1715[0...n] Current controller P gain / I_ctrl Kp
p1717[0...n] Current controller integral-action time / I_ctrl Tn
p1720[0...n] Current controller d axis p gain / Id_ctrl Kp
p1722[0...n] Current controller d axis integral time / I_ctrl d-axis Tn
p1730[0...n] Isd controller integral component shutdown threshold / Isd ctrl Tn shutd
p1740[0...n] Gain resonance damping for encoderless closed-loop control / Gain res_damp
p1745[0...n] Motor model error threshold stall detection / MotMod ThreshStall
p1749[0...n] Motor model increase changeover speed encoderless operation / Incr n_chng no enc
p1750[0...n] Motor model configuration / MotMod config

SINAMICS G120C
422 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.3 Parameters for data sets

p1755[0...n] Motor model changeover speed encoderless operation / MotMod n_chgSnsorl

p1764[0...n] Motor model without encoder speed adaptation Kp / MotMod woE n_adaKp
p1767[0...n] Motor model without encoder speed adaptation Tn / MotMod woE n_adaTn
p1769[0...n] Motor model changeover delay time closed-loop control / MotMod t cl_ctrl
p1780[0...n] Motor model adaptation configuration / MotMod adapt conf
p1784[0...n] Motor model feedback scaling / MotMod fdbk scal
r1787[0...n] Motor model Lh adaptation corrective value / MotMod Lh corr
p1800[0...n] Pulse frequency setpoint / Pulse freq setp
p1802[0...n] Modulator mode / Modulator mode
p1803[0...n] Maximum modulation depth / Modulat depth max
p1806[0...n] Filter time constant Vdc correction / T_filt Vdc_corr
p1820[0...n] Reverse the output phase sequence / Outp_ph_seq rev
p1959[0...n] Rotating measurement configuration / Rot meas config
p2141[0...n] Speed threshold 1 / n_thresh val 1
p2153[0...n] Speed actual value filter time constant / n_act_filt T
p2155[0...n] Speed threshold 2 / n_thresh val 2
p2156[0...n] On delay comparison value reached / t_on cmpr val rchd
p2165[0...n] Load monitoring stall monitoring upper threshold / Stall_mon up thr
p2168[0...n] Load monitoring stall monitoring torque threshold / Stall_mon M_thresh
p2170[0...n] Current threshold value / I_thres
p2171[0...n] Current threshold value reached delay time / I_thresh rch t_del
p2172[0...n] DC link voltage threshold value / Vdc thresh val
p2174[0...n] Torque threshold value 1 / M_thresh val 1
p2191[0...n] Load monitoring torque threshold no load / M_thresh no load
p2194[0...n] Torque threshold value 2 / M_thresh val 2
p2195[0...n] Torque utilization switch-off delay / M_util t_off
p2201[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 1 / Tec_ctrl fix val1
p2202[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 2 / Tec_ctr fix val 2
p2203[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 3 / Tec_ctr fix val 3
p2204[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 4 / Tec_ctr fix val 4
p2205[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 5 / Tec_ctr fix val 5
p2206[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 6 / Tec_ctr fix val 6
p2207[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 7 / Tec_ctr fix val 7
p2208[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 8 / Tec_ctr fix val 8
p2209[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 9 / Tec_ctr fix val 9
p2210[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 10 / Tec_ctr fix val 10
p2211[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 11 / Tec_ctr fix val 11
p2212[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 12 / Tec_ctr fix val 12
p2213[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 13 / Tec_ctr fix val 13
p2214[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 14 / Tec_ctr fix val 14
p2215[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 15 / Tec_ctr fix val 15
p2216[0...n] Technology controller fixed value selection method / Tec_ctr FixVal sel
p2230[0...n] Technology controller motorized potentiometer configuration / Tec_ctr mop config
p2237[0...n] Technology controller motorized potentiometer maximum value / Tec_ctrl mop max
p2238[0...n] Technology controller motorized potentiometer minimum value / Tec_ctrl mop min
p2240[0...n] Technology controller motorized potentiometer starting value / Tec_ctrl mop start
p2247[0...n] Technology controller motorized potentiometer ramp-up time / Tec_ctr mop t_r-up
p2248[0...n] Technology controller motorized potentiometer ramp-down time / Tec_ctrMop t_rdown
p2900[0...n] CO: Fixed value 1 [%] / Fixed value 1 [%]
p2901[0...n] CO: Fixed value 2 [%] / Fixed value 2 [%]
p2930[0...n] CO: Fixed value M [Nm] / Fixed value M [Nm]
p3233[0...n] Torque actual value filter time constant / M_act_filt T
p3315[0...n] Efficiency optimization 2 minimum flux limit value / Min flux lim val
p3316[0...n] Efficiency optimization 2 maximum flux limit value / Max flux lim val
p3320[0...n] Fluid flow machine power point 1 / Fluid_mach P1

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 423
2 Parameters
2.3 Parameters for data sets

p3321[0...n] Fluid flow machine speed point 1 / Fluid_mach n1

p3322[0...n] Fluid flow machine power point 2 / Fluid_mach P2
p3323[0...n] Fluid flow machine speed point 2 / Fluid_mach n2
p3324[0...n] Fluid flow machine power point 3 / Fluid_mach P3
p3325[0...n] Fluid flow machine speed point 3 / Fluid_mach n3
p3326[0...n] Fluid flow machine power point 4 / Fluid_mach P4
p3327[0...n] Fluid flow machine speed point 4 / Fluid_mach n4
p3328[0...n] Fluid flow machine power point 5 / Fluid_mach P5
p3329[0...n] Fluid flow machine speed point 5 / Fluid_mach n5
p3820[0...n] Friction characteristic value n0 / Friction n0
p3821[0...n] Friction characteristic value n1 / Friction n1
p3822[0...n] Friction characteristic value n2 / Friction n2
p3823[0...n] Friction characteristic value n3 / Friction n3
p3824[0...n] Friction characteristic value n4 / Friction n4
p3825[0...n] Friction characteristic value n5 / Friction n5
p3826[0...n] Friction characteristic value n6 / Friction n6
p3827[0...n] Friction characteristic value n7 / Friction n7
p3828[0...n] Friction characteristic value n8 / Friction n8
p3829[0...n] Friction characteristic value n9 / Friction n9
p3830[0...n] Friction characteristic value M0 / Friction M0
p3831[0...n] Friction characteristic value M1 / Friction M1
p3832[0...n] Friction characteristic value M2 / Friction M2
p3833[0...n] Friction characteristic value M3 / Friction M3
p3834[0...n] Friction characteristic value M4 / Friction M4
p3835[0...n] Friction characteristic value M5 / Friction M5
p3836[0...n] Friction characteristic value M6 / Friction M6
p3837[0...n] Friction characteristic value M7 / Friction M7
p3838[0...n] Friction characteristic value M8 / Friction M8
p3839[0...n] Friction characteristic value M9 / Friction M9
p3846[0...n] Friction characteristic record ramp-up/ramp-down time / Frict rec t_RU/RD
p3847[0...n] Friction characteristic record warm-up time / Frict rec t_warm
p3856[0...n] Compound braking current / Compound I_brake
r3925[0...n] Identification final display / Ident final_disp
r3927[0...n] Motor data identification control word / MotID STW
r3928[0...n] Rotating measurement configuration / Rot meas config
r3929[0...n] Motor data identification modulated voltage generation / MotID U_gen mod
p5271[0...n] Online tuning configuration controller / Ot config ctrl
p5310[0...n] Moment of inertia precontrol configuration / J_est config
r5311[0...n] Moment of inertia precontrol status word / J_prectrl ZSW
p5312[0...n] Moment of inertia precontrol linear positive / J_est lin pos
p5313[0...n] Moment of inertia precontrol constant positive / J_est const pos
p5314[0...n] Moment of inertia precontrol linear negative / J_est lin neg
p5315[0...n] Moment of inertia precontrol constant negative / J_est const neg
p5316[0...n] Moment of inertia precontrol change time moment of inertia / J_prectrl t J

SINAMICS G120C
424 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.3 Parameters for data sets

2.3.3 Motor data sets (MDS)

Product: SINAMICS G120C, Version: 4710100, Language: eng, Type: MDS
p0133[0...n] Motor configuration / Motor config
p0300[0...n] Motor type selection / Mot type sel
p0301[0...n] Motor code number selection / Mot code No. sel
p0304[0...n] Rated motor voltage / Mot U_rated
p0305[0...n] Rated motor current / Mot I_rated
p0306[0...n] Number of motors connected in parallel / Motor qty
p0307[0...n] Rated motor power / Mot P_rated
p0308[0...n] Rated motor power factor / Mot cos phi rated
p0309[0...n] Rated motor efficiency / Mot eta_rated
p0310[0...n] Rated motor frequency / Mot f_rated
p0311[0...n] Rated motor speed / Mot n_rated
p0312[0...n] Rated motor torque / Mot M_rated
r0313[0...n] Motor pole pair number, actual (or calculated) / Mot PolePairNo act
p0314[0...n] Motor pole pair number / Mot pole pair No.
p0316[0...n] Motor torque constant / Mot kT
p0318[0...n] Motor stall current / Mot I_standstill
p0320[0...n] Motor rated magnetizing current/short-circuit current / Mot I_mag_rated
p0322[0...n] Maximum motor speed / Mot n_max
p0323[0...n] Maximum motor current / Mot I_max
p0325[0...n] Motor pole position identification current 1st phase / Mot PolID I 1st Ph
p0329[0...n] Motor pole position identification current / Mot PolID current
r0330[0...n] Rated motor slip / Mot slip_rated
r0331[0...n] Actual motor magnetizing current/short-circuit current / Mot I_mag_rtd act
r0333[0...n] Rated motor torque / Mot M_rated
p0335[0...n] Motor cooling type / Mot cool type
p0341[0...n] Motor moment of inertia / Mot M_mom of inert
p0342[0...n] Ratio between the total and motor moment of inertia / Mot MomInert Ratio
p0344[0...n] Motor weight (for the thermal motor model) / Mot weight th mod
r0345[0...n] Nominal motor starting time / Mot t_start_rated
p0346[0...n] Motor excitation build-up time / Mot t_excitation
p0347[0...n] Motor de-excitation time / Mot t_de-excitat
p0350[0...n] Motor stator resistance cold / Mot R_stator cold
p0352[0...n] Cable resistance / R_cable
p0354[0...n] Motor rotor resistance cold / Mot R_r cold
p0356[0...n] Motor stator leakage inductance / Mot L_stator leak.
p0357[0...n] Motor stator inductance d axis / Mot L_stator d
p0358[0...n] Motor rotor leakage inductance / Mot L_rot leak
p0360[0...n] Motor magnetizing inductance / Mot Lh
p0362[0...n] Motor saturation characteristic flux 1 / Mot saturat.flux 1
p0363[0...n] Motor saturation characteristic flux 2 / Mot saturat.flux 2
p0364[0...n] Motor saturation characteristic flux 3 / Mot saturat.flux 3
p0365[0...n] Motor saturation characteristic flux 4 / Mot saturat.flux 4
p0366[0...n] Motor saturation characteristic I_mag 1 / Mot sat. I_mag 1
p0367[0...n] Motor saturation characteristic I_mag 2 / Mot sat. I_mag 2
p0368[0...n] Motor saturation characteristic I_mag 3 / Mot sat. I_mag 3
p0369[0...n] Motor saturation characteristic I_mag 4 / Mot sat. I_mag 4
r0382[0...n] Motor magnetizing inductance transformed / Mot L_magn transf
r0384[0...n] Motor rotor time constant / damping time constant d axis / Mot T_rotor/T_Dd
r0386[0...n] Motor stator leakage time constant / Mot T_stator leak
r0394[0...n] Rated motor power / Mot P_rated
r0395[0...n] Actual stator resistance / R_stator act
r0396[0...n] Actual rotor resistance / R_rotor act
p0530[0...n] Bearing version selection / Bearing vers sel

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 425
2 Parameters
2.3 Parameters for data sets

p0531[0...n] Bearing code number selection / Bearing codeNo sel

p0532[0...n] Bearing maximum speed / Bearing n_max
p0541[0...n] Load gearbox code number / Load grbx CodeNo
p0542[0...n] Load gearbox maximum speed / Load grbx n_max
p0543[0...n] Load gearbox maximum torque / Load grbx M_max
p0544[0...n] Load gearbox overall ratio (absolute value) numerator / Load grbx ratio N
p0545[0...n] Load gearbox overall ratio (absolute value) denominator / Load grbx ratio D
p0546[0...n] Load gearbox output direction of rotation inversion / Load grbx outp inv
p0550[0...n] Brake type / Brake type
p0551[0...n] Brake code number / Brake code no.
p0552[0...n] Maximum brake speed / Brake n_max
p0553[0...n] Brake holding torque / Brake M_hold
p0554[0...n] Brake moment of inertia / Brake J
p0601[0...n] Motor temperature sensor type / Mot_temp_sens type
p0604[0...n] Mot_temp_mod 2/sensor alarm threshold / Mod 2/sens A_thr
p0605[0...n] Mot_temp_mod 1/2/sensor threshold and temperature value / Mod1/2/sens T_thr
p0606[0...n] Mot_temp_mod 2/sensor timer / Mod 2/sens timer
p0607[0...n] Temperature sensor fault timer / Sensor fault time
p0610[0...n] Motor overtemperature response / Mot temp response
p0611[0...n] I2t motor model thermal time constant / I2t mot_mod T
p0612[0...n] Mot_temp_mod activation / Mot_temp_mod act
p0613[0...n] Mot_temp_mod 1/3 ambient temperature / Mod 1/3 amb_temp
p0614[0...n] Thermal resistance adaptation reduction factor / Therm R_adapt red
p0615[0...n] Mot_temp_mod 1 (I2t) fault threshold / I2t F thresh
p0620[0...n] Thermal adaptation, stator and rotor resistance / Mot therm_adapt R
p0621[0...n] Identification stator resistance after restart / Rst_ident Restart
p0622[0...n] Motor excitation time for Rs_ident after switching on again / t_excit Rs_id
p0625[0...n] Motor ambient temperature during commissioning / Mot T_ambient
p0626[0...n] Motor overtemperature, stator core / Mot T_over core
p0627[0...n] Motor overtemperature, stator winding / Mot T_over stator
p0628[0...n] Motor overtemperature rotor / Mot T_over rotor
r0630[0...n] Mot_temp_mod ambient temperature / Mod T_ambient
r0631[0...n] Mot_temp_mod stator iron temperature / Mod T_stator
r0632[0...n] Mot_temp_mod stator winding temperature / Mod T_winding
r0633[0...n] Mot_temp_mod rotor temperature / Mod rotor temp
p0637[0...n] Q flux flux gradient saturated / PSIQ Grad SAT
p0650[0...n] Actual motor operating hours / Oper hours motor
p0651[0...n] Motor operating hours maintenance interval / Mot t_op maint
p0826[0...n] Motor changeover motor number / Mot_chng mot No.
p1231[0...n] DC braking configuration / DCBRK config
p1232[0...n] DC braking braking current / DCBRK I_brake
p1233[0...n] DC braking time / DCBRK time
p1234[0...n] Speed at the start of DC braking / DCBRK n_start
p1909[0...n] Motor data identification control word / MotID STW
p1980[0...n] PolID technique / PolID technique
r3926[0...n] Voltage generation alternating base voltage amplitude / U_gen altern base
p5350[0...n] Mot_temp_mod 1/3 boost factor at standstill / Standst boost_fact
p5390[0...n] Mot_temp_mod 1/3 alarm threshold / A thresh
p5391[0...n] Mot_temp_mod 1/3 fault threshold / F thresh
r5398[0...n] Mot_temp_mod 3 alarm threshold image p5390 / A thr image p5390
r5399[0...n] Mot_temp_mod 3 fault threshold image p5391 / F thr image p5391

SINAMICS G120C
426 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.3 Parameters for data sets

2.3.4 Power unit Data Sets (PDS)

Product: SINAMICS G120C, Version: 4710100, Language: eng, Type: PDS
p0124[0...n] CU detection via LED / CU detection LED
p0201[0...n] Power unit code number / PU code no
r0204[0...n] Power unit hardware properties / PU HW property

2.3.5 Encoder Data Sets (EDS)

Product: SINAMICS G120C, Version: 4710100, Language: eng, Type: EDS
p0422[0...n] Absolute encoder linear measuring step resolution / Enc abs meas step

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 427
2 Parameters
2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors)

2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors)

2.4.1 Binector inputs (BI)

Product: SINAMICS G120C, Version: 4710100, Language: eng, Type: BI
p0043 BI: Enable energy usage display / Enab energy usage
p0730 BI: CU signal source for terminal DO 0 / CU S_src DO 0
p0731 BI: CU signal source for terminal DO 1 / CU S_src DO 1
p0782[0...1] BI: CU analog outputs invert signal source / CU AO inv S_src
p0806 BI: Inhibit master control / PcCtrl inhibit
p0810 BI: Command data set selection CDS bit 0 / CDS select., bit 0
p0820[0...n] BI: Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 0 / DDS select., bit 0
p0840[0...n] BI: ON / OFF (OFF1) / ON / OFF (OFF1)
p0844[0...n] BI: No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) signal source 1 / OFF2 S_src 1
p0845[0...n] BI: No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) signal source 2 / OFF2 S_src 2
p0848[0...n] BI: No Quick Stop / Quick Stop (OFF3) signal source 1 / OFF3 S_src 1
p0849[0...n] BI: No Quick Stop / Quick Stop (OFF3) signal source 2 / OFF3 S_src 2
p0852[0...n] BI: Enable operation/inhibit operation / Enable operation
p0854[0...n] BI: Control by PLC/no control by PLC / Master ctrl by PLC
p0855[0...n] BI: Unconditionally release holding brake / Uncond open brake
p0856[0...n] BI: Enable speed controller / n_ctrl enable
p0858[0...n] BI: Unconditionally close holding brake / Uncond close brake
p0860 BI: Line contactor feedback signal / Line contact feedb
p0870 BI: Close main contactor / Close main cont
p1020[0...n] BI: Fixed speed setpoint selection Bit 0 / n_set_fixed Bit 0
p1021[0...n] BI: Fixed speed setpoint selection Bit 1 / n_set_fixed Bit 1
p1022[0...n] BI: Fixed speed setpoint selection Bit 2 / n_set_fixed Bit 2
p1023[0...n] BI: Fixed speed setpoint selection Bit 3 / n_set_fixed Bit 3
p1035[0...n] BI: Motorized potentiometer setpoint raise / Mop raise
p1036[0...n] BI: Motorized potentiometer lower setpoint / Mop lower
p1043[0...n] BI: Motorized potentiometer accept setting value / MotP acc set val
p1055[0...n] BI: Jog bit 0 / Jog bit 0
p1056[0...n] BI: Jog bit 1 / Jog bit 1
p1110[0...n] BI: Inhibit negative direction / Inhib neg dir
p1111[0...n] BI: Inhibit positive direction / Inhib pos dir
p1113[0...n] BI: Setpoint inversion / Setp inv
p1140[0...n] BI: Enable ramp-function generator/inhibit ramp-function generator / Enable RFG
p1141[0...n] BI: Continue ramp-function generator/freeze ramp-function generator / Continue RFG
p1142[0...n] BI: Enable setpoint/inhibit setpoint / Setpoint enable
p1201[0...n] BI: Flying restart enable signal source / Fly_res enab S_src
p1230[0...n] BI: DC braking activation / DC brake act
p1502[0...n] BI: Freeze moment of inertia estimator / J_estim freeze
p2080[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 1 / Bin/con ZSW1
p2103[0...n] BI: 1st acknowledge faults / 1st acknowledge
p2104[0...n] BI: 2nd acknowledge faults / 2nd acknowledge
p2106[0...n] BI: External fault 1 / External fault 1
p2112[0...n] BI: External alarm 1 / External alarm 1
p2200[0...n] BI: Technology controller enable / Tec_ctrl enable
p2220[0...n] BI: Technology controller fixed value selection bit 0 / Tec_ctrl sel bit 0
p2221[0...n] BI: Technology controller fixed value selection bit 1 / Tec_ctrl sel bit 1
p2222[0...n] BI: Technology controller fixed value selection bit 2 / Tec_ctrl sel bit 2
p2223[0...n] BI: Technology controller fixed value selection bit 3 / Tec_ctrl sel bit 3
p2235[0...n] BI: Technology controller motorized potentiometer raise setpoint / Tec_ctrl mop raise

SINAMICS G120C
428 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors)

p2236[0...n] BI: Technology controller motorized potentiometer lower setpoint / Tec_ctrl mop lower
p2286[0...n] BI: Hold technology controller integrator / Tec_ctr integ hold
p2290[0...n] BI: Technology controller limiting enable / Tec_ctrl lim enab
p3330[0...n] BI: 2/3 wire control command 1 / 2/3 wire cmd 1
p3331[0...n] BI: 2/3 wire control command 2 / 2/3 wire cmd 2
p3332[0...n] BI: 2/3 wire control command 3 / 2/3 wire cmd 3
p3340[0...n] BI: Limit switch start / Lim switch start
p3342[0...n] BI: Limit switch plus / Lim switch plus
p3343[0...n] BI: Limit switch minus / Lim switch minus
p5614 BI: Pe set switching-on inhibited signal source / Pe sw-on_inh s_src
p8542[0...15] BI: Active STW1 in the BOP/IOP manual mode / STW1 act OP
p8558 BI: Select IOP manual mode / Sel IOP man mode
p8785 BI: CAN status word bit 8 / Status word bit 8
p8786 BI: CAN status word bit 14 / Status word bit 14
p8787 BI: CAN status word bit 15 / Status word bit 15
p20030[0...3] BI: AND 0 inputs / AND 0 inputs
p20034[0...3] BI: AND 1 inputs / AND 1 inputs
p20038[0...3] BI: AND 2 inputs / AND 2 inputs
p20042[0...3] BI: AND 3 inputs / AND 3 inputs
p20046[0...3] BI: OR 0 inputs / OR 0 inputs
p20050[0...3] BI: OR 1 inputs / OR 1 inputs
p20054[0...3] BI: OR 2 inputs / OR 2 inputs
p20058[0...3] BI: OR 3 inputs / OR 3 inputs
p20062[0...3] BI: XOR 0 inputs / XOR 0 inputs
p20066[0...3] BI: XOR 1 inputs / XOR 1 inputs
p20070[0...3] BI: XOR 2 inputs / XOR 2 inputs
p20074[0...3] BI: XOR 3 inputs / XOR 3 inputs
p20078 BI: NOT 0 input I / NOT 0 input I
p20082 BI: NOT 1 input I / NOT 1 input I
p20086 BI: NOT 2 input I / NOT 2 input I
p20090 BI: NOT 3 input I / NOT 3 input I
p20138 BI: MFP 0 input pulse I / MFP 0 inp_pulse I
p20143 BI: MFP 1 input pulse I / MFP 1 inp_pulse I
p20148 BI: PCL 0 input pulse I / PCL 0 inp_pulse I
p20153 BI: PCL 1 input pulse I / PCL 1 inp_pulse I
p20158 BI: PDE 0 input pulse I / PDE 0 inp_pulse I
p20163 BI: PDE 1 input pulse I / PDE 1 inp_pulse I
p20168 BI: PDF 0 input pulse I / PDF 0 inp_pulse I
p20173 BI: PDF 1 input pulse I / PDF 1 inp_pulse I
p20178[0...1] BI: PST 0 inputs / PST 0 inputs
p20183[0...1] BI: PST 1 inputs / PST 1 inputs
p20188[0...1] BI: RSR 0 inputs / RSR 0 inputs
p20193[0...1] BI: RSR 1 inputs / RSR 1 inputs
p20198[0...3] BI: DFR 0 inputs / DFR 0 inputs
p20203[0...3] BI: DFR 1 inputs / DFR 1 inputs
p20208[0...1] BI: BSW 0 inputs / BSW 0 inputs
p20209 BI: BSW 0 switch setting I / BSW 0 sw_setting
p20213[0...1] BI: BSW 1 inputs / BSW 1 inputs
p20214 BI: BSW 1 switch setting I / BSW 1 sw_setting
p20219 BI: NSW 0 switch setting I / NSW 0 sw_setting
p20224 BI: NSW 1 switch setting I / NSW 1 sw_setting
p20245 BI: PT1 0 accept setting value S / PT1 0 acc set val
p20251 BI: PT1 1 accept setting value S / PT1 1 acc set val
p20260 BI: INT 0 accept setting value S / INT 0 acc set val
p20300 BI: NOT 4 input I / NOT 4 input I

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 429
2 Parameters
2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors)

p20304 BI: NOT 5 input I / NOT 5 input I

p20324[0...1] BI: RSR 2 inputs / RSR 2 inputs
p20329[0...3] BI: DFR 2 inputs / DFR 2 inputs
p20334 BI: PDE 2 input pulse I / PDE 2 inp_pulse I
p20339 BI: PDE 3 input pulse I / PDE 3 inp_pulse I
p20344 BI: PDF 2 input pulse I / PDF 2 inp_pulse I
p20349 BI: PDF 3 input pulse I / PDF 3 inp_pulse I
p20354 BI: MFP 2 input pulse I / MFP 2 inp_pulse I
p20359 BI: MFP 3 input pulse I / MFP 3 inp_pulse I

2.4.2 Connector inputs (CI)

Product: SINAMICS G120C, Version: 4710100, Language: eng, Type: CI
p0771[0...1] CI: CU analog outputs signal source / CU AO S_src
p1044[0...n] CI: Motorized potentiometer setting value / Mop set val
p1070[0...n] CI: Main setpoint / Main setpoint
p1071[0...n] CI: Main setpoint scaling / Main setp scal
p1075[0...n] CI: Supplementary setp / Suppl setp
p1076[0...n] CI: Supplementary setpoint scaling / Suppl setp scal
p1106[0...n] CI: Minimum speed signal source / n_min s_src
p1138[0...n] CI: Ramp-function generator ramp-up time scaling / RFG t_RU scal
p1139[0...n] CI: Ramp-function generator ramp-down time scaling / RFG t_RD scal
p1330[0...n] CI: U/f control independent voltage setpoint / Uf U_set independ.
p1352[0...n] CI: Motor holding brake starting frequency signal source / Brake f_start
p1475[0...n] CI: Speed controller torque setting value for motor holding brake / n_ctrl M_sv MHB
p1511[0...n] CI: Supplementary torque 1 / M_suppl 1
p1512[0...n] CI: Supplementary torque 1 scaling / M_suppl 1 scal
p1522[0...n] CI: Torque limit upper / M_max upper
p1523[0...n] CI: Torque limit lower / M_max lower
p1552[0...n] CI: Torque limit upper scaling without offset / M_max up w/o offs
p1554[0...n] CI: Torque limit lower scaling without offset / M_max low w/o offs
p2016[0...3] CI: Comm IF USS PZD send word / Comm USS send word
p2051[0...16] CI: PROFIdrive PZD send word / PZD send word
p2061[0...15] CI: PROFIBUS PZD send double word / PZD send DW
p2099[0...1] CI: Connector-binector converter signal source / Con/bin S_src
p2253[0...n] CI: Technology controller setpoint 1 / Tec_ctrl setp 1
p2254[0...n] CI: Technology controller setpoint 2 / Tec_ctrl setp 2
p2264[0...n] CI: Technology controller actual value / Tec_ctrl act val
p2289[0...n] CI: Technology controller precontrol signal / Tec_ctr prectr_sig
p2296[0...n] CI: Technology controller output scaling / Tec_ctrl outp scal
p2297[0...n] CI: Technology controller maximum limit signal source / Tec_ctrMaxLimS_src
p2298[0...n] CI: Technology controller minimum limit signal source / Tec_ctrl min_l s_s
p2299[0...n] CI: Technology controller limit offset / Tech_ctrl lim offs
p8543 CI: Active speed setpoint in the BOP/IOP manual mode / N_act act OP
p8746[0...15] CI: CAN free PZD send objects 16 bit / Free PZD send 16
p8748[0...7] CI: CAN free PZD send objects 32 bit / Free PZD send 32
p20094[0...3] CI: ADD 0 inputs / ADD 0 inputs
p20098[0...3] CI: ADD 1 inputs / ADD 1 inputs
p20102[0...1] CI: SUB 0 inputs / SUB 0 inputs
p20106[0...1] CI: SUB 1 inputs / SUB 1 inputs
p20110[0...3] CI: MUL 0 inputs / MUL 0 inputs
p20114[0...3] CI: MUL 1 inputs / MUL 1 inputs
p20118[0...1] CI: DIV 0 inputs / DIV 0 inputs
p20123[0...1] CI: DIV 1 inputs / DIV 1 inputs

SINAMICS G120C
430 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors)

p20128 CI: AVA 0 input X / AVA 0 input X

p20133 CI: AVA 1 input X / AVA 1 input X
p20218[0...1] CI: NSW 0 inputs / NSW 0 inputs
p20223[0...1] CI: NSW 1 inputs / NSW 1 inputs
p20228 CI: LIM 0 input X / LIM 0 input X
p20236 CI: LIM 1 input X / LIM 1 input X
p20244[0...1] CI: PT1 0 inputs / PT1 0 inputs
p20250[0...1] CI: PT1 1 inputs / PT1 1 inputs
p20256[0...1] CI: INT 0 inputs / INT 0 inputs
p20266 CI: LVM 0 input X / LVM 0 input X
p20275 CI: LVM 1 input X / LVM 1 input X
p20284 CI: DIF 0 input X / DIF 0 input X
p20308[0...3] CI: ADD 2 inputs / ADD 2 inputs
p20312[0...1] CI: NCM 0 inputs / NCM 0 inputs
p20318[0...1] CI: NCM 1 inputs / NCM 1 inputs
p20372 CI: PLI 0 input X / PLI 0 input X
p20378 CI: PLI 1 input X / PLI 1 input X

2.4.3 Binector outputs (BO)

Product: SINAMICS G120C, Version: 4710100, Language: eng, Type: BO
r0751.0...9 BO: CU analog inputs status word / CU AI status word
r0785.0...1 BO: CU analog outputs status word / CU AO ZSW
r0807.0 BO: Master control active / PcCtrl active
r1025.0 BO: Fixed speed setpoint status / n_setp_fix status
r2043.0...2 BO: PROFIdrive PZD state / PD PZD state
r2090.0...15 BO: PROFIdrive PZD1 receive bit-serial / PZD1 recv bitw
r2091.0...15 BO: PROFIdrive PZD2 receive bit-serial / PZD2 recv bitw
r2092.0...15 BO: PROFIdrive PZD3 receive bit-serial / PZD3 recv bitw
r2093.0...15 BO: PROFIdrive PZD4 receive bit-serial / PZD4 recv bitw
r2094.0...15 BO: Connector-binector converter binector output / Con/bin outp
r2095.0...15 BO: Connector-binector converter binector output / Con/bin outp
r8540.0...15 BO: STW1 from IOP in the manual mode / STW1 IOP
r20031 BO: AND 0 output Q / AND 0 output Q
r20035 BO: AND 1 output Q / AND 1 output Q
r20039 BO: AND 2 output Q / AND 2 output Q
r20043 BO: AND 3 output Q / AND 3 output Q
r20047 BO: OR 0 output Q / OR 0 output Q
r20051 BO: OR 1 output Q / OR 1 output Q
r20055 BO: OR 2 output Q / OR 2 output Q
r20059 BO: OR 3 output Q / OR 3 output Q
r20063 BO: XOR 0 output Q / XOR 0 output Q
r20067 BO: XOR 1 output Q / XOR 1 output Q
r20071 BO: XOR 2 output Q / XOR 2 output Q
r20075 BO: XOR 3 output Q / XOR 3 output Q
r20079 BO: NOT 0 inverted output / NOT 0 inv output
r20083 BO: NOT 1 inverted output / NOT 1 inv output
r20087 BO: NOT 2 inverted output / NOT 2 inv output
r20091 BO: NOT 3 inverted output / NOT 3 inv output
r20120 BO: DIV 0 divisor is zero QF / DIV 0 divisor=0 QF
r20125 BO: DIV 1 divisor is zero QF / DIV 1 divisor=0 QF
r20130 BO: AVA 0 input negative SN / AVA 0 input neg SN
r20135 BO: AVA 1 input negative SN / AVA 1 input neg SN
r20140 BO: MFP 0 output Q / MFP 0 output Q

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 431
2 Parameters
2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors)

r20145 BO: MFP 1 output Q / MFP 1 output Q

r20150 BO: PCL 0 output Q / PCL 0 output Q
r20155 BO: PCL 1 output Q / PCL 1 output Q
r20160 BO: PDE 0 output Q / PDE 0 output Q
r20165 BO: PDE 1 output Q / PDE 1 output Q
r20170 BO: PDF 0 output Q / PDF 0 output Q
r20175 BO: PDF 1 output Q / PDF 1 output Q
r20180 BO: PST 0 output Q / PST 0 output Q
r20185 BO: PST 1 output Q / PST 1 output Q
r20189 BO: RSR 0 output Q / RSR 0 output Q
r20190 BO: RSR 0 inverted output QN / RSR 0 inv outp QN
r20194 BO: RSR 1 output Q / RSR 1 output Q
r20195 BO: RSR 1 inverted output QN / RSR 1 inv outp QN
r20199 BO: DFR 0 output Q / DFR 0 output Q
r20200 BO: DFR 0 inverted output QN / DFR 0 inv outp QN
r20204 BO: DFR 1 output Q / DFR 1 output Q
r20205 BO: DFR 1 inverted output QN / DFR 1 inv outp QN
r20210 BO: BSW 0 output Q / BSW 0 output Q
r20215 BO: BSW 1 output Q / BSW 1 output Q
r20232 BO: LIM 0 input quantity at the upper limit QU / LIM 0 QU
r20233 BO: LIM 0 input quantity at the lower limit QL / LIM 0 QL
r20240 BO: LIM 1 input quantity at the upper limit QU / LIM 1 QU
r20241 BO: LIM 1 input quantity at the lower limit QL / LIM 1 QL
r20262 BO: INT 0 integrator at the upper limit QU / INT 0 QU
r20263 BO: INT 0 integrator at the lower limit QL / INT 0 QL
r20270 BO: LVM 0 input quantity above interval QU / LVM 0 X above QU
r20271 BO: LVM 0 input quantity within interval QM / LVM 0 X within QM
r20272 BO: LVM 0 input quantity below interval QL / LVM 0 X below QL
r20279 BO: LVM 1 input quantity above interval QU / LVM 1 X above QU
r20280 BO: LVM 1 input quantity within interval QM / LVM 1 X within QM
r20281 BO: LVM 1 input quantity below interval QL / LVM 1 X below QL
r20301 BO: NOT 4 inverted output / NOT 4 inv output
r20305 BO: NOT 5 inverted output / NOT 5 inv output
r20313 BO: NCM 0 output QU / NCM 0 output QU
r20314 BO: NCM 0 output QE / NCM 0 output QE
r20315 BO: NCM 0 output QL / NCM 0 output QL
r20319 BO: NCM 1 output QU / NCM 1 output QU
r20320 BO: NCM 1 output QE / NCM 1 output QE
r20321 BO: NCM 1 output QL / NCM 1 output QL
r20325 BO: RSR 2 output Q / RSR 2 output Q
r20326 BO: RSR 2 inverted output QN / RSR 2 inv outp QN
r20330 BO: DFR 2 output Q / DFR 2 output Q
r20331 BO: DFR 2 inverted output QN / DFR 2 inv outp QN
r20336 BO: PDE 2 output Q / PDE 2 output Q
r20341 BO: PDE 3 output Q / PDE 3 output Q
r20346 BO: PDF 2 output Q / PDF 2 output Q
r20351 BO: PDF 3 output Q / PDF 3 output Q
r20356 BO: MFP 2 output Q / MFP 2 output Q
r20361 BO: MFP 3 output Q / MFP 3 output Q

SINAMICS G120C
432 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors)

2.4.4 Connector outputs (CO)

Product: SINAMICS G120C, Version: 4710100, Language: eng, Type: CO
r0021 CO: Actual speed smoothed / Actual speed
r0025 CO: Output voltage smoothed / U_outp smooth
r0026 CO: DC link voltage smoothed / Vdc smooth
r0027 CO: Absolute actual current smoothed / Motor current
r0032 CO: Active power actual value smoothed / Power
r0034 CO: Motor utilization thermal / Mot_util therm
r0035 CO: Motor temperature / Mot temp
r0036 CO: Power unit overload I2t / PM overload I2t
r0037[0...19] CO: Power unit temperatures / PM temperatures
r0039[0...2] CO: Energy display / Energy display
r0042[0...2] CO: Process energy display / Proc energy disp
r0060 CO: Speed setpoint before the setpoint filter / n_set before filt.
r0062 CO: Speed setpoint after the filter / n_set after filter
r0063[0...2] CO: Actual speed / Actual speed
r0064 CO: Speed controller system deviation / n_ctrl sys dev
r0066 CO: Output frequency / f_outp
r0067 CO: Output current maximum / Current max
r0068[0...1] CO: Absolute current actual value / I_act abs val
r0069[0...8] CO: Phase current actual value / I_phase act val
r0070 CO: Actual DC link voltage / Vdc act val
r0072 CO: Output voltage / U_output
r0074 CO: Modulat_depth / Mod_depth
r0075 CO: Current setpoint field-generating / Id_set
r0076 CO: Current actual value field-generating / Id_act
r0077 CO: Current setpoint torque-generating / Iq_set
r0078 CO: Current actual value torque-generating / Iq_act
r0079 CO: Torque setpoint / M_set
r0080[0...1] CO: Torque actual value / Actual torque
r0081 CO: Torque utilization / M_Utilization
r0082[0...2] CO: Active power actual value / P_act
r0083 CO: Flux setpoint / Flex setp
r0084[0...1] CO: Flux actual value / Flux act val
r0087 CO: Actual power factor / Cos phi act
r0289 CO: Maximum power unit output current / PU I_outp max
r0752[0...1] CO: CU analog inputs input voltage/current actual / CU AI U/I_inp act
r0755[0...1] CO: CU analog inputs actual value in percent / CU AI value in %
p0791[0...1] CO: Fieldbus analog outputs / Fieldbus AO
r0944 CO: Counter for fault buffer changes / Fault buff change
p1001[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 1 / n_set_fixed 1
p1002[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 2 / n_set_fixed 2
p1003[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 3 / n_set_fixed 3
p1004[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 4 / n_set_fixed 4
p1005[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 5 / n_set_fixed 5
p1006[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 6 / n_set_fixed 6
p1007[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 7 / n_set_fixed 7
p1008[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 8 / n_set_fixed 8
p1009[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 9 / n_set_fixed 9
p1010[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 10 / n_set_fixed 10
p1011[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 11 / n_set_fixed 11
p1012[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 12 / n_set_fixed 12
p1013[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 13 / n_set_fixed 13
p1014[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 14 / n_set_fixed 14
p1015[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 15 / n_set_fixed 15

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 433
2 Parameters
2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors)

r1024 CO: Fixed speed setpoint effective / Speed fixed setp

r1045 CO: Mot. potentiometer speed setp. in front of ramp-fct. gen. / Mop n_set bef RFG
r1050 CO: Motorized potentiometer setpoint after ramp-function generator / Mot poti setpoint
r1073 CO: Main setpoint effective / Main setpoint eff
r1077 CO: Supplementary setpoint effective / Suppl setpoint eff
r1078 CO: Total setpoint effective / Total setpoint eff
p1083[0...n] CO: Speed limit in positive direction of rotation / n_limit pos
r1084 CO: Speed limit positive effective / n_limit pos eff
p1086[0...n] CO: Speed limit in negative direction of rotation / n_limit neg
r1087 CO: Speed limit negative effective / n_limit neg eff
r1112 CO: Speed setpoint after minimum limiting / n_set aft min_lim
r1114 CO: Setpoint after the direction limiting / Setp after limit
r1119 CO: Ramp-function generator setpoint at the input / RFG setp at inp
r1149 CO: Ramp-function generator acceleration / RFG acceleration
r1150 CO: Ramp-function generator speed setpoint at the output / RFG n_set at outp
r1170 CO: Speed controller setpoint sum / Speed setpoint sum
r1258 CO: Vdc controller output / Vdc_ctrl output
r1298 CO: Vdc controller output (U/f) / Vdc_ctrl output
r1337 CO: Actual slip compensation / Slip comp act val
r1343 CO: I_max controller frequency output / I_max_ctrl f_outp
r1348 CO: U/f control Eco factor actual value / U/f Eco fac act v
p1351[0...n] CO: Motor holding brake starting frequency / Brake f_start
r1438 CO: Speed controller speed setpoint / n_ctrl n_set
r1445 CO: Actual speed smoothed / n_act smooth
r1482 CO: Speed controller I torque output / n_ctrl I-M_outp
r1493 CO: Moment of inertia total, scaled / M_inert tot scal
r1508 CO: Torque setpoint before supplementary torque / M_set bef. M_suppl
r1516 CO: Supplementary torque and acceleration torque / M_suppl + M_accel
p1520[0...n] CO: Torque limit upper / M_max upper
p1521[0...n] CO: Torque limit lower / M_max lower
p1524[0...n] CO: Torque limit upper scaling / M_max upper scal
p1525[0...n] CO: Torque limit lower scaling / M_max lower scal
r1526 CO: Torque limit upper without offset / M_max up w/o offs
r1527 CO: Torque limit lower without offset / M_max low w/o offs
r1538 CO: Upper effective torque limit / M_max upper eff
r1539 CO: Lower effective torque limit / M_max lower eff
r1547[0...1] CO: Torque limit for speed controller output / M_max outp n_ctrl
p1563[0...n] CO: Mom. of inertia estimator load torque direction of rotation pos. / J_est M pos
p1564[0...n] CO: Mom. of inertia estimator load torque direction of rotation neg. / J_est M neg
p1570[0...n] CO: Flux setpoint / Flex setp
r1598 CO: Total flux setpoint / Flux setp total
r1732[0...1] CO: Direct-axis voltage setpoint / Direct U set
r1733[0...1] CO: Quadrature-axis voltage setpoint / Quad U set
r1801[0...1] CO: Pulse frequency / Pulse frequency
r2050[0...11] CO: PROFIBUS PZD receive word / PZD recv word
r2060[0...10] CO: PROFIdrive PZD receive double word / PZD recv DW
r2089[0...4] CO: Send binector-connector converter status word / Bin/con ZSW send
r2120 CO: Sum of fault and alarm buffer changes / Sum buffer changed
r2131 CO: Actual fault code / Act fault code
r2132 CO: Actual alarm code / Actual alarm code
r2169 CO: Actual speed smoothed signals / n_act smth message
p2201[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 1 / Tec_ctrl fix val1
p2202[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 2 / Tec_ctr fix val 2
p2203[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 3 / Tec_ctr fix val 3
p2204[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 4 / Tec_ctr fix val 4

SINAMICS G120C
434 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors)

p2205[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 5 / Tec_ctr fix val 5

p2206[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 6 / Tec_ctr fix val 6
p2207[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 7 / Tec_ctr fix val 7
p2208[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 8 / Tec_ctr fix val 8
p2209[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 9 / Tec_ctr fix val 9
p2210[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 10 / Tec_ctr fix val 10
p2211[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 11 / Tec_ctr fix val 11
p2212[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 12 / Tec_ctr fix val 12
p2213[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 13 / Tec_ctr fix val 13
p2214[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 14 / Tec_ctr fix val 14
p2215[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 15 / Tec_ctr fix val 15
r2224 CO: Technology controller fixed value effective / Tec_ctr FixVal eff
r2245 CO: Technology controller mot. potentiometer setpoint before RFG / Tec_ctr mop befRFG
r2250 CO: Technology controller motorized potentiometer setpoint after RFG / Tec_ctr mop aftRFG
r2260 CO: Technology controller setpoint after ramp-function generator / Tec_ctr set aftRFG
r2262 CO: Technology controller setpoint after filter / Tec_ctr set aftFlt
r2266 CO: Technology controller actual value after filter / Tec_ctr act aftFlt
r2272 CO: Technology controller actual value scaled / Tech_ctrl act scal
r2273 CO: Technology controller system deviation / Tec_ctrl sys_dev
p2291 CO: Technology controller maximum limiting / Tec_ctrl max_lim
p2292 CO: Technology controller minimum limiting / Tec_ctrl min_lim
r2294 CO: Technology controller output signal / Tec_ctrl outp_sig
p2295 CO: Technology controller output scaling / Tec_ctrl outp scal
r2344 CO: Technology controller last speed setpoint (smoothed) / Tec_ctrl n_setp_sm
p2900[0...n] CO: Fixed value 1 [%] / Fixed value 1 [%]
p2901[0...n] CO: Fixed value 2 [%] / Fixed value 2 [%]
r2902[0...14] CO: Fixed values [%] / Fixed values [%]
p2930[0...n] CO: Fixed value M [Nm] / Fixed value M [Nm]
r3841 CO: Friction characteristic output / Frict outp
r8541 CO: Speed setpoint from the IOP in the manual mode / n_set IOP
r8745[0...15] CO: CAN free PZD receive objects 16 bit / Free PZD recv 16
r8747[0...7] CO: CAN free PZD receive objects 32 bit / Free PZD recv 32
r8762 CO: CAN operating mode display / Op mode display
r8784 CO: CAN status word / Status word
r8792[0] CO: CAN velocity mode I16 setpoint / Vel mod I16 set
r8796[0] CO: CAN profile velocity mode I32 setpoints / Pr vel mo I32 set
r8797[0] CO: CAN profile torque mode I16 setpoints / Pr Tq mod I16 set
r20095 CO: ADD 0 output Y / ADD 0 output Y
r20099 CO: ADD 1 output Y / ADD 1 output Y
r20103 CO: SUB 0 difference Y / SUB 0 difference Y
r20107 CO: SUB 1 difference Y / SUB 1 difference Y
r20111 CO: MUL 0 product Y / MUL 0 product Y
r20115 CO: MUL 1 product Y / MUL 1 product Y
r20119[0...2] CO: DIV 0 quotient / DIV 0 quotient
r20124[0...2] CO: DIV 1 quotient / DIV 1 quotient
r20129 CO: AVA 0 output Y / AVA 0 output Y
r20134 CO: AVA 1 output Y / AVA 1 output Y
r20220 CO: NSW 0 output Y / NSW 0 output Y
r20225 CO: NSW 1 output Y / NSW 1 output Y
r20231 CO: LIM 0 output Y / LIM 0 output Y
r20239 CO: LIM 1 output Y / LIM 1 output Y
r20247 CO: PT1 0 output Y / PT1 0 output Y
r20253 CO: PT1 1 output Y / PT1 1 output Y
r20261 CO: INT 0 output Y / INT 0 output Y
r20286 CO: DIF 0 output Y / DIF 0 output Y

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 435
2 Parameters
2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors)

r20309 CO: ADD 2 output Y / ADD 2 output Y

r20373 CO: PLI 0 output Y / PLI 0 output Y
r20379 CO: PLI 1 output Y / PLI 1 output Y

2.4.5 Connector/binector outputs (CO/BO)

Product: SINAMICS G120C, Version: 4710100, Language: eng, Type: CO/BO
r0046.0...31 CO/BO: Missing enable signal / Missing enable sig
r0050.0...1 CO/BO: Command Data Set CDS effective / CDS effective
r0051.0 CO/BO: Drive Data Set DDS effective / DDS effective
r0052.0...15 CO/BO: Status word 1 / ZSW 1
r0053.0...11 CO/BO: Status word 2 / ZSW 2
r0054.0...15 CO/BO: Control word 1 / STW 1
r0055.0...15 CO/BO: Supplementary control word / Suppl STW
r0056.0...15 CO/BO: Status word, closed-loop control / ZSW cl-loop ctrl
r0722.0...11 CO/BO: CU digital inputs status / CU DI status
r0723.0...11 CO/BO: CU digital inputs status inverted / CU DI status inv
r0835.2...8 CO/BO: Data set changeover status word / DDS_ZSW
r0836.0...1 CO/BO: Command Data Set CDS selected / CDS selected
r0837.0 CO/BO: Drive Data Set DDS selected / DDS selected
r0863.0...1 CO/BO: Drive coupling status word/control word / CoupleZSW/STW
r0898.0...14 CO/BO: Control word sequence control / STW seq_ctrl
r0899.0...13 CO/BO: Status word sequence control / ZSW seq_ctrl
r1198.0...15 CO/BO: Control word setpoint channel / STW setpoint chan
r1239.8...13 CO/BO: DC braking status word / DCBRK ZSW
r1406.4...15 CO/BO: Control word speed controller / STW n_ctrl
r1407.0...27 CO/BO: Status word speed controller / ZSW n_ctrl
r1408.0...14 CO/BO: Status word current controller / ZSW I_ctrl
r1838.0...15 CO/BO: Gating unit status word 1 / Gating unit ZSW1
r1992.0...15 CO/BO: PolID diagnostics / PolID diag
r2129.0...15 CO/BO: Faults/alarms trigger word / F/A trigger word
r2135.12...15 CO/BO: Status word faults/alarms 2 / ZSW fault/alarm 2
r2138.7...15 CO/BO: Control word faults/alarms / STW fault/alarm
r2139.0...15 CO/BO: Status word faults/alarms 1 / ZSW fault/alarm 1
r2197.0...13 CO/BO: Status word monitoring 1 / ZSW monitor 1
r2198.0...13 CO/BO: Status word monitoring 2 / ZSW monitor 2
r2199.0...11 CO/BO: Status word monitoring 3 / ZSW monitor 3
r2225.0 CO/BO: Technology controller fixed value selection status word / Tec_ctr FixVal ZSW
r2349.0...13 CO/BO: Technology controller status word / Tec_ctrl status
r3113.0...15 CO/BO: NAMUR message bit bar / NAMUR bit bar
r3333.0...3 CO/BO: 2/3 wire control control word / 2/3 wire STW
r3344.0...5 CO/BO: Limit switch status word / Lim sw ZSW
r3840.0...8 CO/BO: Friction characteristic status word / Friction ZSW
r3859.0 CO/BO: Compound braking/DC quantity control status word / Comp-br/DC_ctr ZSW
r5389.0...8 CO/BO: Mot_temp status word faults/alarms / Mot_temp ZSW F/A
r5613.0...1 CO/BO: Pe energy-saving active/inactive / Pe save act/inact
r7760.0...12 CO/BO: Write protection/know-how protection status / Wr_prot/KHP stat
r8795.0...15 CO/BO: CAN control word / Control word
r9401.0...3 CO/BO: Safely remove memory card status / Mem_card rem stat
r9772.0...21 CO/BO: SI status (processor 1) / SI status P1
r9773.0...31 CO/BO: SI status (processor 1 + processor 2) / SI status P1+P2
r9872.0...21 CO/BO: SI status (processor 2) / SI Status P2

SINAMICS G120C
436 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.5 Parameters for write protection and know-how protection

2.5 Parameters for write protection and know-how protection

2.5.1 Parameters with "WRITE_NO_LOCK"

The following list contains the parameters with the "WRITE_NO_LOCK" attribute.
These parameters are not affected by the write protection.
Product: SINAMICS G120C, Version: 4710100, Language: eng, Type: WRITE_NO_LOCK
p0003 Access level / Acc_level
p0010 Drive commissioning parameter filter / Drv comm. par_filt
p0124[0...n] CU detection via LED / CU detection LED
p0791[0...1] CO: Fieldbus analog outputs / Fieldbus AO
p0970 Reset drive parameters / Drive par reset
p0971 Save parameters / Save par
p0972 Drive unit reset / Drv_unit reset
p2111 Alarm counter / Alarm counter
p3950 Service parameter / Serv par
p3981 Acknowledge drive object faults / Ackn DO faults
p3985 Master control mode selection / PcCtrl mode select
p7761 Write protection / Write protection
p8805 Identification and maintenance 4 configuration / I&M 4 config
p8806[0...53] Identification and Maintenance 1 / I&M 1
p8807[0...15] Identification and Maintenance 2 / I&M 2
p8808[0...53] Identification and Maintenance 3 / I&M 3
p8809[0...53] Identification and Maintenance 4 / I&M 4
p9400 Safely remove memory card / Mem_card rem
p9484 BICO interconnections search signal source / BICO S_src srch

2.5.2 Parameters with "KHP_WRITE_NO_LOCK"

The following list contains the parameters with the "KHP_WRITE_NO_LOCK" attribute.
These parameters are not affected by the know-how protection.
Product: SINAMICS G120C, Version: 4710100, Language: eng, Type: KHP_WRITE_NO_LOCK
p0003 Access level / Acc_level
p0010 Drive commissioning parameter filter / Drv comm. par_filt
p0124[0...n] CU detection via LED / CU detection LED
p0791[0...1] CO: Fieldbus analog outputs / Fieldbus AO
p0970 Reset drive parameters / Drive par reset
p0971 Save parameters / Save par
p0972 Drive unit reset / Drv_unit reset
p2040 Fieldbus interface monitoring time / Fieldbus t_monit
p2111 Alarm counter / Alarm counter
p3950 Service parameter / Serv par
p3981 Acknowledge drive object faults / Ackn DO faults
p3985 Master control mode selection / PcCtrl mode select
p7761 Write protection / Write protection
p8805 Identification and maintenance 4 configuration / I&M 4 config
p8806[0...53] Identification and Maintenance 1 / I&M 1
p8807[0...15] Identification and Maintenance 2 / I&M 2
p8808[0...53] Identification and Maintenance 3 / I&M 3
p8809[0...53] Identification and Maintenance 4 / I&M 4

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 437
2 Parameters
2.5 Parameters for write protection and know-how protection

p8980 Ethernet/IP profile / Eth/IP profile

p8981 Ethernet/IP ODVA STOP mode / Eth/IP ODVA STOP
p8982 Ethernet/IP ODVA speed scaling / Eth/IP ODVA n scal
p8983 Ethernet/IP ODVA torque scaling / Eth/IP ODVA M scal
p9400 Safely remove memory card / Mem_card rem
p9484 BICO interconnections search signal source / BICO S_src srch

2.5.3 Parameters with "KHP_ACTIVE_READ"

The following list contains the parameters with the "KHP_ACTIVE_READ" attribute.
These parameters can also be read with activated know-how protection.
Product: SINAMICS G120C, Version: 4710100, Language: eng, Type: KHP_ACTIVE_READ
p0015 Macro drive unit / Macro drv unit
p0100 IEC/NEMA mot stds / IEC/NEMA mot stds
p0170 Number of Command Data Sets (CDS) / CDS count
p0180 Number of Drive Data Sets (DDS) / DDS count
p0300[0...n] Motor type selection / Mot type sel
p0304[0...n] Rated motor voltage / Mot U_rated
p0305[0...n] Rated motor current / Mot I_rated
p0505 Selecting the system of units / Unit sys select
p0595 Technological unit selection / Tech unit select
p0730 BI: CU signal source for terminal DO 0 / CU S_src DO 0
p0731 BI: CU signal source for terminal DO 1 / CU S_src DO 1
p0806 BI: Inhibit master control / PcCtrl inhibit
p0870 BI: Close main contactor / Close main cont
p0922 PROFIdrive PZD telegram selection / PZD telegr_sel
p1080[0...n] Minimum speed / n_min
p1082[0...n] Maximum speed / n_max
p1520[0...n] CO: Torque limit upper / M_max upper
p2000 Reference speed reference frequency / n_ref f_ref
p2001 Reference voltage / Reference voltage
p2002 Reference current / I_ref
p2003 Reference torque / M_ref
p2006 Reference temperature / Ref temp
p2030 Field bus interface protocol selection / Field bus protocol
p2038 PROFIdrive STW/ZSW interface mode / PD STW/ZSW IF mode
p2079 PROFIdrive PZD telegram selection extended / PZD telegr ext
p7763 KHP OEM exception list number of indices for p7764 / KHP OEM qty p7764
p7764[0...n] KHP OEM exception list / KHP OEM excep list
p9601 SI enable functions integrated in the drive (processor 1) / SI enable fct P1
p9810 SI PROFIsafe address (processor 2) / SI PROFIsafe P2

SINAMICS G120C
438 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 2 Parameters
2.6 Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1)

2.6 Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1)

The parameters required for the quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) are shown in the following
table:
.
Table 2-7 Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1)

Par. no. Name Access level Can be

changed

p0010 Drive, commissioning parameter filter 1 C(1)T

p0015 Macro drive unit 1 C(1)
p0096 Application class 1 C(1)
p0100 IEC/NEMA mot stds 1 C(1)
p0205 Power unit application 1 C(1,2)
p0230 Drive filter type, motor side 1 C(1,2)
p0300 Motor type selection 2 C(1,3)
p0301 Motor code number selection 2 C(1,3)
p0304 Rated motor voltage 1 C(1,3)
p0305 Rated motor current 1 C(1,3)
p0306 Number of motors connected in parallel 1 C(1,3)
p0307 Rated motor power 1 C(1,3)
p0308 Rated motor power factor 1 C(1,3)
p0309 Rated motor efficiency 1 C(1,3)
p0310 Rated motor frequency 1 C(1,3)
p0311 Rated motor speed 1 C(1,3)
p0316 Motor torque constant 4 C(1,3)UT
p0322 Maximum motor speed 1 C(1,3)
p0323 Maximum motor current 1 C(1,3)
p0335 Motor cooling type 2 C(1,3)T
p0500 Technology application 2 G120C CAN C(1,5)T
G120C DP
G120C USS/MB
G120C PN
p0500 Technology application 4 G120C PN C(1,5)T
p0640 Current limit 2 C(1,3)UT
p0922 PROFIdrive telegram selection 1 C(1)T
p0970 Reset drive parameters 1 C(1,30)
p1080 Minimum speed 1 C(1)T
p1082 Maximum rotation speed 1 C(1)T
p1120 Ramp-function generator ramp-up time 1 C(1)UT
p1121 Ramp-function generator ramp-down time 1 C(1)UT
p1135 OFF3 ramp-down time 2 C(1)UT

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 439
2 Parameters
2.6 Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1)

Table 2-7 Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1), continued

Par. no. Name Access level Can be

changed

p1300 Open-loop/closed-loop control operating mode 2 C(1)T

p1900 Motor data identification and rotating 2 C(1)T
measurement
p1905 Parameter tuning selection 1 C(1)T
p3900 Completion of quick commissioning 1 C(1)

If p0010 = 1 is selected, p0003 (user access level) can be used to select the parameters that
are to be accessed.
At the end of the quick commissioning, set p3900 = 1 to perform the required motor
calculations and reset all other parameters (not included in p0010 = 1) to their default settings.

Note
This only applies for the quick commissioning.

SINAMICS G120C
440 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
Function diagrams 3
Content

3.1 Table of contents 442

3.2 Explanations on the function diagrams 448

3.3 Input/output terminals 453

3.4 PROFIenergy 462

3.5 Communication PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP 465

3.6 CANopen communication 481

3.7 Communication fieldbus interface (USS, Modbus) 488

3.8 Internal control/status words 494

3.9 Brake control 511

3.10 Safety Integrated Basic functions 513

3.11 Safety Integrated PROFIsafe 519

3.12 Setpoint channel 521

3.13 Vector control / U/f control 530

3.14 U/f control, Standard Drive Control (p0096 = 1) 556

3.15 Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control (p0096 = 2) 562

3.16 Technology functions 579

3.17 Free function blocks 582

3.18 Technology controller 603

3.19 Signals and monitoring functions 608

3.20 Diagnostics 620

3.21 Data sets 626

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 441
3 Function diagrams
3.1 Table of contents

3.1 Table of contents

3.2 Explanations on the function diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448

1020 – Explanation of the symbols (part 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
1021 – Explanation of the symbols (part 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
1022 – Explanation of the symbols (part 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
1030 – Handling BICO technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452

3.3 Input/output terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453

2201 – Connection overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
2221 – Digital inputs, electrically isolated (DI 0 ... DI 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
2241 – Digital outputs (DO 0 ... DO 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
2250 – Analog input 0 (AI 0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
2255 – Analog inputs as digital input (DI 11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
2260 – Analog output 0 (AO 0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
2272 – Two-wire control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
2273 – Three-wire control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461

3.4 PROFIenergy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462

2381 – Control commands and interrogation commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
2382 – States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464

3.5 Communication PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465

2401 – Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
2410 – PROFIdrive, EtherNet/IP - addresses and diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
2420 – PROFIdrive - telegrams and process data (PZD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
2440 – PROFIdrive - PZD receive signals interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
2441 – PROFIdrive - STW1 control word interconnection (p2038 = 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
2442 – PROFIdrive - STW1 control word interconnection (p2038 = 0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
2446 – PROFIdrive - STW3 control word interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
2450 – PROFIdrive - PZD send signals interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
2451 – PROFIdrive - ZSW1 status word interconnection (p2038 = 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
2452 – PROFIdrive - ZSW1 status word interconnection (p2038 = 0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
2456 – PROFIdrive - ZSW3 status word interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
2468 – PROFIdrive - receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
2470 – PROFIdrive - send telegram, free interconnection BICO (p0922 = 999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
2472 – EtherNet/IP - status word, free interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
2473 – EtherNet/IP - control word / status word interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480

SINAMICS G120C
442 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 3 Function diagrams
3.1 Table of contents

3.6 CANopen communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481

9204 – Receive telegram, free PDO mapping (p8744 = 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
9206 – Receive telegram, Predefined Connection Set (p8744 = 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
9208 – Send telegram, free PDO mapping (p8744 = 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
9210 – Send telegram, Predefined Connection Set (p8744 = 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
9220 – CANopen control word interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
9226 – Status word, CANopen (r8784) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487

3.7 Communication fieldbus interface (USS, Modbus) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488

9310 – Configuration, addresses and diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
9342 – STW1 control word interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
9352 – ZSW1 status word interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
9360 – Receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
9370 – Send telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493

3.8 Internal control/status words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494

2501 – Control word, sequence control (r0898) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
2503 – Status word, sequence control (r0899) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
2505 – Control word, setpoint channel (r1198) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
2510 – Status word 1 (r0052) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
2512 – Control word 1 (r0054) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
2513 – Supplementary control word (r0055) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
2522 – Status word, speed controller (r1407) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
2526 – Status word, closed-loop control (r0056) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
2530 – Status word, current control (r1408) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
2534 – Status word, monitoring functions 1 (r2197) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
2536 – Status word, monitoring functions 2 (r2198) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
2537 – Status word, monitoring functions 3 (r2199) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
2546 – Control word, faults/alarms (r2138) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
2548 – Status word, faults/alarms 1 and 2 (r2139 and r2135) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
2610 – Sequence control - Sequencer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
2634 – Sequence control - missing enable signals, line contactor control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510

3.9 Brake control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511

2701 – Basic brake control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 443
3 Function diagrams
3.1 Table of contents

3.10 Safety Integrated Basic functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513

2800 – Parameter manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
2802 – Monitoring functions and faults/alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
2804 – Status words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
2810 – STO (Safe Torque Off) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
2813 – F-DI (Fail-safe Digital Input) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518

3.11 Safety Integrated PROFIsafe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519

2915 – Standard telegrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520

3.12 Setpoint channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521

3001 – Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522
3010 – Fixed speed setpoints, binary selection (p1016 = 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
3011 – Fixed speed setpoints, direct selection (p1016 = 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524
3020 – Motorized potentiometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
3030 – Main/supplementary setpoint, setpoint scaling, jogging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
3040 – Direction limitation and direction reversal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527
3050 – Skip frequency bands and speed limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528
3070 – Extended ramp-function generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529

3.13 Vector control / U/f control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530

6019 – Application classes (p0096), overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531
6020 – Speed control and generation of the torque limits, overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532
6030 – Speed setpoint, acceleration model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
6035 – Moment of inertia estimator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534
6040 – Speed controller with Kp_n-/Tn_n adaptation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
6060 – Torque setpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536
6220 – Vdc_max controller and Vdc_min controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537
6300 – U/f control, overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
6301 – U/f control, characteristic and voltage boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539
6310 – U/f control, resonance damping and slip compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540
6320 – U/f control, Vdc_max controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
6490 – Speed control configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542
6491 – Flux control configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
6630 – Upper/lower torque limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
6640 – Current/power/torque limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
6700 – Current control, overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546
6710 – Current setpoint filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547

SINAMICS G120C
444 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 3 Function diagrams
3.1 Table of contents

6714 – Iq and Id controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548

6721 – Id setpoint (PMSM, p0300 = 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
6722 – Field weakening characteristic, flux setpoint (ASM, p0300 = 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550
6723 – Field weakening controller, flux controller, Id setpoint (ASM, p0300 = 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551
6724 – Field weakening controller (PMSM, p0300 = 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
6730 – Interface to the Power Module (ASM, p0300 = 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553
6731 – Interface to the Power Module (PMSM, p0300 = 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554
6799 – Display signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555

3.14 U/f control, Standard Drive Control (p0096 = 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556

6850 – U/f control, overview (p0096 = 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557
6851 – U/f control, characteristic and voltage boost (p0096 = 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558
6853 – U/f control, resonance damping and slip compensation (p0096 = 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
6854 – U/f control, Vdc_max controller (p0096 = 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560
6856 – U/f control, interface to the Power Module (ASM, p0300 = 1, p0096 = 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561

3.15 Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control (p0096 = 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562

6820 – Speed control and generation of the torque limits, overview (p0096 = 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 563
6821 – Current control, overview (p0096 = 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
6822 – Speed setpoint, precontrol balancing, acceleration model (p0096 = 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565
6823 – Moment of inertia estimator (p0096 = 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566
6824 – Speed controller with Kp_n/Tn_n adaptation (p0096 = 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567
6826 – Torque setpoint (p0096 = 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 568
6827 – Vdc_max controller and Vdc_min controller (p0096 = 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
6828 – Current/power/torque limits (p0096 = 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570
6832 – Current setpoint filter (p0096 = 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
6833 – Iq and Id controllers (p0096 = 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572
6836 – Id setpoint (PMSM, p0300 = 2xx, p0096 = 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
6837 – Field weakening characteristic, flux setpoint (ASM, p0300 = 1, p0096 = 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
6838 – Field weakening controller, flux controller, Id setpoint (ASM, p0300 = 1, p0096 = 2) . . . . . . . . . 575
6839 – Field weakening controller (PMSM, p0300 = 2xx, p0096 = 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576
6841 – Interface to the Power Module (ASM, p0300 = 1, p0096 = 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577
6842 – Interface to the Power Module (PMSM, p0300 = 2xx, p0096 = 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578

3.16 Technology functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579

7010 – Friction characteristic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580
7017 – DC braking (ASM, p0300 = 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 445
3 Function diagrams
3.1 Table of contents

3.17 Free function blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582

7200 – Sampling times of the runtime groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583
7210 – AND 0 ... 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584
7212 – OR 0 ... 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
7214 – XOR 0 ... 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
7216 – NOT 0 ... 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587
7220 – ADD 0 ... 2, SUB 0 ... 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588
7222 – MUL 0 ... 1, DIV 0 ... 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589
7224 – AVA 0 ... 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590
7225 – NCM 0 ... 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591
7226 – PLI 0 ... 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592
7230 – MFP 0 ... 3, PCL 0 ... 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
7232 – PDE 0 ... 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594
7233 – PDF 0 ... 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595
7234 – PST 0 ... 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596
7240 – RSR 0 ... 2, DFR 0 ... 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597
7250 – BSW 0 ... 1, NSW 0 ... 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598
7260 – LIM 0 ... 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
7262 – PT1 0 ... 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600
7264 – INT 0, DIF 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
7270 – LVM 0 ... 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602

3.18 Technology controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603

7950 – Fixed value, binary selection (p2216 = 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
7951 – Fixed value, direct selection (p2216 = 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
7954 – Motorized potentiometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
7958 – Closed-loop control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607

3.19 Signals and monitoring functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608

8005 – Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
8010 – Speed signals 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610
8011 – Speed signals 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611
8012 – Torque signals, motor blocked/stalled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612
8016 – Thermal monitoring motor, motor temperature status word faults/alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613
8017 – Motor temperature model 1 (I2t) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614
8018 – Motor temperature model 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615
8019 – Motor temperature model 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616

SINAMICS G120C
446 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 3 Function diagrams
3.1 Table of contents

8021 – Thermal monitoring, power unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617

8022 – Monitoring functions 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618
8023 – Monitoring functions 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 619

3.20 Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620

8050 – Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621
8060 – Fault buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 622
8065 – Alarm buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 623
8070 – Faults/alarms trigger word (r2129) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 624
8075 – Faults/alarms configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625

3.21 Data sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626

8560 – Command Data Sets (CDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 627
8565 – Drive Data Sets (DDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 447
3 Function diagrams
3.2 Explanations on the function diagrams

3.2 Explanations on the function diagrams

Function diagrams

1020 – Explanation of the symbols (part 1) 449

1021 – Explanation of the symbols (part 2) 450

1022 – Explanation of the symbols (part 3) 451

1030 – Handling BICO technology 452

SINAMICS G120C
448 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-1 Parameters Connectors Binectors Connectors/binectors

Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning
Parameter name [Unit] Monitoring parameter with Parameter name Connector input CI Parameter name Binector input BI with Parameter name
rxxxx[y..z] unit [Unit] and index range pxxxx[y..z] with index range [y..z] pxxxx[y..z] with index range [y..z] or rxxxx Connector/binector output
1020 – Explanation of the symbols (part 1)

[y..z] or data set [C/D] (Def) (Def.y) data set [C/D] and rxxxx CO/BO
or data set [C/D] factory setting.bit
and factory setting number (Def)
(Def) *)

Parameter name Setting parameter Parameter name [Unit] Parameter name

from ... to [Unit] with min/max value rxxxx[y..z] Connector output CO with rxxxx Binector output BO
pxxxx[C/D] (Def) and unit [Unit] data unit [Unit] and with index
Pre-assigned connectors and binectors
set [C/D] and factory range [y..z]
setting (Def) *) Symbol Meaning

Parameter name Setting parameter with

CI: Connector Input BI: Binector Input min/max value and unit
from ... to [Unit]
CO: Connector Output BO: Binector Output [Unit] data set [D] and
pxxxx[D] (Def)
CO/BO: Connector/Binector Output factory setting (Def)

Data sets Information on parameters, binectors, connectors Cross references between diagrams
Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning
pxxxx[C] Parameter belongs to the Parameter name Parameter name (up to 18 characters) Signal The function diagrams are sub-divided into
Command Data Set (CDS). path signal paths 1...8 in order to facilitate
[Unit] [dimension unit] orientation.
Text Text = Unique signal designation
pxxxx[D] Parameter belongs to the rxxxx[y] or "r" = monitoring parameter. These parameters are read-only [aaaa.b] aaaa = Signal to target diagram aaa
Drive Data Set (DDS). rxxxx[y...z] or "xxxx" stands for the parameter number
b = Signal to signal path b
rxxxx[y].ww or "[y]" specifies the applicable index, "[y…z]" specifies the index range
rxxxx.ww ".ww" specifies the bit number (e.g. 0…15).
Text Text = Unique signal designation
pxxxx[E] Parameter belongs to the [cccc.d] cccc = Signal from source diagram cccc
Encoder Data Set (EDS). pxxxx[y] or "p" = setting parameter. These parameters can be changed.
d = Signal from signal path d

3.2 Explanations on the function diagrams

pxxxx[y...z] or "xxxx" stands for the parameter number,
pxxxx[y].ww or "[y]" specifies the applicable index, "[y…z]" specifies the index range ".ww" To "function diagram name" [aaaa.b] = binectors.
pxxxx[M] Parameter belongs to the pxxxx.ww specifies the bit number (e.g. 0…15).
Motor Data Set (MDS).
from ... to Value range.
Cross references for control bits
pxxxx[P] Parameter belongs to the (xxxx[y].ww) Parameter number (xxxx) with Index number [y] and bit number .ww.
Symbol Meaning
Power unit Data Set (PDS).
(Def) Factory setting. pxxxx pxxxx= Original parameter of signal
aaaa = Signal from source diagram aaaa
[aaaa.b]
(Def.w) Factory setting with bit number as prefix. b = Signal from signal path b

[aaaa.b] Diagram references for setting parameters that occur a multiple number of times.

3 Function diagrams
[Function diagram number, signal path]

*) For some parameters the value for the factory setting is calculated during commissioning for they are dependent on Power Module and motor (see Section 2.1.1 "Calculated").

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Explanations on the function diagrams fp_1020_97_61.vsd Function diagram
- 1020 -
Explanation of the symbols (part 1) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
449
450

3.2 Explanations on the function diagrams

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-2
Pre-assigned connectors and binectors Symbols for logic functions Symbols for computational and closed-loop control
Fixed percentage values functions
1 NOT element S
Fixed value 1 [%] Logical inversion (negation)
-10000.00 ... 10000.00 [%] Threshold value switch 1/0
p2900 [D] (0.00) AND element
1021 – Explanation of the symbols (part 2)

& x 1 y Outputs at y a logical "1" if x < S.

Fixed value 1 [%] with logical inversion of an input
or -10 000.00 … 10 000.00 [%]
p2900[D] 0
p2900[D] (0.00)
Fixed value 2 [%] 1 OR element S
-10 000.00 … 10 000.00 [%]
p2901[D]
p2901[D] (0.00) Threshold value switch 0/1
Fixed values [%] x1 y Exclusiv-OR/XOR x 1 y Outputs at y a logical "1" if x > S.
p2902[0...14] (0.00) r2902[0...14]
=1 y = 1 when x1  x2 is.
x2 0
p2902[0] = +0 % p2902[5] = +100 % p2902[10] = -20 % x1 y Comparator S
p2902[1] = +5 % p2902[6] = +150 % p2902[11] = -50 % = y = 1 when x1 = x2 is.
p2902[2] = +10 % p2902[7] = +200 % p2902[12] = -100 % x2
p2902[3] = +20 % p2902[8] = -5 % p2902[13] = -150 % Threshold value 1/0 with hysteresis
p2902[4] = +50 % p2902[9] = -10 % p2902[14] = -200 % 1 Outputs a logical "1" at y if x < S.
R/S flip-flop x y
If x  S + H then y returns to 0.
S Q
S = setting input
Fixed speed values R = reset input 0
R Q Q = non-inverted output
n_set_fixed 1
-210000.000 ... 210000.000 [rpm] Q = inverted output
p1001 [D] (0.000)
H
or S
n_set_fixed 1
-210 000.000 … 210 000.000 [1/min] Symbols for computational and closed-
p1001[D]
p1001[D] (0.000) loop control functions
Threshold value 0/1 with hysteresis
n_set_fixed 15 x 1 y
-210 000.000 … 210 000.000 [1/min] x y Sign reversal Outputs a logical "1" at y if x > S.
p1015[D] -1 If x  S - H then y returns to 0.
p1015[D] (0.000) y = -x
0
Fixed torque value x y Absolute value generator
y = |x|
Fixed value M [Nm] H
-100000.00 ... 100000.00 [Nm] x1 LU MLU
p2930 [D] (0.00)
y Divider
x
y= 1 Limiter
Fixed value M [Nm] x2 x2 x y
or -100 000.00 … 100 000.00 [Nm] x is limited to the upper limit LU and the lower limit LL
p2930[D]
p2930[D] (0.00) x1 and output at y.
y Multiplier The digital signals MLU and MLL have the value "1", if
x2 y = x1 · x2 LL MLL the upper or lower limit is active.
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

Comparator greater than 0 or

x y
Symbol for monitoring >0 y = 1, if the analog signal x > 0, i.e. is
positive.
Axxxxx Sample & Hold element
Monitoring SET
Monitoring or Differentiator Sample and hold element.
In the bottom right-hand d
Fxxxxx corner of the diagram.
x
dt
y
dx
x S&H y y = x if SET = 1
y= (not retentively saved at POWER OFF)
SINAMICS G120C

dt

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Explanations on the function diagrams fp_1021_97_61.vsd Function diagram
- 1021 -
Explanation of the symbols (part 2) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-3
Switch-on delay Switch symbol 2nd-order filter (bandstop/general filter)
pxxxx
x y pxxxx
Simple changeover switch
T 0
x T 0 y The switch position is shown according Natural frequency, numerator Damping, numerator
0 to the factory setting of pxxxx fn_n D_n
(in this case switch position 1).
1022 – Explanation of the symbols (part 3)

pxxxx pzzzz pwwww

1
The digital signal x must have the value "1" without any interruption
during the time T before output y changes to "1".
T T T T
|y| fs
x PT1 element x y
pxxxx f_B
f
y 2nd Order Filter
y
Switch-off delay
pxxxx
x y
0 T t Natural frequency, denominator Damping, denominator
x 0 T y
fn_d D_d
Delay element, first order. pxxxx pyyyy
pxxxx
The digital signal x must have the value "0" without interruption Used as bandstop filter
pxxxx = time constant
during the time T before output y changes to "0". - center frequency fs: fn_n = fs

T T T T PT2 low pass fn_d = fs

- bandwidth f_B: D_n = 0
x Natural frequency, denominator Damping, denominator f_B
fn_d D_d D_d =
pxxxx pyyyy 2 · fs
y
Transfer function when used as general filter
s 2 2 · D_n
+ · s+1
Delay (switch-on and switch-off) 2 fn_n 2 fn_n

3.2 Explanations on the function diagrams

H(s) =
pxxxx pyyyy s 2 2 · D_d
x y + · s+1
|y| 2 fn_d 2 fn_d
T1 T2
x D y
x T1 T2 y

fn
Analog adder can be activated
pxxxx pyyyy f
The digital signal x must have the value "1" without interruption
during time T1 or must have the value "0" during time T2 before
output y changes its signal state. Transfer function x1
T1 T1 T2 T2 y The following applies to I = 1 signal: y = x1 + x2
1
H(s) = x2
The following applies to I = 0 signal: y = x1

3 Function diagrams
s 2 2 · D_d
+ · s + 1
x 2 fn_d 2 fn_d
I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Explanations on the function diagrams fp_1022_97_61.vsd Function diagram
- 1022 -
Explanation of the symbols (part 3) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
451
452

3.2 Explanations on the function diagrams

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-4
Handling BICO technology

Binector: Binectors are binary signals that can be freely interconnected (BO = Binector Output).
r0723.15
They represent a bit of a "BO:" display parameter (e.g. bit 15 from r0723).
1030 – Handling BICO technology

Connector: r0723 Connectors are "analog signals" that can be freely interconnected (e.g. percentage variables, speeds or torques).
Connectors are also "CO:" display parameters (CO = Connector Output).

Parameterization:
At the signal destination, the required binector or connector is selected using appropriate parameters:
"BI:" parameter for binectors (BI = Binector Input)
or
"CI:" parameter for connectors (CI = Connector Input)

Example:
The main setpoint for the Speed controller (CI: p1070) should be received from the output of the motorized potentiometer
(CO: r1050) and the "jog" command (BI: p1055) from Digital Input DI 0 (BO: r0722.0, Terminal 5 (Kl. 5)) on the CU.

Digital Input DI0 1 Control bit 8 r0967.8 Setpoint

channel
p1055[C]
Kl. 5 r0722.0 722.0

[2220] [2501]

Motorized potentiometer
2
Main setpoint
p1070[C] Speed controller
Raise
r1050 (1050)
(755[0])
Lower

Jog setpoint 1
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

[3020] [3030]

Parameterizing steps:

1 p1055[0] = 722.0 Terminal 5 (Kl. 5) acts as "Jog bit 0".

2 p1070[0] = 1050 The output of the motorized potentiometer acts as main setpoint for the speed controller.
SINAMICS G120C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Explanations on the function diagrams fp_1030_97_61.vsd Function diagram
- 1030 -
Handling BICO technology 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
 3 Function diagrams
3.3 Input/output terminals

3.3 Input/output terminals

Function diagrams

2201 – Connection overview 454

2221 – Digital inputs, electrically isolated (DI 0 ... DI 5) 455

2241 – Digital outputs (DO 0 ... DO 1) 456

2250 – Analog input 0 (AI 0) 457

2255 – Analog inputs as digital input (DI 11) 458

2260 – Analog output 0 (AO 0) 459

2272 – Two-wire control 460

2273 – Three-wire control 461

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 453
454

3.3 Input/output terminals

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-5 Simulation for DI 0 ... DI 5, DI 11
CU DI status inv
CU DI simulation CU DI t_debounce
p0795.0...11 p0724 r0723
Kl. 9 +24 V OUT r0721.0...11
1 r0723.0...11
0 CU DI status
2201 – Connection overview

Kl. 28 GND T 0
r0722
Kl. 69 DI COM1 p0796.0...11 & r0722.0...11
1

Kl. 34 DI COM2 1 = Simulation on

[2221] 6 Digital inputs [2241] 2 Digital outputs

Kl. 5 DI 0 CU DI status inv CU DO inv
24 V r0723 CU DI status p0748
Kl. 6 DI 1
1 r0723.0 r0722
Kl. 7 DI 2 r0722.0 CU S_src DO 0 NC Kl. 18
p0730 0
... ... NO Kl. 19
Kl. 8 DI 3+ (52.3) DO 0
CU DI status inv
1
1 COM Kl. 20
Kl. 16 DI 4 r0723 CU DI status
1 r0723.5 r0722 CU S_src DO 1
Kl. 17 DI 5+ 5V r0722.5 p0731 0
NO Kl. 21
(52.7)
1
1 COM Kl. 22 DO 1

Kl. 1 +10 V OUT

Kl. 2 GND [2250] 1 Analog input [2260] Analog output

AI 0+ CU AI value in % [%] CU AO S_src

Kl. 3 A
r0755 [0] p0771 [0] D Kl. 12
AI 0-
Kl. 4 D (21[0]) AO 0
A
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

[8016] Thermal monitoring, motor

temperature

Kl. 14 T1 MOTOR A Mot temp [°C]

sensor
Motor

r0035 [2]
D
Kl. 15 T2 MOTOR
SINAMICS G120C

Kl. = Terminal

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Input/Output Terminals fp_2201_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 2201 -
Connection overview 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-6
External power supply Switching to or Switching to
24 V DC P potential M potential

Kl. 9 +24 V OUT Kl. 9 +24 V OUT

Kl. 28 GND Kl. 28 GND 1 = Simulation on
2221 – Digital inputs, electrically isolated (DI 0 ... DI 5)

Kl. 69 DI COM Kl. 69 DI COM Kl. 69 DI COM CU DI simulation

p0795.0 CU DI t_debounce CU DI status inv
Kl. 34 DI COM2 Kl. 34 DI COM2 Kl. 34 DI COM2 r0721.0 p0724 r0723
1 r0723.0
0
T 0 CU DI status
Kl. 5 DI 0 Kl. 5 DI 0 Kl. 5 DI 0 r0722
p0796.0
1 r0722.0

p0795.1 p0724 CU DI status inv

r0721.1 r0723
24 V 1 r0723.1
0
T 0 CU DI status
Kl. 6 DI 1 Kl. 6 DI 1 Kl. 6 DI 1 r0722
p0796.1
1 r0722.1

p0795.2 p0724 CU DI status inv

r0721.2 r0723
1 r0723.2
0
T 0 CU DI status
Kl. 7 DI 2 Kl. 7 DI 2 Kl. 7 DI 2 r0722
p0796.2
1 r0722.2
p0795.3 p0724 CU DI status inv
r0721.3 r0723
1 r0723.3
0
T 0 CU DI status
Kl. 8 DI 3 Kl. 8 DI 3 Kl. 8 DI 3 r0722
p0796.3
1 r0722.3

p0795.4 p0724 CU DI status inv

r0721.4 r0723
1 r0723.4
0
T 0 CU DI status
Kl. 16 DI 4 Kl. 16 DI 4 Kl. 16 DI 4 r0722
p0796.4
1 r0722.4
5V
p0795.5 p0724 CU DI status inv
r0721.5 r0723

3.3 Input/output terminals

1 r0723.5
0
T 0 CU DI status

3 Function diagrams
Kl. 17 DI 5 Kl. 17 DI 5 Kl. 17 DI 5 r0722
p0796.5
1 r0722.5

Kl. = Terminal Sampling time of the DI: 2 ms

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Input/Output Terminals fp_2221_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 2221 -
Digital inputs, electrically isolated (DI 0 … DI 5) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
455
456

3.3 Input/output terminals

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-7
2241 – Digital outputs (DO 0 ... DO 1)

CU DO inv
p0748.0
CU DO status
CU S_src DO 0 r0747
p0730 0
(52.3) DO 0
1
1 NC
Kl.18
NO
Kl.19
COM
Kl.20

CU DO inv
p0748.1
CU DO status
CU S_src DO 1 r0747
p0731 0
(52.7)
1
1

1
DO 1
24 V NO
Kl.21
0V
0
0V Kl.22
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Sampling time of the DO: 2 ms Kl. = Terminal

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Input/Output Terminals fp_2241_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 2241 -
Digital outputs (DO 0 … DO 1) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-8

<2> <3>
CU AI type
0 ... 8
2250 – Analog input 0 (AI 0)

[0] (4)(4)
p0756[0..1]
CU WireBrkThresh CU wire brk t_del CU AI status word
CU AI sim_mode 0.00 ... 20.00 0 ... 1000 [ms]
0 ... 1 [0] (2.00)
p0761[0..1] (2.00) p0762[0..1] (100) r0751
[0] (0)(0)
p0797[0..1]

3
20 mA T 0
1 F03505
20 mA "Wire
3 breakage"
0

<2>
CU AI U/I_inp act <2> <2>
I Current r0752 CU AI char x1 CU AI char x2
AI 0 U I -50.000 ... 160.000 -50.000 ... 160.000
CU AI sim_mode p0757[0..1] (0.000) p0759[0..1]
[0] (0.000) (10.000)
[0] (10.000) CU AI T_smooth
Kl.3 U Voltage 0 ... 1 0.0 ... 1000.0 [ms]
Hardware smoothing p0797[0..1]
[0] (0)(0) p0753[0..1] (0.0)
AI 0 100 μs y [%]
CU AI char y2
+ A -1000.00 ... 1000.00 [%]
<1>
U I Type switching 0 [0] (100.00)
p0760[0..1] y2
Analog input x y [%]
- D x1 x2 x
1 CU AI char y1
Kl.4 -1000.00 ... 1000.00 [%] y1
[0] (0.00)
p0758[0..1] (0.00)
CU AI sim setp Scaling
0 … 20 mA -50.000 ... 2000.000
-10 … +10 V [0] (0.000)
p0798[0..1] (0.000)
<2>

x1
CU AI value in % [%] Reference quantities y
x
r0755 [0]
x2
x1 • x2
100 %

<1> Differential Input!

For an input signal referred to ground, terminal 4 must be connected to reference potential M.

3.3 Input/output terminals

Notice:
The voltage between inputs and between input and the ground point must not exceed 35 V.
When the load resistor is switched in (DIP switch in position I), the voltage between the input terminals
must not exceed 10 V or the impressed current 80 mA. If this is not observed the input will be damaged.

3 Function diagrams
<2> For p0756 = 2, 3 the units are mA.
For p0756 = 0, 1, 4 the units are V.
Kl. = Terminal <3> Wire breakage sensing only activated when p0756 = 1, 3. Sampling time of the AI: 4 ms

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Input/Output Terminals fp_2250_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 2250 -
Analog input 0 (AI 0) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
457
458

3.3 Input/output terminals

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-9
2255 – Analog inputs as digital input (DI 11)

Kl. 1 +10 V OUT

Kl. 2 GND

1 = Simulation on
CU DI simulation
1.6 V 4.0 V p0795.11 CU DI t_debounce
r0721.11 p0724
CU DI status inv
Kl. 3 AI 0+ (DI 11) 1 r0723
0
T 0 1 r0723.11
Kl. 4 AI 0- CU DI status
0
p0796.11 r0722
1
r0722.11
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Sampling time of the DI: 4 ms Kl. = Terminal

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Input/Output Terminals fp_2255_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 2255 -
Analog inputs as Digital input (DI 11) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-10
2260 – Analog output 0 (AO 0)

CU AO outp act ref [%] <3>

r0772 [0] CU AO char x1 CU AO char x2
-1000.00 ... 1000.00 [%] -1000.00 ... 1000.00 [%] CU AO type
p0777 [0] (0)
(0.00) p0779 [0] (100)
(100.00) 0 ... 2
CU AO absVal act CU AO T_smooth p0776[0](0)(0)
0 ... 1 0.0 ... 1000.0 [ms]
p0775[0](0)(0) p0773 [0]
(0.0)
(0) <1> <1>
CU AO char y2 y CU AO U/I_outp
CU AO S_src -20.000 ... 20.000 [V] 0, 1 r0774[0]
y2
p0771 [0] 0 [0] (20)
p0780[0..1] (20.000) D
x 0 2 y AO 0+ Kl.12

Voltage output
y (21[0]) x2 x
x1

0 … 20 mA
1 4 mA A

0 … 10 V
Current
CU AO char y1 [%]

output
-20.000 ... 20.000 [V] y1
[0] (0)(0.000)
p0778[0..1]
<1> Scaling
x1 GND
Kl.13
x2 y
[%]
x1 · 100 %
x2
Reference
quantities
<2>

3.3 Input/output terminals

<1> For p0776 = 0, 2 the units are mA.
For p0776 = 1 the units are V.
<2> The input signals are referred to the reference quantities p2000 ... r2004 (100 % = p200x).

3 Function diagrams
<3> Possible settings p0776[0]:
= 0: 0 ... +20 mA
= 1: 0 ... +10 V
= 2: 4 ... +20 mA Sampling time of the AO: 4 ms Kl. = Terminal

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Input/Output Terminals fp_2260_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 2260 -
Analog output 0 (AO 0) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
459
460

3.3 Input/output terminals

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-11
Two-wire control (p0015 = 17 or p3334 = 1) Two-wire control (p0015 = 18 or p3334 = 2)
clockwise/counterclockwise 1 clockwise/counterclockwise 2

0 ... 4 0 ... 4
p3334 (0) p3334 (0)
2272 – Two-wire control

CU DI status 2/3 wire cmd 1 CU DI status 2/3 wire cmd 1

r0722 p3330[C] 2/3 wire STW ON / OFF (OFF1) r0722 p3330[C] 2/3 wire STW ON / OFF (OFF1)
r0722.x (0) r3333 p0840[C] r0722.x (0) r3333 p0840[C]
r3333.0 (722.0) r3333.0 (722.0)

2/3 wire STW Setp inv 2/3 wire STW Setp inv
r3333 p1113[C] r3333 p1113[C]
CU DI status 2/3 wire cmd 2 r3333.1 (722.1) CU DI status 2/3 wire cmd 2 r3333.1 (722.1)
r0722 p3331[C] r0722 p3331[C]
r0722.x (0) r0722.x (0)
2/3 wire STW 2/3 wire STW
r3333 r3333
1 r3333.2
1 r3333 .2
<1> <1>
2/3 wire STW 2/3 wire STW
r3333 r3333
1 r3333.3
1 r3333 .3

Command ignored
ON / OFF1 ON / OFF1
Clockwise Clockwise
t t
Command ignored
ON / OFF1 ON / OFF1
Counterclockwise Counterclockwise
t t

AUS1 Setpoint OFF1

OFF1 Setpoint OFF1
Motor speed Motor speed
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

Clockwise Clockwise
t
Counterclockwise t Counterclockwise
Setpoint inverted OFF1 OFF1
Setpoint inverted OFF1

<1> Ongoing interconnection is either possible from r3333.0/r3333.1 or from the inverted signals
SINAMICS G120C

r3333.2/r3333.3.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Input/Output Terminals fp_2272_97_62.vsd Function diagram
- 2272 -
Two-wire control 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-12
Three-wire control (p0015 = 19 or p3334 = 3) Three-wire control (p0015 = 20 or p3334 = 4)
enable clockwise/counterclockwise enable ON/reversing

0 ... 4 0 ... 4
p3334 (0) p3334 (0)
2273 – Three-wire control

CU DI Status 2/3 wire cmd 1 CU DI Status 2/3 wire cmd 1

r0722 p3330[C] 2/3 wire STW ON / OFF (OFF1) r0722 p3330[C] 2/3 wire STW ON / OFF (OFF1)
r0722.x (0) r3333 p0840[C] r0722.x (0) r3333 p0840[C]
r3333.0 (722.0) r3333.0 (722.0)

2/3 wire STW Setp inv 2/3 wire STW Setp inv
r3333 p1113[C] r3333 p1113[C]
CU DI status 2/3 wire cmd 2 r3333.1 (722.1) CU DI status 2/3 wire cmd 2 r3333.1 (722.1)
r0722 p3331[C] r0722 p3331[C]
r0722.x (0) r0722.x (0)
2/3 wire STW 2/3 wire STW
r3333 r3333
1 r3333.2
1 r3333 .2
CU DI Status 2/3 wire cmd 3 <1> CU DI Status 2/3 wire cmd 3 <1>
2/3 wire STW 2/3 wire STW
r0722 p3332[C] r3333 r0722 p3332[C] r3333
r0722.x (0) 1 r3333.3 r0722.x (0) 1 r3333 .3

Enable / Enable /
OFF1 OFF1

Command ignored t Command ignored t

ON ON
Clockwise
t t
ON Reversing
Counterclockwise
t t
Setpoint Setpoint OFF1
Motor speed Motor speed

Clockwise Clockwise
Counterclockwise t Counterclockwise t

3.3 Input/output terminals

Setpoint inverted OFF1 OFF1 Setpoint inverted OFF1

3 Function diagrams
<1> Ongoing interconnection is either possible from r3333.0/r3333.1 or from the inverted signals
r3333.2/r3333.3.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Input/Output Terminals fp_2273_97_62.vsd Function diagram
- 2273 -
Three-wire control 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
461
3 Function diagrams
3.4 PROFIenergy

3.4 PROFIenergy

Function diagrams

2381 – Control commands and interrogation commands 463

2382 – States 464

SINAMICS G120C
462 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-13 PROFIenergy

control commands
"Start_Pause"
PROFINET Pause_Time
"Start_Pause_with_time_response"
2381 – Control commands and interrogation commands

1 = Inhibit
PROFIenergy
p5611.0
1 &
0
min max

Port 1 p5602 p5606

Port 2
+ Time_to_pause
+ Time_to_operate

"End_Pause"

Ready for operation

r5600 = 255

Energy-saving mode 2
r5600 = 2
[2382]
PROFIenergy
interrogation commands
Time_to_pause Time_to_operate
"List_Energy_Saving_Modes“

"Get_Mode“
Pe mod t_pause min
"PEM_Status“
p5602

"PEM_Status_with_CTTO“

"PE_Identify“

"Query_Version“

"Get_Measurement_List“

"Get_Measurement_List_with_object_number“

3 Function diagrams
"Get_Measurement_Values“

3.4 PROFIenergy
"Get_Measurement_Values_with_object_number“

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PROFIenergy fp_2381_97_62.vsd Function diagram
- 2381 -
Control commands and interrogation commands 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C PN
463
464

3.4 PROFIenergy
3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-14 PROFIdrive states PROFIenergy states

<1>
POWER ON PROFIenergy POWER OFF
2382 – States

PROFIenergy Energy-
S1: Switching on inhibited <2> saving mode active
PROFIenergy Energy-saving mode 2 A08800

& 1 = PE active
r5613.0
1 = Inhibit PROFIenergy
p5611.0 &
1 = Trans into energy-saving Start_Pause
mode from PROFIdrive 1 = PE inactive
state S4 possible 1 r5613.1
S2: Ready for switching on p5611.2

Drive at standstill

Start_Pause
Pe mode ID
1 = Inhibit PROFIenergy r5600
p5611.0
&
1 = Drive initiates OFF1
CPU STOP
p5611.1
1 End_Pause
Connection termination
Pe sw-on_inh s_src 1
p5614
(0)
&
1
OFF1 PROFIenergy Ready for
operation

S3:Ready for operation

List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

Operation
S4: Operation

<1> Excerpt from: Basic state machine of a PROFIdrive drive axis (source: PROFIBUS Nutzerorganisation (PNO)).
SINAMICS G120C

<2> Diagnostic alarms to the CPU inhibited.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PROFIenergy fp_2382_97_61.vsd Function diagram
- 2382 -
States 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C PN
 3 Function diagrams
3.5 Communication PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP

3.5 Communication PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET),

EtherNet/IP

Function diagrams

2401 – Overview 466

2410 – PROFIdrive, EtherNet/IP - addresses and diagnostics 467

2420 – PROFIdrive - telegrams and process data (PZD) 468

2440 – PROFIdrive - PZD receive signals interconnection 469

2441 – PROFIdrive - STW1 control word interconnection (p2038 = 2) 470

2442 – PROFIdrive - STW1 control word interconnection (p2038 = 0) 471

2446 – PROFIdrive - STW3 control word interconnection 472

2450 – PROFIdrive - PZD send signals interconnection 473

2451 – PROFIdrive - ZSW1 status word interconnection (p2038 = 2) 474

2452 – PROFIdrive - ZSW1 status word interconnection (p2038 = 0) 475

2456 – PROFIdrive - ZSW3 status word interconnection 476

2468 – PROFIdrive - receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) 477

2470 – PROFIdrive - send telegram, free interconnection BICO (p0922 = 999) 478

2472 – EtherNet/IP - status word, free interconnection 479

2473 – EtherNet/IP - control word / status word interconnection 480

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 465
466

3.5 Communication PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-15
Interconnecting the permanently assigned receive telegrams.

Signal Description Interconnection

... ... ...

2401 – Overview

... ... ... Receive telegram

Header
Permanently assigned [2440] ... [2446]
Data
telegrams
Interconnecting the permanently assigned send telegrams
Trailer
PB address
1 ... 126 Signal Description Interconnection
p0918 (126)

... ... ...

LED

Monitoring
Axxxxx ... ... ...
Fxxxxx

Diagnostics rxxxx [2450] ... [2456]

Interconnecting the free receive telegram
[2410] PROFIdrive, EtherNet/IP - addresses and diagnostics PROFIdrive
PZD1
PZD2
PZD telegr_sel
p0922 PZD3

...
Signal assignment
PZD1
Signal x PZD7
Free telegrams PZD8

p0922 = 999 [2468] Send telegram

PZD8
Interconnecting the free send telegram Header
[2420] Telegrams and process data PZD1 Data
PZD2
Trailer
PZD3
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

...
PZD7
PZD8
[2470]
SINAMICS G120C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP fp_2401_97_61.vsd Function diagram
- 2401 -
Overview 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C DP
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-16
Field bus protocol
p2030 CU-specific functions Drive-specific functions

0 PB suppl t_monit Monitoring functions Alarms Faults

No protocol
0 ... 20000 [ms]
1/2 USS/Modbus [9310] … [9370] p2047 (0)
Cyclic telegrams from
2410 – PROFIdrive, EtherNet/IP - addresses and diagnostics

Fieldbus 4 CANopen [9204] … [9226] the master

3 PD PZD state T 0
r2043.0 A01920 "PROFIBUS: Cyclic connection interrupted"
7/10 t > t_response <1>
t No cyclic telegrams PD fault delay
PB address from the master 0 ... 100 [s]
PB status
1 ... 126 p2044 (0)
r2054
p0918 (126)
PROFIBUS
PB diag standard No telegrams from the
r2055[0..2] T 0 master
S Q F01910
DIP switch on the control unit "PROFIBUS
BUS ADDRESS setpoint timeout"
R Q
ON
1...126 Memory

3.5 Communication PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP

1 2 4 8 16 32 64 SET A01900 "PROFIBUS: Configuration telegram incorrect"

Significance
Diag offs recv
POWER ON Actual
All DIP switches to ON or OFF r2075
PROFIBUS Diagnostic parameters
==> set the address using p0918 address
Diag offs send <1> The response monitoring time t_An is automatically defined by
r2076 the configuration tool (e.g. HW Config made by Siemens) within
PB addr_sw diag p0918 the framework of PROFIBUS configuration.
r2057

PROFINET / EtherNet/IP No cyclic connection to a PROFINET

PN IP addr PN Subnet Mask controller
PD PZD state Cyclic telegrams from
p8921 p8923 r2043.0 the master A08526
PN Name Stat PN Def Gateway "PROFINET: Cyclic connection interrupted"
p8920 p8922

t
PN Name Stat act
r8930 PN IF config
p8925 =2 PD fault delay
PN Name of Station 0 ... 100 [s]
PROFINET / EtherNet/IP r61000 p2044 (0)
-
PN IP of Station Reception of setpoints from
Configuration r61001 PROFINET has been
Memory T 0 interrupted
S Q F08501
SET "PROFINET
R Q setpoint timeout"

3 Function diagrams
PN IP addr act PN Subnet Mask act
r8931[0..3] r8933[0..3] POWER ON
PN Def Gateway act
r8932[0..3]

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP fp_2410_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 2410 -
PROFIdrive, EtherNet/IP - addresses and diagnostics 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 G120C DP/PN
467
468

3.5 Communication PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-17
2420 – PROFIdrive - telegrams and process data (PZD)

<1>
PZD telegr_sel
1 ... 999
p0922 (1)

Standard telegrams Manufacturer-specific telegrams Free telegram

Interconnec-
tion is made [2440] [2450] automatically
according to

Telegram 1 20 350 352 353 354 999

PZD1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 <4> ZSW1 <4>

PZD2 NSOLL_A NIST_A NSOLL_A NIST_A_GL NSOLL_A NIST_A_GL NSOLL_A NIST_A_GL NSOLL_A NIST_A_GL NSOLL_A NIST_A_GL

PZD3 IAIST_GL M_LIM IAIST_GL <3> IAIST_GL <3> IAIST_GL

selectable via central PROFIdrive

selectable via central PROFIdrive

PZD4 MIST_GL STW3 ZSW3 <3> MIST_GL <3> MIST_GL

Transmit telegram length freely

Receive telegram length freely
PZD5 PIST_GL <3> WARN_CODE <3> WARN_CODE

configuration in the master.

configuration in the master.

PZD6 <2> <3> FAULT_CODE <3> FAULT_CODE
PROFIBUS/PROFINET

PROFIBUS/PROFINET
Receive telegram from

PZD7
PZD8
Send telegram to

PZD9
PZD10
PZD11
PZD12
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

<1> If p0922 = 999 is changed to another value, the telegram is automatically assigned.
If p0922 unequal 999 is changed to p0922 = 999, the "old" telegram assignment is maintained.
<2> Freely interconnectable (pre-setting: MELD_NAMUR).
<3> Can be freely connected.
<4> In order to comply with the PROFIdrive profile, PZD1 must be used as control word 1 (STW1) or status word 1 (ZSW1).
SINAMICS G120C

p2037 = 2 should be set if STW1 is not transferred with PZD1 as specified in the PROFIdrive profile.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP fp_2420_97_67.vsd Function diagram
- 2420 -
PROFIdrive - Telegrams and process data (PZD) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 G120C DP/PN
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-18
2440 – PROFIdrive - PZD receive signals interconnection

PROFIBUS
PROFINET

3.5 Communication PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP

<3>
Signal receivers for PZD receive signals <1> <2>
PROFIdrive r2090...r2095 Bit
receive telegram
r2050[0...11] WORD PROFIdrive Interconnection Function
Signal Meaning Data type Scaling
Signal No. parameter diagram
Header ...
STW1 Control word 1 1 (bit serial) [2442] U16 -
Data
NSOLL_A Speed setpoint A (16-bit) 5 p1070 [3030.2] I16 4000 hex p2000
Trailer Telegram
assignment Torque limit p1552, p1554
according to p0922 <4> M_LIM 310 [6060.1] U16 4000 hex 100 %
[2420]
<4> STW3 Control word 3 304 (bit serial) [2446] U16 -

<1> When selecting a standard telegram or a manufacturer-specific telegram via p0922, these interconnection parameters

3 Function diagrams
of the command data set CDS are automatically set to 0.
<2> Data type according to to the PROFIdrive profile: I16 = Integer16, U16 = Unsigned16.
<3> Display parameters for receive data according to [2468].
<4> Only SIEMENS telegram 350.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP fp_2440_97_64.vsd Function diagram
- 2440 -
PROFIdrive - PZD receive signals interconnection 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 G120C DP/PN
469
470

3.5 Communication PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-19
Signal targets for STW1 in Interface Mode VIK-NAMUR (p2038 = 2) <1>

Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram]

Signal Meaning Inverted
parameters internal control word signal target

= ON (pulses can be enabled)

STW1.0 p0840[0] = r2090.0 [2501.3] Sequence control -
2441 – PROFIdrive - STW1 control word interconnection (p2038 = 2)

0 = OFF1 (braking with ramp-function generator, then pulse suppression & ready for switching on)

1 = No OFF2 (enable is possible)

STW1.1 p0844[0] = r2090.1 [2501.3] Sequence control -
0 = OFF2 (immediate pulse suppression and switching on inhibited)

1 = No OFF3 (enable is possible)

STW1.2 p0848[0] = r2090.2 [2501.3] Sequence control -
0 = OFF3 (braking with the OFF3 ramp p1135, then pulse suppression and switching on inhibited)

1 = Enable operation (pulses can be enabled)

STW1.3 p0852[0] = r2090.3 [2501.3] Sequence control -
0 = Inhibit operation (suppress pulses)

1 = Ramp-function generator enable

STW1.4 p1140[0] = r2090.4 [2501.3] [3070] -
0 = Inhibit ramp-function generator (set the ramp-function generator output to zero)

1 = Continue ramp-function generator

STW1.5 p1141[0] = r2090.5 [2501.3] [3070] -
0 = Freezes the ramp-function generator

1 = Setpoint enable
STW1.6 p1142[0] = r2090.6 [2501.3] [3070] -
0 = Inhibits the setpoint (the ramp-function generator input is set to zero)

STW1.7 = Acknowledge faults p2103[0] = r2090.7 [2546.1] [8060] -

STW1.8 Reserved - - - -

STW1.9 Reserved - - - -

STW1.10 1 = Control via PLC <2> p0854[0] = r2090.10 [2501.3] [2501] -

STW1.11 1 = Dir of rot reversal <4> p1113[0] = r2090.11 [2505.3] [3040] -

STW1.12 Reserved - - - -

STW1.13 Reserved - - - -
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

STW1.14 Reserved - - - -

p0810[0] = 2090.15
STW1.15 1 = CDS selection - [8560] -
<3>

<1> Used in telegram 20. <3> Interconnection is not inhibited.

SINAMICS G120C

<2> Bit 10 in STW1 must be set to ensure that the drive accepts the process data. <4> The direction reversal can be locked (see p1110 and p1111).

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP fp_2441_97_61.vsd Function diagram
- 2441 -
PROFIdrive - STW1 control word interconnection (p2038 = 2) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 G120C DP/PN
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-20
Signal targets for STW1 in Interface Mode SINAMICS (p2038 = 0)
Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram]
Signal Meaning Inverted
parameters internal control word signal target

= ON (pulses can be enabled)

STW1.0 p0840[0] = r2090.0 [2501.3] Sequence control -
2442 – PROFIdrive - STW1 control word interconnection (p2038 = 0)

0 = OFF1 (braking with ramp-function generator, then pulse suppression & ready for switching on)

1 = No OFF2 (enable is possible)

STW1.1 p0844[0] = r2090.1 [2501.3] Sequence control -
0 = OFF2 (immediate pulse suppression and switching on inhibited)

1 = No OFF3 (enable is possible)

STW1.2 p0848[0] = r2090.2 [2501.3] Sequence control -
0 = OFF3 (braking with the OFF3 ramp p1135, then pulse suppression and switching on inhibited)

1 = Enable operation (pulses can be enabled)

STW1.3 p0852[0] = r2090.3 [2501.3] Sequence control -
0 = Inhibit operation (suppress pulses)

1 = Ramp-function generator enable

STW1.4 p1140[0] = r2090.4 [2501.3] [3070] -
0 = Inhibit ramp-function generator (set the ramp-function generator output to zero)

1 = Continue ramp-function generator

STW1.5 p1141[0] = r2090.5 [2501.3] [3070] -
0 = Freezes the ramp-function generator

3.5 Communication PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP

1 = Setpoint enable
STW1.6 p1142[0] = r2090.6 [2501.3] [3070] -
0 = Inhibits the setpoint (the ramp-function generator input is set to zero)

STW1.7 = Acknowledge faults p2103[0] = r2090.7 [2546.1] [8060] -

STW1.8 Reserved - - - -

STW1.9 Reserved - - - -

STW1.10 1 = Control via PLC <1> p0854[0] = r2090.10 [2501.3] [2501] -

STW1.11 1 = Dir of rot reversal <2> p1113[0] = r2090.11 [2505.3] [3040] -

STW1.12 Reserved - - - -

STW1.13 1 = Motorized potentiometer, setpoint, raise p1035[0] = r2090.13 [2505.3] [3020] -

STW1.14 1 = Motorized potentiometer, setpoint, lower p1036[0] = r2090.14 [2505.3] [3020] -

STW1.15 Reserved - - - -

3 Function diagrams
<1> Bit 10 in STW1 must be set to ensure that the drive accepts the process data.
<2> The direction reversal can be locked (see p1110 and p1111).

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP fp_2442_97_61.vsd Function diagram
- 2442 -
PROFIdrive - STW1 control word interconnection (p2038 = 0) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 G120C DP/PN
471
472

3.5 Communication PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-21
Signal targets for STW3 in Interface Mode SINAMICS <1>

Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram]

Signal Meaning Inverted
parameters internal control word signal target

STW3.0 1 = Fixed setp bit 0 p1020[0] = r2093.0 [3010.2] [3010.2] -

2446 – PROFIdrive - STW3 control word interconnection

STW3.1 1 = Fixed setp bit 1 p1021[0] = r2093.1 [2513.2] [3010.2] -

STW3.2 1 = Fixed setp bit 2 p1022[0] = r2093.2 [2513.2] [3010.2] -

STW3.3 1 = Fixed setp bit 3 p1023[0] = r2093.3 [2513.2] [3010.2] -

STW3.4 1 = DDS select. bit 0 p0820 = r2093.4 [2513.2] [8565.2] -

STW3.5 Reserved - - - -

STW3.6 Reserved - - - -

STW3.7 Reserved - - - -

STW3.8 1 = Technology controller enable p2200[0] = r2093.8 [2513.2] [7958.4] -

STW3.9 1 = DC brake enable p1230[0] = r2093.9 [2513.2] [7017.1] -

STW3.10 Reserved - - - -

STW3.11 Reserved - - - -

STW3.12 Reserved - - - -

STW3.13 0 = External fault 1 (F07860) p2106[0] = r2093.13 [2513.2] [8060.1] -

List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

STW3.14 Reserved - - - -

STW3.15 Reserved - - - -
SINAMICS G120C

<1> Used in telegram 350.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP fp_2446_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 2446 -
PROFIdrive - STW3 control word interconnection 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 G120C DP/PN
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-22
2450 – PROFIdrive - PZD send signals interconnection

Signal sources for PZD send signals <1> PZD send word 1...8
p2051[0...16] WORD PROFIdrive send
PROFIdrive Interconnection r2053[0...16] WORD telegram
Signal Description Function diagram Data type Scaling
Signal No. parameter
ZSW1 Status word 1 2 r2089[0] [2452] U16 - ... Header

3.5 Communication PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP

NIST_A Actual speed A (16 bit) 6 r0063[0] - I16 4000 hex p2000 Data
IAIST_GLATT Absolute actual current, smoothed 51 r0068[1] [6799] I16 4000 hex p2002
Trailer
MIST_GLATT Actual torque smoothed 53 r0080[1] [6799] I16 4000 hex p2003 Telegram
assignment
PIST_GLATT Power factor, smoothed 54 r0082[1] [6799] I16 4000 hex p2004 according to p0922
[2420]
NIST_A_GLATT Actual speed, smoothed 57 r0063[1] - I16 4000 hex p2000
MELD_NAMUR VIK-NAMUR message bit bar 58 r3113 - U16
FAULT_CODE Fault code 301 r2131 [8060] U16 PROFIBUS
WARN_CODE Alarm code 303 r2132 [8065] U16 PROFINET

ZSW3 Status word 3 305 r0053 [2456] U16

3 Function diagrams
<1> Data type according to the PROFIdrive profile: I16 = Integer16, U16 = Unsigned16.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP fp_2450_97_64.vsd Function diagram
- 2450 -
PROFIdrive - PZD send signals interconnection 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 G120C DP/PN
473
474

3.5 Communication PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-23
Signal sources for ZSW1 in Interface Mode VIK-NAMUR (p2038 = 2)
Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram]
Signal Meaning Inverted
parameters internal control word signal target
<1>

ZSW1.0 1 = Ready for switching on p2080[0] = r0899.0 [2503.7] Sequence control -

2451 – PROFIdrive - ZSW1 status word interconnection (p2038 = 2)

ZSW1.1 1 = Ready for operation (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) p2080[1] = r0899.1 [2503.7] Sequence control -

ZSW1.2 1 = Operation enabled (drive follows n_set) p2080[2] = r0899.2 [2503.7] Sequence control -

ZSW1.3 1 = Fault present p2080[3] = r2139.3 [2548.7] [8060] -

ZSW1.4 1 = No coast down active (OFF2 inactive) p2080[4] = r0899.4 [2503.7] Sequence control -

ZSW1.5 1 = No Quick stop active (OFF3 inactive) p2080[5] = r0899.5 [2503.7] Sequence control -

ZSW1.6 1 = Switching on inhibited active p2080[6] = r0899.6 [2503.7] Sequence control -

ZSW1.7 1 = Alarm present p2080[7] = r2139.7 [2548.7] [8065] -

ZSW1.8 1 = Speed setpoint - actual value deviation within tolerance t_off p2080[8] = r2197.7 [2534.7] [8011] -

ZSW1.9 1 = Control requested p2080[9] = r0899.9 [2503.7] [2503] -

ZSW1.10 1 = f or n comparison value reached/exceeded p2080[10] = r2199.1 [2537.7] [8010] -

ZSW1.11 1 = I, M, or P limit not reached p2080[11] = r0056.13 [2522.7] [6060]

ZSW1.12 Reserved - - - -

ZSW1.13 1 = No motor overtemperature alarm p2080[13] = r2135.14 [2548.7] [8016]

List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

ZSW1.14 1 = Motor rotates forwards (n_act  0) p2080[14] = r2197.3 [2534.7] [8011] -

p2080[15] = r0836.0
ZSW1.15 1 = Display CDS - - -
<2>

<1> The ZSW1 is generated using the binector-connector converter (BI: p2080[0...15], inversion: p2088[0].0...p2088[0].15).
SINAMICS G120C

<2> Interconnection is not inhibited.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP fp_2451_97_61.vsd Function diagram
- 2451 -
PROFIdrive - ZSW1 status word interconnection (p2038 = 2) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 G120C DP/PN
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-24
Signal sources for ZSW1 im Interface Mode SINAMICS (p2038 = 0)
Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram]
Signal Meaning Inverted
parameters internal control word signal target
<1>

ZSW1.0 1 = Ready for switching on p2080[0] = r0899.0 [2503.7] Sequence control -

2452 – PROFIdrive - ZSW1 status word interconnection (p2038 = 0)

ZSW1.1 1 = Ready for operation (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) p2080[1] = r0899.1 [2503.7] Sequence control -

ZSW1.2 1 = Operation enabled (drive follows n_set) p2080[2] = r0899.2 [2503.7] Sequence control -

ZSW1.3 1 = Fault present p2080[3] = r2139.3 [2548.7] [8060] -

ZSW1.4 1 = No coast down active (OFF2 inactive) p2080[4] = r0899.4 [2503.7] Sequence control -

ZSW1.5 1 = No Quick stop active (OFF3 inactive) p2080[5] = r0899.5 [2503.7] Sequence control -

3.5 Communication PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP

ZSW1.6 1 = Switching on inhibited active p2080[6] = r0899.6 [2503.7] Sequence control -

ZSW1.7 1 = Alarm present p2080[7] = r2139.7 [2548.7] [8065] -

ZSW1.8 1 = Speed setpoint - actual value deviation within tolerance t_off p2080[8] = r2197.7 [2534.7] [8011] -

ZSW1.9 1 = Control requested <2> p2080[9] = r0899.9 [2503.7] [2503] -

ZSW1.10 1 = f or n comparison value reached/exceeded p2080[10] = r2199.1 [2536.7] [8010] -

ZSW1.11 1 = I, M, or P limit not reached p2080[11] = r1407.7 [2522.7] [6060]

ZSW1.12 1 = Open holding brake p2080[12] = r0899.12 [2503.7] [2701] -

ZSW1.13 1 = No motor overtemperature alarm p2080[13] = r2135.14 [2548.7] [8016]

ZSW1.14 1 = Motor rotates forwards (n_act  0) p2080[14] = r2197.3 [2534.7] [8011] -

ZSW1.15 1 = No alarm, thermal overload, power unit p2080[15] = r2135.15 [2548.7] [8021]

3 Function diagrams
<1> The ZSW1 is generated using the binector-connector converter (BI: p2080[0...15], inversion: p2088[0].0...p2088[0].15).
<2> The drive is ready to accept data.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP fp_2452_97_61.vsd Function diagram
- 2452 -
PROFIdrive - ZSW1 status word interconnection (p2038 = 0) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 G120C DP/PN
475
476

3.5 Communication PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-25
Signal sources for ZSW3 im Interface Mode SINAMICS <1>

Interconnection [Function diagram] internal [Function diagram] signal

Signal Meaning Inverted
parameters status word source

ZSW3.0 1 = DC braking active [2511.7] [7017.5] -

2456 – PROFIdrive - ZSW3 status word interconnection

ZSW3.1 1 = |n_act| > p1226 (n_standstill) [2511.7] [2534.7] -

ZSW3.2 1 = |n_act| > p1080 (n_min) [2511.7] [2534.7] -

ZSW3.3 1 = I_act  p2170 [2511.7] [2534.7] -

ZSW3.4 1 = |n_act| > p2155 [2511.7] [2534.7] -

ZSW3.5 1 = |n_act|  p2155 [2511.7] [2534.7] -

ZSW3.6 1 = |n_act|  r1119 (n_set) [2511.7] [2534.7] -

ZSW3.7 1 = Vdc  p2172 [2511.7] [2534.7] -

p2051[3] = r0053
ZSW3.8 1 = Vdc > p2172 [2511.7] [2534.7] -

ZSW3.9 1 = Ramping finished [2511.7] [3080.7] -

ZSW3.10 1 = Technology controller output at the lower limit [2511.7] [7958.7] -

ZSW3.11 1 = Technology controller output at the upper limit [2511.7] [7958.7] -

ZSW3.12 Reserved - - -

ZSW3.13 Reserved - - -
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

ZSW3.14 Reserved - - -

ZSW3.15 Reserved - - -
SINAMICS G120C

<1> Used in telegrams 350.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP fp_2456_97_61.vsd Function diagram
- 2456 -
PROFIdrive - ZSW3 status word interconnection 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 G120C DP/PN
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-26
<4> <5> r2090.0
<1> <4> <4>
...
PZD1 recv bitw
r2090.15 PZD1 recv bitw
PROFINET PZD receive word 1 r2050 [0] PZD recv word
r2091.0
PROFIBUS r2060 [0] PZD recv DW ...
PZD2 recv bitw
r2091.15 PZD2 recv bitw
PZD receive word 2 r2050 [1] PZD recv word
r2092.0
r2060 [1] PZD recv DW ...
PZD3 recv bitw
2468 – PROFIdrive - receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999)

PROFIdrive r2092.15 PZD3 recv bitw

PZD receive word 3 r2050 [2] PZD recv word
receive telegram r2093.0
r2060 [2] PZD recv DW ...
PZD4 recv bitw
Header r2093.15 PZD4 recv bitw
PZD receive word 4 r2050 [3] PZD recv word
Data r2060 [3] PZD recv DW PZD recv word
Trailer PZD receive word 5 r2050 [4]
2 connector-binector converter
r2060 [4] PZD recv DW PZD recv word Con/bin outp inv
PZD receive word 6 r2050 [5] p2098 [0].0
r2060 [5] <2>
PZD recv DW PZD recv word Con/bin S_src
PZD receive word 7 r2050 [6] p2099[0] 0 Con/bin outp
r2060 [6] PZD recv DW PZD recv word (0) r2094.0
1

3.5 Communication PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP

PZD receive word 8 r2050 [7] 1

r2060 [7] PZD recv DW PZD recv word Con/bin outp inv
PZD receive word 9 r2050 [8] p2098 [0].15

r2060 [8] PZD recv DW PZD recv word

PZD receive word 10 r2050 [9] 0 Con/bin outp
r2060 [9] r2094.15
PZD recv DW PZD recv word 1 1
PZD receive word 11 r2050 [10]
r2060 [10] PZD recv DW PZD recv word Con/bin outp inv
PZD receive word 12 r2050 [11] p2098 [1].0
<2>
Con/bin S_src
<3>
p2099[1] 0 Con/bin outp
(0) r2095.0
Reference quantities for further 1
interconnection 1
p200x
Con/bin outp inv
p2098 [1].15

0 Con/bin outp
<1> In order to maintain the PROFIdrive profile, receive word 1 must be used as control word (STW1) r2095.15
(due to bit 10 "control requested"). 1 1
<2> Using the connector-binector converters, the bits can be extracted from two of the PZD receive words 3 to 8 and used as binectors.
<3> The following representation applies for words: 4000 hex = 100 %.

3 Function diagrams
The reference variables p200x apply for the ongoing interconnection (100 % -> p200x).
The following applies for temperature values: 100 °C -> 100 % = 4000 hex, 0 °C -> 0 %.
<4> Every PZD word can be assigned a word or a double word. Only one of the 2 interconnection parameters r2050 or r2060 can have a value <> 0 for a PZD word.
<5> When interconnecting a connector output multiple times all the connector inputs must have either Integer or FloatingPoint data type.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP fp_2468_97_61.vsd Function diagram
- 2468 -
PROFIdrive - Receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 G120C DP/PN
477
478

3.5 Communication PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-27 <3>
Diag send DW Diag send word
r2063 [0…15] r2053 [0…16]
PZD send word p2051[0]
<3> (0) <1> ...
PZD send word 1 <1>
PZD send DW p2061[0]
PZD send word p2051[1]
2470 – PROFIdrive - send telegram, free interconnection BICO (p0922 = 999)

PZD 1+2 (0)

(63[0])
(0)
PZD send word 2
PZD send DW p2061[1]
(0) PZD send word p2051[2]
PZD 2+3 (0)
PROFIdrive send
PZD send word 3
PZD send DW p2061[2] telegram
(0) PZD send word p2051[3]
PZD 3+4 (0)
PZD send word 4 Header
PZD send DW p2061[3]
(0) PZD send word p2051[4] Data
PZD 4+5 (0)
PZD send word 5
PZD send DW p2061[4] Trailer
(0) PZD send word p2051[5]
PZD 5+6 (0)
PZD send word 6
PZD send DW p2061[5]
(0) PZD send word p2051[6]
PZD 6+7 (0)
PZD send word 7 PROFIBUS
PZD send DW p2061[6] PROFINET
(0) PZD send word p2051[7]
PZD 7+8 (0)
PZD send word 8
PZD send DW p2061[7]
(0) PZD send word p2051[8]
PZD 8+9 (0)
PZD send DW p2061[8] PZD send word 9
(0) PZD send word p2051[9]
PZD 9+10 (0)
PZD send word 10
PZD send DW p2061[9]
(0) PZD send word p2051[10]
PZD 10+11 (0)
PZD send word 11

PZD send word p2051[15]

(0)
PZD send word 16
PZD send DW p2061[15]
(0) PZD send word p2051 [16]
PZD 16+17
(0)
PZD send word 17
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

<2>
Reference quantities for
further interconnection
p200x

<1> To comply with the PROFIdrive profile, send word 1 must be used as status word 1 (ZSW1).
<2> Physical word values are inserted in the telegram as referenced variables. p200x apply as reference variables (telegram contents = 4000 hex, if the input variable has the value p200x).
The following applies for temperature values: 100 °C -> 100 % = 4000
SINAMICS G120C

<3> A PZD send word can either be supplied via connector input p2051[x] (WORD) or via p2061[x] (DWORD).
The two corresponding connector inputs cannot be interconnected.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP fp_2470_97_61.vsd Function diagram
- 2470 -
PROFIdrive - Send telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 G120C DP/PN
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-28
2472 – EtherNet/IP - status word, free interconnection

Binector-connector converter

Bin/con ZSW inv

p2088 [0].0

3.5 Communication PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP

Bin/con ZSW1
p2080[0…15] 0 Bin/con ZSW send
[0]
(0) r2089 [0]
(0.0)
[1] 1 1

Bin/con ZSW inv

p2088 [0].15

0
[15]
(0.0)
1 1

3 Function diagrams
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP fp_2472_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 2472 -
PROFIdrive - Status word, free interconnection 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 G120C DP/PN
479
480

3.5 Communication PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-29
Eth/IP profile
0 ... 1 r2090...r2095 Bit
p8980 (0) r2050[0...7] WORD
r2060[0...10] DWORD Signal receivers for PZD receive signals
Fieldbus
0 SINAMICS (PROFINET)
[2401] – [2472]
... PROFIdrive Interconnection Data type
„EtherNet/IP“ Signal Equivalent at ODVA Signal No. parameter Scaling
2473 – EtherNet/IP - control word / status word interconnection

(p2030 = 10) ODVA

1 (bit serial)
STW1 Instance 20, Byte 0, 1 1 U16 -

PZD telegr_sel NSOLL_A Instance 20, Byte 2, 3 5 p1070 <1> I16 4000 hex p2000
1 ... 999
PZD send word 1...8
p0922 (1)
p2051[0...16] WORD
r2061[0...15] DWORD
Signal sources for PZD send signals
...
Interconnection is made according to Signal Equivalent at ODVA PROFIdrive Interconnection Data type Scaling
Signal No. parameter

Telegram PZD1 PZD2 ZSW1 Instance 70, Byte 0, 1 2 (bit serial) U16 -

STW1 NSOLL_A NIST_A Instance 70, Byte 2, 3 6 r0063 I16 4000 hex p2000
1 PZDmaxIntercon
ZSW1 NIST_A r2067

Signal sources for Basic Speed Control (Instance 70), Byte 0, 1

[Function diagram]
Interconnection
Signal Meaning parameter internal control
word
Bit 0 1 = Fault present (pulses inhibited) p2080[3] = r2139.3 [2510]

Bit 1 Reserved

Bit 2 1 = Operation enabled (voltage at output terminals) p2080[2] = r0899.2 [2510]

Bit 3 … Bit 15 Reserved

Eth/IP ODVA STOP Signal targets for Basic Speed Control (Instance 20), Byte 0, 1
0 ... 1
p8981 (0) [Function diagram]
Signal Meaning Interconnection internal control
ON / OFF (OFF1) parameter word
p0840 [C]
0 p0840[0] = r2090.0
(722.0) p0844[0] = r2090.1
Bit 0 = ON (pulses can be enabled) [2512]
OFF2 S_src 1 p0848[0] = r2090.2
1 0 = OFF p0852[0] = r2090.3
p0844 [C]
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

(1) Bit 1 Reserved

OFF2 S_src 2
Bit 2 1 = Acknowledge fault p2103.0 = r2090.7 [2546]
p0845 [C]
(1) Bit 3 … Bit 15 Reserved
SINAMICS G120C

<1> p1070 is scaled via p8982. ODVA: Open DeviceNet Vendor Association

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP fp_2473_97_61.vsd Function diagram
- 2473 -
EtherNet/IP - Control word / status word interconnection 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C PN
 3 Function diagrams
3.6 CANopen communication

3.6 CANopen communication

Function diagrams

9204 – Receive telegram, free PDO mapping (p8744 = 2) 482

9206 – Receive telegram, Predefined Connection Set (p8744 = 1) 483

9208 – Send telegram, free PDO mapping (p8744 = 2) 484

9210 – Send telegram, Predefined Connection Set (p8744 = 1) 485

9220 – CANopen control word interconnection 486

9226 – Status word, CANopen (r8784) 487

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 481
482

3.6 CANopen communication

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-30
Receive PDO 1 Mapping RPDO 1
0000 hex ... 8000 06DF hex 0000 hex ... FFFF FFFF hex
p8700[0..1] (8000 06DF hex) p8710[0..3] (0000 hex)
9204 – Receive telegram, free PDO mapping (p8744 = 2)

<2> Automatic assignment of the PZD1 recv bitw

RPDOs to the receive buffer. <1> Receive buffer r2090.0 Bit 0
RPDO 1 ...
r2090.15 Bit 15
Object 1 PZD receive word 1 r2050 [0]
PZD recv word
Object 2 PZD2 recv bitw
r2091.0 Bit 0
Sub-D socket Object 3 ...
CAN bus r2091.15 Bit 15
PZD receive word 2 r2050 [1]
Object 4 PZD recv word
PZD3 recv bitw
r2092.0 Bit 0
Receive PDO 2 Mapping RPDO 2 ...
p8701 p8711 r2092.15 Bit 15
CANopen PZD receive word 3 r2050 [2]
The assignment is made from
receive telegram PZD recv word
RPDO 1, RPDO 2 ... RPDO 8
RPDO 2 and from receiver buffer word. PZD4 recv bitw
COB-ID r2093.0 Bit 0
Object 1 ...
Object 1 r2093.15 Bit 15
PZD receive word 4 r2050 [3]
Object 2 PZD recv word
Evaluation
of the Object 3
COB-ID
Object 4 PZD receive word 5 r2050 [4]
PZD recv word
Object 4

Receive PDO 8 Mapping RPDO 8 PZD receive word 6 r2050 [5]

p8707 p8717
PZD recv word
Objects available a multiple
RPDO 8 number of times are
marshalled to the same
Object 1 position in the receive buffer. PZD receive word 7 r2050 [6]
PZD recv word
Object 2
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

Object 3
PZD receive word 8 r2050 [7]
Object 4 PZD recv word

<1> To use automatic BICO interconnection (p8790 = 1), one of the receive words 1 - 4 must be used as control word 1 (STW1). RPDO: Receive Process Data Object
SINAMICS G120C

<2> Telegram: up to 4 words or 64 bits. The sum of the various objects must not exceed 8 words. COB-ID: CAN object identification

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CANopen fp_9204_97_68.vsd Function diagram
- 9204 -
Receive telegram, free PDO mapping (p8744 = 2) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C CAN
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-31
Receive PDO 1 Mapping RPDO 1
0000 hex ... 8000 06DF hex 0000 hex ... FFFF FFFF hex
p8700[0..1] (8000 06DF hex) p8710[0..3] (0000 hex)
<2>
Automatic assignment of the
9206 – Receive telegram, Predefined Connection Set (p8744 = 1)

PZD1 recv bitw

RPDO 1 RPDOs to the receive buffer. <1> Receive buffer r2090.0 Bit 0
...
60400010 r2090.15 Bit 15
PZD receive word 1 r2050 [0]
PZD recv word
PZD2 recv bitw
r2091.0 Bit 0
Sub-D socket ...
CAN bus r2091.15 Bit 15
PZD receive word 2 r2050 [1]
Receive PDO 2 Mapping RPDO 2
p8701 p8711 PZD recv word
PZD3 recv bitw
r2092.0 Bit 0
...
RPDO 2 r2092.15 Bit 15
CANopen PZD receive word 3 r2050 [2]
receive telegram 60400010
PZD recv word
60420010 PZD4 recv bitw
COB-ID r2093.0 Bit 0
...
Object 1 r2093.15 Bit 15
PZD receive word 4 r2050 [3]
PZD recv word
Receive PDO 3 Mapping RPDO 3
Evaluation p8702 p8712
The assignment is
of the
made from RPDO 1,
COB-ID PZD receive word 5 r2050 [4]
RPDO 2 ... RPDO 8
RPDO 3
and from receiver
PZD recv word
buffer word.
Object 4

Objects available a PZD receive word 6 r2050 [5]

multiple number of PZD recv word
times are
Receive PDO 4 Mapping RPDO 4 marshalled to the
p8703 p8713 same position in the
receive buffer.
PZD receive word 7 r2050 [6]
RPDO 4 PZD recv word

3.6 CANopen communication

PZD receive word 8 r2050 [7]
PZD recv word

3 Function diagrams
<1> To use automatic BICO interconnection (p8790 = 1), one of the receive words 1 - 4 must be used as control word 1 (STW1). RPDO: Receive Process Data Object
<2> Telegram: up to 4 words or 64 bits. The sum of the various objects must not exceed 8 words. COB-ID: CAN object identification

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CANopen fp_9206_97_68.vsd Function diagram
- 9206 -
Receive telegram, Predefined Connection Set (p8744 = 1) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C CAN
483
484

3.6 CANopen communication

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-32
Transmit PDO 1 Mapping TPDO 1
CANopen send words 1 ... 7 0000 hex ... C000 06DF hex 0000 hex ... FFFF FFFF hex
p8720[0..4] (C000 06DF hex) p8730[0..3] (0000 hex)
Diag send word <1>
r2053[0..16] Automatic assignment of the
PZD send word Send buffer send buffer to the TPDOs TPDO 1
p2051 [0] ...
9208 – Send telegram, free PDO mapping (p8744 = 2)

(0) PZD send word 1 Object 1

Object 2
PZD send word
p2051 [1] Object 3
(0) PZD send word 2

Object 4

PZD send word

p2051 [2] Transmit PDO 2 Mapping TPDO 2
p8721 p8731
(0) PZD send word 3

The assignment is made

from send buffer 1 and from TPDO 2
PZD send word TPDO 1.
Object 1 CANopen send telegram
p2051 [3]
(0) PZD send word 4 COB-ID
Object 2
Object 1
Evaluation of
PZD send word
p2051 [4]
Object 3 the COB-ID ..
(0) PZD send word 5
and data
transfer type .
Object 4

Object 4
PZD send word
p2051 [5]
(0) PZD send word 6
Transmit PDO 8 Mapping TPDO 8
p8727 p8737
PZD send word Objects that occur a
p2051 [6] multiple number of times
are updated from the same TPDO 8
(0) PZD send word 7
send buffer.
Object 1
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

Sub-D socket
PZD send word Object 2 CAN bus
p2051 [7]
(0) PZD send word 8
Object 3

Object 4

TPDO: Transmit Process Data Object

SINAMICS G120C

<1> Telegram: up to 4 words or 64 bits. The sum of the various objects must not exceed 8 words. COB-ID: CAN object identification

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CANopen fp_9208_97_68.vsd Function diagram
- 9208 -
Send telegram, free PDO mapping (p8744 = 2) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C CAN
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-33 CANopen send words 1 ... 7 Transmit PDO 1

0000 hex ... C000 06DF hex
Mapping TPDO 1
0000 hex ... FFFF FFFF hex
p8720[0..4] (C000 06DF hex) p8730[0..3] (0000 hex)
Diag send word Automatic assignment of the <1>
r2053[0..16]
PZD send word Send buffer send buffer to the TPDOs
TPDO 1
p2051 [0] ...
9210 – Send telegram, Predefined Connection Set (p8744 = 1)

(0) PZD send word 1 60410010

PZD send word

p2051 [1]
(0) PZD send word 2

Transmit PDO 2 Mapping TPDO 2

p8721 p8731
PZD send word
p2051 [2]
(0) PZD send word 3 TPDO 2 CANopen send telegram

60410010 COB-ID
60440010 Object 1
PZD send word
p2051 [3] Evaluation of
(0) PZD send word 4 the COB-ID ..
The assignment is
made from send
and data
transfer type
.
buffer 1 and from
PZD send word TPDO 1.
Transmit PDO 3 Mapping TPDO 3 Object 4
p2051 [4]
p8722 p8732
(0) PZD send word 5

TPDO 3
PZD send word
p2051 [5]
(0) PZD send word 6

Objects that
PZD send word occur a multiple
p2051 [6] number of times Sub-D socket
(0) PZD send word 7 are updated from Transmit PDO 4 Mapping TPDO 4 CAN bus
p8723 p8733
the same send
buffer.

3.6 CANopen communication

PZD send word TPDO 4
p2051 [7]
(0) PZD send word 8

3 Function diagrams
TPDO: Transmit Process Data Object
<1> Telegram: up to 4 words or 64 bits. The sum of the various objects must not exceed 8 words. COB-ID: CAN object identification

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CANopen fp_9210_97_68.vsd Function diagram
- 9210 -
Send telegram, Predefined Connection Set (p8744 = 1) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C CAN
485
486

3.6 CANopen communication

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-34
Signal targets for control word CANopen (r8795)
Interconnection <1> [Function diagram] [Function diagram]
Signal Meaning
parameters internal control word signal target

= ON (pulses can be enabled)

STW.0 p0840[0] = r2090.0 [2501.3] Sequence control
9220 – CANopen control word interconnection

0 = OFF1 (braking with RFG, then pulse suppression and ready for switching on)

1 = No coast-down activated (enable possible)

STW.1 p0844[0] = r2090.1 [2501.3] Sequence control
0 = Activate coast-down (immediate pulse suppression and switching on inhibited)

1 = No Quick stop activated (enable possible)

STW.2 p0848[0] = r2090.2 [2501.3] Sequence control
0 = Activate Quick stop (OFF3 ramp p1135, then pulse suppression and switching on inhibited)

1 = Enable operation (pulses can be enabled)

STW.3 p0852[0] = r2090.3 [2501.3] Sequence control
0 = Inhibit operation (suppress pulses)

1 = Enable ramp-function generator <2>

STW.4 p1140[0] = r2090.4 [2501.3] [3070]
0 = Inhibit ramp-function generator

1 = Continue ramp-function generator <2>

STW.5 p1141[0] = r2090.5 [2501.3] [3070]
0 = function generator

1 = Enable setpoint <2>

STW.6 p1142[0] = r2090.6 [2501.3] [3070]
0 = Inhibit setpoint (set the ramp-function generator input to zero)

STW.7 = Acknowledge fault p2103[0] = r2090.7 [2546.1] [8060]

<2> -
STW.8 1 = Stop <3> [3070]

STW.9 Reserved - - -

STW.10 Reserved - - -

STW.11 Can be freely connected pxxxx[y] = r2090.11 - -

STW.12 Can be freely connected pxxxx[y] = r2090.12 - -

STW.13 Can be freely connected pxxxx[y] = r2090.13 - -

List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

STW.14 Can be freely connected pxxxx[y] = r2090.14 - -

STW.15 Can be freely connected pxxxx[y] = r2090.15 - -

<1> Depending on the position of the CANopen control word in p8750, the number of the binector to be connected changes.
<2> Not taken into account for the automatic control word interconnection (p8790).
SINAMICS G120C

<3> Interconnection via p8791.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CANopen fp_9220_97_68.vsd Function diagram
- 9220 -
CANopen control word interconnection 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C CAN
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-35
Status word
Bit No. Status word CANopen r8784
9226 – Status word, CANopen (r8784)

From sequence control 0 1 = Ready for switching on

From sequence control 1 1 = Ready for operation (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited)

From sequence control 2 1 = Operation enabled (drive follows n_set)

From fault buffer [8060] 3 1 = Fault present

From sequence control 4 1 = No coast down active

From sequence control 5 1 = No Quick stop active

From sequence control 6 1 = Switching on inhibited active

From alarm buffer [8065] 7 1 = Alarm present

Status word bit 8 p8785

(0) 8 Freely interconnectable (BI: p8785)

Bit 9 = 1 --> Ready to exchange process data 9 1 = Control requested

CANopen control word bit 8 = 0: from speed signals [8011.8] (r2197.7) <2> <1>
CANopen control word bit 8 = 1: from speed signals [8010.8] (r2199.0) 10 1 = Target reached

From status word speed controller [2522] 11 1 = Torque limit reached

From speed signals [8010.8] (r2199.0) 12 1 = Velocity equal to zero

3.6 CANopen communication

13 Reserved

Status word bit 14 p8786

(0) 14 Freely interconnectable (BI: p8786)

3 Function diagrams
Status word bit 15 p8787
(0) 15 Freely interconnectable (BI: p8787)
<1> With setpoint channel: connect p2151 with r1119 [8011.3].
<2> Only if p8791 = 1 or 3.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CANopen fp_9226_97_68.vsd Function diagram
- 9226 -
Status word, CANopen (r8784) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C CAN
487
3 Function diagrams
3.7 Communication fieldbus interface (USS, Modbus)

3.7 Communication fieldbus interface (USS, Modbus)

Function diagrams

9310 – Configuration, addresses and diagnostics 489

9342 – STW1 control word interconnection 490

9352 – ZSW1 status word interconnection 491

9360 – Receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) 492

9370 – Send telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) 493

SINAMICS G120C
488 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-36
Fieldbus configuration Monitoring functions
Fieldbus t_monit
0 ... 1999999 [ms]
p2040 (100)
9310 – Configuration, addresses and diagnostics

Cyclic telegrams from

the master
F01910 "Fieldbus IF: setpoint
T 0 timeout"

Field bus address No telegrams from the master

p2021 p2021 t
Field bus baud
p2020

Memory Actual address

>0
SET
USS
Field bus USS PZD configuration
p2022
POWER ON
Field bus protocol
Field bus USS PKW 0 ... 2
p2023 p2030 (0)

BUS ADDRESS
ON 0
No protocol
1 Telegrams to the
1
2 master
1 2 4 8 16 32 64

Significance

3.7 Communication fieldbus interface (USS, Modbus)

Field bus address
All DIP switches to OFF p2021 p2021
==> set the address using p2021
Field bus baud
p2020

>0 Memory
SET Modbus
Fieldbus times configuration
p2024
POWER ON

Modbus parity
p2031

Field bus error

Diagnostic parameters r2029

3 Function diagrams
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Fieldbus Interface (USS, Modbus) fp_9310_97_66.vsd Function diagram
- 9310 -
Configuration, addresses and diagnostics 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 G120C USS/Modbus
489
490

3.7 Communication fieldbus interface (USS, Modbus)

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-37
Signal targets for fieldbus STW1
Signal Meaning Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Inverted
parameters internal control word signal target

STW1.0 = ON (pulses can be enabled) Sequence control -

p0840[0] = r2090.0 [2501.3]
9342 – STW1 control word interconnection

0 = OFF1 (braking with ramp-function generator, then pulse suppression & ready for switching on)

STW1.1 1 = No OFF2 (enable is possible) Sequence control -

p0844[0] = r2090.1 [2501.3]
0 = OFF2 (immediate pulse suppression and switching on inhibited)

STW1.2 1 = No OFF3 (enable is possible) Sequence control -

p0848[0] = r2090.2 [2501.3]
0 = OFF3 (braking with the OFF3 ramp p1135, then pulse suppression and switching on inhibited)

1 = Enable operation (pulses can be enabled)

STW1.3 p0852[0] = r2090.3 [2501.3] Sequence control -
0 = Inhibit operation (suppress pulses)

1 = Ramp-function generator enable

STW1.4 p1140[0] = r2090.4 [2501.3] [3070] -
0 = Inhibit ramp-function generator (set the ramp-function generator output to zero)

1 = Continue ramp-function generator

STW1.5 p1141[0] = r2090.5 [2501.3] [3070] -
0 = Freezes the ramp-function generator

STW1.6 1 = Setpoint enable p1142[0] = r2090.6 [3070] -

[2501.3]
0 = Inhibits the setpoint (the ramp-function generator input is set to zero)

STW1.7 = Acknowledge faults p2103[0] = r2090.7 [2546.1] [8060] -

STW1.8 Reserved - - - -

STW1.9 Reserved - - - -

STW1.10 1 = Control via PLC <1> p0854[0] = r2090.10 [2501.3] [2501] -

STW1.11 1 = Dir of rot reversal <2> p1113[0] = r2090.11 [2505.3] [3040] -

STW1.12 Reserved - - - -

STW1.13 1 = Motorized potentiometer, setpoint, raise p1035[0] = r2090.13 [2505.3] [3020] -

List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

STW1.14 1 = Motorized potentiometer, setpoint, lower p1036[0] = r2090.14 [2505.3] [3020] -

STW1.15 Reserved - - - -

<1> Bit 10 in STW1 must be set to ensure that the drive accepts the process data.
SINAMICS G120C

<2> The direction reversal can be locked (see p1110 and p1111).

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Fieldbus Interface (USS, Modbus) fp_9342_97_62.vsd Function diagram
- 9342 -
STW1 control word interconnection 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 G120C USS/Modbus
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-38
Signal sources for fieldbus ZSW1
Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram]
Signal Meaning Inverted
parameters internal control word signal target
<1>

ZSW1.0 1 = Ready for switching on p2080[0] = r0899.0 [2503.7] Sequence control -

9352 – ZSW1 status word interconnection

ZSW1.1 1 = Ready for operation (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) p2080[1] = r0899.1 [2503.7] Sequence control -

ZSW1.2 1 = Operation enabled (drive follows n_set) p2080[2] = r0899.2 [2503.7] Sequence control -

ZSW1.3 1 = Fault present p2080[3] = r2139.3 [2548.7] [8060] -

ZSW1.4 1 = No coast down active (OFF2 inactive) p2080[4] = r0899.4 [2503.7] Sequence control -

ZSW1.5 1 = No Quick stop active (OFF3 inactive) p2080[5] = r0899.5 [2503.7] Sequence control -

ZSW1.6 1 = Switching on inhibited active p2080[6] = r0899.6 [2503.7] Sequence control -

ZSW1.7 1 = Alarm present p2080[7] = r2139.7 [2548.7] [8065] -

ZSW1.8 1 = Speed setpoint - actual value deviation within tolerance t_off p2080[8] = r2197.7 [2534.7] [8011] -

3.7 Communication fieldbus interface (USS, Modbus)

ZSW1.9 1 = Control requested <2> p2080[9] = r0899.9 [2503.7] [2503] -

ZSW1.10 1 = f or n comparison value reached/exceeded p2080[10] = r2199.1 [2536.7] [8010] -

ZSW1.11 1 = I, M, or P limit not reached p2080[11] = r1407.7 [2522.7] [6060]

ZSW1.12 1 = Open holding brake p2080[12] = r0899.12 [2503.7] [2701] -

ZSW1.13 1 = No motor overtemperature alarm p2080[13] = r2135.14 [2548.7] [8016]

ZSW1.14 1 = Motor rotates forwards (n_act  0) p2080[14] = r2197.3 [2534.7] [8011] -

ZSW1.15 1 = No alarm, thermal overload, power unit p2080[15] = r2135.15 [2548.7] [8021]

3 Function diagrams
<1> The ZSW1 is generated using the binector-connector converter (BI: p2080[0...15], inversion: p2088[0].0...p2088[0].15).
<2> The drive is ready to accept data.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Fieldbus Interface (USS, Modbus) fp_9352_97_62.vsd Function diagram
- 9352 -
ZSW1 status word interconnection 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 G120C USS/Modbus
491
492

3.7 Communication fieldbus interface (USS, Modbus)

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-39
r2090.0 PZD1 recv bitw
r2090.15
...
<1> PZD receive word 1 r2050[0] PZD1 recv bitw
PZD recv word
r2091.0
...
PZD2 recv bitw
9360 – Receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999)

r2091.15 PZD2 recv bitw

<2> PZD receive word 2 r2050[1] PZD recv word
r2092.0
...
PZD3 recv bitw
Fieldbus r2092.15 PZD3 recv bitw
PZD receive word 3 r2050[2] PZD recv word
r2093.0
...
PZD4 recv bitw
r2093.15 PZD4 recv bitw
PZD receive word 4 r2050[3] PZD recv word
Receive telegram PZD recv word
PZD receive word 5 r2050[4]

PZD recv word

PZD receive word 6 r2050[5]
Con/bin outp
PZD recv word r2094.0
PZD receive word 7 r2050[6]

PZD recv word

PZD receive word 8 r2050[7]

PZD recv word

PZD receive word 9 r2050[8]
Con/bin outp
PZD recv word r2094.15
PZD receive word 10 r2050[9]

PZD recv word

PZD receive word 11 r2050[10]

PZD recv word

PZD receive word 12 r2050[11]
Con/bin outp
<3> r2095.0

Reference quantities for further

interconnection
p200x
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

Con/bin outp
r2095.15

<1> The receive word 1 must be used as control word (STW1) (due to bit 10 "control requested").
<2> The preconfiguration with the speed setpoint is set automatically via p1000 = 6.
<3> The following representation applies for words: 4000 hex = 100 %.
The reference variables p200x apply for the ongoing interconnection (100 % -> p200x).
SINAMICS G120C

The following applies for temperature values: 100 °C -> 100 % = 4000 hex, 0 °C -> 0 %.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Fieldbus Interface (USS, Modbus) fp_9360_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 9360 -
Receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 G120C USS/Modbus
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-40
9370 – Send telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999)

Diag send word

r2053[0 … 7]
PZD send word p2051[0] <1>
...
(0) PZD send word 1 <1>

PZD send word p2051[1]

(0) PZD send word 2 <2>

PZD send word p2051[2]

(0) PZD send word 3

PZD send word p2051[3]

(0) PZD send word 4
Send telegram
PZD send word p2051[4]
(0) PZD send word 5

PZD send word p2051[5]

(0) PZD send word 6

3.7 Communication fieldbus interface (USS, Modbus)

Fieldbus
PZD send word p2051[6]
(0) PZD send word 7

PZD send word p2051[7]

(0) PZD send word 8

<3>
Reference quantities for
further interconnection
p200x

<1> The send word 1 must be used as status word (ZSW1).

3 Function diagrams
<2> The preconfiguration with the speed setpoint is set automatically via p1000 = 6.
<3> Physical word values are inserted in the telegram as referenced variables. p200x apply as reference variables (telegram contents = 4000 hex,
if the input variable has the value p200x).
The following applies for temperature values: 100 °C -> 100 % = 4000

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Fieldbus Interface (USS, Modbus) fp_9370_97_62.vsd Function diagram
- 9370 -
Send telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 G120C USS/Modbus
493
3 Function diagrams
3.8 Internal control/status words

3.8 Internal control/status words

Function diagrams

2501 – Control word, sequence control (r0898) 495

2503 – Status word, sequence control (r0899) 496

2505 – Control word, setpoint channel (r1198) 497

2510 – Status word 1 (r0052) 498

2512 – Control word 1 (r0054) 499

2513 – Supplementary control word (r0055) 500

2522 – Status word, speed controller (r1407) 501

2526 – Status word, closed-loop control (r0056) 502

2530 – Status word, current control (r1408) 503

2534 – Status word, monitoring functions 1 (r2197) 504

2536 – Status word, monitoring functions 2 (r2198) 505

2537 – Status word, monitoring functions 3 (r2199) 506

2546 – Control word, faults/alarms (r2138) 507

2548 – Status word, faults/alarms 1 and 2 (r2139 and r2135) 508

2610 – Sequence control - Sequencer 509

2634 – Sequence control - missing enable signals, line contactor control 510

SINAMICS G120C
494 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-41
PROFIdrive-Bit
STW seq_ctrl
OFF2 S_src 1
r0898
<2> p0844 [C] Bit Control word sequence control (r0898)
No. r0898
<3> (1)
OFF2 S_src 2 ON / OFF (OFF1) p0840 [C]
= ON
<3> (722.0) 0 r0898.0 To sequence control
2501 – Control word, sequence control (r0898)

p0845 [C] 0 = OFF1 active [2610]

(1)
1 = Operating condition, no coast down active (OFF2 inactive)
1 r0898.1 To sequence control
0 = OFF2 active [2610]
OFF3 S_src 1
1 = Operating condition, no quick stop active (OFF3 inactive)
<2> p0848 [C] 2 r0898.2 To sequence control
0 = OFF3 active [2610]
<3> (1)
OFF3 S_src 2 Enable operation p0852 [C]
<3> (1) 3 1 = Enable operation r0898.3 To sequence control
p0849 [C] [2610]
(1)
r2090.4 with PROFIBUS or 1
4 1 = Enable ramp-function generator r0898.4 To the setpoint channel [3070.7]

r2090.5 with PROFIBUS or 1

5 1 = Continue ramp-function generator r0898.5 To the setpoint channel [3070.1]

r2090.6 with PROFIBUS or 1

6 1 = Enable speed setpoint r0898.6 To the setpoint channel [3070.1]

Uncond open brake p0855 [C]

<3> (0) 7 1 = Command open brake r0898.7 To the brake control [2701.4]

Jog bit 0 p1055 [C]

<3> (0) 8 1 = Jog 1 r0898.8 To jog [3030.6]

Jog bit 1 p1056 [C]

<3> (0) 9 1 = Jog 2 r0898.9 To jog [3030.6]

Master ctrl by PLC p0854 [C]

<3> (1) 10 1 = Control via PLC <1> r0898.10

11 Reserved

n_ctrl enable p0856 [C]

<3> (1) 12 1 = Speed controller enable r0898.12 To the brake control [2701.4]
To the torque setpoint [6060.4]

3.8 Internal control/status words

13 Reserved

Uncond close brake p0858 [C]

<3> (0) 14 1 = Command close brake r0898.14 To the brake control [2701.4]

<1> Bit 10 in STW1 must be set to ensure 15 Reserved

that the drive accepts the process

3 Function diagrams
data.
<2> PROFIdrive interconnection for CDS0:
For PROFIdrive standard telegrams, the upper inputs are connected with PROFIdrive-STW1 [2420].
<3> When the master control is retrieved, predefined by STARTER or IOP.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Internal control/status words fp_2501_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 2501 -
Control word, sequence control (r0898) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
495
496

3.8 Internal control/status words

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-42
PROFIdrive-Bit
ZSW seq_ctrl
r0899
Bit No. Status word sequence control (r0899)
r0899

From sequence control

0 1 = Ready for switch on r0899.0
2503 – Status word, sequence control (r0899)

[2610]

From sequence control

[2610] 1 1 = Ready (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) r0899.1

From sequence control

[2610] 2 1 = Operation enabled (drive follows n_set) r0899.2

From sequence control

[2610] 3 1 = Jog active r0899.3
OFF2 S_src 2
p0845 [C] From sequence control
(1) [2610] 4 1 = No coast down active (OFF2 inactive) r0899.4

OFF3 S_src 2 From sequence control

p0849 [C] [2610] 5 1 = No quick stop active (OFF3 inactive) r0899.5
(1)
From sequence control
[2610] 6 1 = Switching on inhibited active r0899.6

OFF1
& 7 1 = Drive ready r0899.7
OFF2
1 From sequence control
8 1 = Controller enable r0899.8
OFF3 [2610]

Bit 9 = 1 --> Ready to exchange process

data 9 1 = Control requested <1> r0899.9
Enable internal
missing or
fault with 10 Reserved
this reaction
From sequence control
[2610] 11 1 = Pulses enabled r0899.11

From the brake control [2701.8] 12 1 = Open holding brake r0899.12

From the brake control [2701.8] 13 1 = Command close holding brake r0899.13
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

14 Reserved

15 Reserved
SINAMICS G120C

<1> The drive is ready to accept data.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Internal control/status words fp_2503_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 2503 -
Status word, sequence control (r0899) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-43 STW setpoint chan

r1198
Bit No. Control word setpoint channel (r1198)
r1198
p1020 [C] n_set_fixed Bit 0
(0) 0 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 0 r1198.0 To fixed speed setpoints [3010.2]
2505 – Control word, setpoint channel (r1198)

p1021 [C] n_set_fixed Bit 1

(0) 1 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 1 r1198.1 To fixed speed setpoints [3010.2]

p1022 [C] n_set_fixed Bit 2

(0) 2 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 2 r1198.2 To fixed speed setpoints [3010.2]

p1023 [C] n_set_fixed Bit 3

(0) 3 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 3 r1198.3 To fixed speed setpoints [3010.2]

4 Reserved

p1110 [C] Inhib neg dir

To direction of rotation limiting and
(0) 5 1 = Inhibit negative direction of rotation r1198.5
direction of rotation reversal [3040.3]
p1111 [C] Inhib pos dir
To direction of rotation limiting and
(0) 6 1 = Inhibit positive direction of rotation r1198.6
direction of rotation reversal [3040.3]

7 Reserved

8 Reserved

9 Reserved

10 Reserved

p1113 [C] Setp inv

To direction of rotation limiting and
(722.1) 11 1 = Setpoint inversion r1198.11
direction of rotation reversal [3040.2]

12 Reserved

p1035 [C] Mop raise

3.8 Internal control/status words

(0) 13 1 = Motorized potentiometer, raise r1198.13 To the motorized potentiometer [3020.1]

p1036 [C] Mop lower

(0) 14 1 = Motorized potentiometer, lower r1198.14 To the motorized potentiometer [3020.1]

15 1 = Bypass ramp-function generator r1198.15 To the ramp-function generator [3070.1]

3 Function diagrams
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Internal control/status words fp_2505_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 2505 -
Control word, setpoint channel (r1198) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
497
498

3.8 Internal control/status words

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-44 ZSW 1
r0052
Bit No. Status word 1 (r0052)
r0052
r0899
[2503.7] ZSW seq_ctrl
r0899.0 0 1 = Ready for switch on r0052.0
2510 – Status word 1 (r0052)

r0899
[2503.7] ZSW seq_ctrl
r0899.1 1 1 = Ready (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) r0052.1

r0899
[2503.7] ZSW seq_ctrl
r0899.2 2 1 = Operation enabled (voltage at output terminals) r0052.2

r2139
[2548.7] ZSW fault/alarm 1 Signal is inverted if connected to a Digital
r2139.3 3 1 = Fault present (pulses inhibited) r0052.3
Output.
r0899
[2503.7] ZSW seq_ctrl
r0899.4 4 0 = Coast down active (OFF2 active) r0052.4

r0899
[2503.7] ZSW seq_ctrl
r0899.5 5 0 = Quick stop active (OFF3 active) r0052.5

r0899
[2503.7] ZSW seq_ctrl
r0899.6 6 1 = Switching on inhibited active r0052.6

r2139
[2548.7] ZSW fault/alarm 1
r2139.7 7 1 = Alarm present r0052.7

r2197
[2534.7] ZSW monitor 1
r2197.7 8 0 = Deviation setpoint/actual speed r0052.8

r0899
[2503.7] ZSW seq_ctrl
r0899.7 9 1 = Control request r0052.9

r2197
[2534.7] ZSW monitor 1 1 = Maximum speed reached (f_act  p1082 (f_max))
r2197.6 10 r0052.10
0 = f_act < p1082 (f_max)
r0056
[2526.7] ZSW cl-loop ctrl
r0056.13 11 0 = I,M,P limit reached r0052.11

r0899
[2701.8] ZSW seq_ctrl
r0899.12 12 1 = Motor holding brake open r0052.12

r2135
[2548.7] ZSW fault/alarm 2
r2135.14 13 0 = Alarm motor overtemperature r0052.13
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

r2197
[2534.7] ZSW monitor 1
r2197.3 14 1 = Motor rotates forwards r0052.14

r2135
[2548.7] ZSW fault/alarm 2
r2135.15 15 0 = Alarm drive converter overload r0052.15
SINAMICS G120C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Internal control/status words fp_2510_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 2510 -
Status word 1 (r0052) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-45 OFF2 S_src 1 STW 1

p0844 [C] r0054
Bit No. Control word 1 (r0054)
(1) STW seq_ctrl r0054
p0840 [C] ON / OFF (OFF1) r0898 [2501.7]
0 = OFF1, Shutdown via ramp, followed by pulse inhibit Sequence control
OFF2 S_src 2 & (722.0) r0898.0 0
2512 – Control word 1 (r0054)

1 = ON, operating condition (edge-controlled) Setpoint channel

p0845 [C]
(1) r0898 [2501.7]
1 = OFF2: Electrical stop, pulse inhibit, motor coasts down
r0898.1 1 Sequence control
0 = Operating condition
OFF3 S_src 1 r0898 [2501.7]
p0848 [C] 1 = OFF3: Quick stop Sequence control
r0898.2 2
(1) 0 = Operating condition Setpoint channel
p0852 [C] Enable operation r0898 [2501.7]
OFF3 S_src 2 & (1) r0898.3 3 1 = Operation enable Sequence control
p0849 [C]
(1) r0898 [2501.7]
r0898.4 4 1 = Ramp-function generator enable Setpoint channel

r0898 [2501.7]
r0898.5 5 1 = Continue ramp-function generator Setpoint channel
1st acknowledge r0898 [2501.7]
p2103 [C] r0898.6 6 1 = Speed setpoint enable Setpoint channel
(722.2)
r2138 [2546.7]
2nd acknowledge 1 r2138.7 7 1 = Acknowledge fault Sequence control
p2104 [C]
(0) p1055 [C] Jog bit 0 r0898 [2501.7]
(0) r0898.8 8 1 = Jog bit 0 Sequence control
Setpoint channel
Pulse generator
p1056 [C] Jog bit 1 r0898 [2501.7]
(0) r0898.9 9 1 = Jog bit 1 Sequence control
Setpoint channel
p0854 [C] Master ctrl by PLC r0898 [2501.7] Bit 10 in STW1 must be set to ensure
(1) r0898.10 10 1 = Master ctrl by PLC that the drive accepts the process
data.
p1113 [C] Setp inv r1198 [2505.7]
(722.1) r1198.11 11 1 = Directions reversal (setpoint) Setpoint channel

12 Reserved

p1035 [C] Mop raise r1198 [2505.7]

3.8 Internal control/status words

(0) r1198.13 13 1 = Motorized potentiometer raise Setpoint channel

p1036 [C] Mop lower r1198 [2505.7]

(0) r1198.14 14 1 = Motorized potentiometer lower Setpoint channel

r0836 [8560.7]
r0836.0 15 1 = CDS bit 0 Sequence control

3 Function diagrams
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Internal control/status words fp_2512_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 2512 -
Control word 1 (r0054) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
499
500

3.8 Internal control/status words

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-46 Suppl STW
r0055
Bit No. Supplementary control word (r0055)
r0055
r1198
[2505.7] STW setpoint chan
r1198.0 0 1 = Fixed setp bit 0 Fixed speed values
2513 – Supplementary control word (r0055)

r1198
[2505.7] STW setpoint chan
r1198.1 1 1 = Fixed setp bit 1 Fixed speed values

r1198
[2505.7] STW setpoint chan
r1198.2 2 1 = Fixed setp bit 2 Fixed speed values

r1198
[2505.7] STW setpoint chan
r1198.3 3 1 = Fixed setp bit 3 Fixed speed values

r0837
[8565.6] DDS selected
r0837.0 4 1 = DDS select. bit 0 Sequence control

5 Reserved

6 Reserved

7 Reserved

r2349
[7958.6] Tec_ctrl status
r2349.0 8 1 = Technology controller enable Technology controller

r1239
[7017.7] DCBRK ZSW
r1239.11 9 1 = DC brake enable DC braking control

10 Reserved

11 Reserved

12 Reserved

r2138
[2546.7] STW fault/alarm
r2138.13 13 0 = External fault 1 (F07860) Sequence control
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

14 Reserved

r0836
[8560.7] CDS selected
r0836.1 15 1 = CDS bit 1 Sequence control
SINAMICS G120C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Internal control/status words fp_2513_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 2513 -
Supplementary control word (r0055) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-47 ZSW n_ctrl

r1407
Bit No. Status word speed controller (r1407)
r1407

0 1 = U/f control active r1407.0

2522 – Status word, speed controller (r1407)

From the changeover, closed-loop control types 1 1 = Sensorless operation active r1407.1

2 0 = Torque control active r1407.2

From sequence control 1 = Closed-loop speed control active

[2610] 3 r1407.3

... Reserved

From the speed controller [6040.7] 5 1 = Speed controller, I component held r1407.5

From the speed controller [6040.7] 6 1 = Speed controller, I component set r1407.6

Speed controller [6040.4], [6824.4]

From the torque setpoint [6060.5] 7 1 = Torque limit reached r1407.7
Motor locked/stalled [8012.5]

From the torque setpoint [6060.5] 8 1 = Torque limiting, upper, active r1407.8

From the torque setpoint [6060.4], [6060.7] 9 1 = Torque limiting, lower, active r1407.9

... Reserved

From the speed setpoint [6030.3] 11 1 = Speed setpoint limited r1407.11

12 1 = Ramp-function generator set r1407.12

13 1 = Sensorless operation due to a fault r1407.13

14 1 = I/f control active r1407.14

From the torque setpoint [6060.5] 15 1 = Torque limit reached (without pre-control) r1407.15

16 Reserved

From the speed limiting [6640.8] 17 1 = Speed limiting control active r1407.17

... Reserved

3.8 Internal control/status words

23 1 = Acceleration model switched on r1407.23

From the moment of inertia estimator [6035.4], [6823.4] 24 1 = moment of inertia estimator active r1407.24

From the moment of inertia estimator [6035.4], [6823.4] 25 1 = load estimator active r1407.25

3 Function diagrams
From the moment of inertia estimator [6035.4], [6823.4] 26 1 = moment of inertia estimator stabilized r1407.26

27 1 = moment of inertia estimator quick estimation active r1407.27

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Internal control/status words fp_2522_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 2522 -
Status word, speed controller (r1407) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
501
502

3.8 Internal control/status words

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-48 ZSW cl-loop ctrl
r0056
Bit No. Status word closed-loop control (r0056)
r0056

0 1 = Initialization completed r0056.0

2526 – Status word, closed-loop control (r0056)

1 1 = De-magnetization completed r0056.1

2 1 = Pulse enable available r0056.2

3 1 = Soft starting available <1> r0056.3

[6722.6] 4 1 = Magnetization completed r0056.4 [2701.1]

[6301.4] 5 1 = Starting boost active r0056.5

[6301.2] 6 1 = Acceleration voltage active <1> r0056.6

[6730.4], [6731.4] 7 1 = Frequency, negative r0056.7 [6710.5]

[6722.3] 8 1 = Field weakening active r0056.8

[6714.8] 9 1 = Voltage limit active r0056.9

[6310.8] 10 1 = Slip limiting active <1> r0056.10

[6730.4], [6731.4] 11 1 = Frequency limit active r0056.11

12 1 = Current limiting controller, voltage output active <1> r0056.12 [8012.5]

[6060.8] 13 1 = Current/torque limiting active <1> r0056.13 [2510.1], [8012.5]

List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

[6220.8], [6320.8] 14 1 = Vdc_max controller active <2> r0056.14 [6030.6], [6710.1]

[6220.8], [6320.8] 15 1 = Vdc_min controller active <2> r0056.15 [6710.1]

<1> Only for U/f control.

SINAMICS G120C

<2> Only for Power Modules PM230/PM240.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Internal control/status words fp_2526_97_66.vsd Function diagram
- 2526 -
Status word, closed-loop control (r0056) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-49 ZSW I_ctrl

r1408
Bit No. Status word, current control (r1408)
r1408

0 1 = Current controller active r1408.0

2530 – Status word, current control (r1408)

[6714.5] 1 1 = Id controller I comp. limitation r1408.1

2 Reserved

[6714.8] 3 1 = Voltage limitation r1408.3

4 Reserved

5 Reserved

6 Reserved

7 Reserved

8 Reserved

9 Reserved

[6730.3] 10 1 = Speed adaptation limitation r1408.10

11 Reserved

r2198
[2536.7] ZSW monitor 2
r2198.7 12 1 = Motor stalled r1408.12

3.8 Internal control/status words

13 1 = Separately-excited synchronous motor is excited r1408.13

14 1 = Current model SESM: Magnetizing excitation current set to 0 r1408.14

15 Reserved

3 Function diagrams
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Internal control/status words fp_2530_97_64.vsd Function diagram
- 2530 -
Status word, current control (r1408) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
503
504

3.8 Internal control/status words

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-50 ZSW monitor 1
r2197
Bit No. Status word, monitoring functions 1 (r2197)
r2197

From monitoring signals [8021.8] 0 1 = |n_act|  n_min p1080 r2197.0 [2511.2]

2534 – Status word, monitoring functions 1 (r2197)

From speed signals [8010.8] 1 1 = |n_act|  speed threshold value 2 (p2155) <1> r2197.1 [2511.2]

1 2 1 = |n_act| > speed threshold value 2 (p2155) <1> r2197.2 [2511.2]

From speed signals [8011.8] 3 1 = n_act  0 r2197.3 [2510.2]

From monitoring signals [8021.8] 4 1 = |n_act|  n_set r2197.4 [2511.2]

From monitoring signals [8021.8] 5 1 = |n_act|  n_standstill p1226 r2197.5 [2511.2]

From speed signals [8010.8] 6 1 = |n_act| > n_max r2197.6 [2510.2], [8021.1]

From speed signals [8011.8] 7 1 = Speed setpoint - actual value deviation within tolerance t_off r2197.7 [2510.2]

From monitoring signals [8021.8] 8 1 = I_act  I_threshold p2170 r2197.8 [2511.2]

From monitoring signals [8021.8] 9 1 = Vdc_act  Vdc_threshold p2172 r2197.9 [2511.2]

From monitoring signals [8021.8] 10 1 = Vdc_act > Vdc_threshold p2172 r2197.10 [2511.2]

From monitoring signals [8021.8] 11 1 = Load missing r2197.11

From monitoring signals [8022.8] 12 1 = |n_act| > n_max (with delay) r2197.12

13 1 = |n_act| > n_max (F07901) r2197.13

List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

14 Reserved

15 Reserved
SINAMICS G120C

<1> n_act = smoothed speed actual value r2169 [8010.2].

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Internal control/status words fp_2534_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 2534 -
Status word, monitoring functions 1 (r2197) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-51 ZSW monitor 2

r2198
Bit No. Status word, monitoring functions 2 (r2198)
r2198

From monitoring signals [8023.8] 0 1 = |n_act|  speed threshold 5 r2198.0

2536 – Status word, monitoring functions 2 (r2198)

From monitoring signals [8023.8] 1 1 = |n_act| > speed threshold 5 r2198.1

From monitoring signals [8023.8] 2 1 = |n_act|  speed threshold 6 r2198.2

From monitoring signals [8023.8] 3 1 = |n_act| > speed threshold 6 r2198.3

From speed signals [8011.8] 4 1 = |n_set| < p2161 r2198.4

From speed signals [8011.8] 5 1 = n_set > 0 r2198.5

From torque messages, motor locked/stalled [8012.8] 6 1 = Motor blocked r2198.6

From torque messages, motor locked/stalled [8012.8] 7 1 = Motor stalled r2198.7 [2530.2]

From monitoring signals [8022.8] 8 1 = |I_act| < I_threshold p2170 r2198.8

From monitoring signals [8023.8] 9 1 = |M_act| > torque threshold 1 and n_set reached r2198.9

From torque messages, motor locked/stalled [8012.3] 10 1 = |M_set| < torque threshold 1 (p2174) r2198.10

11 1 = Load in the alarm range r2198.11

12 1 = Load in the fault range r2198.12

3.8 Internal control/status words

From monitoring signals [8023.8] 13 1 = |M_act| > torque threshold 1 r2198.13

14 Reserved

15 Reserved

3 Function diagrams
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Internal control/status words fp_2536_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 2536 -
Status word, monitoring functions 2 (r2198) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
505
506

3.8 Internal control/status words

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-52
PROFIdrive-Bit
ZSW monitor 3
r2199
Bit No. Status word, monitoring functions 3 (r2199)
r2199

From speed signals [8010.8] 0 1 = |n_act| < speed threshold value 3 (p2161) <1> r2199.0
2537 – Status word, monitoring functions 3 (r2199)

From speed signals [8010.8] 1 1 = f or n comparison value reached or exceeded (p2141) r2199.1

2 Reserved

3 Reserved

From speed signals [8011.8] 4 1 = Speed setpoint - actual value deviation within tolerance t_on r2199.4

From speed signals [8011.8] 5 1 = Ramp-up/ramp-down completed r2199.5 [8012.1], [8023.1]

6 Reserved

7 Reserved

8 Reserved

9 Reserved

10 Reserved

From speed signals [8012.5] 11 1 = Torque utilization < torque threshold value 2 (p2194) r2199.11

12 Reserved

13 Reserved
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

14 Reserved

15 Reserved
SINAMICS G120C

<1> n_act = smoothed speed actual value r2169 [8010.2].

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Internal control/status words fp_2537_97_63.vsd Function diagram
- 2537 -
Status word, monitoring functions 3 (r2199) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-53
PROFIdrive-Bit
STW fault/alarm
r2138
Bit No. Control word, faults/alarms
r2138

0 Reserved
2546 – Control word, faults/alarms (r2138)

1 Reserved

2 Reserved

3 Reserved

4 Reserved

5 Reserved
1st acknowledge
p2103 [C] 6 Reserved
<1> (722.2)

2nd acknowledge 1 7 1 = Acknowledge fault r2138.7 To fault buffer [8060.1]

p2104 [C]
<1> (0)
8 Reserved

9 Reserved
External alarm 1
p2112 [C]
<1> (1) 1 10 1 = External alarm 1 (A07850) r2138.10 To alarm buffer [8065.1]

11 Reserved

12 Reserved
External fault 1
p2106 [C]

3.8 Internal control/status words

<1> (1) 1 13 1 = External fault 1 (F07860) r2138.13 To fault buffer [8060.1]

14 Reserved

15 Reserved

3 Function diagrams
<1> These parameters refer to the Command Data Sets (CDS)..

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Internal control/status words fp_2546_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 2546 -
Control word, faults/alarms (r2138) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
507
508

3.8 Internal control/status words

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-54 ZSW fault/alarm 1
r2139
Bit No. Status word, faults/alarms 1
r2139

0 1 = Acknowledgment running r2139.0

2548 – Status word, faults/alarms 1 and 2 (r2139 and r2135)

1 1 = Acknowledgment required r2139.1

... Reserved

From the fault buffer [8060.6] 3 1 = Fault present r2139.3 [2510.2]

... Reserved

6 1 = Internal signal 1 present r2139.6

From the alarm buffer [8065.4] 7 1 = Alarm present r2139.7 [2510.2]

8 1 = Internal signal 2 present r2139.8

... Reserved

From the alarm buffer [8065.4] 11 1 = Alarm class bit 0 r2139.11

From the alarm buffer [8065.4] 12 1 = Alarm class bit 1 r2139.12

From the alarm buffer [8065.4] 13 1 = Maintenance required r2139.13

From the alarm buffer [8065.4] 14 1 = Maintenance urgently required r2139.14

From the fault buffer [8060.6] 15 1 = Fault gone/can be acknowledged r2139.15

ZSW fault/alarm 2
r2135
Bit No. Status word, faults/alarms 2
r2135
0
... Reserved
11

From the thermal monitoring, motor [8016.8] 12 1 = Fault motor overtemperature r2135.12
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

From the thermal monitoring, power module [8021.8] 13 1 = Fault, thermal overload, power module r2135.13

From the thermal monitoring, motor [8016.8] 14 1 = Alarm motor overtemperature r2135.14 [2510.2]

From the thermal monitoring, power module [8021.8] 15 1 = Alarm, thermal overload, power module r2135.15 [2510.2]
SINAMICS G120C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Internal control/status words fp_2548_97_61.vsd Function diagram
- 2548 -
Status word, faults/alarms 1 and 2 (r2139 and r2135) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-55
p0857 … p0861 POWER ON <1>
<2> Pulse enable HW 2000.00 μs
1 Fault with OFF1- or
<4> [2701.8]
1 OFF3 response ...
S1: Switching on inhibited Drive at standstill
ZSWA.06 = 1, ZSWA.11 = 0 From all states
ZSWA.00/01/02 = 0
2610 – Sequence control - Sequencer

"0 = OFF" (STWA.00) Drive at standstill

Pulses inhibited "0 = Coast Stop" (STWA.01)
<3> <4> "0 = Coast Stop" (STWA.01) <3> <4> Pulse enable HW
"0 = Quick Stop" (STWA.02) <5> r0046.8 safety enable missing
1 [2701.8]
1 1
<5> r0046.8 safety enable missing
& <3> "0 = Coast Stop" (STWA.01)
[2634]
<4> "0 = Quick Stop" (STWA.02)
[2634] 1
"Commissioning completed" (p0010 = 0)
<5> r0046.8 safety enable missing <4> <6>
[2634] "0 = Quick Stop"
<4> 1 1 S5b:Quick Stop
(STWA.02)
S2: Ready for switching on ZSWA.00/01 = 1
<3> <4> ZSWA.11 = 1
ZSWA.00 = 1, ZSWA.11 = 0
ZSWA.02/06 = 0
Main contactor is OPEN Bring the drive to n  0 along
Wait for power-up or jog Pulse enable HW the ramp-function generator,
[2701.8]
1 1 then inhibit the pulses
"0 = Coast Stop" "0 = OFF"
<3> <4>
(STWA.01) Jog 1 1 "0 = OFF" Drive at
"0 = Quick Stop" Jog 2 Jog 1 &
<3> <4>
(STWA.02)
1 Jog 2
standstill

<5> r0046.8 safety enable <4>

S5c: Jogging -
[2634] missing S3:Ready for operation down ramp
ZSWA.00/01 = 1, ZSWA.11 = 0 <6>
ZSWA.00/01 = 1
ZSWA.02/06 = 0
ZSWA.11 = 1
ZSWA.02/06 = 0
Wait for "Enable operation" <4>
VDC charged Bring the drive to n  0 along
S5a: Ramp stop the ramp-function generator,
then inhibit the pulses
ZSWA.00/01 = 1
& ZSWA.11 = 1 <6>
No PM_fault Enable operation ZSWA.02/06 = 0
<4> Enable operation (STWA.03) & 1 1
(STWA.03) Bring the drive to n  0 along
De-magnetization completed the ramp-function generator, 1 = Controller
then inhibit the pulses enable
<3> "0 = Coast Stop" (r0046.27 = 0)
<4>
<4> (STWA.01)
No jogging 1 r0899.8

3.8 Internal control/status words

1 Jog 1 Jog 1
S4: Operation [2503.3]
<5> r0046.8 safety enable ZSWA.00/01/02 = 1
& 1 Jog 2 &
[2634] missing "0 = OFF" Jog 2 Jogging
OFF2 (has priority over jogging) ZSWA.11 = 1
ZSWA.06 = 0

<1> POWER ON = 24 V electronics supply OFF --> ON or RESET button. Pulses enabled
Controller enabled
<2> The sequence control is implemented according to the PROFIdrive profile.

3 Function diagrams
No jog operation: Setpoints enabled OFF3 (has priority over jogging)
<3> These control commands can also be triggered by a fault response.
<4> STWA.xx = control word, sequence control, bit xx (r0898) [2501]; ZSWA.xx = status word, sequence control bit xx (r0899) [2503]. Faults
Missing enable
F07300...F07802 [2634]
<5> Only if "Safety Integrated" is active. signals (r0046)
F6000
<6> The parameters p1226, p1227 and p1228 influence this status.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Internal control/status words fp_2610_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 2610 -
Sequence control - Sequencer 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
509
510

3.8 Internal control/status words

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-56 Missing enable sig
2000.00 μs

Bit Missing enable signals (r0046)

r0046 Control Unit
No. r0046
0 1 = OFF1 enable missing r0046.0 [3020.5]
2634 – Sequence control - missing enable signals, line contactor control

1 1 = OFF2 enable missing r0046.1 Line supply

2 1 = OFF3 enable missing r0046.2
0 = Internal quick stop [3070.2]
3 1 = Operation enable missing r0046.3 Fault with OFF3 response 1 [3070.4]
4 1 = DC current brake, enable missing r0046.4

... Reserved

8 1 = Safety enable missing r0046.8 1 = Internal RFG enable

1 [3070.2]
... Reserved

10 1 = Ramp-function generator enable missing r0046.10

11 1 = Ramp-function generator start missing r0046.11 Energize line contactor

DO
[2610.4] r0863.1 +24 V
12 1 = Setpoint enable missing r0046.12 Line contactor control [2241]
from sequence control
... Reserved
Line contact feedb
16 1 = OFF1 enable internal missing r0046.16 p0860 DI
(863.1) 1
17 1 = OFF2 enable internal missing r0046.17
[2221]
18 1 = OFF3 enable internal missing r0046.18
ON/OFF monitoring
19 1 = Pulse enable internal missing r0046.19 LineContact t_mon
p0861
20 1 = DC current brake, internal enable missing r0046.20

21 1 = PU enable missing r0046.21 F07300 "Line

T 0 contactor
... Reserved
1 feedback signal Converter
missing"
26 1 = Drive inactive or not operational r0046.26 Time monitoring

27 1 = Demagnetizing not completed r0046.27

Operating monitoring
28 1 = Brake open missing r0046.28

Reserved
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

... &
30 1 = Speed controller inhibited r0046.30

31 1 = Jog setpoint active r0046.31

&
SINAMICS G120C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Internal control/status words fp_2634_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 2634 -
Sequence control - Missing enable signals, line contactor control 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
 3 Function diagrams
3.9 Brake control

3.9 Brake control

Function diagrams

2701 – Basic brake control 512

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 511
512

3.9 Brake control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-57
STW seq_ctrl
p0858 r0898
1 = Unconditionally
r0898.14 Close "normal" brake
[2501.3] close the holding brake
0.010 [s] RESET
STW seq_ctrl
(Q=0) Q ZSW seq_ctrl
p0856 r0898
1 = Enable speed Close brake RESET r0899 <8>
r0898.12
Actual speed [rpm] 1 T 0 controller (Q=0) Q r0899.13 [2503.3]
SET
2701 – Basic brake control

[4715.7] r0063 [0] Q p1215 = 0 1 = Command, close holding brake

(Q=1)
unsmoothed <1>
0 1 Open brake SET
Q
1 = Open the holding brake
(Q=1) [2503.3]
& ZSW seq_ctrl
r0899 <5>
r0899.12 [2503.3]
<2>
20.00 [1/min] 1 = Holding brake open
<4> Brake t_close
300 [s] 0 ... 10000 [ms]
p1217 (100)
n_set before filt.
[rpm] 1 T 0
[6030.2]
r0060 T 0
[6822.2]
0
& RESET
OFF 1 present 1 (Q=0) Q
<7>
OFF 3 present 1
Pulse enable HW
ZSW seq_ctrl
& SET
Q
(Q=1) [6730.6], [6731.6]
r0899
1 = No coast down active
[2503.7] r0899.4
Pulse enable
<3> <2> <9>
STW seq_ctrl Brake t_open
STW seq_ctrl 1 = Unconditionally 0 ... 10000 [ms]
p0852 r0898 RESET open the holding Missing enable sig
1 = Operation enabled 1 p0855 r0898
[2501.3] r0898.3 (Q=0) Q brake p1216 (100)
r0046
[2501.3] r0898.7 RESET
ZSW seq_ctrl (Q=0) Q r0046.21 <6>
r0899 SET T 0
1 = Switching on PU enable internal missing
[2503.7] r0899.6 & (Q=1)
Q 1
inhibited active p1215 = 2 SET
ZSW cl-loop ctrl & (Q=1)
Q
r0056 <1>
1 = Magnetizing completed
[2526.6] r0056.4

<1> Priority assignment (high -> low): p1215, p0858, p0855, p0856, sequence control.
<2> If p1215 = 0, 2 -> t = 0 ms.
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

<3> Only if "Safety Integrated" is active.

<4> Monitoring time is initialized in dependence on the rated power of Power Module.
<5> If an external motor holding brake is used, p1215 should be set to 3 and r0899.12 should be interconnected as control signal.
<6> r0046.21 = 0, as long as r0046.0 = 1 (OFF1 enable missing or switching on inhibited).
r0046.21 = 1, if p0858 = 1 or p0856 = 0.
The signal generation is shown simplified.
<7> The internal signal includes signals that lead to OFF1 or OFF3 (e. g. BICO or fault response).
<8> If the brake is permanently applied or released (p0855, p0858 or p1215) the drive does not wait while the brake is released or applied.
SINAMICS G120C

<9> Start frequency with U/f control: p1351, p1352 [6310.6]; Start torque with vector control: p1475 [6040.3].

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Brake Control fp_2701_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 2701 -
Basic brake control 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
 3 Function diagrams
3.10 Safety Integrated Basic functions

3.10 Safety Integrated Basic functions

Function diagrams

2800 – Parameter manager 514

2802 – Monitoring functions and faults/alarms 515

2804 – Status words 516

2810 – STO (Safe Torque Off) 517

2813 – F-DI (Fail-safe Digital Input) 518

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 513
514

3.10 Safety Integrated Basic functions

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-58 Changing safety parameters

Safety commissioning mode

2800 – Parameter manager

SI act chksm P1 SI setp_chksm P1

[2802.1], [2810.3] r9798 p9799
--> select STO

Safety parameterizing =
enable
Safety Integrated commissioning
p0010 = 95
SI password inp Enter password Safety parameters Safety parameters
p9761 & can be changed. & are valid.

SI password new x =
p9762 Checksum check
y for safety
parameters

SET
= y=x
Effective password
SI ackn password
p9763
=

SI act_chksm P2 SI setp_chksm P2
r9898 p9899

Resetting safety parameters p0010  95

Exit safety
commissioning
mode
Inhibit safety functions
Safety parameters
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

SI enable fct P1 (except of the

p9601 = 0
[2810.1] password) can be
SI enable fct P2 reset to the factory
p9801 = 0 settings via p0970,
[2810.1] p3900.
SINAMICS G120C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Safety Integrated Basic Functions fp_2800_97_63.vsd Function diagram
- 2800 -
Parameter Manager 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-59
Safety Integrated version Monitoring clock cycle

SI version Drv P1 SI mon_clk cyc P1 [ms]

2802 – Monitoring functions and faults/alarms

r9770 r9780

F01611
[2810.1] STO-Klemme P1 (r0722.4) Safety monitoring functions F30611
1 = Faults with response "NONE"
STOP F
[2810.1] STO terminal P2 (r0722.5)
1 = STOP F active
r9772.15 [2804.1]
[2800.3] Safety commissioning mode Faults/alarms
P1: F/A01600 ... 01699
P2: F/A30600 ... 30699 1 = STOP F active
1 = STOP A active
r9872.15 [2804.4]
[2810.6] DIAG_U 1 r9772.10 [2804.2]

1 = Faults with response "immediate pulse suppression"

[2810.6] DIAG_L 1 = STOP A active
r9872.10 [2804.5]

1 = Faults with response "immediate pulse suppression"

Additional diagnostics that cannot be acknowledged
Information

SI KDV_list P1 SI diag STOP F P1

r9794 r9795
1 = STOP A
To Safe Torque Off
Cross checking list Diagnostics for STOP F [2810.3]

F01600/F30600
1

3.10 Safety Integrated Basic functions

"STOP A initiated"

1 = STOP A cannot be acknowledged, active

r9772.9 [2804.2]

1 = STOP A cannot be acknowledged, active

r9872.9 [2804.5]

3 Function diagrams
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Safety Integrated Basic Functions fp_2802_97_69.vsd Function diagram
- 2802 -
Monitoring functions and faults/alarms 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
515
516

3.10 Safety Integrated Basic functions

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-60 Status word Safety Integrated Status word Safety Integrated Status word Safety Integrated
Processor 1 SI status P1
Processor2 SI Status P2
Processor 1 and Processor 2 SI status P1+P2
r9772 r9872 r9773
Bit No. Status (Processor 1) Bit No. Status (Processor 2) Bit No. Status (Processor 1 + Processor 2)
r9772 r9872 r9773
2804 – Status words

[2810.4] 0 1 = STO selected on Processor 1 [2810.4] 0 1 = STO selected on Processor 2 & 0 1 = STO selected in drive

[2810.7] 1 1 = STO active on Processor 1 [2810.6] 1 1 = STO active on Processor 2 & 1 1 = STO active in drive

... Reserved ... Reserved ... Reserved

[2810.2] 7 1 = STO terminal state on Processor 1 [2810.2] 7 1 = STO terminal state on Processor 2 [2810.5] 31 1 = Test stop for STO required

8 Reserved 8 Reserved

[2802.7] 9 1 = STOP A cannot be acknowledged, active [2802.7] 9 1 = STOP A cannot be acknowledged, active

[2802.8] 10 1 = STOP A active [2802.8] 10 1 = STOP A active

... Reserved ... Reserved

[2802.5] 15 1 = STOP F active [2802.5] 15 1 = STOP F active

[2800.3] 16 1 = STO cause: Safety commissioning mode [2800.3] 16 1 = STO cause: Safety commissioning mode

[2810.2] 17 1 = STO cause: selection via terminal [2810.2] 17 1 = STO cause: selection via terminal

1 = STO cause: selection via motion 1 = STO cause: selection via motion
[2810.2] 18 monitoring functions [2810.2] 18 monitoring functions

[2819.8] 19 1 = STO cause: actual value missing 19 Reserved

[2810.2] 20 1 = STO cause: selection PROFIsafe [2810.2] 20 1 = STO cause: selection PROFIsafe

21 1 = STO cause selection on processor 2 21 1 = STO cause selection on processor 1

List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Safety Integrated Basic Functions fp_2804_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 2804 -
Status words 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-61
+24 V Processor 1
1 = STO cause: 1 = STO A01699
selected on P1 SI FCP Timer "Test stop for STO
selection via terminal 0.00 ... 9000.00 [h]
1 = STOP A [2802.8] r9772.0 required"
r9772.17 p9659 (8.00)
CU DI status [2804.1] 1 = STO active on Control Unit
1 1 SI status P1+P2 SI status P1
Kl. 16 r0722
2810 – STO (Safe Torque Off)

<1> T 0 r9773 [2804.2] r9772

r0722.4 &
1 r9773.31 r9772 .1
Enable STO via r9772.7 1 Timer for forced
1 = Test stop
terminals (P1) [2802.2] for STO
checking 1
[2804.2] required
1 = STO cause: procedure
selection PROFIsafe +5 V
PROFIsafe enabled for Shutdown path
Basic Functions r9772.20 from P1
(p9601.2 = 0 and & 0 = STO_P1 Upper IGBT + Vdc
p9601.3 = 1) (P1) [2804.1] bridge halve
& & 0 = Request Pulse suppression P1 <3>
0 = Select PROFIsafe
via STO

1 = STO cause: selection via

motion monitoring functions SI F-DI chg t P1
r9772.18 1 = Safety commissioning mode 0.00 ... 2000.00 [ms]
[2804.2] p9650 (500.00)
STO initiate [2800.3]
[2825.8] U
Safe pulse Gating unit
SI enable, functions integrated in the drive (p9601  0) T 0 F01611 (P1) suppression
<2> =1 F30611 (P2)
V
Processor 2
1 = STO cause:
1 = STO selected on SI F-DI chg t P2 ~
M
P2 0.00 ... 2000000.00 [μs]
selection via terminal W
r9872.0 p9850 (500000.00) +5 V
r9872.17 1 = STOP A [2802.8] Shutdown
CU DI status path from P2
1 [2804.4] 1 Monitoring for simultaneous occurrence 0 = STO_P2 Lower IGBT
Kl. 17 r0722 bridge halve
[2802.2]
r0722.5 & 0 = Request pulse suppression P2 <3>
1
Enable STO via r9872.7 1
terminals (P2) [2802.2]
1 = STO cause: [2804.4]
1 = "STO active" for
PROFIsafe enabled for selection PROFIsafe sequence control & - Vdc

3.10 Safety Integrated Basic functions

Basic Functions r9872.20
(p9801.2 = 0 and
[2804.4]
& [2802.1] DIAG_L
p9801.3 = 1) (P2)
& & [2802.1] DIAG_U
Gating unit
0 = Select PROFIsafe
via STO

1 = STO cause: selection via

motion monitoring functions
r9872.18
1 = Safety commissioning mode

3 Function diagrams
STO initiate [2804.2]
[2800.3] <1> Switch-on delay starts when the "request pulse suppression P1" is withdrawn.
[2825.8]
<2> Redundant functions in the Processor 1 (P1) and Processor 2 (P2).
SI enable, functions integrated in the drive (p9801  0) <3> Transistors inhibited for a "0" signal.
STO: Safe Torque Off

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Safety Integrated Basic Functions fp_2810_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 2810 -
STO (Safe Torque Off) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
517
518

3.10 Safety Integrated Basic functions

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-62
2813 – F-DI (Fail-safe Digital Input)

SI F-DI chg t P1 SI F-DI chg t P2

0.00 ... 2000.00 [ms] 0.00 ... 2000000.00 [μs]
p9650 (500.00) p9850 (500000.00)
SI STO t_debou P1
Kl. 9 0.00 ... 100.00 [ms]
+24V OUT p9651 (1.00)
T 0
=1 [2810.6]
Kl. 16 DI 4

Kl. 69 DI COM

Kl. 17 DI 5 & F-DI 0

Kl. 34 DI COM2

Kl. 28
GND
SI STO t_debou P2
0.00 ... 100000.00 [μs]
p9851 (0.00)
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Safety Integrated Basic Functions fp_2813_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 2813 -
F-DI (Fail-safe Digital Input) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
 3 Function diagrams
3.11 Safety Integrated PROFIsafe

3.11 Safety Integrated PROFIsafe

Function diagrams

2915 – Standard telegrams 520

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 519
520

3.11 Safety Integrated PROFIsafe

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-63 Ps telegram_sel
p60022

Interconnec-
2915 – Standard telegrams

tion is made
according to
Telegram 30
PZD1 S_STW1 S_ZSW1
PZD2
PZD3
PZD4
PZD5
PZD6
PROFIBUS/PROFINET

Send telegram to
PROFIBUS/PROFINET
Receive telegram from

PZD7
PZD8
PZD9
PZD10
PZD11
PZD12
PZD13
PZD14
PZD15
PZD16
PZD17
PZD18
PZD19
PZD20
PZD21
PZD22
PZD23
PZD24
PZD25
PZD26
PZD27
PZD28
PZD29
PZD30
PZD31
PZD32
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Safety Integrated PROFIsafe fp_2915_97_63.vsd Function diagram
- 2915 -
Standard telegrams 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 G120C DP/ PN
 3 Function diagrams
3.12 Setpoint channel

3.12 Setpoint channel

Function diagrams

3001 – Overview 522

3010 – Fixed speed setpoints, binary selection (p1016 = 2) 523

3011 – Fixed speed setpoints, direct selection (p1016 = 1) 524

3020 – Motorized potentiometer 525

3030 – Main/supplementary setpoint, setpoint scaling, jogging 526

3040 – Direction limitation and direction reversal 527

3050 – Skip frequency bands and speed limitations 528

3070 – Extended ramp-function generator 529

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 521
522

3.12 Setpoint channel

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-64
STW seq_ctrl
r0898
r0898.8
STW seq_ctrl
r0898
3001 – Overview

Main setpoint r0898.9

p1070 [C] RFG setp at inp
(755[0]) 0 0 [rpm]
Suppl setp + r1119
p1071 +
p1075 [C] 0 1 Setp after limit [6300.1]
(0) n_set_1 [rpm] [6850.1]

p1076
1 0
+/- r1114

Jog 1 n_set
-210000.000 ... 210000.000 [rpm] pos
p1058 [D] (150.000)
Jog 2 n_set 1 1 neg
-210000.000 ... 210000.000 [rpm] (-1)
p1059 [D] (-150.000)
[3030] Main/supplementary setpoint, setpoint [3040] Direction of rotating [3050] Skip (suppression)
scaling, jogging limiting/changeover bandwidth and speed limiting

Speed fixed setp [rpm]

r1024

Speed setpoint sum

[rpm]
r1170
[6020.1]
[3010] Fixed speed setpoints, binary [6820.1]
selection (p1016 = 2)
[8005.5]
[3070] Extended ramp-function generator n_ctrl n_set [rpm]
raise r1438
+
– n_act
Mot poti setpoint [rpm]
r1050

Ramp-function M_limit
lower Simulate ramp-function generator
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

generator tracking
[3020] Motorized potentiometer
SINAMICS G120C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Setpoint channel fp_3001_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 3001 -
Overview 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-65
n_set_fix select
1 ... 2
p1016 (1)
0.000 0 0 0 0
n_set_fixed Bit 0
3010 – Fixed speed setpoints, binary selection (p1016 = 2)

p1020 [C] 1 [3011]

(0) n_set_fixed 1 [rpm]
2 0 0 0 1
p1001 [D] (0.000)
n_set_fixed Bit 1
p1021 [C] 1 n_set_fixed 2 [rpm]
[3011] 0 0 1 0
(0) p1002 [D] (0.000)
2
n_set_fixed Bit 2 n_set_fixed 3 [rpm]
0 0 1 1
p1022 [C] 1 p1003 [D] (0.000)
[3011]
(0)
2 n_set_fixed 4 [rpm]
0 1 0 0
n_set_fixed Bit 3 p1004 [D] (0.000)
p1023 [C] 1 [3011]
n_set_fixed 5 [rpm]
(0) 0 1 0 1
2 p1005 [D] (0.000)

n_set_fixed 6 [rpm]
0 1 1 0
p1006 [D] (0.000)

n_set_fixed 7 [rpm]
0 1 1 1
p1007 [D] (0.000) Speed fixed setp [rpm]
r1024
n_set_fixed 8 [rpm]
1 0 0 0
p1008 [D] (0.000)

n_set_fixed 9 [rpm]
1 0 0 1
p1009 [D] (0.000)

n_set_fixed 10 [rpm]
1 0 1 0
p1010 [D] (0.000)

n_set_fixed 11 [rpm]
1 0 1 1
p1011 [D] (0.000)

n_set_fixed 12 [rpm]
1 1 0 0
p1012 [D] (0.000)

n_set_fixed 13 [rpm]
1 1 0 1
p1013 [D] (0.000)

n_set_fixed 14 [rpm]
1 1 1 0
p1014 [D] (0.000)

3.12 Setpoint channel

3 Function diagrams
n_set_fixed 15 [rpm]
1 1 1 1
p1015 [D] (0.000)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Setpoint channel fp_3010_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 3010 -
Fixed speed setpoints, binary selection (p1016 = 2) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
523
524

3.12 Setpoint channel

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-66 n_set_fix select
1 ... 2
p1016 (1)

n_set_fixed Bit 0
3011 – Fixed speed setpoints, direct selection (p1016 = 1)

p1020 [C] 1
(0) 2
[3010]
n_set_fixed Bit 1
p1021 [C] 1
(0) 2 n_setp_fix status
[3010] r1025.0
n_set_fixed Bit 2
p1022 [C] 1
(0) 2
[3010]
n_set_fixed Bit 3
p1023 [C] 1
(0) 2
[3010]

n_set_fixed 1 [rpm]
0001
p1001 [D] (0.000)

n_set_fixed 2 [rpm]
0010
p1002 [D] (0.000)

n_set_fixed 3 [rpm]
0100
p1003 [D] (0.000)
+ + + Speed fixed setp [rpm]
n_set_fixed 4 [rpm]
p1004 [D] (0.000) 1000 r1024
+ + +
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Setpoint channel fp_3011_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 3011 -
Fixed speed setpoints, direct selection (p1016 = 1) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-67
Data save active 0 The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is not saved and after ON is entered using p1040.
0 1 The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is saved in a ashion after OFF and after ON set to the saved value.
Automatic mode Ramp-function
1 generator active 0 Without ramp-function generator in automatic mode (ramp-up/ramp-down time = 0).
1 With ramp-function generator in automatic mode.
Mop configuration Initial rounding-off active 0 Without initial rounding.
p1030 [D] (0000 0110 bin) 2 1 With initial rounding. The ramp-up/down time set is exceeded accordingly.
3020 – Motorized potentiometer

Save in NVRAM active 0 Not saved in the NVRAM (NVRAM = Non Volatile Random Access Memory).
3 1 Save in NVRAM active.
Ramp-function generator is always
active 0 Ramp-up encoder inactive with pulse inhibit.
4 1 The ramp-up encoder is calculated independently of the pulse enable.

Mop raise Old value is kept

p1035 [C]
(0)

Mop lower
p1036 [C] <2> <2>
(0)
Mop ramp-up time Mop ramp-down time
0.000 ... 1000.000 [s] 0.000 ... 1000.000 [s]
00 p1047 [D] (10.000) p1048 [D] (10.000)
Mop n_set bef RFG [rpm] p1030.1
r1045
MotP n_max y
-210000.000 ... 210000.000 [rpm] 01 p1082
p1037 [D] (0.000)
<1> 1 Mot poti setpoint
x y [rpm]
MotP n_min r1050
10 0 x
-210000.000 ... 210000.000 [rpm]
p1038 [D] (0.000)
<1>
e.g. to [3030.1]
-p1082
y=0
11
f_max (reference value for
ramp-function generator p1082)
[3050.5] Mop start value
-210000.000 ... 210000.000 [rpm]
Mop set val p1040 [D] (0.000)
p1044 [C]
<3>
(0)

MotP acc set val

p1043 [C]
(0)
p1030.4
<1> For automatic commissioning, p1037 and p1038 are set to the maximum motor speed (p0322) or to

3.12 Setpoint channel

the rated motor speed (p0311), provided that the maximum motor speed has not been specified.

3 Function diagrams
1: OFF1 enable missing (r0046.0) 0
[2634.8]
<2> If initial rounding-off is active (p1025.2 = 1), the selected ramp-up/down times are exceeded
accordingly. 0:
<3> Only effective if p1025.0 = 0. 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Setpoint channel fp_3020_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 3020 -
Motorized potentiometer 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
525
526

3.12 Setpoint channel

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-68
<1>
STW seq_ctrl
PcCtrl active p1055 r0898
r0807.0
[2501.7] r0898.8
3030 – Main/supplementary setpoint, setpoint scaling, jogging

Setpoint from external operating tool or operator panel. STW seq_ctrl

Interp_cyc n_set p1056 r0898
p1079 (0.00) [2501.7] r0898.9

Main setpoint <4>

Main setpoint eff [rpm] Total setpoint eff [rpm]
p1070 [C] <3> x,y x
(755[0]) r1073 1 y r1078
0 0
0
Main setp scal t
p1071 [C] <2> Jog 1 n_set
0 1
p1058 [D] (150.000)
(1)
+
0 n_set_1
[3040.1]
+ [7958.8] r2294 Jog 2 n_set
1 0
1 p1059 [D] (-150.000)
Tec_ctrl outp_sig [%]

Suppl setp
p1075 [C] <3> Suppl setpoint eff [rpm]
1 1
(0) r1077 Keep old setpoint

Suppl setp scal

p1076 [C]
(1) 1
r0898.8
0 t

1
r0898.9
0 t
n
p1082
p1058
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

t
p1059

<1> Jogging can only be activated in the operating state “Ready for switching on“. -p1082
<2> =1 if technology controller is activated (p2200 > 0, p2251 = 0).

p1120

p1121

p1120

p1121
<3> The connection to the source for the main and additional setpoint is estabished automatically via the setting in p1000.
SINAMICS G120C

<4> Only for G120C DP/PN/CAN.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Setpoint channel fp_3030_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 3030 -
Main/supplementary setpoint, setpoint scaling, jogging 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-69
3040 – Direction limitation and direction reversal

Setp inv Inhib neg dir Inhib pos dir

p1113 [C] p1110 [C] p1111 [C]
(722.1) (0) (0)
1 = Direction reversal 1 = Inhibit negative direction of 1 = Inhibit positive direction of
rotation rotation

0 0 0 Setp after limit [rpm]

n_set_1
[3030.8] 0 r1114 [3050.1]
-1 1
0 1 1

3.12 Setpoint channel

3 Function diagrams
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Setpoint channel fp_3040_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 3040 -
Direction limitation and direction reversal 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
527
528

3.12 Setpoint channel

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-70
n_skip 2 n_skip 1
0.000 ... 210000.000 [rpm] 0.000 ... 210000.000 [rpm] n_limit pos
p1092 [D] (0.000) p1091 [D] (0.000)
0.000 ... 210000.000 [rpm] n_limit pos eff [rpm]
<1> <1> p1083 [D] (210000.000)
Min r1084 [6030.1]
3050 – Skip frequency bands and speed limitations

[6640.5]
0 [6822.1]
[8010.2]

n_max <2> Reference value for the ramp- [3020.6]

-1 -1 0.000 ... 210000.000 [rpm] function generator
p1082 [D] (1500.000) [3070.4]
n_min s_src
p1106 [C]
(0) y

n_min
0.000 ... 19500.000 [rpm]
p1080 [D] (0.000)
Maximum limiting
w 1 active
Max

Setp after limit [rpm] RFG setp at inp [rpm]

w y
r1114 r1119 [3070.1]
x [8022.1]
[3040.8]
-1
-1

<3>
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

0 n_limit neg eff [rpm]

n_limit neg Max r1087 [6030.1]

n_skip bandwidth Limiting to [6640.5]
0.000 ... 210000.000 [rpm] -210000.000 ... 0.000 [rpm] negative values [6822.1]
p1101 [D] (0.000) p1086 [D] (-210000.000)
[8010.2]
<1> A skip speed of "0" deactivates the skip band.
<2> Value of p1082 is limited to maximum motor speed (p0322).
SINAMICS G120C

<3> If the drive is not stopped via the input setpoint, but via controlled intervention, the lower hysteresis branch is relevant after a subsequent run-up.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Setpoint channel fp_3050_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 3050 -
Skip frequency bands and speed limitations 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-71 RFG ramp-down time

0.000 ... 999999.000 [s]
OFF3 t_RD
0.000 ... 5400.000 [s]
RFG t_start_round RFGOFF3 t_strt_rnd RFG t_end_delay RFG OFF3 t_end_del
0.000 ... 30.000 [s] 0.000 ... 30.000 [s] 0.000 ... 30.000 [s] 0.000 ... 30.000 [s]
p1121 [D] (10.000) p1135 [D] (0.000) p1130 [D] (0.000) p1136 [D] (0.000) p1131 [D] (0.000) p1137 [D] (0.000)
RFG t_RD scal
<5> <5> <5> <5> <5>
RFG ramp-up time p1139 [C]
0.000 ... 999999.000 [s] (1)
3070 – Extended ramp-function generator

p1120 [D] (10.000)

RFG t_RU scal 0 1 0 1 0 1

0 = Internal quick stop
p1138 [C] [2634.8]
(1) Tec_ctrl outp_sig [%]
r2294
STW setpoint chan 0 0
<4> r1198 0 1 0 1 1 = Enable ramp-function generator
1 = Bypass ramp-function generator 0
[2505.7] r1198.15 STW seq_ctrl
r0898 0 1
STW seq_ctrl r0898.4 Tec_ctrl mode
r0898 0 ... 1
1 = Enable speed p2251 (0)
[2501.7] r0898.6
setpoint Freeze ramp-function generator
0 y Ti Tf RFG n_set at
RFG setp at inp [rpm] outp [rpm]
1 1
[3050.8] r1119 x Tup Tdn r1150
1
p1082 x Extended ramp-function
0 0
0 0 generator y 1 +
STW seq_ctrl
y +
<1> r0898
0 = Freeze ramp-
1 0
0 t
[2501.7] r0898.5 Interpolator
function generator
1 = Internal RFG enable
[2634.8] Plot friction characteristic
No OFF2
[2634.8]
0 = Internal quick stop &
-p1082 No OFF3

dy/dt Ti Tf Ti Tf Ti Tf Ti Tf

<3>
RFG round-off type Speed setpoint
0 sum [rpm]
0 ... 1 t
p1134 [D] (0) r1170
1 [6030.1]
Tup_eff <2> Tdn_eff <2> [6822.1]
<1> Inhibited during jogging. [8011.2]
<2> Effective ramp-up time: Tup_eff = Tup + (Ti/2 + Tf/2) From the ramp-function generator
Effective ramp-down time: Tdn_eff = Tdn + (Ti/2 + Tf/2) friction characteristic [7010.6]
<3> p1134 = 0: Rounding-off is always active. t p1082
Overshoots can occur. RFG acceleration [rev/

3.12 Setpoint channel

s²]
p1134 = 1: Final rounding-off is not effective t

3 Function diagrams
when the setpoint is suddenly nsoll [3050.5] r1149
reduced during ramp-up.
t Reference value for the ramp-
<4> With activated Technology controller (p2200 > 0, p2251 = 0) the ramp-function generator is bypassed. function generator
<5> Value range and/or factory setting depend on Power Module.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Setpoint channel fp_3070_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 3070 -
Extended ramp-function generator 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
529
3 Function diagrams
3.13 Vector control / U/f control

3.13 Vector control / U/f control

Function diagrams

6019 – Application classes (p0096), overview 531

6020 – Speed control and generation of the torque limits, overview 532

6030 – Speed setpoint, acceleration model 533

6035 – Moment of inertia estimator 534

6040 – Speed controller with Kp_n-/Tn_n adaptation 535

6060 – Torque setpoint 536

6220 – Vdc_max controller and Vdc_min controller 537

6300 – U/f control, overview 538

6301 – U/f control, characteristic and voltage boost 539

6310 – U/f control, resonance damping and slip compensation 540

6320 – U/f control, Vdc_max controller 541

6490 – Speed control configuration 542

6491 – Flux control configuration 543

6630 – Upper/lower torque limit 544

6640 – Current/power/torque limits 545

6700 – Current control, overview 546

6710 – Current setpoint filter 547

6714 – Iq and Id controllers 548

6721 – Id setpoint (PMSM, p0300 = 2) 549

6722 – Field weakening characteristic, flux setpoint (ASM, p0300 = 1) 550

6723 – Field weakening controller, flux controller, Id setpoint (ASM, p0300 = 1) 551

6724 – Field weakening controller (PMSM, p0300 = 2) 552

6730 – Interface to the Power Module (ASM, p0300 = 1) 553

6731 – Interface to the Power Module (PMSM, p0300 = 2) 554

6799 – Display signals 555

SINAMICS G120C
530 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-72
6019 – Application classes (p0096), overview

Possible application classes (p0096) <1>

For induction motor For synchronous motor

Applicable function diagrams:
(p0300 = 1xx) (p0300 = 2xx)

p0096 = 0 p0096 = 0 Chapter "Vector control / U/f control"

Chapter "U/f-control, Standard Drive Control (p0096 = 1)"

PM240 p0096 = 1 Not available.
+ [6799]

Chapter "Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control (p0096 = 2)"

p0096 = 2 p0096 = 2
+ [6490], [6491], [6799]

3.13 Vector control / U/f control

3 Function diagrams
<1> p0096 = 0: Expert
p0096 = 1: Standard Drive Control (SDC)
p0096 = 2: Dynamic Drive Control (DDC)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control / U/f control fp_6019_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6019 -
Application classes (p0096), overview 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
531
532

3.13 Vector control / U/f control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-73
n_pre-control [6700.1]
Kp adaptation Tn adaptation
n_ctrl SL Kp n_ctrl SL Tn
Mot MomInert Ratio p1470 p1472
p0342
Mot M_mom of inert
6020 – Speed control and generation of the torque limits, overview

p0341 a_prectrl scal

p1496

r1084 n_ctrl n_set

Speed setpoint [rpm]
sum [rpm] n_set after filter [rpm]
r1438
r1170 r0062 Kp Tn
[3001.8]
M_set [Nm]
r1087
Symmetrizing r0079
[3050]
– r1508 [6700.1]

M_set bef. M_suppl [Nm]

[6030] Speed setpoint
Acceleration model
Integrator control

n_modell
[6700.1]
[6060] Torque setpoint
Actual speed [rpm]
r0063 [0]

n_C n_act T_s SL

p1452 Current limit Current max [Arms]
p0640
[6040] Speed controller r0067
M_max upper
p1522 [C] M_max upper eff [Nm]
M_max upper
(1520[0]) r1538
p1520 [D] (0.00)
M_max lower Generating the [8005.1]
torque limits
p1523 [C] M_max lower eff [Nm]
M_max lower
(1521[0]) r1539
p1521 [D] (0.00)
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

[8005.1]
r1400 r0056 r1408
P_max mot P_max gen
p1530 p1531

[6630] Upper/lower torque limit

[6490] Closed-loop speed control configuration
[6640] Current/power/torque limits
[2526] Status word closed-loop control (r0056)
SINAMICS G120C

[2530] Status word closed-loop current control (r1408)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control / U/f control fp_6020_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6020 -
Speed control and generation of the torque limits, overview 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-74
6030 – Speed setpoint, acceleration model

ZSW cl-loop ctrl

r0056
[2526.6]
r0056.14

M_inert tot scal [kgm²]

r1493
[6035.8]
1 Calculated accelerating
0 torque
[6060.1]
Acceleration calculation 0

n_limit pos eff [rpm]

r1084 n_C n_act T_s SL
[3050.8] 0.00 ... 32000.00 [ms]
p1452 [D] (10.00) a_prectrl scal
n_set after filter 0.0 ... 10000.0 [%]
n_set before filt. [rpm] ZSW n_ctrl [rpm] p1496 [D] (0.0)
r0060 r1407 r0062
r1407.11
[2701.1] [6799.1] Pre-control balancing >0 n_ctrl n_set [rpm]
[6799.1] [2522.3]
Speed setpoint sum [rpm] r1438 [6040.1]
r1170
0
[3070.8]

1 = Sensorless vector control, speed pre-control active

n_limit neg eff [rpm] n_ctrl config
r1087 p1400.15
[3050.8]
0
0 Pre-control speed [6730.1]
[6731.1]

3.13 Vector control / U/f control

1

3 Function diagrams
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control / U/f control fp_6030_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6030 -
Speed setpoint, acceleration model 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
533
534

3.13 Vector control / U/f control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-75
n_ctrl config
Mot M_mom of inert p1400 .18
[D]
p0341 [M]
<4> 1 = moment of inertia estimator active

Mot MomInert Ratio 0 M_inert tot scal [kgm²]

p0342 [M]
r1493 [6030.4]
6035 – Moment of inertia estimator

1
ZSW n_ctrl
r1407 a_prectrl scal
r1407.24 1 = moment of inertia estimator active p1496 [D]
r1407.26 1 = moment of inertia estimator stabilized

J_est t J
p1561 [D]
Only for initialization J_est config
<3> p5310 .1
[D]
Actual torque [Nm] <1> 1 = moment of inertia precontrol activated
r0080 Moment of inertia Moment of inertia
estimator calculation 0
Actual speed [rpm] 0
r0063
1

J_est M thresh J_est config

p1560 [D] J_est t load p5310 [D] J_prectrl t J
p1562 [D] p5316 [D]
<1>
<3>
Active for p5310.0 = 1
Load torque Cyclic calculation of
estimator the coefficients

ZSW n_ctrl
r1407
J_est M pos [Nm] Positive direction of J_est lin pos
r1407.25
p1563 [D] (0.00) rotation p5312 [D]
1 = load estimator active <2> <3>
<3> J_est const pos
Basic function p5313 [D]
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

<1> Possible bit combinations p5310:

Bit 1, 0
= 0, 0 --> Function not active.
= 0, 1 --> Cyclic calculation of the coefficients without moment of inertia precontrol (commissioning).
= 1, 0 --> Moment of inertia precontrol activated (without cyclic calculation of the coefficients).
= 1, 1 --> Moment of inertia precontrol activated (with cyclic calculation of the coefficients).
<2> p1564, p5314 and p5315 for negative direction of rotation.
<3> On p1400.22 = 1 and r1407.26 = 1, the current values are saved in p1561 … p1564, p5312 … p5315 for RAM to ROM.
SINAMICS G120C

<4> If p1496  1, the switch always remains set to 0.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control / U/f control fp_6035_97_63.vsd Function diagram
- 6035 -
Moment of inertia estimator 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-76
n_ctrl SL Kp n_ctrl SL Tn
0.000 ... 999999.000 0.0 ... 100000.0 [ms]
p1470 [D] (0.300) p1472 [D] (20.0)
<1>
Kp_n_basic
Tn_n_basic
6040 – Speed controller with Kp_n-/Tn_n adaptation

Kp_n/Tn_n
adaptation Tn_n_adapt
Kp_n_adapt

[6490.7] 1 0 1 0
n_ctrl config 1 = Kp/Tn adaptation active
p1400.5

n_ctrl config 1 = Automatic Kp/Tn adaptation active

Dynamic reduction, field weakening
p1400.0
[6490.7]
Speed controller
n_ctrl sys dev [rpm]
r0064 Kp Tn
n_ctrl n_set [rpm] Kp Tn M_set from speed controller
[6030.8] r1438 [6060.1]
+
– n_ctrl I-M_outp [Nm]
r1482
n_C n_act T_s SL
0.00 ... 32000.00 [ms] Enable speed controller ZSW n_ctrl
p1452 [D] (10.00)
from sequence control: Operation r1407
[2522.3]
r1407.3
Actual speed [rpm] n_act smooth [rpm] 1 = Speed controller active
r0063 r1445
ZSW n_ctrl
r1407
[2522.3]
r1407.5
1 = Speed controller, I component held
n_ctrl M_sv MHB Integrator control
p1475 [C] ZSW n_ctrl
(0) r1407
[2522.3]
r1407.6
1 = Speed controller, I component set

3.13 Vector control / U/f control

Torque setting value, speed controller
[6721.8]] n_ctrl config
p1400.1
ZSW n_ctrl 1 = Sensorless vector control, freeze I component
[6490.7]
r1407
1 = Torque limit reached
[2522.7] r1407.7

3 Function diagrams
<1> For p1472 = 0.0 s or 100.0 s, the I component is inhibited (integral action time = infinite).

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control / U/f control fp_6040_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6040 -
Speed controller with Kp_n/Tn_n adaptation 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
535
536

3.13 Vector control / U/f control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-77
M_suppl 1
p1511 [C]
[7010.8] M_suppl total [Nm]
(0)
r1515
[6721.1]
M_suppl 1 scal
M_accel T_smooth
p1512 [C]
6060 – Torque setpoint

0.00 ... 100.00 [ms]

(0) p1517 [D] (4.00)
<1>

+ M_suppl + M_accel [Nm]

Calculated accelerating torque
[6030.8] r1516
+
M_acceleration
[6721.1]
M_max upper eff [Nm]
[6640.8] r1538 1 = Current/torque limiting
active
M_max up w/o offs r0056
p1552 [C] r0056.13
(1)
[2526.2]
M_max up w/o offs [Nm] M_max outp n_ctrl [Nm]
[6630.8] r1526 r1547 [0] 1 = Torque limit reached
r1407
1 = Torque limiting, upper, 1 r1407.7 [2522.3]
active
r1407
r1407.8 1 = Torque limiting, upper,
active
[2522.3] r1407
M_set bef. M_suppl [Nm] r1407.8 [2522.3]
r1508
[6722.1]
+ M_set [Nm]
M_set from the speed controller [6710.2]
[6040.8] r0079
+ [8012.1]
1 = Torque limit reached <2>
(without pre-control) Torque
r1407 limiting
[2522.3]
M_max low w/o offs r1407.15
p1554 [C] 1 = Torque limiting, lower,
1 = Torque limiting, lower, active
(1) active
r1407 r1407
r1407.9 r1407.9 [2522.3]
M_max low w/o offs [Nm] [2522.3] M_max outp n_ctrl [Nm]
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

[6630.8] r1527 r1547[1]

M_max lower eff [Nm]

[6640.8] r1539

<1> Acceleration control is inhibited for p1517 = 100 ms.

SINAMICS G120C

<2> M_set is also influenced by the speed limit controller.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control / U/f control fp_6060_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6060 -
Torque setpoint 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-78 Vdc_ctrl Tn

p1251 [D]

Vdc_max (Vector control) Vdc_ctrl Kp Vdc_ctrl t_rate

p1250 [D] p1252 [D]
6220 – Vdc_max controller and Vdc_min controller

Vdc ctr config vec

p1240 [D] 0

Vdc act val [V] 1 = Vdc_max controller active

1,3
r0070 1 r0056
+
– 0 0 r0056.14
0,2 0
[2526.2]
Calculate on_level

Vdc_max on_level [V]

r1242
Vdc_max dyn_factor
Vdc_max SenseOnLev p1243 [D] Vdc controller active
p1254 1
Vdc_ctrl output [Arms] [6710.2]
r1258
Iq_max
U_connect [6710.1]
Operating point
1 ... 63000 [V] 0
selection Iq_min
p0210 (400)
[6710.1]

Vdc_min (Vector control)

Vdc_min on_level Vdc_ctrl Tn

p1245 [D] p1251 [D]
Vdc_min on_level [V]
r1246
Vdc_ctrl Kp Vdc_ctrl t_rate
p1250 [D] p1252 [D]
Calculate on_level

Vdc act val [V] – 0 1 = Vdc_min controller active

2,3

3.13 Vector control / U/f control

r0070 1 r0056
+
0 r0056.15
0,1 0
[2526.2]

3 Function diagrams
Vdc_min dyn_factor
p1247 [D]

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control / U/f control fp_6220_97_62.vsd Function diagram
- 6220 -
Vdc_max controller and Vdc_min controller 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
537
538

3.13 Vector control / U/f control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-79
6300 – U/f control, overview

Flying restart Slip Uf Res_damp

Speed actual
mode Vdc_ctrl config value calculation compensation gain
p1200 p1334, p1335 p1338
[6320] [6310.8] [6310.4]
Speed setpoint sum [rpm]
[6310]
r1170
RFG setp at inp [rpm] + + + f_outp [Hz]
Ramp-function
[3001.8] r1119 generator r0066
+ + + [6310]
[3070] Mot PolePairNo act
r0313 [M] 60
Output frequency [Hz]
I_max_ctrl f_outp [rpm] 100 ms r0024
r1343
I_max reduction
[8016.8] Transformation
Current max [Arms]
r0067 Imax closed-loop angle
frequency control
p1340 ... p1341 ZSW cl-loop ctrl
I_max PM r0056 I_max_ctrl U_outp [Vrms]
[6730.4] MIN
r0056.13 r1344
+ Imax closed-loop
voltage control
p1345 ... P1346 U_angle
PU P_rated [kW] [6730.1]
r0206[2]

I_act abs val [Arms]

r0068 [0]

U_output [Vrms]
Control mode r0072
p1300
V_boost perm +
r0056 f_set p1310 V_set
V_boost accelerate [6730.1]
. [6301.8] +
p1311
.
. V_boost starting U/f Eco fac act v [%]
p1312 U_outp smooth [Vrms]
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

r1348 r0025
Eco mode 100 ms
[6301]
[2526]
SINAMICS G120C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control / U/f control fp_6300_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6300 -
U/f control, overview 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-80
Linear

Voltage max r0071

Mot U_rated p0304
6301 – U/f control, characteristic and voltage boost

U/f Eco fac act v [%]

Eco Mode r1348 Op/cl-lp ctrl_mode
0 ... 20
Mot f_rated [Hz] p1300 [D] (0)
Flux current control (FCC)
p0310 [M] (0.00)
Voltage max r0071
Dependent 0/5
Mot U_rated p0304 on
the load 1/6
current 2

r0077 3 [6300.4]
Iq_set [Arms] 4
Parabolic Uf U_set independ. 7
p1330 [C]
U/f FCC f_start [Hz] Mot f_rated [Hz] 19
Voltage max r0071 (0)
p1333 [D] (0.00) p0310 [M] (0.00) +
Mot U_rated p0304 +
f_set
[6300.2]

Freely programmable
Mot f_rated [Hz]
p0310 [M] (0.00)
Voltage max r0071

Uf char U4 p1327

I_start (Ua) perm R_stator act Uf char U3 p1325

Current max [Arms] r0395
p1310
r0067
1 = Acceleration voltage active Uf char U2 p1323
r0056 + Uf char U1 p1321
[2526.2]
r0056.6 Mot I_rated
from ramp-function p0305
generator +

3.13 Vector control / U/f control

U_boost total
0 r1315
0 0 3
I_start accel
p1311 + <1>
1 0 +
0 Uf char f1 Uf char f3
I_start start 1 = Starting boost active p1320 p1324

3 Function diagrams
p1312 1 r0056
<2>
r0056.5
<1> For p1320 = 0, the voltage boost via p1310 is not effective. Uf char f2 Uf char f4
[2526.2] p1322 p1326
<2> p1312 is only active at the first acceleration after pulse enable.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control / U/f control fp_6301_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6301 -
U/f control, characteristic and voltage boost 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
539
540

3.13 Vector control / U/f control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-81

U/f resonance damping U/f slip compensation

6310 – U/f control, resonance damping and slip compensation

Uf Res_damp gain
0.00 ... 100.00
p1338 [D] (0.00)
Brake f_start
Brake f_start p1352 [C]
<2>
f_res damp -300.00 ... 300.00 [%] (1351[0])
[6300.7] p1351 [D] (0.00)
–
+

Slip comp scal Slip comp lim val

Iq_act [Arms] 0.00 ... 600.00 [%]
r0078 0.0 ... 600.0 [%]
20 ms p1335 [D] (0.0) p1336 [D] (250.00)
[6714.8] Mot slip_rated [Hz]
r0330 [M]
Slip
f_Slip [Hz] compensation
[6730.1] 250 ms
r0065 [6300.6]
1 Mot slip_rated [Hz] Slip comp act val [%]
100 %
r0330 [M] r1337
-1

6% 10 % 95 % f/f Mot N 0

<1> ZSW cl-loop ctrl

1 r0056
f_outp [Hz] Uf res_damp f_max
r0066 0.00 ... 3000.00 [Hz] r0056 .10
p1349 [D] (0.00) 0
[6730.4] [2526.2]

p1334 f/f Mot N

List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

p1334 + 4 %

<1> If p1349 = 0: the limit is 0.95 x f Mot N  45 Hz.

<2> Activation with r0056.4 = 1 till r0066  p1334 and p1216 has expired.
SINAMICS G120C

100 % equal r0330 (Rated motor slip)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control / U/f control fp_6310_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6310 -
U/f control, Resonance damping and slip compensation 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-82
6320 – U/f control, Vdc_max controller

Vdc_ctrl Tn
0 ... 10000 [ms]
p1291 [D] (40)
Vdc_ctrl Kp Vdc_ctrl t_rate
0.00 ... 100.00 0 ... 1000 [ms]
Vdc_ctr config U/f p1290 [D] (1.00) p1292 [D] (10)
0 ... 1
p1280 [D] (1) Vdc_min outp_lim
0.00 ... 600.00 [Hz] 0
Vdc act val [V] p1293 [D] (600.00)
1 ZSW cl-loop ctrl
r0070 1
+ r0056
[6730.1] – 0 r0056.14
0
0 0 0
[2526.2]

Calculate on_level
Vdc_max dyn_factor
Vdc_max on_level [V] 1 ... 10000 [%]
r1282 p1283 [D] (100)
Vdc_ctrl output [rpm]
Vdc_max SenseOnLev U_connect r1298
0 ... 1 1 ... 63000 [V]
p1294 (0) p0210 (400)
1
Vdc_ctrl config
[6300.4]
0
0

3.13 Vector control / U/f control

3 Function diagrams
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control / U/f control fp_6320_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6320 -
U/f control, Vdc_max controller 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
541
542

3.13 Vector control / U/f control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-83
n_ctrl config
p1400 [D] Factory setting
Speed control configuration
Bit No. Meaning
6490 – Speed control configuration

[6040.2]
00 1 = Automatic Kp/Tn adaptation active 1 [6824.4]

1 = Sensorless vector control, freeze I component [6040.6]

01 0 [6824.6]

... Reserved

1 = Kp/Tn adaptation active [6040.2]

05 1 [6824.4]

06 1 = Free Tn adaptation active 0 [6050.6]

... Reserved

1 = Torque pre-control always active [6060.4]

14 0 [6826.4]
0 = Torque pre-control for n_ctrl enabled

[6030.6]
15 1 = Sensorless vector control, speed pre-control active 1 [6822.4]

16 1 = I component for limiting enabled 0

... Reserved

18 1 = Moment of inertia estimator active 0

19 Reserved

20 1 = Acceleration model 0

21 Reserved

22 1 = Obtain moment of inertia estimator value for pulse inhibit 0

List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

23 Reserved 0

24 1 = moment of inertia estimator quick estimation active 0

25 1 = Acceleration torque instantaneous in the I/f mode 0

SINAMICS G120C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control / U/f control fp_6490_97_63.vsd Function diagram
- 6490 -
Speed control configuration 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-84
Flux ctrl config
p1401 [D] Factory setting
Flux control, configuration
Bit No. Meaning
6491 – Flux control configuration

00 Reserved

01 1 = Flux setpoint, differentiation active 1 [6723.6], [6838.6]

02 1 = Flux build-up control active 1 [6722.6], [6723.6], [6838.6]

03 Reserved

04 Reserved

05 Reserved

06 Reserved

07 Reserved

08 Reserved

09 Reserved

10 Reserved

11 Reserved

12 Reserved

3.13 Vector control / U/f control

13 Reserved

14 1 = Efficiency optimization 2 active 0 [6722.5], [6837.5]

3 Function diagrams
15 Reserved

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control / U/f control fp_6491_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6491 -
Flux control configuration 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
543
544

3.13 Vector control / U/f control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-85

Upper torque limit

6630 – Upper/lower torque limit

M_max upper
!
M_max upper p1522 [C] <1> M_max up w/o offs [Nm]
-1000000.00 ... 20000000.00 [Nm] (1520[0]) r1526 [6060.1]
p1520 [D] (0.00) [6640.1]

M
2 1 M_max upper scal
n -2000.0 ... 2000.0 [%]
p1524 [D] (100.0)

Lower torque limit

M_max lower
!
M_max lower p1523 [C] M_max low w/o offs [Nm]
<2>
-20000000.00 ... 1000000.00 [Nm] (1521[0]) r1527 [6060.1]
p1521 [D] (0.00) [6640.1]
M

n M_max lower scal

3 4 -2000.0 ... 2000.0 [%]
p1525 [D] (100.0)
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

!
<1> Danger: Negative values at <1>
represent a minimum torque for the other torque direction and can cause the motor to accelerate uncontrollably.
SINAMICS G120C

<2> positive values at <2>

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control / U/f control fp_6630_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6630 -
Upper/lower torque limit 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-86
Stall limit scal
80.0 ... 130.0 [%]
Current limiting p1553 [D] (100.0) Speed limiting
Kp from speed controller [6040.5]
[6723.4] Voltage max [Vrms] Iq stall Tn from speed controller [6040.6]
6640 – Current/power/torque limits

[6724.4] r0071 calculation

1 = Speed limiting control
Current max [Arms] n_limit pos eff [rpm] active
Current limit + r1407.17
r0067 [3050.8] r1084
p0640 [D]
[6722.1], [6724.1] [2522.3]
[3050.8] r1087 +
Iq_max total [Arms] – –
I_max reduction x r1533 n_limit neg eff [rpm]
[8016.8] Min Speed limiting
controller
[6730.4] I_max PM x 2
y 2
Sign <2>
[6731.4] + or -
y
Id_setp total [Arms] -1
[6721.8]
[6723.8] r1624

Max Min

Actual speed [rpm]

r0063[0]

M_max up w/o offs [Nm]

[6630.8] r1526 + M_max upper eff [Nm]

[6721.8] M
Min r1538
+
[6730.1] Iq [6060.1], [8012.1]

M_max low w/o offs [Nm]

[6630.8] r1527 + M_max lower eff [Nm]
Max r1539
Power limiting +
[6060.1], [8012.1]
<1>
Iq
Min Isq_max
P_max gen [6710.1]

3.13 Vector control / U/f control

-100000.00 ... -0.01 [kW]
p1531 [D] (-0.01)
n
P_max mot
0.00 ... 100000.00 [kW] Max Isq_min
p1530 [D] (0.00) [6710.1]
<1>

3 Function diagrams
<1> Intervention by the Vdc controller.
<2> Intervention when the speed limit is exceeded + 2 % n_rated.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control / U/f control fp_6640_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6640 -
Current/power/torque limits 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
545
546

3.13 Vector control / U/f control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-87 Vdc act val [V]
I_ctrl Kp I_ctrl Tn
r0070
p1715 [D] p1717 [D] U_output [Vrms]
Iq_set [Arms] r0072
r0077 Mod_depth [%]
6700 – Current control, overview

M_set [Nm] U_set r0074

r0079 K
[6020.8]
+ U_angle
– P
Iq controller +
M +
Iq

I_ctrl Kp I_ctrl Tn
[6714] Current setpoint filter p1715 p1717
Voltage max [Vrms] Id_set [Arms]
r0071 r0075

+ – +
– + –
Field weakening
V_set controller
Flex setp Iq_act [Arms]
50.0 ... 200.0 [%] r0078
p1570 [D] (100.0)
Efficiency opt. + Id_act [Arms] Transformation
p1580 [D]
+ r0076 I_phase actual
Field weakening value
characteristic
M_set static
p1610 [D]
[6714] Iq and Id controllers
M_suppl_accel
p1611 [D]
Current calculation

[6721] Id setpoint (PMSM, p0300 = 2xx)

[6722] Field weakening characteristic, flux setpoint (ASM, p0300 = 1xx)
[6723] Field weakening controller, flux controller, Id setpoint (ASM, p0300 = 1xx)
[6724] Field weakening controller (PMSM, p0300 = 2xx)
p1764 p1767 V_phase actual
value

Motor model Current model f_Slip [Hz]

r0065
M
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

Iq f_outp [Hz]
– + r0066
n_pre-control
[6020.2]
n_model
+ +
[6020.1]

[6730] Interface to the Power Module (ASM, p0300 = 1xx)

[6731] Interface to the Power Module (PMSM, p0300 = 2xx)
SINAMICS G120C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control / U/f control fp_6700_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6700 -
Current control, overview 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-88
6710 – Current setpoint filter

ZSW cl-loop ctrl ZSW cl-loop ctrl

[2526.6] r0056 1 = Vdc_max controller active r0056
1 = Frequency, negative
[2526.6]
[6220.8] r0056.14 r0056.7

Iq_max 1
[6220.8]
1
Isq_max
[6640.8]
0
0

ZSW cl-loop ctrl

[2526.6] r0056 1 = Vdc_min controller active
[6220.8] r0056.15

0
Iq_min 1
[6220.8]
Isq_min 1
[6640.8]
0

M_set [Nm] Interpolator and Iq_set [Arms]

[6060.8] r0079 smoothing for r0077 [6714.1]
+ voltage limits [6721.1]
+ [6731.3]
Frict outp [Nm]

3.13 Vector control / U/f control

[7010.7] r3841

M
[6721.8] Iq
[6730.1]

3 Function diagrams
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control / U/f control fp_6710_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6710 -
Current setpoint filter 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
547
548

3.13 Vector control / U/f control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-89

<1> [6723.5] Flux setp total [%] U_soll 1 [6723.1] <1>

<2> [6724.8] r1598 [6724.1] <2>
6714 – Iq and Id controllers

Pre-control, de-coupling and

limiting U_max 1 [6723.3] <1>
[6724.3] <2>

ZSW cl-loop ctrl

r0056
ZSW I_ctrl r0056.9 [2526.2]
r1408 Direct U set [Vrms]
r1408.1 r1732[0..1]
Id current controller ZSW I_ctrl
r1408
r1408.3 [2530.2]
+ + +
<1> [6723.8] Id_setp total [Arms]
Symmetrizing
<2> [6721.8] r1624 + + + +
– U_set [6730.1] <1>
Kp_I Tn_I K
Id_set [Arms] [6731.1] <2>
r0075
I_ctrl Kp I_ctrl Tn Coordinate converter
p1715 [D] p1717 [D]

p U_angle [6730.1] <1>

[6731.1] <2>
I_ctrl Kp I_ctrl Tn
p1715 [D] p1717 [D]

Iq_set [Arms] + + + Quad U set [Vrms]

[6710.8] r0077 Symmetrizing r1733[0..1]
+ + + +
–
Kp_I Tn_I
Iq current controller

Phase U
Ia I_act abs val [Arms] [6300.1], [6799.1],
3 x2 y2 r0068 [0] [8017.1], [8019.1],
<1> [6730.4] Phase V [8021.1], [8022.1]
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

<2> [6731.4] VD-

Ib Iq_act [Arms]
2 [6310.1]
Phase W r0078
[6799.6]

Id_act [Arms]
<1> For induction motor (p0300 = 1xx). r0076 [6799.6]
SINAMICS G120C

<2> For synchronous motor (p0300 = 2xx).

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control / U/f control fp_6714_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6714 -
Iq and Id controllers 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-90
I_inject t_ramp I_set T_smooth
1 ... 10000 [ms] 4 ... 10000 [ms]
from the model p1601 [D] (20) p1616 [D] (40)
[6731.3] control
From Id_field weakening
[6724.8]
0
6721 – Id setpoint (PMSM, p0300 = 2)

Load angle for MIN

synchronous motors Id_setp total [Arms]
90° r1624
Id_inject
1 [6640.1], [6714.1]
Iq_set [Arms]
[6710.8] r0077 Load angle correction
Id_set

2 2
Iabs Iq_set

M
(r1407.2) Iq [6640.5]
0 = M-Ctrl [6710.2]
1 = n-Ctrl [6799.7]
Mot t_excitation Motor reluctance torque kt
0.000 ... 20.000 [s] constant Rel
p0346 [M] (0.000)
Motor leakage inductance, Lq
0 total Iq
M_set static 0.9 x
-200.0 ... 200.0 [%] M
r0067 Iq_set Ld
p1610 [D] (50.0) 1
M_suppl_accel
0.0 ... 200.0 [%] Id
p1611 [D] (30.0) kT adaptation corrective value
Iabs
MAX from model control
r1538 M r0067
M adaptation
Iabspre
M_suppl total Torque setting value, speed controller
[6060.7] [6040.4]
r1515

M_acceleration

3.13 Vector control / U/f control

[6060.4] r1539

Motor model deviation component 1

3 Function diagrams
n-Ctrl = 1

PMSM: Permanent-magnet synchronous motor

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control / U/f control fp_6721_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6721 -
Id setpoint (PMSM, p0300 = 2) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
549
550

3.13 Vector control / U/f control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-91 Mot t_excitation
p0346 [M]
Field weak scal
p1586 [D] ZSW cl-loop ctrl
r0056
Voltage max [Vrms] p1401.1
r0056.4 [2526.2]
6722 – Field weakening characteristic, flux setpoint (ASM, p0300 = 1)

[6723.3] 1 = Flux setpoint, differentiation active

r0071 1 = Magnetization completed
p1401.2 Quick magnetizing active
ZSW cl-loop ctrl
1 = Flux build-up control active
Flex setp [%] y r0056 [6723.7]
p1570 [D] (100.0) r0056.8 [2526.2]
Magnetization control
1 = Field weakening active
Actual speed [rpm]
[6730.1] r0063 [0]
f from motor model
Field weakening 1 = Efficiency optimization 2 active [6730.4]
characteristic Flux ctrl config
p1401 .14
Flux setpoint 0
Flux setpoint smoothed
Efficiency opt. <1> selection
p1580 [D] [6723.1]
1
0
Flux setp T_smth
Efficiency optimization Max flux lim val p1582 [D]
<0.3 s
p3316 [D] 1

Actual torque [Nm]

r0080 Mot T_rotor/T_Dd [ms]
r0384 [M]
r0084
Flux act val [%] Min flux lim val Optimum flux [%]
Efficiency optimization 2 p3315 [D] r3313
0.9
Current max [Arms] Id current limit
[6640.3] r0067
[6723.1]
M_set bef. M_suppl [Nm] I_set T_smooth
[6060.6] r1508 p1616 [D]
–
M_suppl_accel
p1611 [D]
+ Id_set Flux setpoint
+ calculation calculation
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

M_set static
p1610 [D]

Mot I_mag_rtd act [Arms]

r0331 [M]
SINAMICS G120C

<1> Value range and/or factory setting depend on Power Module. ASM: Asynchronmotor (induction motor)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control / U/f control fp_6722_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6722 -
Field weakening characteristic, flux setpoint (ASM, p0300 = 1) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-92

Drv filt type mot Pulse freq setp Modulator mode Modulat depth max
6723 – Field weakening controller, flux controller, Id setpoint (ASM, p0300 = 1)

0 ... 4 2.000 ... 16.000 [kHz] 0 ... 10 20.0 ... 150.0 [%]
p0230 (0) p1800 [D] (4.000) p1802 [D] (0) p1803 [D] (106.0)
<1> <1>

Calculation, max. modulation depth

Modulat_depth max [%] Voltage max [Vrms]

r0073 r0071
[6640.1], [6722]

Voltage reserve Field weakening controller

dynamic integral-action time
[10.0 V] [300 ms]
0
Vdc act val [V] –
r0070
[6730.1]
+ +
–
-200 % 1 = Flux setpoint, differentiation active
U_max 1 1 = Flux build-up control active Flux ctrl config
2 [6714.8] Flux ctrl config p1401.1
p1401.2

U_set 1 0
0
[6714.8] Quick magnetizing active
1 [6722.8]

+ +
Flux setpoint smoothed 0
[6722.8] + + Id_setp total [Arms]
r1624
Flux setp total [%] 1 [6640.1], [6714.1]
r1598

3.13 Vector control / U/f control

Saturation characteristic -1
[6714.1] p0362 ... p0369
Id current limit
[6722.8]

3 Function diagrams
<1> Value range and/or factory setting depend on p0500. ASM: Asynchronmotor (induction
motor)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control / U/f control fp_6723_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6723 -
Field weakening controller, flux controller, Id setpoint (ASM, p0300 = 1) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
551
552

3.13 Vector control / U/f control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-93
Drv filt type mot Pulse freq setp Modulator mode Modulat depth max
0 ... 4 2.000 ... 16.000 [kHz] 0 ... 10 20.0 ... 150.0 [%]
p0230 (0) p1800 [D] (4.000) p1802 [D] (0) p1803 [D] (106.0)
<1> <1>
Calculation, max. modulation depth
6724 – Field weakening controller (PMSM, p0300 = 2)

Modulat_depth max [%] Voltage max [Vrms] Mot I_mag_rtd act [Arms]
r0073 r0071
r0331 [M]
[6640.1]
Field weakening
Voltage reserve controller integral-
dynamic action time
[10.0 V] [300 ms]
0
Vdc act val [V] –
r0070
[6731.1]
+ +
–
2 U_max 1 Mot U_rated
[6714.8] 0 ... 20000 [Vrms]
p0304 [M] (0)

U_set 1
[6714.8]

+
–
Actual speed [rpm] -nF nF
+
Id_field weaken. Ctrl
r0063 [0] [6721.1]
+

Ld
Mot I_mag_rtd act [Arms] ψnom
r0331 [M]
+ Flux setp total [%]
0.9 100 % r1598 [6714.1]
+
Current max [Arms]
Min -1
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

r0067
[6640.3]
SINAMICS G120C

<1> Value range and/or factory setting depend on p0500. PMSM: Permanent-magnet synchronous motor

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control / U/f control fp_6724_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6724 -
Field weakening controller (PMSM, p0300 = 2) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-94
Control Unit Power Module

[6320.1] Vdc act val [V]

[6723.1]
r0070 DC link voltage (Vdc)
[6799.1]
U_output [Vrms] Mod_depth [%]
6730 – Interface to the Power Module (ASM, p0300 = 1)

[8022.1]
r0072 r0074 Pulse enable HW -
[6799.1] [6799.1] [2701.8] +
2 [8022.1]
U_set
[6300.8] U
U_angle
[6300.8]
PWM
Gain res_damp V

~
p1740 ZSW cl-loop ctrl M
r0056
f_Slip r0056 .11 W
r0065 Current model Vibration damping [2526.2]
f_outp [Hz]
[6310.5] r0066
+ + [6310.1], [6799.1]

Power Module Interface

Pre-control speed
[6030.8]
p1764 p1767
+ + +
– Sign
Actual speed [rpm] + or -
r0063 [0]
Kp Tn
ZSW cl-loop ctrl
r0056
+ r0056 .07
+
[2526.2]
I_max Power Module
Adaptation controller
[6300.1] I_max Power Module
[6640.1]
Cos phi act
[6799.1] [6799.1]
r0087
I_phase act val [A]
Flux act val [%] [6714.1] r0069[0..6]
r0084 Motor model

R_stator act
r0395

3.13 Vector control / U/f control

U_phase act val [V]
Outp_ph_seq rev r0089[0..2]
p1820
Stall monitoring
p1745 r1408.12 [8012.3]
P24 + BRP

Model control [6722.7]

M M - BRN

3 Function diagrams
[6640.5] Iq
Brake control
[6710.2]
p1750 p1755 p1756
ASM: Asynchronmotor
(induction motor)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control / U/f control fp_6730_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6730 -
Interface to the Power Module (ASM, p0300 = 1) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
553
554

3.13 Vector control / U/f control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-95
Control Unit Power Module

[6724.1] Vdc act val [V]

[6799.1] r0070 DC link voltage (Vdc)
[8022.1] U_output [Vrms] Mod_depth [%] Pulse enable HW
6731 – Interface to the Power Module (PMSM, p0300 = 2)

r0072 r0074
-
[2701.8]
[6799.1] [6799.5] +
2 [8022.1]
U_set U
[6714.8]
U_angle
[6714.8] PWM
Gain res_damp ZSW cl-loop ctrl V
~
p1740 r0056 M
r0056.11
Actual speed [rpm] [2526.2] W
r0063 [0] Current model Vibration damping f_outp [Hz]
r0066

+ + [6799.1]
Pre-control speed
[6030.8]

Power Module Interface

+ + +
–
p1764 p1767 p1795 Sign
+ or -

ZSW cl-loop ctrl

+ r0056
+
r0056.7
[2526.2] I_max PM
Quad U set [Vrms]
r1733 [0] [6640.1]
kT estimator I_max PM
p0316 [6714.6]
p0357 Direct U set [Vrms]
p1780.3 r1732 [0]
[6714.6]
R_stator act [Ohm]
r0395 [M] Id_act [Arms]
r0076
Outp_ph_seq rev Iq_set [Arms]
p1820 r0077
I_phase act val [A]
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

[6714.1] r0069[0..6] P24 + BRP

Motor model
M - BRN
Model control [6721.4]
U_phase act val [V] Brake control
r0089[0..2]
PMSM: Permanent-magnet synchronous motor
SINAMICS G120C

p1755 p1756

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control / U/f control fp_6731_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6731 -
Interface to the Power Module (PMSM, p0300 = 2) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-96
n_set before filt. [rpm] Mod_depth [%]
Speed setpoint [rpm] Mod_depth smth [%]
[6030.2] r0060 r0074
100 ms r0020 100 ms r0028

Actual speed [rpm]

6799 – Display signals

Actual speed [rpm] r0021 Id_act [Arms]

Id_act smooth [Arms]
[4715.6] r0063 [0] [6714.8] r0076
100 ms Actual speed [rpm] 300 ms r0029
r0022
Disp_val T_smooth
p0045
Iq_act [Arms]
Iq_act smooth [Arms]
Actual speed [rpm] [6714.8] r0078
300 ms r0030
r0063[1]
M
Iq
Actual torque [Nm]
f_outp [Hz] r0080 [0] [6799.6]
Output frequency [Hz] Disp_val T_smooth
r0066
100 ms r0024 p0045

Actual torque [Nm]

U_output [Vrms] U_outp smooth [Vrms] r0080 [1]
Actual speed [rpm]
r0072 r0025
100 ms r0063 [0]
P_act [kW]
r0082 [0] [6799.6]
Disp_val T_smooth
Vdc act val [V] Vdc smooth [V] p0045
r0070 r0026
100 ms
P_act [kW]
r0082 [1]

I_act abs val [Arms] Motor current [Arms]

[6714.8] r0068 [0] r0027 Actual torque [Nm]
300 ms Actual torque [Nm]
[6799.8] r0080 [0]
100 ms r0031
Disp_val T_smooth
p0045

I_act abs val [Arms] P_act [kW] Power [kW]

[6799.8] r0082 [0] r0032

3.13 Vector control / U/f control

r0068 [1] 100 ms

Cos phi act

r0087 U_output [Vrms]
r0072 3 Cos phi act
Cos phi smooth
r0087

3 Function diagrams
P_act [kW] 300 ms r0038
r0082 [2]

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control / U/f control fp_6799_97_66.vsd Function diagram
- 6799 -
Display signals 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
555
3 Function diagrams
3.14 U/f control, Standard Drive Control (p0096 = 1)

3.14 U/f control, Standard Drive Control (p0096 = 1)

Function diagrams

6850 – U/f control, overview (p0096 = 1) 557

6851 – U/f control, characteristic and voltage boost (p0096 = 1) 558

6853 – U/f control, resonance damping and slip compensation (p0096 = 1) 559

6854 – U/f control, Vdc_max controller (p0096 = 1) 560

6856 – U/f control, interface to the Power Module (ASM, p0300 = 1, p0096 = 1) 561

SINAMICS G120C
556 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-97

r0056
.
.
6850 – U/f control, overview (p0096 = 1)

Flying restart Slip Uf Res_damp

. Speed actual compensation gain
mode Vdc_ctrl config value calculation
p1200 p1334, p1335 p1338
[6854.8] [6853.8] [6853.4]
[2526] Speed setpoint sum [rpm] [6853]
r1170
RFG setp at inp [rpm] + + + f_outp [Hz]
Ramp-function
[3001.8] r1119 generator r0066
+ + + [6856.1]
[3070] Mot PolePairNo act
r0313 [M] 60
Output frequency [Hz]
I_max_ctrl f_outp [rpm]
100 ms r0024
r1343
I_max reduction
[8016.8] Transformation
Current max [Arms] [6856.3]
r0067 Imax closed-loop angle
frequency control
p1340 ... p1341 ZSW cl-loop ctrl
I_max PM r0056 I_max_ctrl U_outp [Vrms]
[6856.4] MIN
– r0056.13 r1344
+ Imax closed-loop
voltage control +
p1345 ... P1346 U_angle
PU P_rated [kW] [6856.1]
r0206[2] +

3.14 U/f control, Standard Drive Control (p0096 = 1)

I_act abs val [Arms]
[6856.1] r0068 [0]

U_output [Vrms]
V_boost perm + r0072
Mot I_mag_rtd act [Arms] p1310 K
r0331 [M]
+ +
Iq_act [Arms] V_set
V_boost accelerate [6856.1]
[6856.1] r0078 [6851.8] + p
p1311

f_set V_boost starting U_outp smooth [Vrms]

[6851.1] p1312 r0025
100 ms

[6851]

3 Function diagrams
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
U/f control, Standard Drive Control fp_6850_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6850 -
U/f control, overview (p0096 = 1) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
557
558

3.14 U/f control, Standard Drive Control (p0096 = 1)

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-98 Linear

Voltage max r0071 Voltage max [Vrms]

r0071
Mot U_rated p0304
6851 – U/f control, characteristic and voltage boost (p0096 = 1)

Op/cl-lp ctrl_mode
0 ... 20
p1300 [D] (0)

Mot f_rated
p0310 [M] Dependent on 0
Iq_act [Arms] the load current
[6856.1] r0078 [6850.3]
2

Parabolic

Voltage max r0071

Mot U_rated p0304
f_set
[6850.2]

Mot f_rated
p0310 [M]

Current max [Arms] R_stator act

p0305² - r0331² r0395
r0067 U_boost total [Veff]
r1315
I_start (Ua) perm x
p1310 [D] x² + r0331²
+
+

0 3
from ramp-function Mot I_rated
p0305 [M]
generator ZSW cl-loop ctrl
r0056
r0056.6
0
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

0 [2526.2]
I_start accel
p1311 [D] +
1 0 +
0
I_start start
p1312 [D] 1 ZSW cl-loop ctrl
<1>
r0056
SINAMICS G120C

<1> p1312 is only active at the first acceleration after pulse enable. r0056.5 [2526.2]

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
U/f control, Standard Drive Control fp_6851_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6851 -
U/f control, characteristic and voltage boost (p0096 = 1) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-99

U/f resonance damping U/f slip compensation

6853 – U/f control, resonance damping and slip compensation (p0096 = 1)

Uf Res_damp gain
0.00 ... 100.00
p1338 [D] (0.00)
Brake f_start
Brake f_start p1352 [C]
f_res damp <2>
-300.00 ... 300.00 [%] (1351[0])
[6850.7] p1351 [D] (0.00)
–
+

Iq_act [Arms] Slip comp scal Slip comp lim val

0.0 ... 600.0 [%] 0.00 ... 600.00 [%]
r0078 20 ms p1336 [D] (250.00)
p1335 [D] (0.0)
Mot slip_rated [Hz]
r0330 [M]
Slip
f_Slip [Hz] compensation
[6856.1] 250 ms
r0065 [6850.6]
1 100 %
Mot slip_rated [Hz]
r0330 [M] -1 Slip comp act val [%]
r1337

3.14 U/f control, Standard Drive Control (p0096 = 1)

6% 10 % 95 % f/f Mot N
0
<1>
ZSW cl-loop ctrl
f_outp [Hz] Uf res_damp f_max 1 r0056
r0066 0.00 ... 3000.00 [Hz] r0056.10
p1349 [D] (0.00) 0
[6850.8] [2526.2]

p1334 f/f Mot N

p1334 + 4 %

3 Function diagrams
<1> If p1349 = 0: the limit is 0.95 x f Mot N  45 Hz.
<2> Activation with r0056.4 = 1 till r0066  p1334 and p1216 has expired.
100 % equal r0330 (Rated motor slip)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
U/f control, Standard Drive Control fp_6853_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6853 -
U/f control, Resonance damping and slip compensation, (p0096 = 1) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
559
560

3.14 U/f control, Standard Drive Control (p0096 = 1)

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-100
6854 – U/f control, Vdc_max controller (p0096 = 1)

Vdc_ctrl Tn
0 ... 10000 [ms]
p1291 [D] (40)
Vdc_ctrl Kp Vdc_ctrl t_rate
0.00 ... 100.00 0 ... 1000 [ms]
Vdc_ctr config U/f p1290 [D] (1.00) p1292 [D] (10)
0 ... 1
p1280 [D] (1) Vdc_min outp_lim
0.00 ... 600.00 [Hz] 0
Vdc act val [V] p1293 [D] (600.00)
1 ZSW cl-loop ctrl
r0070 1
+ r0056
[6856.1] – 0 r0056.14
0
0 0 0
[2526.2]

Calculate on_level
Vdc_max dyn_factor
Vdc_max on_level [V] 1 ... 10000 [%]
r1282 p1283 [D] (100)
Vdc_ctrl output [rpm]
Vdc_max SenseOnLev U_connect r1298
0 ... 1 1 ... 63000 [V]
p1294 (0) p0210 (400)
1
Vdc_ctrl config
[6850.4]
0
0
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
U/f control, Standard Drive Control fp_6854_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6854 -
U/f control, Vdc_max controller (p0096 = 1) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-101 Control Unit Power Module

[6854.1] Vdc act val [V]
[6799.1] r0070 DC link voltage (Vdc)
[8022.1] U_output [Vrms] Mod_depth [%]
6856 – U/f control, interface to the Power Module (ASM, p0300 = 1, p0096 = 1)

r0072 r0074 Pulse enable HW -

[6799.1] [2701.8] +
2 [8022.1]
U_set U
[6850.8]
U_angle
[6850.8]
PWM
V

~
ZSW cl-loop ctrl M
r0056
r0056.11 W
[2526.2]

f_outp [Hz]
[6850.8] r0066

Power Module Interface

Sign
+ or -
R_stator act
r0395 ZSW cl-loop ctrl
r0056
Outp_ph_seq rev r0056.07
p1820
[2526.2]
Cos phi act I_max Power Module
[6799.1] [6799.1]
r0087 I_max PM
[6850.1]

3.14 U/f control, Standard Drive Control (p0096 = 1)

Motor model
Flux act val [%]
r0084
I_phase act val [A]
f_Slip [Hz] r0069[0..6]
r0065
[6853.4]

U_phase act val [V]

r0089[0..2]
Transformation
[6850.8]
x2 y2 angle
I_act abs val [Arms]
[6850.1] r0068
P24 + BRP
Ia 2
Id_act [Arms]
r0076 VD- M - BRN

3 Function diagrams
Iq_act [Arms] 3
[6850.1] Brake control
r0078 Ib
[6851.1]

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
U/f control, Standard Drive Control fp_6856_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6856 -
U/f control, Interface to the Power Module (p0096 = 1) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
561
3 Function diagrams
3.15 Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control (p0096 = 2)

3.15 Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control (p0096 = 2)

Function diagrams

6820 – Speed control and generation of the torque limits, overview (p0096 = 2) 563

6821 – Current control, overview (p0096 = 2) 564

6822 – Speed setpoint, precontrol balancing, acceleration model (p0096 = 2) 565

6823 – Moment of inertia estimator (p0096 = 2) 566

6824 – Speed controller with Kp_n/Tn_n adaptation (p0096 = 2) 567

6826 – Torque setpoint (p0096 = 2) 568

6827 – Vdc_max controller and Vdc_min controller (p0096 = 2) 569

6828 – Current/power/torque limits (p0096 = 2) 570

6832 – Current setpoint filter (p0096 = 2) 571

6833 – Iq and Id controllers (p0096 = 2) 572

6836 – Id setpoint (PMSM, p0300 = 2xx, p0096 = 2) 573

6837 – Field weakening characteristic, flux setpoint (ASM, p0300 = 1, p0096 = 2) 574

6838 – Field weakening controller, flux controller, Id setpoint (ASM, p0300 = 1, p0096 = 2) 575

6839 – Field weakening controller (PMSM, p0300 = 2xx, p0096 = 2) 576

6841 – Interface to the Power Module (ASM, p0300 = 1, p0096 = 2) 577

6842 – Interface to the Power Module (PMSM, p0300 = 2xx, p0096 = 2) 578

SINAMICS G120C
562 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-102
n_pre-control
[6821.1]
Kp adaptation Tn adaptation
n_ctrl SL Kp n_ctrl SL Tn
Mot MomInert Ratio p1470 p1472
p0342
6820 – Speed control and generation of the torque limits, overview (p0096 = 2)

Mot M_mom of inert

p0341 a_prectrl scal
p1496

r1084 n_ctrl n_set [rpm]

Speed setpoint
sum [rpm] n_set after filter [rpm] r1438
r1170 r0062
[3001.8]
r1087 Kp Tn
Symmetrizing
–

[6822] Speed setpoint, Pre-control balancing, acceleration model (p0096 = 2)

M_set [Nm]
r0079
r1508 [6821.1]

M_set bef. M_suppl [Nm]

3.15 Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control (p0096 = 2)

n_modell
[6821.1] [6826] Torque setpoint (p0096 = 2)
Actual speed [rpm]
r0063 [0]

n_C n_act T_s SL

p1452 Current limit Current max [Arms]
p0640
r0067
[6824] Speed controller with Kp_n/Tn_n
adaptation (p0096 = 2) M_max upper
p1522 [C] M_max upper eff [Nm]
M_max upper
(1520[0]) r1538
p1520 [D] (0.00)
M_max lower Generating the [8005.1]
torque limits
p1523 [C] M_max lower eff [Nm]
M_max lower (1521[0]) r1539
p1521 [D] (0.00)
[8005.1]
p1400 r0056 r1408
P_max mot P_max gen
p1530 p1531

3 Function diagrams
[6490] Closed-loop speed control configuration [6828] Current/power/torque limits (p0096 = 2)
[2526] Status word closed-loop control (r0056)
[2530] Status word closed-loop current control (r1408)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control fp_6820_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6820 -
Speed control and generation of the torque limits, overview (p0096 = 2) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
563
564

3.15 Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control (p0096 = 2)

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-103 Vdc act val [V]
I_ctrl Kp I_ctrl Tn
r0070
p1715 [D] p1717 [D] U_output [Vrms]
Iq_set [Arms] r0072
r0077 Mod_depth [%]
6821 – Current control, overview (p0096 = 2)

M_set [Nm] U_set r0074

r0079 K
[6020.8]
+ U_angle
– P
Iq controller +
M +
Iq

I_ctrl Kp I_ctrl Tn
[6832] Current setpoint filter p1715 p1717
Voltage max [Vrms] Id_set [Arms]
r0071 r0075

+ – +
– + –
Field weakening
V_set controller
Flex setp Iq_act [Arms]
50.0 ... 200.0 [%] r0078
p1570 [D] (100.0)
Efficiency opt. + Id_act [Arms] Transformation
p1580 [D]
+ r0076 I_phase actual
Field weakening value
characteristic
M_set static
p1610 [D]
[6833] Iq and Id controllers
M_suppl_accel
p1611 [D]
Current calculation

[6836] Id setpoint (PMSM, p0300 = 2xx)

[6837] Field weakening characteristic, flux setpoint (ASM, p0300 = 1)
[6838] Field weakening controller, flux controller, Id setpoint (ASM, p0300 = 1)
[6839] Field weakening controller (PMSM, p0300 = 2xx)
p1764 p1767 V_phase actual
value

Motor model Current model f_Slip [Hz]

r0065
M
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

Iq f_outp [Hz]
– + r0066
n_pre-control
[6020.2]
n_model
+ +
[6020.1]

[6841] Interface to the Power Module (ASM, p0300 = 1xx)

[6842] Interface to the Power Module (PMSM, p0300 = 2xx)
SINAMICS G120C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control fp_6821_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6821 -
Current control (p0096 = 2) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-104

ZSW cl-loop ctrl

6822 – Speed setpoint, precontrol balancing, acceleration model (p0096 = 2)

r0056
[2526.6] r0056.14
M_inert tot scal [kgm²]
r1493
[6823.8]
1
0 Calculated accelerating torque
[6826.1]
Acceleration calculation 0

n_limit pos eff [rpm]

r1084
n_C n_act T_s SL
[3050.8] 0.00 ... 32000.00 [ms]
p1452 [D] (10.00) a_prectrl scal
n_set after filter 0.0 ... 10000.0 [%]
n_set before filt. [rpm] ZSW n_ctrl [rpm] p1496 [D] (0.0)
r0060 r1407 r0062
[2701.1] r1407.11 [6799.1]
[6799.1]
Pre-control balancing >0 n_ctrl n_set [rpm]
[2522.3]

3.15 Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control (p0096 = 2)

Speed setpoint sum [rpm] r1438 [6824.1]
r1170
0
[3070.8]

1 = Sensorless vector control, speed pre-control active

n_ctrl config
n_limit neg eff [rpm] p1400.15
r1087
[3050.8] 0
0 Pre-control speed [6841.1]
[6842.1]
1

3 Function diagrams
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control fp_6822_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6822 -
Speed setpoint, Pre-control balancing, acceleration model (p0096 = 2) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
565
566

3.15 Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control (p0096 = 2)

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-105
n_ctrl config
Mot M_mom of inert p1400 .18
[D]
p0341 [M]
1 = moment of inertia estimator active

Mot MomInert Ratio 0 M_inert tot scal [kgm²]

p0342 [M]
r1493 [6822.4]
6823 – Moment of inertia estimator (p0096 = 2)

1
ZSW n_ctrl
r1407 a_prectrl scal
r1407.24 1 = moment of inertia estimator active p1496 [D]
r1407.26 1 = moment of inertia estimator stabilized

J_est t J
p1561 [D]
Only for initialization
J_est config
Actual torque [Nm] p5310 .1
[D]
r0080 Moment of inertia Moment of inertia <1> 1 = moment of inertia precontrol activated
Actual speed [rpm] estimator calculation
1
r0063

0
J_est M thresh J_est config
p1560 [D] J_est t load p5310 [D] J_prectrl t J
p1562 [D] p5316 [D]
<1>

Active for p5310.0 = 1

Load torque Cyclic calculation of
estimator the coefficients

ZSW n_ctrl
r1407
J_est M pos [Nm] Positive direction of J_est lin pos
r1407.25
p1563 [D] (0.00) rotation p5312 [D]
1 = load estimator active <2>
J_est const pos
Basic function p5313 [D]
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

<1> Possible bit combinations p5310:

Bit 1, 0
= 0, 0 --> Function not active.
= 0, 1 --> Cyclic calculation of the coefficients without moment of inertia precontrol (commissioning).
= 1, 0 --> Moment of inertia precontrol activated (without cyclic calculation of the coefficients).
= 1, 1 --> Moment of inertia precontrol activated (with cyclic calculation of the coefficients).
SINAMICS G120C

<2> p1564, p5314 and p5315 for negative direction of rotation.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control fp_6823_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6823 -
Moment of inertia estimator (p0096 = 2) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-106
n_ctrl SL Kp n_ctrl SL Tn
0.000 ... 999999.000 0.0 ... 100000.0 [ms]
p1470 [D] (0.300) p1472 [D] (20.0)
<1>
Kp_n_basic
Tn_n_basic
6824 – Speed controller with Kp_n/Tn_n adaptation (p0096 = 2)

Kp_n/Tn_n
adaptation Tn_n_adapt
Kp_n_adapt

[6490.7] 1 0 1 0
n_ctrl config 1 = Kp/Tn adaptation active
p1400.5

n_ctrl config 1 = Automatic Kp/Tn adaptation active

Dynamic reduction, field weakening
p1400.0
[6490.7]
Speed controller
n_ctrl sys dev [rpm]
r0064 Kp Tn
n_ctrl n_set [rpm] Kp Tn M_set from speed controller
[6822.8] r1438 [6826.1]
+
– n_ctrl I-M_outp [Nm]
r1482
n_C n_act T_s SL
0.00 ... 32000.00 [ms] Enable speed controller ZSW n_ctrl
p1452 [D] (10.00)
from sequence control: Operation r1407
[2522.3]
r1407.3

3.15 Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control (p0096 = 2)

Actual speed [rpm] n_act smooth [rpm] 1 = Speed controller active
r0063 r1445
ZSW n_ctrl
r1407
[2522.3]
r1407.5
1 = Speed controller, I component held
n_ctrl M_sv MHB Integrator control
p1475 [C] ZSW n_ctrl
(0) r1407
[2522.3]
r1407.6
1 = Speed controller, I component set
Torque setting value, speed controller
[6836.8] n_ctrl config
p1400.1
ZSW n_ctrl 1 = Sensorless vector control, freeze I component
[6490.7]
r1407
1 = Torque limit reached
[2522.7] r1407.7

3 Function diagrams
<1> For p1472 = 0.0 s or 100.0 s, the I component is inhibited (integral action time = infinite).

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control fp_6824_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6824 -
Speed controller with Kp_n/Tn_n adaptation (p0096 = 2) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
567
568

3.15 Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control (p0096 = 2)

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-107
M_suppl 1
p1511 [C]
[7010.8] M_suppl total [Nm]
(0)
r1515
[6836.1]
M_suppl 1 scal
M_accel T_smooth
p1512 [C] 0.00 ... 100.00 [ms]
6826 – Torque setpoint (p0096 = 2)

(0) p1517 [D] (4.00)

<1>

+ M_suppl + M_accel [Nm]

Calculated accelerating torque
[6031.8] r1516
+
M_acceleration
[6836.1]
M_max upper eff [Nm]
[6828.8] r1538 1 = Current/torque limiting
active
M_max up w/o offs r0056
p1552 [C] r0056.13
(1)
[2526.2]
M_max up w/o offs [Nm] M_max outp n_ctrl [Nm]
[6828.8] r1526 r1547 [0] 1 = Torque limit reached
r1407
1 = Torque limiting, upper, 1 r1407.7 [2522.3]
active
r1407
r1407.8 1 = Torque limiting, upper,
active
[2522.3] r1407
M_set bef. M_suppl [Nm] r1407.8 [2522.3]
r1508
[6837.1] + M_set [Nm]
M_set from the speed controller [6832.1]
[6824.8] r0079
+ [8012.1]
1 = Torque limit reached <2>
(without pre-control) Torque
r1407 limiting
[2522.3]
M_max low w/o offs r1407.15
p1554 [C] 1 = Torque limiting, lower,
1 = Torque limiting, lower, active
(1) active
r1407 r1407
r1407.9 r1407.9 [2522.3]
M_max low w/o offs [Nm] [2522.3] M_max outp n_ctrl [Nm]
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

[6828.8] r1527 r1547[1]

M_max lower eff [Nm]

[6828.8] r1539

<1> Acceleration control is inhibited for p1517 = 100 ms.

SINAMICS G120C

<2> M_set is also influenced by the speed limit controller.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control fp_6826_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6826 -
Torque setpoint (p0096 = 2) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-108 Vdc_ctrl Tn

p1251 [D]

Vdc_max (Vector control) Vdc_ctrl Kp Vdc_ctrl t_rate

p1250 [D] p1252 [D]
6827 – Vdc_max controller and Vdc_min controller (p0096 = 2)

Vdc ctr config vec

p1240 [D] 0

Vdc act val [V] 1 = Vdc_max controller active

1,3
r0070 1 r0056
+
– 0 0 r0056.14
0,2 0
[2526.2]
Calculate on_level

Vdc_max on_level [V]

r1242
Vdc_max dyn_factor
Vdc_max SenseOnLev p1243 [D] Vdc controller active
p1254 1
Vdc_ctrl output [Arms] [6832.1]
r1258
Iq_max
U_connect [6832.1]
Operating point
1 ... 63000 [V] 0
selection Iq_min
p0210 (400)
[6832.1]

3.15 Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control (p0096 = 2)

Vdc_min (Vector control)

Vdc_min on_level Vdc_ctrl Tn

p1245 [D] p1251 [D]
Vdc_min on_level [V]
r1246
Vdc_ctrl Kp Vdc_ctrl t_rate
p1250 [D] p1252 [D]
Calculate on_level

Vdc act val [V] – 0 1 = Vdc_min controller active

2,3
r0070 1 r0056
+
0 r0056.15
0,1 0
[2526.2]

3 Function diagrams
Vdc_min dyn_factor
p1247 [D]

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control fp_6827_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6827 -
Vdc_max controller and Vdc_min controller (p0096 = 2) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
569
570

3.15 Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control (p0096 = 2)

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-109 Current limiting Speed limiting
Kp from speed controller [6824.5]
Tn from speed controller [6824.6]
6828 – Current/power/torque limits (p0096 = 2)

[6838.4] Voltage max [Vrms] Iq stall 1 = Speed limiting control

[6839.4] r0071 calculation active
Current max [Arms] n_limit pos eff [rpm]
Current limit + r1407.17
r0067 [3050.8] r1084
p0640 [D]
[6837.1], [6839.1] [2522.3]
[3050.8] r1087 +
Iq_max total [Arms] – –
I_max reduction x r1533 n_limit neg eff [rpm] Speed limiting
[8016.8] Min controller
[6841.4] I_max PM x2 y2 Sign <4>
[6842.4] + or -
y -1
[6836.8] Id_setp total [Arms]
[6838.8] r1624

Max Min

Actual speed [rpm]

r0063[0]

M_max upper
p1522 [C] !
M_max upper [Nm] <1> M_max up w/o offs [Nm]
(1520[0]) r1526
p1520 [D] (0.00)
+ M_max upper eff [Nm]
M_max upper scal
Min r1538
-2000.0 ... 2000.0 [%] [6836.8] M +
p1524 [D] (100.0) [6841.1] Iq [6826.1], [8012.1]
M_max lower
p1523 [C]
M_max lower [Nm]
(1521[0])
+ M_max lower eff [Nm]
p1521 [D] (0.00) ! r1527 Max r1539
M_max lower scal <2> + [6826.1], [8012.1]
M_max low w/o offs [Nm]
-2000.0 ... 2000.0 [%]
p1525 [D] (100.0) <3>
Iq
Min Isq_max
P_max gen [6832.1]
-100000.00 ... -0.01 [kW]
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

p1531 [D] (-0.01)

n
P_max mot
0.00 ... 100000.00 [kW] Max Isq_min
p1530 [D] (0.00) [6832.1]
Power limiting <3>

!
<1> Danger: Negative values at <1> represent a minimum torque for the other torque direction and <3> Intervention by the Vdc controller.
SINAMICS G120C

<2> positive values at <2> can cause the motor to accelerate uncontrollably. <4> Intervention when the speed limit is exceeded + 2 % n_rated.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control fp_6828_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6828 -
Current/power/torque limits (p0096 = 2) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-110
6832 – Current setpoint filter (p0096 = 2)

ZSW cl-loop ctrl ZSW cl-loop ctrl

[2526.7] r0056 1 = Vdc_max controller active
r0056
1 = Frequency, negative
[2526.6]
[6827.8] r0056.14 r0056.7

Iq_max 1
[6827.8]
1
Isq_max
[6828.8]
0
0

ZSW cl-loop ctrl

[2526.7] r0056 1 = Vdc_min controller active
[6827.8] r0056.15

3.15 Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control (p0096 = 2)

0
Iq_min 1
[6827.8]
Isq_min 1
[6828.8]
0

M_set [Nm] Interpolator and Iq_set [Arms]

[6826.8] r0079 smoothing for r0077 [6833.1]
+ voltage limits [6836.1]
+ [6842.3]
Frict outp [Nm]
[7010.6] r3841

M
[6836.8] Iq
[6841.1]

3 Function diagrams
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control fp_6832_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6832 -
Current setpoint filter (p0096 = 2) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
571
572

3.15 Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control (p0096 = 2)

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-111
U_soll 1 [6838.1] <1>
Flux setp total [%]
<1> [6835.8] [6839.1] <2>
r1598
<2> [6838.5]
Pre-control, de-coupling and
6833 – Iq and Id controllers (p0096 = 2)

limiting U_max 1 [6838.3] <1>

[6839.3] <2>

ZSW cl-loop ctrl

r0056
ZSW I_ctrl r0056.9 [2526.2]
r1408 Direct U set [Vrms]
r1408.1 r1732[0..1]
Id current controller ZSW I_ctrl
Id_setp total [Arms]
r1408
r1624
+ r1408.3 [2530.2]
<1> [6838.8]
Symmetrizing
<2> [6836.8] + +
– U_set [6841.1] <1>
Kp_I Tn_I K
Id_set [Arms] [6842.1] <2>
r0075
I_ctrl Kp I_ctrl Tn Coordinate converter
0.000 ... 100000.000 0.00 ... 1000.00 [ms]
p1715 [D] (0.000) p1717 [D] (2.00) [6841.1] <1>
p U_angle
[6842.1] <2>
[6844.1] <1>
I_ctrl Kp I_ctrl Tn
0.000 ... 100000.000 0.00 ... 1000.00 [ms]
p1715 [D] (0.000) p1717 [D] (2.00)

Iq_set [Arms] + Quad U set [Vrms]

[6832.8] r0077 Symmetrizing r1733[0..1]
+ +
–
Kp_I Tn_I
Iq current controller
Phase U
Ia
3 I_act abs val [Arms]
<1> [6841.4]
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

Phase V r0068[0]
VD- x2 y2 [6799.1]
<2> [6842.4]
[8021.1]
Ib Iq_act [Arms]
2
Phase W r0078 [6799.6]

Id_act [Arms]
r0076 [6799.6]
<1> For induction motor (p0300 = 1xx).
SINAMICS G120C

<2> For synchronous motor (p0300 = 2xx).

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control fp_6833_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6833 -
Iq and Id controllers (p0096 = 2) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-112
I_inject t_ramp I_set T_smooth
1 ... 10000 [ms] 4 ... 10000 [ms]
from the model control p1601 [D] (20) p1616 [D] (40)
[6842.3]
From Id_field weakening
[6839.8]
0
6836 – Id setpoint (PMSM, p0300 = 2xx, p0096 = 2)

Load angle for MIN

synchronous motors Id_setp total [Arms]
90° r1624
Id_inject [6828.1]
1
Iq_set [Arms]
[6832.7] r0077 Load angle correction
Id_set

2 2
Iabs Iq_set

M
(r1407.2)
Iq [6828.5]
0 = M-Ctrl [6832.2]
1 = n-Ctrl Motor reluctance torque [6799.7]
constant kt Rel
Mot t_excitation
0.000 ... 20.000 [s]
p0346 [M] (0.000)
Motor leakage inductance,
total Lq
M_set static 0 Iq
-200.0 ... 200.0 [%] 0.9 x M

3.15 Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control (p0096 = 2)

p1610 [D] (50.0) r0067 Iq_set
1 Ld

M_suppl_accel
0.0 ... 200.0 [%] Id
p1611 [D] (30.0) kT adaptation corrective value
Iabs
MAX from model control
r1538 M r0067
M adaptation
Iabspre
M_suppl total Torque setting value, speed controller
[6826.4] [6824.4]
r1515

M_acceleration r1539
[6826.4]

3 Function diagrams
n-Ctrl = 1

PMSM: Permanent-magnet synchronous motor

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control fp_6836_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6836 -
Id setpoint (PMSM, p0300 = 2xx, p0096 = 2) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
573
574

3.15 Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control (p0096 = 2)

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-113
Mot t_excitation
0.000 ... 20.000 [s]
p0346 [M] (0.000)

ZSW cl-loop ctrl

r0056
Voltage max [Vrms] p1401.1
r0056.4 [2526.2]
6837 – Field weakening characteristic, flux setpoint (ASM, p0300 = 1, p0096 = 2)

[6838.4] 1 = Flux setpoint, differentiation active

r0071 1 = Magnetization completed
p1401.2 Quick magnetizing active
ZSW cl-loop ctrl
Flex setp 1 = Flux build-up control active
y r0056 [6838.7]
50.0 ... 200.0 [%]
r0056.8 [2526.2]
p1570 [D] (100.0) Magnetization control
1 = Field weakening active
Actual speed [rpm]
r0063 [0] [6841.4]
f
from motor model
Field weakening 1 = Efficiency optimization 2 active
characteristic Flux ctrl config
p1401 .14
Flux setpoint 0
Flux setpoint smoothed
Efficiency opt. <1> selection
0 ... 100 [%] [6838.1]
p1580 [D] (0) 1
0
Max flux lim val Flux setp T_smth
Efficiency optimization 4 ... 5000 [ms]
10.0 ... 200.0 [%] <0.3 s
p3316 [D] (110.0) p1582 [D] (15)
1

Actual torque [Nm]

r0080 Mot T_rotor/T_Dd [ms]
r0384 [M]
r0084
Flux act val [%] Min flux lim val Optimum flux [%]
Efficiency optimization 2 10.0 ... 200.0 [%] r3313
p3315 [D] (50.0) 0.9
Current max [Arms] Id current limit
[6828.3] r0067
[6838.1]
M_set bef. M_suppl [Nm] I_set T_smooth
[6826.6] r1508 4 ... 10000 [ms]
p1616 [D] (40)
M_suppl_accel
–
0.0 ... 200.0 [%]
p1611 [D] (30.0) +
+ Id_set Flux setpoint
M_set static calculation calculation
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

-200.0 ... 200.0 [%]

p1610 [D] (50.0)

Mot I_mag_rtd act [Arms]

r0331 [M]
SINAMICS G120C

<1> Value range and/or factory setting depend on Power Module. ASM: Asynchronmotor (induction motor)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control fp_6837_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6837 -
Field weakening characteristic, flux setpoint (ASM, p0300 = 1, p0096 = 2) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-114

Drv filt type mot Pulse freq setp

6838 – Field weakening controller, flux controller, Id setpoint (ASM, p0300 = 1, p0096 = 2)

0 ... 4 2.000 ... 16.000 [kHz] 0 ... 10 20.0 ... 120.0 [%]
p0230 (0) p1800 [D] (4.000) p1802 [D] (10) p1803 [D] (115.0)
<1> <1>

Calculation, max. modulation depth

Modulat_depth max [%] Voltage max [Vrms]

r0073 r0071
[6828.1], [6837.1]

Field weakening
Voltage reserve controller integral-
dynamic action time
[10.0 V] [300 ms]
0
Vdc act val [V] –
r0070
+ +
–
-200 % 1 = Flux setpoint, differentiation active
U_max 1 1 = Flux build-up control active Flux ctrl config
2 [6833.8] Flux ctrl config p1401.1
p1401.2

3.15 Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control (p0096 = 2)

U_set 1 0
0
[6833.8] Quick magnetizing active
1 [6837.8]

+ +
Flux setpoint smoothed 0
[6837.8] + + Id_setp total [Arms]
r1624
Flux setp total [%] 1 [6828.1], [6833.1]
r1598
Saturation characteristic -1
[6833.1] p0362 ... p0369
Id current limit
[6837.8]

3 Function diagrams
<1> Value range and/or factory setting depend on p0500. ASM: Asynchronmotor (induction motor)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control fp_6838_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6838 -
Field weakening controller, flux controller, Id setpoint (ASM, p0300 = 1, p0096 = 2) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
575
576

3.15 Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control (p0096 = 2)

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-115
Drv filt type mot Pulse freq setp Modulator mode Modulat depth max
0 ... 4 2.000 ... 16.000 [kHz] 0 ... 10 20.0 ... 150.0 [%]
p0230 (0) p1800 [D] (4.000) p1802 [D] (0) p1803 [D] (106.0)
<1> <1>

Calculation, max. modulation depth

6839 – Field weakening controller (PMSM, p0300 = 2xx, p0096 = 2)

Modulat_depth max [%] Voltage max [Vrms] Mot I_mag_rtd act [Arms]
r0073 r0071
[6828.1] r0331 [M]

Field weakening
Voltage reserve controller integral-
dynamic action time
[10.0 V] [300 ms]
0
Vdc act val [V] –
r0070
[6842.1]
+ +
–
2 U_max 1 Mot U_rated
[6833.8] 0 ... 20000 [Vrms]
p0304 [M] (0)

U_set 1
[6833.8]

+
–
Actual speed [rpm] -nF nF
+
Id_field weaken. Ctrl
r0063 [0] [6836.1]
+

Id
nom
Mot I_mag_rtd act [Arms]
r0331 [M]
+ Flux setp total [%]
0.9 100 % r1598 [6833.1]
+
Current max [Arms]
Min -1
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

r0067
[6828.3]
SINAMICS G120C

<1> Value range and/or factory setting depend on p0500. PMSM: Permanent-magnet synchronous motor

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control fp_6839_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6839 -
Field weakening controller (PMSM, p0300 = 2xx, p0096 = 2) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-116 Control Unit Power Module

[6838.1] Vdc act val [V]
[6799.1] r0070 DC link voltage (Vdc)
[8022.1]
6841 – Interface to the Power Module (ASM, p0300 = 1, p0096 = 2)

U_output [Vrms] Mod_depth [%]

Pulse enable HW -
r0072 r0074
[6799.1] [6799.5]
[2701.8] +
2 [8022.1]
U_set U
[6833.8]
U_angle
[6833.8]
PWM
Gain res_damp ZSW cl-loop ctrl
p1740 V
r0056
r0056.11
~
M

Current model Vibration damping W

[2526.2]
f_Slip [Hz]
r0065 f_outp [Hz]
[6844.1] r0066
+ +

Power Module Interface

Pre-control speed [6799.1]
[6822.8]
p1764 p1767
+ + +
– Sign
+ or -
Kp Tn
Actual speed [rpm] ZSW cl-loop ctrl
r0063 [0] r0056
+ r0056.07 I_max PM
+

3.15 Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control (p0096 = 2)

[2526.2]
Adaptation controller [6828.1]
I_max PM

Cos phi act

[6799.1] [6799.1]
r0087
I_phase act val [A]
Flux act val [%]
[6833.1] r0069[0..6]
r0084 Motor model
R_stator act
r0395
Outp_ph_seq rev U_phase act val [V]
p1820 r0089[0..2]
Stall monitoring r1408.12 [8012.3]
p1745 P24 + BRP

Model control [6837.7]

M - BRN

3 Function diagrams
M
[6828.5] Iq
Brake control
[6832.1]
p1750 p1755 p1756
ASM: Asynchronmotor
(induction motor)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control fp_6841_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6841 -
Interface to the Power Module (ASM, p0300 = 1, p0096 = 2) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
577
578

3.15 Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control (p0096 = 2)

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-117
Control Unit Power Module

[6839.1] Vdc act val [V]

[6799.1] r0070 DC link voltage (Vdc)
[8022.1] U_output [Vrms] Mod_depth [%] Pulse enable HW
6842 – Interface to the Power Module (PMSM, p0300 = 2xx, p0096 = 2)

r0072 r0074
-
[2701.8]
[6799.1] [6799.5] +
2 [8022.1]
U_set
[6833.8] U
U_angle
[6833.8]
PWM
Gain res_damp ZSW cl-loop ctrl V
p1740 r0056
r0056.11 ~
M

[2526.2] W
Current model Vibration damping f_outp [Hz]
r0066
+ + [6799.1]
Pre-control speed
[6822.8]

Power Module Interface

+ + +
–
p1764 p1767 Actual speed [rpm]
Sign
r0063 [0] + or -

ZSW cl-loop ctrl

+ r0056
+
r0056.7
[2526.2]
I_max PM
Quad U set [Vrms]
r1733 [6828.1]
kT estimator I_max PM
p0316 Direct U set [Vrms]
p0357 r1732[0]
p1780.3
Id_act [Arms]
R_stator act [Ohm] r0076
r0395 [M] Iq_set [Arms]
r0077
Outp_ph_seq rev
p1820
I_phase act val [A]
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

[6833.1] r0069[0..6] P24 + BRN

Motor model
M – BRN

Model control [6836.4] Brake control

U_phase act val [V]
r0089[0..2]
PMSM: Permanent-magnet synchronous motor
SINAMICS G120C

p1755 p1756

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control fp_6842_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 6842 -
Interface to the Power Module (PMSM, p0300 = 2xx, p0096 = 2) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
 3 Function diagrams
3.16 Technology functions

3.16 Technology functions

Function diagrams

7010 – Friction characteristic 580

7017 – DC braking (ASM, p0300 = 1) 581

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 579
580

3.16 Technology functions

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-118 Record friction characteristic
Friction ZSW
Frict rec t_RU/RD r3840
0.000 ... 999999.000 [s] r3840
p3846 [D] (10.000)
7010 – Friction characteristic

Frict rec t_warm Friction characteristic record activated

0.000 ... 3600.000 [s] r3840.1
p3847 [D] (0.000)
Friction characteristic record
completed
r3840.2
[3070.7]
Friction characteristic record aborted
Frict rec act Drive ON from the sequence control
0 ... 3 r3840.3
Start ramp-function generator
p3845 (0) <1>
Friction characteristic record active (p3845 > 0) A07961
"Friction characteristic record activated"

F07963
"Friction characteristic record
interrupted"
Play friction characteristic
Friction M0 Friction M9
p3830 [D] p3839 [D] M_max lower eff [Nm]
[6640.8] r1539

Friction characteristic OK
r3840.0
M [Nm] Frict act
A07960 p3842
"Friction characteristic incorrect"
Actual speed [rpm]
r0063 1 Frict outp [Nm]
r3841 [6710.1]
Sign 0 [6832.1]
n [rpm] 0
+ or -

r0063 [0]
Friction n0 Friction n9 M_max upper eff [Nm]
Actual speed [rpm] p3820 [D] p3829 [D]
[6640.8] r1538

Friction characteristic positive direction

r3840.8
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

<1> p3845
= 0: Friction characteristic record deactivated
= 1: Friction char record activated for all directions
= 2: Friction char record activated for positive direction
SINAMICS G120C

= 3: Friction char record activated for negative direction

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Technology functions fp_7010_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 7010 -
Friction characteristic 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-119
<1> <2>
Mot t_de-excitat DCBRK I_brake DCBRK time DCBRK n_start
0.000 ... 20.000 [s] 0.00 ... 10000.00 [Arms] 0.0 ... 3600.0 [s] 0.00 ... 210000.00 [rpm]
p0347 [M] (0.000) p1232 [M] (0.00) p1233 [M] (1.0) p1234 [M] (210000.00)

Current actual values I_act abs val [Arms]

[6714] r0068[0..1]
7017 – DC braking (ASM, p0300 = 1)

DCBRK config n_act Pulse inhibit

0 ... 14 n_set
To pulse inhibit
p1231 [M] (0) p1234 To sequence
DCBRK Akt control
p1230 [C] <3> 14 DCBRK ZSW
4
(0) t r1239
OFF |I_set| p0347
r1239.10 U_output [Vrms]
0 Kp Tn
r0072
p1232
DCBRK ZSW |I_set| –
|I_act|
r1239 MIN
From I²t control [8021]
r1239 p1233 t To control [6730]
To U/f characteristic [6301]

Pulse inhibit
n_act
n_set

p1231 = 4 (control command) t To pulse inhibit

p0347 To sequence
control
DCBRK ZSW |I_set|
r1239
r1239 p1232
|I_act|
t

Braking response
n_act Pulse inhibit
p1231 = 5 (OFF1/OFF3)
n_set
p1234
DCBRK ZSW To pulse inhibit
r1239 To sequence
r1239 t control
|I_set| p0347 DCBRK ZSW
DC brake fault response r1239
p1232 r1239.8

3.16 Technology functions

|I_act|

p1233 t

3 Function diagrams
<1> The de-magnetization time is determined during automatic calculation (p0340 = 1, 3).
<2> The DC braking current is determined during automatic calculation (p0340 = 1).
<3> DC braking when starting speed for DC braking (p1234) is fallen below.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Technology functions fp_7017_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 7017 -
DC braking (ASM, p0300 = 1) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
581
3 Function diagrams
3.17 Free function blocks

3.17 Free function blocks

Function diagrams

7200 – Sampling times of the runtime groups 583

7210 – AND 0 ... 3 584

7212 – OR 0 ... 3 585

7214 – XOR 0 ... 3 586

7216 – NOT 0 ... 5 587

7220 – ADD 0 ... 2, SUB 0 ... 1 588

7222 – MUL 0 ... 1, DIV 0 ... 1 589

7224 – AVA 0 ... 1 590

7225 – NCM 0 ... 1 591

7226 – PLI 0 ... 1 592

7230 – MFP 0 ... 3, PCL 0 ... 1 593

7232 – PDE 0 ... 3 594

7233 – PDF 0 ... 3 595

7234 – PST 0 ... 1 596

7240 – RSR 0 ... 2, DFR 0 ... 2 597

7250 – BSW 0 ... 1, NSW 0 ... 1 598

7260 – LIM 0 ... 1 599

7262 – PT1 0 ... 1 600

7264 – INT 0, DIF 0 601

7270 – LVM 0 ... 1 602

SINAMICS G120C
582 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-120
7200 – Sampling times of the runtime groups

Run-time group

1 2 3 4 5 6
r20001[1] = 8 ms r20001[2] = 16 ms r20001[3] = 32 ms r20001[4] = 64 ms r20001[5] = 128 ms r20001[6] = 256 ms RTG sampling time [ms]
r20001[0..9]
Logic function blocks
AND, OR, XOR, NOT
X X X X X X
Arithmetic function blocks
ADD, SUB, MUL, DIV, AVA, NCM, PLI
- - - - X X
Time function blocks
MFP, PCL, PDE, PDF, PST
- - - - X X
Memory function blocks
RSR, DSR
X X X X X X
Switch function block
NSW
- - - - X X
Switch function block
BSW
X X X X X X
Control function blocks
LIM, PT1, INT, DIF
- - - - X X
Complex function blocks
LVM
- - - - X X

3.17 Free function blocks

3 Function diagrams
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Free Function Blocks fp_7200_97_61.vsd Function diagram
- 7200 -
Sampling times of the runtime groups 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
583
584

3.17 Free function blocks

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-121 AND (AND function blocks)
AND 0 AND 2
7210 – AND 0 ... 3

AND 0 RTG AND 2 RTG

1 ... 9999 1 ... 9999
p20032 (9999) p20040 (9999)

AND 0 inputs AND 2 inputs

p20030 p20038
I0 I0
[0] [0]
I1 AND 0 output Q I1 AND 2 output Q
[1] Q [1] Q
I2 r20031 I2 r20039
[2] [2]
[3] I3 [3] I3

AND 0 RunSeq AND 2 RunSeq

0 ... 32000 0 ... 32000
p20033 (10) p20041 (30)

AND 1 AND 3

AND 1 RTG AND 3 RTG

1 ... 9999 1 ... 9999
p20036 (9999) p20044 (9999)

AND 1 inputs AND 3 inputs

p20034 p20042
[0] I0 [0] I0
I1 AND 1 output Q I1 AND 3 output Q
[1] Q [1] Q
I2 r20035 I2 r20043
[2] [2]
[3] I3 [3] I3
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

AND 1 RunSeq AND 3 RunSeq

0 ... 32000 0 ... 32000
p20037 (20) p20045 (40)
SINAMICS G120C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Free function blocks - Logic function blocks fp_7210_97_61.vsd Function diagram
- 7210 -
AND 0 … 3 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-122 OR (OR function blocks)

OR 0 OR 2
OR 0 RTG OR 2 RTG
7212 – OR 0 ... 3

1 ... 9999 1 ... 9999

p20048 (9999) p20056 (9999)

OR 0 inputs OR 2 inputs
p20046 p20054
[0] I0 [0] I0
I1 OR 0 output Q I1 OR 2 output Q
[1] Q [1] Q
I2 r20047 I2 r20055
[2] [2]
[3] I3 [3] I3

OR 0 RunSeq OR 2 RunSeq
0 ... 32000 0 ... 32000
p20049 (60) p20057 (80)

OR 1 OR 3

OR 1 RTG OR 3 RTG
1 ... 9999 1 ... 9999
p20052 (9999) p20060 (9999)

OR 1 inputs OR 3 inputs
p20050 p20058
[0] I0 [0] I0
I1 OR 1 output Q I1 OR 3 output Q
[1] Q [1] Q
I2 r20051 I2 r20059
[2] [2]
[3] I3 [3] I3

OR 1 RunSeq OR 3 RunSeq
0 ... 32000 0 ... 32000

3.17 Free function blocks

p20053 (70) p20061 (90)

3 Function diagrams
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Free function blocks - Logic function blocks fp_7212_97_61.vsd Function diagram
- 7212 -
OR 0 … 3 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
585
586

3.17 Free function blocks

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-123 XOR (XOR function blocks)
XOR 0 XOR 2
XOR 0 RTG XOR 2 RTG
1 ... 9999 1 ... 9999
7214 – XOR 0 ... 3

p20064 (9999) p20072 (9999)

XOR 0 inputs XOR 2 inputs

p20062 p20070
[0] I0 [0] I0
I1 XOR 0 output Q I1 XOR 2 output Q
[1] Q [1] Q
I2 r20063 I2 r20071
[2] [2]
[3] I3 [3] I3

XOR 0 RunSeq XOR 2 RunSeq

0 ... 32000 0 ... 32000
p20065 (110) p20073 (130)

XOR 1 XOR 3

XOR 1 RTG XOR 3 RTG

1 ... 9999 1 ... 9999
p20068 (9999) p20076 (9999)

XOR 1 inputs XOR 3 inputs

p20066 p20074
[0] I0 [0] I0
I1 XOR 1 output Q I1 XOR 3 output Q
[1] Q [1] Q
I2 r20067 I2 r20075
[2] [2]
[3] I3 [3] I3
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

XOR 1 RunSeq XOR 3 RunSeq

0 ... 32000 0 ... 32000
p20069 (120) p20077 (140)
SINAMICS G120C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Free function blocks - Logic function blocks fp_7214_97_61.vsd Function diagram
- 7214 -
XOR 0 … 3 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-124 NOT (inverter)

NOT 0 NOT 3

NOT 0 RTG NOT 3 RTG

7216 – NOT 0 ... 5

1 ... 9999 1 ... 9999

p20080 (9999) p20092 (9999)
NOT 0 input I NOT 3 input I
p20078 NOT 0 inv output p20090 NOT 3 inv output
I Q I Q
(0) 1 r20079 (0) 1 r20091

NOT 0 RunSeq NOT 3 RunSeq

0 ... 32000 0 ... 32000
p20081 (160) p20093 (190)

NOT 1 NOT 4

NOT 1 RTG NOT 4 RTG

1 ... 9999 1 ... 9999
p20084 (9999) p20302 (9999)
NOT 1 input I NOT 4 input I
p20082 NOT 1 inv output p20300 NOT 4 inv output
I Q I Q
(0) 1 r20083 (0) 1 r20301

NOT 1 RunSeq NOT 4 RunSeq

0 ... 32000 0 ... 32000
p20085 (170) p20303 (770)

NOT 2 NOT 5

NOT 2 RTG NOT 5 RTG

1 ... 9999 1 ... 9999
p20088 (9999) p20306 (9999)
NOT 2 input I NOT 5 input I
p20086 NOT 2 inv output p20304 NOT 5 inv output
I Q I Q

3.17 Free function blocks

(0) 1 r20087 (0) 1 r20305

3 Function diagrams
NOT 2 RunSeq NOT 5 RunSeq
0 ... 32000 0 ... 32000
p20089 (180) p20307 (780)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Free function blocks - Logic function blocks fp_7216_97_61.vsd Function diagram
- 7216 -
NOT 0 … 5 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
587
588

3.17 Free function blocks

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-125
ADD (adder) SUB (subtracter)
ADD 0 ADD 0 RTG
5 ... 9999
p20096 (9999)
SUB 0
7220 – ADD 0 ... 2, SUB 0 ... 1

ADD 0 inputs
p20094 SUB 0 RTG
[0] X0
5 ... 9999
X1 ADD 0 output Y p20104 (9999)
[1] Y
[2]
X2 + r20095
X3
[3]
SUB 0 inputs
p20102
X1 SUB 0 difference Y
[0] Y
[1]
X2 X1 - X2 r20103
ADD 0 RunSeq
0 ... 32000
p20097 (210)

ADD 1 ADD 1 RTG

5 ... 9999 SUB 0 RunSeq
p20100 (9999) 0 ... 32000
p20105 (240)
ADD 1 inputs
p20098
[0] X0
X1 ADD 1 output Y
[1] Y
[2]
X2 + r20099
X3
[3]
SUB 1

ADD 1 RunSeq SUB 1 RTG

0 ... 32000 5 ... 9999
p20101 (220) p20108 (9999)

ADD 2 ADD 2 RTG

SUB 1 inputs
5 ... 9999
p20310 (9999) p20106
X1 SUB 1 difference Y
[0] Y
ADD 2 inputs [1]
X2 X1 - X2 r20107
p20308
[0] X0
ADD 2 output Y
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

X1 Y
[1]
[2]
X2 + r20309
X3 SUB 1 RunSeq
[3]
0 ... 32000
p20109 (250)

ADD 2 RunSeq
0 ... 32000
SINAMICS G120C

p20311 (800)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Free function blocks - Arithmetic function blocks fp_7220_97_61.vsd Function diagram
- 7220 -
ADD 0 … 2, SUB 0 … 1 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-126 MUL (multiplier) DIV (divider)

MUL 0 DIV 0
7222 – MUL 0 ... 1, DIV 0 ... 1

MUL 0 RTG DIV 0 RTG

5 ... 9999 5 ... 9999
p20112 (9999) p20121 (9999)

MUL 0 inputs
p20110 DIV 0 inputs DIV 0 quotient
X0 p20118 Y
[0] r20119 [0] DIV 0 Quotient
X1 MUL 0 product Y [0] X1 YIN
[1] Y [1] DIV 0 Multiple integer quotient
X2 x r20111 [1]
X2 X1 / X2 MOD
[2] DIV 0 Division remainder
[2]
X3 QF
[3] r20120
DIV 0 divisor=0 QF

MUL 0 RunSeq DIV 0 RunSeq

0 ... 32000 0 ... 32000
p20113 (270) p20122 (300)

MUL 1 DIV 1

MUL 1 RTG DIV 1 RTG

5 ... 9999 5 ... 9999
p20116 (9999) p20126 (9999)

MUL 1 inputs
p20114 DIV 1 inputs DIV 1 quotient
X0 p20123 Y
[0] r20124 [0] DIV 0 Quotient
X1 MUL 1 product Y [0] X1 YIN
[1] Y [1] DIV 0 Multiple integer quotient
X2 x r20115 [1]
X2 X1 / X2 MOD
[2] DIV 0 Division remainder
[2]
X3 QF
[3] r20125
DIV 1 divisor=0 QF

MUL 1 RunSeq DIV 1 RunSeq

0 ... 32000 0 ... 32000

3.17 Free function blocks

p20117 (280) p20127 (310)

3 Function diagrams
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Free function blocks - Arithmetic function blocks fp_7222_97_61.vsd Function diagram
- 7222 -
MUL 0 … 1, DIV 0 … 1 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
589
590

3.17 Free function blocks

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-127
7224 – AVA 0 ... 1 AVA (absolute value generator)

AVA 0
AVA 0 RTG
5 ... 9999
p20131 (9999)

AVA 0 input X AVA 0 output Y

Y
p20128 r20129
X
(0) AVA 0 input neg SN
SN
r20130

AVA 0 RunSeq
0 ... 32000
p20132 (340)

AVA 1
AVA 1 RTG
5 ... 9999
p20136 (9999)

AVA 1 input X AVA 1 output Y

Y
p20133 r20134
X
(0) AVA 1 input neg SN
SN
r20135

AVA 1 RunSeq
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

0 ... 32000
p20137 (350)
SINAMICS G120C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Free function blocks - Arithmetic function blocks fp_7224_97_61.vsd Function diagram
- 7224 -
AVA 0 … 1 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-128
7225 – NCM 0 ... 1 NCM (numeric comparator)

NCM 0

NCM 0 RTG
5 ... 9999
p20316 (9999)

NCM 0 inputs X1 > X2

p20312
X1
> QU r20313 NCM 0 output QU
[0] X1 = X2
[1]
= QE r20314 NCM 0 output QE
X2 X1 < X2
< QL r20315 NCM 0 output QL

NCM 0 RunSeq
0 ... 32000
p20317 (820)

NCM 1

NCM 0 RTG
5 ... 9999
p20316 (9999)

NCM 1 inputs X1 > X2

p20318 X1 > QU r20319 NCM 1 output QU
[0] X1 = X2
[1] = QE r20320 NCM 1 output QE
X2 X1 < X2
< QL r20321 NCM 1 output QL

NCM 1 RunSeq
0 ... 32000
p20323 (830)

3.17 Free function blocks

3 Function diagrams
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Free function blocks - Arithmetic function blocks fp_7225_97_61.vsd Function diagram
- 7225 -
NCM 0 … 1 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
591
592

3.17 Free function blocks

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-129 PLI (polyline scaling)
<1>
PLI 0 RTG
5 ... 9999
p20376 (9999)
7226 – PLI 0 ... 1

PLI 0 X-coordinate Breakpoint 0 (A0/B0 = p20374[0]/p20375[0]) ... Breakpoint 19 (A19/B19 = p20374[19]/p20375[19])

-340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 A18/B18
p20374 (0.0000) Y

A19/B19
PLI 0 input X
p20372 PLI 0 output Y
PLI 0 X Xn Y
(0) X r20373

PLI 0 Y-coordinate A0/B0

Yn
-340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 A1/B1
p20375 (0.0000)

PLI 0 RunSeq
0 ... 32000
p20377 (980)

PLI 1 RTG
5 ... 9999
p20382 (9999)

PLI 1 X-coordinate
-340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 A18/B18 Breakpoint 0 (A0/B0 = p20380[0]/p20381[0]) ... Breakpoint 19 (A19/B19 = p20380[19]/p20381[19])
p20380 (0.0000) Y

A19/B19
PLI 1 input X
PLI 1 output Y
PLI 1 p20378
X Xn Y
(0) X r20379

PLI 1 Y-coordinate A0/B0

Yn
-340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 A1/B1
p20381 (0.0000)
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

PLI 1 RunSeq
0 ... 32000
p20383 (990)

<1> This function block randomly adapts output variable Y to input variable X by means of up to 20 breakpoints in 4 quadrants.
Interpolation is carried out linearly between the breakpoints. Outlying the area A0 to A19, the characteristic curve runs horizontally.
During configuration, you must ensure that the values of A0 to A19 are arranged in ascending order. Otherwise the values at the output will not be correct. The values B0 to B19 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of
the previous value.
SINAMICS G120C

If breakpoints are not needed (e.g., A16/B16 and higher), the following values of the X- and Y-coordinates (A16/B16 to A19/B19) must be assigned the same values as A15/B15.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Free function blocks - Arithmetic function blocks fp_7226_97_61.vsd Function diagram
- 7226 -
PLI 0 … 1 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-130 MFP (pulse generator) PCL (pulse contractor)

MFP 0 MFP 2 PCL 0

7230 – MFP 0 ... 3, PCL 0 ... 1

MFP 0 RTG MFP 0 pulse_dur ms MFP 2 RTG MFP 2 pulse_dur ms PCL 0 RTG PCL 0 pulse_dur ms
5 ... 9999 0.00 ... 5400000.00 5 ... 9999 0.00 ... 5400000.00 5 ... 9999 0.00 ... 5400000.00
p20141 (9999) p20139 (0.00) p20357 (9999) p20355 (0.00) p20151 (9999) p20149 (0.00)
T T T
MFP 0 inp_pulse I MFP 2 inp_pulse I PCL 0 inp_pulse I
p20138 T MFP 0 output Q p20354 T MFP 2 output Q p20148 T PCL 0 output Q
I Q I Q I Q
(0) r20140 (0) r20356 (0) r20150

MFP 0 RunSeq MFP 2 RunSeq PCL 0 RunSeq

0 ... 32000 0 ... 32000 0 ... 32000
p20142 (370) p20358 (950) p20152 (400)

MFP 1 MFP 3 PCL 1

MFP 1 RTG MFP 1 pulse_dur ms MFP 3 RTG MFP 3 pulse_dur ms PCL 1 RTG PCL 1 pulse_dur ms
5 ... 9999 0.00 ... 5400000.00 5 ... 9999 0.00 ... 5400000.00 5 ... 9999 0.00 ... 5400000.00
p20146 (9999) p20144 (0.00) p20362 (9999) p20360 (0.00) p20156 (9999) p20154 (0.00)
T T T
MFP 1 inp_pulse I MFP 3 inp_pulse I PCL 1 inp_pulse I
p20143 T MFP 1 output Q p20359 T MFP 3 output Q p20153 T PCL 1 output Q
I Q I Q I Q
(0) r20145 (0) r20361 (0) r20155

MFP 1 RunSeq MFP 3 RunSeq PCL 1 RunSeq

3.17 Free function blocks

0 ... 32000 0 ... 32000 0 ... 32000
p20147 (380) p20363 (960) p20157 (410)

3 Function diagrams
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Free function blocks - Time function blocks fp_7230_97_61.vsd Function diagram
- 7230 -
MFP 0 … 3, PCL 0 … 1 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
593
594

3.17 Free function blocks

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-131 PDE (ON delay)

PDE 0 PDE 2
7232 – PDE 0 ... 3

PDE 0 RTG PDE 0 t_del ms PDE 2 RTG PDE 2 t_del ms

5 ... 9999 0.00 ... 5400000.00 5 ... 9999 0.00 ... 5400000.00
p20161 (9999) p20159 (0.00) p20337 (9999) p20335 (0.00)
T T
PDE 0 inp_pulse I PDE 2 inp_pulse I
p20158 T 0 PDE 0 output Q p20334 T 0 PDE 2 output Q
I Q I Q
(0) r20160 (0) r20336

PDE 0 RunSeq PDE 2 RunSeq

0 ... 32000 0 ... 32000
p20162 (430) p20338 (890)

PDE 1 PDE 3
PDE 1 RTG PDE 1 t_del ms PDE 3 RTG PDE 3 t_del ms
5 ... 9999 0.00 ... 5400000.00 5 ... 9999 0.00 ... 5400000.00
p20166 (9999) p20164 (0.00) p20342 (9999) p20340 (0.00)
T T
PDE 1 inp_pulse I PDE 3 inp_pulse I
p20163 T 0 PDE 1 output Q p20339 T 0 PDE 3 output Q
I Q I Q
(0) r20165 (0) r20341
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

PDE 1 RunSeq PDE 3 RunSeq

0 ... 32000 0 ... 32000
p20167 (440) p20343 (900)
SINAMICS G120C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Free function blocks - Time function blocks fp_7232_97_61.vsd Function diagram
- 7232 -
PDE 0 … 3 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-132 PDF (OFF delay)

PDF 0 PDF 2
7233 – PDF 0 ... 3

PDF 0 RTG PDF 0 t_ext ms PDF 2 RTG PDF 2 t_ext ms

5 ... 9999 0.00 ... 5400000.00 5 ... 9999 0.00 ... 5400000.00
p20171 (9999) p20169 (0.00) p20347 (9999) p20345 (0.00)
T T
PDF 0 inp_pulse I PDF 2 inp_pulse I
p20168 0 T PDF 0 output Q p20344 0 T PDF 2 output Q
I Q I Q
(0) r20170 (0) r20346

PDF 0 RunSeq PDF 2 RunSeq

0 ... 32000 0 ... 32000
p20172 (460) p20348 (920)

PDF 1 PDF 3

PDF 1 RTG PDF 1 t_ext ms PDF 3 RTG PDF 3 t_ext ms

5 ... 9999 0.00 ... 5400000.00 5 ... 9999 0.00 ... 5400000.00
p20176 (9999) p20174 (0.00) p20352 (9999) p20350 (0.00)
T T
PDF 1 inp_pulse I PDF 3 inp_pulse I
p20173 0 T PDF 1 output Q p20349 0 T PDF 3 output Q
I Q I Q
(0) r20175 (0) r20351

PDF 1 RunSeq PDF 3 RunSeq

0 ... 32000 0 ... 32000

3.17 Free function blocks

p20177 (470) p20353 (930)

3 Function diagrams
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Free function blocks - Time function blocks fp_7233_97_61.vsd Function diagram
- 7233 -
PDF 0 … 3 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
595
596

3.17 Free function blocks

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-133 PST (pulse stretcher)

PST 0
7234 – PST 0 ... 1

PST 0 RTG PST 0 pulse_dur ms

5 ... 9999 0.00 ... 5400000.00
p20181 (9999) p20179 (0.00)
T
PST 0 inputs
p20178 T
Input pulse I PST 0 output Q
[0] Q
Reset input R r20180
[1]

PST 0 RunSeq
0 ... 7999
p20182 (490)

PST 1

PST 1 RTG PST 1 pulse_dur ms

5 ... 9999 0.00 ... 5400000.00
p20186 (9999) p20184 (0.00)
T
PST 1 inputs
p20183 T
Input pulse I PST 1 output Q
[0] Q
Reset input R r20185
[1]
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

PST 1 RunSeq
0 ... 7999
p20187 (500)
SINAMICS G120C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Free function blocks - Time function blocks fp_7234_97_61.vsd Function diagram
- 7234 -
PST 0 … 1 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-134 RSR (RS flip-flop) DFR (D flip-flop)

RSR 0 RSR 0 RTG DFR 0 DFR 0 RTG

1 ... 9999 1 ... 9999
7240 – RSR 0 ... 2, DFR 0 ... 2

p20191 (9999) p20201 (9999)

DFR 0 inputs
RSR 0 inputs p20198
RSR 0 output Q Trigger input I DFR 0 output Q
p20188 Q [0] Q
Set S r20189 D input D r20199
[0] [1]
Reset R Set S
[1] RSR 0 inv outp QN [2] DFR 0 inv outp QN
QN Reset R QN
r20190 [3] r20200

RSR 0 RunSeq DFR 0 RunSeq

0 ... 7999 0 ... 32000
p20192 (520) p20202 (550)

RSR 1 RSR 1 RTG DFR 1 DFR 1 RTG

1 ... 9999 1 ... 9999
p20196 (9999) p20206 (9999)
DFR 1 inputs
RSR 1 inputs p20203
RSR 1 output Q Trigger input I DFR 1 output Q
p20193 Q [0] Q
Set S r20194 D input D r20204
[0] [1]
Reset R Set S
[1] RSR 1 inv outp QN [2] DFR 1 inv outp QN
QN Reset R QN
r20195 [3] r20205

RSR 1 RunSeq DFR 1 RunSeq

0 ... 7999 0 ... 32000
p20197 (530) p20207 (560)

RSR 2 RSR 2 RTG DFR 2 DFR 2 RTG

1 ... 9999 1 ... 9999
p20327 (9999) p20332 (9999)
DFR 2 inputs
RSR 2 inputs p20329
RSR 2 output Q Trigger input I DFR 2 output Q
p20324 Q [0] Q
Set S r20325 D input D r20330
[0] [1]
Reset R Set S
[1] RSR 2 inv outp QN [2] DFR 2 inv outp QN
QN Reset R QN

3.17 Free function blocks

r20326 [3] r20331

3 Function diagrams
RSR 2 RunSeq DFR 2 RunSeq
0 ... 7999 0 ... 32000
p20328 (850) p20333 (870)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Free function blocks - Flipflop function blocks fp_7240_97_61.vsd Function diagram
- 7240 -
RSR 0 … 2, DFR 0 … 2 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
597
598

3.17 Free function blocks

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-135 BSW (binary change-over switch) NSW (numeric change-over switch)

BSW 0 NSW 0
7250 – BSW 0 ... 1, NSW 0 ... 1

BSW 0 RTG BSW 0 RunSeq NSW 0 RTG NSW 0 RunSeq

1 ... 9999 0 ... 7999 5 ... 9999 0 ... 32000
p20211 (9999) p20212 (580) p20221 (9999) p20222 (610)

BSW 0 inputs NSW 0 inputs

p20208 I0 0 BSW 0 output Q p20218 X0 0 NSW 0 output Y
[0] Q [0] Y
I1 r20210 X1 r20220
[1] [1]
1 1

BSW 0 sw_setting I NSW 0 sw_setting I

p20209 p20219
(0) (0)

BSW 1 NSW 1

BSW 1 RTG BSW 1 RunSeq NSW 1 RTG NSW 1 RunSeq

1 ... 9999 0 ... 7999 5 ... 9999 0 ... 32000
p20216 (9999) p20217 (590) p20226 (9999) p20227 (620)

BSW 1 inputs NSW 1 inputs

p20213 I0 0 BSW 1 output Q p20223 X0 0 NSW 1 output Y
[0] Q [0] Y
r20215 r20225
I1 X1
[1] [1]
1 1

BSW 1 sw_setting I NSW 1 sw_setting I

p20214 p20224
(0) (0)
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Free function blocks - Switch function blocks fp_7250_97_61.vsd Function diagram
- 7250 -
BSW 0 … 1, NSW 0 … 1 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-136
7260 – LIM 0 ... 1 LIM (limiter)

LIM 0
LIM 0 RTG
5 ... 9999
p20234 (9999)

LIM 0 upper lim LU LIM 0 QU

LIM 0 input X LU QU
-340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 r20232
p20228 p20229 (0.0000) LIM 0 output Y
X Y
(0) r20231
LIM 0 lower lim LL LIM 0 QL
LL QL
-340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 r20233
p20230 (0.0000)

LIM 0 RunSeq
0 ... 32000
p20235 (640)

LIM 1
LIM 1 RTG
5 ... 9999
p20242 (9999)

LIM 1 upper lim LU LIM 1 QU

LIM 1 input X LU QU
-340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 r20240
p20236 p20237 (0.0000) LIM 1 output Y
X Y
(0) r20239
LIM 1 lower lim LL LIM 1 QL
LL QL
-340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 r20241
p20238 (0.0000)

LIM 1 RunSeq
0 ... 32000
p20243 (650)

3.17 Free function blocks

3 Function diagrams
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Free function blocks - Control function blocks fp_7260_97_61.vsd Function diagram
- 7260 -
LIM 0 … 1 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
599
600

3.17 Free function blocks

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-137
7262 – PT1 0 ... 1 PT1 (smoothing element)

PT1 0 PT1 1

PT1 0 T_smooth ms PT1 1 T_smooth ms

0.00 ... 340.28235E36 0.00 ... 340.28235E36
p20246 (0.00) p20252 (0.00)
PT1 0 RTG PT1 0 RunSeq PT1 1 RTG PT1 1 RunSeq
5 ... 9999 0 ... 32000 5 ... 9999 0 ... 32000
p20248 (9999) p20249 (670) p20254 (9999) p20255 (680)
T T
PT1 0 inputs PT1 1 inputs
p20244 PT1 0 output Y p20250 PT1 1 output Y
Input X Y Input X Y
[0] r20247 [0] r20253
Set value SV Set value SV
[1] [1]

PT1 0 acc set val S PT1 1 acc set val S

p20245 p20251
(0) (0)
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Free function blocks - Control function blocks fp_7262_97_61.vsd Function diagram
- 7262 -
PT1 0 … 1 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-138 INT (integrator)

INT 0
INT 0 RTG INT 0 RunSeq
5 ... 9999 0 ... 32000
7264 – INT 0, DIF 0

p20264 (9999) p20265 (700)

INT 0 T_Integr ms
0.00 ... 340.28235E36
p20259 (0.00)
TI
INT 0 inputs INT 0 upper lim LU INT 0 QU
LU QU
p20256 -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 r20262
Input X p20257 (0.0000) INT 0 output Y
[0] Y
Set value SV r20261
[1] INT 0 lower lim LL INT 0 QL
LL QL
-340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 r20263
INT 0 acc set val p20258 (0.0000)
p20260 S
(0)

Integrating algorithm: Y(n) = Y(n-1) + (T_sample / Ti) · X(n)

DIF (derivative-action element)

DIF 0
DIF 0 T_diff ms
0.00 ... 340.28235E36
p20285 (0.00)
TD
DIF 0 input X
p20284 d DIF 0 output Y
X Y
(0) dt r20286

DIF 0 RTG DIF 0 RunSeq

5 ... 9999 0 ... 32000

3.17 Free function blocks

p20287 (9999) p20288 (750)

3 Function diagrams
Differentiating algorithm: Y(n) = (X(n) - X(n-1)) · (TD / T_sample)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Free function blocks - Control function blocks fp_7264_97_61.vsd Function diagram
- 7264 -
INT 0, DIF 0 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
601
602

3.17 Free function blocks

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-139 LVM (double-sided limit monitor with hysteresis)

LVM 0 LVM 1
7270 – LVM 0 ... 1

LVM 0 avg value M LVM 1 avg value M

-340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36
p20267 (0.0000) p20276 (0.0000)
LVM 0 limit L LVM 0 hyst HY LVM 1 limit L LVM 1 hyst HY
-340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36
p20268 (0.0000) p20269 (0.0000) p20277 (0.0000) p20278 (0.0000)
LVM 0 RTG LVM 0 RunSeq LVM 1 RTG LVM 1 RunSeq
5 ... 9999 0 ... 7999 5 ... 9999 0 ... 7999
p20273 (9999) p20274 (720) p20282 (9999) p20283 (730)
L M HY L M HY

LVM 0 X above QU LVM 1 X above QU

1 QU 1 QU
r20270 r20279

0 0
1 1
LVM 0 input X LVM 0 X within QM LVM 1 input X LVM 1 X within QM
p20266 QM p20275 QM
X r20271 X r20280
(0) 0 (0) 0
1 1
LVM 0 X below QL LVM 1 X below QL
QL QL
r20272 r20281
0 0
M-L M M+L M-L M M+L
HY HY HY HY

L L L L
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Free function blocks - Complex function blocks fp_7270_97_61.vsd Function diagram
- 7270 -
LVM 0 … 1 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
 3 Function diagrams
3.18 Technology controller

3.18 Technology controller

Function diagrams

7950 – Fixed value, binary selection (p2216 = 2) 604

7951 – Fixed value, direct selection (p2216 = 1) 605

7954 – Motorized potentiometer 606

7958 – Closed-loop control 607

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 603
604

3.18 Technology controller

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-140 Tec_ctr FixVal sel
1 ... 2
p2216 [D] (1) 23 20 0 ... 15
0.00 % 0000 Tec_ctrl No. act
Tec_ctrl sel bit 0 r2229
7950 – Fixed value, binary selection (p2216 = 2)

p2220 [C] 1 [7951]

(0) Tec_ctrl fix val1 [%]
2 0001
p2201 [D] (10.00)
Tec_ctrl sel bit 1
p2221 [C] 1 Tec_ctr fix val 2 [%]
[7951] 0010
(0) p2202 [D] (20.00)
2
Tec_ctrl sel bit 2 Tec_ctr fix val 3 [%] Tec_ctr FixVal ZSW
0011
p2222 [C] 1 p2203 [D] (30.00) r2225
[7951]
(0) r2225.0
2 Tec_ctr fix val 4 [%]
0100
Tec_ctrl sel bit 3 p2204 [D] (40.00)
p2223 [C] 1 [7951]
Tec_ctr fix val 5 [%]
(0) 0101
2 p2205 [D] (50.00)

Tec_ctr fix val 6 [%]

0110
p2206 [D] (60.00)

Tec_ctr fix val 7 [%]

0111
p2207 [D] (70.00) Tec_ctr FixVal eff [%]
r2224
Tec_ctr fix val 8 [%]
1000
p2208 [D] (80.00)

Tec_ctr fix val 9 [%]

1001
p2209 [D] (90.00)

Tec_ctr fix val 10 [%]

1010
p2210 [D] (100.00)

Tec_ctr fix val 11 [%]

1011
p2211 [D] (110.00)

Tec_ctr fix val 12 [%]

1100
p2212 [D] (120.00)

Tec_ctr fix val 13 [%]

List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

1101
p2213 [D] (130.00)

Tec_ctr fix val 14 [%]

1110
p2214 [D] (140.00)

Tec_ctr fix val 15 [%]

1111
p2215 [D] (150.00)
SINAMICS G120C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Technology controller fp_7950_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 7950 -
Fixed value selection binary (p2216 = 2) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-141

Tec_ctr FixVal sel

1 ... 2
p2216 [D] (1)
7951 – Fixed value, direct selection (p2216 = 1)

Tec_ctrl sel bit 0

p2220 [C] 1
(0)
2 [7950]
Tec_ctrl sel bit 1
p2221 [C] 1
Tec_ctr FixVal ZSW
(0) r2225
2 [7950]
r2225.0
Tec_ctrl sel bit 2
p2222 [C] 1
(0)
2 [7950]
Tec_ctrl sel bit 3
p2223 [C] 1
(0)
2 [7950]

Tec_ctrl fix val1 [%]

0001
p2201 [D] (10.00)

Tec_ctr fix val 2 [%]

0010
p2202 [D] (20.00)

Tec_ctr fix val 3 [%]

0100
p2203 [D] (30.00)
+ + + Tec_ctr FixVal eff [%]
Tec_ctr fix val 4 [%]
1000 r2224
p2204 [D] (40.00) + + +

3.18 Technology controller

3 Function diagrams
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Technology controller fp_7951_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 7951 -
Fixed value selection direct (p2216 = 1) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
605
606

3.18 Technology controller

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-142
Tec_ctr mop config
p2230 [D] (0000 0100 bin)

Data save active 0 The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is not saved and after ON is entered using p2240.
0 1 The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is saved after OFF and after ON is entered using r2231.
7954 – Motorized potentiometer

1
Initial rounding-off active 0 Without initial rounding.
2 1 With initial rounding. The ramp-up/down time set is exceeded accordingly.
Non-volatile data save active 0 Non-volatile data save not activated
3 1 The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is saved in a non-volatile fashion (for p2230.0 = 1)
Ramp-function generator is always active 0 Ramp-up encoder inactive with pulse inhibit.
4 1 The ramp-up encoder is calculated independently of the pulse enable.

Tec_ctrl mop raise Old value is kept

p2235 [C]
(0)

Tec_ctrl mop lower <2> <2>

p2236 [C]
(0) Tec_ctr mop t_r-up Tec_ctrMop t_rdown
0.0 ... 1000.0 [s] 0.0 ... 1000.0 [s]
p2247 [D] (10.0) p2248 [D] (10.0)
0 0

y
Tec_ctrl mop max p2237
-200.00 ... 200.00 [%] 0 1 Tec_ctr mop befRFG [%]
p2237 [D] (100.00) r2245
Tec_ctr mop aftRFG [%]
x y
r2250
Tec_ctrl mop min x
-200.00 ... 200.00 [%] 1 0
p2238 [D] (-100.00)
-p2238
y=0

1 1
Tec_ctrl mop start
Missing enable sig -200.00 ... 200.00 [%]
r0046 p2240 [D] (0.00)
1 = OFF1, enable missing
r0046.0 <1>
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

Tec_ctrl mop mem [%]

r2231
<1> For p2230.0 = 0, this setpoint is entered after ON.
SINAMICS G120C

<2> If initial rounding-off is active (p2230.2 = 1), the selected ramp-up/down times are exceeded accordingly.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Technology controller fp_7954_97_61.vsd Function diagram
- 7954 -
Motorized potentiometer 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-143
Tec_ctr integ hold
p2252 Tec_ctrl outp scal
r0056 p2286 [C] <3>
. Tec_ctrl outp scal p2296 [C]
. r0056.13 (56.13)
Tec_ctrl lim enab -100.00 ... 100.00 [%] (2295[0])
. Tec_ctrl thr_skip p2295 (100.00)
p2290 [C]
Tec_ctrl set1 scal Tec_ctr set aftRFG [%] Tec_ctrl sys_dev [%] p2339 (1)
Tec_ctrl status
p2255 r2260 r2273
7958 – Closed-loop control

p2263 = 1 Tec_ctr prectr_sig r2349

Tec_ctrl setp 1 p2289 [C] r2349.13
p2253 [C] Tec_ctr set aftFlt [%] (0)
(0) Tec_ctrl t_ramp-up Tec_ctrl set T r2262
0.00 ... 650.00 [s] 0.000 ... 60.000 [s] Tec_ctrl Kp Tec_ctrl Tn Tec_ctrl status
Tec_ctr SysDev inv r2349
Tec_ctrl set2 scal p2257 (1.00) p2261 (0.000) p2280 p2285
p2306
p2256 <1> r2349.11
<1> Tec_ctr start val
Tec_ctrl setp 2 <7> 0.00 ... 200.00 [%]
p2254 [C] + 1 + p2302 (0.00)
-1
(0)
+ + 0 + +
+ + Tec_ctrl status
1 p2263 = 0 r2349
Tec_ctrl t_ramp-dn r2273 r2349.10
0.00 ... 650.00 [s] -1 0 r2349.1
Tec_ctrl sys_dev [%]
Tec_ctrl u_lim act p2258 (1.00)
Tech_ctrl act inv 1 0 Tec_ctrl <2>
-200.00 ... 200.00 [%] 0 ... 1 n_setp_sm Tech_ctrl flt resp
p2267 (100.00) Tec_ctrl type 0 ... 2
p2271 (0) RFG n_set at [%]
0 ... 1 p2345 (0)
Tec_ctrl act T outp [rpm] r2344
Tech_ctrl gain act Tec_ctr ActVal fct p2263 (0) Tec_ctrl
0.000 ... 60.000 [s] r1150
p2265 (0.000) 0.00 ... 500.00 [%] 0 ... 3 10 s 0 outp_sig [%]
p2269 (100.00) p2270 (0) Tech_ctrl act 1 r2294
scal [%] Tec_ctr fix val 15
Tec_ctrl act val y 1
r2272 -200.00 ... 200.00 [%] 2
p2264 [C] p2215 [D] (150.00)
(0)
x -1 r2349 <5>
Tec_ctrl status
r2349.12
F07426
Tec_ctrl D comp T
Tec_ctrl status 0.000 ... 60.000 [s]
Tec_ctrl l_lim act p2274 (0.000)
r2349 n_limit pos eff [rpm] Tec_ctrMaxLimS_src
-200.00 ... 200.00 [%]
r2349.12 <5> <1> r1084 p2297 [C]
p2268 (-100.00)
r2349.8 d (1084[0])
Tec_ctrl max_lim
ZSW 1 Tec_ctr act aftFlt [%] r2349.9 dt
-200.00 ... 200.00 [%]
+
–
r0052 r2266 p2291 (100.00)
[2510.6]
r0052.2
1 = Operation enabled <6>
Tech_ctrl lim offs
<1> Depending on the setting of p2350 a different equation will be used to calculate the end values Tec_ctrl enable
of p2274, p2280 and p2285. Tec_ctrl status p2299 [C]
p2200 [C]
By p2350=0 the P, I and D components can be disabled by entering a zero. r2349 <4> (0)
(0) 1 r2349.0
<2> The start value p2302 is only used in mode p2251 = 0 (Technology controller as speed main –

3.18 Technology controller

setpoint). After enable of technology controller the start value is present as long as the RFG output [2513.2]
reaches this value.
<3> I component stop, only when r2273 and r2294 in same direction. n_limit neg eff [rpm] Tec_ctrl min_l s_s +

3 Function diagrams
<4> By p2251 = 1: p2299 = 0 (default), recommendation: p2299 connected to r1150. r1087 p2298 [C]
<5> r2349.12 = 1, if p2345 > 0 and actual value limited and start value p2302 not active. (1087[0])
Tec_ctrl min_lim Tec_ctr t_RU/RD
<6> Signal = 0 --> factor = 0, when setpoint from external operating tool or operator panel.
-200.00 ... 200.00 [%] 0.00 ... 100.00 [s]
<7> p2251 = 0: I component is stopped, when r2294 is below the minimum speed or within a suppression bandwidth. p2292 (0.00) p2293 (1.00)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Technology controller fp_7958_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 7958 -
Closed-loop control 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
607
3 Function diagrams
3.19 Signals and monitoring functions

3.19 Signals and monitoring functions

Function diagrams

8005 – Overview 609

8010 – Speed signals 1 610

8011 – Speed signals 2 611

8012 – Torque signals, motor blocked/stalled 612

8016 – Thermal monitoring motor, motor temperature status word faults/alarms 613

8017 – Motor temperature model 1 (I2t) 614

8018 – Motor temperature model 2 615

8019 – Motor temperature model 3 616

8021 – Thermal monitoring, power unit 617

8022 – Monitoring functions 1 618

8023 – Monitoring functions 2 619

SINAMICS G120C
608 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-144
Actual speed [rpm] n_act smth message [rpm]
r0063 [0] r2169[0]
[6010] [8012]
8005 – Overview

n_max
Speed setpoint
sum [rpm]
r1170
[3001.8]

n_ctrl n_set [rpm]

r1438
[6031]

[8010] Speed messages 1 [8011] Speed messages 2

M_set [Nm]
r0079
[6060]
Limit value monitor
M_max upper eff [Nm]
r1538
[6020.8], [6820.8]

3.19 Signals and monitoring functions

M_max lower eff [Nm]
r1539
[6020.8], [6820.8]

n_act smth message [rpm]

r2169
[8010]
Motor locked

3 Function diagrams
[8012] Torque messages

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Signals and monitoring functions fp_8005_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 8005 -
Overview 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
609
610

3.19 Signals and monitoring functions

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-145
8010 – Speed signals 1

n_limit pos eff [rpm]

F07901 "motor overspeed"
r1084
From setpoint limiting [3050.8]
r1087
n_limit neg eff [rpm] 0 ZSW monitor 1
Actual speed [rpm] n r2197
[6799.4] r0063 [1]
r2197.6 [2534.3]
n
|n_act| > n_max

<1>
0.00 [1/min]
n_thresh val 1
n_act_filt T 0.00 ... 210000.00 [rpm] t_on cmpr val rchd
0 ... 1000000 [ms] p2141 [D] (5.00) 0.0 ... 10000.0 [ms]
p2153 [D] (0) p2156 [D] (0.0)

ZSW monitor 3
1 T 0 r2199
[6730.1] r0063 [0]
r2199.1 [2537.3]
Actual speed [rpm] 0
n_act smth message [rpm] f or n comparison value
Smoothing reached or exceeded
r2169
[8011.2] p0311 • 0.5%
[8012.5]
[8022.1]
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

<1> Calculated.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Signals and monitoring functions fp_8010_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 8010 -
Speed signals 1 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-146 0

n_act smth message [rpm] 1 ZSW monitor 1

r2197
8011 – Speed signals 2

[8010.2] r2169
r2197.3
0
n_act  0
<1>
[2534.3]
2.00 [1/min]
Hysteresis speed 3
0

ZSW monitor 2
Speed setpoint sum [rpm] 1
r2198
r1170
r2198 .5 [2536.3]
[3070.8] 0 n_set > 0
<1>
2.00 [1/min]
Hysteresis speed 3

0.01 · p1082
200 [ms]

+ 1 ZSW monitor 1
0 T r2197 <2>
–
1 r2197.7 [2534.3]
0
Speed setp - act val deviation in
tolerance t_off

0.1 · p1082

200 [ms]

ZSW monitor 3
T 0 r2199

3.19 Signals and monitoring functions

r2199 .4 [2537.3]
Speed setp - act val deviation in
tolerance t_on

1 = RESET ZSW monitor 3

SET r2199
<1> Calculated. (Q=1) Q Priority r2199 .5 [2537.3]
Ramp-function generator active RESET 1 RESET Ramp-up/ramp-down completed

3 Function diagrams
<2> Evaluation only for: Pulse enable and operating enable
(r0899.2) (Q=0) Q 2 SET
or OFF1
or OFF3
or rotating measurement.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Signals and monitoring functions fp_8011_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 8011 -
Speed signals 2 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
611
612

3.19 Signals and monitoring functions

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-147
Torque messages M_util t_off Motor locked detection or motor locked monitoring
0.0 ... 1000.0 [ms]
(not for U/f control) p2195 [D] (800.0) function (not for closed-loop torque control)
Op/cl-lp ctrl_mode
ZSW monitor 3 p1300
ZSW n_ctrl
r2199 0 T r1407
Ramp-function generator operating 3.000 [s]
[2537.7] r2199.5 1
8012 – Torque signals, motor blocked/stalled

[2522.7] r1407.7
20
<1>
ZSW monitor 2

M_thresh val 1
0 1 & 5,6, T 0 r2198
0 r2198.6
0.00 ... 20000000.00 [Nm] 19
p2174 [D] (5.13) 0..4,7 1 = Motor blocked

signal < 120 [rpm]

[2536.3]
120.00 [1/min]

n_act smooth
<1>
F07900
M_set [Nm] 1 n_act smth message [rpm]
[6060.8] ZSW monitor 2
r0079 [8010.2] r2169
[6826.8] r2198
0 1 r2198.10
[2536.3] ZSW cl-loop ctrl
r0056 1 &
2 % of p2174 r0056.12
r0056.13
[2526.6]

x1 > x2 = y = 1 Stall detection or stall monitoring

x1 (positive torque requested)
y (not for U/f control)
0 x2 M_thresh val 2
M_set [Nm] 0.00 ... 100.00 [%] 0.010 [s]
[6060.8] 1 Requested p2194 [D] (90.00)
r0079 torque <1>
[6826.8] ZSW monitor 2
r1408 T 0
-1 0
[6730.3]
r1408.12
r2198
[2536.3]
ZSW monitor 3 [6841.3] r2198.7
x1 r2199 ZSW I_ctrl
1
[%] 1 r2199.11
1 = Motor stalled
[Nm]
y [2537.3]
x2 0 F07902
x1 • 100 %
M_max upper eff [Nm] x2
1
[6640.8] r1538 2 % of p2194
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

[6828.8] r1539
-1 0
M_max lower eff [Nm] M_util smooth [%]
100 ms r0033
M_Utilization [%]
r0081
SINAMICS G120C

<1> Calculated.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Signals and monitoring functions fp_8012_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 8012 -
Torque signals, motor blocked/stalled 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-148
Mot_temp_sens type
0 ... 6 Mot temp [°C]
p0601 [M] (0)
r0035 [8017.1]

via motor temperature model 2

[8018.8] 0 = No sensor
8016 – Thermal monitoring motor, motor temperature status word faults/alarms

Thermal monitoring motor

1 = PTC alarm and time
Motor temperature sensor
[2201.1] 2 = KTY84
via CU terminal KL. 14/15 (T1/T2) 4 = Bimetal NC contact alarm with
time step Mod1/2/sens T_thr Mot temp response
p0605 p0610
6 = PT1000

1
Fault response
0 &

Motor temperature status word faults/alarms

p0610 = 1
with p0610 = 0
Suppress fault
KTY/PT1000 sensor type
Mot_temp ZSW F/A (threshold not applicable for PTC)
Bit Motor temperature status word faults/ r5389
No. alarms r5389 I_max reduction
& [6300.1], [6640.2], [6828.1]
0 1 = Motor temperature measurement fault active r5389.0 Mod 2/sens A_thr Mod 2/sens timer
p0604 1650 p0606
F07011 [8016.7] 1 1 = Motor temperature model fault active r5389.1 <5>
<4>
1 = Encoder temperature measurement fault active F07011
2 r5389.2
Sensor type
<3> PTC
T 0 & "Motor overtemperature"
3 Reserved 1
[8017.8] ZSW fault/alarm 2
A07910 [8016.7] 4 1 = Motor temperature measurement alarm active r5389.4
[8019.8] r2135 1 = Fault motor
A07012 [8017.7]
5 1 = Motor temperature measurement alarm active r5389.5 1 r2135.12 overtemperature
A07910 [8016.7]
<1> 6 Reserved [2548.2]
1
7 Reserved A07910
"Motor overtemperature"
A07910 [8016.7] 8 1 = Current reduction active <2> r5389.8 0
9
ZSW fault/alarm 2
... Reserved

3.19 Signals and monitoring functions

Sensor fault time r2135 1 = Alarm motor
15
p0607 1 r2135.14 overtemperature
-140 °C 250 °C <6> [2548.2]

T 0 F07016
<1> Motor temperature model 1/3: A07012
"Motor temperature
Motor temperature model 2: A07910
sensor fault, fault"
<2> Only for p0610 = 1.
<3> Only applies for p0601 = 0, 2, 6. A07015
<4> The relevant rated response temperature in °C depends on the temperature sensor chosen by "Motor temperature
<5> the motor manufacturer. sensor fault alarm"

3 Function diagrams
For KTY/PT1000 and PTC / bimetallic NC contact, the value p0606 = 0 has a different meaning:
KTY/PT1000: 0 means the output of the timer is switched out (logical 0).
PTC / bimetallic NC contact: 0 means the delay time is 0 s.
<6> Switch-on delay p0607 = 0 suppresses fault F07016.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Signals and monitoring functions fp_8016_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 8016 -
Thermal monitoring motor, motor temperature status word faults/alarms 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
613
614

3.19 Signals and monitoring functions

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-149 1 = Activate motor temperature
model 1 expansions
p0612.8

I2t F thresh
8017 – Motor temperature model 1 (I2t)

0
p0615

F thresh 1
p5391

1 = Activate motor temperature model 1 (I2t) Mot temp response

p0612.0 (0) p0610
<5>

Mot I_rated
I_act abs val [Arms] p0305 <6>
Motor temperature model 1 (I2t)
r0068 [0] model 1
not smoothed [8016.6]
0
Mot temp [°C]
Only for:
[8016.4] r0035 - Permanent-magnet synchronous motor (PMSM) Mod T_winding [°C]
<1> r0632 [M]
I2t mot_mod T
p0611

Standst boost_fact <2> <4>

p5350 Mot T_ambient
<3>
p0625 1 A07012
"Motor temperature model 1/3 overtemperature"
Mod1/2/sens T_thr
0 0
p0605

Mot T_over stator 1 1 = Motor temperature model 1 (I2t)

p0627
p0612.12
1 = Activate motor temperature model – 40 K
model 1 expansions • 100 [%]
p0612.8 Threshold value – 40 K 0 Mot_util therm [%]
r0034
Mod1/2/sens T_thr
model – p0613
0 1
p0605 • 100 [%]
Threshold value – p0613
A thresh Threshold value
1
p5390
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

<1> Only if there is a temperature sensor (p0601 > 0).

<2> Only if <1> are not met.
<3> Only if p0612.8 = 1.
<4> p0605 also defines the target temperature for p0034 = 100 %. Therefore, p0605 has no influence on the time up to alarm A07012.
<5> If p0610 = 12.
SINAMICS G120C

<6> The lower p0611 and the lower the reference current of the thermal motor model 1 (I2t), the faster A07012 is reached.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Signals and monitoring functions fp_8017_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 8017 -
Motor temperature model 1 (I2t) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-150
8018 – Motor temperature model 2

1 = Activate motor 1 = Activate motor temperature

temperature model 2 model 2 expansions
Rated motor temperature rise p0612.1 (1) p0612.9 (1) Calculated motor temperatures

Mot T_ambient Mod T_ambient [°C]

p0625 r0630 [M]

Mot T_over core Motor temperature model 2 (Thermal 3-mass-model) Mod T_stator [°C]
p0626 r0631 [M]
[8016.1]
Mot T_over stator Only for: Mod T_winding [°C]
p0627 Induction motor (ASM) r0632 [M]

Mot T_over rotor Mod rotor temp [°C]

p0628 r0633 [M]

<1>

3.19 Signals and monitoring functions

Mot temp response Mot weight th mod
p0610 p0344

3 Function diagrams
<1> If p0610 = 12.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Signals and monitoring functions fp_8018_97_61.vsd Function diagram
- 8018 -
Motor temperature model 2 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
615
616

3.19 Signals and monitoring functions

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-151
8019 – Motor temperature model 3

Mot temp response 1 = Activate motor temperature model 3 F thr image p5391 [°C]
p0610 p0612.2 (0) r5399 [M]
<1> Mod T_winding [°C]
Threshold value for r0632 [M]
F07011: 1
I_act abs val [Arms] Motor temperature model 3
r0068 [0] Only for: Mod T_stator [°C]
0 T 0 1 [8016.6]
not smoothed Permanent-magnet synchronous motor r0631 [M]
(PMSM) 1FK7 without encoder (p0300 = 277)
Actual speed [rpm]
Mod rotor temp [°C]
r0063 r0633 [M] A thr image p5390 [°C]
r5398 [M]

1
A07012
"Motor temperature model 1/3 overtemperature"
0

r0632 – r5397 Mot_util therm [%]

· 100 [%] r0034
r5398 – r5397
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

<1> If p0610 = 12.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Signals and monitoring functions fp_8019_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 8019 -
Motor temperature model 3 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-152
Power module Control Unit Thermal monitoring for the power module
ZSW fault/alarm 2
Maximum power module temperature r2135
T_max heatsink 1 r2135 .13 [2548.2]
1 = Fault power unit
8021 – Thermal monitoring, power unit

Temperature measurement thermal overload

1
Max Faults "Power unit overtemperature"
0 F30004 "Overtemperature heat sink AC inverter"
F30024 "Overtemperature thermal model"
F30025 "Chip overtemperature"
F30035 "Air intake overtemperature"
PM temperatures [°C] PU T_alrm thresh
Pulse freq setp 0 ... 25 [°C]
2.000 ... 16.000 [kHz] r0037 [0..19] p0292 (5)
p1800 [D] (4.000)
-
+

1
Alarms "Power unit overtemperature"

Power Module Interface

0 A05000 "Overtemperature heat sink AC inverter"
A05001 "Overtemperature depletion layer chip"
I_act abs val [Arms]
A05002 "Air intake overtemperature"
r0068 [0] 100 % A05006 "Overtemperature thermal model"
[6714.8]

1
i²t model F30005 "Power unit: Overload I2t"
power
module PM overload I2t [%] 0
r0036
ZSW fault/alarm 2
r2135
1 r2135 .15 [2548.2]
PU PI_rated [Arms] 1 = Alarm power unit
r0207[0..4] thermal overload

Overload response

3.19 Signals and monitoring functions

Alarm with I2t overload
95.0 [%] PU overld response
0 ... 13
p0290 (2)
1
A07805 "Power unit overload I2t"
0

3 Function diagrams
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Signals and monitoring functions fp_8021_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 8021 -
Thermal monitoring, power module 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
617
618

3.19 Signals and monitoring functions

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-153
n_min
p1080

n_act smth message [rpm] 1 r2197

[8010.3] r2169
0 r2197.0 [2534.2]
r0053
8022 – Monitoring functions 1

0 1 1 = |n_act|  n_min p1080

<4> r0053.2
2.00 [rpm]
RFG setp at inp [rpm] + Hysteresis speed 3
[2511.6]
1 r2197
[3050.8] r1119
– 0 r2197.4 [2534.2]
0
r0053 1 = |n_act|  n_set
<4> n_standst n_thresh r0053.6
1 2.00 [rpm] p1226 Pulse suppr t_del
p1228 [2511.6]
Hysteresis speed 3
-1
Actual speed [rpm] 1 T 0 r2197
r0063
r2197.5 [2534.2]
0 r0053
Vdc thresh val 1 1 = |n_act| 
p2172 r0053.1 n_standst p1226
10 ms
[2511.6]
Vdc act val [V] 1 T 0 r2197
r0070
r2197.9 [2534.2]
<1> [6730.1], [6731.1] 0 r0053 1 = Vdc_act 
<3> [6841.1], [6842.1] r0053.7 Vdc_threshold value p2172
<2> [6856.1] 10 ms
[2511.6]

T 0 r2197
1 r2197.10 [2534.2]
M_act_filt T
0 ... 1000000 [ms] I_thres r0053 1 = Vdc_act >
p3233 [D] (100) p2170 I_thresh rch t_del r0053.8 Vdc_threshold value p2172
p2171 [2511.6]
I_act abs val [Arms] 1 0 T r2197
r0068 [0]
r2197.8 [2534.2]
<1> [6714.8] 0 r0053
I_thres 1 = I_act 
<3> [6833.8] p2170 I_thresh rch t_del r0053.3 I_threshold value p2170
<2> [6856.1] 0 p2171
[2511.6]
1 0 T r2198
U_output [Vrms] 1
r0072 r2198.8 [2536.2]
0
1 = |I_act| <
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

<1> [6730.4], [6731.4] 0

<3> [6841.4], [6842.4] p0305 • 3% I_threshold value p2170
2000 ms
<2> [6856.4] Drive: No motor detected
Enable Pulses A07929
1 T 0 r2197
<1> p0096 = 0: Expert r2197.11 [2534.2]
0
<2> p0096 = 1: Standard Drive Control (SDC) 1 = Output load is not
<3> p0096 = 2: Dynamic Drive Control (DDC) present
SINAMICS G120C

<4> Calculated.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Signals and monitoring functions fp_8022_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 8022 -
Monitoring functions 1 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-154
8023 – Monitoring functions 2

M_thresh val 1
p2174
200 [ms]

Actual torque [Nm] 1 T 0

[6799.8] r0080
0 ZSW monitor 2
r2198
ZSW monitor 3 r2198.9
r2199 |M_act| > p2174 without
[2537.7] acceleration
r2199.5
Ramp-up/ramp-down completed Delay for comparison
n > n_max
200 [ms]
ZSW monitor 1 ZSW monitor 1
r2197 0 T r2197
[2534.7]
r2197.6 r2197.12 [2534.2]
|n_act| > n_max |n_act| > n_max delay

3.19 Signals and monitoring functions

3 Function diagrams
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Signals and monitoring functions fp_8023_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 8023 -
Monitoring functions 2 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
619
3 Function diagrams
3.20 Diagnostics

3.20 Diagnostics

Function diagrams

8050 – Overview 621

8060 – Fault buffer 622

8065 – Alarm buffer 623

8070 – Faults/alarms trigger word (r2129) 624

8075 – Faults/alarms configuration 625

SINAMICS G120C
620 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-155 Fxxxxx

Fyyyyy III r0945 r0949 r0948 r2109 III
III
8050 – Overview

t_System relative Code Value coming going Fault cases qty

Fzzzzz 0 ... 4294967295 [ms]
faults 0 ... 65535
p0969 (0) p0952 (0)
[8060] Fault buffer

Axxxxx
Ayyyyy r2122 r2124 r2123 r2125 III
III

Azzzzz Code Value coming going Alarm counter

alarms 0 ... 65535
p2111 (0)
[8065] Alarm buffer

r2129
p2128
[0]

[15]

[8070] Faults/alarms trigger word

Changes the fault response Changing the acknowledge mode

[0] p2100 p2101 [0] p2126 p2127
[1] [1]

[19] [19]

[8075] Faults/alarms configuration

3 Function diagrams
3.20 Diagnostics
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Diagnostics fp_8050_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 8050 -
Overview 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
621
622

3.20 Diagnostics
3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-156
LED "RDY" [= red for fault]

Act fault code

r2131
1 ms t_System relative <2> 0 = "No fault present"
0 ... 4294967295 [ms]
p0969 (0) Diagnostic
8060 – Fault buffer

32 bit counter, Fault time Fault time Component attribute

free running Fault code Fault value "received" "removed" fault fault

Fault times
III
r0949[0] [I32] r0948[0] [ms] r2109[0] [ms]
Fault 1 r0945[0] 3120[0] r3122[0]
r2133[0] [Float] r2130[0] [d] r2136[0] [d]
[8065.1] Counter
Operating time r0949[1] [I32] r0948[1] [ms] r2109[1] [ms] 16 bit
Fault 2 r0945[1] 3120[1] r3122[1]
r2133[1] [Float] r2130[1] [d] r2136[1] [d] Fault cases qty
Fault case
Actual III 0 ... 65535
fault case appears RESET p0952 (0)
1 = Acknowledge fault
p2103 ... p2104 r2138 Delete fault buffer p0952 = 0:
RESET Fault buffer is deleted/
[2546.7] r2138.7 r0945 = 0
r0949[7] [I32] r0948[7] [ms] r2109[7] [ms] cleared
Fault 8 r0945[7] 3120[7] r3122[7] r0948 = 0
r2133[7] [Float] r2130[7] [d] r2136[7] [d] r0949 = 0
POWER ON Faults <1>
r2109 = 0
Acknowledging r2130 = 0 1 Automatic
Fault 1 r0949[8] [I32] r0948[8] [ms] r2109[8] [ms] r2133 = 0
r0945[8] 3120[8] r3122[8]
Ackn DO faults r2133[8] [Float] r2130[8] [d] r2136[8] [d] r2136 = 0
p3981 r3120 = 0
r0949[9] [I32] r0948[9] [ms] r2109[9] [ms]
Fault 2 r0945[9] 3120[9] r3122[9] r3122 = 0 Fault buffer change [8065.6]
r2133[9] [Float] r2130[9] [d] r2136[9] [d]
1. Acknow-
1 = External fault 1 ledged 16 bit counter,
fault case Fault appears free running
(F07860)
Fault buff change
p2106 r2138 Fault disappears
1 III r0944
[2546.7] r2138.13 r0949[15] [I32] r0948[15] [ms] r2109[15] [ms]
Fault 8 r0945[15] 3120[15] r3122[15] Fault case RESET
r2133[15] [Float] r2130[15] [d] r2136[15] [d] acknowl.

Fault 1 r0945[56] r0949[56] [I32] r0948[56] [ms] r2109[56] [ms] POWER ON

3120[56] r3122[56]
r2133[56] [Float] r2130[56] [d] r2136[56] [d]

Fault 2 r0945[57] r0949[57] [I32] r0948[57] [ms] r2109[57] [ms]

3120[57] r3122[57]
r2133[57] [Float] r2130[57] [d] r2136[57] [d] ZSW fault/alarm 1
7. Acknow-
ledged r2139
fault case r2139.3 1 = Fault present
[oldest] r2139.15 1 = Fault gone/can be acknowledged
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

[2548.2]
Fault 8 r0945[63] r0949[63] [I32] r0948[63] [ms] r2109[63] [ms]
3120[63] r3122[63]
r2133[63] [Float] r2130[63] [d] r2136[63] [d]

Fault responses to the sequence control

<1> This fault is overwritten when "more recent" faults occur.

SINAMICS G120C

<2> The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to the status signal in r2139).

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Diagnostics fp_8060_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 8060 -
Fault buffer 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-157
Actual alarm code
r2132
0 = "No alarm present"
<1>

Diagnostic
8065 – Alarm buffer

Alarm time Alarm time Component attribute

Alarm code Alarm value "received" "removed" alarm alarm
Operating time
[8060.1] Alarm times Counter
16 bit
1 = External alarm 1 Alarms
(A07850) Alarm 1 r2124[0] [I32] Alarm appears
(oldest) r2122[0] r2123[0] [ms] r2125[0] [ms] 3121[0] r3123[0] III counter
p2112 r2138 r2134[0] [Float] p2111
RESET
[2546.7] r2138.10 r2124[1] [I32] p2111 = 0:
Alarm 2 r2122[1] r2123[1] [ms] r2125[1] [ms] 3121[1] r3123[1] Alarm buffer is deleted
r2134[1] [Float]
Delete alarm buffer
RESET 1 POWER ON
r2122 = 0
r2123 = 0
r2124 = 0
Alarm 8 r2124[7] [I32] r2125 = 0
r2122[7] r2123[7] [ms] r2125[7] [ms] 3121[7] r3123[7]
(most r2134[7] [Float] r2134 = 0
recent)
r3121 = 0
r3123 = 0
Alarm history

Alarm 1 r2124[8] [I32]

(most r2122[8] r2123[8] [ms] r2125[8] [ms] 3121[8] r3123[8] Delete alarm
r2134[8] [Float] buffer
recent)
r2124[9] [I32] Alarm
Alarm 2 r2122[9] r2123[9] [ms] r2125[9] [ms] 3121[9] r3123[9]
r2134[9] [Float] appears
16 bit counter,
1 free running
Alarm
disappears Sum buffer changed
III r2120
RESET
Alarm 56 r2124[63] [I32] Fault buffer change
(oldest) r2122[63] r2123[63] [ms] r2125[63] [ms] 3121[63] r3123[63]
r2134[63] [Float]
[8060.8] POWER ON

Alarm number
r2110 ZSW fault/alarm 1
r2139
r2139.7 1 = Alarm present
r2139.11 1 = Alarm class bit 0
r2139.12 1 = Alarm class bit 1
r2139.13 1 = Maintenance required
r2139.14 1 = Maintenance urgently required

3 Function diagrams
[2548.2]

3.20 Diagnostics
<1> The buffer parameters are updated cyclically in the background (see status signal in r2139).

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Diagnostics fp_8065_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 8065 -
Alarm buffer 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
623
624

3.20 Diagnostics
3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-158
8070 – Faults/alarms trigger word (r2129)

F/A trigger sel

0 ... 65535
p2128 (0)
F/A trigger word
0. Message/signal present r2129 Fault/alarm trigger word
[0] 0. Fault/alarm code r2129
r2129.0 (e.g. as trigger condition to record traces)
1. Message/signal present
[1] 1. Fault/alarm code r2129.1

15. Message/signal present

[15] 15. Fault/alarm code r2129.15
Setting fault/alarm trigger
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Diagnostics fp_8070_97_61.vsd Function diagram
- 8070 -
Faults/alarms trigger word (r2129) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-159
Changing the fault response for maximum 20 faults <1>
Chng resp F_no Chng resp resp
0 ... 65535 0 ... 6
8075 – Faults/alarms configuration

p2100 (0) p2101 (0)

[0] 0. Fault code [0] Fault response 0 = NONE

[1] 1. Fault code [1] Fault response 1 = OFF1

2 = OFF2

3 = OFF3

5 = STOP2

6 = IASC/DCBRK

[19] 19. Fault code [19] Fault response

Changing the acknowledge mode for maximum 20 faults <1>

Chng ackn F_no Chng ackn mode
0 ... 65535 1 ... 2
p2126 (0) p2127 (1)

[0] 0. Fault code [0] Acknowledge mode 1 = Acknowledgment is only possible using POWER ON

[1] 1. Fault code [1] Acknowledge mode 2 = Acknowledgment IMMEDIATELY after the cause has been removed.

[19] 19. Fault code [19] Acknowledge mode

3 Function diagrams
<1> The fault response, acknowledge mode and message type for all faults and alarms are set to meaningful default values in the factory setting.

3.20 Diagnostics
Changes are only possible in specific value ranges specified by SIEMENS. DCBRK = DC Brake
When the message type is changed, the supplementary information is tranferred from fault value r0949 to alarm value r2124 and vice versa. IASC = Internal Armature Short-Circuit

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Diagnostics fp_8075_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 8075 -
Faults/alarms configuration 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
625
3 Function diagrams
3.21 Data sets

3.21 Data sets

Function diagrams

8560 – Command Data Sets (CDS) 627

8565 – Drive Data Sets (DDS) 628

SINAMICS G120C
626 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
SINAMICS G120C

Fig. 3-160 Example:

Change over command data set
CDS0 --> CDS1

BI: p0810 = "0" BI: p0810 = "1"

8560 – Command Data Sets (CDS)

CDS0 selected CDS1 selected

r0836.0 = 0 r0836.0 = 1

t
t
Source CDS Target CDS Start copy process
p0809[0] (0) p0809[1] (1) p0809[2] (0)
CDS0 effective CDS1 effective
r0050.0 = 0 r0050.0 = 1

CDS selected
r0836
r0836.0
t r0836.1
CDS select., bit 0
p0810
(0) CDS count
2 ... 2
p0170 (2)

CDS1

CDS0
CDS effective
r0050
r0050.0
r0050.1

3 Function diagrams
<1>

3.21 Data sets

<1> Data sets can only be applied and cleared when p0010 = 15 is set.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Data sets fp_8560_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 8560 -
Command Data Sets (CDS) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
627
628

3.21 Data sets

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-161
8565 – Drive Data Sets (DDS)

Copy DDS, source Copy DDS, target Copy DDS, start

p0819[0] (0) p0819[1] (1) p0819[2] (0)

DDS selected
r0837
DDS select., bit 0 r0837 .0
p0820 [C]
(0)

DDS count
1 ... 2
p0180 (1)
A07530 "Drive data set does not exist"

DDS1
DDS effective
<1> DDS0 r0051
r0051.0

<2>
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768

<1> A BICO interconnection to a parameter which is part of a drive data set always influences the currently effective data set.
SINAMICS G120C

<2> Data sets can only be applied and cleared when p0010 = 15 is set.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Data sets fp_8565_97_05.vsd Function diagram
- 8565 -
Drive Data Sets (DDS) 05.09.2017 V4.7.9 SINAMICS G120C
Faults and alarms 4
Content

4.1 Overview of faults and alarms 630

4.2 List of faults and alarms 641

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 629
4 Faults and alarms
4.1 Overview of faults and alarms

4.1 Overview of faults and alarms

4.1.1 General

Display of faults/alarms (messages)

In the case of a fault, the drive signals the corresponding fault(s) and/or alarm(s).
For example, the following methods for displaying faults and alarms are available:
• Display via the fault and alarm buffer with PROFIBUS/PROFINET
• Display online via the commissioning software
• Display and operating unit (e.g. BOP, AOP)

Differences between faults and alarms

The differences between faults and alarms are as follows:

Table 4-1 Differences between faults and alarms

Type Description

Faults What happens when a fault occurs?

• The appropriate fault response is triggered.
• Status signal ZSW1.3 is set.
• The fault is entered in the fault buffer.

How are faults eliminated?

• Remove the original cause of the fault.
• Acknowledge the fault.
Alarms What happens when an alarm occurs?
• Status signal ZSW1.7 is set.
• The alarm is entered into the alarm buffer.

How are alarms eliminated?

• Alarms acknowledge themselves. If the cause of the alarm is no longer
present, they automatically reset themselves.

SINAMICS G120C
630 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.1 Overview of faults and alarms

Fault reactions
The following fault reactions are defined:

Table 4-2 Fault reactions

List PROFIdrive Reaction Description

NONE - None No response when a fault occurs.

Note
With "Basic positioner" (r0108.4 = 1), the following applies:
When a fault occurs with fault reaction "NONE", an active traversing
task is interrupted and the system switches to tracking mode until the
fault has been rectified and acknowledged.
OFF1 ON/ Brake along the Closed loop speed control (p1300 = 20, 21)
OFF ramp-function • n_set = 0 is input immediately to brake the drive along the ramp-
generator down function generator ramp down (p1121).
ramp followed by
• When zero speed is detected, the motor holding brake (if
pulse inhibit
parameterized) is closed (p1215). The pulses are suppressed when
the brake application time (p1217) expires.
Zero speed is detected if the actual speed drops below the
threshold in p1226 or if the monitoring time (p1227) started when
speed setpoint <= speed threshold (p1226) has expired.

Torque control (p1300 = 22, 23)

• The following applies for closed-loop torque control:
Reaction as for OFF2.
• When the system switches to closed-loop torque control with p1501,
the following applies:
No separate braking reaction.
If the actual speed value drops below the speed threshold (p1226)
or the timer stage (p1227) has expired, the motor holding brake (if
one is being used) is closed. The pulses are suppressed when the
brake application time (p1217) expires.
OFF1_ - As for OFF1, Faults with this fault response only become effective after the delay
DELAYED however delayed time in p3136 has expired.
The remaining time up to OFF1 is displayed in r3137.
OFF2 COAST Internal/external Closed-loop speed and torque control
STOP pulse disable • Instantaneous pulse suppression, the drive "coasts" to a standstill.
• The motor holding brake (if one is being used) is closed
immediately.
• Switching-on inhibited is activated.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 631
4 Faults and alarms
4.1 Overview of faults and alarms

Table 4-2 Fault reactions, continued

List PROFIdrive Reaction Description

OFF3 QUICK Brake along the Closed loop speed control (p1300 = 20, 21)
STOP OFF3 down ramp • n_set = 0 is input immediately to brake the drive along the OFF3
followed by pulse ramp down (p1135).
disable
• When zero speed is detected, the motor holding brake (if
parameterized) is closed. The pulses are suppressed when the
holding brake's closing time (p1217) expires.
Zero speed is detected if the actual speed drops below the
threshold in p1226 or if the monitoring time (p1227) started when
speed setpoint <= speed threshold (p1226) has expired.
• Switching-on inhibited is activated.

Torque control (p1300 = 22, 23)

• Changeover to speed-controlled operation and other reactions as
described for speed-controlled operation.
STOP2 - n_set = 0 • n_set = 0 is input immediately to brake the drive along the OFF3
ramp down (p1135).
• The drive remains in closed-loop speed control.
IASC/ - - • For synchronous motors, the following applies:
DCBRAKE If a fault occurs with this fault reaction, an internal armature short-
circuit is triggered.
The conditions for p1231 = 4 must be observed.
• For induction motors, the following applies:
If a fault occurs with this fault reaction, DC braking is triggered.
DC braking must have been commissioned (p1230 to p1239).

SINAMICS G120C
632 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.1 Overview of faults and alarms

Acknowledging faults
The list of faults and alarms specifies how to acknowledge each fault after the cause has been
eliminated.

Table 4-3 Acknowledging faults

Acknowledgment Description

POWER ON The fault is acknowledged by a POWER ON (switch drive unit off and on again).

Note
If this action has not removed the fault cause, the fault is displayed again immediately after power up.
IMMEDIATELY Faults can be acknowledged on one drive object (Points 1 to 3) or on all drive objects (Point 4) as
follows:
1 Set acknowledgment by parameter:
p3981 = 0 --> 1
2 Acknowledging via binector inputs:
p2103 BI: 1. Acknowledge faults
p2104 BI: 2. Acknowledge faults
p2105 BI: 3. Acknowledge faults
3 Acknowledging via a PROFIdrive control signal:
STW1.7 = 0 --> 1 (edge)
Note
• These faults can also be acknowledged by a POWER ON operation.
• If this action has not eliminated the fault cause, the fault will continue to be displayed after
acknowledgment.
• Safety Integrated faults
The "Safe Torque Off" (STO) function must be deselected before these faults are acknowledged.
PULSE The fault can only be acknowledged when the pulses are inhibited (r0899.11 = 0).
SUPPRESSION The same options are available for acknowledging as described under IMMEDIATE acknowledgment.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 633
4 Faults and alarms
4.1 Overview of faults and alarms

4.1.2 Explanation of the list of faults and alarms

The data in the following example have been chosen at random. The information listed below
is the maximum amount of information that a description can contain. Some of the information
is optional.
The "List of faults and alarms (Page 641)" has the following layout:

- - - - - - - - - - - - Start of example - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Axxxxx (F, N) Fault location (optional): Name

Message class: Text of the message class (number according to PROFIdrive)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledgement: NONE
Cause: Description of possible causes.
Fault value (r0949, interpret format): or alarm value (r2124, interpret format): (optional)
Information about fault or alarm values (optional).
Remedy: Description of possible remedies.

- - - - - - - - - - - - End of example - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Axxxxx Alarm xxxxx

Axxxxx (F, N) Alarm xxxxx (message type can be changed to F or N)
Fxxxxx Fault xxxxx
Fxxxxx (A, N) Fault xxxxx (report type can be changed to A or N)
Nxxxxx No message
Nxxxxx (A) No message (message type can be changed to A)
Cxxxxx Safety message (separate message buffer)
A message comprises a letter followed by the relevant number.
The meaning of the letters is as follows:
• A means "Alarm"
• F means "Fault"
• N means "No message" or "Internal message"
• C means "Safety message"
The optional brackets indicate whether the type specified for this message can be changed
and which message types can be adjusted via parameters (p2118, p2119).
Information on reaction and acknowledgment is specified independently for a message with an
adjustable message type (e.g. reaction to F, acknowledgment for F).

Note
You can change the default properties of a fault or alarm by setting parameters.
References: SINAMICS G120 Operating Instructions
SINAMICS G120C Frequency Converter,
Section "Alarms, faults, and system messages"
The "List of faults and alarms (Page 641)" supplies information referred to the properties of a
message set as default. If the properties of a specific message are changed, the corresponding
information may have to be modified in this list.

SINAMICS G120C
634 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.1 Overview of faults and alarms

Fault location (optional): Name

The fault location (optional), the name of the fault or alarm and the message number are all
used to identify the message (e.g. with the commissioning software).

Message class:
For each message, specifies the associated message class with the following structure:
Text of the message class (number according to PROFIdrive)
The message classes are transferred at different interfaces to higher-level control systems and
their associated display and operating units.
The message classes that are available are shown in Table "Message classes and coding of
various diagnostic interfaces (Page 636)". In addition to the text of the message class and their
number according to PROFIdrive – as well as a brief help text regarding the cause and remedy
– they also include information about the various diagnostic interfaces:
• PN (hex)
Specifies the "Channel error type" of the PROFINET channel diagnostics.
When activating the channel diagnostics, using the GSDML file, the texts listed in the table
can be displayed.
• DS1 (dec)
Specifies the bit number in date set DS1 of the diagnostic alarm for SIMATIC S7.
When the diagnostic alarms are activated, the texts listed in the table can be displayed.
• DP (dec)
Specifies the "Error type" of the channel-related diagnostics for PROFIBUS.
When the channel diagnostics are activated, the texts listed in the standard and the GSD
file can be displayed.
• ET 200 (dec)
Specifies the "Error type" of the channel-related diagnostics for the
SIMATIC ET 200pro FC-2 device.
When the channel diagnostics are activated, the texts listed in the standard and the GSD
file of the ET 200pro can be displayed.
• NAMUR (r3113.x)
Specifies the bit number in parameter r3113.
For the interfaces DP, ET 200, NAMUR, in some instances, the message classes are
combined.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 635
4 Faults and alarms
4.1 Overview of faults and alarms

Table 4-4 Message classes and coding of various diagnostic interfaces

Text of the message class (number according to PROFIdrive) Diagnostics interface

Cause and remedy.
PN DS1 DP ET 200 NAMUR
(hex) (dec) (dec) (dec) (r3113.x)

Hardware/software errors (1) 9000 0 16 9 0

A hardware or software malfunction was detected. Carry out a
POWER ON for the relevant component. If it occurs again, contact the
hotline.
Line fault (2) 9001 1 17 24 1
A line supply fault has occurred (phase failure, voltage level ...).
Check the line supply and fuses. Check the supply voltage. Check the
wiring.
Supply voltage fault (3) 9002 2 21 21 15
2 2
An electronics supply voltage fault (48 V, 24 V, 5 V …) was detected. 3 3
Check the wiring. Check the voltage level.
DC-link overvoltage (4) 9003 3 18 24 2
The DC-link voltage has assumed an inadmissibly high value. Check
the dimensioning of the system (line supply, reactor, voltages). Check
the infeed settings.
Power electronics fault (5) 9004 4 19 24 3
An impermissible operating state of the power electronics was
detected (overcurrent, overtemperature, IGBT failure …). Check
compliance with the permissible load cycles. Check the ambient
temperatures (fan).
Overtemperature of the electronic component (6) 9005 5 20 5 4
The temperature in the component has exceeded the highest
permissible limit. Check the ambient temperature / control cabinet
ventilation.
Ground fault / inter-phase short-circuit detected (7) 9006 6 21 20 5
A ground fault / inter-phase short-circuit was detected in the power
cables or in the motor windings. Check the power cables (connection).
Check the motor.
Motor overload (8) 9007 7 22 24 6
The motor was operated outside the permissible limits (temperature,
current, torque …). Check the load cycles and set limits. Check the
ambient temperature / motor cooling.
Communication to the higher-level controller faulted (9) 9008 8 23 19 7
The communication to the higher-level controller (internal coupling,
PROFIBUS, PROFINET …) is faulted or interrupted. Check the state
of the higher-level controller. Check the communication
connection/-wiring. Check the bus configuration/cycles.
Safety monitoring channel has detected an error (10) 9009 9 24 25 8
A safe operation monitoring function has detected an error.
Actual position/speed value incorrect or not available (11) 900A 10 25 29 9
An illegal signal state was detected while evaluating the encoder
signals (track signals, zero marks, absolute values …). Check the
encoder / state of the encoder signals. Observe the maximum
permissible frequencies.

SINAMICS G120C
636 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.1 Overview of faults and alarms

Table 4-4 Message classes and coding of various diagnostic interfaces, continued

Text of the message class (number according to PROFIdrive) Diagnostics interface

Cause and remedy.
PN DS1 DP ET 200 NAMUR
(hex) (dec) (dec) (dec) (r3113.x)

Internal (DRIVE-CLiQ) communication faulted (12) 900B 11 26 31 10

The internal communication between the SINAMICS components is
faulted or interrupted. Check the DRIVE-CLiQ wiring. Ensure an EMC-
compliant installation. Observe the maximum permissible quantity
structures / cycles.
Infeed fault (13) 900C 12 27 24 11
The infeed is faulty or has failed. Check the infeed and its environment
(line supply, filters, reactors, fuses …). Check the infeed control.
Braking controller / Braking Module faulted (14) 900D 13 28 24 15
The internal or external Braking Module is faulted or overloaded
(temperature). Check the connection/state of the Braking Module.
Comply with the permissible number of braking operations and their
duration.
Line filter fault (15) 900E 14 17 24 15
The line filter monitoring has detected an excessively high
temperature or another impermissible state. Check the temperature /
temperature monitoring. Check the configuration to ensure that it is
permissible (filter type, infeed, thresholds).
External measured value / signal state outside of the permissible 900F 15 29 26 15
range (16)
A measured value / signal state read in via the input area
(digital/analog/temperature) has assumed an impermissible
value/state. Identify and check the relevant signal. Check the set
thresholds.
Application / technological function faulty (17) 9010 16 30 9 15
The application / technological function has exceeded a (set) limit
(position, velocity, torque …). Identify and check the relevant limit.
Check the setpoint specification of the higher-level controller.
Error in the parameterization/configuration/commissioning 9011 17 31 16 15
procedure (18)
An error was identified in the parameterization or in a commissioning
procedure, or the parameterization does not match the actual device
configuration. Determine the precise cause of the fault using the
commissioning tool. Adapt the parameterization or device
configuration.
General drive fault (19) 9012 18 9 9 15
Group fault. Determine the precise cause of the fault using the
commissioning tool.
Auxiliary unit fault (20) 9013 19 29 26 15
The monitoring of an auxiliary unit (incoming transformer, cooling
unit …) has detected an illegal state. Determine the exact cause of the
fault and check the relevant device.
1. Undervoltage condition of the electronics power supply
2. Overvoltage condition of the electronics power supply

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 637
4 Faults and alarms
4.1 Overview of faults and alarms

Reaction: Default fault reaction (adjustable fault reaction)

Specifies the default reaction in the event of a fault.
The optional parentheses indicate whether the default fault reactions can be changed and
which fault reactions can be adjusted via parameters (p2100, p2101).

Note
See Table "Fault reactions (Page 631)"

Acknowledgment: Default acknowledgment (adjustable acknowledgment)

Specifies the default method of acknowledging faults after the cause has been eliminated.
The optional parentheses indicate whether the default acknowledgment can be changed and
which acknowledgment can be adjusted via parameters (p2126, p2127).

Note
See Table "Acknowledging faults (Page 633)"

Cause:
Describes the possible causes of the fault or alarm. A fault or alarm value can also be specified
(optional).
Fault value (r0949, format):
The fault value is entered in the fault buffer in r0949[0...63] and specifies additional, more
precise information about a fault.
Alarm value (r2124, format):
The alarm value specifies additional, more precise information about an alarm.
The alarm value is entered in the alarm buffer in r2124[0...7] and specifies additional, more
precise information about an alarm.

Remedy:
Describes the methods available for eliminating the cause of the active fault or alarm.

WARNING
In certain cases, service and maintenance personnel are responsible for choosing a suitable
method for eliminating the cause of faults.

SINAMICS G120C
638 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.1 Overview of faults and alarms

4.1.3 Number ranges of faults and alarms

Note
The following number ranges represent an overview of all faults and alarms used in the
SINAMICS drive family.
The faults and alarms for the product described in this List Manual are described in detail in
"List of faults and alarms (Page 641)".

Faults and alarms are organized into the following number ranges:

Table 4-5 Number ranges of faults and alarms

of To Area

1000 3999 Control Unit

4000 4999 Reserved
5000 5999 Power section
6000 6899 Infeed
6900 6999 Braking Module
7000 7999 Drive
8000 8999 Option Board
9000 12999 Reserved
13000 13020 Licensing
13021 13099 Reserved
13100 13102 Know-how protection
13103 19999 Reserved
20000 29999 OEM
30000 30999 DRIVE-CLiQ component power unit
31000 31999 DRIVE-CLiQ component encoder 1
32000 32999 DRIVE-CLiQ component encoder 2

Note
Faults that occur are automatically output as an alarm if the encoder is
parameterized as a direct measuring system and does not intervene in
the motor control.
33000 33999 DRIVE-CLiQ component encoder 3

Note
Faults that occur are automatically output as an alarm if the encoder is
parameterized as a direct measuring system and does not intervene in
the motor control.
34000 34999 Voltage Sensing Module (VSM)
35000 35199 Terminal Module 54F (TM54F)
35200 35999 Terminal Module 31 (TM31)
36000 36999 DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module
37000 37999 HF Damping Module

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 639
4 Faults and alarms
4.1 Overview of faults and alarms

Table 4-5 Number ranges of faults and alarms, continued

of To Area

40000 40999 Controller Extension 32 (CX32)

41000 48999 Reserved
49000 49999 SINAMICS GM/SM/GL
50000 50499 Communication Board (COMM BOARD)
50500 59999 OEM Siemens
60000 65535 SINAMICS DC MASTER (closed-loop DC current control)

SINAMICS G120C
640 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

4.2 List of faults and alarms

Product: SINAMICS G120C, Version: 4710100, Language: eng
Objects: G120C_CAN, G120C_DP, G120C_PN, G120C_USS

F01000 Internal software error

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: POWER ON
Cause: An internal software error has occurred.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - evaluate fault buffer (r0945).
- carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on) for all components.
- if required, check the data on the non-volatile memory (e.g. memory card).
- upgrade firmware to later version.
- contact Technical Support.
- replace the Control Unit.

F01001 FloatingPoint exception

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: POWER ON
Cause: An exception occurred during an operation with the FloatingPoint data type.
The error may be caused by the basic system or an OA application (e.g. FBLOCKS, DCC).
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Note:
Refer to r9999 for further information about this fault.
r9999[0]: Fault number.
r9999[1]: Program counter at the time when the exception occurred.
r9999[2]: Cause of the FloatingPoint exception.
Bit 0 = 1: Operation invalid
Bit 1 = 1: Division by zero
Bit 2 = 1: Overflow
Bit 3 = 1: Underflow
Bit 4 = 1: Inaccurate result
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on) for all components.
- check configuration and signals of the blocks in FBLOCKS.
- check configuration and signals of DCC charts.
- upgrade firmware to later version.
- contact Technical Support.

F01002 Internal software error

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: An internal software error has occurred.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on) for all components.
- upgrade firmware to later version.
- contact Technical Support.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 641
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F01003 Acknowledgment delay when accessing the memory

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: A memory area was accessed that does not return a "READY".
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on) for all components.
- contact Technical Support.

N01004 (F, A) Internal software error

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: An internal software error has occurred.
Fault value (r0949, hexadecimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - read out diagnostics parameter (r9999).
- contact Technical Support.

F01005 File upload/download error

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The upload or download of EEPROM data was unsuccessful.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
yyxxxx hex: yy = component number, xxxx = fault cause
xxxx = 000B hex = 11 dec:
Power unit component has detected a checksum error.
xxxx = 000F hex = 15 dec:
The selected power unit will not accept the content of the EEPROM file.
xxxx = 0011 hex = 17 dec:
Power unit component has detected an internal access error.
xxxx = 0012 hex = 18 dec:
After several communication attempts, no response from the power unit component.
xxxx = 008B hex = 140 dec:
EEPROM file for the power unit component not available on the memory card.
xxxx = 008D hex = 141 dec:
An inconsistent length of the firmware file was signaled. It is possible that the download/upload has been interrupted.
xxxx = 0090 hex = 144 dec:
When checking the file that was loaded, the component detected a fault (checksum). It is possible that the file on the
memory card is defective.
xxxx = 0092 hex = 146 dec:
This SW or HW does not support the selected function.
xxxx = 009C hex = 156 dec:
Component with the specified component number is not available (p7828).
xxxx = Additional values:
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: Save a suitable firmware file or EEPROM file for upload or download in folder "/ee_sac/" on the memory card.

SINAMICS G120C
642 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A01009 (N) CU: Control module overtemperature

Message class: Overtemperature of the electronic components (6)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The temperature (r0037[0]) of the control module (Control Unit) has exceeded the specified limit value.
Remedy: - check the air intake for the Control Unit.
- check the Control Unit fan.
Note:
The alarm is automatically withdrawn once the limit value has been fallen below.

F01010 Drive type unknown

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: An unknown drive type was found.
Remedy: - replace Power Module.
- carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on).
- upgrade firmware to later version.
- contact Technical Support.

F01015 Internal software error

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: POWER ON
Cause: An internal software error has occurred.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on) for all components.
- upgrade firmware to later version.
- contact Technical Support.

A01016 (F) Firmware changed

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: At least one firmware file in the directory was illegally changed on the non-volatile memory (memory card/device
memory) with respect to the version when shipped from the factory.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
0: Checksum of one file is incorrect.
1: File missing.
2: Too many files.
3: Incorrect firmware version.
4: Incorrect checksum of the back-up file.
Remedy: For the non-volatile memory for the firmware (memory card/device memory), restore the delivery condition.
Note:
The file involved can be read out using parameter r9925.
The status of the firmware check is displayed using r9926.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 643
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A01017 Component lists changed

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: On the memory card, one file in the directory /SIEMENS/SINAMICS/DATA or /ADDON/SINAMICS/DATA has been
illegally changed with respect to that supplied from the factory. No changes are permitted in this directory.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
zyx dec: x = Problem, y = Directory, z = File name
x = 1: File does not exist.
x = 2: Firmware version of the file does not match the software version.
x = 3: File checksum is incorrect.
y = 0: Directory /SIEMENS/SINAMICS/DATA/
y = 1: Directory /ADDON/SINAMICS/DATA/
z = 0: File MOTARM.ACX
z = 1: File MOTSRM.ACX
z = 2: File MOTSLM.ACX
z = 3: File ENCDATA.ACX
z = 4: File FILTDATA.ACX
z = 5: File BRKDATA.ACX
z = 6: File DAT_BEAR.ACX
z = 7: File CFG_BEAR.ACX
Remedy: For the file on the memory card involved, restore the status originally supplied from the factory.

F01018 Booting has been interrupted several times

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: POWER ON
Cause: Module booting was interrupted several times. As a consequence, the module boots with the factory setting.
Possible reasons for booting being interrupted:
- power supply interrupted.
- CPU crashed.
- parameterization invalid.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on). After switching on, the module reboots from the valid
parameterization (if available).
- restore the valid parameterization.
Examples:
a) Carry out a first commissioning, save, carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on).
b) Load another valid parameter backup (e.g. from the memory card), save, carry out a POWER ON (switch-
off/switch-on).
Note:
If the fault situation is repeated, then this fault is again output after several interrupted boots.

A01019 Writing to the removable data medium unsuccessful

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The write access to the removable data medium was unsuccessful.
Remedy: Remove and check the removable data medium. Then run the data backup again.

A01020 Writing to RAM disk unsuccessful

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: A write access to the internal RAM disk was unsuccessful.
Remedy: Adapt the file size for the system logbook to the internal RAM disk (p9930).

SINAMICS G120C
644 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A01021 Removable data medium as USB data storage medium from the PC used
Message class: General drive fault (19)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The removable data medium is used as USB data storage medium from a PC
As a consequence, the drive cannot access the removable data medium. When backing up, the configuration data
cannot be saved on the removable data medium.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
1: The know-how protection as well as the copy protection for the removable data medium is active. Backup is
inhibited.
2: The configuration data are only backed up in the Control Unit.
See also: r7760 (Write protection/know-how protection status), r9401 (Safely remove memory card status)
Remedy: Deactivate the USB connection to the PC and back up the configuration data.
Note:
The alarm is automatically canceled when disconnecting the USB connection or when removing the removable data
medium.
See also: r9401 (Safely remove memory card status)

F01023 Software timeout (internal)

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: An internal software timeout has occurred.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on) for all components.
- upgrade firmware to later version.
- contact Technical Support.

A01028 (F) Configuration error

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The parameterization that was downloaded was generated with a different module type (Order No., MLFB).
Remedy: Save parameters in a non-volatile fashion (p0971 = 1).

F01030 Sign-of-life failure for master control

Message class: Communication error to the higher-level control system (9)
Reaction: OFF3 (IASC/DCBRK, NONE, OFF1, OFF2, STOP2)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: For active PC master control, no sign-of-life was received within the monitoring time.
The master control was returned to the active BICO interconnection.
Remedy: Set the monitoring time higher at the PC or, if required, completely disable the monitoring function.
For the commissioning software, the monitoring time is set as follows:
<Drive> -> Commissioning -> Control panel -> Button "Fetch master control" -> A window is displayed to set the
monitoring time in milliseconds.
Notice:
The monitoring time should be set as short as possible. A long monitoring time means a late response when the
communication fails!

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 645
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F01033 Units changeover: Reference parameter value invalid

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: When changing over the units to the referred representation type, it is not permissible for any of the required
reference parameters to be equal to 0.0
Fault value (r0949, parameter):
Reference parameter whose value is 0.0.
See also: p0505 (Selecting the system of units), p0595 (Technological unit selection)
Remedy: Set the value of the reference parameter to a number different than 0.0.
See also: p0304, p0305, p0310, p0596, p2000, p2001, p2002, p2003, r2004

F01034 Units changeover: Calculation parameter values after reference value change
unsuccessful
Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The change of a reference parameter meant that for an involved parameter the selected value was not able to be re-
calculated in the per unit representation. The change was rejected and the original parameter value restored.
Fault value (r0949, parameter):
Parameter whose value was not able to be re-calculated.
See also: p0304, p0305, p0310, p0596, p2000, p2001, p2002, p2003, r2004
Remedy: - Select the value of the reference parameter such that the parameter involved can be calculated in the per unit
representation.
- Technology unit selection (p0595) before changing the reference parameter p0596, set p0595 = 1.

A01035 (F) ACX: Parameter back-up file corrupted

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: When the Control Unit is booted, no complete data set was found from the parameter back-up files. The last time that
the parameterization was saved, it was not completely carried out.
It is possible that the backup was interrupted by switching off or withdrawing the memory card.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal):
ddccbbaa hex:
aa = 01 hex:
Power up was realized without data backup. The drive is in the factory setting.
aa = 02 hex:
The last available internal backup data record was loaded. The parameterization must be checked. It is
recommended that the parameterization is downloaded again.
aa = 03 hex:
The last available data record from the memory card was loaded. The parameterization must be checked.
aa = 04 hex:
An invalid data backup was loaded from the memory card into the drive. The drive is in the factory setting.
dd, cc, bb:
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
See also: p0971 (Save parameters)
Remedy: - Download the project again with the commissioning software.
- save all parameters (p0971 = 1 or "copy RAM to ROM").

SINAMICS G120C
646 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F01036 (A) ACX: Parameter back-up file missing

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: NONE (OFF1, OFF2, OFF3)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: When downloading the device parameterization, a parameter back-up file PSxxxyyy.ACX associated with a drive
object cannot be found.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Byte 1: yyy in the file name PSxxxyyy.ACX
yyy = 000 --> consistency back-up file
yyy = 001 ... 062 --> drive object number
yyy = 099 --> PROFIBUS parameter back-up file
Byte 2, 3, 4:
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: If you have saved the project data using the commissioning software, carry out a new download for your project.
Save using the function "Copy RAM to ROM" or with p0971 = 1.
This means that the parameter files are again completely written into the non-volatile memory.
Note:
If the project data have not been backed up, then a new first commissioning is required.

F01038 (A) ACX: Loading the parameter back-up file unsuccessful

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: NONE (OFF1, OFF2, OFF3)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: An error has occurred when downloading PSxxxyyy.ACX or PTxxxyyy.ACX files from the non-volatile memory.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Byte 1: yyy in the file name PSxxxyyy.ACX
yyy = 000 --> consistency back-up file
yyy = 001 ... 062 --> drive object number
yyy = 099 --> PROFIBUS parameter back-up file
Byte 2:
255: Incorrect drive object type.
254: Topology comparison unsuccessful -> drive object type was not able to be identified.
Reasons could be:
- incorrect component type in the actual topology
- Component does not exist in the actual topology.
- Component not active.
Additional values:
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Byte 4, 3:
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - if you have saved the project data using the commissioning software, download the project again. Save using the
function "Copy RAM to ROM" or with p0971 = 1. This means that the parameter files are again completely written to
the non-volatile memory.
- replace the memory card or Control Unit.

F01039 (A) ACX: Writing to the parameter back-up file was unsuccessful
Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: NONE (OFF1, OFF2, OFF3)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: Writing to at least one parameter back-up file PSxxxyyy.*** in the non-volatile memory was unsuccessful.
- in the directory /USER/SINAMICS/DATA/ at least one parameter back-up file PSxxxyyy.*** has the "read only" file
attribute and cannot be overwritten.
- there is not sufficient free memory space available.
- the non-volatile memory is defective and cannot be written to.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 647
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):

dcba hex
a = yyy in the file names PSxxxyyy.***
a = 000 --> consistency back-up file
a = 001 ... 062 --> drive object number
a = 099 --> PROFIBUS parameter back-up file
b = xxx in the file names PSxxxyyy.***
b = 000 --> data save started with p0971 = 1
b = 010 --> data save started with p0971 = 10
b = 011 --> data save started with p0971 = 11
b = 012 --> data save started with p0971 = 12
d, c:
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - check the file attribute of the files (PSxxxyyy.***, CAxxxyyy.***, CCxxxyyy.***) and, if required, change from "read
only" to "writeable".
- check the free memory space in the non-volatile memory. Approx. 80 kbyte of free memory space is required for
every drive object in the system.
- replace the memory card or Control Unit.

F01040 Save parameter settings and carry out a POWER ON

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: POWER ON
Cause: A parameter has been changed that requires the parameters to be backed up and the Control Unit to be switched
OFF and ON again.
Remedy: - Save parameters (p0971).
- carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on) for the Control Unit.

F01042 Parameter error during project download

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: OFF2 (NONE, OFF1, OFF3)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: An error was detected when downloading a project using the commissioning software (e.g. incorrect parameter
value).
For the specified parameter, it was detected that dynamic limits were exceeded that may possibly depend on other
parameters.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
ccbbaaaa hex
aaaa = Parameter
bb = Index
cc = fault cause
0: Parameter number illegal.
1: Parameter value cannot be changed.
2: Lower or upper value limit exceeded.
3: Sub-index incorrect.
4: No array, no sub-index.
5: Data type incorrect.
6: Setting not permitted (only resetting).
7: Descriptive element cannot be changed.
9: Descriptive data not available.
11: No master control.
15: No text array available.
17: Task cannot be executed due to operating state.
20: Illegal value.
21: Response too long.

SINAMICS G120C
648 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

22: Parameter address illegal.

23: Format illegal.
24: Number of values not consistent.
108: Unit unknown.
Additional values:
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - enter the correct value in the specified parameter.
- identify the parameter that restricts the limits of the specified parameter.

F01043 Fatal error at project download

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: OFF2 (OFF1, OFF3)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: A fatal error was detected when downloading a project using the commissioning software.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: Device status cannot be changed to Device Download (drive object ON?).
2: Incorrect drive object number.
8: Maximum number of drive objects that can be generated exceeded.
11: Error while generating a drive object (global component).
12: Error while generating a drive object (drive component).
13: Unknown drive object type.
14: Drive status cannot be changed to "ready for operation" (r0947 and r0949).
15: Drive status cannot be changed to drive download.
16: Device status cannot be changed to "ready for operation".
18: A new download is only possible if the factory settings are restored for the drive unit.
20: The configuration is inconsistent.
21: Error when accepting the download parameters.
22: SW-internal download error.
100: The download was canceled, because no write requests were received from the commissioning client (e.g. for
communication error).
Additional values:
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - use the current version of the commissioning software.
- modify the offline project and download again (e.g. compare the motor and Power Module in the offline project and
on the drive).
- change the drive state (is a drive rotating or is there a message/signal?).
- carefully note any other messages/signals and remove their cause.
- boot from previously saved files (switch-off/switch-on or p0970).

F01044 CU: Descriptive data error

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: POWER ON
Cause: An error was detected when loading the descriptive data saved in the non-volatile memory.
Remedy: Replace the memory card or Control Unit.

A01045 Configuring data invalid

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: An error was detected when evaluating the parameter files PSxxxyyy.ACX, PTxxxyyy.ACX, CAxxxyyy.ACX, or
CCxxxyyy.ACX saved in the non-volatile memory. Because of this, under certain circumstances, several of the saved
parameter values were not able to be accepted. Also see r9406 up to r9408.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 649
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Remedy: - check the parameters displayed in r9406 up to r9408, and correct these if required.
- Restore the factory setting using (p0970 = 1) and re-load the project into the drive unit.
Then save the parameterization in STARTER using the function "Copy RAM to ROM" or with p0971 = 1. This
overwrites the incorrect parameter files in the non-volatile memory – and the alarm is withdrawn.
See also: r9406 (PS file parameter number parameter not transferred), r9407 (PS file parameter index parameter not
transferred), r9408 (PS file fault code parameter not transferred)

A01049 It is not possible to write to file

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: It is not possible to write into a write-protected file (PSxxxxxx.acx). The write request was interrupted.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Drive object number.
Remedy: Check whether the "write protected" attribute has been set for the files in the non-volatile memory under
.../USER/SINAMICS/DATA/... When required, remove write protection and save again (e.g. set p0971 to 1).

F01054 CU: System limit exceeded

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: At least one system overload has been identified.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: Computing time load too high (r9976[1]).
5: Peak load too high (r9976[5]).
Note:
As long as this fault is present, it is not possible to save the parameters (p0971).
See also: r9976 (System utilization)
Remedy: For fault value = 1, 5:
- reduce the computing time load of the drive unit (r9976[1] and r9976[5]) to under 100 %.
- check the sampling times and adjust if necessary (p0115, p0799, p4099).
- deactivate function modules.
- deactivate drive objects.
- remove drive objects from the target topology.
- note the DRIVE-CLiQ topology rules and if required, change the DRIVE-CLiQ topology.
When using the Drive Control Chart (DCC) or free function blocks (FBLOCKS), the following applies:
- the computing time load of the individual run-time groups on a drive object can be read out in r21005 (DCC) or
r20005 (FBLOCKS).
- if necessary, the assignment of the run-time group (p21000, p20000) can be changed in order to increase the
sampling time (r21001, r20001).
- if necessary, reduce the number of cyclically calculated blocks (DCC) and/or function blocks (FBLOCKS).

A01064 (F) CU: Internal error (CRC)

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: A checksum error (CRC error) has occurred in the Control Unit program memory
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on) for all components.
- upgrade firmware to later version.
- contact Technical Support.

SINAMICS G120C
650 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F01068 CU: Data memory memory overflow

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The utilization for a data memory area is too large.
Fault value (r0949, interpret binary):
Bit 0 = 1: High-speed data memory 1 overloaded
Bit 1 = 1: High-speed data memory 2 overloaded
Bit 2 = 1: High-speed data memory 3 overloaded
Bit 3 = 1: High-speed data memory 4 overloaded
Remedy: - deactivate the function module.
- deactivate drive object.
- remove the drive object from the target topology.

A01069 Parameter backup and device incompatible

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The parameter backup on the memory card and the drive unit do not match.
The module boots with the factory settings.
Example:
Devices A and B. are not compatible and a memory card with the parameter backup for device A is inserted in device
B.
Remedy: - insert a memory card with compatible parameter backup and carry out a POWER ON.
- insert a memory card without parameter backup and carry out a POWER ON.
- if required, withdraw the memory card and carry out POWER ON.
- save the parameters (p0971 = 1).

F01072 Memory card restored from the backup copy

Message class: General drive fault (19)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The Control Unit was switched-off while writing to the memory card. This is why the visible partition became
defective.
After switching on, the data from the non-visible partition (backup copy) were written to the visible partition.
Remedy: Check that the firmware and parameterization is up-to-date.

A01073 (N) POWER ON required for backup copy on memory card

Message class: General drive fault (19)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The parameter assignment on the visible partition of the memory card has changed.
In order that the backup copy on the memory card is updated on the non-visible partition, it is necessary to carry out
a POWER ON or hardware reset (p0972) of the Control Unit.
Note:
It is possible that a new POWER ON is requested via this alarm (e.g. after saving with p0971 = 1).
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for the Control Unit.
- carry out a hardware reset (RESET button, p0972).

N01101 (A) CU: memory card not available

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The memory card is not available for the drive.
Remedy: Insert a memory card.
If Starter is not active, interrupt the USB connection to the PC

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 651
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F01105 (A) CU: Insufficient memory

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: OFF1
Acknowledge: POWER ON
Cause: Too many data sets are configured on this Control Unit.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - reduce the number of data sets.

F01107 Save to memory card unsuccessful

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: A data save to the memory card was not able to be successfully carried out.
- Memory card is defective.
- insufficient space on memory card.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: The file on the RAM was not able to be opened.
2: The file on the RAM was not able to be read.
3: A new directory could not be created on the memory card.
4: A new file could not be created on the memory card.
5: A new file could not be written on the memory card.
Remedy: - try to save again.
- replace the memory card or Control Unit.

F01112 CU: Power unit not permissible

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The connected power unit cannot be used together with this Control Unit.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: Power unit is not supported (e.g. PM340).
Remedy: Replace the power unit that is not permissible by a component that is permissible.

F01120 (A) Terminal initialization has failed

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: OFF1 (OFF2)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: An internal software error occurred while the terminal functions were being initialized.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on) for all components.
- upgrade firmware to later version.
- contact Technical Support.
- replace the Control Unit.

F01122 (A) Frequency at the measuring probe input too high

Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17)
Reaction: OFF1 (OFF2)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The frequency of the pulses at the measuring probe input is too high.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: DI 1 (term. 6)
2: DI 3 (term. 8)
Remedy: Reduce the frequency of the pulses at the measuring probe input.

SINAMICS G120C
652 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F01152 CU: Invalid constellation of drive object types

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: POWER ON
Cause: It is not possible to simultaneously operate drive object types SERVO, VECTOR and HLA.
A maximum of 2 of these drive object types can be operated on a Control Unit.
Remedy: - switch off the unit.
- restrict the use of drive object types SERVO, VECTOR, HLA to a maximum of 2.
- re-commission the unit.

F01205 CU: Time slice overflow

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: POWER ON
Cause: Insufficient computation time.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: Contact Technical Support.

F01250 CU: CU-EEPROM incorrect read-only data

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: NONE (OFF2)
Acknowledge: POWER ON
Cause: Error when reading the read-only data of the EEPROM in the Control Unit.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON.
- replace the Control Unit.

A01251 CU: CU-EEPROM incorrect read-write data

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: Error when reading the read-write data of the EEPROM in the Control Unit.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: For alarm value r2124 < 256, the following applies:
- carry out a POWER ON.
- replace the Control Unit.
For alarm value r2124 >= 256, the following applies:
- clear the fault memory (p0952 = 0).
- replace the Control Unit.

F01257 CU: Firmware version out of date

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: POWER ON
Cause: The Control Unit firmware is too old.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
bbbbbbaa hex: aa = unsupported component
aa = 01 hex = 1 dec:
The firmware being used does not support the Control Unit.
aa = 02 hex = 2 dec:
The firmware being used does not support the Control Unit.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 653
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

aa = 03 hex = 3 dec:
The firmware being used does not support the Power Module.
aa = 04 hex = 4 dec:
The firmware being used does not support the Control Unit.
Remedy: For fault value = 1, 2, 4:
- Upgrade the firmware of the Control Unit.
For fault value = 3:
- Upgrade the firmware of the Control Unit.
- Replace the Power Module by a component that is supported.

F01340 Topology: Too many components on one line

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: For the selected communications clock cycle, too many DRIVE-CLiQ components are connected to one line of the
Control Unit.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
xyy hex: x = fault cause, yy = component number or connection number.
1yy:
The communications clock cycle of the DRIVE-CLiQ connection on the Control Unit is not sufficient for all read
transfers.
2yy:
The communications clock cycle of the DRIVE-CLiQ connection on the Control Unit is not sufficient for all write
transfers.
3yy:
Cyclic communication is fully utilized.
4yy:
The DRIVE-CLiQ cycle starts before the earliest end of the application. An additional dead time must be added to the
control. Sign-of-life errors can be expected.
The conditions of operation with a current controller sampling time of 31.25 µs have not been maintained.
5yy:
Internal buffer overflow for net data of a DRIVE-CLiQ connection.
6yy:
Internal buffer overflow for receive data of a DRIVE-CLiQ connection.
7yy:
Internal buffer overflow for send data of a DRIVE-CLiQ connection.
8yy:
The component clock cycles cannot be combined with one another
900:
The lowest common multiple of the clock cycles in the system is too high to be determined.
901:
The lowest common multiple of the clock cycles in the system cannot be generated with the hardware.
Remedy: - check the DRIVE-CLiQ wiring.
- reduce the number of components on the DRIVE-CLiQ line involved and distribute these to other DRIVE-CLiQ
sockets of the Control Unit. This means that communication is uniformly distributed over several lines.
For fault value = 1yy - 4yy in addition:
- increase the sampling times (p0112, p0115, p4099). If necessary, for DCC or FBLOCKS, change the assignment of
the run-time group (p21000, p20000) so that the sampling time (r21001, r20001) is increased.
- if necessary, reduce the number of cyclically calculated blocks (DCC) and/or function blocks (FBLOCKS).
- reduce the function modules (r0108).
- establish the conditions for operation with a current controller sampling time of 31.25 µs (at the DRIVE-CLiQ line,
only operate Motor Modules and Sensor Modules with this sampling time and only use a permitted Sensor Module
(e.g. SMC20, this means a 3 at the last position of the order number)).
- For an NX, the corresponding Sensor Module for a possibly existing second measuring system should be
connected to a free DRIVE-CLiQ socket of the NX.

SINAMICS G120C
654 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

For fault value = 8yy in addition:

- check the clock cycles settings (p0112, p0115, p4099). Clock cycles on a DRIVE-CLiQ line must be perfect integer
multiples of one another. As clock cycle on a line, all clock cycles of all drive objects in the previously mentioned
parameters apply, which have components on the line involved.
For fault value = 9yy in addition:
- check the clock cycles settings (p0112, p0115, p4099). The lower the numerical value difference between two clock
cycles, the higher the lowest common multiple. This behavior has a significantly stronger influence, the higher the
numerical values of the clock cycles.

F01505 (A) BICO: Interconnection cannot be established

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: A PROFIdrive telegram has been set (p0922).
An interconnection contained in the telegram was not able to be established.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Parameter receiver that should be changed.
Remedy: Establish another interconnection.

F01510 BICO: Signal source is not float type

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The requested connector output does not have the correct data type. This interconnection is not established.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Parameter number to which an interconnection should be made (connector output).
Remedy: Interconnect this connector input with a connector output having a float data type.

F01511 (A) BICO: Interconnection with different scalings

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The requested BICO interconnection was established. However, a conversion is made between the BICO output and
BICO input using the reference values.
- the BICO output has different normalized units than the BICO input.
- message only for interconnections within a drive object.
Example:
The BICO output has, as normalized unit, voltage and the BICO input has current.
This means that the factor p2002/p2001 is calculated between the BICO output and the BICO input.
p2002: contains the reference value for current
p2001: contains the reference value for voltage
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Parameter number of the BICO input (signal sink).
Remedy: Not necessary.

F01512 BICO: No scaling available

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: POWER ON
Cause: An attempt was made to determine a conversion factor for a scaling that does not exist.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Unit (e.g. corresponding to SPEED) for which an attempt was made to determine a factor.
Remedy: Apply scaling or check the transfer value.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 655
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F01513 (N, A) BICO: Interconnection cross DO with different scalings

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The requested BICO interconnection was established. However, a conversion is made between the BICO output and
BICO input using the reference values.
An interconnection is made between different drive objects and the BICO output has different normalized units than
the BICO input or the normalized units are the same but the reference values are different.
Example 1:
BICO output with voltage normalized unit, BICO input with current normalized unit, BICO output and BICO input lie in
different drive objects. This means that the factor p2002/p2001 is calculated between the BICO output and the BICO
input.
p2002: contains the reference value for current
p2001: contains the reference value for voltage
Example 2:
BICO output with voltage normalized unit in drive object 1 (DO1), BICO input with voltage normalized unit in drive
object 2 (DO2). The reference values for voltage (p2001) of the two drive objects have different values. This means
that the factor p2001(DO1)/p2001(DO2) is calculated between the BICO output and the BICO input.
p2001: contains the reference value for voltage, drive objects 1, 2
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Parameter number of the BICO input (signal sink).
Remedy: Not necessary.

A01514 (F) BICO: Error when writing during a reconnect

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: During a reconnect operation (e.g. while booting or downloading - but can also occur in normal operation) a
parameter was not able to be written to.
Example:
When writing to BICO input with double word format (DWORD), in the second index, the memory areas overlap (e.g.
p8861). The parameter is then reset to the factory setting.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Parameter number of the BICO input (signal sink).
Remedy: Not necessary.

F01515 (A) BICO: Writing to parameter not permitted as the master control is active
Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: When changing the number of CDS or when copying from CDS, the master control is active.
Remedy: If required, return the master control and repeat the operation.

A01590 (F) Drive: Motor maintenance interval expired

Message class: General drive fault (19)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The selected service/maintenance interval for this motor was reached.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Motor data set number.
See also: p0650 (Actual motor operating hours), p0651 (Motor operating hours maintenance interval)
Remedy: Carry out service/maintenance and reset the service/maintenance interval.

SINAMICS G120C
656 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F01600 SI P1 (CU): STOP A initiated

Message class: Safety monitoring channel has identified an error (10)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: The drive-integrated "Safety Integrated" function on processor 1 has detected an error and initiated a STOP A.
- forced checking procedure (test stop) of the safety switch-off signal path on processor 1 unsuccessful.
- subsequent response to fault F01611 (defect in a monitoring channel).
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
0: Stop request from processor 2.
1005: Pulses suppressed although STO not selected and there is no internal STOP A present.
1010: Pulses enabled although STO is selected or an internal STOP A is present.
1011: Internal fault for the pulse enable in the Power Module.
9999: Subsequent response to fault F01611.
Remedy: - select Safe Torque Off and de-select again.
- carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on) for all components.
- replace Power Module involved.
For fault value = 9999:
- carry out diagnostics for fault F01611.
Note:
PM: Power Module
STO: Safe Torque Off

F01611 (A) SI P1 (CU): Defect in a monitoring channel

Message class: Safety monitoring channel has identified an error (10)
Reaction: NONE (OFF1, OFF2, OFF3)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: The drive-integrated "Safety Integrated" function on processor 1 has detected a fault in the data cross-check between
the two monitoring channels and has initiated a STOP F.
Fault F01600 (SI P1: STOP A initiated) is output as a consequence of this fault.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
0: Stop request from the other monitoring channel.
1 ... 999:
Number of the cross-compared data that resulted in this fault. This number is also displayed in r9795.
2: SI enable safety functions (p9601, p9801). Crosswise data comparison is only carried out for the supported bits.
3: SI F-DI changeover discrepancy time (p9650, p9850).
8: SI PROFIsafe address (p9610, p9810).
9: SI debounce time for STO (p9651, p9851).
1000: Watchdog timer has expired.
Within the time of approx. 5 x p9650, alternatively, the following was defined:
- the signal at F-DI continually changed with time intervals less than or equal to the discrepancy time (p9650/p9850).
- via PROFIsafe, STO (also as subsequent response) was continually selected and deselected with time intervals
less than or equal to the discrepancy time (p9650/p9850).
1001, 1002: Initialization error, change timer / check timer.
1950: Module temperature outside the permissible temperature range.
1951: Module temperature not plausible.
2000: Status of the STO selection for both monitoring channels different.
2001: Feedback signal of safe pulse suppression for both monitoring channels different.
2002: Status of the delay timer SS1 for both monitoring channels different (status of the timer in p9650/p9850).
2003: Status of the STO terminal for both monitoring channels different.
6000 ... 6166:
PROFIsafe fault values (PROFIsafe driver for PROFIBUS DP V1/V2 and PROFINET).
For these fault values, the fail-safe control signals (fail-safe values) are transferred to the safety functions.
6000: An internal software error has occurred (only for internal Siemens troubleshooting).
6064 ... 6071: error when evaluating the F parameter. The values of the transferred F parameters do not match the
expected values in the PROFIsafe driver.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 657
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

6064: Destination address and PROFIsafe address are different (F_Dest_Add).

6065: Destination address not valid (F_Dest_Add).
6066: Source address not valid (F_Source_Add).
6067: Watchdog time not valid (F_WD_Time).
6068: Incorrect SIL level (F_SIL).
6069: Incorrect F-CRC length (F_CRC_Length).
6070: Incorrect F parameter version (F_Par_Version).
6071: CRC error for the F parameters (CRC1). The transferred CRC value of the F parameters does not match the
value calculated in the PROFIsafe driver.
6072: F parameterization is inconsistent.
6165: A communications error was identified when receiving the PROFIsafe telegram. The fault may also occur if an
inconsistent or out-of-date PROFIsafe telegram has been received after switching the Control Unit off and on or after
plugging in the PROFIBUS/PROFINET cable.
6166: A time monitoring error (timeout) was identified when receiving the PROFIsafe telegram.
Remedy: For fault values 1 ... 999 described in "Cause":
- check the cross data comparison that resulted in a STOP F.
- carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on).
For fault value = 1000:
- check the wiring of the F-DI (contact problems).
- PROFIsafe: Remove contact problems/faults at the PROFIBUS master/PROFINET controller.
- check the discrepancy time, and if required, increase the value (p9650/p9850).
For fault value = 1001, 1002:
- carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on).
For fault value = 1950, 1951:
- Operate the Control Unit in the permissible temperature range.
- replace Control Unit.
For fault value = 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003:
- check the discrepancy time F-DI changeover and if required, increase the value (p9650/p9850).
- check the wiring of the F-DI (contact problems).
- check the causes of the STO selection in r9772.
For fault value = 6000:
- carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on).
- upgrade firmware to later version.
- contact Technical Support.
- replace Control Unit.
For fault value = 6064:
- check the setting of the value in the F parameter F_Dest_Add at the PROFIsafe slave.
- check the setting of the PROFIsafe address on processor 1 (p9610) and on processor 2 (p9810).
For fault value = 6065:
- check the setting of the value in the F parameter F_Dest_Add at the PROFIsafe slave. It is not permissible for the
destination address to be either 0 or FFFF!
For fault value = 6066:
- check the setting of the value in the F parameter F_Source_Add at the PROFIsafe slave. It is not permissible for the
source address to be either 0 or FFFF!
For fault value = 6067:
- check the setting of the value in the F parameter F_WD_Time at the PROFIsafe slave. It is not permissible for the
watch time to be 0!
For fault value = 6068:
- check the setting of the value in the F parameter F_SIL at the PROFIsafe slave. The SIL level must correspond to
SIL2!
For fault value = 6069:
- check the setting of the value in the F parameter F_CRC_Length at the PROFIsafe slave. The setting of the CRC2
length is 2-byte CRC in the V1 mode and 3-byte CRC in the V2 mode!
For fault value = 6070:
- check the setting of the value in the F parameter F_Par_Version at the PROFIsafe slave. The value for the F
parameter version is 0 in the V1 mode and 1 in the V2 mode!

SINAMICS G120C
658 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

For fault value = 6071:

- check the settings of the values of the F parameters and the F parameter CRC (CRC1) calculated from these at the
PROFIsafe slave and, if required, update.
For fault value = 6072:
- check the settings of the values for the F parameters and, if required, correct.
The following combinations are permissible for F parameters F_CRC_Length and F_Par_Version:
F_CRC_Length = 2-byte CRC and F_Par_Version = 0
F_CRC_Length = 3-byte CRC and F_Par_Version = 1
For fault value = 6165:
- if the fault occurs after powering up or after inserting the PROFIBUS/PROFINET cable, acknowledge the fault.
- check the configuration and communication at the PROFIsafe slave.
- check the setting of the value for F parameter F_WD_Time on the PROFIsafe slave and increase if necessary.
- check whether all F parameters of the drive match the F parameters of the F host.
For fault value = 6166:
- check the configuration and communication at the PROFIsafe slave.
- check the setting of the value for F parameter F_WD_Time on the PROFIsafe slave and increase if necessary.
- evaluate diagnostic information in the F host.
- check PROFIsafe connection.
- check whether all F parameters of the drive match the F parameters of the F host.
For fault values that are described in "Cause":
- carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on).
- contact Technical Support.
- replace Control Unit.
Note:
F-DI: Fail-safe Digital Input
STO: Safe Torque Off

N01620 (F, A) SI P1 (CU): Safe Torque Off active

Message class: Safety monitoring channel has identified an error (10)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The "Safe Torque Off" (STO) function has been selected on processor 1 using the input terminal and is active.
Note:
This message does not result in a safety stop response.
Remedy: Not necessary.
Note:
STO: Safe Torque Off

F01625 SI P1 (CU): Sign-of-life error in safety data

Message class: Internal (DRIVE-CLiQ) communication error (12)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: The drive-integrated "Safety Integrated" function on processor 1 has detected an error in the sign-of-life of the safety
data and initiated a STOP A.
- there is a communication error between processor 1 and processor 2 or communication has failed.
- a time slice overflow of the safety software has occurred.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - select Safe Torque Off and de-select again.
- carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on).
- check whether additional faults are present and if required, perform diagnostics.
- check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance
- check whether an impermissible voltage is connected at one of the digital outputs.
- check whether a digital output is loaded with an impermissible current.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 659
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F01640 SI P1 (CU): component replacement identified and acknowledgment/save required

Message class: General drive fault (19)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The "Safety Integrated" function integrated in the drive has identified that a component has been replaced.
It is no longer possible to operate the drive.
When safety functions are active, after a component has been replaced it is necessary to carry out a partial
acceptance test.
Fault value (r0949, interpret binary):
Bit 0 = 1:
It has been identified that the Control Unit has been replaced.
Bit 1 = 1:
It has been identified that the Motor Module/Hydraulic Module has been replaced.
Bit 2 = 1:
It has been identified that the Power Module has been replaced.
Bit 3 = 1:
It has been identified that the Sensor Module channel 1 has been replaced.
Bit 4 = 1:
It has been identified that the Sensor Module channel 2 has been replaced.
Bit 5 = 1:
It has been identified that the sensor channel 1 has been replaced.
Bit 6 = 1:
It has been identified that sensor channel 2 has been replaced.
Remedy: - acknowledge component replacement (p9702 = 29).
- save all parameters (p0977 = 1 or p0971 = 1 or "copy RAM to ROM").
- acknowledge fault (e.g. BI: p2103).
Note:
In addition to the fault, diagnostics bits r9776.2 and r9776.3 are set.
See also: r9776 (SI diagnostics)

F01641 SI P1 (CU): component replacement identified and save required

Message class: General drive fault (19)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The "Safety Integrated" function integrated in the drive has identified that a component has been replaced.
No additional fault response is initiated, therefore operation of the particular drive is not restricted.
When safety functions are active, after a component has been replaced it is necessary to carry out a partial
acceptance test.
Fault value (r0949, interpret binary):
Bit 0 = 1:
It has been identified that the Control Unit has been replaced.
Bit 1 = 1:
It has been identified that the Motor Module/Hydraulic Module has been replaced.
Bit 2 = 1:
It has been identified that the Power Module has been replaced.
Bit 3 = 1:
It has been identified that the Sensor Module channel 1 has been replaced.
Bit 4 = 1:
It has been identified that the Sensor Module channel 2 has been replaced.
Bit 5 = 1:
It has been identified that the sensor channel 1 has been replaced.
Bit 6 = 1:
It has been identified that sensor channel 2 has been replaced.

SINAMICS G120C
660 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Remedy: - save all parameters (p0977 = 1 or p0971 = 1 or "copy RAM to ROM").

- acknowledge fault (e.g. BI: p2103).
See also: r9776 (SI diagnostics)

F01649 SI P1 (CU): Internal software error

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: An internal error in the Safety Integrated software on processor 1 has occurred.
Note:
This fault results in a STOP A that cannot be acknowledged.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on).
- re-commission the "Safety Integrated" function and carry out a POWER ON.
- contact Technical Support.
- replace Control Unit.

F01650 SI P1 (CU): Acceptance test required

Message class: Safety monitoring channel has identified an error (10)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: The drive-integrated "Safety Integrated" function on processor 1 requires an acceptance test.
Note:
This fault results in a STOP A that can be acknowledged.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
130: Safety parameters for processor 2 not available.
Note:
This fault value is always output when Safety Integrated is commissioned for the first time.
1000: Reference and actual checksum on processor 1 are not identical (booting).
- at least one checksum-checked piece of data is defective.
2000: Reference and actual checksum on processor 1 are not identical (commissioning mode).
- reference checksum incorrectly entered on processor 1 (p9799 not equal to r9798).
2001: Reference and actual checksum on processor 2 are not identical (commissioning mode).
- reference checksum incorrectly entered on processor 2 (p9899 not equal to r9898).
2002: Enable of safety-related functions between the processor 1 and processor 2 differ (p9601 not equal to p9801).
2003: Acceptance test is required as a safety parameter has been changed.
2004: An acceptance test is required because a project with enabled safety-functions has been downloaded.
2005: The Safety logbook has identified that a functional safety checksum has changed. An acceptance test is
required.
2020: Error when saving the safety parameters for the processor 2.
9999: Subsequent response of another safety-related fault that occurred when booting that requires an acceptance
test.
Remedy: For fault value = 130:
- carry out safety commissioning routine.
For fault value = 1000:
- again carry out safety commissioning routine.
- replace the memory card or Control Unit.
- Using STARTER, activate the safety parameters for the drive involved (change settings, copy parameters, activate
settings).
For fault value = 2000:
- check the safety parameters on processor 1 and adapt the reference checksum (p9799).
For fault value = 2001:
- check the safety parameters on processor 2 and adapt the reference checksum (p9899).

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 661
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

For fault value = 2002:

- enable the safety-related functions on processor 1 and check processor 2 (p9601 = p9801).
For fault value = 2003, 2004, 2005:
- carry out an acceptance test and generate an acceptance report.
The fault with fault value 2005 can only be acknowledged when the "STO" function is de-selected.
For fault value = 2010:
- check the enable the safety-related brake control on both monitoring channels (p9602 = p9802).
For fault value = 2020:
- again carry out safety commissioning routine.
- replace the memory card or Control Unit.
For fault value = 9999:
- carry out diagnostics for the other safety-related fault that is present.
Note:
STO: Safe Torque Off
See also: p9799 (SI reference checksum SI parameters (processor 1)), p9899 (SI reference checksum SI
parameters (processor 2))

F01651 SI P1 (CU): Synchronization safety time slices unsuccessful

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: The "Safety Integrated" function requires synchronization of the safety time slices between processor 1 and
processor 2. This synchronization routine was unsuccessful.
Note:
This fault results in a STOP A that cannot be acknowledged.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on).

F01653 SI P1 (CU): PROFIBUS/PROFINET configuration error

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE (OFF1, OFF2, OFF3)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: There is a PROFIBUS/PROFINET configuration error for using Safety Integrated monitoring functions with a higher-
level control.
Note:
For safety functions that have been enabled, this fault results in a STOP A that cannot be acknowledged.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
200: A safety slot for receive data from the control has not been configured.
210, 220: The configured safety slot for the receive data from the control has an unknown format.
230: The configured safety slot for the receive data from the F-PLC has the incorrect length.
231: The configured safety slot for the receive data from the F-PLC has the incorrect length.
250: A PROFIsafe slot is configured in the higher-level F control, however PROFIsafe is not enabled in the drive.
300: A safety slot for the send data to the control has not been configured.
310, 320: The configured safety slot for the send data to the control has an unknown format.
330: The configured safety slot for the send data to the F-PLC has the incorrect length.
331: The configured safety slot for the send data to the F-PLC has the incorrect length.
Remedy: The following generally applies:
- check and, if necessary, correct the PROFIBUS/PROFINET configuration of the safety slot on the master side.
- upgrade the Control Unit software.
For fault value = 250:
- remove the PROFIsafe configuring in the higher-level F control or enable PROFIsafe in the drive.
For fault value = 231, 331:
- configure PROFIsafe telegram 30 in the F-PLC.

SINAMICS G120C
662 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A01654 (F) SI P1 (CU): Deviating PROFIsafe configuration

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The configuration of a PROFIsafe telegram in the higher-level control (F-PLC) does not match the parameterization
in the drive.
Note:
This message does not result in a safety stop response.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
1:
A PROFIsafe telegram is configured in the higher-level control, however PROFIsafe is not enabled in the drive
(p9601.3).
2:
PROFIsafe is parameterized in the drive; however, a PROFIsafe telegram has not been configured in the higher-level
control.
Remedy: The following generally applies:
- check and, if necessary, correct the PROFIsafe configuration in the higher-level control.
For alarm value = 1:
- remove the PROFIsafe configuring in the higher-level F control or enable PROFIsafe in the drive.
For alarm value = 2:
- configure the PROFIsafe telegram to match the parameterization in the higher-level F-control.

F01655 SI P1 (CU): Align monitoring functions

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: An error has occurred when aligning the Safety Integrated monitoring functions on processor 1 and processor 2. No
common set of supported SI monitoring functions was able to be determined.
- there is a communication error between processor 1 and processor 2 or communication has failed.
Note:
This fault results in a STOP A that cannot be acknowledged.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on).
- check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance

F01656 SI P1 (CU): Parameter processor 2 error

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: When accessing the Safety Integrated parameters for the processor 2 in the non-volatile memory, an error has
occurred.
Note:
This fault results in a STOP A that can be acknowledged.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
129: Safety parameters for processor 2 corrupted.
131: Internal software error
132: Communication errors when uploading or downloading the safety parameters.
255: Internal software error on the Control Unit.
Remedy: - re-commission the safety functions.
- replace the memory card or Control Unit.
For fault value = 129:
- activate the safety commissioning mode (p0010 = 95).
- adapt the PROFIsafe address (p9610).
- start the copy function for SI parameters (p9700 = D0 hex).
- acknowledge data change (p9701 = DC hex).

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 663
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

- exit the safety commissioning mode (p0010 = 0).

- save all parameters (p0971 = 1 or "copy RAM to ROM").
- carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on) for the Control Unit.
For fault value = 132:
- check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance

F01658 SI P1 (CU): PROFIsafe telegram number not suitable

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: The PROFIsafe telegram number in p60022 is unsuitable for the enabled safety functions.
Possible causes:
- When PROFIsafe is not enabled (p9601.3 = 0), then it is not permissible to select a PROFIsafe telegram in p60022.
- When PROFIsafe is enabled (p9601.3 = 1), then a PROFIsafe telegram must be selected in p60022.
Note:
This fault does not result in a safety stop response.
See also: p9601 (SI enable functions integrated in the drive (processor 1)), p60022 (PROFIsafe telegram selection)
Remedy: Select the telegram number that matches the Safety functions that have been enabled.

F01659 SI P1 (CU): Write request for parameter rejected

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: The write request for one or several Safety Integrated parameters on processor 1 was rejected.
Note:
This fault does not result in a safety stop response.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: The Safety Integrated password is not set.
2: A reset of the drive parameters was selected. However, the Safety Integrated parameters were not reset, as
Safety Integrated is presently enabled.
3: The interconnected STO input is in the simulation mode.
10: An attempt was made to enable the STO function although this cannot be supported.
14: An attempt was made to enable the PROFIsafe communications although this cannot be supported.
15: An attempt was made to enable the motion monitoring functions integrated in the drive although these cannot be
supported.
18: An attempt was made to enable the PROFIsafe function for Basic Functions although this cannot be supported.
20: An attempt was made to simultaneously enable both the drive-integrated motion monitoring functions via
integrated F-DI and STO via terminals, even though these cannot be supported at the same time.
21: An attempt was made to enable the Safety Integrated functions although these cannot be supported by the
connected Power Module.
26: At a digital input of the Control Unit used by Safety Integrated, an attempt was made to activate the simulation
mode.
28: An attempt was made to enable the "STO via terminals at the Power Module" function although this cannot be
supported.
See also: p0970 (Reset drive parameters), p3900 (Completion of quick commissioning), r9771 (SI common functions
(processor 1)), r9871 (SI common functions (processor 2))
Remedy: For fault value = 1:
- set the Safety Integrated password (p9761).
For fault value = 2:
- inhibit Safety Integrated (p9501, p9601) or reset safety parameters (p0970 = 5), then reset the drive parameters
again.
For fault value = 3:
- end the simulation mode for the digital input (p0795).
For fault value = 10, 14, 15, 18:
- check whether there are faults in the safety function alignment (F01655, F30655) and if required, carry out
diagnostics for the faults involved.
- use a Control Unit that supports the required function.

SINAMICS G120C
664 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

For fault value = 20:

- correct the enable setting (p9601).
For fault value = 21:
- use a Power Module that supports the Safety Integrated functions.
For fault value = 26:
- deactivate the simulation mode for the set signal source for STO (p9620) (p0795).
- deactivate the simulation mode (p0795) for the F-DIs used by the Safety Integrated functions (r10049, p10006,
p10009).
- For the set test stop of the F-DO with feedback signal input (p10046, p10047), check the simulation mode, and if
required, deactivate (p0795).
For fault value = 28: use the power unit with the feature "STO via terminals at the Power Module".
Note:
F-DI: Fail-safe Digital Input
STO: Safe Torque Off
See also: p9601 (SI enable functions integrated in the drive (processor 1)), p9761 (SI password input), p9801 (SI
enable functions integrated in the drive (processor 2))

F01660 SI P1 (CU): Safety-related functions not supported

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: The Power Module does not support the safety-related functions. Safety Integrated cannot be commissioned.
Note:
This fault does not result in a safety stop response.
Remedy: - use a Power Module that supports the safety-related functions.

F01662 Error internal communications

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: POWER ON
Cause: A module-internal communication error has occurred.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on).
- check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance
- check whether an impermissible voltage is connected at one of the digital outputs.
- check whether a digital output is loaded with an impermissible current.
- upgrade firmware to later version.
- contact Technical Support.

F01663 SI P1 (CU): Copying the SI parameters rejected

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: In p9700, the value 208 is saved or was entered offline.
This is the reason that when booting, an attempt is made to copy Safety Integrated parameters from processor 1 to
processor 2. However, no safety-relevant function has been selected on processor 1 (p9601 = 0). This is the reason
that copying is not possible.
Note:
This fault does not result in a safety stop response.
SI: Safety Integrated
See also: p9700 (SI copy function)
Remedy: - Set p9700 to 0.
- Check p9601 and if required, correct.
- restart the copying function by entering the corresponding value into p9700.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 665
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F01665 SI P1 (CU): System is defective

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: A system defect was detected before the last boot or in the actual one. The system might have been rebooted
(reset).
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
200000 hex, 400000 hex, 8000yy hex (yy any):
- fault in the actual booting/operation.
Additional values:
- defect before the last time that the system booted.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on).
- upgrade firmware to later version.
- contact Technical Support.
For fault value = 200000 hex, 400000 hex, 8000yy hex (yy any):
- ensure that the Control Unit is connected to the Power Module.

A01678 (F) SI: Test stop for STO via terminals required at the PM
Message class: Safety monitoring channel has identified an error (10)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The time (p9661) set to monitor the forced checking procedure (test stop) for the "STO via the terminals at the Power
Module" function has been exceeded. A new forced checking procedure is required.
After the next time the "STO via terminals at the Power Module" function is deselected, the message is withdrawn
and the monitoring time is reset.
Note:
- this message does not result in a safety stop response.
- the test must be performed within a defined, maximum time interval (p9661, maximum of 9000 hours) in order to
comply with the requirements as laid down in the standards for timely fault detection and the conditions to calculate
the failure rates of safety functions (PFH value). Operation beyond this maximum time period is permissible if it can
be ensured that the forced checking procedure is performed before persons enter the hazardous area and who are
depending on the safety functions correctly functioning.
Remedy: Select the "STO via terminals at the Power Module" function and then deselect again.
Note:
PM: Power Module
SI: Safety Integrated
STO: Safe Torque Off

A01693 (F) SI P1 (CU): Safety parameter setting changed, POWER ON required

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: Safety parameters have been changed; these will only take effect following a POWER ON.
Notice:
All changed parameters of the safety motion monitoring functions will only take effect following a POWER ON.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Parameter number of the safety parameter which has changed, necessitating a POWER ON.
Remedy: - execute the function "Copy RAM to ROM".
- carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on).

SINAMICS G120C
666 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A01698 (F) SI P1 (CU): Commissioning mode active

Message class: General drive fault (19)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The commissioning of the "Safety Integrated" function is selected.
This message is withdrawn after the safety functions have been commissioned.
Note:
- this message does not result in a safety stop response.
- in the safety commissioning mode, the "STO" function is internally selected.
See also: p0010 (Drive commissioning parameter filter)
Remedy: Not necessary.

A01699 (F) SI P1 (CU): Test stop for STO required

Message class: Safety monitoring channel has identified an error (10)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The time set in p9659 for the forced checking procedure (test stop) for the "STO" function has been exceeded. A new
forced checking procedure is required.
After the next time the "STO" function is de-selected, the message is withdrawn and the monitoring time is reset.
Note:
- this message does not result in a safety stop response.
- The test must be performed within a defined, maximum time interval (p9659, maximum of 9000 hours) in order to
comply with the requirements as laid down in the standards for timely fault detection and the conditions to calculate
the failure rates of safety functions (PFH value). Operation beyond this maximum time period is permissible if it can
be ensured that the forced checking procedure is performed before persons enter the hazardous area and who are
depending on the safety functions correctly functioning.
See also: p9659 (SI forced checking procedure timer), r9660 (SI forced checking procedure remaining time)
Remedy: Select STO and then de-select again.
Note:
SI: Safety Integrated
STO: Safe Torque Off

A01788 SI: Automatic test stop waits for STO deselection via motion monitoring functions
Message class: Safety monitoring channel has identified an error (10)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The automatic test stop (forced checking procedure) was not able to be carried out after powering up.
Possible causes:
- the STO function is selected via safe motion monitoring functions.
- a safety message is present, that resulted in a STO.
Note:
STO: Safe Torque Off
Remedy: - deselect STO via safe motion monitoring functions.
- remove the cause of the safety messages and acknowledge the messages.
Note:
The automatic test stop is performed after removing the cause.

A01790 SI: Power up stopped due to STO via terminals

Message class: Safety monitoring channel has identified an error (10)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: When powering up, the automatic internal self test of the Control Unit was not able to be completed as the pulses
were not enabled. It is possible that the "STO via terminals at the Power Module" function is being used, and STO is
selected in at least one hardware switch-off signal path at the Power Module.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 667
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Remedy: - Deselect STO via the STO terminals at the Power Module (connect STO_A and STO_B to 24 V).
- if required, deactivate the "STO via terminals at the Power Module" function via the DIP switch (both DIP switches
set to "OFF").
Note:
- After the cause has been removed, the Control Unit continues to power up.
- While the alarm remains, a possibly existing brake is kept closed.
STO: Safe Torque Off

A01796 (F, N) SI P1 (CU): Wait for communication

Message class: Communication error to the higher-level control system (9)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The drive waits for communication to be established to execute the safety-relevant motion monitoring functions.
Note:
In this state, the pulses are safely suppressed.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
3: Wait for communication to be established to PROFIsafe F-Host.
Remedy: If, after a longer period of time, the message is not automatically withdrawn, the following checks have to be made:
- check any other PROFIsafe communication messages/signals present and evaluate them.
- check the operating state of the F-Host.
- check the communication connection to the F Host.
See also: p9601 (SI enable functions integrated in the drive (processor 1)), p9801 (SI enable functions integrated in
the drive (processor 2))

A01900 (F) PROFIBUS: Configuration telegram error

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: A PROFIBUS master attempts to establish a connection using an incorrect configuring telegram.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
2: Too many PZD data words for input or output. The number of possible PZD is specified by the number of indices in
r2050/p2051.
3: Uneven number of bytes for input or output.
211: Unknown parameterizing block.
501: PROFIsafe parameter error (e.g. F_dest).
Additional values:
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: Check the bus configuration on the master and the slave sides.
For alarm value = 2:
Check the number of data words for input and output.
For alarm value = 211:
Ensure offline version <= online version.
For alarm value = 501:
Check the set PROFIsafe address (p9610).

F01910 (N, A) Fieldbus interface setpoint timeout

Message class: Communication error to the higher-level control system (9)
Reaction: OFF3 (IASC/DCBRK, NONE, OFF1, OFF2, STOP2)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The reception of setpoints from the fieldbus interface has been interrupted.
- bus connection interrupted.
- communication partner switched off.
For PROFIBUS:
- PROFIBUS master set into the STOP state.
See also: p2040 (Fieldbus interface monitoring time), p2047 (PROFIBUS additional monitoring time)

SINAMICS G120C
668 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Remedy: Ensure bus connection has been established and switch on communication partner.
- if required, adapt p2040.
For PROFIBUS:
- set the PROFIBUS master to the RUN state.
- if the error is repeated, check the set response monitoring in the bus configuration (HW Config).
- slave redundancy: For operation on a Y link, it must be ensured that "DP alarm mode = DPV1" is set in the slave
parameterization.

A01920 (F) PROFIBUS: Interruption cyclic connection

Message class: Communication error to the higher-level control system (9)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The cyclic connection to the PROFIBUS master is interrupted.
Remedy: Establish the PROFIBUS connection and activate the PROFIBUS master in the cyclic mode.
Note:
If there is no communication to a higher-level control system, then p2030 should be set = 0 to suppress this
message.
See also: p2030 (Field bus interface protocol selection)

A01945 PROFIBUS: Connection to the Publisher failed

Message class: Communication error to the higher-level control system (9)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: For PROFIBUS peer-to-peer data transfer, the connection to at least one Publisher has failed.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret binary):
Bit 0 = 1: Publisher with address in r2077[0], connection failed.
...
Bit 15 = 1: Publisher with address in r2077[15], connection failed.
Remedy: Check the PROFIBUS cables.
See also: r2077 (PROFIBUS diagnostics peer-to-peer data transfer addresses)

F01946 (A) PROFIBUS: Connection to the Publisher aborted

Message class: Communication error to the higher-level control system (9)
Reaction: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2, OFF3)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: The connection to at least one Publisher for PROFIBUS peer-to-peer data transfer in cyclic operation has been
aborted.
Fault value (r0949, interpret binary):
Bit 0 = 1: Publisher with address in r2077[0], connection aborted.
...
Bit 15 = 1: Publisher with address in r2077[15], connection aborted.
Remedy: - check the PROFIBUS cables.
- check the state of the Publisher that has the aborted connection.
See also: r2077 (PROFIBUS diagnostics peer-to-peer data transfer addresses)

F01951 CU SYNC: Synchronization application clock cycle missing

Message class: Internal (DRIVE-CLiQ) communication error (12)
Reaction: OFF2 (NONE)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: Internal synchronization of the application cycles unsuccessful.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on) for all components.
- upgrade the Control Unit software.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 669
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A01953 CU SYNC: Synchronization not completed

Message class: Internal (DRIVE-CLiQ) communication error (12)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: After the drive system was switched on, synchronization between the basic clock cycle and application clock cycle
was started but was not completed within the selected time tolerance.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on).

A02050 Trace: Start not possible

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The trace has already been started.
Remedy: Stop the trace and, if necessary, start again.

A02051 Trace: recording not possible as a result of know-how protection

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: TRACE recording is not possible as at least one signal or trigger signal being used is under know-how protection.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
1: Recorder 0
2: Recorder 1
3: Recorders 0 and 1
Remedy: - Temporarily activate or deactivate know-how protection (p7766).
- include the signal in the OEM exception list (p7763, p7764).
- Where relevant do not record the signal.
See also: p7763 (KHP OEM exception list number of indices for p7764), p7764 (KHP OEM exception list)

A02055 Trace: Recording time too short

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The trace duration is too short.
The minimum is twice the value of the trace clock cycle.
Remedy: Check the selected recording time and, if necessary, adjust.

A02056 Trace: Recording cycle too short

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The selected recording clock cycle is lower than the basic clock cycle 500µs.
Remedy: Increase the value for the trace cycle.

A02057 Trace: Time slice clock cycle invalid

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The time slice clock cycle selected does not match any of the existing time slices.
Remedy: Enter an existing time slice clock cycle. The existing time slices can be read out via p7901.

SINAMICS G120C
670 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A02058 Trace: Time slice clock cycle for endless trace not valid
Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The selected time slice clock cycle cannot be used for the endless trace
Remedy: Enter the clock cycle of an existing time slice with a cycle time >= 2 ms for up to 4 recording channels or >= 4 ms
from 5 recording channels per trace.
The existing time slices can be read out via p7901.

A02059 Trace: Time slice clock cycle for 2 x 8 recording channels not valid
Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The selected time slice clock cycle cannot be used for more than 4 recording channels.
Remedy: Enter the clock cycle of an existing time slice with a cycle time >= 4 ms or reduce the number of recording channels
to 4 per trace.
The existing time slices can be read out via p7901.

A02060 Trace: Signal to be traced missing

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: - a signal to be traced was not specified.
- the specified signals are not valid.
Remedy: - specify the signal to be traced.
- check whether the relevant signal can be traced.

A02061 Trace: Invalid signal

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: - the specified signal does not exist.
- the specified signal can no longer be traced (recorded).
Remedy: - specify the signal to be traced.
- check whether the relevant signal can be traced.

A02062 Trace: Invalid trigger signal

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: - a trigger signal was not specified.
- the specified signal does not exist.
- the specified signal is not a fixed-point signal.
- the specified signal cannot be used as a trigger signal for the trace.
Remedy: Specify a valid trigger signal.

A02063 Trace: Invalid data type

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The specified data type to select a signal using a physical address is invalid.
Remedy: Use a valid data type.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 671
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A02070 Trace: Parameter cannot be changed

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The trace parameter settings cannot be changed when the trace is active.
Remedy: - stop the trace before parameterization.
- if required, start the trace.

A02075 Trace: Pretrigger time too long

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The selected pretrigger time must be shorter than the trace time.
Remedy: Check the pretrigger time setting and change if necessary.

F02080 Trace: Parameterization deleted due to unit changeover

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The trace parameterization in the drive unit was deleted due to a unit changeover or a change in the reference
parameters.
Remedy: Restart trace.

A02095 MTrace 0: multiple trace cannot be activated

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The following functions or settings are not permissible in conjunction with a multiple trace (trace recorder 0):
- measuring function
- long-time trace
- trigger condition "immediate recording start" (IMMEDIATE)
- trigger condition "start with function generator" (FG_START)
Remedy: - if required, deactivate the multiple trace (p4840[0] = 0).
- deactivate function or setting that is not permissible

A02096 MTrace 0: cannot be saved

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: It is not possible to save the measurement results of a multiple trace on the memory card (trace recorder 0).
A multiple trace is not started or is canceled.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
1: Memory card cannot be accessed.
- card is not inserted or is blocked by a mounted USB drive.
3: data save operation to slow.
- a second trace has been completed before the measurement results of the first trace were able to be saved.
- writing the measurement result files to the card is blocked by the parameter save.
4: Data save operation canceled.
- for instance, the file required for the data save operation was not able to be found.
Remedy: - insert or remove the memory card.
- use a larger memory card.
- configure a longer trace time or use an endless trace.
- avoid saving parameters while a multiple trace is running.
- check whether other functions are presently accessing measurement result files.

SINAMICS G120C
672 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A02097 MTrace 1: multiple trace cannot be activated

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The following functions or settings are not permissible in conjunction with a multiple trace (trace recorder 1):
- measuring function
- long-time trace
- trigger condition "immediate recording start" (IMMEDIATE)
- trigger condition "start with function generator" (FG_START)
Remedy: - if required, deactivate the multiple trace (p4840[1] = 0).
- deactivate function or setting that is not permissible

A02098 MTrace 1: cannot be saved

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: It is not possible to save the measurement results of a multiple trace on the memory card (trace recorder 1).
A multiple trace is not started or is canceled.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
1: Memory card cannot be accessed.
- card is not inserted or is blocked by a mounted USB drive.
3: data save operation to slow.
- a second trace has been completed before the measurement results of the first trace were able to be saved.
- writing the measurement result files to the card is blocked by the parameter save.
4: Data save operation canceled.
- for instance, the file required for the data save operation was not able to be found.
Remedy: - insert or remove the memory card.
- use a larger memory card.
- configure a longer trace time or use an endless trace.
- avoid saving parameters while a multiple trace is running.
- check whether other functions are presently accessing measurement result files.

A02099 Trace: Insufficient Control Unit memory

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The memory space still available on the Control Unit is no longer sufficient for the trace function.
Remedy: Reduce the memory required, e.g. as follows:
- reduce the trace time.
- increase the trace clock cycle.
- reduce the number of signals to be traced.

A02150 OA: Application cannot be loaded

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The system was not able to load an OA application.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal):
16:
The interface version in the DCB user library is not compatible to the DCC standard library that has been loaded.
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on) for all components.
- upgrade firmware to later version.
- contact Technical Support.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 673
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

For alarm value = 16:

Load a compatible DCB user library (compatible to the interface of the DCC standard library).
Note:
OA: Open Architecture
DCB: Drive Control Block
DCC: Drive Control Chart

F02151 (A) OA: Internal software error

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: OFF2 (NONE, OFF1, OFF3)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: An internal software error has occurred within an OA application.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on) for all components.
- upgrade firmware to later version.
- contact Technical Support.
- replace the Control Unit.
Note:
OA: Open Architecture

F02152 (A) OA: Insufficient memory

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: OFF1
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: Too many functions have been configured on this Control Unit (e.g. too many drives, function modules, data sets, OA
applications, blocks, etc.).
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - change the configuration on this Control Unit (e.g. fewer drives, function modules, data sets, OA applications,
blocks, etc.).
- use an additional Control Unit.
Note:
OA: Open Architecture

F03000 NVRAM fault on action

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: A fault occurred during execution of action p7770 = 1 or 2 for the NVRAM data.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
yyxx hex: yy = fault cause, xx = application ID
yy = 1:
The action p7770 = 1 is not supported by this version if Drive Control Chart (DCC) is activated for the drive object
concerned.
yy = 2:
The data length of the specified application is not the same in the NVRAM and the backup.
yy = 3:
The data checksum in p7774 is not correct.
yy = 4:
No data available to load.
Remedy: - Perform the remedy according to the results of the troubleshooting.
- if necessary, start the action again.

SINAMICS G120C
674 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F03001 NVRAM checksum incorrect

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: A checksum error occurred when evaluating the non-volatile data (NVRAM) on the Control Unit.
The NVRAM data affected was deleted.
Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on) for all components.

F03505 (N, A) Analog input wire breakage

Message class: External measured value / signal state outside the permissible range (16)
Reaction: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: The wire-break monitoring for an analog input has responded.
The input value of the analog input has undershot the threshold value parameterized in p0761[0...3].
p0756[0]: analog input 0 (only CU240D-2)
p0756[1]: analog input 1 (only CU240D-2)
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
yxxx dec
y = analog input (0 = analog input 0 (AI 0), 1 = analog input 1 (AI 1))
xxx = component number (p0151)
Note:
For the following analog input type, the wire breakage monitoring is active:
p0756[0...1] = 1 (2 ... 10 V with monitoring)
Remedy: - Check the connection to the signal source for interruptions.
- check the magnitude of the injected current - it is possible that the infed signal is too low.
Note:
The input current measured by the analog input can be read in r0752[x].

A03510 (F, N) Calibration data not plausible

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: During booting, the calibration data for the analog inputs is read and checked with respect to plausibility.
At least one calibration data point was determined to be invalid.
Remedy: - switch-off/switch-on the power supply for the Control Unit.
Note:
If it reoccurs, then replace the module.
In principle, operation could continue.
The analog channel involved possibly does not achieve the specified accuracy.

A05000 (N) Power unit: Overtemperature heat sink AC inverter

Message class: Power electronics faulted (5)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The alarm threshold for overtemperature at the inverter heat sink has been reached. The response is set using
p0290.
If the heat sink temperature exceeds the value set in p0292[0], then fault F30004 is output.
Remedy: Check the following:
- is the ambient temperature within the defined limit values?
- have the load conditions and the load duty cycle been appropriately dimensioned?
- has the cooling failed?

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 675
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A05001 (N) Power unit: Overtemperature depletion layer chip

Message class: Power electronics faulted (5)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: Alarm threshold for overtemperature of the power semiconductor in the AC converter has been reached.
Note:
- the response is set using p0290.
- if the temperature of the barrier layer increases by the value set in p0292[1], then fault F30025 is initiated.
Remedy: Check the following:
- is the ambient temperature within the defined limit values?
- have the load conditions and the load duty cycle been appropriately dimensioned?
- has the cooling failed?
- pulse frequency too high?
See also: r0037 (Power unit temperatures), p0290 (Power unit overload response)

A05002 (N) Power unit: Air intake overtemperature

Message class: Power electronics faulted (5)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: For chassis power units, the following applies:
The alarm threshold for the air intake overtemperature has been reached. For air-cooled power units, the threshold is
42 °C (hysteresis 2 K). The response is set using p0290.
If the air intake temperature increases by an additional 13 K, then fault F30035 is output.
Remedy: Check the following:
- is the ambient temperature within the defined limit values?
- has the fan failed? Check the direction of rotation.

A05004 (N) Power unit: Rectifier overtemperature

Message class: Power electronics faulted (5)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The alarm threshold for the overtemperature of the rectifier has been reached. The response is set using p0290.
If the temperature of the rectifier increases by an additional 5 K, then fault F30037 is triggered.
Remedy: Check the following:
- is the ambient temperature within the defined limit values?
- have the load conditions and the load duty cycle been appropriately dimensioned?
- has the fan failed? Check the direction of rotation.
- has a phase of the line supply failed?
- is an arm of the supply (incoming) rectifier defective?

A05006 (N) Power unit: Overtemperature thermal model

Message class: Power electronics faulted (5)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The temperature difference between the chip and heat sink has exceeded the permissible limit value (blocksize
power units only).
Depending on p0290, an appropriate overload response is initiated.
See also: r0037 (Power unit temperatures)
Remedy: Not necessary.
The alarm disappears automatically once the limit value is undershot.
Note:
If the alarm does not disappear automatically and the temperature continues to rise, this can result in fault F30024.
See also: p0290 (Power unit overload response)

SINAMICS G120C
676 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A05065 (F, N) Voltage measured values not plausible

Message class: Power electronics faulted (5)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The voltage measurement does not supply any plausible values and is not used.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret bitwise binary):
Bit 1: Phase U
Bit 2: Phase V
Bit 3: Phase W
Remedy: The following parameterization must be made in order to deactivate the alarm:
- Deactivate voltage measurement (p0247.0 = 0).
- Deactivate flying restart with voltage measurement (p0247.5 = 0) and deactivate fast flying restart (p1780.11 = 0).

F06310 (A) Supply voltage (p0210) incorrectly parameterized

Message class: Network fault (2)
Reaction: NONE (OFF1, OFF2)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: The measured DC voltage lies outside the tolerance range after precharging has been completed.
Permissible range:
1.16 * p0210 < r0070 < 1.6 * p0210
Note:
The fault can only be acknowledged when the drive is switched off.
See also: p0210 (Drive unit line supply voltage)
Remedy: - check the parameterized supply voltage and if required change (p0210).
- check the line supply voltage.
See also: p0210 (Drive unit line supply voltage)

A06921 (N) Braking resistor phase asymmetry

Message class: Braking Module faulted (14)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: - the three resistors of the braking chopper are not symmetrical.
- DC link voltage oscillations caused by fluctuating loads of the connected drives.
Remedy: - check the feeder cables to the braking resistors.
- if required, increase the value for detecting asymmetry (p1364).

F06922 Braking resistor phase failure

Message class: Braking Module faulted (14)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: A phase failure for the brake resistor was detected.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
11: Phase U
12: Phase V
13: Phase W
Remedy: Check the feeder cables to the braking resistors.

F07011 Drive: Motor overtemperature

Message class: Motor overload (8)
Reaction: OFF2 (NONE, OFF1, OFF3, STOP2)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: KTY84/PT1000:
The motor temperature has exceeded the fault threshold (p0605) or the timer (p0606) after the alarm threshold was
exceeded (p0604) has expired. The response parameterized in p0610 becomes active. The alarm is withdrawn if the
response threshold for wire breakage or sensor not connected is exceeded (R > 2120 Ohm).

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 677
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

PTC or bimetallic NC contact:

The response threshold of 1650 Ohm was exceeded or the NC contact opened and the timer (p0606) has expired.
The response parameterized in p0610 becomes active.
Possible causes:
- motor is overloaded.
- motor ambient temperature too high.
- wire breakage or sensor not connected.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
200:
Motor temperature model 1 (I2t): temperature too high.
See also: p0604, p0605, p0606, p0612, p0613, p0625, p0626, p0627, p0628
Remedy: - reduce the motor load.
- check the ambient temperature and the motor ventilation.
- check the wiring and the connection of the PTC or bimetallic NC contact.
See also: p0604, p0605, p0606, p0612, p0625, p0626, p0627, p0628

A07012 (N) Drive: Motor temperature model 1/3 overtemperature

Message class: Motor overload (8)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The motor temperature model 1/3 identified that the alarm threshold was exceeded.
Hysteresis:2K.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
200:
Motor temperature model 1 (I2t): temperature too high.
300:
Motor temperature model 3: temperature too high.
See also: r0034 (Motor utilization thermal), p0605 (Mot_temp_mod 1/2/sensor threshold and temperature value),
p0611 (I2t motor model thermal time constant), p0612 (Mot_temp_mod activation), p0613 (Mot_temp_mod 1/3
ambient temperature)
Remedy: - check the motor load and if required, reduce.
- check the motor ambient temperature.
- check activation of the motor temperature model (p0612).
Motor temperature model 1 (I2t):
- check the thermal time constant (p0611).
- check alarm threshold.
Motor temperature model 3:
- check the motor type.
- check alarm threshold.
- check the model parameters.
See also: r0034 (Motor utilization thermal), p0605 (Mot_temp_mod 1/2/sensor threshold and temperature value),
p0611 (I2t motor model thermal time constant), p0612 (Mot_temp_mod activation), r5397 (Mot_temp_mod 3 ambient
temperature image p0613)

A07014 (N) Drive: Motor temperature model configuration alarm

Message class: Motor overload (8)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: A fault has occurred in the configuration of the motor temperature model.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
1:
All motor temperature models: It is not possible to save the model temperature
See also: p0610 (Motor overtemperature response)
Remedy: - set the response for motor overtemperature to "Alarm and fault, no reduction of I_max" (p0610 = 2).
See also: p0610 (Motor overtemperature response)

SINAMICS G120C
678 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A07015 Drive: Motor temperature sensor alarm

Message class: External measured value / signal state outside the permissible range (16)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: An error was detected when evaluating the temperature sensor set in p0601.
With the fault, the time in p0607 is started. If the fault is still present after this time has expired, then fault F07016 is
output; however, at the earliest, 50 ms after alarm A07015.
Possible causes:
- wire breakage or sensor not connected (KTY: R > 2120 Ohm, PT1000: R > 2120 Ohm).
- measured resistance too low (PTC: R < 20 Ohm, KTY: R < 50 Ohm, PT1000: R < 603 Ohm).
Remedy: - make sure that the sensor is connected correctly.
- check the parameterization (p0601).
See also: r0035 (Motor temperature), p0601 (Motor temperature sensor type), p0607 (Temperature sensor fault
timer)

F07016 Drive: Motor temperature sensor fault

Message class: External measured value / signal state outside the permissible range (16)
Reaction: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2, OFF3, STOP2)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: An error was detected when evaluating the temperature sensor set in p0601.
Possible causes:
- wire breakage or sensor not connected (KTY: R > 2120 Ohm, PT1000: R > 2120 Ohm).
- measured resistance too low (PTC: R < 20 Ohm, KTY: R < 50 Ohm, PT1000: R < 603 Ohm).
Note:
If alarm A07015 is present, the time in p0607 is started. If the fault is still present after this time has expired, then fault
F07016 is output; however, at the earliest, 50 ms after alarm A07015.
See also: p0607 (Temperature sensor fault timer)
Remedy: - make sure that the sensor is connected correctly.
- check the parameterization (p0601).
- induction motors: Deactivate temperature sensor fault (p0607 = 0).
See also: r0035 (Motor temperature), p0601 (Motor temperature sensor type), p0607 (Temperature sensor fault
timer)

F07080 Drive: Incorrect control parameter

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: The closed-loop control parameters have been parameterized incorrectly (e.g. p0356 = L_spread = 0).
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
The fault value includes the parameter number involved.
See also: p0310, p0311, p0341, p0344, p0350, p0354, p0356, p0357, p0358, p0360, p0640, p1082, p1300
Remedy: Modify the parameter indicated in the fault value (r0949) (e.g. p0640 = current limit > 0).
See also: p0311, p0341, p0344, p0350, p0354, p0356, p0358, p0360, p0640, p1082

F07082 Macro: Execution not possible

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The macro cannot be executed.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
ccccbbaa hex:
cccc = preliminary parameter number, bb = supplementary information, aa = fault cause
Fault causes for the trigger parameter itself:
19: Called file is not valid for the trigger parameter.
20: Called file is not valid for parameter 15.
21: Called file is not valid for parameter 700.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 679
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

22: Called file is not valid for parameter 1000.

23: Called file is not valid for parameter 1500.
24: Data type of a TAG is incorrect (e.g. Index, number or bit is not U16).
Fault causes for the parameters to be set:
25: Error level has an undefined value.
26: Mode has an undefined value.
27: A value was entered as string in the tag value that is not "DEFAULT".
31: Entered drive object type unknown.
32: A device was not able to be found for the determined drive object number.
34: A trigger parameter was recursively called.
35: It is not permissible to write to the parameter via macro.
36: Check, writing to a parameter unsuccessful, parameter can only be read, not available, incorrect data type, value
range or assignment incorrect.
37: Source parameter for a BICO interconnection was not able to be determined.
38: An index was set for a non-indexed (or CDS-dependent) parameter.
39: No index was set for an indexed parameter.
41: A bit operation is only permissible for parameters with the parameter format DISPLAY_BIN.
42: A value not equal to 0 or 1 was set for a BitOperation.
43: Reading the parameter to be changed by the BitOperation was unsuccessful.
51: Factory setting for DEVICE may only be executed on the DEVICE.
61: The setting of a value was unsuccessful.
Remedy: - check the parameter involved.
- check the macro file and BICO interconnection.
See also: p0015 (Macro drive unit), p1000 (Speed setpoint selection)

F07083 Macro: ACX file not found

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The ACX file (macro) to be executed was not able to be found in the appropriate directory.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Parameter number with which the execution was started.
See also: p0015 (Macro drive unit), p1000 (Speed setpoint selection)
Remedy: - check whether the file is saved in the appropriate directory on the memory card.

F07084 Macro: Condition for WaitUntil not fulfilled

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The WaitUntil condition set in the macro was not fulfilled in a certain number of attempts.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Parameter number for which the condition was set.
Remedy: Check and correct the conditions for the WaitUntil loop.

F07086 Units changeover: Parameter limit violation due to reference value change
Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: A reference parameter was changed in the system. This resulted in the fact that for the parameters involved, the
selected value was not able to be written in the per unit notation.
The values of the parameters were set to the corresponding violated minimum limit/maximum limit or to the factory
setting.
Possible causes:
- the steady-state minimum limit/maximum limit or that defined in the application was violated.

SINAMICS G120C
680 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Fault value (r0949, parameter):

Diagnostics parameter to display the parameters that were not able to be re-calculated.
See also: p0304, p0305, p0310, p0596, p2000, p2001, p2002, p2003, r2004
Remedy: Check the adapted parameter value and if required correct.

F07088 Units changeover: Parameter limit violation due to units changeover

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: A changeover of units was initiated. This resulted in a violation of a parameter limit
Possible causes for the violation of a parameter limit:
- When rounding off a parameter corresponding to its decimal places, the steady-state minimum limit or maximum
limit was violated.
- inaccuracies for the data type "FloatingPoint".
In these cases, when the minimum limit is violated then the parameter value is rounded up and when the maximum
limited is violated the parameter value is rounded down.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Diagnostics parameter to display all parameters whose value had to be adapted.
See also: p0100 (IEC/NEMA mot stds), p0505 (Selecting the system of units), p0595 (Technological unit selection)
Remedy: Check the adapted parameter values and if required correct.

A07089 Changing over units: Function module activation is blocked because the units have
been changed over
Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: An attempt was made to activate a function module. This is not permissible if the units have already been changed
over.
See also: p0100 (IEC/NEMA mot stds), p0505 (Selecting the system of units)
Remedy: Restore units that have been changed over to the factory setting.

A07092 Drive: moment of inertia estimator still not ready

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The moment of inertia estimator still has no valid values.
The acceleration cannot be calculated.
The moment of inertia estimator is ready, if the frictional values (p1563, p1564) as well as the moment of inertia value
(p1493) have been determined (r1407.26 = 1).
Remedy: Repeat the operation when the moment of inertia estimator is ready (r1407.26 = 1).

A07094 General parameter limit violation

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: As a result of the violation of a parameter limit, the parameter value was automatically corrected.
Minimum limit violated --> parameter is set to the minimum value.
Maximum limit violated --> parameter is set to the maximum value.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Parameter number, whose value had to be adapted.
Remedy: Check the adapted parameter values and if required correct.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 681
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A07200 Drive: Master control ON command present

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The ON/OFF1 command is present (no 0 signal).
The command is either influenced via binector input p0840 (current CDS) or control word bit 0 via the master control.
Remedy: Switch the signal via binector input p0840 (current CDS) or control word bit 0 via the master control to 0.

F07220 (N, A) Drive: Master control by PLC missing

Message class: Communication error to the higher-level control system (9)
Reaction: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2, OFF3, STOP2)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The "master control by PLC" signal was missing in operation.
- interconnection of the binector input for "master control by PLC" is incorrect (p0854).
- the higher-level control has withdrawn the "master control by PLC" signal.
- data transfer via the fieldbus (master/drive) was interrupted.
Remedy: - check the interconnection of the binector input for "master control by PLC" (p0854).
- check the "master control by PLC" signal and, if required, switch in.
- check the data transfer via the fieldbus (master/drive).
Note:
If the drive should continue to operate after withdrawing "master control by PLC" then fault response must be
parameterized to NONE or the message type should be parameterized as alarm.

F07320 Drive: Automatic restart interrupted

Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: - the specified number of restart attempts (p1211) has been completely used up because within the monitoring time
(p1213) the faults were not able to be acknowledged. The number of restart attempts (p1211) is decremented at
each new start attempt.
- the monitoring time for the power unit has expired.
- when exiting commissioning or at the end of the motor identification routine or the speed controller optimization, the
drive unit is not automatically powered up again.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - increase the number of restart attempts (p1211).
- increase the delay time in p1212 and/or the monitoring time in p1213.
- reduce the delay time to reset the start counter p1213[1] so that fewer faults are registered in the time interval.

A07321 Drive: Automatic restart active

Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The automatic restart (AR) is active. When the line supply returns and/or the causes of the existing faults are
removed the drive is automatically restarted. The pulses are enabled and the motor starts to rotate.
For p1210 = 26, restarting is realized with the delayed setting of the ON command.
Remedy: - the automatic restart (AR) should, if required, be inhibited (p1210 = 0).
- an automatic restart can be directly interrupted by withdrawing the switch-on command (BI: p0840).
- for p1210 = 26: by withdrawing the OFF2- / OFF3 command.

F07330 Flying restart: Measured search current too low

Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17)
Reaction: OFF2 (NONE, OFF1)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: During a flying restart, it was identified that the search current reached is too low.
It is possible that the motor is not connected.

SINAMICS G120C
682 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Remedy: Check the motor feeder cables.

F07331 Flying restart: Function not supported

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: OFF2 (NONE, OFF1)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: It is not possible to power up with the motor rotating (no flying restart).
In the following cases, the "flying restart" function is not supported:
PMSM: operation with U/f characteristic and sensorless vector control.
Note:
PMSM: permanent-magnet synchronous motor
Remedy: Deactivate the "flying restart" function (p1200 = 0).

F07332 Flying restart: maximum speed reduced

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: OFF2 (NONE, OFF1)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The maximum speed that can be reached is reduced; at very high speeds problems associated with the flying restart
can be encountered.
Possible causes:
- power ratio, power unit/motor too high
Remedy: Parameter changes are not required.
Note:
A flying restart at speeds above 3000 rpm should be avoided.

A07352 Drive: Limit switch signals not plausible

Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: Limit switch signals are not plausible.
Possible causes:
- BICO interconnections are not OK (p3342, p3343).
- sensors are not supplying a valid signal (both supply a 0 signal).
Remedy: - check the BICO interconnections for the limit switch signals.
- check the sensors.
See also: p3342 (Limit switch plus), p3343 (Limit switch minus)

A07400 (N) Drive: DC link voltage maximum controller active

Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The DC link voltage controller has been activated because the upper switch-in threshold has been exceeded (r1242,
r1282).
The ramp-down times are automatically increased in order to maintain the DC link voltage (r0070) within the
permissible limits. There is a system deviation between the setpoint and actual speeds.
When the DC link voltage controller is switched out (disabled), this is the reason that the ramp-function generator
output is set to the speed actual value.
See also: r0056 (Status word, closed-loop control), p1240 (Vdc controller configuration (vector control)), p1280 (Vdc
controller configuration (U/f))
Remedy: If the controller is not to intervene:
- increase the ramp-down times.
- switch off the Vdc_max controller (p1240 = 0 for vector control, p1280 = 0 for U/f control).
If the ramp-down times are not to be changed:
- use a chopper or regenerative feedback unit.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 683
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A07401 (N) Drive: DC link voltage maximum controller deactivated

Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The Vdc_max controller can no longer maintain the DC link voltage (r0070) below the limit value (r1242, r1282) and
was therefore switched out (disabled).
- the line supply voltage is permanently higher than specified for the power unit.
- the motor is permanently in the regenerative mode as a result of a load that is driving the motor.
Remedy: - check whether the input voltage is within the permissible range (if required, increase the value in p0210).
- check whether the load duty cycle and load limits are within the permissible limits.

A07402 (N) Drive: DC link voltage minimum controller active

Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The DC link voltage controller has been activated as the lower switch-in threshold has been undershot (r1246,
r1286).
The kinetic energy of the motor is used to buffer the DC link. The drive is therefore braked.
See also: r0056 (Status word, closed-loop control), p1240 (Vdc controller configuration (vector control)), p1280 (Vdc
controller configuration (U/f))
Remedy: The alarm disappears when power supply returns.

F07404 Drive: DC link voltage monitoring Vdc_max

Message class: DC link overvoltage (4)
Reaction: OFF2 (NONE, OFF1, OFF3)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The monitoring of the DC link voltage p1284 has responded (only U/f control).
Remedy: - check the line supply voltage.
- check the braking module.
- adapt the device supply voltage (p0210).
- adapt the DC link voltage monitoring (p1284).

F07405 (N, A) Drive: Kinetic buffering minimum speed fallen below

Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17)
Reaction: OFF2 (IASC/DCBRK, NONE, OFF1, OFF3, STOP2)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: During kinetic buffering the speed fell below minimum speed (p1257 or p1297 for vector drives with U/f control) and
the line supply did not return.
Remedy: Check the speed threshold for the Vdc_min controller (kinetic buffering) (p1257, p1297).
See also: p1257 (Vdc_min controller speed threshold), p1297 (Vdc_min controller speed threshold (U/f))

F07406 (N, A) Drive: Kinetic buffering maximum time exceeded

Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17)
Reaction: OFF3 (IASC/DCBRK, NONE, OFF1, OFF2, STOP2)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The maximum buffer time (p1255 and p1295 for vector drives with U/f control) has been exceeded without the line
supply having returned.
Remedy: Check the time threshold for Vdc-min controller (kinetic buffering) (p1255, p1295).
See also: p1255 (Vdc_min controller time threshold), p1295 (Vdc_min controller time threshold (U/f))

SINAMICS G120C
684 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A07409 (N) Drive: U/f control, current limiting controller active

Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The current limiting controller of the U/f control was activated because the current limit was exceeded.
Remedy: The alarm is automatically withdrawn after one of the following measures:
- increase current limit (p0640).
- reduce the load.
- slow down the ramp up to the setpoint speed.

F07410 Drive: Current controller output limited

Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17)
Reaction: OFF2 (NONE, OFF1)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The condition "I_act = 0 and Uq_set_1 longer than 16 ms at its limit" is present and can be caused by the following:
- motor not connected or motor contactor open.
- motor data and motor configuration (star-delta) do not match.
- no DC link voltage present.
- power unit defective.
- the "flying restart" function is not activated.
Remedy: - connect the motor or check the motor contactor.
- check the motor parameterization and the connection type (star-delta).
- check the DC link voltage (r0070).
- check the power unit.
- activate the "flying restart" function (p1200).

F07426 (A) Technology controller actual value limited

Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17)
Reaction: OFF1 (IASC/DCBRK, NONE, OFF2, OFF3)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The actual value for the technology controller, interconnected via connector input p2264, has reached a limit.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: upper limit reached.
2: lower limit reached.
Remedy: - adapt the limits to the signal level (p2267, p2268).
- check the actual value normalization (p0595, p0596).
See also: p0595 (Technological unit selection), p0596 (Technological unit reference quantity), p2264 (Technology
controller actual value), p2267 (Technology controller upper limit actual value), p2268 (Technology controller lower
limit actual value)

A07428 (N) Technology controller parameterizing error

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The technology controller has a parameterizing error.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
1:
The upper output limit in p2291 is set lower than the lower output limit in p2292.
Remedy: For alarm value = 1:
Set the output limit in p2291 higher than in p2292.
See also: p2291 (Technology controller maximum limiting), p2292 (Technology controller minimum limiting)

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 685
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F07435 (N) Drive: Setting the ramp-function generator for sensorless vector control
Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17)
Reaction: OFF2 (IASC/DCBRK, NONE, OFF1, OFF3)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: During operation with sensorless vector control (r1407.1) the ramp-function generator was stopped (p1141). An
internal setting command of the ramp-function generator output caused the set setpoint speed to be frozen.
Remedy: - deactivate the holding command for the ramp-function generator (p1141).
- suppress the fault (p2101, p2119). This is necessary if the ramp-function generator is held using jogging and the
speed setpoint is simultaneously inhibited (r0898.6).

A07444 PID autotuning is activated

Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: Automatic setting of the PID controller parameters (PID autotuning) was activated (p2350).
See also: p2350 (Enable PID autotuning)
Remedy: Not necessary.
This alarm is automatically withdrawn after the PID autotuning has been completed.

F07445 PID autotuning canceled

Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The PID autotuning was canceled as a result of an error.
Remedy: - increase the offset.
- check system configuration.

A07530 Drive: Drive Data Set DDS not present

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The selected drive data set is not available. The drive data set was not changed over.
See also: p0180 (Number of Drive Data Sets (DDS)), p0820 (Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 0), r0837 (Drive Data
Set DDS selected)
Remedy: - select the existing drive data set.
- set up additional drive data sets.

A07531 Drive: Command Data Set CDS not present

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The selected command data set is not available (p0836 > p0170). The command data set was not changed over.
See also: p0810 (Command data set selection CDS bit 0), r0836 (Command Data Set CDS selected)
Remedy: - select the existing command data set.
- set up additional command data sets.

F07754 Drive: Incorrect shutoff valve configuration

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: An incorrect shutoff valve configuration was detected.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
100:
Enable Safety Integrated (p9601/p9801), but p0218.0 = 0 (shutoff valve not available).

SINAMICS G120C
686 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

101:
The manipulated variable inhibit time is set less than the wait time to evaluate the feedback signal contacts when
switching on the shutoff valve (p0230 < p9625[0]/p9825[0]).
102:
The manipulated variable inhibit time is set less than the wait time to evaluate the feedback signal contacts when
switching off the shutoff valve (p0230 < p9625[1]/p9825[1]).
Remedy: For fault value = 100:
Check the enable of Safety Integrated and the shutoff valve (p9601/p9801, p0218.0).
For fault value = 101:
Set the manipulated variable inhibit time higher than the wait time to evaluate the feedback signal contacts when
switching on the shutoff valve (p0230 > p9625[0]/p9825[0]).
For fault value = 102:
Set the manipulated variable inhibit time higher than the wait time to evaluate the feedback signal contacts when
switching off the shutoff valve (p0230 > p9625[1]/p9825[1]).
See also: p0230 (Drive filter type motor side)

F07800 Drive: No power unit present

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The power unit parameters cannot be read or no parameters are stored in the power unit.
Note:
This fault also occurs if an incorrect topology was selected in the commissioning software and this parameterization
is then downloaded to the Control Unit.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on) for all components.
- check the power unit and replace if necessary.
- check the Control Unit, and if required replace it.
- after correcting the topology, the parameters must be again downloaded using the commissioning software.

F07801 Drive: Motor overcurrent

Message class: Motor overload (8)
Reaction: OFF2 (NONE, OFF1, OFF3)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The permissible motor limit current was exceeded.
- effective current limit set too low.
- current controller not correctly set.
- U/f operation: Up ramp was set too short or the load is too high.
- U/f operation: Short-circuit in the motor cable or ground fault.
- U/f operation: Motor current does not match current of power unit.
- Switch to rotating motor without flying restart function (p1200).
Note:
Limit current = 2 x minimum (p0640, 4 x p0305 x p0306) >= 2 x p0305 x p0306
Remedy: - check the current limits (p0640).
- U/f control: Check the current limiting controller (p1340 ... p1346).
- increase the up ramp (p1120) or reduce the load.
- check the motor and motor cables for short-circuit and ground fault.
- check the motor for the star-delta configuration and rating plate parameterization.
- check the power unit and motor combination.
- Choose "flying restart" function (p1200) if switched to rotating motor.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 687
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F07802 Drive: Infeed or power unit not ready

Message class: Infeed faulted (13)
Reaction: OFF2 (NONE)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: After an internal switch-on command, the infeed or drive does not signal ready.
- monitoring time is too short.
- DC link voltage is not present.
- associated infeed or drive of the signaling component is defective.
- supply voltage incorrectly set.
Remedy: - ensure that there is a DC link voltage. Check the DC link busbar. Enable the infeed.
- replace the associated infeed or drive of the signaling component.
- check the line supply voltage setting (p0210).
See also: p0857 (Power unit monitoring time)

A07805 (N) Drive: Power unit overload I2t

Message class: Power electronics faulted (5)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: Alarm threshold for I2t overload of the power unit exceeded.
The response parameterized in p0290 becomes active.
See also: p0290 (Power unit overload response)
Remedy: - reduce the continuous load.
- adapt the load duty cycle.
- check the assignment of the motor and power unit rated currents.

F07807 Drive: Short-circuit/ground fault detected

Message class: Ground fault / inter-phase short-circuit detected (7)
Reaction: OFF2 (NONE)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: A phase-phase short-circuit or ground fault was detected at the motor-side output terminals of the converter.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: Short-circuit, phase UV.
2: Short-circuit, phase UW.
3: Short-circuit, phase VW.
4: Ground fault with overcurrent.
1yxxx: Ground fault with current in phase U detected (y = pulse number, xxxx = component of the current in phase V
in per mille).
2yxxx: Ground fault with current in phase V detected (y = pulse number, xxxx = component of the current in phase U
in per mille).
Note:
Also when interchanging the line and motor cables is identified as a motor-side short circuit.
The ground fault test only functions when the motor is stationary.
Connecting to a motor that is either not de-energized or partially de-energized is possibly detected as ground fault.
Remedy: - check the motor-side converter connection for a phase-phase short-circuit.
- rule-out interchanged line and motor cables.
- check for a ground fault.
For a ground fault the following applies:
- do not enable the pulses when connecting to a rotating motor without the "Flying restart" function activated (p1200).
- increase the de-energization time (p0347).
- increase pulse suppression delay time (p1228) to ensure standstill.
- if required, deactivate the monitoring (p1901).

SINAMICS G120C
688 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F07810 Drive: Power unit EEPROM without rated data

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: No rated data are stored in the power unit EEPROM.
See also: p0205 (Power unit application), r0206 (Rated power unit power), r0207 (Rated power unit current), r0208
(Rated power unit line supply voltage), r0209 (Power unit maximum current)
Remedy: Replace the power unit or inform Siemens Customer Service.

A07850 (F) External alarm 1

Message class: External measured value / signal state outside the permissible range (16)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The condition for "External alarm 1" is satisfied.
Note:
The "External alarm 1" is initiated by a 1/0 edge via binector input p2112.
See also: p2112 (External alarm 1)
Remedy: Eliminate the causes of this alarm.

F07860 (A) External fault 1

Message class: External measured value / signal state outside the permissible range (16)
Reaction: OFF2 (IASC/DCBRK, NONE, OFF1, OFF3, STOP2)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: The condition for "External fault 1" is satisfied.
Note:
The "External fault 1" is initiated by a 1/0 edge via binector input p2106.
See also: p2106 (External fault 1)
Remedy: - eliminate the causes of this fault.
- acknowledge fault.

A07891 Drive: Load monitoring pump/fan blocked

Message class: Motor overload (8)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The load monitoring is configured for a pump or fan (p2193 = 4, 5).
The monitoring function detects when the pump/fan is blocked.
It is possible that the blocking torque threshold (p2168) is set too low (e.g. heavy duty starting).
See also: p2165 (Load monitoring stall monitoring upper threshold), p2168 (Load monitoring stall monitoring torque
threshold)
Remedy: - check whether the pump/fan is blocked, and if blocked, then resolve the problem.
- check that the fan can freely move, and if necessary, resolve the problem.
- adapt the parameterization corresponding to the load (p2165, p2168)..

A07892 Drive: Load monitoring pump/fan no load condition

Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The load monitoring is configured for a pump or fan (p2193 = 4, 5).
The monitoring function detects when the pump/fan is operating under no load conditions.
The pump is running in the dry state (no medium to be pumped) – or the fan has a broken belt.
It is possible that the detection torque threshold is too low (p2191).
See also: p2191 (Load monitoring torque threshold no load)
Remedy: - for a pump, check the medium being pumped, and if required, provide the medium.
- for a fan, check the belt, and if required, replace.
- if necessary, increase the detection torque threshold (p2191).

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 689
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A07893 Drive: Load monitoring pump leakage

Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The load monitoring is configured for a pump (p2193 = 4).
The monitoring function detects a leak in the pump circuit.
In this case, the pump requires a torque that is lower than in normal operation to pump the reduced quantity.
Remedy: - remove the leak in the pump circuit.
- for a nuisance trip, reduce the torque thresholds of the leakage characteristic (p2186, p2188, p2190).

F07894 Drive: Load monitoring pump/fan blocked

Message class: Motor overload (8)
Reaction: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2, OFF3)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The load monitoring is configured for a pump or fan (p2193 = 4, 5).
The monitoring function detects when the pump/fan is blocked.
It is possible that the blocking torque threshold (p2168) is set too low (e.g. heavy duty starting).
See also: p2165 (Load monitoring stall monitoring upper threshold), p2168 (Load monitoring stall monitoring torque
threshold)
Remedy: - check whether the pump/fan is blocked, and if blocked, then resolve the problem.
- check that the fan can freely move, and if necessary, resolve the problem.
- adapt the parameterization corresponding to the load (p2165, p2168)..

F07895 Drive: Load monitoring pump/fan no load condition

Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17)
Reaction: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2, OFF3)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The load monitoring is configured for a pump or fan (p2193 = 4, 5).
The monitoring function detects when the pump/fan is operating under no load conditions.
The pump is running in the dry state (no medium to be pumped) – or the fan has a broken belt.
It is possible that the detection torque threshold is too low (p2191).
See also: p2191 (Load monitoring torque threshold no load)
Remedy: - for a pump, check the medium being pumped, and if required, provide the medium.
- for a fan, check the belt, and if required, replace.
- if necessary, increase the detection torque threshold (p2191).

F07896 Drive: Load monitoring pump leakage

Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17)
Reaction: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2, OFF3)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The load monitoring is configured for a pump (p2193 = 4).
The monitoring function detects a leak in the pump circuit.
In this case, the pump requires a torque that is lower than in normal operation to pump the reduced quantity.
Remedy: - remove the leak in the pump circuit.
- for a nuisance trip, reduce the torque thresholds of the leakage characteristic (p2186, p2188, p2190).

F07900 (N, A) Drive: Motor blocked

Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17)
Reaction: OFF2 (NONE, OFF1, OFF3, STOP2)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: Motor has been operating at the torque limit at a low speed for a longer period of time and below the set speed
threshold.
This signal can also be triggered if the speed is oscillating and the speed controller output repeatedly goes to its limit.
It may also be the case that thermal monitoring of the power unit reduces the current limit (see p0290), thereby
causing the motor to decelerate.

SINAMICS G120C
690 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Remedy: - check that the motor can freely move.

- check the effective torque limit (r1538, r1539).
- check the direction of rotation enable signals for a flying restart of the motor (p1110, p1111).
- for U/f control: check the current limits and acceleration times (p0640, p1120).

F07901 Drive: Motor overspeed

Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17)
Reaction: OFF2 (IASC/DCBRK)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The maximum permissible speed was either positively or negatively exceeded.
The maximum permissible positive speed is formed as follows: Minimum (p1082)
The maximum permissible negative speed is formed as follows: Maximum (-p1082)
Remedy: The following applies for a positive direction of rotation:
- check r1084 and if required, correct p1082.
The following applies for a negative direction of rotation:
- check r1087 and if required, correct p1082.
Activate pre-control of the speed limiting controller (bit 7 = 1).
Increase the hysteresis for the overspeed signal. This upper limit is dependent upon the maximum motor speed
p0322 and the maximum speed p1082 of the setpoint channel.

F07902 (N, A) Drive: Motor stalled

Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17)
Reaction: OFF2 (IASC/DCBRK, NONE, OFF1, OFF3, STOP2)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The system has identified that the motor has stalled for a time longer than is set.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: Reserved.
2: Stall detection using r1408.12 (p1745) or via (r0084 ... r0083).
Remedy: Steps should always be taken to ensure that both motor data identification and the rotating measurement were
carried out (see p1900, r3925).
- check whether the drive stalls solely due to the load in controlled mode or when the speed setpoint is still zero. If
yes, then increase the current setpoint using p1610.
- if the motor excitation time (p0346) was significantly reduced and the drive stalls when it is switched on and run
immediately, p0346 should be increased again.
- check whether the motor cables are disconnected (see A07929).
If there is no fault, then the fault tolerance can be increased (p1745).
- check the current limits (p0640, r0067, r0289). If the current limits are too low, then the drive cannot be magnetized.
- If the fault occurs with fault value 2 when the motor accelerates very quickly to the field weakening range, the
deviation between the flux setpoint and flux actual value can be reduced and, in turn, the message prevented, by
reducing p1553.

A07910 (N) Drive: Motor overtemperature

Message class: Motor overload (8)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: KTY84/PT1000 or no sensor:
The measured motor temperature or the temperature of the motor temperature model 2 has exceeded the alarm
threshold (p0604). The response parameterized in p0610 becomes active.
PTC or bimetallic NC contact:
The response threshold of 1650 Ohm was exceeded or the NC contact opened.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
11: No output current reduction.
12: Output current reduction active.
See also: p0604 (Mot_temp_mod 2/sensor alarm threshold), p0610 (Motor overtemperature response)

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 691
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Remedy: - check the motor load.

- check the motor ambient temperature.
- check KTY84/PT1000.
- check overtemperatures of the motor temperature model 2 (p0626 ... p0628).
See also: p0612 (Mot_temp_mod activation), p0625 (Motor ambient temperature during commissioning), p0626
(Motor overtemperature, stator core), p0627 (Motor overtemperature, stator winding), p0628 (Motor overtemperature
rotor)

A07927 DC braking active

Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The motor is braked with DC current. DC braking is active.
1)
A message with response DCBRK is active. The motor is braked with the braking current set in p1232 for the
duration set in in p1233. If the standstill threshold is fallen below, then braking is prematurely canceled.
2)
DC braking has been activated at binector input p1230 with the DC braking set (p1230 = 4). Braking current p1232 is
injected until this binector input becomes inactive.
Remedy: Not necessary.
The alarm automatically disappears once DC braking has been executed.

A07929 (F) Drive: No motor detected

Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The absolute current value is so small after enabling the inverter pulses that no motor is detected.
Note:
- in the case of vector control and an induction motor, this alarm is followed by fault F07902.
Remedy: - check the motor feeder cables.
- check the voltage boost of the U/f control (p1310).
- carry out a standstill measurement to set the stator resistance (p0350).

F07950 (A) Motor parameter incorrect

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The motor parameters were incorrectly entered while commissioning (e.g. p0300 = 0, no motor)
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Parameter number involved.
See also: p0300, p0301, p0304, p0305, p0307, p0310, p0311, p0314, p0316, p0320, p0322, p0323
Remedy: Compare the motor data with the rating plate data and if required, correct.

A07960 Drive: Incorrect friction characteristic

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The friction characteristic is incorrect.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
1538:
The friction torque is greater than the maximum from the upper effective torque limit (p1538) and zero. This is the
reason that the output of the friction characteristic (r3841) is limited to this value.
1539:
The friction torque is less than the minimum from the lower effective torque limit (p1539) and zero. This is the reason
that the output of the friction characteristic (r3841) is limited to this value.

SINAMICS G120C
692 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

3820 ... 3829:

Incorrect parameter number. The speeds entered in the parameters for the friction characteristic do not correspond
to the following condition:
0.0 < p3820 < p3821 < ... < p3829 <= p0322 or p1082, if p0322 = 0
Therefore the output of the friction characteristic (r3841) is set to zero.
3830 ... 3839:
Incorrect parameter number. The torques entered in the parameters for the friction characteristic do not correspond
to the following condition:
0 <= p3830, p3831 ... p3839 <= p0333
Therefore the output of the friction characteristic (r3841) is set to zero.
See also: r3840 (Friction characteristic status word)
Remedy: Fulfill the conditions for the friction characteristic.
For alarm value = 1538:
Check the upper effective torque limit (e.g. in the field weakening range).
For alarm value = 1539:
Check the lower effective torque limit (e.g. in the field weakening range).
For alarm value = 3820 ... 3839:
Fulfill the conditions to set the parameters of the friction characteristic.
If the motor data (e.g. the maximum speed p0322) are changed during commissioning (p0010 = 1, 3), then the
technological limits and threshold values, dependent on this, must be re-calculated by selecting p0340= 5).

A07961 Drive: Friction characteristic record activated

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The automatic friction characteristic record is activated.
The friction characteristic is recorded at the next switch-on command.
When plotting the friction characteristic, it is not possible to save the parameters (p0971, p0977).
Remedy: Not necessary.
The alarm disappears automatically after the friction characteristic record has been successfully completed or the
record is deactivated (p3845 = 0).

F07963 Drive: Friction characteristic record interrupted

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: OFF1
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The conditions to record the friction characteristic are not fulfilled.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
0046: Missing enable signals (r0046).
1082: The highest speed value to be approached (p3829) is greater than the maximum speed (p1082).
1084: The highest speed value to be approached (p3829) is greater than the maximum speed (r1084, p1083, p1085).
1087: The highest speed value to be approached (p3829) is greater than the maximum speed (r1087, p1086, p1088).
1110: Friction characteristic record, negative direction selected (p3845) and negative direction inhibited (p1110).
1111: Friction characteristic record, positive direction selected (p3845) and positive direction inhibited (p1111).
1198: Friction characteristic record selected (p3845 > 0) and negative (p1110) and positive directions (p1111)
inhibited (r1198).
1300: The control mode (p1300) has not been set to closed-loop speed control.
1755: For encoderless closed-loop control (p1300 = 20), the lowest speed value to be approached (p3820) is less
than or equal to the changeover speed, open-loop controlled operation (p1755).
1910: Motor data identification activated.
1960: Speed controller optimization activated.
3820 ... 3829: speed (p382x) cannot be approached.
3840: Friction characteristic incorrect.
3845: Friction characteristic record de-selected.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 693
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Remedy: Fulfill the conditions to record the friction characteristic.

For fault value = 0046:
- establish missing enable signals.
For fault value = 1082, 1084, 1087:
- Select the highest speed value to be approached (p3829) less than or equal to the maximum speed (p1082, r1084,
r1087).
- Re-calculate the speed points along the friction characteristic (p0340 = 5).
For fault value = 1110:
- Select the friction characteristic record, positive direction (p3845).
For fault value = 1111:
- Select the friction characteristic record, negative direction (p3845).
For fault value = 1198:
- Enable the permitted direction (p1110, p1111, r1198).
For fault value = 1300:
- set the control mode (p1300) on the closed-loop speed control (p1300 = 20, 21).
For fault value = 1755:
- For encoderless closed-loop speed control (p1300 = 20) select the lowest speed value to be approached (p3820)
greater than the changeover speed of open-loop controlled operation (p1755).
- Re-calculate the speed points along the friction characteristic (p0340 = 5).
For fault value = 1910:
- Exit the motor data identification routine (p1910).
For fault value = 1960:
- Exit the speed controller optimization routine (p1960).
For fault value 3820 ... 3829:
- check the load at speed p382x.
- check the speed signal (r0063) for oscillation at speed p382x. Check the settings of the speed controller if
applicable.
For fault value = 3840:
- Make the friction characteristic error-free (p3820 ... p3829, p3830 ... p3839, p3840).
For fault value = 3845:
- Activate the friction characteristic record (p3845).

F07967 Drive: Incorrect pole position identification

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: OFF2 (NONE, OFF1)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: A fault has occurred during the pole position identification routine.
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON.

F07968 Drive: Lq-Ld measurement incorrect

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: A fault has occurred during the Lq-Ld measurement.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
10: Stage 1: The ratio between the measured current and zero current is too low.
12: Stage 1: The maximum current was exceeded.
15: Second harmonic too low.
16: Drive converter too small for the measuring technique.
17: Abort due to pulse inhibit.
Remedy: For fault value = 10:
Check whether the motor is correctly connected.
Replace the power unit involved.
Deactivate technique (p1909).

SINAMICS G120C
694 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

For fault value = 12:

Check whether motor data have been correctly entered.
Deactivate technique (p1909).
For fault value = 16:
Deactivate technique (p1909).
For fault value = 17:
Repeat technique.

F07969 Drive: Incorrect pole position identification

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: A fault has occurred during the pole position identification routine.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: Current controller limited
2: Motor shaft locked.
10: Stage 1: The ratio between the measured current and zero current is too low.
11: Stage 2: The ratio between the measured current and zero current is too low.
12: Stage 1: The maximum current was exceeded.
13: Stage 2: The maximum current was exceeded.
14: Current difference to determine the +d axis too low.
15: Second harmonic too low.
16: Drive converter too small for the measuring technique.
17: Abort due to pulse inhibit.
18: First harmonic too low.
20: Pole position identification requested with the motor shaft rotating and activated "flying restart" function.
Remedy: For fault value = 1:
Check whether the motor is correctly connected.
Check whether motor data have been correctly entered.
Replace the power unit involved.
For fault value = 2:
Bring the motor into a no-load condition.
For fault value = 10:
When selecting p1980 = 4: Increase the value for p0325.
When selecting p1980 = 1: Increase the value for p0329.
Check whether the motor is correctly connected.
Replace the power unit involved.
For fault value = 11:
Increase the value for p0329.
Check whether the motor is correctly connected.
Replace the power unit involved.
For fault value = 12:
When selecting p1980 = 4: Reduce the value for p0325.
When selecting p1980 = 1: Reduce the value for p0329.
Check whether motor data have been correctly entered.
For fault value = 13:
Reduce the value for p0329.
Check whether motor data have been correctly entered.
For fault value = 14:
Increase the value for p0329.
For fault value = 15:
Increase the value for p0325.
Motor not sufficiently anisotropic, change the technique (p1980 = 1, 10).
For fault value = 16:
Change the technique (p1980).

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 695
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

For fault value = 17:

Repeat technique.
For fault value = 18:
Increase the value for p0329 (if required, first set p0323).
Saturation not sufficient, change the technique (p1980 = 10).
For fault value = 20:
Before carrying out a pole position identification routine ensure that the motor shaft is absolutely stationary (zero
speed).

A07980 Drive: Rotating measurement activated

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The rotating measurement (automatic speed controller optimization) is activated.
The rotating measurement is carried out at the next switch-on command.
Note:
During the rotating measurement it is not possible to save the parameters (p0971).
See also: p1960 (Rotating measurement selection)
Remedy: Not necessary.
The alarm disappears automatically after the speed controller optimization has been successfully completed or for
the setting p1900 = 0.

A07981 Drive: Enable signals for the rotating measurement missing

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The rotating measurement cannot be started due to missing enable signals.
For p1959.13 = 1, the following applies:
Enable signals for the ramp-function generator missing (see p1140 ... p1142).
Remedy: - acknowledge faults that are present.
- establish missing enable signals.
See also: r0002 (Drive operating display), r0046 (Missing enable signal)

F07983 Drive: Rotating measurement saturation characteristic

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: A fault has occurred while determining the saturation characteristic.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: The speed did not reach a steady-state condition.
2: The rotor flux did not reach a steady-state condition.
3: The adaptation circuit did not reach a steady-state condition.
4: The adaptation circuit was not enabled.
5: Field weakening active.
6: The speed setpoint was not able to be approached as the minimum limiting is active.
7: The speed setpoint was not able to be approached as the suppression (skip) bandwidth is active.
8: The speed setpoint was not able to be approached as the maximum limiting is active.
9: Several values of the determined saturation characteristic are not plausible.
10: Saturation characteristic could not be sensibly determined because load torque too high.
Remedy: For fault value = 1:
- the total drive moment of inertia is far higher than that of the motor (p0341, p0342).
De-select rotating measurement (p1960), enter the moment of inertia p0342, re-calculate the speed controller p0340
= 4 and repeat the measurement.
For fault value = 1 ... 2:
- increase the measuring speed (p1961) and repeat the measurement.

SINAMICS G120C
696 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

For fault value = 1 ... 4:

- check the motor parameters (rating plate data). After the change: Calculate p0340 = 3.
- check the moment of inertia (p0341, p0342). After the change: Calculate p0340 = 3.
- carry out a motor data identification routine (p1910).
- if required, reduce the dynamic factor (p1967 < 25 %).
For fault value = 5:
- the speed setpoint (p1961) is too high. Reduce the speed.
For fault value = 6:
- adapt the speed setpoint (p1961) or minimum limiting (p1080).
For fault value = 7:
- adapt the speed setpoint (p1961) or suppression (skip) bandwidths (p1091 ... p1092, p1101).
For fault value = 8:
- adapt the speed setpoint (p1961) or maximum limit (p1082, p1083 and p1086).
For fault value = 9, 10:
- the measurement was carried out at an operating point where the load torque is too high. Select a more suitable
operating point, either by changing the speed setpoint (p1961) or by reducing the load torque. The load torque may
not be varied while making measurements.
Note:
The saturation characteristic identification routine can be disabled using p1959.1.
See also: p1959 (Rotating measurement configuration)

F07984 Drive: Speed controller optimization, moment of inertia

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: A fault has occurred while identifying the moment of inertia.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: The speed did not reach a steady-state condition.
2: The speed setpoint was not able to be approached as the minimum limiting is active.
3. The speed setpoint was not able to be approached as the suppression (skip) bandwidth is active.
4. The speed setpoint was not able to be approached as the maximum limiting is active.
5: It is not possible to increase the speed by 10% as the minimum limiting is active.
6: It is not possible to increase the speed by 10% as the suppression (skip) bandwidth is active.
7: It is not possible to increase the speed by 10% as the maximum limiting is active.
8: The torque difference after the speed setpoint step is too low in order to be able to still reliably identify the moment
of inertia.
9: Too few data to be able to reliably identify the moment of inertia.
10: After the setpoint step, the speed either changed too little or in the incorrect direction.
11: The identified moment of inertia is not plausible. The measured moment of inertia is less than the 0.1x or greater
than 500x the preset moment of inertia of the motor p0341.
Remedy: For fault value = 1:
- check the motor parameters (rating plate data). After the change: Calculate p0340 = 3.
- check the moment of inertia (p0341, p0342). After the change: Calculate p0340 = 3.
- carry out a motor data identification routine (p1910).
- if required, reduce the dynamic factor (p1967 < 25 %).
For fault value = 2, 5:
- adapt the speed setpoint (p1965) or adapt the minimum limit (p1080).
For fault value = 3, 6:
- adapt the speed setpoint (p1965) or suppression (skip) bandwidths (p1091 ... p1094, p1101).
For fault value = 4, 7:
- adapt the speed setpoint (p1965) or maximum limit (p1082, p1083 and p1086).
For fault value = 8:
- the total drive moment of inertia is far higher than that of the motor (refer to p0341, p0342). De-select rotating
measurement (p1960), enter the moment of inertia p0342, re-calculate the speed controller p0340 = 4 and repeat the
measurement.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 697
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

For fault value = 9:

- check the moment of inertia (p0341, p0342). After the change, re-calculate (p0340 = 3 or 4).
For fault value = 10:
- check the moment of inertia (p0341, p0342). After the change: Calculate p0340 = 3.
For fault value = 11:
- reduce the moment of inertia of the motor p0341 (e.g. factor of 0.2) or increase (e.g. factor of 5) and repeat the
measurement.
Note:
The moment of inertia identification routine can be disabled using p1959.2.
See also: p1959 (Rotating measurement configuration)

F07985 Drive: Speed controller optimization (oscillation test)

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: A fault has occurred during the vibration test.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: The speed did not reach a steady-state condition.
2: The speed setpoint was not able to be approached as the minimum limiting is active.
3: The speed setpoint was not able to be approached as the suppression (skip) bandwidth is active.
4: The speed setpoint was not able to be approached as the maximum limiting is active.
5: Torque limits too low for a torque step.
6: No suitable speed controller setting was found.
Remedy: For fault value = 1:
- check the motor parameters (rating plate data). After the change: Calculate p0340 = 3.
- check the moment of inertia (p0341, p0342). After the change: Calculate p0340 = 3.
- carry out a motor data identification routine (p1910).
- if required, reduce the dynamic factor (p1967 < 25 %).
For fault value = 2:
- adapt the speed setpoint (p1965) or adapt the minimum limit (p1080).
For fault value = 3:
- adapt the speed setpoint (p1965) or suppression (skip) bandwidths (p1091 ... p1092, p1101).
For fault value = 4:
- adapt the speed setpoint (p1965) or maximum limit (p1082, p1083 and p1086).
For fault value = 5:
- increase the torque limits (e.g. p1520, p1521).
For fault value = 6:
- reduce the dynamic factor (p1967).
- disable the vibration test (p1959.4 = 0) and repeat the rotating measurement.
See also: p1959 (Rotating measurement configuration)

F07986 Drive: Rotating measurement ramp-function generator

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: During the rotating measurements, problems with the ramp-function generator occurred.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: The positive and negative directions are inhibited.
Remedy: For fault value = 1:
Enable the direction (p1110 or p1111).

SINAMICS G120C
698 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F07988 Drive: Rotating measurement, no configuration selected

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: OFF2 (NONE, OFF1)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: When configuring the rotating measurement (p1959), no function was selected.
Remedy: Select at least one function for automatic optimization of the speed controller (p1959).
See also: p1959 (Rotating measurement configuration)

F07990 Drive: Incorrect motor data identification

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: OFF2 (NONE, OFF1)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: A fault has occurred during the identification routine.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: Current limit value reached.
2: Identified stator resistance lies outside the expected range 0.1 ... 100% of Zn.
3: Identified rotor resistance lies outside the expected range 0.1 ... 100% of Zn.
4: identified stator reactance lies outside the expected range 50 ... 500 % of Zn.
5: identified magnetizing reactance lies outside the expected range 50 ... 500 % of Zn.
6: Identified rotor time constant lies outside the expected range 10 ms ... 5 s.
7: identified total leakage reactance lies outside the expected range 4 ... 50 % of Zn.
8: Identified stator leakage reactance lies outside the expected range 2 ... 50% of Zn.
9: Identified rotor leakage reactance lies outside the expected range 2 ... 50% of Zn.
10: Motor has been incorrectly connected.
11: Motor shaft rotates.
12: Ground fault detected.
15: Pulse inhibit occurred during motor data identification.
20: Identified threshold voltage of the semiconductor devices lies outside the expected range 0 ... 10 V.
30: Current controller in voltage limiting.
40: At least one identification contains errors. The identified parameters are not saved to prevent inconsistencies.
Note:
Percentage values are referred to the rated motor impedance:
Zn = Vmot.nom / sqrt(3) / Imot,nom
Remedy: For fault value = 1 ... 40:
- check whether motor data have been correctly entered in p0300, p0304 ... p0311.
- is there an appropriate relationship between the motor power rating and that of the power unit? The ratio of the
power unit to the rated motor current should not be less than 0.5 and not be greater than 4.
- check connection type (star-delta).
For fault value = 4, 7:
- check whether the inductance in p0233 is correctly set.
- check whether motor has been correctly connected (star-delta).
For fault value = 11 in addition:
- deactivate oscillation monitoring (p1909.7 = 1).
For fault value = 12:
- check the power cable connections.
- check the motor.
- check the CT.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 699
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A07991 (N) Drive: Motor data identification activated

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The motor data identification routine is activated.
The motor data identification routine is carried out at the next switch-on command.
If rotating measurement is selected (see p1900, p1960), it will not be possible to save the parameter assignment.
Once motor data identification has been completed or deactivated, the option to save the parameter assignment will
be made available again.
See also: p1910 (Motor data identification selection)
Remedy: Not necessary.
The alarm automatically disappears after the motor data identification routine has been successfully completed or for
the setting p1900 = 0.

A07994 (F, N) Drive: motor data identification not performed

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The "vector control" mode has been selected and a motor data identification has still not been performed.
The alarm is initiated when changing the drive data set (see r0051) in the following cases:
- vector control is parameterized in the actual drive data set (p1300 >= 20).
and
- motor data identification has still not been performed in the actual drive data set (see r3925).
Note:
For SINAMICS G120, a check is made and an alarm is output also when exiting commissioning and when the system
powers up.
Remedy: - Perform motor data identification (see p1900).
- if required, parameterize "U/f control" (p1300 < 20) or set p0096 = 0 (only G120).
- switch over to a drive data set, in which the conditions do not apply.

F08010 (N, A) CU: Analog-to-digital converter

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: OFF1 (IASC/DCBRK, NONE, OFF2, OFF3, STOP2)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: The analog-to-digital converter on the Control Unit has not supplied any converted data.
Remedy: - check the power supply.
- replace Control Unit.

F08501 (N, A) PROFINET: Setpoint timeout

Message class: Communication error to the higher-level control system (9)
Reaction: OFF3 (IASC/DCBRK, NONE, OFF1, OFF2, STOP2)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The reception of setpoints from PROFINET has been interrupted.
- bus connection interrupted.
- controller switched off.
- controller set into the STOP state.
Remedy: - Restore the bus connection and set the controller to RUN.
- if the error is repeated, check the update time set in the bus configuration (HW Config).

F08502 (A) PROFINET: Monitoring time sign-of-life expired

Message class: Communication error to the higher-level control system (9)
Reaction: OFF1 (OFF2, OFF3)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The monitoring time for the sign-of-life counter has expired.
The connection to the PROFINET interface was interrupted.

SINAMICS G120C
700 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on).

- contact Technical Support.

A08511 (F) PROFINET: Receive configuration data invalid

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The drive unit did not accept the receive configuration data.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Return value of the receive configuration data check.
2: Too many PZD data words for output or input to a drive object. Maximum of 12 words are possible.
3: Uneven number of bytes for input or output.
501: PROFIsafe parameter error (e.g. F_dest).
Remedy: Check the receive configuration data.
For alarm value = 2:
- Check the number of data words for output and input to a drive object.
For alarm value = 501:
- check the set PROFIsafe address (p9610).

A08526 (F) PROFINET: No cyclic connection

Message class: Communication error to the higher-level control system (9)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: There is no connection to a PROFINET controller.
Remedy: Establish the cyclic connection and activate the controller with cyclic operation.
Check the parameters "Name of Station" and "IP of Station" (r61000, r61001).

A08564 PN/COMM BOARD: syntax error in the configuration file

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: A syntax error has been detected in the ASCII configuration file for the Communication Board Ethernet. The saved
configuration file has not been loaded.
Remedy: - correct the PROFINET interface configuration (p8920 and following) and activate (p8925 = 2).
- reinitialize the station (e.g. using the STARTER commissioning software)
Note:
The configuration is not applied until the next POWER ON!
See also: p8925 (Activate PN interface configuration)

A08565 PROFINET: Consistency error affecting adjustable parameters

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: A consistency error was detected when activating the configuration (p8925) for the PROFINET interface. The
currently set configuration has not been activated.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
0: general consistency error
1: error in the IP configuration (IP address, subnet mask or standard gateway)
2: Error in the station names.
3: DHCP was not able to be activated, as a cyclic PROFINET connection already exists.
4: a cyclic PROFINET connection is not possible as DHCP is activated.
See also: p8920 (PN Name of Station), p8921 (PN IP address), p8922 (PN Default Gateway), p8923 (PN Subnet
Mask)

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 701
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Remedy: - check the required interface configuration (p8920 and following), correct if necessary, and activate (p8925).
or
- reconfigure the station via the "Edit Ethernet node" screen form (e.g. with STARTER commissioning software).
See also: p8925 (Activate PN interface configuration)

F08700 (A) CAN: Communications error

Message class: Communication error to the higher-level control system (9)
Reaction: OFF3 (NONE, OFF1, OFF2)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: A CAN communications error has occurred.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: The error counter for the send telegrams has exceeded the BUS OFF value 255. The bus disables the CAN
controller.
- bus cable short circuit.
- incorrect baud rate.
- incorrect bit timing.
2: The master no longer interrogated the CAN node status longer than for its "life time". The "life time" is obtained
from the "guard time" (p8604[0]) multiplied by the "life time factor" (p8604[1]).
- bus cable interrupted.
- bus cable not connected.
- incorrect baud rate.
- incorrect bit timing.
- master fault.
Note:
The fault response can be set as required using p8641.
See also: p8604 (CAN life guarding), p8641 (CAN Abort Connection Option Code)
Remedy: - check the bus cable
- check the baud rate (p8622).
- check the bit timing (p8623).
- check the master.
The CAN controller must be manually restarted with p8608 = 1 after the cause of the fault has been resolved!
See also: p8608 (CAN Clear Bus Off Error), p8622 (CAN bit rate), p8623 (CAN Bit Timing selection)

F08701 CAN: NMT state change

Message class: Communication error to the higher-level control system (9)
Reaction: OFF3
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: A CANopen NMT state transition from "operational" to "pre-operational" or after "stopped".
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: CANopen NMT state transition from "operational" to "pre-operational".
2: CANopen NMT state transition from "operational" to "stopped".
Note:
In the NMT state "pre-operational", process data cannot be transferred and in the NMT state "stopped", no process
data and no service data can be transferred.
Remedy: Not necessary.
Acknowledge the fault and continue operation.

F08702 (A) CAN: RPDO Timeout

Message class: Communication error to the higher-level control system (9)
Reaction: OFF3 (NONE, OFF1, OFF2)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The monitoring time of the CANopen RPDO telegram has expired because the bus connection was either interrupted
or the CANopen Master was switched-off.
See also: p8699 (CAN: RPDO monitoring time)

SINAMICS G120C
702 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Remedy: - check the bus cable

- check the master.
- If required, increase the monitoring time (p8699).

A08751 (N) CAN: Telegram loss

Message class: Communication error to the higher-level control system (9)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The CAN controller has lost a receive message (telegram).
Remedy: Reduce the cycle times of the receive messages.

A08752 CAN: Error counter for error passive exceeded

Message class: Communication error to the higher-level control system (9)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The error counter for the send or receive telegrams has exceeded the value 127.
Remedy: - check the bus cable
- set a higher baud rate (p8622).
- check the bit timing and if required optimize (p8623).
See also: p8622 (CAN bit rate), p8623 (CAN Bit Timing selection)

A08753 CAN: Message buffer overflow

Message class: Communication error to the higher-level control system (9)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: A message buffer overflow.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
1: Non-cyclic send buffer (SDO response buffer) overflow.
2: Non-cyclic receive buffer (SDO receive buffer) overflow.
3: Cyclic send buffer (PDO send buffer) overflow.
Remedy: - check the bus cable.
- set a higher baud rate (p8622).
- check the bit timing and if required optimize (p8623).
For alarm value = 2:
- reduce the cycle times of the SDO receive messages.
- SDO request from master only after SDO feedback for previous SDO request.
See also: p8622 (CAN bit rate), p8623 (CAN Bit Timing selection)

A08754 CAN: Incorrect communications mode

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: In the "operational" mode, an attempt was made to change parameters p8700 ... p8737.
Remedy: Change to the "pre-operational" or "stopped" mode.

A08755 CAN: Object cannot be mapped

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The CANopen object is not provided for the Process Data Object (PDO) Mapping.
Remedy: Use a CANopen object intended for the PDO mapping or enter 0.
The following objects can be mapped in the Receive Process Data Object (RPDO) or Transmit Process Data Object
(TPDO):
- RPDO: 6040 hex, 6060 hex, 60FF hex, 6071 hex; 5800 hex - 580F hex; 5820 hex - 5827 hex
- TPDO: 6041 hex, 6061 hex, 6063 hex, 6069 hex, 606B hex, 606C hex, 6074 hex; 5810 hex - 581F hex; 5830 hex -
5837 hex

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 703
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Only sub-index 0 of the specified objects can be mapped.

Note:
As long as A08755 is present, the COB-ID cannot be set to valid.

A08756 CAN: Number of mapped bytes exceeded

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The number of bytes of the mapped objects exceeds the telegram size for net data. A max. of 8 bytes is permissible.
Remedy: Map fewer objects or objects with a smaller data type.
See also: p8710, p8711, p8712, p8713, p8714, p8715, p8716, p8717, p8730, p8731, p8732, p8733, p8734, p8735,
p8736, p8737

A08757 CAN: Set COB-ID invalid

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: For online operation, the appropriate COB-ID must be set invalid before mapping.
Example:
Mapping for RPDO 1 should be changed (p8710[0]).
--> set p8700[0] = C00006E0 hex (invalid COB-ID)
--> set p8710[0] as required.
--> p8700[0] enter a valid COB-ID
Remedy: Set the COB-ID to invalid.

A08759 CAN: PDO COB-ID already available

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: An existing PDO COB-ID was allocated.
Remedy: Select another PDO COB-ID.

A08760 CAN: maximum size of the IF PZD exceeded

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The maximum size of the IF PZD was exceeded.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
1: error for IF PZD receive.
2: error for IF PZD send.
Note:
IF: interface
Remedy: Map fewer process data in PDO.
Apply one of the following options to delete the alarm:
- POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on).
- carry out a warm restart (p0009 = 30, p0976 = 2).
- execute CANopen NMT command reset node.
- change CANopen NMT state.
- delete alarm buffer [0...7] (p2111 = 0).

SINAMICS G120C
704 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A08800 PROFIenergy energy-saving mode active

Message class: Communication error to the higher-level control system (9)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The PROFIenergy energy-saving mode is active
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Mode ID of the active PROFIenergy energy-saving mode.
See also: r5600 (Pe energy-saving mode ID)
Remedy: The alarm is automatically withdrawn when the energy-saving mode is exited.
Note:
The energy-saving mode is exited after the following events:
- the PROFIenergy command end_pause is received from the higher-level control.
- the higher-level control has changed into the STOP operating state.
- the PROFINET connection to the higher-level control has been disconnected.

F13009 Licensing OA application not licensed

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: OFF1
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: At least one OA application which is under license does not have a license.
Note:
Refer to r4955 and p4955 for information about the installed OA applications.
Remedy: - enter and activate the license key for OA applications under license (p9920, p9921).
- if necessary, de-activate unlicensed OA applications (p4956).

F13100 Know-how protection: Copy protection error

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: OFF1
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The know-how protection with copy protection for the memory card is active.
An error has occurred when checking the memory card.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
0: A memory card is not inserted.
1: An invalid memory card is inserted (not SIEMENS).
2: An invalid memory card is inserted.
3: The memory card is being used in another Control Unit.
12: An invalid memory card is inserted (OEM input incorrect, p7769).
13: The memory card is being used in another Control Unit (OEM input incorrect, p7759).
See also: p7765 (KHP configuration)
Remedy: For fault value = 0, 1:
- insert the correct memory card and carry out POWER ON.
For fault value = 2, 3, 12, 13:
- contact the responsible OEM.
- Deactivate copy protection (p7765) and acknowledge the fault (p3981).
- Deactivate know-how protection (p7766 ... p7768) and acknowledge the fault (p3981).
Note:
In general, the copy protection can only be changed when know-how protection is deactivated.
KHP: Know-How Protection
See also: p3981 (Acknowledge drive object faults), p7765 (KHP configuration)

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 705
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F13101 Know-how protection: Copy protection cannot be activated

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: An error occurred when attempting to activate the copy protection for the memory card.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
0: A memory card is not inserted.
1: An invalid memory card is inserted (not SIEMENS).
Note:
KHP: Know-How Protection
Remedy: - insert a valid memory card.
- Try to activate copy protection again (p7765).
See also: p7765 (KHP configuration)

F13102 Know-how protection: Consistency error of the protected data

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: OFF1
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: An error was identified when checking the consistency of the protected files. As a consequence, the project on the
memory card cannot be run.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
yyyyxxxx hex: yyyy = object number, xxxx = fault cause
xxxx = 1:
A file has a checksum error.
xxxx = 2:
The files are not consistent with one another.
xxxx = 3:
The project files, which were loaded into the file system via load (download from the memory card), are inconsistent.
Note:
KHP: Know-How Protection
Remedy: - Replace the project on the memory card or replace project files for download from the memory card.
- Restore the factory setting and download again.

F30001 Power unit: Overcurrent

Message class: Power electronics faulted (5)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The power unit has detected an overcurrent condition.
- closed-loop control is incorrectly parameterized.
- motor has a short-circuit or fault to ground (frame).
- U/f operation: Up ramp set too low.
- U/f operation: rated current of motor much greater than that of power unit.
- High discharge and post-charging current for line supply voltage interruptions.
- High post-charging currents for overload when motoring and DC link voltage dip.
- short-circuit currents at switch-on due to the missing line reactor.
- power cables are not correctly connected.
- power cables exceed the maximum permissible length.
- power unit defective.
- line phase interrupted.
Fault value (r0949, interpret bitwise binary):
Bit 0: Phase U.
Bit 1: Phase V.
Bit 2: Phase W.
Bit 3: Overcurrent in the DC link.

SINAMICS G120C
706 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Note:
Fault value = 0 means that the phase with overcurrent is not recognized.
Remedy: - check the motor data - if required, carry out commissioning.
- check the motor circuit configuration (star/delta).
- U/f operation: Increase up ramp.
- U/f operation: Check assignment of rated currents of motor and power unit.
- check the line supply quality.
- reduce motor load.
- correct connection of line reactor.
- check the power cable connections.
- check the power cables for short-circuit or ground fault.
- check the length of the power cables.
- replace power unit.
- check the line supply phases.

F30002 Power unit: DC link voltage overvoltage

Message class: DC link overvoltage (4)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The power unit has detected an overvoltage condition in the DC link.
- motor regenerates too much energy.
- line supply voltage too high.
- line phase interrupted.
- DC link voltage control switched off.
- dynamic response of DC link voltage controller excessive or insufficient.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
DC link voltage at the time of trip [0.1 V].
Remedy: -increase the ramp-down time (p1121).
- set the rounding times (p1130, p1136). This is particularly recommended in U/f operation to relieve the DC link
voltage controller with rapid ramp-down times of the ramp-function generator.
- Activate the DC link voltage controller (p1240, p1280).
- adapt the dynamic response of the DC link voltage controller (p1243, p1247, p1283, p1287).
- check the line supply and DC link voltage. set p0210 as low as possible (also see A07401, p1294 = 0).
- check and correct the phase assignment at the power unit.
- check the line supply phases.
See also: p0210 (Drive unit line supply voltage), p1240 (Vdc controller configuration (vector control))

F30003 Power unit: DC link voltage undervoltage

Message class: Infeed faulted (13)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The power unit has detected an undervoltage condition in the DC link.
- line supply failure
- line supply voltage below the permissible value.
- line phase interrupted.
Note:
The monitoring threshold for the DC link undervoltage is the minimum of the following values:
- for a calculation, refer to p0210.
Remedy: - check the line supply voltage
- check the line supply phases.
See also: p0210 (Drive unit line supply voltage)

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 707
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F30004 Power unit: Overtemperature heat sink AC inverter

Message class: Power electronics faulted (5)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The temperature of the power unit heat sink has exceeded the permissible limit value.
- insufficient cooling, fan failure.
- overload.
- ambient temperature too high.
- pulse frequency too high.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Temperature [1 bit = 0.01 °C].
Remedy: - check whether the fan is running.
- check the fan elements.
- check whether the ambient temperature is in the permissible range.
- check the motor load.
- reduce the pulse frequency if this is higher than the rated pulse frequency.
Notice:
This fault can only be acknowledged after the alarm threshold for alarm A05000 has been undershot.
See also: p1800 (Pulse frequency setpoint)

F30005 Power unit: Overload I2t

Message class: Power electronics faulted (5)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The power unit was overloaded (r0036 = 100 %).
- the permissible rated power unit current was exceeded for an inadmissibly long time.
- the permissible load duty cycle was not maintained.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
I2t [100 % = 16384].
Remedy: - reduce the continuous load.
- adapt the load duty cycle.
- check the motor and power unit rated currents.
- reduce the current limit (p0640).
- during operation with U/f characteristic: reduce the integral time of the current limiting controller (p1341).
See also: r0036 (Power unit overload I2t), r0206 (Rated power unit power), p0307 (Rated motor power)

F30011 Power unit: Line phase failure in main circuit

Message class: Network fault (2)
Reaction: OFF2 (OFF1)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: At the power unit, the DC link voltage ripple has exceeded the permissible limit value.
Possible causes:
- a line phase has failed.
- the 3 line phases are inadmissibly asymmetrical.
- the capacitance of the DC link capacitor forms a resonance frequency with the line inductance and the reactor
integrated in the power unit.
- the fuse of a phase of a main circuit has ruptured.
- a motor phase has failed.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.

SINAMICS G120C
708 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Remedy: - check the main circuit fuses.

- check whether a single-phase load is distorting the line voltages.
- Detune the resonant frequency with the line inductance by using an upstream line reactor.
- Dampen the resonant frequency with the line inductance by switching over the DC link voltage compensation in the
software (see p1810) – or increase the smoothing (see p1806). However, this can have a negative impact on the
torque ripple at the motor output.
- check the motor feeder cables.

F30012 Power unit: Temperature sensor heat sink wire breakage

Message class: Power electronics faulted (5)
Reaction: OFF1 (OFF2)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The connection to a heat sink temperature sensor in the power unit is interrupted.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Bit 0: Module slot (electronics slot)
Bit 1: Air intake
Bit 2: Inverter 1
Bit 3: Inverter 2
Bit 4: Inverter 3
Bit 5: Inverter 4
Bit 6: Inverter 5
Bit 7: Inverter 6
Bit 8: Rectifier 1
Bit 9: Rectifier 2
Remedy: Contact the manufacturer.

F30013 Power unit: Temperature sensor heat sink short-circuit

Message class: Power electronics faulted (5)
Reaction: OFF1 (OFF2)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The heat sink temperature sensor in the power unit is short-circuited.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Bit 0: Module slot (electronics slot)
Bit 1: Air intake
Bit 2: Inverter 1
Bit 3: Inverter 2
Bit 4: Inverter 3
Bit 5: Inverter 4
Bit 6: Inverter 5
Bit 7: Inverter 6
Bit 8: Rectifier 1
Bit 9: Rectifier 2
Remedy: Contact the manufacturer.

F30015 (N, A) Power unit: Phase failure motor cable

Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17)
Reaction: OFF2 (NONE, OFF1, OFF3)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: A phase failure in the motor feeder cable was detected.
The signal can also be output in the following cases:
- the motor is correctly connected, but the drive has stalled in U/f control. In this case, a current of 0 A is possibly
measured in one phase due to asymmetry of the currents.
- the motor is correctly connected, however the closed-speed control is instable and therefore an oscillating torque is
generated.
Note:
Chassis power units do not feature phase failure monitoring.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 709
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Remedy: - check the motor feeder cables.

- increase the ramp-up or ramp-down time (p1120) if the drive has stalled in U/f control.
- check the speed controller settings.

A30016 (N) Power unit: Load supply switched out

Message class: Network fault (2)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The DC link voltage is too low.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
DC link voltage at the time of trip [0.1 V].
Remedy: Under certain circumstances, the AC line supply is not switched on.

F30017 Power unit: Hardware current limit has responded too often
Message class: Power electronics faulted (5)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The hardware current limitation in the relevant phase (see A30031, A30032, A30033) has responded too often. The
number of times the limit has been exceeded depends on the design and type of power unit.
- closed-loop control is incorrectly parameterized.
- fault in the motor or in the power cables.
- the power cables exceed the maximum permissible length.
- motor load too high
- power unit defective.
Fault value (r0949, interpret binary):
Bit 0: Phase U
Bit 1: Phase V
Bit 2: Phase W
Remedy: - check the motor data.
- check the motor circuit configuration (star-delta).
- check the motor load.
- check the power cable connections.
- check the power cables for short-circuit or ground fault.
- check the length of the power cables.
- replace power unit.

F30021 Power unit: Ground fault

Message class: Ground fault / inter-phase short-circuit detected (7)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The power has detected a ground fault.
Possible causes:
- ground fault in the power cables.
- ground fault at the motor.
- CT defective.
- when the brake closes, this causes the hardware DC current monitoring to respond.
- short-circuit at the braking resistor.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
0:
- the hardware DC current monitoring has responded.
- short-circuit at the braking resistor.
> 0:
Absolute value, summation current [32767 = 271 % rated current].

SINAMICS G120C
710 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Remedy: - check the power cable connections.

- check the motor.
- check the CT.
- check the cables and contacts of the brake connection (a wire is possibly broken).
- check the braking resistor.
See also: p0287 (Ground fault monitoring thresholds)

F30022 Power unit: Monitoring U_ce

Message class: Ground fault / inter-phase short-circuit detected (7)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: POWER ON
Cause: In the power unit, the monitoring of the collector-emitter voltage (U_ce) of the semiconductor has responded.
Possible causes:
- fiber-optic cable interrupted.
- power supply of the IGBT gating module missing.
- short-circuit at the power unit output.
- defective semiconductor in the power unit.
Fault value (r0949, interpret binary):
Bit 0: Short-circuit in phase U
Bit 1: Short circuit in phase V
Bit 2: Short-circuit in phase W
Bit 3: Light transmitter enable defective
Bit 4: U_ce group fault signal interrupted
See also: r0949 (Fault value)
Remedy: - check the fiber-optic cable and if required, replace.
- check the power supply of the IGBT gating module (24 V).
- check the power cable connections.
- select the defective semiconductor and replace.

F30024 Power unit: Overtemperature thermal model

Message class: Power electronics faulted (5)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The temperature difference between the heat sink and chip has exceeded the permissible limit value.
- the permissible load duty cycle was not maintained.
- insufficient cooling, fan failure.
- overload.
- ambient temperature too high.
- pulse frequency too high.
See also: r0037 (Power unit temperatures)
Remedy: - adapt the load duty cycle.
- check whether the fan is running.
- check the fan elements.
- check whether the ambient temperature is in the permissible range.
- check the motor load.
- reduce the pulse frequency if this is higher than the rated pulse frequency.
- if DC braking is active: reduce braking current (p1232).

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 711
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F30025 Power unit: Chip overtemperature

Message class: Power electronics faulted (5)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The chip temperature of the semiconductor has exceeded the permissible limit value.
- the permissible load duty cycle was not maintained.
- insufficient cooling, fan failure.
- overload.
- ambient temperature too high.
- pulse frequency too high.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Temperature difference between the heat sink and chip [0.01 °C].
Remedy: - adapt the load duty cycle.
- check whether the fan is running.
- check the fan elements.
- check whether the ambient temperature is in the permissible range.
- check the motor load.
- reduce the pulse frequency if this is higher than the rated pulse frequency.
Notice:
This fault can only be acknowledged after the alarm threshold for alarm A05001 has been undershot.
See also: r0037 (Power unit temperatures)

F30027 Power unit: Precharging DC link time monitoring

Message class: Infeed faulted (13)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The power unit DC link was not able to be precharged within the expected time.
1) There is no line supply voltage connected.
2) The line contactor/line side switch has not been closed.
3) The line supply voltage is too low.
4) Line supply voltage incorrectly set (p0210).
5) The precharging resistors are overheated as there were too many precharging operations per time unit.
6) The precharging resistors are overheated as the DC link capacitance is too high.
7) The DC link has either a ground fault or a short-circuit.
8) Precharging circuit may be defective.
Fault value (r0949, interpret binary):
yyyyxxxx hex:
yyyy = power unit state
0: Fault status (wait for OFF and fault acknowledgment).
1: Restart inhibit (wait for OFF).
2: Overvoltage condition detected -> change into the fault state.
3: Undervoltage condition detected -> change into the fault state.
4: Wait for bridging contactor to open -> change into the fault state.
5: Wait for bridging contactor to open -> change into restart inhibit.
6: Commissioning.
7: Ready for precharging.
8: Precharging started, DC link voltage less than the minimum switch-on voltage.
9: Precharging, DC link voltage end of precharging still not detected.
10: Wait for the end of the de-bounce time of the main contactor after precharging has been completed.
11: Precharging completed, ready for pulse enable.
12: Reserved.
xxxx = Missing internal enable signals, power unit (inverted bit-coded, FFFF hex -> all internal enable signals
available)
Bit 0: Power supply of the IGBT gating shut down.
Bit 1: Ground fault detected.

SINAMICS G120C
712 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Bit 2: Peak current intervention.

Bit 3: I2t exceeded.
Bit 4. Thermal model overtemperature calculated.
Bit 5: (heat sink, gating module, power unit) overtemperature measured.
Bit 6: Reserved.
Bit 7: Overvoltage detected.
Bit 8: Power unit has completed precharging, ready for pulse enable.
Bit 9: Reserved.
Bit 10: Overcurrent detected.
Bit 11: Reserved.
Bit 12: Reserved.
Bit 13: Vce fault detected, transistor de-saturated due to overcurrent/short-circuit.
Bit 14: Undervoltage detected.
See also: p0210 (Drive unit line supply voltage)
Remedy: In general:
- check the line supply voltage at the input terminals.
- check the line supply voltage setting (p0210).
- wait until the precharging resistors have cooled down. For this purpose, preferably disconnect the infeed unit from
the line supply.
For 5):
- carefully observe the permissible precharging frequency (refer to the appropriate Equipment Manual).
For 6):
- check the capacitance of the DC link and, if necessary, reduce it in accordance with the maximum permissible DC
link capacitance (see relevant Equipment Manual).
For 7):
- check the DC link for a ground fault or short circuit.
See also: p0210 (Drive unit line supply voltage)

A30030 Power unit: Internal overtemperature alarm

Message class: Power electronics faulted (5)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The temperature inside the drive converter has exceeded the permissible temperature limit.
- insufficient cooling, fan failure.
- overload.
- ambient temperature too high.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - possibly use an additional fan.
- check whether the ambient temperature is in the permissible range.
Notice:
This fault can only be acknowledged once the permissible temperature limit minus 5 K has been fallen below.

A30031 Power unit: Hardware current limiting in phase U

Message class: Power electronics faulted (5)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: Hardware current limit for phase U responded. The pulsing in this phase is inhibited for one pulse period.
- closed-loop control is incorrectly parameterized.
- fault in the motor or in the power cables.
- the power cables exceed the maximum permissible length.
- motor load too high
- power unit defective.
Note:
Alarm A30031 is always output if, for a Power Module, the hardware current limiting of phase U, V or W responds.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 713
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Remedy: - check the motor data and if required, recalculate the control parameters (p0340 = 3). As an alternative, run a motor
data identification (p1910 = 1, p1960 = 1).
- check the motor circuit configuration (star/delta).
- check the motor load.
- check the power cable connections.
- check the power cables for short-circuit or ground fault.
- check the length of the power cables.

A30032 Power unit: Hardware current limiting in phase V

Message class: Power electronics faulted (5)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: Hardware current limit for phase V responded. The pulsing in this phase is inhibited for one pulse period.
- closed-loop control is incorrectly parameterized.
- fault in the motor or in the power cables.
- the power cables exceed the maximum permissible length.
- motor load too high
- power unit defective.
Note:
Alarm A30031 is always output if, for a Power Module, the hardware current limiting of phase U, V or W responds.
Remedy: Check the motor data and if required, recalculate the control parameters (p0340 = 3). As an alternative, run a motor
data identification (p1910 = 1, p1960 = 1).
- check the motor circuit configuration (star/delta).
- check the motor load.
- check the power cable connections.
- check the power cables for short-circuit or ground fault.
- check the length of the power cables.

A30033 Power unit: Hardware current limiting in phase W

Message class: Power electronics faulted (5)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: Hardware current limit for phase W responded. The pulsing in this phase is inhibited for one pulse period.
- closed-loop control is incorrectly parameterized.
- fault in the motor or in the power cables.
- the power cables exceed the maximum permissible length.
- motor load too high
- power unit defective.
Note:
Alarm A30031 is always output if, for a Power Module, the hardware current limiting of phase U, V or W responds.
Remedy: - check the motor data and if required, recalculate the control parameters (p0340 = 3). As an alternative, run a motor
data identification (p1910 = 1, p1960 = 1).
- check the motor circuit configuration (star/delta).
- check the motor load.
- check the power cable connections.
- check the power cables for short-circuit or ground fault.
- check the length of the power cables.

A30034 Power unit: Internal overtemperature

Message class: Power electronics faulted (5)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The alarm threshold for internal overtemperature has been reached.
If the temperature inside the unit continues to increase, fault F30036 may be triggered.
- ambient temperature might be too high.
- insufficient cooling, fan failure.

SINAMICS G120C
714 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):

Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - check the ambient temperature.
- check the fan for the inside of the unit.

F30035 Power unit: Air intake overtemperature

Message class: Power electronics faulted (5)
Reaction: OFF1 (OFF2)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The air intake in the power unit has exceeded the permissible temperature limit.
For air-cooled power units, the temperature limit is at 55 °C.
- ambient temperature too high.
- insufficient cooling, fan failure.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Temperature [0.01 °C].
Remedy: - check whether the fan is running.
- check the fan elements.
- check whether the ambient temperature is in the permissible range.
Notice:
This fault can only be acknowledged after the alarm threshold for alarm A05002 has been undershot.

F30036 Power unit: Internal overtemperature

Message class: Power electronics faulted (5)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The temperature inside the drive converter has exceeded the permissible temperature limit.
- insufficient cooling, fan failure.
- overload.
- ambient temperature too high.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - check whether the fan is running.
- check the fan elements.
- check whether the ambient temperature is in the permissible range.
Notice:
This fault can only be acknowledged once the permissible temperature limit minus 5 K has been fallen below.

F30037 Power unit: Rectifier overtemperature

Message class: Power electronics faulted (5)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The temperature in the rectifier of the power unit has exceeded the permissible temperature limit.
- insufficient cooling, fan failure.
- overload.
- ambient temperature too high.
- line supply phase failure.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Temperature [0.01 °C].
Remedy: - check whether the fan is running.
- check the fan elements.
- check whether the ambient temperature is in the permissible range.
- check the motor load.
- check the line supply phases.
Notice:
This fault can only be acknowledged after the alarm threshold for alarm A05004 has been undershot.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 715
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A30042 Power unit: Fan has reached the maximum operating hours
Message class: Power electronics faulted (5)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The maximum operating time of at least one fan will soon be reached, or has already been exceeded.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret binary):
Bit 0: heat sink fan will reach the maximum operating time in 500 hours.
Bit 1: heat sink fan has exceeded the maximum operating time.
Bit 8: internal device fan will reach the maximum operating time in 500 hours.
Bit 9: internal device fan has exceeded the maximum operating time.
Note:
The maximum operating time of the heat sink fan in the power unit is displayed in p0252.
The maximum operating time of the internal device fan in the power unit is internally specified and is fixed.
Remedy: For the fan involved, carry out the following:
- replace the fan.
- reset the operating hours counter (p0251, p0254).

A30049 Power unit: Internal fan faulty

Message class: Auxiliary unit faulted (20)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The internal fan has failed.
Remedy: Check the internal fan and replace if necessary.

F30051 Power unit: Motor holding brake short circuit detected

Message class: External measured value / signal state outside the permissible range (16)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: A short-circuit at the motor holding brake terminals has been detected.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - check the motor holding brake for a short-circuit.
- check the connection and cable for the motor holding brake.

F30052 EEPROM data error

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: POWER ON
Cause: EEPROM data error of the power unit module.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
0, 2, 3, 4:
The EEPROM data read in from the power unit module is inconsistent.
1:
EEPROM data is not compatible to the firmware of the Control Unit.
Remedy: Replace power unit module.

A30054 (F, N) Power unit: Undervoltage when opening the brake

Message class: Supply voltage fault (undervoltage) (3)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: When the brake is being opened, it is detected that the power supply voltage is less than 21.4 V
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Supply voltage fault [0.1 V].
Example:
Alarm value = 195 --> voltage = 19.5 V

SINAMICS G120C
716 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Remedy: Check the 24 V voltage for stability and value.

F30055 Power unit: Braking chopper overcurrent

Message class: Braking Module faulted (14)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: An overcurrent condition has occurred in the braking chopper.
Remedy: - check whether the braking resistor has a short circuit.
- for an external braking resistor, check whether the resistor may have been dimensioned too small.
Note:
The braking chopper is only enabled again at pulse enable after the fault has been acknowledged.

A30057 Power unit: Line asymmetry

Message class: Network fault (2)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: Frequencies have been detected on the DC link voltage that would suggest line asymmetry or failure of a line phase.
It is also possible that a motor phase has failed.
Fault F30011 is output if the alarm is present and at the latest after 5 minutes.
The precise duration depends on the power unit type and the particular frequencies. For booksize and chassis power
units, the duration also depends on how long the alarm has been active.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - check the line phase connection.
- check the motor feeder cable connections.
If there is no phase failure of the line or motor, then line asymmetry is involved.
- reduce the power in order to avoid fault F30011.

F30059 Power unit: Internal fan faulty

Message class: Auxiliary unit faulted (20)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The internal power unit fan has failed and is possibly defective.
Remedy: Check the internal fan and replace if necessary.

A30065 (F, N) Voltage measured values not plausible

Message class: Power electronics faulted (5)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The voltage measurement is not supplying any plausible values
Alarm value (r2124, interpret bitwise binary):
Bit 1: Phase U.
Bit 2: Phase V.
Bit 3: Phase W.
Remedy: - Deactivate voltage measurement (p0247.0 = 0).
- Deactivate flying restart with voltage measurement (p0247.5 = 0) and deactivate fast flying restart (p1780.11 = 0).

F30071 No new actual values received from the Power Module

Message class: Internal (DRIVE-CLiQ) communication error (12)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: More than one actual value telegram from the power unit module has failed.
Remedy: Check the interface (adjustment and locking) to the power unit module.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 717
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F30072 Setpoints can no longer be transferred to the Power Module

Message class: Internal (DRIVE-CLiQ) communication error (12)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: More than one setpoint telegram was not able to be transferred to the power unit module.
Remedy: Check the interface (adjustment and locking) to the power unit module.

F30074 (A) Communication error between the Control Unit and Power Module
Message class: Internal (DRIVE-CLiQ) communication error (12)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: Communications between the Control Unit (CU) and Power Module (PM) via the interface no longer possible. The
CU may have been withdrawn or is incorrectly inserted.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
0 hex:
- a Control Unit with external 24 V supply was withdrawn from the Power Module during operation.
- with the Power Module switched off, the external 24 V supply for the Control Unit was interrupted for some time.
1 hex:
The Control Unit was withdrawn from the Power Module during operation, although the encoderless safe motion
monitoring functions are enabled. This is not supported. After re-inserting the Control Unit in operation,
communications to the Power Module no longer possible.
20A hex:
The Control Unit was inserted on a Power Module, which has another code number.
20B hex:
The Control Unit was inserted on a Power Module, which although it has the same code number, has a different
serial number. The Control Unit executes an automatic warm restart to accept the new calibration data.
Remedy: For fault value = 0 and 20A hex:
Insert the Control Unit on an appropriate Power Module and continue operation. If required, carry out a POWER ON
of the Control Unit.
For fault value = 1 hex:
Carry out a POWER ON of the Control Unit.

F30075 Configuration of the power unit unsuccessful

Message class: Internal (DRIVE-CLiQ) communication error (12)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: A communication error has occurred while configuring the power unit using the Control Unit. The cause is not clear.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
0:
The output filter initialization was unsuccessful.
1:
Activation/deactivation of the regenerative feedback functionality was unsuccessful.
Remedy: - acknowledge the fault and continue operation.
- if the fault reoccurs, carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on).
- if required, replace the power unit.

F30080 Power unit: Current increasing too quickly

Message class: Power electronics faulted (5)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The power unit has detected an excessive rate of rise in the overvoltage range.
- closed-loop control is incorrectly parameterized.
- motor has a short-circuit or fault to ground (frame).
- U/f operation: Up ramp set too low.
- U/f operation: rated current of motor much greater than that of power unit.
- power cables are not correctly connected.

SINAMICS G120C
718 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

- power cables exceed the maximum permissible length.

- power unit defective.
Fault value (r0949, interpret bitwise binary):
Bit 0: Phase U.
Bit 1: Phase V.
Bit 2: Phase W.
Remedy: - check the motor data - if required, carry out commissioning.
- check the motor circuit configuration (star-delta)
- U/f operation: Increase up ramp.
- U/f operation: Check assignment of rated currents of motor and power unit.
- check the power cable connections.
- check the power cables for short-circuit or ground fault.
- check the length of the power cables.
- replace power unit.

F30081 Power unit: Switching operations too frequent

Message class: Power electronics faulted (5)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The power unit has executed too many switching operations for current limitation.
- closed-loop control is incorrectly parameterized.
- motor has a short-circuit or fault to ground (frame).
- U/f operation: Up ramp set too low.
- U/f operation: rated current of motor much greater than that of power unit.
- power cables are not correctly connected.
- power cables exceed the maximum permissible length.
- power unit defective.
Fault value (r0949, interpret bitwise binary):
Bit 0: Phase U.
Bit 1: Phase V.
Bit 2: Phase W.
Remedy: - check the motor data - if required, carry out commissioning.
- check the motor circuit configuration (star-delta)
- U/f operation: Increase up ramp.
- U/f operation: Check assignment of rated currents of motor and power unit.
- check the power cable connections.
- check the power cables for short-circuit or ground fault.
- check the length of the power cables.
- replace power unit.

F30105 PU: Actual value sensing fault

Message class: Power electronics faulted (5)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: At least one incorrect actual value channel was detected on the Power Stack Adapter (PSA).
The incorrect actual value channels are displayed in the following diagnostic parameters.
Remedy: Evaluate the diagnostic parameters.
If the actual value channel is incorrect, check the components and if required, replace.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 719
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A30502 Power unit: DC link overvoltage

Message class: DC link overvoltage (4)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The power unit has detected overvoltage in the DC link on a pulse inhibit.
- device connection voltage too high.
- line reactor incorrectly dimensioned.
Alarm value (r0949, interpret decimal):
DC link voltage [1 bit = 100 mV].
See also: r0070 (Actual DC link voltage)
Remedy: - check the device supply voltage (p0210).
- check the dimensioning of the line reactor.
See also: p0210 (Drive unit line supply voltage)

F30600 SI P2: STOP A initiated

Message class: Safety monitoring channel has identified an error (10)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: The drive-integrated "Safety Integrated" function on processor 2 has detected an error and initiated a STOP A.
- forced checking procedure (test stop) of the safety switch-off signal path on processor 2 unsuccessful.
- subsequent response to fault F30611 (defect in a monitoring channel).
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
0: Stop request from processor 1.
1005: Pulses suppressed although STO not selected and there is no internal STOP A present.
1010: Pulses enabled although STO is selected or an internal STOP A is present.
1011: Internal fault for the pulse enable in the Power Module.
9999: Subsequent response to fault F30611.
Remedy: - select Safe Torque Off and de-select again.
- carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on) for all components.
- replace Power Module involved.
For fault value = 9999:
- carry out diagnostics for fault F30611.
Note:
PM: Power Module
STO: Safe Torque Off

F30611 (A) SI P2: Defect in a monitoring channel

Message class: Safety monitoring channel has identified an error (10)
Reaction: NONE (OFF1, OFF2, OFF3)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: The drive-integrated "Safety Integrated" function on processor 2 has detected a fault in the data cross-check between
the two monitoring channels and has initiated a STOP F.
As a consequence of this fault, fault F30600 (SI P2: STOP A initiated) is output.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
0: Stop request from the other monitoring channel.
1 ... 999:
Number of the cross-compared data that resulted in this fault. This number is also displayed in r9795.
2: SI enable safety functions (p9601, p9801). Crosswise data comparison is only carried out for the supported bits.
3: SI F-DI changeover discrepancy time (p9650, p9850).
8: SI PROFIsafe address (p9610, p9810).
9: SI debounce time for STO (p9651, p9851).
1000: Watchdog timer has expired.

SINAMICS G120C
720 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Within the time of approx. 5 x p9650, alternatively, the following was defined:
- the signal at F-DI continually changed with time intervals less than or equal to the discrepancy time (p9650/p9850).
- via PROFIsafe, STO (also as subsequent response) was continually selected and deselected with time intervals
less than or equal to the discrepancy time (p9650/p9850).
1001, 1002: Initialization error, change timer / check timer.
2000: Status of the STO selection for both monitoring channels are different.
2001: Feedback signal of the safe pulse suppression for both monitoring channels different.
2002: Status of the delay timer SS1 for both monitoring channels different (status of the timer in p9650/p9850).
2003: Status of the STO terminal for processor 1 and processor 2 different.
6000 ... 6999:
Error in the PROFIsafe control.
For these fault values, the fail-safe control signals (fail-safe values) are transferred to the safety functions.
The significance of the individual message values is described in safety fault F01611.
Remedy: For fault values 1 ... 999 described in "Cause":
- check the cross data comparison that resulted in a STOP F.
- carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on).
For fault value = 1000:
- check the wiring of the F-DI (contact problems).
- PROFIsafe: Remove contact problems/faults at the PROFIBUS master/PROFINET controller.
- check the discrepancy time, and if required, increase the value (p9650/p9850).
For fault value = 1001, 1002:
- carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on).
For fault value = 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003:
- check the discrepancy time, and if required, increase the value (p9650/p9850).
- check the wiring of the F-DI (contact problems).
- check the causes of the STO selection in r9772.
For fault value = 6000 ... 6999:
Refer to the description of the message values in safety fault F01611.
For fault values that are described in "Cause":
- carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on).
- contact Technical Support.
- replace Control Unit.
Note:
F-DI: Fail-safe Digital Input
STO: Safe Torque Off

N30620 (F, A) SI P2: Safe Torque Off active

Message class: Safety monitoring channel has identified an error (10)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The "Safe Torque Off" (STO) function has been selected on processor 2 using the input terminal and is active.
Note:
This message does not result in a safety stop response.
Remedy: Not necessary.
Note:
STO: Safe Torque Off

F30625 SI P2: Sign-of-life error in safety data

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: The drive-integrated "Safety Integrated" function on processor 2 has detected an error in the sign-of-life of the safety
data and initiated a STOP A.
- there is a communication error between processor 1 and processor 2 or communication has failed.
- a time slice overflow of the safety software has occurred.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 721
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):

Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - select Safe Torque Off and de-select again.
- carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on).
- check whether additional faults are present and if required, perform diagnostics.
- check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance

F30649 SI P2: Internal software error

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: An internal error in the Safety Integrated software on processor 2 has occurred.
Note:
This fault results in a STOP A that cannot be acknowledged.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on).
- re-commission the "Safety Integrated" function and carry out a POWER ON.
- contact Technical Support.
- replace Control Unit.

F30650 SI P2: Acceptance test required

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: The drive-integrated "Safety Integrated" function on processor 2 requires an acceptance test.
Note:
This fault results in a STOP A that can be acknowledged.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
130: Safety parameters for processor 2 not available.
Note:
This fault value is always output when Safety Integrated is commissioned for the first time.
1000: Reference and actual checksum on processor 2 are not identical (booting).
- at least one checksum-checked piece of data is defective.
- safety parameters set offline and loaded into the Control Unit.
2000: Reference and actual checksum on processor 2 are not identical (commissioning mode).
- reference checksum incorrectly entered on processor 2 (p9899 not equal to r9898).
2003: Acceptance test is required as a safety parameter has been changed.
2010: Enable of safety-related brake control between the two monitoring channels differ (p9602 not equal to p9802).
9999: Subsequent response of another safety-related fault that occurred when booting that requires an acceptance
test.
Remedy: For fault value = 130:
- carry out safety commissioning routine.
For fault value = 1000:
- again carry out safety commissioning routine.
- replace the memory card or Control Unit.
- Using STARTER, activate the safety parameters for the drive involved (change settings, copy parameters, activate
settings).
For fault value = 2000:
- check the safety parameters on processor 2 and adapt the reference checksum (p9899).
For fault value = 2003:
- carry out an acceptance test and generate an acceptance report.
For fault value = 2010:
- check the enable the safety-related brake control on both monitoring channels (p9602 = p9802).

SINAMICS G120C
722 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

For fault value = 9999:

- carry out diagnostics for the other safety-related fault that is present.
See also: p9799 (SI reference checksum SI parameters (processor 1)), p9899 (SI reference checksum SI
parameters (processor 2))

F30651 SI P2: Synchronization with Control Unit unsuccessful

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: The drive-integrated "Safety Integrated" function requires synchronization of the safety time slices on processor 1
and processor 2. This synchronization routine was unsuccessful.
Note:
This fault results in a STOP A that cannot be acknowledged.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on).

F30655 SI P2: Align monitoring functions

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: An error has occurred when aligning the Safety Integrated monitoring functions on processor 1 and processor 2. No
common set of supported SI monitoring functions was able to be determined.
- there is a communication error between processor 1 and processor 2 or communication has failed.
Note:
This fault results in a STOP A that cannot be acknowledged.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on).
- check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance

F30656 SI P2: Parameter processor 2 parameter error

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: When accessing the Safety Integrated parameters for the processor 2 in the non-volatile memory, an error has
occurred.
Note:
This fault results in a STOP A that can be acknowledged.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
129: Safety parameters for processor 2 corrupted.
131: Internal software error on processor 1.
255: Internal software error on processor 2.
Remedy: - re-commission the safety functions.
- replace the memory card or Control Unit.
For fault value = 129:
- activate the safety commissioning mode (p0010 = 95).
- start the copy function for SI parameters (p9700 = D0 hex).
- acknowledge data change (p9701 = DC hex).
- exit the safety commissioning mode (p0010 = 0).
- save all parameters (p0971 = 1 or "copy RAM to ROM").
- carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on) for the Control Unit.

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 723
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F30659 SI P2: Write request for parameter rejected

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: The write request for one or several Safety Integrated parameters on processor 2 was rejected.
Note:
This fault does not result in a safety stop response.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
10: An attempt was made to enable the STO function although this cannot be supported.
15: An attempt was made to enable the motion monitoring functions integrated in the drive although these cannot be
supported.
16: An attempt was made to enable the PROFIsafe communications although this cannot be supported.
18: An attempt was made to enable the PROFIsafe function for Basic Functions although this cannot be supported.
20: An attempt was made to simultaneously enable both the drive-integrated motion monitoring functions via
integrated F-DI and STO via terminals, even though these cannot be supported at the same time.
28: An attempt was made to enable the "STO via terminals at the Power Module" function although this cannot be
supported.
See also: r9771 (SI common functions (processor 1)), r9871 (SI common functions (processor 2))
Remedy: For fault value = 10, 15, 16, 18:
- check whether there are faults in the safety function alignment (F01655, F30655) and if required, carry out
diagnostics for the faults involved.
- use a Control Unit that supports the required function.
For fault value = 28:
- use the power unit with the feature "STO via terminals at the Power Module".
Note:
F-DI: Fail-safe Digital Input
STO: Safe Torque Off

F30662 Error in internal communications

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: POWER ON
Cause: A module-internal communication error has occurred.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on).
- upgrade firmware to later version.
- contact Technical Support.

F30664 Error while booting

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: POWER ON
Cause: An error has occurred during booting.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on).
- upgrade firmware to later version.
- contact Technical Support.

SINAMICS G120C
724 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F30665 SI P2: System is defective

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: A system defect was detected before the last boot or in the actual one. The system might have been rebooted
(reset).
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
200000 hex, 400000 hex:
- fault in the actual booting/operation.
Additional values:
- defect before the last time that the system booted.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on).
- upgrade firmware to later version.
- contact Technical Support.
For fault value = 400000 hex:
- ensure that the Control Unit is connected to the Power Module.

A30693 (F) SI P2: Safety parameter settings changed, POWER ON required

Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: Safety parameters have been changed; these will only take effect following a POWER ON.
Notice:
All changed parameters of the safety motion monitoring functions will only take effect following a POWER ON.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Parameter number of the safety parameter which has changed, necessitating a POWER ON.
Remedy: - execute the function "Copy RAM to ROM".
- carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on).

A30788 Automatic test stop: wait for STO deselection via SMM
Message class: Safety monitoring channel has identified an error (10)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The automatic test stop was not able to be carried out after powering up.
Possible causes:
- the STO function is selected via Safety Extended Functions.
- a safety message is present, that resulted in a STO.
Remedy: - Deselect STO via Safety Extended Functions.
- remove the cause of the safety messages and acknowledge the messages.
The automatic test stop is performed after removing the cause.

N30800 (F) Power unit: Group signal

Message class: Power electronics faulted (5)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The power unit has detected at least one fault.
Remedy: Evaluate the other messages that are presently available.

F30802 Power unit: Time slice overflow

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: A time slice overflow has occurred.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
xx: Time slice number xx

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 725
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on) for all components.

- upgrade firmware to later version.
- contact Technical Support.

F30804 (N, A) Power unit: CRC

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: OFF2 (OFF1, OFF3)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: A checksum error (CRC error) has occurred for the power unit.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on) for all components.
- upgrade firmware to later version.
- contact Technical Support.

F30805 Power unit: EEPROM checksum error

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: Internal parameter data is corrupted.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
01: EEPROM access error.
02: Too many blocks in the EEPROM.
Remedy: Replace the module.

F30809 Power unit: Switching information not valid

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: For 3P gating unit, the following applies:
The last switching status word in the setpoint telegram is identified by the end ID. Such an end ID was not found.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on) for all components.
- upgrade firmware to later version.
- contact Technical Support.

A30810 (F) Power unit: Watchdog timer

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: When booting it was detected that the cause of the previous reset was an SAC watchdog timer overflow.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on) for all components.
- upgrade firmware to later version.
- contact Technical Support.

F30850 Power unit: Internal software error

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2, OFF3)
Acknowledge: POWER ON
Cause: An internal software error has occurred in the power unit.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - replace power unit.
- if required, upgrade the firmware in the power unit.
- contact Technical Support.

SINAMICS G120C
726 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F30903 Power unit: I2C bus error occurred

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: OFF2 (IASC/DCBRK, NONE, OFF1, OFF3, STOP2)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: Communications error with an EEPROM or an analog/digital converter.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
80000000 hex:
- internal software error.
00000001 hex ... 0000FFFF hex:
- module fault.
Remedy: For fault value = 80000000 hex:
- upgrade firmware to later version.
For fault value = 00000001 hex ... 0000FFFF hex:
- replace the module.

A30920 (F) Temperature sensor fault

Message class: Power electronics faulted (5)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: When evaluating the temperature sensor, an error occurred.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
1: Wire breakage or sensor not connected.
KTY: R > 2120 Ohm, PT1000: R > 2120 Ohm
2: Measured resistance too low.
PTC: R < 20 Ohm, KTY: R < 50 Ohm, PT1000: R < 603 Ohm
Remedy: - make sure that the sensor is connected correctly.
- replace the sensor.

F30950 Power unit: Internal software error

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: POWER ON
Cause: An internal software error has occurred.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Information about the fault source.
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - if necessary, upgrade the firmware in the power unit to a later version.
- contact Technical Support.

A30999 (F, N) Power unit: Unknown alarm

Message class: Power electronics faulted (5)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: An alarm occurred on the power unit that cannot be interpreted by the Control Unit firmware.
This can occur if the firmware on this component is more recent than the firmware on the Control Unit.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Alarm number.
Note:
If required, the significance of this new alarm can be read about in a more recent description of the Control Unit.
Remedy: - replace the firmware on the power unit by an older firmware version (r0128).
- upgrade the firmware on the Control Unit (r0018).

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 727
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F35950 TM: Internal software error

Message class: Hardware/software error (1)
Reaction: OFF2 (NONE)
Acknowledge: POWER ON
Cause: An internal software error has occurred.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Information about the fault source.
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - if necessary, upgrade the firmware in the Terminal Module to a later version.
- contact Technical Support.

A50001 (F) PROFINET configuration error

Message class: Communication error to the higher-level control system (9)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: A PROFINET controller attempts to establish a connection using an incorrect configuring telegram. The "Shared
Device" function has been activated (p8929 = 2).
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
10: A/F-CPU configures mixed PZD/PROFIsafe telegram.
13: F-CPU and PROFIsafe is not activated (p9601.3).
15: PROFIsafe telegram of the F-CPU does not match the setting in p9501.30.
See also: p9601 (SI enable functions integrated in the drive (processor 1))
Remedy: Check the configuration of the PROFINET controllers as well as the p8929 setting.

A50010 (F) PROFINET: Consistency error affecting adjustable parameters

Message class: Communication error to the higher-level control system (9)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: A consistency error was detected when activating the configuration (p8925) for the PROFINET interface. The
currently set configuration has not been activated.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
0: general consistency error
1: error in the IP configuration (IP address, subnet mask or standard gateway).
2: Error in the station names.
3: DHCP was not able to be activated, as a cyclic PROFINET connection already exists.
4: a cyclic PROFINET connection is not possible as DHCP is activated.
Note:
DHCP: Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
See also: p8920 (PN Name of Station), p8921 (PN IP address), p8922 (PN Default Gateway), p8923 (PN Subnet
Mask), p8924 (PN DHCP Mode)
Remedy: - check the required interface configuration (p8920 and following), correct if necessary, and activate (p8925).
or
- reconfigure the station via the "Edit Ethernet node" screen form (e.g. with STARTER commissioning software).
See also: p8925 (Activate PN interface configuration)

A50011 (F) Ethernet/IP: configuration error

Message class: Communication error to the higher-level control system (9)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: An EtherNet/IP controller attempts to establish a connection using an incorrect configuring telegram.
The telegram length set in the controller does not match the parameterization in the drive device.
Remedy: Check the set telegram length.
For p0922 not equal to 999, then the length of the selected telegram applies.
For p0922 = 999, the maximum interconnected PZD (r2067) applies.
See also: p0922 (PROFIdrive PZD telegram selection), r2067 (PZD maximum interconnected)

SINAMICS G120C
728 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A50020 (F) PROFINET: Second controller missing

Message class: Communication error to the higher-level control system (9)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The PROFINET function "Shared Device" has been activated (p8929 = 2). However, only the connection to a
PROFINET controller is present.
Remedy: Check the configuration of the PROFINET controllers as well as the p8929 setting.

F50510 FBLOCKS: Logon of the run-time group rejected

Message class: General drive fault (19)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: When the run-time groups of the free function blocks attempted to log on with the sampling time management, the
logon of at least one run-time group was rejected.
Too many different hardware sampling times may have been assigned to the free function blocks.
Remedy: - check number of available hardware sampling times (T_sample < 8 ms) (r7903).

F50511 FBLOCKS: Memory no longer available for free function blocks

Message class: General drive fault (19)
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: When the free function blocks were activated, more memory was requested than was available on the Control Unit.
Remedy: Not necessary.

A50513 (F) FBLOCKS: Run sequence value already assigned

Message class: General drive fault (19)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: An attempt was made to assign a run sequence value already assigned to a function block on this drive object to
another additional function block on the same drive object. A run sequence value can only be precisely assigned to
one function block on one drive object.
Remedy: Set another value that is still available on this drive object for the run sequence.

A50517 FBLOCKS: Int. meas. active

Message class: General drive fault (19)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: A Siemens internal measurement has been activated.
Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on) for the Control Unit involved.

F50518 FBLOCKS: Sampling time of free run-time group differs at download

Message class: General drive fault (19)
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: In the STARTER/SCOUT project that was downloaded, the hardware sampling time of a free run-time group (1 <=
p20000[i] <= 256) was set to a value that was either too low or too high.
The sampling time must be between 1 ms and the value r20003 - r20002.
If the sampling time of the selected free run-time group is < 1 ms, the equivalent value of 1 ms is used.
If the value >= r20003, then the sampling time is set to the next higher or the same software sampling time >=
r21003.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Number of the p20000 index of the run-time group where the sampling time is incorrectly set.
Number of the run-time group = fault value + 1

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 729
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Remedy: - correctly set the sampling time of the run-time group.

- if required, take all of the blocks from the run-time group.
Note:
Fault F50518 only detects an incorrectly parameterized run-time group. If, after correcting p20000[i] in the project,
this error occurs again at download, then the run-time group involved should be identified using the fault value
(r0949) and the sampling time correctly set.

SINAMICS G120C
730 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
Appendix A
Content

A.1 ASCII table (characters that can be displayed) 732

A.2 List of abbreviations 735

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 731
A Appendix
A.1 ASCII table (characters that can be displayed)

A.1 ASCII table (characters that can be displayed)

The following table includes the decimal and hexadecimal notation of ASCII characters that
can be displayed (printable).

Table A-1 ASCII table (characters that can be displayed)

Character Decimal Hexadecimal Meaning

32 20 Space
! 33 21 Exclamation mark
" 34 22 Quotation mark
# 35 23 Number sign
$ 36 24 Dollar
% 37 25 Percent
& 38 26 Ampersand
’ 39 27 Apostrophe, closing single quotation mark
( 40 28 Opening parenthesis
) 41 29 Closing parenthesis
* 42 2A Asterisk
+ 43 2B Plus
, 44 2C Comma
- 45 2D Hyphen, minus
. 46 2E Period, decimal point
/ 47 2F Slash, slant
0 48 30 Digit 0
1 49 31 Digit 1
2 50 32 Digit 2
3 51 33 Digit 3
4 52 34 Digit 4
5 53 35 Digit 5
6 54 36 Digit 6
7 55 37 Digit 7
8 56 38 Digit 8
9 57 39 Digit 9
: 58 3A Colon
; 59 3B Semicolon
< 60 3C Less than
= 61 3D Equals
> 62 3E Greater than
? 63 3F Question mark
@ 64 40 Commercial At

SINAMICS G120C
732 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 A Appendix
A.1 ASCII table (characters that can be displayed)

Table A-1 ASCII table (characters that can be displayed), continued

Character Decimal Hexadecimal Meaning

A 65 41 Capital letter A
B 66 42 Capital letter B
C 67 43 Capital letter C
D 68 44 Capital letter D
E 69 45 Capital letter E
F 70 46 Capital letter F
G 71 47 Capital letter G
H 72 48 Capital letter H
I 73 49 Capital letter I
J 74 4A Capital letter J
K 75 4B Capital letter K
L 76 4C Capital letter L
M 77 4D Capital letter M
N 78 4E Capital letter N
O 79 4F Capital letter O
P 80 50 Capital letter P
Q 81 51 Capital letter Q
R 82 52 Capital letter R
S 83 53 Capital letter S
T 84 54 Capital letter T
U 85 55 Capital letter U
V 86 56 Capital letter V
W 87 57 Capital letter W
X 88 58 Capital letter X
Y 89 59 Capital letter Y
Z 90 5A Capital letter Z
[ 91 5B Opening bracket
\ 92 5C Backslash
] 93 5D Closing bracket
^ 94 5E Circumflex
_ 95 5F Underline
‘ 96 60 Opening single quotation mark
a 97 61 Small letter a
b 98 62 Small letter b
c 99 63 Small letter c
d 100 64 Small letter d

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 733
A Appendix
A.1 ASCII table (characters that can be displayed)

Table A-1 ASCII table (characters that can be displayed), continued

Character Decimal Hexadecimal Meaning

e 101 65 Small letter e

f 102 66 Small letter f
g 103 67 Small letter g
h 104 68 Small letter h
i 105 69 Small letter i
j 106 6A Small letter j
k 107 6B Small letter k
l 108 6C Small letter l
m 109 6D Small letter m
n 110 6E Small letter n
o 111 6F Small letter o
p 112 70 Small letter p
q 113 71 Small letter q
r 114 72 Small letter r
s 115 73 Small letter s
t 116 74 Small letter t
u 117 75 Small letter u
v 118 76 Small letter v
w 119 77 Small letter w
x 120 78 Small letter x
y 121 79 Small letter y
z 122 7A Small letter z
{ 123 7B Opening brace
| 124 7C Vertical line
} 125 7D Closing brace
~ 126 7E Tilde

SINAMICS G120C
734 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 A Appendix
A.2 List of abbreviations

A.2 List of abbreviations

Note
The following list of abbreviations includes all abbreviations and their meanings used in the
entire SINAMICS family of drives.

Abbreviation Source of abbreviation Significance

A
A… Alarm Warning
AC Alternating Current Alternating current
ADC Analog Digital Converter Analog-Digital converter
AI Analog Input Analog input
AIM Active Interface Module Active Interface Module
ALM Active Line Module Active Line Module
AO Analog Output Analog output
AOP Advanced Operator Panel Advanced Operator Panel
APC Advanced Positioning Control Advanced Positioning Control
AR Automatic Restart Automatic restart
ASC Armature Short Circuit Armature short-circuit
ASCII American Standard Code for Information American coding standard for the exchange of
Interchange information
AS-i AS-Interface (Actuator Sensor Interface) AS-Interface (open bus system in automation
technology)
ASM Asynchronmotor Induction motor
AVS Active Vibration Suppression Active load vibration damping
B
BB Betriebsbedingung Operation condition
BERO - Contactless proximity switch
BI Binector Input Binector input
BIA Berufsgenossenschaftliches Institut für BG-Institute for Occupational Safety and Health
Arbeitssicherheit
BICO Binector Connector Technology Binector connector technology
BLM Basic Line Module Basic Line Module
BO Binector Output Binector output
BOP Basic Operator Panel Basic operator panel
C
C Capacitance Capacitance
C… - Safety message
CAN Controller Area Network Serial bus system
CBC Communication Board CAN Communication Board CAN
CBE Communication Board Ethernet PROFINET communication module (Ethernet)
CD Compact Disc Compact disk
CDS Command Data Set Command data set
CF Card CompactFlash Card CompactFlash card

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 735
A Appendix
A.2 List of abbreviations

Abbreviation Source of abbreviation Significance

CI Connector Input Connector input
CLC Clearance Control Clearance control
CNC Computerized Numerical Control Computer-supported numerical control
CO Connector Output Connector output
CO/BO Connector Output / Binector Output Connector Output / Binector Output
COB ID CAN Object-Identification CAN Object-Identification
CoL Certificate of License Certificate of License
COM Common contact of a changeover relay Center contact of a changeover contact
COMM Commissioning Startup
CP Communication Processor Communications processor
CPU Central Processing Unit Central processing unit
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check Cyclic redundancy check
CSM Control Supply Module Control Supply Module
CU Control Unit Control Unit
CUA Control Unit Adapter Control Unit Adapter
CUD Control Unit DC Control Unit DC
D
DAC Digital Analog Converter Digital analog converter
DC Direct Current DC current
DCB Drive Control Block Drive Control Block
DCBRK DC Brake DC braking
DCC Drive Control Chart Drive Control Chart
DCN Direct Current Negative Direct current negative
DCP Direct Current Positive Direct current positive
DDC Dynamic Drive Control Dynamic Drive Control
DDS Drive Data Set Drive Data Set
DI Digital Input Digital input
DI/DO Digital Input / Digital Output Digital input/output, bidirectional
DMC DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module Cabinet DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module Cabinet
DME DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module External DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module External
DMM Double Motor Module Double Motor Module
DO Digital Output Digital output
DO Drive Object Drive object
DP Decentralized Peripherals Distributed I/O
DPRAM Dual-Port Random Access Memory Dual-Port Random Access Memory
DQ DRIVE-CLiQ DRIVE-CLiQ
DRAM Dynamic Random Access Memory Dynamic Random Access Memory
DRIVE-CLiQ Drive Component Link with IQ Drive Component Link with IQ
DSC Dynamic Servo Control Dynamic Servo Control
DSM Double submodule Double submodule
DTC Digital Time Clock Timer

SINAMICS G120C
736 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 A Appendix
A.2 List of abbreviations

Abbreviation Source of abbreviation Significance

E
EASC External Armature Short-Circuit External armature short-circuit
EDS Encoder Data Set Encoder data set
EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Electrically Erasable Programmable
Read-Only Memory Read-Only-Memory
EGB Elektrostatisch gefährdete Baugruppen Electrostatic sensitive devices
ELCB Earth Leakage Circuit-Breaker Residual current operated circuit breaker
ELP Earth Leakage Protection Ground-fault monitoring
EMC Electromagnetic Compatibility Electromagnetic compatibility
EMF Electromotive Force Electromotive force
EMK Elektromotorische Kraft Electromotive force
EMV Elektromagnetische Verträglichkeit Electromagnetic compatibility
EN Europäische Norm European Standard
EnDat Encoder-Data-Interface Encoder interface
EP Enable Pulses Pulse enable
EPOS Einfachpositionierer Basic positioner
ES Engineering System Engineering system
ESB Ersatzschaltbild Equivalent circuit diagram
ESD Electrostatically Sensitive Devices Electrostatic sensitive devices
ESM Essential Service Mode Essential service mode
ESR Extended Stop and Retract Extended stop and retract
F
F… Fault Fault
FAQ Frequently Asked Questions Frequently Asked Questions
FBLOCKS Free Blocks Free function blocks
FCC Function control chart Function control chart
FCC Flux Current Control Flux current control
FD Function Diagram Function diagram
F-DI Fail-safe Digital Input Failsafe digital input
F-DO Fail-safe Digital Output Fail-safe digital output
FEPROM Flash-EPROM Non-volatile write and read memory
FG Function Generator Function Generator
FI - Fault current
FOC Fiber-Optic Cable Fiber-optic cable
FP Funktionsplan Function diagram
FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array Field Programmable Gate Array
FW Firmware Firmware
G
GB Gigabyte Gigabyte
GC Global Control Global control telegram (broadcast telegram)
GND Ground Reference potential for all signal and operating
voltages, usually defined as 0 V (also referred to as
M)

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 737
A Appendix
A.2 List of abbreviations

Abbreviation Source of abbreviation Significance

GSD Gerätestammdatei Generic Station Description: Describes the features
of a PROFIBUS slave
GSV Gate Supply Voltage Gate supply voltage
GUID Globally Unique Identifier Globally Unique Identifier
H
HF High Frequency High frequency
HFD Hochfrequenzdrossel Radio frequency reactor
HLA Hydraulic Linear Actuator Hydraulic linear actuator
HLG Hochlaufgeber Ramp-function Generator
HM Hydraulic Module Hydraulic Module
HMI Human Machine Interface Human Machine Interface
HTL High-Threshold Logic Logic with high interference threshold
HW Hardware Hardware
I
i. V. In Vorbereitung Under development: This property is currently not
available
I/O Input/Output Input/output
I2C Inter-Integrated Circuit Internal serial data bus
IASC Internal Armature Short-Circuit Internal armature short-circuit
IBN Inbetriebnahme Startup
ID Identifier Identification
IE Industrial Ethernet Industrial Ethernet
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission International Electrotechnical Commission
IF Interface Interface
IGBT Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor Insulated gate bipolar transistor
IGCT Integrated Gate-Controlled Thyristor Semiconductor power switch with integrated control
electrode
IL Impulslöschung Pulse suppression
IP Internet Protocol Internet protocol
IPO Interpolator Interpolator
IT Isolé Terre Non-grounded three-phase line supply
IVP Internal Voltage Protection Internal voltage protection
J
JOG Jogging Jogging
K
KDV Kreuzweiser Datenvergleich Data cross-check
KHP Know-How Protection Know-how protection
KIP Kinetische Pufferung Kinetic buffering
Kp - Proportional gain
KTY84 - Temperature sensor
L
L - Symbol for inductance
LED Light Emitting Diode Light emitting diode

SINAMICS G120C
738 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 A Appendix
A.2 List of abbreviations

Abbreviation Source of abbreviation Significance

LIN Linearmotor Linear motor
LR Lageregler Position controller
LSB Least Significant Bit Least Significant Bit
LSC Line-side converter Line-side converter
LSS Line-Side Switch Line-side switch
LU Length Unit Length unit
LWL Lichtwellenleiter Fiber-optic cable
M
M - Symbol for torque
M Masse Reference potential for all signal and operating
voltages, usually defined as 0 V (also referred to as
GND)
MB Megabyte Megabyte
MCC Motion Control Chart Motion Control Chart
MDI Manual Data Input Manual data input
MDS Motor Data Set Motor data set
MLFB Maschinenlesbare Fabrikatebezeichnung Machine-readable product code
MM Motor Module Motor Module
MMC Man-Machine Communication Man-machine communication
MMC Micro Memory Card Micro memory card
MSB Most Significant Bit Most significant bit
MSC Motor Side Converter Motor-side converter
MSCY_C1 Master Slave Cycle Class 1 Cyclic communication between master (class 1)
and slave
MSC Motorstromrichter Motor-side converter
MT Messtaster Probe
N
N. C. Not Connected Not connected
N… No Report No report or internal message
NAMUR Normenarbeitsgemeinschaft für Mess- und Standardization association for measurement and
Regeltechnik in der chemischen Industrie control in chemical industries
NC Normally Closed (contact) NC contacts
NC Numerical Control Numerical control
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association Standardization association in USA (United States
of America)
NM Nullmarke Zero mark
NO Normally Open (contact) NO contacts
NSR Netzstromrichter Line-side converter
NTP Network Time Protocol Standard for synchronization of the time of day
NVRAM Non-Volatile Random Access Memory Non-volatile read/write memory

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 739
A Appendix
A.2 List of abbreviations

Abbreviation Source of abbreviation Significance

O
OA Open Architecture Software component which provides additional
functions for the SINAMICS drive system
OAIF Open Architecture Interface Version of the SINAMICS firmware as of which the
OA-application can be used
OASP Open Architecture Support Package Expands the STARTER commissioning tool by the
corresponding OA-application
OC Operating Condition Operation condition
OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer Original equipment manufacturer
OLP Optical Link Plug Bus connector for fiber-optic cable
OMI Option Module Interface Option Module Interface
P
p… - Adjustable parameters
P1 Processor 1 CPU 1
P2 Processor 2 CPU 2
PB PROFIBUS PROFIBUS
PcCtrl PC Control Master control
PD PROFIdrive PROFIdrive
PDC Precision Drive Control Precision Drive Control
PDS Power Unit Data Set Power unit data set
PE Protective Earth Protective ground
PELV Protective Extra-Low Voltage Safety extra-low voltage
PFH Probability of dangerous failure per hour Probability of dangerous failure per hour
PG Programmiergerät Programming device
PI Proportional integral Proportional integral
PID Proportional integral differential Proportional integral differential
PLC Programmable Logic Controller Programmable logic controller
PLL Phase-locked loop Phase-locked loop
PM Power Module Power Module
PMSM Permanent-Magnet Synchronous Motor Permanent-magnet synchronous motor
PN PROFINET PROFINET
PNO PROFIBUS Nutzerorganisation PROFIBUS user organization
PPI Point-to-Point Interface Point-to-point interface
PRBS Pseudo Random Binary Signal White noise
PROFIBUS Process Field Bus Serial data bus
PS Power Supply Power supply
PSA Power Stack Adapter Power Stack Adapter
PT1000 - Temperature sensor
PTC Positive Temperature Coefficient Positive temperature coefficient
PTP Point-To-Point Point-to-point
PWM Pulse Width Modulation Pulse width modulation
PZD Prozessdaten Process data

SINAMICS G120C
740 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 A Appendix
A.2 List of abbreviations

Abbreviation Source of abbreviation Significance

Q
R
r… - Display parameters (read only)
RAM Random Access Memory Speicher zum Lesen und Schreiben
RCCB Residual Current Circuit Breaker Residual current operated circuit breaker
RCD Residual Current Device Residual current operated circuit breaker
RCM Residual Current Monitor Residual current monitor
REL Reluctance motor textile Reluctance motor textile
RESM Reluctance Synchronous Motor Synchronous reluctance motor
RFG Ramp-Function Generator Ramp-function Generator
RJ45 Registered Jack 45 Term for an 8-pin socket system for data
transmission with shielded or non-shielded multi-
wire copper cables
RKA Rückkühlanlage Cooling unit
RLM Renewable Line Module Renewable Line Module
RO Read Only Read only
ROM Read-Only Memory Read-only memory
RPDO Receive Process Data Object Receive Process Data Object
RS232 Recommended Standard 232 Interface standard for a cable-connected serial data
transmission between a sender and receiver
(also known as EIA232)
RS485 Recommended Standard 485 Interface standard for a cable-connected
differential, parallel, and/or serial bus system (data
transmission between a number of senders and
receivers, also known as EIA485)
RTC Real-Time Clock Real-time clock
RZA Raumzeigerapproximation Space-vector approximation
S
S1 - Continuous operation
S3 - Intermittent duty
SAM Safe Acceleration Monitor Safe acceleration monitoring
SBC Safe Brake Control Safe brake control
SBH Sicherer Betriebshalt Safe operating stop
SBR Safe Brake Ramp Safe brake ramp monitoring
SBT Safe Brake Test Safe brake test
SCA Safe Cam Safe cam
SCC Safety Control Channel Safety Control Channel
SD Card SecureDigital Card Secure digital memory card
SDC Standard Drive Control Standard Drive Control
SDI Safe Direction Safe motion direction
SE Sicherer Software-Endschalter Safe software limit switch
SESM Separately Excited Synchronous Motor Separately excited synchronous motor
SG Sicher reduzierte Geschwindigkeit Safely-limited speed
SGA Sicherheitsgerichteter Ausgang Safety-related output

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 741
A Appendix
A.2 List of abbreviations

Abbreviation Source of abbreviation Significance

SGE Sicherheitsgerichteter Eingang Safety-related input
SH Sicherer Halt Safe stop
SI Safety Integrated Safety Integrated
SIC Safety Info Channel Safety Info Channel
SIL Safety Integrity Level Safety Integrity Level
SITOP - Siemens power supply system
SLM Smart Line Module Smart Line Module
SLP Safely Limited Position Safely Limited Position
SLS Safely-Limited Speed Safely-limited speed
SLVC Sensorless Vector Control Sensorless vector control
SM Sensor Module Sensor Module
SMC Sensor Module Cabinet Sensor Module Cabinet
SME Sensor Module External Sensor Module External
SMI SINAMICS Sensor Module Integrated SINAMICS Sensor Module Integrated
SMM Single Motor Module Single Motor Module
SN Sicherer Software-Nocken Safe software cam
SOS Safe Operating Stop Safe operating stop
SP Service Pack Service pack
SP Safe Position Safe position
SPC Setpoint Channel Setpoint channel
SPI Serial Peripheral Interface Serial peripheral interface
SPS Speicherprogrammierbare Steuerung Programmable logic controller
SS1 Safe Stop 1 Safe Stop 1
(monitored for time and ramp)
SS1E Safe Stop 1 External Safe Stop 1 with external stop
SS2 Safe Stop 2 Safe Stop 2
SS2E Safe Stop 2 External Safe Stop 2 with external stop
SSI Synchronous Serial Interface Synchronous serial interface
SSL Secure Sockets Layer Encryption protocol for secure data transfer (new
TLS)
SSM Safe Speed Monitor Safe feedback from speed monitor
SSP SINAMICS support package SINAMICS support package
STO Safe Torque Off Safe torque off
STW Steuerwort Control word
T
TB Terminal Board Terminal Board
TEC Technology Extension Software component which is installed as an
additional technology package and which expands
the functionality of SINAMICS (previously
OA-application)
TIA Totally Integrated Automation Totally Integrated Automation
TLS Transport Layer Security Encryption protocol for secure data transfer
(previously SSL)
TM Terminal Module Terminal Module

SINAMICS G120C
742 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 A Appendix
A.2 List of abbreviations

Abbreviation Source of abbreviation Significance

TN Terre Neutre Grounded three-phase line supply
Tn - Integral time
TPDO Transmit Process Data Object Transmit Process Data Object
TSN Time-Sensitive Networking Time-Sensitive Networking
TT Terre Terre Grounded three-phase line supply
TTL Transistor-Transistor Logic Transistor-Transistor-Logik
Tv - Rate time
U
UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
UPS Uninterruptible Power Supply Uninterruptible power supply
USV Unterbrechungsfreie Stromversorgung Uninterruptible power supply
UTC Universal Time Coordinated Universal time coordinated
V
VC Vector Control Vector control
Vdc - DC-link voltage
VdcN - Partial DC-link voltage negative
VdcP - Partial DC-link voltage positive
VDE Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker [Association of
German Electrical Engineers]
VDI Verein Deutscher Ingenieure Verein Deutscher Ingenieure [Association of
German Engineers]
VPM Voltage Protection Module Voltage Protection Module
Vpp Volt peak to peak Volt peak to peak
VSM Voltage Sensing Module Voltage Sensing Module
W
WEA Wiedereinschaltautomatik Automatic restart
WZM Werkzeugmaschine Machine tool
X
XML Extensible Markup Language Extensible markup language (standard language for
Web publishing and document management)
Y
Z
ZK Zwischenkreis DC link
ZM Zero Mark Zero mark
ZSW Zustandswort Status Word

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 743
A Appendix
A.2 List of abbreviations

SINAMICS G120C
744 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
Index

Numbers 2446
1020 PROFIdrive - STW3 control word interconnection,
Explanation of the symbols (part 1), 449 472
1021 2450
Explanation of the symbols (part 2), 450 PROFIdrive - PZD send signals interconnection, 473
1022 2451
Explanation of the symbols (part 3), 451 PROFIdrive - ZSW1 status word interconnection
1030 (p2038 = 2), 474
Handling BICO technology, 452 2452
2201 PROFIdrive - ZSW1 status word interconnection
Connection overview, 454 (p2038 = 0), 475
2221 2456
Digital inputs, electrically isolated (DI 0 ... DI 5), 455 PROFIdrive - ZSW3 status word interconnection,
2241 476
Digital outputs (DO 0 ... DO 1), 456 2468
2250 PROFIdrive - receive telegram, free interconnection
Analog input 0 (AI 0), 457 via BICO (p0922 = 999), 477
2255 2470
Analog inputs digital input (DI 11), 458 PROFIdrive - send telegram, free interconnection
2260 BICO (p0922 = 999), 478
Analog output 0 (AO 0), 459 2472
2272 EtherNet/IP - status word, free interconnection, 479
Two-wire control, 460 2473
2273 EtherNet/IP - control word / status word
Three-wire control, 461 interconnection, 480
2381 2501
Control commands and interrogation commands, Control word, sequence control (r0898), 495
463 2503
2382 Status word, sequence control (r0899), 496
States, 464 2505
2401 Control word, setpoint channel (r1198), 497
Overview PROFIdrive, EtherNet/IP, 466 2510
2410 Status word 1 (r0052), 498
PROFIBUS, EtherNet/IP - addresses and 2512
diagnostics, 467 Control word 1 (r0054), 499
2420 2513
PROFIdrive - telegrams and process data (PZD), Supplementary control word (r0055), 500
468 2522
2440 Status word, speed controller (r1407), 501
PROFIdrive - PZD receive signals interconnection, 2526
469 Status word, closed-loop control (r0056), 502
2441 2530
PROFIdrive - STW1 control word interconnection Status word, current control (r1408), 503
(p2038 = 2), 470 2534
2442 Status word, monitoring functions 1 (r2197), 504
PROFIdrive - STW1 control word interconnection 2536
(p2038 = 0), 471 Status word, monitoring functions 2 (r2198), 505

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 745
Index

2537 6040
Status word, monitoring functions 3 (r2199), 506 Speed controller with Kp_n-/Tn_n adaptation, 535
2546 6060
Control word, faults/alarms (r2138), 507 Torque setpoint, 536
2548 6220
Status word, faults/alarms 1 and 2 (r2139 and Vdc_max controller and Vdc_min controller, 537
r2135), 508 6300
2610 U/f control, overview, 538
Sequence control - Sequencer, 509 6301
2634 U/f control, characteristic and voltage boost, 539
Sequence control - missing enable signals, line 6310
contactor control, 510 U/f control, resonance damping and slip
2701 compensation, 540
Simple brake control, 512 6320
2800 U/f control, Vdc_max controller, 541
Parameter manager, 514 6490
2802 Speed control configuration, 542
Monitoring functions and faults/alarms, 515 6491
2804 Flux controller configuration, 543
Status words, 516 6630
2810 Upper/lower torque limit, 544
STO (Safe Torque Off), 517 6640
2813 Current/power/torque limits, 545
F-DI (Fail-safe Digital Input), 518 6700
2915 Current control, overview, 546
Standard telegrams, 520 6710
3001 Current setpoint filter, 547
Overview of setpoint channel, 522 6714
3010 Iq and Id controllers, 548
Fixed speed setpoints, binary selection (p1016 = 2), 6721
523 Id setpoint (PMSM, p0300 = 2), 549
3011 6722
Fixed speed setpoints, direct selection (p1016 = 1), Field weakening characteristic, flux setpoint
524 (ASM, p0300 = 1), 550
3020 6723
Motorized potentiometer, 525 Field weakening controller, flux controller, Id setpoint
3030 (ASM, p0300 = 1), 551
Main/supplementary setpoint, setpointscaling, 6724
jogging, 526 Field weakening controller (PMSM, p0300 = 2), 552
3040 6730
Direction limitation and direction reversal, 527 Interface to the Power Module (ASM, p0300 = 1),
3050 553
Skip frequency bands and speedlimitations, 528 6731
3070 Interface to the Power Module (PMSM, p0300 = 2),
Extended ramp-function generator, 529 554
6019 6799
Application classes (p0096), overview, 531 Display signals, 555
6020 6820
Speed control and generation of the torque limits, Speed control and generation of the torque limits,
overview, 532 overview (p0096 = 2), 563
6030 6821
Speed setpoint, accelerationmodel, 533 Current control, overview (p0096 = 2), 564
6035 6822
Moment of inertia estimator, 534 Speed setpoint, precontrol balancing, acceleration
model (p0096 = 2), 565

SINAMICS G120C
746 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 Index

6823 7212
Moment of inertia estimator (p0096 = 2), 566 OR 0 ... 3, 585
6824 7214
Speed controller with Kp_n/Tn_n adaptation) XOR 0 ... 3, 586
(p0096 = 2), 567 7216
6826 NOT 0 ... 5, 587
Torque setpoint (p0096 = 2), 568 7220
6827 ADD 0 ... 2, SUB 0 ... 1, 588
Vdc_max controller and Vdc_min controller 7222
(p0096 = 2), 569 MUL 0 ... 1, DIV 0 ... 1, 589
6828 7224
Current/power/torque limits (p0096 = 2), 570 AVA 0 ... 1, 590
6832 7225
Current setpoint (p0096 = 2), 571 NCM 0 ... 1, 591
6833 7226
Iq and Id controllers (p0096 = 2), 572 PLI 0 ... 1, 592
6836 7230
Id setpoint (PMSM, p0300 = 2xx, p0096 = 2), 573 MFP 0 ... 3, PCL 0 ... 1, 593
6837 7232
Field weakening characteristic, flux setpoint (ASM, PDE 0 ... 3, 594
p0300 = 1, p0096 = 2), 574 7233
6838 PDF 0 ... 3, 595
Field weakening controller, flux controller, Id setpoint 7234
(ASM, p0300 = 1, p0096 = 2), 575 PST 0 ... 1, 596
6839 7240
Field weakening controller (PMSM, p0300 = 2xx, RSR 0 ... 2, DFR 0 ... 2, 597
p0096 = 2), 576 7250
6841 BSW0 ... 1, NSW 0 ... 1, 598
Interface to the Power Module (ASM, p0300 = 1, 7260
p0096 = 2), 577 LIM 0 ... 1, 599
6842 7262
Interface to the Power Module (PMSM, p0300 = 2xx, PT1 0 ... 1, 600
p0096 = 2), 578 7264
6850 INT 0, DIF 0, 601
U/f control, overview (p0096 = 1), 557 7270
6851 LVM 0 ... 1, 602
U/f control, characteristic and voltage boost (p0096 = 7950
1), 558 Fixed value selection binary (p2216 = 2), 604
6853 7951
U/f control, resonance damping and slip Fixed value selection direct (p2216 = 1), 605
compensation (p0096 = 1), 559 7954
6854 Motorized potentiometer, 606
U/f control, Vdc_max controller (p0096 = 1), 560 7958
6856 Closed-loop control, 607
U/f control, interface to the Power Module (ASM, 8005
p0300 = 1, p0096 = 1), 561 Overview, signals and monitoring functions, 609
7010 8010
Friction characteristic, 580 Speed signals 1, 610
7017 8011
DC braking (ASM, p0300 = 1), 581 Speed signals 2, 611
7200 8012
Sampling times of the runtime groups, 583 Torque signals, motor blocked/stalled, 612
7210 8016
AND 0 ... 3, 584 Thermal monitoring motor, motor temperature status
word faults/alarms, 613

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 747
Index

8017 A
Motor temperature model 1 (I2t), 614 Acknowledgment
8018 Adjustable, 638
Motor temperature model 2, 615 Default, 638
8019 IMMEDIATELY, 633
Motor temperature model 3, 616 POWER ON, 633
8020 PULSE SUPPRESSION, 633
Thermal monitoring, power module, 617 Adjustable parameters, 13
8022 Alarm
Monitoring functions 1, 618 Cause, 638
8023 Display, 630
Monitoring functions 2, 619 Explanation of list, 634
8050 Fault location, 635
Diagnostics overview, 621 General, 630
8060 How to distinguish an alarm from a fault, 630
Fault buffer, 622 List of all alarms, 641
8065 Message class, 635
Alarm buffer, 623 Name, 635
8070 Number, 634
Faults/alarms trigger word (r2129), 624 Number range, 639
8075 Remedy, 638
Faults/alarms configuration, 625 Alarm buffer, 620
8560 Alarm value, 638
Command Data Sets (CDS), 627 Analog inputs, 453
8565 Analog outputs, 453
Drive Data Sets (DDS), 628 ASCII table, 732
9204 Axxxx, 634
Receive telegram, free PDO mapping (p8744 = 2),
482 B
9206 BI, Binector Input, 14
Receive telegram, Predefined Connection Set BICO technology, 452
(p8744 = 1), 483 Binector
9208 Input (BI), 14
Send telegram, free PDO mapping (p8744 = 2), 484 Output (BO), 14
9210 Bit field (parameter), 21
Send telegram, Predefined Connection Set BO, Binector Output, 14
(p8744 = 1), 485 Brake control, 511
9220
CANopen control word interconnection, 486 C
9226 Calculated, 15
Status word, CANopen (r8784), 487 Can be changed (parameters), 17
9310 CANopen, 481, 488
Configuration, addresses and diagnostics, 489 CDS, (Command Data Set), 18, 626, 627
9342 CI, Connector Input, 14
STW1 control word interconnection, 490 Closed-loop control
9352 Technology controller, 607
ZSW1 status word interconnection, 491 Vector, 530
9360 Vector (Dynamic Drive Control), 562
Receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO Vector (Standard Drive Control), 556
(p0922 = 999), 492 CO, Connector Output, 14
9370 CO/BO, Connector/Binector Output, 14
Send telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 Command data sets, 626
= 999), 493

SINAMICS G120C
748 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 Index

Connector How to distinguish a fault from an alarm, 630

Input (CI), 14 List of all faults, 641
Output (CO), 14 Message class, 635
Control words, 462, 465 Name, 635
Cxxxxx, 634 Number, 634
Number range, 639
D Remedy, 638
Data Set, 626 Fault buffer, 620
Command Data Set, CDS, 18 Configuration, 622
Drive Data Set, DDS, 18 Fault value, 638
Encoder Data Set, EDS, 18 Faults/alarms configuration, 620
Motor Data Set, MDS, 18 Faults/alarms triggering (r2129), 620
Power unit Data Set, PDS, 18 Fixed speed setpoints, 521
Data set, 626 Fixed values, 604, 605
Command data set, 18 Free function blocks, 582
Drive data set, 18 Free interconnection via BICO, 462, 465
Encoder data set, 18 Friction characteristic, 580
Motor data set, 18 Function diagram (parameters), 19
Power unit data set, 18 Function diagrams Dynamic Drive Control
Data type (parameters), 16 Current control, overview (p0096 = 2), 564
DCBRAKE, 632 Current setpoint (p0096 = 2), 571
DDS, (Drive Data Set), 18, 626 Current/power/torque limits (p0096 = 2), 570
DDS, (Drive Data Sets), 628 Field weakening characteristic, flux setpoint (ASM,
Dependency (parameter), 21 p0300 = 1, p0096 = 2), 574
Description (parameter), 20 Field weakening controller (PMSM, p0300 = 2xx,
Digital inputs, 453 p0096 = 2), 576
Digital outputs, 453 Field weakening controller, flux controller, Id setpoint
Direction of rotation limiting, 521 (ASM, p0300 = 1, p0096 = 2), 575
Direction reversal, 521 Id setpoint (PMSM, p0300 = 2xx, p0096 = 2), 573
Directory Interface to the Power Module (ASM, p0300 = 1,
ASCII table, 732 p0096 = 2), 577
Complete table of contents, 5 Interface to the Power Module (PMSM, p0300 = 2xx,
Index, 745 p0096 = 2), 578
List of abbreviations, 735 Iq and Id controller (p0096 = 2), 572
Table of contents, function diagrams, 442 Moment of inertia estimator (p0096 = 2), 566
Display Speed control and generation of the torque limits,
Alarms, 630 overview (p0096 = 2), 563
Faults, 630 Speed controller with Kp_n/Tn_n adaptation)
Display parameters, 13 (p0096 = 2), 567
Drive data sets, 626 Speed setpoint, precontrol balancing, acceleration
Dynamic index (parameters), 18 model (p0096 = 2), 565
Torque setpoint (p0096 = 2), 568
E Vdc_max controller and Vdc_min controller
EDS, (Encoder Data Set), 18 (p0096 = 2), 569
Function diagrams PROFIdrive, EtherNet/IP
F
EtherNet/IP - control word / status word
Factory setting, 20
interconnection, 480
Fault
Overview, 466
Acknowledgment, 633, 638
PROFIdrive - PZD receive signals interconnection,
Cause, 638
469
Display, 630
PROFIdrive - PZD send signals interconnection, 473
Explanation of list, 634
PROFIdrive - receive telegram, free interconnection
Fault location, 635
via BICO (p0922 = 999), 477
Fault reaction, 631, 638
PROFIdrive - send telegram, free interconnection
General, 630
BICO (p0922 = 999), 478

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 749
Index

PROFIdrive - STW1 control word interconnection Function diagrams, CANopen

(p2038 = 0), 471 CANopen control word interconnection, 486
PROFIdrive - STW1 control word interconnection Receive telegram, free PDO mapping (p8744 = 2),
(p2038 = 2), 470 482
PROFIdrive - STW3 control word interconnection, Receive telegram, Predefined Connection Set
472 (p8744 = 1), 483
PROFIdrive - telegrams and process data (PZD), Send telegram, free PDO mapping (p8744 = 2), 484
468 Send telegram, Predefined Connection Set
PROFIdrive - ZSW1 status word interconnection (p8744 = 1), 485
(p2038 = 0), 475 Status word, CANopen (r8784), 487
PROFIdrive - ZSW1 status word interconnection Function diagrams, data sets
(p2038 = 2), 474 Command Data Sets (CDS), 627
PROFIdrive - ZSW3 status word interconnection, Drive Data Sets (DDS), 628
476 Function diagrams, diagnostics
PROFIdrive, EtherNet/IP - addresses and Alarm buffer, 623
diagnostics, 467 Fault buffer, 622
Status word, free interconnection, 479 Faults/alarms configuration, 625
Function diagrams vector control / U/f control Faults/alarms trigger word (r2129), 624
Application classes (p0096), overview, 531 Overview, 621
Current control, overview, 546 Function diagrams, fieldbus interface
Current setpoint filter, 547 Configuration, addresses and diagnostics, 489
Current/power/torque limits, 545 Receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO
Display signals, 555 (p0922 = 999), 492
Field weakening characteristic, flux setpoint Send telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922
(ASM, p0300 = 1), 550 = 999), 493
Field weakening controller (PMSM, p0300 = 2), 552 STW1 control word interconnection, 490
Field weakening controller, flux controller, Id setpoint ZSW1 status word interconnection, 491
(ASM, p0300 = 1), 551 Function diagrams, free function blocks
Flux controller configuration, 543 ADD 0 ... 2, 588
Id setpoint (PMSM, p0300 = 2), 549 AND 0 ... 3, 584
Interface to the Power Module (ASM, p0300 = 1), AVA 0 ... 1, 590
553 BSW 0 ... 1, 598
Interface to the Power Module (PMSM, p0300 = 2), DFR 0 ... 2, 597
554 DIF 0, 601
Iq and Id controllers, 548 DIV 0 ... 1, 589
Moment of inertia estimator, 534 INT 0, 601
Speed control and generation of the torque limits, LIM 0 ... 1, 599
overview, 532 LVM 0 ... 1, 602
Speed control configuration, 542 MFP 0 ... 3, 593
Speed controller with Kp_n-/Tn_n adaptation, 535 MUL 0 ... 1, 589
Speed setpoint, accelerationmodel, 533 NCM 0 ... 1, 591
Torque setpoint, 536 NOT 0 ... 5, 587
U/f control, characteristic and voltage boost, 539 NSW 0 ... 1, 598
U/f control, overview, 538 OR 0 ... 3, 585
U/f control, resonance damping and slip PCL 0 ... 1, 593
compensation, 540 PDE 0 ... 3, 594
U/f control, Vdc_max controller, 541 PDF 0 ... 3, 595
Upper/lower torque limit, 544 PLI 0 ... 1, 592
Vdc_max controller and Vdc_min controller, 537 PST 0 ... 1, 596
Function diagrams, brake control PT1 0 ... 1, 600
Simple brake control, 512 RSR 0 ... 2, 597
Sampling times of the runtime groups, 583
SUB 0 ... 1, 588
XOR 0 ... 3, 586

SINAMICS G120C
750 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 Index

Function diagrams, general information Ramp-function generator (extended), 529

Explanation of the symbols (part 1), 449 Skip frequency bands and speedlimitations, 528
Explanation of the symbols (part 2), 450 Function diagrams, signals and monitoring functions
Explanation of the symbols (part 3), 451 Overview, 609
Handling BICO technology, 452 Function diagrams, signals and monitoringfunctions
Function diagrams, input/outputterminals Monitoring functions 1, 618
Analog input 0 (AI 0), 457 Monitoring functions 2, 619
Analog inputs digital input (DI 11), 458 Motor temperature model 1 (I2t), 614
Analog output 0 (AO 0), 459 Motor temperature model 2, 615
Connection overview, 454 Motor temperature model 3, 616
Digital inputs, electrically isolated (DI 0 ... DI 5), 455 Speed signals 1, 610
Digital outputs (DO 0 ... DO 1), 456 Speed signals 2, 611
Three-wire control, 461 Thermal monitoring motor, motor temperature status
Two-wire control, 460 word faults/alarms, 613
Function diagrams, internal control/status words Thermal monitoring, power module, 617
Control word 1 (r0054), 499 Torque signals, motor blocked/stalled, 612
Control word, faults/alarms (r2138), 507 Function diagrams, Standard Drive Control
Control word, sequence control (r0898), 495 U/f control, characteristic and voltage boost (p0096 =
Control word, setpoint channel (r1198), 497 1), 558
Sequence control - missing enable signals, line U/f control, interface to the Power Module (ASM,
contactor control, 510 p0300 = 1, p0096 = 1), 561
Sequence control - Sequencer, 509 U/f control, overview (p0096 = 1), 557
Status word 1 (r0052), 498 U/f control, resonance damping and slip
Status word, closed-loop control (r0056), 502 compensation (p0096 = 1), 559
Status word, current control (r1408), 503 U/f control, Vdc_max controller (p0096 = 1), 560
Status word, faults/alarms 1 and 2 (r2139 and Function diagrams, technology controller
r2135), 508 Closed-loop control, 607
Status word, monitoring functions 1 (r2197), 504 Fixed value selection binary (p2216 = 2), 604
Status word, monitoring functions 2 (r2198), 505 Fixed value selection direct (p2216 = 1), 605
Status word, monitoring functions 3 (r2199), 506 Motorized potentiometer, 606
Status word, sequence control (r0899), 496 Function diagrams, technology functions
Status word, speed controller (r1407), 501 DC braking (ASM, p0300 = 1), 581
Supplementary control word (r0055), 500 Friction characteristic, 580
Function diagrams, PROFIenergy Fxxxx, 634
Control commands and interrogation commands,
463 G
States, 464 General
Function diagrams, Safety Integrated Basic Functions About parameters, 12
F-DI (Fail-safe Digital Input), 518 on faults and alarms, 630
Monitoring functions and faults/alarms, 515 on function diagrams, 448
Parameter manager, 514
Status words, 516 I
STO (Safe Torque Off), 517 IASC, 632
Function diagrams, Safety Integrated PROFIsafe Index
Standard telegrams, 520 Parameters, 13
Function diagrams, setpoint channel Index (parameters), 20
Direction limitation and direction reversal, 527 Industrial security, 9
Fixed speed setpoints, binary selection (p1016 = 2), Input/output terminals, 453
523 Analog inputs, 453
Fixed speed setpoints, direct selection (p1016 = 1), Digital inputs, 453
524 Internal control words, 494
Main/supplementary setpoint, setpointscaling, Internal control/status words, 494
jogging, 526
J
Motorized potentiometer, 525
Jogging, 521, 526
Overview, 522

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 751
Index

L P
Linked parameters, 13 Parameter
List Normalization, 17
Abbreviations, 735 Parameters
ASCII table, 732 Access level, 15
Binector inputs (BI parameters), 428 Bit field, 21
Binector outputs (BO parameters), 431 Calculated, 15
Command data sets, 419 Can be changed, 17
Connector inputs (CI parameters), 430 Command data sets, 419
Connector outputs (CO parameters), 433 Data type, 16
Connector/binector outputs (CO/BO parameters), Dependency, 21
436 Description, 20
Drive data sets, 420 Drive data sets, 420
Encoder data sets, 427 Dynamic index, 18
Faults and alarms, 641 Encoder data sets, 427
Message ranges, 639 Full name, 14
Motor data sets, 425 Function diagram, 19
Parameter ranges, 22 Index, 13, 20
Parameters for quick commissioning, 439 Linked parameters, 13
Parameters for write protection and know-how List for quick commissioning, 439
protection, 437 List of all parameters, 25
Parameters, all, 25 List of the binector inputs, 428
Power unit data sets, 427 List of the binector outputs, 431
List of abbreviations, 735 List of the connector inputs, 430
Load monitoring, 608 List of the connector outputs, 433
List of the connector/binector outputs, 436
M Motor data sets, 425
MDS, Motor Data Set, 18 Number, 13
Message buffer, 620 Number range, 22
Message class, 635 Parameter values, 20
Monitoring functions, 608 Power unit data sets, 427
Motorized potentiometer, 521, 606 Recommendation, 20
Safety guidelines, 21
N Short name, 14
Name Unit group, 18
Alarm, 635 Unit selection, 18
Fault, 635 Values, 20
Normalization, 17 Password for access level 4, 15
Number PDS, (Power unit Data Set), 18
Alarm, 634 Process data, 462, 465
Fault, 634 PROFIBUS, 462, 465
Parameters, 13 PROFIdrive, 462, 465
Number range PROFINET, 462, 465
Alarms, 639 pxxxx, 13
Faults, 639
Parameters, 22 Q
Quick commissioning (parameters), 439
O
OFF1, 631 R
OFF1_DELAYED, 631 Ramp-function generator, 521
OFF2, 631 Reaction to faults, 631
OFF3, 632 Resetting faults, 638
rxxxx, 13

SINAMICS G120C
752 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
 Index

S T
Safety instructions Technology controller, 603
Fundamental, 7 Technology functions, 579
General, 8 Telegrams, 462, 465
Industrial security, 9 Temperature evaluation, 453
Safety instructions (parameter), 21 Thermal monitoring, 608
Safety Integrated Torque signals, 608
Basic functions, 513, 519
Extended Functions, 513, 519 U
Setpoint channel, 521 Unit (parameter), 18
Signals, 608
Skip frequency bands, 521 V
Speed control Values (parameter), 20
Vector, 530 Vector control
Vector (Dynamic Drive Control), 562 Table of contents, 530
Vector (Standard Drive Control), 556 Vector control (Dynamic Drive Control)
Speed signals, 608 Table of contents, 562
Status words, 462, 465 Vector control (Standard Drive Control)
Internal, 494 Table of contents, 556
STOP2, 632 Version
List of all parameters, 25
List of faults and alarms, 641

SINAMICS G120C
List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768 753
Index

SINAMICS G120C
754 List Manual, 09/2017, A5E33840768
Siemens AG
Digital Factory
Motion Control
P.O. Box 3180
91050 ERLANGEN
GERMANY

Find out more on

SINAMICS G120C
by scanning the
QR code.